Project import
diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca442d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+
+ NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
+ services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
+ of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
+ Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
+ Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
+ kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
+
+ Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
+ is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
+ v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
+
+ Linus Torvalds
+
+----------------------------------------
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d39a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -0,0 +1,3942 @@
+ This is at least a partial credits-file of people that have
+ contributed to the Linux project. It is sorted by name and
+ formatted to allow easy grepping and beautification by
+ scripts. The fields are: name (N), email (E), web-address
+ (W), PGP key ID and fingerprint (P), description (D), and
+ snail-mail address (S).
+ Thanks,
+
+ Linus
+----------
+
+N: Matti Aarnio
+E: mea@nic.funet.fi
+D: Alpha systems hacking, IPv6 and other network related stuff
+D: One of assisting postmasters for vger.kernel.org's lists
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Finland
+
+N: Dragos Acostachioaie
+E: dragos@iname.com
+W: http://www.arbornet.org/~dragos
+D: /proc/sysvipc
+S: C. Negri 6, bl. D3
+S: Iasi 6600
+S: Romania
+
+N: Mark Adler
+E: madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+W: http://alumnus.caltech.edu/~madler/
+D: zlib decompression
+
+N: Monalisa Agrawal
+E: magrawal@nortelnetworks.com
+D: Basic Interphase 5575 driver with UBR and ABR support.
+S: 75 Donald St, Apt 42
+S: Weymouth, MA 02188
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Airlie
+E: airlied@linux.ie
+W: http://www.csn.ul.ie/~airlied
+D: NFS over TCP patches
+D: in-kernel DRM Maintainer
+S: Longford, Ireland
+S: Sydney, Australia
+
+N: Tigran A. Aivazian
+E: tigran@aivazian.fsnet.co.uk
+W: http://www.moses.uklinux.net/patches
+D: BFS filesystem
+D: Intel IA32 CPU microcode update support
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Werner Almesberger
+E: werner@almesberger.net
+W: http://www.almesberger.net/
+D: dosfs, LILO, some fd features, ATM, various other hacks here and there
+S: Buenos Aires
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Tim Alpaerts
+E: tim_alpaerts@toyota-motor-europe.com
+D: 802.2 class II logical link control layer,
+D: the humble start of an opening towards the IBM SNA protocols
+S: Klaproosstraat 72 c 10
+S: B-2610 Wilrijk-Antwerpen
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Anton Altaparmakov
+E: aia21@cantab.net
+W: http://www-stu.christs.cam.ac.uk/~aia21/
+D: Author of new NTFS driver, various other kernel hacks.
+S: Christ's College
+S: Cambridge CB2 3BU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: C. Scott Ananian
+E: cananian@alumni.princeton.edu
+W: http://www.pdos.lcs.mit.edu/~cananian
+P: 1024/85AD9EED AD C0 49 08 91 67 DF D7 FA 04 1A EE 09 E8 44 B0
+D: Unix98 pty support.
+D: APM update to 1.2 spec.
+D: /devfs hacking.
+S: 7 Kiwi Loop
+S: Howell, NJ 07731
+S: USA
+
+N: Erik Andersen
+E: andersen@codepoet.org
+W: http://www.codepoet.org/
+P: 1024D/30D39057 1BC4 2742 E885 E4DE 9301 0C82 5F9B 643E 30D3 9057
+D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver,
+D: ATAPI CD-Changer support, Major 2.1.x CD-ROM update.
+S: 352 North 525 East
+S: Springville, Utah 84663
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Ang
+E: mang@subcarrier.org
+W: http://www.subcarrier.org/mang
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 85 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X3
+
+N: H. Peter Anvin
+E: hpa@zytor.com
+W: http://www.zytor.com/~hpa/
+P: 2047/2A960705 BA 03 D3 2C 14 A8 A8 BD 1E DF FE 69 EE 35 BD 74
+D: Author of the SYSLINUX boot loader, maintainer of the linux.* news
+D: hierarchy and the Linux Device List; various kernel hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #46
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrea Arcangeli
+E: andrea@suse.de
+W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/andrea/
+P: 1024D/68B9CB43 13D9 8355 295F 4823 7C49 C012 DFA1 686E 68B9 CB43
+P: 1024R/CB4660B9 CC A0 71 81 F4 A0 63 AC C0 4B 81 1D 8C 15 C8 E5
+D: Parport hacker
+D: Implemented a workaround for some interrupt buggy printers
+D: Author of pscan that helps to fix lp/parport bugs
+D: Author of lil (Linux Interrupt Latency benchmark)
+D: Fixed the shm swap deallocation at swapoff time (try_to_unuse message)
+D: VM hacker
+D: Various other kernel hacks
+S: Imola 40026
+S: Italy
+
+N: Derek Atkins
+E: warlord@MIT.EDU
+D: Linux-AFS Port, random kernel hacker,
+D: VFS fixes (new notify_change in particular)
+D: Moving all VFS access checks into the file systems
+S: MIT Room E15-341
+S: 20 Ames Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Michel Aubry
+E: giovanni <giovanni@sudfr.com>
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: VIA MVP-3/TX Pro III chipset IDE
+
+N: Jens Axboe
+E: axboe@suse.de
+D: Linux CD-ROM maintainer, DVD support
+D: elevator + block layer rewrites
+D: highmem I/O support
+D: misc hacking on IDE, SCSI, block drivers, etc
+S: Peter Bangs Vej 258, 2TH
+S: 2500 Valby
+S: Denmark
+
+N: John Aycock
+E: aycock@cpsc.ucalgary.ca
+D: Adaptec 274x driver
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of Calgary
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Miles Bader
+E: miles@gnu.org
+D: v850 port (uClinux)
+S: NEC Corporation
+S: 1753 Shimonumabe, Nakahara-ku
+S: Kawasaki 211-8666
+S: Japan
+
+N: Ralf Baechle
+E: ralf@gnu.org
+P: 1024/AF7B30C1 CF 97 C2 CC 6D AE A7 FE C8 BA 9C FC 88 DE 32 C3
+D: Linux/MIPS port
+D: Linux/68k hacker
+S: Hauptstrasse 19
+S: 79837 St. Blasien
+S: Germany
+
+N: Krishna Balasubramanian
+E: balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Wrote SYS V IPC (part of standard kernel since 0.99.10)
+
+N: Dario Ballabio
+E: ballabio_dario@emc.com
+E: dario.ballabio@tiscalinet.it
+E: dario.ballabio@inwind.it
+D: Author and maintainer of the Ultrastor 14F/34F SCSI driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the EATA ISA/EISA/PCI SCSI driver
+S: EMC Corporation
+S: Milano
+S: Italy
+
+N: Paul Bame
+E: bame@debian.org
+E: bame@puffin.external.hp.com
+E: paul_bame@hp.com
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org
+D: PA-RISC 32 and 64-bit early boot, firmware interface, interrupts, misc
+S: MS42
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 3404 E Harmony Rd
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80525
+S: USA
+
+N: Arindam Banerji
+E: axb@cse.nd.edu
+D: Contributed ESDI driver routines needed to port LINUX to the PS/2 MCA.
+S: Department of Computer Science & Eng.
+S: University of Notre Dame
+S: Notre Dame, Indiana
+S: USA
+
+N: Greg Banks
+E: gnb@alphalink.com.au
+D: IDT77105 ATM network driver
+D: some SuperH port work
+D: some trivial futzing with kconfig
+
+N: James Banks
+E: james@sovereign.org
+D: TLAN network driver
+D: Logitech Busmouse driver
+
+N: Krzysztof G. Baranowski
+E: kgb@manjak.knm.org.pl
+P: 1024/FA6F16D1 96 D1 1A CF 5F CA 69 EC F9 4F 36 1F 6D 60 7B DA
+D: Maintainer of the System V file system.
+D: System V fs update for 2.1.x dcache.
+D: Forward ported a couple of SCSI drivers.
+D: Various bugfixes.
+S: ul. Koscielna 12a
+S: 62-300 Wrzesnia
+S: Poland
+
+N: Fred Barnes
+E: frmb2@ukc.ac.uk
+D: Various parport/ppdev hacks and fixes
+S: Computing Lab, The University
+S: Canterbury, KENT
+S: CT2 7NF
+S: England
+
+N: Paul Barton-Davis
+E: pbd@op.net
+D: Driver for WaveFront soundcards (Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez, Tropez+)
+D: Various bugfixes and changes to sound drivers
+S: USA
+
+N: Carlos Henrique Bauer
+E: chbauer@acm.org
+E: bauer@atlas.unisinos.br
+D: Some new sysctl entries for the parport driver.
+D: New sysctl function for handling unsigned longs
+S: Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos - UNISINOS
+S: DSI/IDASI
+S: Av. Unisinos, 950
+S: 93022000 Sao Leopoldo RS
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Peter Bauer
+E: 100136.3530@compuserve.com
+D: Driver for depca-ethernet-board
+S: 69259 Wilhemsfeld
+S: Rainweg 15
+S: Germany
+
+N: Fred Baumgarten
+E: dc6iq@insl1.etec.uni-karlsruhe.de
+E: dc6iq@adacom.org
+E: dc6iq@db0ais.#hes.deu.eu (packet radio)
+D: NET-2 & netstat(8)
+S: Soevener Strasse 11
+S: 53773 Hennef
+S: Germany
+
+N: Donald Becker
+E: becker@cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov
+D: General low-level networking hacker
+D: Most of the ethercard drivers
+D: Original author of the NFS server
+S: USRA Center of Excellence in Space Data and Information Sciences
+S: Code 930.5, Goddard Space Flight Center
+S: Greenbelt, Maryland 20771
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Belay
+E: ambx1@neo.rr.com
+D: Linux Plug and Play Support
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniele Bellucci
+E: bellucda@tiscali.it
+D: Various Janitor work.
+W: http://web.tiscali.it/bellucda
+S: Via Delle Palme, 9
+S: Terni 05100
+S: Italy
+
+N: Krzysztof Benedyczak
+E: golbi@mat.uni.torun.pl
+W: http://www.mat.uni.torun.pl/~golbi
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with M. Wronski)
+S: ul. Podmiejska 52
+S: Radunica
+S: 83-000 Pruszcz Gdanski
+S: Poland
+
+N: Randolph Bentson
+E: bentson@grieg.seaslug.org
+W: http://www.aa.net/~bentson/
+P: 1024/39ED5729 5C A8 7A F4 B2 7A D1 3E B5 3B 81 CF 47 30 11 71
+D: Author of driver for Cyclom-Y and Cyclades-Z async mux
+S: 2322 37th Ave SW
+S: Seattle, Washington 98126-2010
+S: USA
+
+N: Muli Ben-Yehuda
+E: mulix@mulix.org
+E: muli@il.ibm.com
+W: http://www.mulix.org
+D: trident OSS sound driver, x86-64 dma-ops and Calgary IOMMU,
+D: KVM and Xen bits and other misc. hackery.
+S: Haifa, Israel
+
+N: Johannes Berg
+E: johannes@sipsolutions.net
+W: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/
+P: 1024D/9AB78CA5 AD02 0176 4E29 C137 1DF6 08D2 FC44 CF86 9AB7 8CA5
+D: powerpc & 802.11 hacker
+
+N: Stephen R. van den Berg (AKA BuGless)
+E: berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
+D: General kernel, gcc, and libc hacker
+D: Specialisation: tweaking, ensuring portability, tweaking, cleaning,
+D: tweaking and occasionally debugging :-)
+S: Bouwensstraat 22
+S: 6369 BG Simpelveld
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Peter Berger
+E: pberger@brimson.com
+W: http://www.brimson.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+S: 1549 Hiironen Rd.
+S: Brimson, MN 55602
+S: USA
+
+N: Hennus Bergman
+P: 1024/77D50909 76 99 FD 31 91 E1 96 1C 90 BB 22 80 62 F6 BD 63
+D: Author and maintainer of the QIC-02 tape driver
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Tomas Berndtsson
+E: tomas@nocrew.org
+W: http://tomas.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Ross Biro
+E: ross.biro@gmail.com
+D: Original author of the Linux networking code
+
+N: Anton Blanchard
+E: anton@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/~anton/
+P: 1024/8462A731 4C 55 86 34 44 59 A7 99 2B 97 88 4A 88 9A 0D 97
+D: sun4 port, Sparc hacker
+
+N: Hugh Blemings
+E: hugh@blemings.org
+W: http://blemings.org/hugh
+D: Original author of the Keyspan USB to serial drivers, random PowerPC hacker
+S: PO Box 234
+S: Belconnen ACT 2616
+S: Australia
+
+N: Philip Blundell
+E: philb@gnu.org
+D: Linux/ARM hacker
+D: Device driver hacker (eexpress, 3c505, c-qcam, ...)
+D: m68k port to HP9000/300
+D: AUN network protocols
+D: Co-architect of the parallel port sharing system
+D: IPv6 netfilter
+S: FutureTV Labs Ltd
+S: Brunswick House, 61-69 Newmarket Rd, Cambridge CB5 8EG
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Bogendörfer
+E: tsbogend@alpha.franken.de
+D: PCnet32 driver, SONIC driver, JAZZ_ESP driver
+D: newport abscon driver, g364 framebuffer driver
+D: strace for Linux/Alpha
+D: Linux/MIPS hacker
+S: Schafhofstr. 40
+S: 90556 Cadolzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Bogstad
+E: bogstad@pobox.com
+D: wrote /proc/self hack, minor samba & dosemu patches
+
+N: Axel Boldt
+E: axel@uni-paderborn.de
+W: http://math-www.uni-paderborn.de/~axel/
+D: Configuration help text support
+D: Linux CD and Support Giveaway List
+
+N: Erik Inge Bolsø
+E: knan@mo.himolde.no
+D: Misc kernel hacks
+D: Updated PC speaker driver for 2.3
+S: Norway
+
+N: Andreas E. Bombe
+E: andreas.bombe@munich.netsurf.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~andreas.bombe/
+P: 1024/04880A44 72E5 7031 4414 2EB6 F6B4 4CBD 1181 7032 0488 0A44
+D: IEEE 1394 subsystem rewrite and maintainer
+D: Texas Instruments PCILynx IEEE 1394 driver
+
+N: Al Borchers
+E: alborchers@steinerpoint.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+D: work on usbserial and keyspan_pda drivers
+S: 4912 Zenith Ave. S.
+S: Minneapolis, MN 55410
+S: USA
+
+N: Marc Boucher
+E: marc@mbsi.ca
+P: CA 67 A5 1A 38 CE B6 F2 D5 83 51 03 D2 9C 30 9E CE D2 DD 65
+D: Netfilter core
+D: IP policy routing by mark
+D: Various fixes (mostly networking)
+S: Montreal, Quebec
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zoltán Böszörményi
+E: zboszor@mail.externet.hu
+D: MTRR emulation with Cyrix style ARR registers, Athlon MTRR support
+
+N: John Boyd
+E: boyd@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Co-author of wd7000 SCSI driver
+S: 101 Curl Drive #591
+S: Columbus, Ohio 43210
+S: USA
+
+N: Peter Braam
+E: braam@clusterfs.com
+W: http://www.clusterfs.com/
+D: Coda & InterMezzo filesystems
+S: 181 McNeil
+S: Canmore, AB
+S: Canada, T1W 2R9
+
+N: Ryan Bradetich
+E: rbradetich@uswest.net
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 1200 Goldenrod Dr.
+S: Nampa, Idaho 83686
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk J. Brandewie
+E: dirk.j.brandewie@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 SDIO driver
+
+N: Derrick J. Brashear
+E: shadow@dementia.org
+W: http://www.dementia.org/~shadow
+P: 512/71EC9367 C5 29 0F BC 83 51 B9 F0 BC 05 89 A0 4F 1F 30 05
+D: Author of Sparc CS4231 audio driver, random Sparc work
+S: 403 Gilmore Avenue
+S: Trafford, Pennsylvania 15085
+S: USA
+
+N: Dag Brattli
+E: dagb@cs.uit.no
+W: http://www.cs.uit.no/~dagb
+D: IrDA Subsystem
+S: 19. Wellington Road
+S: Lancaster, LA1 4DN
+S: UK, England
+
+N: Lars Brinkhoff
+E: lars@nocrew.org
+W: http://lars.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+D: ptrace proxy in user mode kernel port
+S: Kopmansg 2
+S: 411 13 Goteborg
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Paul Bristow
+E: paul@paulbristow.net
+W: http://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
+D: Maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy driver
+
+N: Dominik Brodowski
+E: linux@brodo.de
+W: http://www.brodo.de/
+P: 1024D/725B37C6 190F 3E77 9C89 3B6D BECD 46EE 67C3 0308 725B 37C6
+D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes
+S: Tuebingen, Germany
+
+N: Andries Brouwer
+E: aeb@cwi.nl
+D: random Linux hacker
+S: Bessemerstraat 21
+S: Amsterdam
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Zach Brown
+E: zab@zabbo.net
+D: maestro pci sound
+
+N: Gary Brubaker
+E: xavyer@ix.netcom.com
+D: USB Serial Empeg Empeg-car Mark I/II Driver
+
+N: Matthias Bruestle
+E: m@mbsks.franken.de
+D: REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard reader driver
+S: Germany
+
+N: Adrian Bunk
+P: 1024D/4F12B400 B29C E71E FE19 6755 5C8A 84D4 99FC EA98 4F12 B400
+D: misc kernel hacking and testing
+
+N: Ray Burr
+E: ryb@nightmare.com
+D: Original author of Amiga FFS filesystem
+S: Orlando, Florida
+S: USA
+
+N: Lennert Buytenhek
+E: kernel@wantstofly.org
+D: Original (2.4) rewrite of the ethernet bridging code
+D: Various ARM bits and pieces
+S: Ravenhorst 58
+S: 2317 AK Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Michael Callahan
+E: callahan@maths.ox.ac.uk
+D: PPP for Linux
+S: The Mathematical Institute
+S: 25-29 St Giles
+S: Oxford
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Luiz Fernando N. Capitulino
+E: lcapitulino@mandriva.com.br
+E: lcapitulino@gmail.com
+W: http://www.cpu.eti.br
+D: misc kernel hacking
+S: Mandriva
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Remy Card
+E: Remy.Card@masi.ibp.fr
+E: Remy.Card@linux.org
+D: Extended file system [defunct] designer and developer
+D: Second extended file system designer and developer
+S: Institut Blaise Pascal
+S: 4 Place Jussieu
+S: 75252 Paris Cedex 05
+S: France
+
+N: Ulf Carlsson
+D: SGI Indy audio (HAL2) drivers
+E: ulfc@bun.falkenberg.se
+
+N: Ed Carp
+E: ecarp@netcom.com
+D: uucp, elm, pine, pico port
+D: cron, at(1) developer
+S: 48287 Sawleaf
+S: Fremont, California 94539
+S: USA
+
+N: Florent Chabaud
+E: florent.chabaud@polytechnique.org
+D: software suspend
+S: SGDN/DCSSI/SDS/LTI
+S: 58, Bd Latour-Maubourg
+S: 75700 Paris 07 SP
+S: France
+
+N: Gordon Chaffee
+E: chaffee@cs.berkeley.edu
+W: http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/people/chaffee/
+D: vfat, fat32, joliet, native language support
+S: 3700 Warwick Road
+S: Fremont, California 94555
+S: USA
+
+N: Chih-Jen Chang
+E: chihjenc@scf.usc.edu
+E: chihjen@iis.sinica.edu.tw
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 3F, 65 Tajen street
+S: Tamsui town, Taipei county,
+S: Taiwan 251
+S: Republic of China
+
+N: Reinette Chatre
+E: reinette.chatre@intel.com
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol implementation
+D: UWB stack bits and pieces
+
+N: Michael Elizabeth Chastain
+E: mec@shout.net
+D: Configure, Menuconfig, xconfig
+
+N: Raymond Chen
+E: raymondc@microsoft.com
+D: Author of Configure script
+S: 14509 NE 39th Street #1096
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher L. Cheney
+E: ccheney@debian.org
+E: ccheney@cheney.cx
+W: http://www.cheney.cx
+P: 1024D/8E384AF2 2D31 1927 87D7 1F24 9FF9 1BC5 D106 5AB3 8E38 4AF2
+D: Vista Imaging usb webcam driver
+S: 314 Prince of Wales
+S: Conroe, TX 77304
+S: USA
+
+N: Stuart Cheshire
+E: cheshire@cs.stanford.edu
+D: Author of Starmode Radio IP (STRIP) driver
+D: Originator of design for new combined interrupt handlers
+S: William Gates Department
+S: Stanford University
+S: Stanford, California 94305
+S: USA
+
+N: Randolph Chung
+E: tausq@debian.org
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: Hong Kong
+
+N: Juan Jose Ciarlante
+W: http://juanjox.kernelnotes.org/
+E: jjciarla@raiz.uncu.edu.ar
+E: jjo@mendoza.gov.ar
+D: Network driver alias support
+D: IP masq hashing and app modules
+D: IP masq 2.1 features and bugs
+S: Las Cuevas 2385 - Bo Guemes
+S: Las Heras, Mendoza CP 5539
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Steven P. Cole
+E: scole@lanl.gov
+E: elenstev@mesatop.com
+D: Various build fixes and kernel documentation.
+S: Los Alamos, New Mexico
+S: USA
+
+N: Hamish Coleman
+E: hamish@zot.apana.org.au
+D: SEEQ8005 network driver
+S: 98 Paxton Street
+S: East Malvern, Victoria, 3145
+S: Australia
+
+N: Neil Conway
+E: nconway.list@ukaea.org.uk
+D: Assorted sched/mm titbits
+S: Oxfordshire, UK.
+
+N: Kees Cook
+E: kees@outflux.net
+W: http://outflux.net/
+P: 1024D/17063E6D 9FA3 C49C 23C9 D1BC 2E30 1975 1FFF 4BA9 1706 3E6D
+D: Minor updates to SCSI types, added /proc/pid/maps protection
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Robin Cornelius
+E: robincornelius@users.sourceforge.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Cornwall, U.K.
+
+N: Mark Corner
+E: mcorner@umich.edu
+W: http://www.eecs.umich.edu/~mcorner/
+D: USB Bluetooth Driver
+S: University of Michigan
+S: Ann Arbor, MI
+
+N: Michael Cornwell
+E: cornwell@acm.org
+D: Original designer and co-author of ATA Taskfile
+D: Kernel module SMART utilities
+S: Santa Cruz, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Luis Correia
+E: lfcorreia@users.sf.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Belas, Portugal
+
+N: Alan Cox
+W: http://www.linux.org.uk/diary/
+D: Linux Networking (0.99.10->2.0.29)
+D: Original Appletalk, AX.25, and IPX code
+D: 3c501 hacker
+D: Watchdog timer drivers
+D: Linux/SMP x86 (up to 2.0 only)
+D: Initial Mac68K port
+D: Video4Linux design, bw-qcam and PMS driver ports.
+D: IDE modularisation work
+D: Z85230 driver
+D: Former security contact point (please use vendor-sec@lst.de)
+D: ex 2.2 maintainer
+D: 2.1.x modular sound
+S: c/o Red Hat UK Ltd
+S: Alexandra House
+S: Alexandra Terrace
+S: Guildford, GU1 3DA
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Cristian Mihail Craciunescu
+W: http://www.dnt.ro/~cristi/
+E: cristi@dnt.ro
+D: Support for Xircom PGSDB9 (firmware and host driver)
+S: Bucharest
+S: Romania
+
+N: Laurence Culhane
+E: loz@holmes.demon.co.uk
+D: Wrote the initial alpha SLIP code
+S: 81 Hood Street
+S: Northampton
+S: NN1 3QT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Uwe Dannowski
+E: Uwe.Dannowski@ira.uka.de
+W: http://i30www.ira.uka.de/~dannowsk/
+D: FORE PCA-200E driver
+S: University of Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ray Dassen
+E: jdassen@wi.LeidenUniv.nl
+W: http://www.wi.leidenuniv.nl/~jdassen/
+P: 1024/672D05C1 DD 60 32 60 F7 90 64 80 E7 6F D4 E4 F8 C9 4A 58
+D: Debian GNU/Linux: www.debian.org maintainer, FAQ co-maintainer,
+D: packages testing, nit-picking & fixing. Enjoying BugFree (TM) kernels.
+S: Zuidsingel 10A
+S: 2312 SB Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: David Davies
+E: davies@wanton.lkg.dec.com
+D: Network driver author - depca, ewrk3 and de4x5
+D: Wrote shared interrupt support
+S: Digital Equipment Corporation
+S: 550 King Street
+S: Littleton, Massachusetts 01460
+S: USA
+
+N: Frank Davis
+E: fdavis@si.rr.com
+E: fdavis112@juno.com
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: 8 Lakeview Terr.
+S: Kerhonkson, NY 12446
+S: USA
+
+N: Wayne Davison
+E: davison@borland.com
+D: Second extended file system co-designer
+
+N: Terry Dawson
+E: terry@perf.no.itg.telecom.com.au
+E: terry@albert.vk2ktj.ampr.org (Amateur Radio use only)
+D: trivial hack to add variable address length routing to Rose.
+D: AX25-HOWTO, HAM-HOWTO, IPX-HOWTO, NET-2-HOWTO
+D: ax25-utils maintainer.
+
+N: Helge Deller
+E: deller@gmx.de
+E: hdeller@redhat.de
+D: PA-RISC Linux hacker, LASI-, ASP-, WAX-, LCD/LED-driver
+S: Schimmelsrain 1
+S: D-69231 Rauenberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jean Delvare
+E: khali@linux-fr.org
+W: http://khali.linux-fr.org/
+D: Several hardware monitoring drivers
+S: France
+
+N: Peter Denison
+E: peterd@pnd-pc.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.pnd-pc.demon.co.uk/promise/
+D: Promise DC4030VL caching HD controller drivers
+
+N: Todd J. Derr
+E: tjd@fore.com
+W: http://www.wordsmith.org/~tjd
+D: Random console hacks and other miscellaneous stuff
+S: 3000 FORE Drive
+S: Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15086
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Devera
+E: devik@cdi.cz
+W: http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/
+D: HTB qdisc and random networking hacks
+
+N: Alex deVries
+E: alex@onefishtwo.ca
+D: Various SGI parts, bits of HAL2 and Newport, PA-RISC Linux.
+S: 41.5 William Street
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: K1N 6Z9
+S: CANADA
+
+N: Jeff Dike
+E: jdike@karaya.com
+W: http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net
+D: User mode kernel port
+S: 375 Tubbs Hill Rd
+S: Deering NH 03244
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Domsch
+E: Matt_Domsch@dell.com
+W: http://www.dell.com/linux
+W: http://domsch.com/linux
+D: Linux/IA-64
+D: Dell PowerEdge server, SCSI layer, misc drivers, and other patches
+S: Dell Inc.
+S: One Dell Way
+S: Round Rock, TX 78682
+S: USA
+
+N: Ben Dooks
+E: ben-linux@fluff.org
+E: ben@simtec.co.uk
+W: http://www.fluff.org/ben/
+W: http://www.simtec.co.uk/
+D: Samsung S3C2410/S3C2440 support, general ARM support
+D: Maintaining Simtec Electronics development boards
+S: Simtec Electronics
+S: Avondale Drive
+S: Tarleton
+S: Preston
+S: Lancs
+S: PR4 6AX
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ivo van Doorn
+E: IvDoorn@gmail.com
+W: http://www.mendiosus.nl
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Haarlem, The Netherlands
+
+N: John G Dorsey
+E: john+@cs.cmu.edu
+D: ARM Linux ports to Assabet/Neponset, Spot
+S: Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: Pittsburgh, PA 15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Eddie C. Dost
+E: ecd@skynet.be
+D: Linux/Sparc kernel hacker
+D: Linux/Sparc maintainer
+S: Rue de la Chapelle 51
+S: 4850 Moresnet
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Cort Dougan
+E: cort@fsmlabs.com
+W: http://www.fsmlabs.com/linuxppcbk.html
+D: PowerPC
+
+N: Daniel Drake
+E: dsd@gentoo.org
+D: USBAT02 CompactFlash support in usb-storage
+S: UK
+
+N: Oleg Drokin
+E: green@ccssu.crimea.ua
+W: http://www.ccssu.crimea.ua/~green
+D: Cleaning up sound drivers, SA1100 Watchdog.
+S: Skvoznoy per., 14a
+S: Evpatoria
+S: Crimea
+S: UKRAINE, 334320
+
+N: Walt Drummond
+E: drummond@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1382 Bordeaux Drive
+S: Sunnyvale, CA 94087
+S: USA
+
+N: Bruno Ducrot
+E: ducrot@poupinou.org
+D: CPUFreq and ACPI bugfixes.
+S: Mougin, France
+
+N: Don Dugger
+E: n0ano@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1209 Pearl Street, #12
+S: Boulder, CO 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Thomas Dunbar
+E: tdunbar@vt.edu
+D: TeX & METAFONT hacking/maintenance
+S: Virginia Tech Computing Center
+S: 1700 Pratt Drive
+S: Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
+S: USA
+
+N: Randy Dunlap
+E: rdunlap@xenotime.net
+W: http://www.xenotime.net/linux/linux.html
+W: http://www.linux-usb.org
+D: Linux-USB subsystem, USB core/UHCI/printer/storage drivers
+D: x86 SMP, ACPI, bootflag hacking
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Bob Dunlop
+E: rjd@xyzzy.clara.co.uk
+E: bob.dunlop@farsite.co.uk
+W: www.farsite.co.uk
+D: FarSync card device driver
+S: FarSite Communications Ltd
+S: Tempus Business Centre
+S: 60 Kingsclere Road
+S: Basingstoke RG21 6XG
+S: UK
+
+N: Cyrus Durgin
+E: cider@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~cider/
+D: implemented kmod
+
+N: Torsten Duwe
+E: Torsten.Duwe@informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: Part-time kernel hacker
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+S: Grevenbroicher Str. 17
+S: 47807 Krefeld
+S: Germany
+
+N: Tom Dyas
+E: tdyas@eden.rutgers.edu
+D: minor hacks and some sparc port stuff
+S: New Jersey
+S: USA
+
+N: Drew Eckhardt
+E: drew@PoohSticks.ORG
+D: SCSI code
+D: Assorted snippets elsewhere
+D: Boot sector "..." printing
+S: 2037 Walnut #6
+S: Boulder, Colorado 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Heiko Eißfeldt
+E: heiko@colossus.escape.de heiko@unifix.de
+D: verify_area stuff, generic SCSI fixes
+D: SCSI Programming HOWTO
+D: POSIX.1 compliance testing
+S: Unifix Software GmbH
+S: Bueltenweg 27a
+S: D-38106 Braunschweig
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bjorn Ekwall
+E: bj0rn@blox.se
+W: http://www.pi.se/blox/
+D: Extended support for loadable modules
+D: D-Link pocket adapter drivers
+S: Brevia 1043
+S: S-114 79 Stockholm
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Pekka Enberg
+E: penberg@cs.helsinki.fi
+W: http://www.cs.helsinki.fi/u/penberg/
+D: Various kernel hacks, fixes, and cleanups.
+D: Slab allocators
+S: Finland
+
+N: David Engebretsen
+E: engebret@us.ibm.com
+D: Linux port to 64-bit PowerPC architecture
+
+N: Michael Engel
+E: engel@unix-ag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paal-Kristian Engstad
+E: engstad@intermetrics.com
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+S: 17101 Springdale Street #225
+S: Huntington Beach, California 92649
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephane Eranian
+E: eranian@hpl.hp.com
+D: Linux/ia64
+S: 1501 Page Mill Rd, MS 1U17
+S: Palo Alto, CA 94304
+S: USA
+
+N: Johannes Erdfelt
+E: johannes@erdfelt.com
+D: Linux/IA-64 bootloader and kernel goop, USB
+S: 6350 Stoneridge Mall Road
+S: Pleasanton, CA 94588
+S: USA
+
+N: Doug Evans
+E: dje@cygnus.com
+D: Wrote Xenix FS (part of standard kernel since 0.99.15)
+
+N: Riccardo Facchetti
+E: fizban@tin.it
+P: 1024/6E657BB5 AF 22 90 33 78 76 04 8B AF F9 97 1E B5 E2 65 30
+D: Audio Excel DSP 16 init driver author
+D: libmodem author
+D: Yet Another Micro Monitor port and current maintainer
+D: First ELF-HOWTO author
+D: random kernel hacker
+S: Via Paolo VI n.29
+S: 23900 - LECCO (Lc)
+S: Italy
+
+N: Nils Faerber
+E: nils@kernelconcepts.de
+D: i810 TCO watchdog driver author
+D: Mitsumi LU005 tests and fixes
+D: port and fixes of cs46xx sounddriver
+S: Dreisbachstrasse 24
+S: D-57250 Netphen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rik Faith
+E: faith@acm.org
+D: Future Domain TMC-16x0 SCSI driver (author)
+D: APM driver (early port)
+D: DRM drivers (author of several)
+
+N: János Farkas
+E: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+D: romfs, various (mostly networking) fixes
+P: 1024/F81FB2E1 41 B7 E4 E6 3E D4 A6 71 6D 9C F3 9F F2 BF DF 6E
+S: Madarász Viktor utca 25
+S: 1131 Budapest
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Ben Fennema
+E: bfennema@falcon.csc.calpoly.edu
+W: http://www.csc.calpoly.edu/~bfennema
+D: UDF filesystem
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Jürgen Fischer
+E: fischer@norbit.de
+D: Author of Adaptec AHA-152x SCSI driver
+S: Schulstraße 18
+S: 26506 Norden
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jeremy Fitzhardinge
+E: jeremy@goop.org
+W: http://www.goop.org/~jeremy
+D: author of userfs filesystem
+D: Improved mmap and munmap handling
+D: General mm minor tidyups
+D: autofs v4 maintainer
+S: 987 Alabama St
+S: San Francisco
+S: CA, 94110
+S: USA
+
+N: Ralf Flaxa
+E: rfflaxa@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+D: Creator of LST distribution
+D: Author of installation tool LISA
+S: Pfitznerweg 6
+S: 74523 Schwaebisch Hall
+S: Germany
+
+N: Lawrence Foard
+E: entropy@world.std.com
+D: Floppy track reading, fs code
+S: 217 Park Avenue, Suite 108
+S: Worcester, Massachusetts 01609
+S: USA
+
+N: Karl Fogel
+E: kfogel@cs.oberlin.edu
+D: Contributor, Linux User's Guide
+S: 1123 North Oak Park Avenue
+S: Oak Park, Illinois 60302
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniel J. Frasnelli
+E: dfrasnel@alphalinux.org
+W: http://www.alphalinux.org/
+P: 1024/3EF87611 B9 F1 44 50 D3 E8 C2 80 DA E5 55 AA 56 7C 42 DA
+D: DEC Alpha hacker
+D: Miscellaneous bug squisher
+
+N: Jim Freeman
+E: jfree@sovereign.org
+W: http://www.sovereign.org/
+D: Initial GPL'd Frame Relay driver
+D: Dynamic PPP devices
+D: Sundry modularizations (PPP, IPX, ...) and fixes
+
+N: Bob Frey
+E: bobf@advansys.com
+D: AdvanSys SCSI driver
+S: 1150 Ringwood Court
+S: San Jose, California 95131
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Fritzler
+E: mid@zigamorph.net
+
+N: Fernando Fuganti
+E: fuganti@conectiva.com.br
+E: fuganti@netbank.com.br
+D: random kernel hacker, ZF MachZ Watchdog driver
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins, 89 - Cristo Rei
+S: 80050-430 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Kumar Gala
+E: galak@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Embedded PowerPC 6xx/7xx/74xx/82xx/83xx/85xx support
+S: Austin, Texas 78729
+S: USA
+
+N: Nigel Gamble
+E: nigel@nrg.org
+D: Interrupt-driven printer driver
+D: Preemptible kernel
+S: 120 Alley Way
+S: Mountain View, California 94040
+S: USA
+
+N: Jeff Garzik
+E: jgarzik@pobox.com
+
+N: Jacques Gelinas
+E: jacques@solucorp.qc.ca
+D: Author of the Umsdos file system
+S: 1326 De Val-Brillant
+S: Laval, Quebec
+S: Canada H7Y 1V9
+
+N: David Gentzel
+E: gentzel@telerama.lm.com
+D: Original BusLogic driver and original UltraStor driver
+S: Whitfield Software Services
+S: 600 North Bell Avenue, Suite 160
+S: Carnegie, Pennsylvania 15106-4304
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Germaschewski
+E: kai@germaschewski.name
+D: Major kbuild rework during the 2.5 cycle
+D: ISDN Maintainer
+S: USA
+
+N: Philip Gladstone
+E: philip@gladstonefamily.net
+D: Kernel / timekeeping stuff
+S: Carlisle, MA 01741
+S: USA
+
+N: Jan-Benedict Glaw
+E: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
+D: SRM environment driver (for Alpha systems)
+P: 1024D/8399E1BB 250D 3BCF 7127 0D8C A444 A961 1DBD 5E75 8399 E1BB
+
+N: Thomas Gleixner
+E: tglx@linutronix.de
+D: NAND flash hardware support, JFFS2 on NAND flash
+
+N: Richard E. Gooch
+E: rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
+D: parent process death signal to children
+D: prctl() syscall
+D: /proc/mtrr support to manipulate MTRRs on Intel P6 family
+D: Device FileSystem (devfs)
+S: CSIRO Australia Telescope National Facility
+S: P.O. Box 76, Epping
+S: New South Wales, 2121
+S: Australia
+
+N: Carlos E. Gorges
+E: carlos@techlinux.com.br
+D: fix smp support on cmpci driver
+P: 2048G/EA3C4B19 FF31 33A6 0362 4915 B7EB E541 17D0 0379 EA3C 4B19
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Dmitry S. Gorodchanin
+E: pgmdsg@ibi.com
+D: RISCom/8 driver, misc kernel fixes.
+S: 4 Main Street
+S: Woodbridge, Connecticut 06525
+S: USA
+
+N: Paul Gortmaker
+E: p_gortmaker@yahoo.com
+D: Author of RTC driver & several net drivers, Ethernet & BootPrompt Howto.
+D: Made support for modules, ramdisk, generic-serial, etc. optional.
+D: Transformed old user space bdflush into 1st kernel thread - kflushd.
+D: Many other patches, documentation files, mini kernels, utilities, ...
+
+N: Masanori GOTO
+E: gotom@debian.or.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: John E. Gotts
+E: jgotts@linuxsavvy.com
+D: kernel hacker
+S: 8124 Constitution Apt. 7
+S: Sterling Heights, Michigan 48313
+S: USA
+
+N: Wolfgang Grandegger
+E: wg@grandegger.com
+D: Controller Area Network (device drivers)
+
+N: William Greathouse
+E: wgreathouse@smva.com
+E: wgreathouse@myfavoritei.com
+D: Current Belkin USB Serial Adapter F5U103 hacker
+D: Kernel hacker, embedded systems
+S: 7802 Fitzwater Road
+S: Brecksville, OH 44141-1334
+S: USA
+
+N: Tristan Greaves
+E: tristan@extricate.org
+W: http://www.extricate.org/
+D: Miscellaneous ipv4 sysctl patches
+
+N: Michael A. Griffith
+E: grif@cs.ucr.edu
+W: http://www.cs.ucr.edu/~grif
+D: Loopback speedup, qlogic SCSI hacking, VT_LOCKSWITCH
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of California, Riverside
+S: Riverside, California 92521-0304
+S: USA
+
+N: Hans Grobler
+E: grobh@sun.ac.za
+D: Various AX.25/ROSE/NETROM + hamradio driver patches
+D: Various X.25/LABP + driver patches
+D: Misc kernel fixes and updates
+S: Department of Electronic Engineering
+S: University of Stellenbosch
+S: Stellenbosch, Western Cape
+S: South Africa
+
+N: Grant Grundler
+E: grundler@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://obmouse.sourceforge.net/
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
+D: obmouse - rewrote Olivier Florent's Omnibook 600 "pop-up" mouse driver
+D: PA-RISC - Interrupt/PCI HBA/IOMMU author and architect
+S: Mountain View, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Grant Guenther
+E: grant@torque.net
+W: http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html
+D: original author of ppa driver for parallel port ZIP drive
+D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme
+D: PARIDE subsystem: drivers for parallel port IDE & ATAPI devices
+S: 44 St. Joseph Street, Suite 506
+S: Toronto, Ontario, M4Y 2W4
+S: Canada
+
+N: Richard Günther
+E: rguenth@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+W: http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de/~rguenth
+P: 2048/2E829319 2F 83 FC 93 E9 E4 19 E2 93 7A 32 42 45 37 23 57
+D: binfmt_misc
+S: 72074 Tübingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Justin Guyett
+E: jguyett@andrew.cmu.edu
+D: via-rhine net driver hacking
+
+N: Danny ter Haar
+E: dth@cistron.nl
+D: /proc/cpuinfo, reboot on panic , kernel pre-patch tester ;)
+S: Cistron
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Enver Haase
+E: ehaase@inf.fu-berlin.de
+W: http://www.inf.fu-berlin.de/~ehaase
+D: Driver for the Commodore A2232 serial board
+
+N: Bruno Haible
+E: haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de
+D: SysV FS, shm swapping, memory management fixes
+S: 17 rue Danton
+S: F - 94270 Le Kremlin-Bicêtre
+S: France
+
+N: Greg Hankins
+E: gregh@cc.gatech.edu
+D: fixed keyboard driver to separate LED and locking status
+S: 25360 Georgia Tech Station
+S: Atlanta, Georgia 30332
+S: USA
+
+N: Brad Hards
+E: bradh@frogmouth.net
+D: Various USB bits, other minor patches
+
+N: Angelo Haritsis
+E: ah@computer.org
+D: kernel patches (serial, watchdog)
+D: xringd, vuzkern, greekXfonts
+S: 77 Clarence Mews
+S: London SE16 1GD
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jan Harkes
+E: jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu
+W: http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/
+D: Coda file system
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: 5000 Forbes Avenue
+S: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Harrekilde-Petersen
+E: kai.harrekilde@get2net.dk
+D: Original author of the ftape-HOWTO, i82078 fdc detection code.
+
+N: Bart Hartgers
+E: bart@etpmod.phys.tue.nl
+D: MTRR emulation with Centaur MCRs
+S: Gen Stedmanstraat 212
+S: 5623 HZ Eindhoven
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Oliver Hartkopp
+E: oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Haylett
+E: ajh@primag.co.uk
+D: Selection mechanism
+
+N: Andre Hedrick
+E: andre@linux-ide.org
+E: andre@linuxdiskcert.org
+W: http://www.linux-ide.org/
+W: http://www.linuxdiskcert.org/
+D: Random SMP kernel hacker...
+D: Uniform Multi-Platform E-IDE driver
+D: Active-ATA-Chipset maddness..........
+D: Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 w/48-bit Addressing
+D: ATA-Disconnect, ATA-TCQ
+D: ATA-Smart Kernel Daemon
+D: Serial ATA
+D: ATA Command Block and Taskfile
+S: Linux ATA Development (LAD)
+S: Concord, CA
+
+N: Jochen Hein
+E: jochen@jochen.org
+P: 1024/4A27F015 25 72 FB E3 85 9F DE 3B CB 0A DA DA 40 77 05 6C
+P: 1024D/77D4FC9B F5C5 1C20 1DFC DEC3 3107 54A4 2332 ADFC 77D4 FC9B
+D: National Language Support
+D: Linux Internationalization Project
+D: German Localization for Linux and GNU software
+S: Auf der Fittel 18
+S: 53347 Alfter
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Hellwig
+E: hch@infradead.org
+D: all kinds of driver, filesystem & core kernel hacking
+D: freevxfs driver
+D: sysvfs maintainer
+D: chief codingstyle nitpicker
+S: Ampferstr. 50 / 4
+S: 6020 Innsbruck
+S: Austria
+
+N: Richard Henderson
+E: rth@twiddle.net
+E: rth@cygnus.com
+D: Alpha hacker, kernel and userland
+S: 1668 California St.
+S: Mountain View, California 94041
+S: USA
+
+N: Benjamin Herrenschmidt
+E: benh@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Various parts of PPC/PPC64 & PowerMac
+S: 312/107 Canberra Avenue
+S: Griffith, ACT 2603
+S: Australia
+
+N: Sebastian Hetze
+E: she@lunetix.de
+D: German Linux Documentation,
+D: Organization of German Linux Conferences
+S: Danckelmannstr. 48
+S: 14059 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: David Hinds
+E: dahinds@users.sourceforge.net
+W: http://tao.stanford.edu/~dhinds
+D: PCMCIA and CardBus stuff, PCMCIA-HOWTO, PCMCIA client drivers
+S: 2019 W. Middlefield Rd #1
+S: Mountain View, CA 94043
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Hipp
+E: hippm@informatik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: drivers for the racal ni5210 & ni6510 Ethernet-boards
+S: Talstr. 1
+S: D - 72072 Tuebingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Richard Hirst
+E: richard@sleepie.demon.co.uk
+E: rhirst@linuxcare.com
+W: http://www.sleepie.demon.co.uk/
+D: linux-m68k VME support
+D: PA-RISC port, scsi and network drivers
+D: 53c700/53c710 driver author, 82596 driver maintainer
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jauder Ho
+E: jauderho@carumba.com
+W: http://www.carumba.com/
+D: bug toaster (A1 sauce makes all the difference)
+D: Random linux hacker
+
+N: Tim Hockin
+E: thockin@hockin.org
+W: http://www.hockin.org/~thockin
+D: Natsemi ethernet
+D: Cobalt Networks (x86) support
+D: This-and-That
+
+N: Dirk Hohndel
+E: hohndel@suse.de
+D: The XFree86[tm] Project
+D: USB mouse maintainer
+S: SuSE Rhein/Main AG
+S: Mergenthalerallee 45-47
+S: 65760 Eschborn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kenji Hollis
+E: kenji@bitgate.com
+W: http://www.bitgate.com/
+D: Berkshire PC Watchdog Driver
+D: Small/Industrial Driver Project
+
+N: Nick Holloway
+E: Nick.Holloway@pyrites.org.uk
+W: http://www.pyrites.org.uk/
+P: 1024/36115A04 F4E1 3384 FCFD C055 15D6 BA4C AB03 FBF8 3611 5A04
+D: Occasional Linux hacker...
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ron Holt
+E: ron@holt.org
+E: rholt@netcom.com
+W: http://www.holt.org/
+W: http://www.ronholt.com/
+D: Kernel development
+D: Kernel LDT modifications to support Wabi and Wine
+S: Holtron Internetics, Inc.
+S: 998 East 900 South, Suite 26
+S: Provo, Utah 84606-5607
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcel Holtmann
+E: marcel@holtmann.org
+W: http://www.holtmann.org
+D: Maintainer of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem
+D: Author and maintainer of the various Bluetooth HCI drivers
+D: Author and maintainer of the CAPI message transport protocol driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the Bluetooth HID protocol driver
+D: Various other Bluetooth related patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rob W. W. Hooft
+E: hooft@EMBL-Heidelberg.DE
+D: Shared libs for graphics-tools and for the f2c compiler
+D: Some kernel programming on the floppy and sound drivers in early days
+D: Some other hacks to get different kinds of programs to work for linux
+S: Panoramastrasse 18
+S: D-69126 Heidelberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christopher Horn
+E: chorn@warwick.net
+D: Miscellaneous sysctl hacks
+S: 36 Mudtown Road
+S: Wantage, New Jersey 07461
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Hoyer
+E: harald.hoyer@parzelle.de
+W: http://parzelle.de/
+D: ip_masq_quake
+D: md boot support
+S: Hohe Strasse 30
+S: D-70176 Stuttgart
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jan Hubicka
+E: hubicka@freesoft.cz
+E: hubicka@suse.cz
+W: http://www.paru.cas.cz/~hubicka/
+D: Random kernel tweaks and fixes.
+S: Dukelskych bojovniku 1944
+S: Tabor 390 03
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: David Huggins-Daines
+E: dhd@debian.org
+E: dhd@eradicator.org
+E: dhd@cepstral.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: Nubus subsystem
+D: Generic 68k Macintosh framebuffer driver
+D: STI framebuffer tweaks
+D: LTPC driver tweaks
+S: 110 S. 12th St., Apt. A
+S: Pittsburgh, PA 15203-1250
+S: USA
+
+N: Gareth Hughes
+E: gareth.hughes@acm.org
+D: Pentium III FXSR, SSE support
+D: Author/maintainer of most DRM drivers (especially ATI, MGA)
+D: Core DRM templates, general DRM and 3D-related hacking
+S: No fixed address
+
+N: Kenn Humborg
+E: kenn@wombat.ie
+D: Mods to loop device to support sparse backing files
+S: Ballinagard
+S: Roscommon
+S: Ireland
+
+N: Michael Hunold
+E: michael@mihu.de
+W: http://www.mihu.de/linux/
+D: Generic saa7146 video4linux-2 driver core,
+D: Driver for the "Multimedia eXtension Board", "dpc7146",
+D: "Hexium Orion", "Hexium Gemini"
+
+N: Miguel de Icaza Amozurrutia
+E: miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx
+D: Linux/SPARC team, Midnight Commander maintainer
+S: Avenida Copilco 162, 22-1003
+S: Mexico, DF
+S: Mexico
+
+N: Ian Jackson
+E: iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk
+E: ijackson@nyx.cs.du.edu
+D: FAQ maintainer and poster of the daily postings
+D: FSSTND group member
+D: Debian core team member and maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: 2 Lexington Close
+S: Cambridge
+S: CB3 0DS
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Andreas Jaeger
+E: aj@suse.de
+D: Various smaller kernel fixes
+D: glibc developer
+S: Gottfried-Kinkel-Str. 18
+S: D 67659 Kaiserslautern
+S: Germany
+
+N: Mike Jagdis
+E: jaggy@purplet.demon.co.uk
+E: Mike.Jagdis@purplet.demon.co.uk
+D: iBCS personalities, socket and X interfaces, x.out loader, syscalls...
+D: Purple Distribution maintainer
+D: UK FidoNet support
+D: ISODE && PP
+D: Kernel and device driver hacking
+S: 280 Silverdale Road
+S: Earley
+S: Reading
+S: RG6 2NU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jakub Jelinek
+E: jakub@redhat.com
+W: http://sunsite.mff.cuni.cz/~jj
+P: 1024/0F7623C5 53 95 71 3C EB 73 99 97 02 49 40 47 F9 19 68 20
+D: Sparc hacker, SILO, mc
+D: Maintain sunsite.mff.cuni.cz
+S: K osmidomkum 723
+S: 160 00 Praha 6
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Niels Kristian Bech Jensen
+E: nkbj1970@hotmail.com
+D: Miscellaneous kernel updates and fixes.
+
+N: Michael K. Johnson
+E: johnsonm@redhat.com
+W: http://www.redhat.com/~johnsonm
+P: 1024/4536A8DD 2A EC 88 08 40 64 CE D8 DD F8 12 2B 61 43 83 15
+D: The Linux Documentation Project
+D: Kernel Hackers' Guide
+D: Procps
+D: Proc filesystem
+D: Maintain tsx-11.mit.edu
+D: LP driver
+S: 201 Howell Street, Apartment 1C
+S: Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514-4818
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Jones
+E: davej@redhat.com
+W: http://www.codemonkey.org.uk
+D: Assorted VIA x86 support.
+D: 2.5 AGPGART overhaul.
+D: CPUFREQ maintenance.
+D: Fedora kernel maintainence.
+D: Misc/Other.
+S: 314 Littleton Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
+
+N: Martin Josfsson
+E: gandalf@wlug.westbo.se
+P: 1024D/F6B6D3B1 7610 7CED 5C34 4AA6 DBA2 8BE1 5A6D AF95 F6B6 D3B1
+D: netfilter: SAME target
+D: netfilter: helper target
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Ronneby
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Ani Joshi
+E: ajoshi@shell.unixbox.com
+D: fbdev hacking
+
+N: Jesper Juhl
+E: jj@chaosbits.net
+D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
+D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
+S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S.
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Jozsef Kadlecsik
+E: kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu
+P: 1024D/470DB964 4CB3 1A05 713E 9BF7 FAC5 5809 DD8C B7B1 470D B964
+D: netfilter: TCP window tracking code
+D: netfilter: raw table
+D: netfilter: iprange match
+D: netfilter: new logging interfaces
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Tata
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Bernhard Kaindl
+E: bkaindl@netway.at
+E: edv@bartelt.via.at
+D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which
+D: is the predecessor of 'make menuconfig' and 'make xconfig'.
+D: digiboard driver update(modularisation work and 2.1.x upd)
+S: Tallak 95
+S: 8103 Rein
+S: Austria
+
+N: Mitsuru Kanda
+E: mk@linux-ipv6.org
+E: mk@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp
+E: mk@karaba.org
+W: http://www.karaba.org/~mk/
+P: 1024D/2EC7E30D 4DC3 949B 5A6C F0D6 375F 4472 8888 A8E1 2EC7 E30D
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, TOSHIBA CORPORATION
+S: 2-47-8, Takinogawa,
+S: Kita, Tokyo 114-0023
+S: Japan
+
+N: Jan Kara
+E: jack@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+E: jack@suse.cz
+D: Quota fixes for 2.2 kernel
+D: Quota fixes for 2.3 kernel
+D: Few other fixes in filesystem area (buffer cache, isofs, loopback)
+W: http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~jack/
+S: Krosenska' 543
+S: 181 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak
+E: kas@fi.muni.cz
+D: Author of the COSA/SRP sync serial board driver.
+D: Port of the syncppp.c from the 2.0 to the 2.1 kernel.
+P: 1024/D3498839 0D 99 A7 FB 20 66 05 D7 8B 35 FC DE 05 B1 8A 5E
+W: http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/
+S: c/o Faculty of Informatics, Masaryk University
+S: Botanicka' 68a
+S: 602 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jakob Kemi
+E: jakob.kemi@telia.com
+D: V4L W9966 Webcam driver
+S: Forsbyvägen 33
+S: 74143 Knivsta
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Fred N. van Kempen
+E: waltje@linux.com
+D: NET-2
+D: Drivers
+D: Kernel cleanups
+S: Korte Heul 95
+S: 1403 ND BUSSUM
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Karl Keyte
+E: karl@koft.com
+D: Disk usage statistics and modifications to line printer driver
+S: 26a Sheen Road
+S: Richmond
+S: Surrey
+S: TW9 1AE
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Marko Kiiskila
+E: marko@iprg.nokia.com
+D: Author of ATM Lan Emulation
+S: 660 Harvard Ave. #7
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95051
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell King
+E: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Linux/arm integrator, maintainer & hacker
+D: Acornfb, Cyber2000fb author
+S: Burgh Heath, Tadworth, Surrey.
+S: England
+
+N: Olaf Kirch
+E: okir@monad.swb.de
+D: Author of the Linux Network Administrators' Guide
+S: Kattreinstr 38
+S: D-64295
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andi Kleen
+E: andi@firstfloor.org
+U: http://www.halobates.de
+D: network, x86, NUMA, various hacks
+S: Schwalbenstr. 96
+S: 85551 Ottobrunn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ian Kluft
+E: ikluft@thunder.sbay.org
+W: http://www.kluft.com/~ikluft/
+D: NET-1 beta testing & minor patches, original Smail binary packages for
+D: Slackware and Debian, vote-taker for 2nd comp.os.linux reorganization
+S: Post Office Box 611311
+S: San Jose, California 95161-1311
+S: USA
+
+N: Thorsten Knabe
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek@rbg.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de>
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek01@hrzpub.tu-darmstadt.de>
+W: http://www.student.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek
+W: http://www.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek01
+P: 1024/3BC8D885 8C 29 C5 0A C0 D1 D6 F4 20 D4 2D AB 29 F6 D0 60
+D: AD1816 sound driver
+S: Am Bergfried 10
+S: 63225 Langen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Alain L. Knaff
+E: Alain.Knaff@lll.lu
+D: floppy driver
+S: 19, rue Jean l'Aveugle
+S: L-1148 Luxembourg-City
+S: Luxembourg
+
+N: Gerd Knorr
+W: http://bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@suse.de
+D: video4linux, bttv, vesafb, some scsi, misc fixes
+
+N: Harald Koenig
+E: koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: XFree86 (S3), DCF77, some kernel hacks and fixes
+S: Koenigsberger Str. 90
+S: D-72336 Balingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rudolf Koenig
+E: rfkoenig@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: Andreas Koensgen
+E: ajk@comnets.uni-bremen.de
+D: 6pack driver for AX.25
+
+N: Harald Koerfgen
+E: hkoerfg@web.de
+D: Linux/MIPS kernel hacks and fixes,
+D: DECstation port, Sharp Mobilon port
+S: D-50931 Koeln
+S: Germany
+
+N: Willy Konynenberg
+E: willy@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: IP transparent proxy support
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Jiri Kosina
+E: jikos@jikos.cz
+E: jkosina@suse.cz
+D: Generic HID layer - original code split, fixes
+D: Various ACPI fixes, keeping correct battery state through suspend
+D: various lockdep annotations, autofs and other random bugfixes
+S: Prague, Czech Republic
+
+N: Gene Kozin
+E: 74604.152@compuserve.com
+W: http://www.sangoma.com
+D: WAN Router & Sangoma WAN drivers
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.
+S: 7170 Warden Avenue, Unit 2
+S: Markham, Ontario
+S: L3R 8B2
+S: Canada
+
+N: Maxim Krasnyansky
+E: maxk@qualcomm.com
+W: http://vtun.sf.net
+W: http://bluez.sf.net
+D: Author of the Universal TUN/TAP driver
+D: Author of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem (BlueZ)
+D: Various other kernel patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: 2213 La Terrace Circle
+S: San Jose, CA 95123
+S: USA
+
+N: Andreas S. Krebs
+E: akrebs@altavista.net
+D: CYPRESS CY82C693 chipset IDE, Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards
+
+N: Greg Kroah-Hartman
+E: greg@kroah.com
+E: gregkh@suse.de
+W: http://www.kroah.com/linux/
+D: USB Serial Converter driver framework, USB Handspring Visor driver
+D: ConnectTech WHITEHeat USB driver, Generic USB Serial driver
+D: USB I/O Edgeport driver, USB Serial IrDA driver
+D: USB Bluetooth driver, USB Skeleton driver
+D: bits and pieces of USB core code.
+D: PCI Hotplug core, PCI Hotplug Compaq driver modifications
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework
+D: parts of the driver core, debugfs.
+
+N: Russell Kroll
+E: rkroll@exploits.org
+W: http://www.exploits.org/
+D: V4L radio cards: radio-aztech (new), others (bugfixes/features)
+D: Loopback block device: dynamic sizing ("max_loop" as module)
+S: Post Office Box 691886
+S: San Antonio, Texas 78269-1886
+S: USA
+
+N: Denis O. Kropp
+E: dok@directfb.org
+D: NeoMagic framebuffer driver
+S: Badensche Str. 46
+S: 10715 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz
+E: ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl
+D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: PIIX chipset IDE
+S: ul. Matemblewska 1B/10
+S: 80-283 Gdansk
+S: Poland
+
+N: Gero Kuhlmann
+E: gero@gkminix.han.de
+D: mounting root via NFS
+S: Donarweg 4
+S: D-30657 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Markus Kuhn
+E: mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+W: http://wwwcip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de/user/mskuhn
+D: Unicode, real-time, time, standards
+S: Schlehenweg 9
+S: D-91080 Uttenreuth
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jaya Kumar
+E: jayalk@intworks.biz
+W: http://www.intworks.biz
+D: Arc monochrome LCD framebuffer driver, x86 reboot fixups
+D: pirq addr, CS5535 alsa audio driver
+S: Gurgaon, India
+S: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
+
+N: Gabor Kuti
+M: seasons@falcon.sch.bme.hu
+M: seasons@makosteszta.sote.hu
+D: Original author of software suspend
+
+N: Jaroslav Kysela
+E: perex@perex.cz
+W: http://www.perex.cz
+D: Original Author and Maintainer for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+D: ISA PnP
+S: Sindlovy Dvory 117
+S: 370 01 Ceske Budejovice
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Bas Laarhoven
+E: sjml@xs4all.nl
+D: Loadable modules and ftape driver
+S: J. Obrechtstr 23
+S: NL-5216 GP 's-Hertogenbosch
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Savio Lam
+E: lam836@cs.cuhk.hk
+D: Author of the dialog utility, foundation
+D: for Menuconfig's lxdialog.
+
+N: Christoph Lameter
+E: christoph@lameter.com
+D: Digiboard PC/Xe and PC/Xi, Digiboard EPCA
+D: NUMA support, Slab allocators, Page migration
+D: Scalability, Time subsystem
+
+N: Paul Laufer
+E: paul@laufernet.com
+D: Soundblaster driver fixes, ISAPnP quirk
+S: California, USA
+
+N: Jonathan Layes
+D: ARPD support
+
+N: Tom Lees
+E: tom@lpsg.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.lpsg.demon.co.uk/
+P: 1024/87D4D065 2A 66 86 9D 02 4D A6 1E B8 A2 17 9D 4F 9B 89 D6
+D: Original author and current maintainer of
+D: PnP code.
+
+N: David van Leeuwen
+E: david@tm.tno.nl
+D: Philips/LMS cm206 cdrom driver, generic cdrom driver
+S: Scheltemalaan 14
+S: 3817 KS Amersfoort
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Volker Lendecke
+E: vl@kki.org
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+D: NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
+S: Von-Ossietzky-Str. 12
+S: 37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kevin Lentin
+E: kevinl@cs.monash.edu.au
+D: NCR53C400/T130B SCSI extension to NCR5380 driver.
+S: 18 Board Street
+S: Doncaster VIC 3108
+S: Australia
+
+N: Hans Lermen
+E: lermen@elserv.ffm.fgan.de
+D: Author of the LOADLIN Linux loader, hacking on boot stuff
+D: Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+S: Am Muehlenweg 38
+S: D53424 Remagen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Colin Leroy
+E: colin@colino.net
+W: http://www.geekounet.org/
+D: PowerMac adt746x fan driver
+D: Random fixing of various drivers (macintosh, usb, sound)
+S: Toulouse
+S: France
+
+N: Achim Leubner
+E: achim_leubner@adaptec.com
+D: GDT Disk Array Controller/Storage RAID controller driver
+S: ICP vortex GmbH
+S: Neckarsulm
+S: Germany
+
+N: Phil Lewis
+E: beans@bucket.ualr.edu
+D: Promised to send money if I would put his name in the source tree.
+S: Post Office Box 371
+S: North Little Rock, Arkansas 72115
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephan Linz
+E: linz@mazet.de
+E: Stephan.Linz@gmx.de
+W: http://www.crosswinds.net/~tuxer
+D: PCILynx patch to work with 1394a PHY and without local RAM
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christophe Lizzi
+E: lizzi@cnam.fr
+W: http://cedric.cnam.fr/personne/lizzi
+D: FORE Systems 200E-series ATM network driver, sparc64 port of ATM
+S: CNAM, Laboratoire CEDRIC
+S: 292, rue St-Martin
+S: 75141 Paris Cedex 03
+S: France
+
+N: Siegfried "Frieder" Loeffler (dg1sek)
+E: floeff@tunix.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de, fl@LF.net
+W: http://www.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de/~floeff
+D: Busmaster driver for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+S: University of Stuttgart, Germany and
+S: Ecole Nationale Superieure des Telecommunications, Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Jamie Lokier
+E: jamie@shareable.org
+W: http://www.shareable.org/
+D: Reboot-through-BIOS for broken 486 motherboards
+D: Parport fixes, futex improvements
+D: First instruction of x86 sysenter path :)
+S: 51 Sunningwell Road
+S: Oxford
+S: OX1 4SZ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Mark Lord
+E: mlord@pobox.com
+D: EIDE driver, hd.c support
+D: EIDE PCI and bus-master DMA support
+D: Hard Disk Parameter (hdparm) utility
+S: 33 Ridgefield Cr
+S: Nepean, Ontario
+S: Canada K2H 6S3
+
+N: Warner Losh
+E: imp@village.org
+D: Linux/MIPS Deskstation support, Provided OI/OB for Linux
+S: 8786 Niwot Road
+S: Niwot, Colorado 80503
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert M. Love
+E: rml@tech9.net
+E: rml@novell.com
+D: misc. kernel hacking and debugging
+S: Cambridge, MA 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin von Löwis
+E: loewis@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+D: script binary format
+D: NTFS driver
+
+N: H.J. Lu
+E: hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: GCC + libraries hacker
+
+N: Yanir Lubetkin
+E: yanirx.lubatkin@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Michal Ludvig
+E: michal@logix.cz
+E: michal.ludvig@asterisk.co.nz
+W: http://www.logix.cz/michal
+P: 1024D/C45B2218 1162 6471 D391 76E0 9F99 29DA 0C3A 2509 C45B 2218
+D: VIA PadLock driver
+D: Netfilter pkttype module
+S: Asterisk Ltd.
+S: Auckland
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Tuomas J. Lukka
+E: Tuomas.Lukka@Helsinki.FI
+D: Original dual-monitor patches
+D: Console-mouse-tracking patches
+S: Puistokaari 1 E 18
+S: 00200 Helsinki
+S: Finland
+
+N: Daniel J. Maas
+E: dmaas@dcine.com
+W: http://www.maasdigital.com
+D: dv1394
+
+N: Hamish Macdonald
+E: hamishm@lucent.com
+D: Linux/68k port
+S: 32 Clydesdale Avenue
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2M-2G7
+
+N: Peter MacDonald
+D: SLS distribution
+D: Initial implementation of VC's, pty's and select()
+
+N: Pavel Machek
+E: pavel@ucw.cz
+D: Softcursor for vga, hypertech cdrom support, vcsa bugfix, nbd
+D: sun4/330 port, capabilities for elf, speedup for rm on ext2, USB,
+D: work on suspend-to-ram/disk, killing duplicates from ioctl32
+S: Volkova 1131
+S: 198 00 Praha 9
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Paul Mackerras
+E: paulus@samba.org
+D: PPP driver
+D: Linux for PowerPC
+D: Linux port for PCI Power Macintosh
+
+N: Pat Mackinlay
+E: pat@it.com.au
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver
+D: Miscellaneous ST0x, TMC-8xx and other SCSI hacking
+S: 25 McMillan Street
+S: Victoria Park 6100
+S: Australia
+
+N: James B. MacLean
+E: macleajb@ednet.ns.ca
+W: http://www.ednet.ns.ca/~macleajb/dosemu.html
+D: Former Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+D: Program in DOSEMU
+S: PO BOX 220, HFX. CENTRAL
+S: Halifax, Nova Scotia
+S: Canada B3J 3C8
+
+N: Kai Mäkisara
+E: Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi
+D: SCSI Tape Driver
+
+N: Asit Mallick
+E: asit.k.mallick@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Petko Manolov
+E: petkan@users.sourceforge.net
+D: USB ethernet pegasus/pegasus-II driver
+D: USB ethernet rtl8150 driver
+D: optimizing i[45]86 string routines
+D: i386 task switching hacks
+S: 482 Shadowgraph Dr.
+S: San Jose, CA 95110
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Mares
+E: mj@ucw.cz
+W: http://www.ucw.cz/~mj/
+D: BIOS video mode handling code
+D: MOXA C-218 serial board driver
+D: Network autoconfiguration
+D: PCI subsystem
+D: Random kernel hacking
+S: Kankovskeho 1241
+S: 182 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: John A. Martin
+E: jam@acm.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~jam/
+P: 1024/04456D53 9D A3 6C 6B 88 80 8A 61 D7 06 22 4F 95 40 CE D2
+P: 1024/3B986635 5A61 7EE6 9E20 51FB 59FB 2DA5 3E18 DD55 3B98 6635
+D: FSSTND contributor
+D: Credit file compilator
+
+N: Kevin E. Martin
+E: martin@cs.unc.edu
+D: Developed original accelerated X servers included in XFree86
+D: XF86_Mach64
+D: XF86_Mach32
+D: XF86_Mach8
+D: XF86_8514
+D: cfdisk (curses based disk partitioning program)
+
+N: John S. Marvin
+E: jsm@fc.hp.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+S: Hewlett Packard
+S: MS 42
+S: 3404 E. Harmony Road
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80528
+S: USA
+
+N: Torben Mathiasen
+E: torben.mathiasen@compaq.com
+E: torben@kernel.dk
+W: http://tlan.kernel.dk
+D: ThunderLAN maintainer
+D: ThunderLAN updates and other kernel fixes.
+S: Bremensgade 29, st.th
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Claudio S. Matsuoka
+E: cmatsuoka@gmail.com
+E: claudio@mandriva.com
+W: http://helllabs.org/~claudio
+D: V4L, OV511 and HDA-codec hacks
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: Souza Naves 1250
+S: 80050-040 Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Heinz Mauelshagen
+E: mge@EZ-Darmstadt.Telekom.de
+D: Logical Volume Manager
+S: Bartningstr. 12
+S: 64289 Darmstadt
+S: Germany
+
+N: Mark W. McClelland
+E: mmcclell@bigfoot.com
+E: mark@alpha.dyndns.org
+W: http://alpha.dyndns.org/ov511/
+P: 1024D/357375CC 317C 58AC 1B39 2AB0 AB96 EB38 0B6F 731F 3573 75CC
+D: OV511 driver
+S: (address available on request)
+S: USA
+
+N: Ian McDonald
+E: ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz
+E: imcdnzl@gmail.com
+W: http://wand.net.nz/~iam4
+W: http://imcdnzl.blogspot.com
+D: DCCP, CCID3
+S: Hamilton
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Patrick McHardy
+E: kaber@trash.net
+P: 1024D/12155E80 B128 7DE6 FF0A C2B2 48BE AB4C C9D4 964E 1215 5E80
+D: netfilter: endless number of bugfixes
+D: netfilter: CLASSIFY target
+D: netfilter: addrtype match
+D: tc: HFSC scheduler
+S: Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul E. McKenney
+E: paulmck@us.ibm.com
+W: http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/
+D: RCU and variants
+D: rcutorture module
+
+N: Mike McLagan
+E: mike.mclagan@linux.org
+W: http://www.invlogic.com/~mmclagan
+D: DLCI/FRAD drivers for Sangoma SDLAs
+S: Innovative Logic Corp
+S: Post Office Box 1068
+S: Laurel, Maryland 20732
+S: USA
+
+N: Bradley McLean
+E: brad@bradpc.gaylord.com
+D: Device driver hacker
+D: General kernel debugger
+S: 249 Nichols Avenue
+S: Syracuse, New York 13206
+S: USA
+
+N: Kyle McMartin
+E: kyle@parisc-linux.org
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Ottawa, Canada
+
+N: Dirk Melchers
+E: dirk@merlin.nbg.sub.org
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver for OMTI5520
+S: Schloessleinsgasse 31
+S: D-90453 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
+E: acme@ghostprotocols.net
+E: arnaldo.melo@gmail.com
+E: acme@redhat.com
+W: http://oops.ghostprotocols.net:81/blog/
+P: 1024D/9224DF01 D5DF E3BB E3C8 BCBB F8AD 841A B6AB 4681 9224 DF01
+D: IPX, LLC, DCCP, cyc2x, wl3501_cs, net/ hacks
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Karsten Merker
+E: merker@linuxtag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Michael Meskes
+E: meskes@debian.org
+P: 1024/04B6E8F5 6C 77 33 CA CC D6 22 03 AB AB 15 A3 AE AD 39 7D
+D: Kernel hacker. PostgreSQL hacker. Software watchdog daemon.
+D: Maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61
+S: D-41812 Erkelenz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Nigel Metheringham
+E: Nigel.Metheringham@ThePLAnet.net
+P: 1024/31455639 B7 99 BD B8 00 17 BD 46 C1 15 B8 AB 87 BC 25 FA
+D: IP Masquerading work and minor fixes
+S: Planet Online
+S: The White House, Melbourne Street, LEEDS
+S: LS2 7PS, United Kingdom
+
+N: Craig Metz
+E: cmetz@inner.net
+D: Some of PAS 16 mixer & PCM support, inet6-apps
+
+N: William (Bill) Metzenthen
+E: billm@suburbia.net
+D: Author of the FPU emulator.
+D: Minor kernel hacker for other lost causes (Hercules mono, etc).
+S: 22 Parker Street
+S: Ormond
+S: Victoria 3163
+S: Australia
+
+N: Pauline Middelink
+E: middelin@polyware.nl
+D: General low-level bug fixes, /proc fixes, identd support
+D: Author of IP masquerading
+D: Zoran ZR36120 Video For Linux driver
+S: Boterkorfhoek 34
+S: 7546 JA Enschede
+S: Netherlands
+
+N: David S. Miller
+E: davem@davemloft.net
+D: Sparc and blue box hacker
+D: Vger Linux mailing list co-maintainer
+D: Linux Emacs elf/qmagic support + other libc/gcc things
+D: Yee bore de yee bore! ;-)
+S: 575 Harrison St. #103
+S: San Francisco, CA 94105
+S: USA
+
+N: Rick Miller
+E: rdmiller@execpc.com
+W: http://www.execpc.com/~rdmiller/
+D: Original Linux Device Registrar (Major/minor numbers)
+D: au-play, bwBASIC
+S: S78 W16203 Woods Road
+S: Muskego, Wisconsin 53150
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Milz
+E: hm@seneca.linux.de
+D: Linux Projects Map, Linux Commercial-HOWTO
+D: general Linux publicity in Germany, vacation port
+D: UUCP and CNEWS binary packages for LST
+S: Editorial Board iX Mag
+S: Helstorfer Str. 7
+S: D-30625 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Corey Minyard
+E: minyard@wf-rch.cirr.com
+E: minyard@mvista.com
+W: http://home.attbi.com/~minyard
+D: Sony CDU31A CDROM Driver
+D: IPMI driver
+D: Various networking fixes long ago
+D: Original ppc_md work
+D: Shared zlib
+S: 7406 Wheat Field Rd
+S: Garland, Texas 75044
+S: USA
+
+N: Kazunori Miyazawa
+E: miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org
+E: Kazunori.Miyazawa@jp.yokogawa.com
+E: kazunori@miyazawa.org
+W: http://www.miyazawa.org/~kazunori/
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Yokogawa Electric Corporation
+S: 2-20-4-203, Nakacho,
+S: Musashino, Tokyo 180-0006
+S: Japan
+
+N: Patrick Mochel
+E: mochel@osdl.org
+E: mochelp@infinity.powertie.org
+D: PCI Power Management, ACPI work
+S: 12725 SW Millikan Way, Suite 400
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Eberhard Mönkeberg
+E: emoenke@gwdg.de
+D: CDROM driver "sbpcd" (Matsushita/Panasonic/Soundblaster)
+S: Ruhstrathöhe 2 b.
+S: D-37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thomas Molina
+E: tmolina@cablespeed.com
+D: bug fixes, documentation, minor hackery
+
+N: Paul Moore
+E: paul.moore@hp.com
+D: NetLabel author
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 110 Spit Brook Road
+S: Nashua, NH 03062
+
+N: James Morris
+E: jmorris@namei.org
+W: http://namei.org/
+D: Netfilter, Linux Security Modules (LSM), SELinux, IPSec,
+D: Crypto API, general networking, miscellaneous.
+S: PO Box 707
+S: Spit Junction NSW 2088
+S: Australia
+
+N: David Mosberger-Tang
+E: davidm@hpl.hp.com if IA-64 related, else David.Mosberger@acm.org
+D: Linux/Alpha and Linux/ia64
+S: 35706 Runckel Lane
+S: Fremont, California 94536
+S: USA
+
+N: Sam Mosel
+E: sam.mosel@computer.org
+D: Wacom Intuos USB Support
+S: 22 Seaview St
+S: Fullarton 5063
+S: South Australia
+
+N. Wolfgang Muees
+E: wolfgang@iksw-muees.de
+D: Auerswald USB driver
+
+N: Ian A. Murdock
+E: imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: Creator of Debian distribution
+S: 30 White Tail Lane
+S: Lafayette, Indiana 47905
+S: USA
+
+N: Scott Murray
+E: scottm@somanetworks.com
+E: scott@spiteful.org
+D: OPL3-SA2, OPL3-SA3 sound driver
+D: CompactPCI hotplug core
+D: Ziatech ZT5550 and generic CompactPCI hotplug drivers
+S: Toronto, Ontario
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zwane Mwaikambo
+E: zwane@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Various driver hacking
+D: Lowlevel x86 kernel hacking
+D: General debugging
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Tanzania
+
+N: Trond Myklebust
+E: trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no
+D: current NFS client hacker.
+S: Dagaliveien 31e
+S: N-0391 Oslo
+S: Norway
+
+N: Johan Myreen
+E: jem@iki.fi
+D: PS/2 mouse driver writer etc.
+S: Dragonvagen 1 A 13
+S: FIN-00330 Helsingfors
+S: Finland
+
+N: Matija Nalis
+E: mnalis@jagor.srce.hr
+E: mnalis@voyager.hr
+D: Maintainer of the Umsdos file system
+S: Listopadska 7
+S: 10000 Zagreb
+S: Croatia
+
+N: Jonathan Naylor
+E: g4klx@g4klx.demon.co.uk
+E: g4klx@amsat.org
+W: http://zone.pspt.fi/~jsn/
+D: AX.25, NET/ROM and ROSE amateur radio protocol suites
+D: CCITT X.25 PLP and LAPB.
+S: 24 Castle View Drive
+S: Cromford
+S: Matlock
+S: Derbyshire DE4 3RL
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ian S. Nelson
+E: nelsonis@earthlink.net
+P: 1024D/00D3D983 3EFD 7B86 B888 D7E2 29B6 9E97 576F 1B97 00D3 D983
+D: Minor mmap and ide hacks
+S: 1370 Atlantis Ave.
+S: Lafayette CO, 80026
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell Nelson
+E: nelson@crynwr.com
+W: http://www.crynwr.com/~nelson
+P: 1024/83942741 FF 68 EE 27 A0 5A AA C3 F5 DC 05 62 BD 5B 20 2F
+D: Author of cs89x0, maintainer of kernel changelog through 1.3.3
+D: Wrote many packet drivers, from which some Ethernet drivers are derived.
+S: 521 Pleasant Valley Road
+S: Potsdam, New York 13676
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Neuer
+E: dave.neuer@pobox.com
+D: Helped implement support for Compaq's H31xx series iPAQs
+D: Other mostly minor tweaks & bugfixes
+
+N: Michael Neuffer
+E: mike@i-Connect.Net
+E: neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de
+W: http://www.i-Connect.Net/~mike/
+D: Developer and maintainer of the EATA-DMA SCSI driver
+D: Co-developer EATA-PIO SCSI driver
+D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets
+S: Zum Schiersteiner Grund 2
+S: 55127 Mainz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gustavo Niemeyer
+E: niemeyer@conectiva.com
+W: https://moin.conectiva.com.br/GustavoNiemeyer
+D: wl3501 PCMCIA wireless card initial support for wireless extensions in 2.4
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins 89
+S: 80050-430 Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: David C. Niemi
+E: niemi@tux.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~niemi/
+D: Assistant maintainer of Mtools, fdutils, and floppy driver
+D: Administrator of Tux.Org Linux Server, http://www.tux.org
+S: 2364 Old Trail Drive
+S: Reston, Virginia 20191
+S: USA
+
+N: Fredrik Noring
+E: noring@nocrew.org
+W: http://www.lysator.liu.se/~noring/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Michael O'Reilly
+E: michael@iinet.com.au
+E: oreillym@tartarus.uwa.edu.au
+D: Wrote the original dynamic sized disk cache stuff. I think the only
+D: part that remains is the GFP_KERNEL et al #defines. :)
+S: 192 Nichsolson Road
+S: Subiaco, 6008
+S: Perth, Western Australia
+S: Australia
+
+N: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
+E: miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com
+W: http://miguelojeda.es
+W: http://jair.lab.fi.uva.es/~migojed/
+D: Author of the ks0108, cfag12864b and cfag12864bfb auxiliary display drivers.
+D: Maintainer of the auxiliary display drivers tree (drivers/auxdisplay/*)
+S: C/ Mieses 20, 9-B
+S: Valladolid 47009
+S: Spain
+
+N: Gadi Oxman
+E: gadio@netvision.net.il
+D: Original author and maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy/tape drivers
+
+N: Greg Page
+E: gpage@sovereign.org
+D: IPX development and support
+
+N: David Parsons
+E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
+D: improved memory detection code.
+
+N: Ivan Passos
+E: ivan@cyclades.com
+D: Author of the Cyclades-PC300 synchronous card driver
+D: Maintainer of the Cyclom-Y/Cyclades-Z asynchronous card driver
+S: Cyclades Corp
+S: 41934 Christy St
+S: Fremont, CA 94538
+S: USA
+
+N: Mikulas Patocka
+E: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+W: http://artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~mikulas/
+P: 1024/BB11D2D5 A0 F1 28 4A C4 14 1E CF 92 58 7A 8F 69 BC A4 D3
+D: Read/write HPFS filesystem
+S: Weissova 8
+S: 644 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Vojtech Pavlik
+E: vojtech@suse.cz
+D: Joystick driver
+D: arcnet-hardware readme
+D: Minor ARCnet hacking
+D: USB (HID, ACM, Printer ...)
+S: Ucitelska 1576
+S: Prague 8
+S: 182 00 Czech Republic
+
+N: Rick Payne
+D: RFC2385 Support for TCP
+
+N: Barak A. Pearlmutter
+E: bap@cs.unm.edu
+W: http://www.cs.unm.edu/~bap/
+P: 512/602D785D 9B A1 83 CD EE CB AD 93 20 C6 4C B7 F5 E9 60 D4
+D: Author of mark-and-sweep GC integrated by Alan Cox
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: FEC 313
+S: University of New Mexico
+S: Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131
+S: USA
+
+N: Avery Pennarun
+E: apenwarr@worldvisions.ca
+W: http://www.worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/
+D: ARCnet driver
+D: "make xconfig" improvements
+D: Various minor hacking
+S: RR #5, 497 Pole Line Road
+S: Thunder Bay, Ontario
+S: CANADA P7C 5M9
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+E: inakypg@yahoo.com
+D: WiMAX stack
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Yuri Per
+E: yuri@pts.mipt.ru
+D: Some smbfs fixes
+S: Demonstratsii 8-382
+S: Tula 300000
+S: Russia
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+D: UWB stack, HWA-RC driver and HWA-HC drivers
+D: Wireless USB additions to the USB stack
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol bits and pieces
+
+N: Gordon Peters
+E: GordPeters@smarttech.com
+D: Isochronous receive for IEEE 1394 driver (OHCI module).
+D: Bugfixes for the aforementioned.
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Johnnie Peters
+E: jpeters@phx.mcd.mot.com
+D: Motorola PowerPC changes for PReP
+S: 2900 S. Diable Way
+S: Tempe, Arizona 85282
+S: USA
+
+N: Kirk Petersen
+E: kirk@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~kirk/
+D: implemented kmod
+D: modularized BSD Unix domain sockets
+
+N: Martin Kasper Petersen
+E: mkp@mkp.net
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: XFS file system
+D: kiobuf based block I/O work
+S: 314 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X8
+
+N: Mikael Pettersson
+E: mikpe@it.uu.se
+W: http://user.it.uu.se/~mikpe/linux/
+D: Miscellaneous fixes
+
+N: Reed H. Petty
+E: rhp@draper.net
+W: http://www.draper.net
+D: Loop device driver extensions
+D: Encryption transfer modules (no export)
+S: Post Office Box 1815
+S: Harrison, Arkansas 72602-1815
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Petzke
+E: petzke@teltarif.de
+W: http://www.teltarif.de/
+P: 1024/B42868C1 D9 59 B9 98 BB 93 05 38 2E 3E 31 79 C3 65 5D E1
+D: Driver for Laser Magnetic Storage CD-ROM
+D: Some kernel bug fixes
+D: Port of the database Postgres
+D: Book: "Linux verstehen und anwenden" (Hanser-Verlag)
+S: Triftstra=DFe 55
+S: 13353 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Emanuel Pirker
+E: epirker@edu.uni-klu.ac.at
+D: AIC5800 IEEE 1394, RAW I/O on 1394
+D: Starter of Linux1394 effort
+S: ask per mail for current address
+
+N: Nicolas Pitre
+E: nico@fluxnic.net
+D: StrongARM SA1100 support integrator & hacker
+D: Xscale PXA architecture
+D: unified SMC 91C9x/91C11x ethernet driver (smc91x)
+S: Montreal, Quebec, Canada
+
+N: Ken Pizzini
+E: ken@halcyon.com
+D: CDROM driver "sonycd535" (Sony CDU-535/531)
+
+N: Stelian Pop
+E: stelian@popies.net
+P: 1024D/EDBB6147 7B36 0E07 04BC 11DC A7A0 D3F7 7185 9E7A EDBB 6147
+D: random kernel hacks
+S: Paimpont, France
+
+N: Pete Popov
+E: pete_popov@yahoo.com
+D: Linux/MIPS AMD/Alchemy Port and mips hacking and debugging
+S: San Jose, CA 95134
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Porter
+E: mporter@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Motorola PowerPC PReP support
+D: cPCI PowerPC support
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx/6xx/7xx/74xx support
+S: Chandler, Arizona 85249
+S: USA
+
+N: Frederic Potter
+E: fpotter@cirpack.com
+D: Some PCI kernel support
+
+N: Rui Prior
+E: rprior@inescn.pt
+D: ATM device driver for NICStAR based cards
+
+N: Stefan Probst
+E: sp@caldera.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen, 1993-97
+S: Caldera (Deutschland) GmbH
+S: Lazarettstrasse 8
+S: 91054 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Giuliano Procida
+E: myxie@debian.org,gprocida@madge.com
+D: Madge Ambassador driver (Collage 155 Server ATM adapter)
+D: Madge Horizon driver (Collage 25 and 155 Client ATM adapters)
+P: 1024/93898735 D3 9E F4 F7 6D 8D 2F 3A 38 BA 06 7C 2B 33 43 7D
+S: Madge Networks
+S: Framewood Road
+S: Wexham SL3 6PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Daniel Quinlan
+E: quinlan@pathname.com
+W: http://www.pathname.com/~quinlan/
+D: FSSTND coordinator; FHS editor
+D: random Linux documentation, patches, and hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #41A
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Juan Quintela
+E: quintela@fi.udc.es
+D: Memory Management hacking
+S: LFCIA
+S: Departamento de Computación
+S: Universidade da Coruña
+S: E-15071
+S: A Coruña
+S: Spain
+
+N: Augusto Cesar Radtke
+E: bishop@sekure.org
+W: http://bishop.sekure.org
+D: {copy,get,put}_user calls updates
+D: Miscellaneous hacks
+S: R. Otto Marquardt, 226 - Garcia
+S: 89020-350 Blumenau - Santa Catarina
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Goutham Rao
+E: goutham.rao@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Eric S. Raymond
+E: esr@thyrsus.com
+W: http://www.tuxedo.org/~esr/
+D: terminfo master file maintainer
+D: Editor: Installation HOWTO, Distributions HOWTO, XFree86 HOWTO
+D: Author: fetchmail, Emacs VC mode, Emacs GUD mode
+S: 6 Karen Drive
+S: Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
+S: USA
+
+N: Stefan Reinauer
+E: stepan@linux.de
+W: http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~stepan/
+D: Modularization of some filesystems
+D: /proc/sound, minor fixes
+S: Schlossbergring 9
+S: 79098 Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Joerg Reuter
+E: jreuter@yaina.de
+W: http://yaina.de/jreuter/
+W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
+D: Generic Z8530 driver, AX.25 DAMA slave implementation
+D: Several AX.25 hacks
+
+N: Francois-Rene Rideau
+E: fare@tunes.org
+W: http://www.tunes.org/~fare
+D: petty kernel janitor (byteorder, ufs)
+S: 6, rue Augustin Thierry
+S: 75019 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Rik van Riel
+E: riel@redhat.com
+W: http://www.surriel.com/
+D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
+D: kswapd fixes, random kernel hacker, rmap VM,
+D: nl.linux.org administrator, minor scheduler additions
+S: Red Hat Boston
+S: 3 Lan Drive
+S: Westford, MA 01886
+S: USA
+
+N: Pekka Riikonen
+E: priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi
+E: priikone@ssh.com
+D: Random kernel hacking and bug fixes
+D: International kernel patch project
+S: Kasarmikatu 11 A4
+S: 70110 Kuopio
+S: Finland
+
+N: Luca Risolia
+E: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
+P: 1024D/FCE635A4 88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958 5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4
+D: V4L driver for W996[87]CF JPEG USB Dual Mode Camera Chips
+D: V4L2 driver for SN9C10x PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ET61X151 and ET61X251 PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ZC0301 Image Processor and Control Chip
+S: Via Liberta' 41/A
+S: Osio Sotto, 24046, Bergamo
+S: Italy
+
+N: William E. Roadcap
+E: roadcapw@cfw.com
+W: http://www.cfw.com/~roadcapw
+D: Author of menu based configuration tool, Menuconfig.
+S: 1407 Broad Street
+S: Waynesboro, Virginia 22980
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrew J. Robinson
+E: arobinso@nyx.net
+W: http://www.nyx.net/~arobinso
+D: Hayes ESP serial port driver
+
+N: Florian La Roche
+E: rzsfl@rz.uni-sb.de
+E: flla@stud.uni-sb.de
+D: Net programs and kernel net hacker
+S: Gaildorfer Str. 27
+S: 7000 Stuttgart 50
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Rohland
+E: hans-christoph.rohland@sap.com
+E: ch.rohland@gmx.net
+D: shm fs, SYSV semaphores, af_unix
+S: Neue Heimat Str. 8
+S: D-68789 St.Leon-Rot
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thiago Berlitz Rondon
+E: maluco@mileniumnet.com.br
+W: http://vivaldi.linuxms.com.br/~maluco
+D: Miscellaneous kernel hacker
+S: R. Anhanguera, 1487 - Ipiranga
+S: 79080-740 - Campo Grande - Mato Grosso do Sul
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stephen Rothwell
+E: sfr@canb.auug.org.au
+W: http://www.canb.auug.org.au/~sfr
+P: 1024/BD8C7805 CD A4 9D 01 10 6E 7E 3B 91 88 FA D9 C8 40 AA 02
+D: Boot/setup/build work for setup > 2K
+D: Author, APM driver
+D: Directory notification
+S: 66 Maltby Circuit
+S: Wanniassa ACT 2903
+S: Australia
+
+N: Gerard Roudier
+E: groudier@free.fr
+D: Contributed to asynchronous read-ahead improvement
+S: 21 Rue Carnot
+S: 95170 Deuil La Barre
+S: France
+
+N: Sebastien Rougeaux
+E: Sebastien.Rougeaux@syseng.anu.edu.au
+D: IEEE 1394 OHCI module
+S: Research School of Information Science and Engineering
+S: The Australian National University, ACT 0200
+S: Australia
+
+N: Aristeu Sergio Rozanski Filho
+E: aris@cathedrallabs.org
+D: Support for EtherExpress 10 ISA (i82595) in eepro driver
+D: User level driver support for input
+S: R. Jose Serrato, 130 - Santa Candida
+S: 82640-320 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Alessandro Rubini
+E: rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it
+D: the gpm mouse server and kernel support for it
+
+N: Philipp Rumpf
+E: prumpf@tux.org
+D: random bugfixes
+S: Drausnickstrasse 29
+S: 91052 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul `Rusty' Russell
+E: rusty@rustcorp.com.au
+W: http://ozlabs.org/~rusty
+D: Ruggedly handsome.
+D: netfilter, ipchains with Michael Neuling.
+S: 52 Moore St
+S: Turner ACT 2612
+S: Australia
+
+N: Richard Russon (FlatCap)
+E: kernel@flatcap.org
+W: http://www.flatcap.org
+D: NTFS support
+D: LDM support (Win2000/XP Logical Disk Manager/Dynamic Disks)
+S: 50 Swansea Road
+S: Reading
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Bill Ryder
+E: bryder@sgi.com
+D: FTDI_SIO usb/serial converter driver
+W: http://reality.sgi.com/bryder_wellington/ftdi_sio
+S: I/3 Walter St
+S: Wellington
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Sampo Saaristo
+E: sambo@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA)
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Thomas Sailer
+E: t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch
+E: HB9JNX@HB9W.CHE.EU (packet radio)
+D: Baycom driver
+S: Markusstrasse 18
+S: 8006 Zuerich
+S: Switzerland
+
+N: Manuel Estrada Sainz
+D: Firmware loader (request_firmware)
+
+N: Wayne Salamon
+E: wsalamon@tislabs.com
+E: wsalamon@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Robert Sanders
+E: gt8134b@prism.gatech.edu
+D: Dosemu
+
+N: Duncan Sands
+E: duncan.sands@free.fr
+W: http://topo.math.u-psud.fr/~sands
+D: Alcatel SpeedTouch USB driver
+S: 69 rue Dunois
+S: 75013 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Dipankar Sarma
+E: dipankar@in.ibm.com
+D: RCU
+
+N: Hannu Savolainen
+E: hannu@opensound.com
+D: Maintainer of the sound drivers until 2.1.x days.
+D: Original compressed boot image support.
+S: Valurink. 4A11
+S: 03600 Karkkila
+S: Finland
+
+N: Deepak Saxena
+E: dsaxena@plexity.net
+D: I2O kernel layer (config, block, core, pci, net). I2O disk support for LILO
+D: XScale(IOP, IXP) porting and other random ARM bits
+S: Portland, OR
+
+N: Eric Schenk
+E: Eric.Schenk@dna.lth.se
+D: Random kernel debugging.
+D: SYSV Semaphore code rewrite.
+D: Network layer debugging.
+D: Dial on demand facility (diald).
+S: Dag Hammerskjolds v. 3E
+S: S-226 64 LUND
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Henning P. Schmiedehausen
+E: hps@tanstaafl.de
+D: added PCI support to the serial driver
+S: Buckenhof, Germany
+
+N: Michael Schmitz
+E:
+D: Macintosh IDE Driver
+
+N: Peter De Schrijver
+E: stud11@cc4.kuleuven.ac.be
+D: Mitsumi CD-ROM driver patches March version
+S: Molenbaan 29
+S: B2240 Zandhoven
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Martin Schulze
+E: joey@linux.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~joey/
+D: Random Linux Hacker, Linux Promoter
+D: CD-List, Books-List, Ex-FAQ
+D: Linux-Support, -Mailbox, -Stammtisch
+D: several improvements to system programs
+S: Oldenburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Robert Schwebel
+E: robert@schwebel.de
+W: http://www.schwebel.de
+D: Embedded hacker and book author,
+D: AMD Elan support for Linux
+S: Pengutronix
+S: Braunschweiger Strasse 79
+S: 31134 Hildesheim
+S: Germany
+
+N: Darren Senn
+E: sinster@darkwater.com
+D: Whatever I notice needs doing (so far: itimers, /proc)
+S: Post Office Box 64132
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94088-4132
+S: USA
+
+N: Stas Sergeev
+E: stsp@users.sourceforge.net
+D: PCM PC-Speaker driver
+D: misc fixes
+S: Russia
+
+N: Simon Shapiro
+E: shimon@i-Connect.Net
+W: http://www.-i-Connect.Net/~shimon
+D: SCSI debugging
+D: Maintainer of the Debian Kernel packages
+S: 14355 SW Allen Blvd., Suite #140
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97008
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Shaver
+E: shaver@hungry.org
+W: http://www.hungry.org/~shaver/
+D: MIPS work, /proc/sys/net, misc net hacking
+S: 149 Union St.
+S: Kingston, Ontario
+S: Canada K7L 2P4
+
+N: John Shifflett
+E: john@geolog.com
+E: jshiffle@netcom.com
+D: Always IN2000 SCSI driver
+D: wd33c93 SCSI driver (linux-m68k)
+S: San Jose, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert Siemer
+E: Robert.Siemer@gmx.de
+P: 2048/C99A4289 2F DC 17 2E 56 62 01 C8 3D F2 AC 09 F2 E5 DD EE
+D: miroSOUND PCM20 radio RDS driver, ACI rewrite
+S: Klosterweg 28 / i309
+S: 76131 Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: James Simmons
+E: jsimmons@infradead.org
+E: jsimmons@users.sf.net
+D: Frame buffer device maintainer
+D: input layer developement
+D: tty/console layer
+D: various mipsel devices
+S: 115 Carmel Avenue
+S: El Cerrito CA 94530
+S: USA
+
+N: Jaspreet Singh
+E: jaspreet@sangoma.com
+W: www.sangoma.com
+D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.,
+S: 1001 Denison Street
+S: Suite 101
+S: Markham, Ontario L3R 2Z6
+S: Canada
+
+N: Rick Sladkey
+E: jrs@world.std.com
+D: utility hacker: Emacs, NFS server, mount, kmem-ps, UPS debugger, strace, GDB
+D: library hacker: RPC, profil(3), realpath(3), regexp.h
+D: kernel hacker: unnamed block devs, NFS client, fast select, precision timer
+S: 24 Avon Place
+S: Arlington, Massachusetts 02174
+S: USA
+
+N: Craig Small
+E: csmall@triode.apana.org.au
+E: vk2xlz@gonzo.vk2xlz.ampr.org (packet radio)
+D: Gracilis PackeTwin device driver
+D: RSPF daemon
+S: 10 Stockalls Place
+S: Minto, NSW, 2566
+S: Australia
+
+N: Stephen Smalley
+E: sds@tycho.nsa.gov
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Chris Smith
+E: csmith@convex.com
+D: Read only HPFS filesystem
+S: Richardson, Texas
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher Smith
+E: x@xman.org
+D: Tulip net driver hacker
+
+N: Mark Smith
+E: mark.smith@comdev.cc
+D: Multicast support in bonding driver
+
+N: Miquel van Smoorenburg
+E: miquels@cistron.nl
+D: Kernel and net hacker. Sysvinit, minicom. doing Debian stuff.
+S: Cistron Internet Services
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Scott Snyder
+E: snyder@fnald0.fnal.gov
+D: ATAPI cdrom driver
+S: MS 352, Fermilab
+S: Post Office Box 500
+S: Batavia, Illinois 60510
+S: USA
+
+N: Leo Spiekman
+E: leo@netlabs.net
+W: http://www.netlabs.net/hp/leo/
+D: Optics Storage 8000AT cdrom driver
+S: Cliffwood, New Jersey 07721
+S: USA
+
+N: Manfred Spraul
+E: manfred@colorfullife.com
+W: http://www.colorfullife.com/~manfred
+D: Lots of tiny hacks. Larger improvments to SysV IPC msg,
+D: slab, pipe, select.
+S: 71701 Schwieberdingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Stanley-Jones
+E: asj@lanmedia.com
+D: LanMedia Corp. Device WAN card device driver
+S: #102, 686 W. Maude Ave
+S: Sunyvale, CA 94086
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Still
+E: mikal@stillhq.com
+W: http://www.stillhq.com
+D: Various janitorial patches
+D: mandocs and mandocs_install build targets
+S: (Email me and ask)
+S: Australia
+
+N: Henrik Storner
+E: storner@image.dk
+W: http://www.image.dk/~storner/
+W: http://www.sslug.dk/
+D: Configure script: Invented tristate for module-configuration
+D: vfat/msdos integration, kerneld docs, Linux promotion
+D: Miscellaneous bug-fixes
+S: Chr. Winthersvej 1 B, st.th.
+S: DK-1860 Frederiksberg C
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Drew Sullivan
+E: drew@ss.org
+W: http://www.ss.org/
+P: 1024/ACFFA969 5A 9C 42 AB E4 24 82 31 99 56 00 BF D3 2B 25 46
+D: iBCS2 developer
+S: 22 Irvington Cres.
+S: Willowdale, Ontario
+S: Canada M2N 2Z1
+
+N: Adam Sulmicki
+E: adam@cfar.umd.edu
+W: http://www.eax.com
+D: core networking fixes
+D: patch-kernel enhancements
+D: misc kernel fixes and updates
+
+N: Adrian Sun
+E: asun@cobaltnet.com
+D: hfs support
+D: alpha rtc port, random appletalk fixes
+S: Department of Zoology, University of Washington
+S: Seattle, WA 98195-1800
+S: USA
+
+N: Eugene Surovegin
+E: ebs@ebshome.net
+W: http://kernel.ebshome.net/
+P: 1024D/AE5467F1 FF22 39F1 6728 89F6 6E6C 2365 7602 F33D AE54 67F1
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx: EMAC, I2C, PIC and random hacks/fixes
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94085
+S: USA
+
+N: Corey Thomas
+E: corey@world.std.com
+W: http://world.std.com/~corey/index.html
+D: Raylink/WebGear wireless LAN device driver (ray_cs) author
+S: 145 Howard St.
+S: Northborough, MA 01532
+S: USA
+
+N: Tommy Thorn
+E: Tommy.Thorn@irisa.fr
+W: http://www.irisa.fr/prive/thorn/index.html
+P: 512/B4AFC909 BC BF 6D B1 52 26 1E D6 E3 2F A3 24 2A 84 FE 21
+D: Device driver hacker (aha1542 & plip)
+S: IRISA
+S: Universit=E9 de Rennes I
+S: F-35042 Rennes Cedex
+S: France
+
+N: Urs Thuermann
+E: urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jon Tombs
+E: jon@gte.esi.us.es
+W: http://www.esi.us.es/~jon
+D: NFS mmap()
+D: XF86_S3
+D: Kernel modules
+D: Parts of various other programs (xfig, open, ...)
+S: C/ Federico Garcia Lorca 1 10-A
+S: Sevilla 41005
+S: Spain
+
+N: Linus Torvalds
+E: torvalds@linux-foundation.org
+D: Original kernel hacker
+S: Portland, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcelo Tosatti
+E: marcelo@kvack.org
+D: v2.4 kernel maintainer
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stefan Traby
+E: stefan@quant-x.com
+D: Minor Alpha kernel hacks
+S: Mitterlasznitzstr. 13
+S: 8302 Nestelbach
+S: Austria
+
+N: Jeff Tranter
+E: tranter@pobox.com
+D: Enhancements to Joystick driver
+D: Author of Sound HOWTO and CD-ROM HOWTO
+D: Author of several small utilities
+D: (bogomips, scope, eject, statserial)
+S: 1 Laurie Court
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2L 1S2
+
+N: Andrew Tridgell
+E: tridge@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/tridge/
+D: dosemu, networking, samba
+S: 3 Ballow Crescent
+S: MacGregor A.C.T 2615
+S: Australia
+
+N: Josh Triplett
+E: josh@freedesktop.org
+P: 1024D/D0FE7AFB B24A 65C9 1D71 2AC2 DE87 CA26 189B 9946 D0FE 7AFB
+D: rcutorture maintainer
+D: lock annotations, finding and fixing lock bugs
+
+N: Winfried Trümper
+E: winni@xpilot.org
+W: http://www.shop.de/~winni/
+D: German HOWTO, Crash-Kurs Linux (German, 100 comprehensive pages)
+D: CD-Writing HOWTO, various mini-HOWTOs
+D: One-week tutorials on Linux twice a year (free of charge)
+D: Linux-Workshop Köln (aka LUG Cologne, Germany), Installfests
+S: Tacitusstr. 6
+S: D-50968 Köln
+
+N: Tsu-Sheng Tsao
+E: tsusheng@scf.usc.edu
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 2F 14 ALY 31 LN 166 SEC 1 SHIH-PEI RD
+S: Taipei
+S: Taiwan 112
+S: Republic of China
+S: 24335 Delta Drive
+S: Diamond Bar, California 91765
+S: USA
+
+N: Theodore Ts'o
+E: tytso@mit.edu
+D: Random Linux hacker
+D: Maintainer of tsx-11.mit.edu ftp archive
+D: Maintainer of c.o.l.* Usenet<->mail gateway
+D: Author of serial driver
+D: Author of the new e2fsck
+D: Author of job control and system call restart code
+D: Author of ramdisk device driver
+D: Author of loopback device driver
+D: Author of /dev/random driver
+S: MIT Room E40-343
+S: 1 Amherst Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Simmule Turner
+E: sturner@tele-tv.com
+D: Added swapping to filesystem
+S: 4226 Landgreen Street
+S: Rockville, Maryland 20853
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephen Tweedie
+E: sct@redhat.com
+P: 1024/E7A417AD E2 FE A4 20 34 EC ED FC 7D 7E 67 8D E0 31 D1 69
+P: 1024D/43BE7544 D2A4 8556 08E6 90E7 076C BA3F 243F 20A4 43BE 7544
+D: Second extended file system developer
+D: General filesystem hacker
+D: kswap vm management code
+S: 44 Campbell Park Crescent
+S: Edinburgh EH13 0HT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Uhl
+E: uhl@sun1.rz.fh-heilbronn.de
+D: Application programmer
+D: Linux promoter
+D: Author of a German book on Linux
+S: Obere Heerbergstrasse 17
+S: 97078 Wuerzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Greg Ungerer
+E: gerg@snapgear.com
+D: uClinux kernel hacker
+D: Port uClinux to the Motorola ColdFire CPU
+D: Author of Stallion multiport serial drivers
+S: SnapGear Inc.
+S: 825 Stanley St
+S: Woolloongabba. QLD. 4102
+S: Australia
+
+N: Jeffrey A. Uphoff
+E: juphoff@transmeta.com
+E: jeff.uphoff@linux.org
+P: 1024/9ED505C5 D7 BB CA AA 10 45 40 1B 16 19 0A C0 38 A0 3E CB
+D: Linux Security/Alert mailing lists' moderator/maintainer.
+D: NSM (rpc.statd) developer.
+D: PAM S/Key module developer.
+D: 'dip' contributor.
+D: AIPS port, astronomical community support.
+S: Transmeta Corporation
+S: 2540 Mission College Blvd.
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95054
+S: USA
+
+N: Matthias Urlichs
+E: smurf@smurf.noris.de
+E: smurf@debian.org
+E: matthias@urlichs.de
+D: Consultant, developer, kernel hacker
+D: In a previous life, worked on Streams/ISDN/BSD networking code for Linux
+S: Schleiermacherstrasse 12
+S: 90491 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Geert Uytterhoeven
+E: geert@linux-m68k.org
+W: http://users.telenet.be/geertu/
+P: 1024/862678A6 C51D 361C 0BD1 4C90 B275 C553 6EEA 11BA 8626 78A6
+D: m68k/Amiga and PPC/CHRP Longtrail coordinator
+D: Frame buffer device and XF68_FBDev maintainer
+D: m68k IDE maintainer
+D: Amiga Zorro maintainer
+D: Amiga Buddha and Catweasel chipset IDE
+D: Atari Falcon chipset IDE
+D: Amiga Gayle chipset IDE
+D: mipsel NEC DDB Vrc-5074
+S: Haterbeekstraat 55B
+S: B-3200 Aarschot
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Chris Vance
+E: cvance@tislabs.com
+E: cvance@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Petr Vandrovec
+E: petr@vandrovec.name
+D: Small contributions to ncpfs
+D: Matrox framebuffer driver
+S: 21513 Conradia Ct
+S: Cupertino, CA 95014
+S: USA
+
+N: Thibaut Varene
+E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/~varenet/
+P: 1024D/B7D2F063 E67C 0D43 A75E 12A5 BB1C FA2F 1E32 C3DA B7D2 F063
+D: PA-RISC port minion, PDC and GSCPS2 drivers, debuglocks and other bits
+D: Some ARM at91rm9200 bits, S1D13XXX FB driver, random patches here and there
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Paris, France
+
+N: Heikki Vatiainen
+E: hessu@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA), some LANE hacks
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Andrew Veliath
+E: andrewtv@usa.net
+D: Turtle Beach MultiSound sound driver
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk Verworner
+D: Co-author of German book ``Linux-Kernel-Programmierung''
+D: Co-founder of Berlin Linux User Group
+
+N: Riku Voipio
+E: riku.voipio@iki.fi
+D: Author of PCA9532 LED and Fintek f75375s hwmon driver
+D: Some random ARM board patches
+S: Finland
+
+N: Patrick Volkerding
+E: volkerdi@ftp.cdrom.com
+D: Produced the Slackware distribution, updated the SVGAlib
+D: patches for ghostscript, worked on color 'ls', etc.
+S: 301 15th Street S.
+S: Moorhead, Minnesota 56560
+S: USA
+
+N: Jos Vos
+E: jos@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: Various IP firewall updates, ipfwadm
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Jeroen Vreeken
+E: pe1rxq@amsat.org
+W: http://www.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/
+D: SE401 usb webcam driver
+D: ZD1201 usb wireless lan driver
+S: Maastrichterweg 63
+S: 5554 GG Valkenswaard
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Mark Wallis
+E: mwallis@serialmonkey.com
+W: http://mark.serialmonkey.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Newcastle, Australia
+
+N: Peter Shaobo Wang
+E: pwang@mmdcorp.com
+W: http://www.mmdcorp.com/pw/linux
+D: Driver for Interphase ATM (i)Chip SAR adapter card family (x575, x525, x531).
+S: 1513 Brewster Dr.
+S: Carrollton, TX 75010
+S: USA
+
+N: Tim Waugh
+E: tim@cyberelk.net
+D: Co-architect of the parallel-port sharing system
+S: 17 Curling Vale
+S: GUILDFORD
+S: Surrey
+S: GU2 7PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Juergen Weigert
+E: jnweiger@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: David Weinehall
+E: tao@acc.umu.se
+P: 1024D/DC47CA16 7ACE 0FB0 7A74 F994 9B36 E1D1 D14E 8526 DC47 CA16
+W: http://www.acc.umu.se/~tao/
+D: v2.0 kernel maintainer
+D: Fixes for the NE/2-driver
+D: Miscellaneous MCA-support
+D: Cleanup of the Config-files
+
+N: Matt Welsh
+E: mdw@metalab.unc.edu
+W: http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/~mdw
+D: Original Linux Documentation Project coordinator
+D: Author, "Running Linux" (O'Reilly)
+D: Author, "Linux Installation and Getting Started" (LDP) and several HOWTOs
+D: Linuxdoc-SGML formatting system (now SGML-Tools)
+D: Device drivers for various high-speed network interfaces (Myrinet, ATM)
+D: Keithley DAS1200 device driver
+D: Original maintainer of sunsite WWW and FTP sites
+D: Original moderator of c.o.l.announce and c.o.l.answers
+S: Computer Science Division
+S: UC Berkeley
+S: Berkeley, CA 94720-1776
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Welte
+E: laforge@netfilter.org
+P: 1024D/30F48BFF DBDE 6912 8831 9A53 879B 9190 5DA5 C655 30F4 8BFF
+W: http://gnumonks.org/users/laforge
+D: netfilter: new nat helper infrastructure
+D: netfilter: ULOG, ECN, DSCP target
+D: netfilter: TTL match
+D: netfilter: IPv6 mangle table
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Wendling
+E: wendling@ganymede.isdn.uiuc.edu
+W: http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/~wendling/
+D: Various random hacks. Mostly on poll/select logic.
+S: 605 E. Springfield Ave.
+S: Champaign, IL 61820
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Westall
+D: IBM Turboways 25 ATM Device Driver
+E: westall@cs.clemson.edu
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: Clemson University
+S: Clemson SC 29634 USA
+
+N: Greg Wettstein
+E: greg@wind.rmcc.com
+D: Filesystem valid flag for MINIX filesystem.
+D: Minor kernel debugging.
+D: Development and maintenance of sysklogd.
+D: Monitoring of development kernels for long-term stability.
+D: Early implementations of Linux in a commercial environment.
+S: Dr. Greg Wettstein, Ph.D.
+S: Oncology Research Division Computing Facility
+S: Roger Maris Cancer Center
+S: 820 4th St. N.
+S: Fargo, North Dakota 58122
+S: USA
+
+N: Steven Whitehouse
+E: steve@chygwyn.com
+W: http://www.chygwyn.com/~steve
+D: Linux DECnet project
+D: Minor debugging of other networking protocols.
+D: Misc bug fixes and GFS2 filesystem development
+
+N: Hans-Joachim Widmaier
+E: hjw@zvw.de
+D: AFFS rewrite
+S: Eichenweg 16
+S: 73650 Winterbach
+S: Germany
+
+N: Urban Widmark
+E: urban@svenskatest.se
+D: via-rhine, misc net driver hacking
+
+N: Marco van Wieringen
+E: mvw@planets.elm.net
+D: Author of process accounting and diskquota
+S: Breeburgsingel 12
+S: 2135 CN Hoofddorp
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Matthew Wilcox
+E: matthew@wil.cx
+W: ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/people/willy/
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker. Filesystem hacker. Random other hacking. Custom
+D: PPC port hacking.
+
+N: G\"unter Windau
+E: gunter@mbfys.kun.nl
+D: Some bug fixes in the polling printer driver (lp.c)
+S: University of Nijmegen
+S: Geert-Grooteplein Noord 21
+S: 6525 EZ Nijmegen
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Ulrich Windl
+E: Ulrich.Windl@rz.uni-regensburg.de
+P: 1024/E843660D CF D7 43 A1 5A 49 14 25 7C 04 A0 6E 4C 3A AC 6D
+D: Supports NTP on Linux. Added PPS code. Fixed bugs in adjtimex().
+S: Alte Regensburger Str. 11a
+S: 93149 Nittenau
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gertjan van Wingerde
+E: gwingerde@gmail.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+D: Minix V2 file-system
+D: Misc fixes
+S: Geessinkweg 177
+S: 7544 TX Enschede
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Lars Wirzenius
+E: liw@iki.fi
+D: Linux System Administrator's Guide, author, former maintainer
+D: comp.os.linux.announce, former moderator
+D: Linux Documentation Project, co-founder
+D: Original sprintf in kernel
+D: Original kernel README (for version 0.97)
+D: Linux News (electronic magazine, now dead), founder and former editor
+D: Meta-FAQ, originator, former maintainer
+D: INFO-SHEET, former maintainer
+D: Author of the longest-living linux bug
+
+N: Jonathan Woithe
+E: jwoithe@physics.adelaide.edu.au
+W: http://www.physics.adelaide.edu.au/~jwoithe
+D: ALS-007 sound card extensions to Sound Blaster driver
+S: 20 Jordan St
+S: Valley View, SA 5093
+S: Australia
+
+N: Clifford Wolf
+E: god@clifford.at
+W: http://www.clifford.at/
+D: Menuconfig/lxdialog improvement
+S: Foehrengasse 16
+S: A-2333 Leopoldsdorf b. Wien
+S: Austria
+
+N: Roger E. Wolff
+E: R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+D: Written kmalloc/kfree
+D: Written Specialix IO8+ driver
+D: Written Specialix SX driver
+S: van Bronckhorststraat 12
+S: 2612 XV Delft
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Thomas Woller
+D: CS461x Cirrus Logic sound driver
+
+N: David Woodhouse
+E: dwmw2@infradead.org
+D: JFFS2 file system, Memory Technology Device subsystem,
+D: various other stuff that annoyed me by not working.
+S: c/o Intel Corporation
+S: Pipers Way
+S: Swindon. SN3 1RJ
+S: England
+
+N: Chris Wright
+E: chrisw@sous-sol.org
+D: hacking on LSM framework and security modules.
+S: Portland, OR
+S: USA
+
+N: Michal Wronski
+E: michal.wronski@gmail.com
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with K. Benedyczak)
+S: Krakow
+S: Poland
+
+N: Frank Xia
+E: qx@math.columbia.edu
+D: Xiafs filesystem [defunct]
+S: 542 West 112th Street, 5N
+S: New York, New York 10025
+S: USA
+
+N: Li Yang
+E: leoli@freescale.com
+D: Freescale Highspeed USB device driver
+D: Freescale QE SoC support and Ethernet driver
+S: B-1206 Jingmao Guojigongyu
+S: 16 Baliqiao Nanjie, Beijing 101100
+S: People's Repulic of China
+
+N: Victor Yodaiken
+E: yodaiken@fsmlabs.com
+D: RTLinux (RealTime Linux)
+S: POB 1822
+S: Socorro NM, 87801
+S: USA
+
+N: Hiroshi YOKOTA
+E: yokota@netlab.is.tsukuba.ac.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-3/32Bi PCMCIA driver
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI
+E: hideaki@yoshifuji.org
+E: yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org
+W: http://www.yoshifuji.org/~hideaki/
+P: 1024D/E0620EEA 9022 65EB 1ECF 3AD1 0BDF 80D8 4807 F894 E062 0EEA
+D: IPv6 and other networking related stuff
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Keio University
+S: Jeunet Palace Kawasaki #1-201, 10-2, Furukawa-cho, Saiwai-ku
+S: Kawasaki, Kanagawa 212-0025
+S: Japan
+
+N: Eric Youngdale
+E: eric@andante.org
+W: http://www.andante.org
+D: General kernel hacker
+D: SCSI iso9660 and ELF
+S: 6389 Hawk View Lane
+S: Alexandria, Virginia 22312
+S: USA
+
+N: Niibe Yutaka
+E: gniibe@mri.co.jp
+D: PLIP driver
+D: Asynchronous socket I/O in the NET code
+S: Mitsubishi Research Institute, Inc.
+S: ARCO Tower 1-8-1 Shimomeguro Meguro-ku
+S: Tokyo 153
+S: Japan
+
+N: James R. Van Zandt
+E: jrv@vanzandt.mv.com
+P: 1024/E298966D F0 37 4F FD E5 7E C5 E6 F1 A0 1E 22 6F 46 DA 0C
+D: Author and maintainer of the Double Talk speech synthesizer driver
+S: 27 Spencer Drive
+S: Nashua, New Hampshire 03062
+S: USA
+
+N: Orest Zborowski
+E: orestz@eskimo.com
+D: XFree86 and kernel development
+S: 1507 145th Place SE #B5
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Richard Zidlicky
+E: rz@linux-m68k.org, rdzidlic@geocities.com
+W: http://www.geocities.com/rdzidlic
+D: Q40 port - see arch/m68k/q40/README
+D: various m68k hacks
+S: Germany
+
+N: Werner Zimmermann
+E: Werner.Zimmermann@fht-esslingen.de
+D: CDROM driver "aztcd" (Aztech/Okano/Orchid/Wearnes)
+S: Flandernstrasse 101
+S: D-73732 Esslingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Leonard N. Zubkoff
+W: http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/
+D: BusLogic SCSI driver
+D: Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID driver
+D: Miscellaneous kernel fixes
+
+N: Alessandro Zummo
+E: a.zummo@towertech.it
+D: CMI8330 support is sb_card.c
+D: ISAPnP fixes in sb_card.c
+D: ZyXEL omni.net lcd plus driver
+D: RTC subsystem
+S: Italy
+
+N: Marc Zyngier
+E: maz@wild-wind.fr.eu.org
+W: http://www.misterjones.org
+D: MD driver
+D: EISA/sysfs subsystem
+S: France
+
+
+# Don't add your name here, unless you really _are_ after Marc
+# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the
+# last entry, and he'll get positively pissed if he can't even
+# be second-to-last. (and this file really _is_ supposed to be
+# in alphabetic order)
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dfc670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+
+This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
+they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
+alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
+Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
+ Thanks -- Paul G.
+
+Following translations are available on the WWW:
+
+ - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at
+ http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/
+
+00-INDEX
+ - this file.
+ABI/
+ - info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability.
+
+BUG-HUNTING
+ - brute force method of doing binary search of patches to find bug.
+Changes
+ - list of changes that break older software packages.
+CodingStyle
+ - how the boss likes the C code in the kernel to look.
+development-process/
+ - An extended tutorial on how to work with the kernel development
+ process.
+DMA-API.txt
+ - DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
+DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
+ - How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
+DocBook/
+ - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
+HOWTO
+ - the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
+IPMI.txt
+ - info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
+IRQ-affinity.txt
+ - how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
+IRQ.txt
+ - description of what an IRQ is.
+ManagementStyle
+ - how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
+RCU/
+ - directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
+SAK.txt
+ - info on Secure Attention Keys.
+SM501.txt
+ - Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip
+SecurityBugs
+ - procedure for reporting security bugs found in the kernel.
+SubmitChecklist
+ - Linux kernel patch submission checklist.
+SubmittingDrivers
+ - procedure to get a new driver source included into the kernel tree.
+SubmittingPatches
+ - procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree.
+VGA-softcursor.txt
+ - how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore.
+accounting/
+ - documentation on accounting and taskstats.
+acpi/
+ - info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel.
+aoe/
+ - description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples.
+applying-patches.txt
+ - description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
+arm/
+ - directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
+atomic_ops.txt
+ - semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
+auxdisplay/
+ - misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
+basic_profiling.txt
+ - basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
+binfmt_misc.txt
+ - info on the kernel support for extra binary formats.
+blackfin/
+ - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
+block/
+ - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
+blockdev/
+ - info on block devices & drivers
+btmrvl.txt
+ - info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
+ - how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
+cachetlb.txt
+ - describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
+cdrom/
+ - directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
+cgroups/
+ - cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller.
+connector/
+ - docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
+console/
+ - documentation on Linux console drivers.
+cpu-freq/
+ - info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
+cpu-hotplug.txt
+ - document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel.
+cpu-load.txt
+ - document describing how CPU load statistics are collected.
+cpuidle/
+ - info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem.
+cputopology.txt
+ - documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
+cris/
+ - directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture.
+crypto/
+ - directory with info on the Crypto API.
+dcdbas.txt
+ - information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
+debugging-modules.txt
+ - some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
+dell_rbu.txt
+ - document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
+device-mapper/
+ - directory with info on Device Mapper.
+devices.txt
+ - plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
+dontdiff
+ - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
+driver-model/
+ - directory with info about Linux driver model.
+dvb/
+ - info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem.
+early-userspace/
+ - info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
+edac.txt
+ - information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
+eisa.txt
+ - info on EISA bus support.
+fault-injection/
+ - dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
+fb/
+ - directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
+feature-removal-schedule.txt
+ - list of files and features that are going to be removed.
+filesystems/
+ - info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
+firmware_class/
+ - request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
+frv/
+ - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
+gpio.txt
+ - overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
+highuid.txt
+ - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
+timers/
+ - info on the timer related topics
+hw_random.txt
+ - info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets.
+hwmon/
+ - directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers.
+i2c/
+ - directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
+i2o/
+ - directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem.
+x86/i386/
+ - directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
+ia64/
+ - directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
+infiniband/
+ - directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
+initrd.txt
+ - how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
+input/
+ - info on Linux input device support.
+io-mapping.txt
+ - description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
+io_ordering.txt
+ - info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
+ioctl/
+ - directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
+iostats.txt
+ - info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
+irqflags-tracing.txt
+ - how to use the irq-flags tracing feature.
+isapnp.txt
+ - info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support.
+isdn/
+ - directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
+java.txt
+ - info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm).
+kbuild/
+ - directory with info about the kernel build process.
+kdump/
+ - directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work.
+kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
+ - mini HowTo on generation and location of kernel documentation files.
+kernel-docs.txt
+ - listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
+kernel-parameters.txt
+ - summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
+keys-request-key.txt
+ - description of the kernel key request service.
+keys.txt
+ - description of the kernel key retention service.
+kobject.txt
+ - info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
+kprobes.txt
+ - documents the kernel probes debugging feature.
+kref.txt
+ - docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects.
+laptops/
+ - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
+ldm.txt
+ - a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
+leds-class.txt
+ - documents LED handling under Linux.
+local_ops.txt
+ - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
+lockdep-design.txt
+ - documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+logo.gif
+ - full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
+logo.txt
+ - info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from.
+m68k/
+ - directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture.
+magic-number.txt
+ - list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures.
+mca.txt
+ - info on supporting Micro Channel Architecture (e.g. PS/2) systems.
+md.txt
+ - info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver.
+memory-barriers.txt
+ - info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
+memory-hotplug.txt
+ - Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
+memory.txt
+ - info on typical Linux memory problems.
+mips/
+ - directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
+mmc/
+ - directory with info about the MMC subsystem
+mono.txt
+ - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
+mutex-design.txt
+ - info on the generic mutex subsystem.
+namespaces/
+ - directory with various information about namespaces
+netlabel/
+ - directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
+networking/
+ - directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
+nmi_watchdog.txt
+ - info on NMI watchdog for SMP systems.
+nommu-mmap.txt
+ - documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
+numastat.txt
+ - info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
+oops-tracing.txt
+ - how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
+padata.txt
+ - An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API
+parisc/
+ - directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
+parport.txt
+ - how to use the parallel-port driver.
+parport-lowlevel.txt
+ - description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
+pcmcia/
+ - info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
+pi-futex.txt
+ - documentation on lightweight PI-futexes.
+pnp.txt
+ - Linux Plug and Play documentation.
+power/
+ - directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
+powerpc/
+ - directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
+preempt-locking.txt
+ - info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
+printk-formats.txt
+ - how to get printk format specifiers right
+prio_tree.txt
+ - info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
+rbtree.txt
+ - info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
+robust-futex-ABI.txt
+ - documentation of the robust futex ABI.
+robust-futexes.txt
+ - a description of what robust futexes are.
+rt-mutex-design.txt
+ - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
+rt-mutex.txt
+ - desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support.
+rtc.txt
+ - notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver.
+s390/
+ - directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390.
+scheduler/
+ - directory with info on the scheduler.
+scsi/
+ - directory with info on Linux scsi support.
+serial/
+ - directory with info on the low level serial API.
+serial-console.txt
+ - how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default.
+sgi-ioc4.txt
+ - description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device.
+sgi-visws.txt
+ - short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations.
+sh/
+ - directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
+sound/
+ - directory with info on sound card support.
+sparc/
+ - directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
+sparse.txt
+ - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
+spi/
+ - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
+spinlocks.txt
+ - info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel.
+stable_api_nonsense.txt
+ - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
+stable_kernel_rules.txt
+ - rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
+svga.txt
+ - short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
+sysfs-rules.txt
+ - How not to use sysfs.
+sysctl/
+ - directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
+sysrq.txt
+ - info on the magic SysRq key.
+telephony/
+ - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
+time_interpolators.txt
+ - info on time interpolators.
+uml/
+ - directory with information about User Mode Linux.
+unicode.txt
+ - info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
+unshare.txt
+ - description of the Linux unshare system call.
+usb/
+ - directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
+video-output.txt
+ - sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
+video4linux/
+ - directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux.
+vm/
+ - directory with info on the Linux vm code.
+volatile-considered-harmful.txt
+ - Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
+voyager.txt
+ - guide to running Linux on the Voyager architecture.
+w1/
+ - directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
+watchdog/
+ - how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
+x86/x86_64/
+ - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
+zorro.txt
+ - info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9feaf16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and
+userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces. Due to the
+everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these
+interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways.
+
+We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four
+different subdirectories in this location. Interfaces may change levels
+of stability according to the rules described below.
+
+The different levels of stability are:
+
+ stable/
+ This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has
+ defined to be stable. Userspace programs are free to use these
+ interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for
+ them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years. Most interfaces
+ (like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be
+ available.
+
+ testing/
+ This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
+ as the main development of this interface has been completed.
+ The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
+ current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
+ errors or security problems are found in them. Userspace
+ programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be
+ aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
+ be marked stable. Programs that use these interfaces are
+ strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of
+ these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily
+ notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the
+ layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
+
+ obsolete/
+ This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+ the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
+ time. The description of the interface will document the reason
+ why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
+ The file Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt may describe
+ some of these interfaces, giving a schedule for when they will
+ be removed.
+
+ removed/
+ This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
+ been removed from the kernel.
+
+Every file in these directories will contain the following information:
+
+What: Short description of the interface
+Date: Date created
+KernelVersion: Kernel version this feature first showed up in.
+Contact: Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list)
+Description: Long description of the interface and how to use it.
+Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when
+ it changes. This is very important for interfaces in
+ the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work
+ with userspace developers to ensure that things do not
+ break in ways that are unacceptable. It is also
+ important to get feedback for these interfaces to make
+ sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to
+ be changed further.
+
+
+How things move between levels:
+
+Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
+notification is given.
+
+Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the
+documented amount of time has gone by.
+
+Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the
+developers feel they are finished. They cannot be removed from the
+kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first.
+
+It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they
+wish for it to start out in.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c49d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/o2cb symlink
+Date: Dec 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.16
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink will
+ be removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
+ in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
+ software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
+ See Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb for more information on usage.
+Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+ ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf63f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /proc/<pid>/oom_adj
+When: August 2012
+Why: /proc/<pid>/oom_adj allows userspace to influence the oom killer's
+ badness heuristic used to determine which task to kill when the kernel
+ is out of memory.
+
+ The badness heuristic has since been rewritten since the introduction of
+ this tunable such that its meaning is deprecated. The value was
+ implemented as a bitshift on a score generated by the badness()
+ function that did not have any precise units of measure. With the
+ rewrite, the score is given as a proportion of available memory to the
+ task allocating pages, so using a bitshift which grows the score
+ exponentially is, thus, impossible to tune with fine granularity.
+
+ A much more powerful interface, /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj, was
+ introduced with the oom killer rewrite that allows users to increase or
+ decrease the badness() score linearly. This interface will replace
+ /proc/<pid>/oom_adj.
+
+ A warning will be emitted to the kernel log if an application uses this
+ deprecated interface. After it is printed once, future warnings will be
+ suppressed until the kernel is rebooted.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd096d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level
+Date: March 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for
+ the device, either "on" or "auto".
+
+ "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
+ although normal suspends for system sleep will still
+ be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend
+ and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
+ capabilities of its driver.
+
+ During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
+ level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
+ If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
+ free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
+ write "0" to power/autosuspend.
+
+ Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
+ left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires
+ devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
+ In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
+ initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some
+ drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
+
+ This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010.
+ Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the
+ same thing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4201d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current state of the transmitter.
+ This file is deprecated and sheduled to be removed in 2014,
+ because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block'
+ state of the rfkill driver.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+ transmitter is turned off by software
+ 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
+ transmitter is (potentially) active
+ 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
+ transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+ the driver's control.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to
+ claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
+ This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012.
+Values: 0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ffd28b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: devfs
+Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
+ races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
+ against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+ The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
+ along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
+ kernel tree.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2310b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+ controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data
+ could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few
+ ioctl()s allowed limited control.
+ This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 +
+ libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and
+ transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers.
+
+Users:
+ ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..490aa1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level
+ access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability
+ to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
+ of abstraction that required userspace clients do duplicate much
+ of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
+ Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+ firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+ libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+ users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39c25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire)
+Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
+Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+ /dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
+ controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an
+ alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had
+ performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
+ to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
+ asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
+ Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
+ firewire-core.
+
+Users:
+ libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
+ users)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eb1545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb)
+Date: Dec 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.16
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning
+ information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints
+ and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or
+ "off". Reading the file returns the current state.
+Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+ ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ae3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: The kernel syscall interface
+Description:
+ This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based
+ on it and other Unix based interfaces. It will only be added to
+ over time, and not have things removed from it.
+
+ Note that this interface is different for every architecture
+ that Linux supports. Please see the architecture-specific
+ documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be
+ mapped to each syscall.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d637e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+ - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
+ - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values
+ are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also
+ show the brightness level stored in the driver, which
+ may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness).
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware.
+Users: HAL
+
+What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
+Users: HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..097f522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and
+/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill.
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion: v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org,
+Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder.
+ Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX
+ subfolder (X being an integer > 0).
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
+Values: arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
+Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent
+Date: 09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion v2.6.22
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
+ storage at startup.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: false
+ 1: true
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard
+Date: 12-March-2010
+KernelVersion v2.6.34
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: inactive
+ The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+ 1: active
+ The transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+ the driver's control.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft
+Date: 12-March-2010
+KernelVersion v2.6.34
+Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
+Values: A numeric value.
+ 0: inactive
+ The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+ 1: active
+ The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18d471d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+What: /sys/class/ubi/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and
+ provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information
+ and per-UBI volume information.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/version
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media
+ format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this.
+ However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes
+ which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format
+ version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible
+ future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible)
+ improvements.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubiX/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe
+ UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI
+ device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI
+ device may have many UBI volumes)
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may
+ create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical
+ eraseblocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled,
+ and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI
+ volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their
+ alignment.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done
+ in fractions of the contained number.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Number of the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on
+ the underlying MTD device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of volumes on this UBI device.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/,
+ etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes
+ 0, 1, etc).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of
+ this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that
+ logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words,
+ volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock
+ size aligned to the alignment value.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n"
+ if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense
+ only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent
+ to the total volume size in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume name.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume.
+ Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and
+ "static\n" for static volumes.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this
+ volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when
+ volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence
+ of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated
+ at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be
+ checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file.
+
+What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size
+Date: July 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+ Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical
+ eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment
+ value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b82ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
+Date: October 2002
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
+ information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
+ node.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a59d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/*
+Date: September 2009
+Contact: QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com>
+Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to
+ signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is
+ ready for retrieval.
+Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to
+ linux-driver@qlogic.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a75fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+ by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
+ can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+ by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields
+ can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
+ USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
+ 4.2.2.
+
+ The files are read only.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
+ device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
+ and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
+
+ Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
+ sent to the device or not.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
+ device on every transaction or not. For more details about
+ this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
+ Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
+ published by the USB-IF.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC
+ device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
+ For more details about this, please see the document,
+ "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+ (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75be431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What: /sys/module
+Description:
+ The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure:
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME
+ The name of the module that is in the kernel. This
+ module name will show up either if the module is built
+ directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a
+ dyanmic module.
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters
+ This directory contains individual files that are each
+ individual parameters of the module that are able to be
+ changed at runtime. See the individual module
+ documentation as to the contents of these parameters and
+ what they accomplish.
+
+ Note: The individual parameter names and values are not
+ considered stable, only the fact that they will be
+ placed in this location within sysfs. See the
+ individual driver documentation for details as to the
+ stability of the different parameters.
+
+ /sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt
+ If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file
+ will contain the current reference count of the module.
+
+ Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the
+ CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled,
+ this file will not be present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9723e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events
+Description:
+ This interface enables notification for thermal related events.
+ The notification is in the form of a netlink event.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6546115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io}
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
+Description:
+
+General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether
+the global lock should get used.
+Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to
+the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe):
+/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY
+
+The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here:
+ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/
+should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers
+or writing to them.
+
+CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know
+what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea.
+This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may
+not get switched on again after you did a wrong write.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf11736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+debugfs interface
+-----------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in debugfs:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+ info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+
+Example:
+-------
+
+cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cd6dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What: security/ima/policy
+Date: May 2008
+Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
+ Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
+ values of executables and other sensitive system files
+ loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime,
+ the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
+ Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
+ by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
+ then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after
+ the file ima/policy is closed.
+
+ rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+ action: measure | dont_measure
+ condition:= base | lsm
+ base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=]]
+ lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
+ [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+
+ base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK]
+ mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
+ fsmagic:= hex value
+ uid:= decimal value
+ lsm: are LSM specific
+
+ default policy:
+ # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
+ # SYSFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
+ # DEBUGFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
+ # TMPFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
+ # SECURITYFS_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
+
+ measure func=BPRM_CHECK
+ measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
+ measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+
+ The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
+ all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
+ open for read by root in do_filp_open.
+
+ Examples of LSM specific definitions:
+
+ SELinux:
+ # SELINUX_MAGIC
+ dont_measure fsmagic=0xF97CFF8C
+
+ dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
+ dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
+ measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+ measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+ Smack:
+ measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91a973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: /proc/diskstats
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
+ of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
+ fields:
+ 1 - major number
+ 2 - minor mumber
+ 3 - device name
+ 4 - reads completed successfully
+ 5 - reads merged
+ 6 - sectors read
+ 7 - time spent reading (ms)
+ 8 - writes completed
+ 9 - writes merged
+ 10 - sectors written
+ 11 - time spent writing (ms)
+ 12 - I/Os currently in progress
+ 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a93215
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+What: /sys/class/ata_...
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows
+retrieving various information about ATA objects.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_port
+-------------------------------
+
+ For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of
+ the port. The device parent is the ata host device.
+
+idle_irq (read)
+
+ Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only].
+
+nr_pmp_links (read)
+
+ If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it.
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_link
+-------------------------------
+
+ Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the
+ topology, 15 ata_link objects are created.
+
+ If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is
+ ata_port_id of the port.
+ If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id
+ of the parent port and Y the PM port.
+
+hw_sata_spd_limit
+
+ Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device.
+
+sata_spd_limit
+
+ Maximum speed imposed by libata.
+
+sata_spd
+
+ Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...].
+
+Files under /sys/class/ata_device
+---------------------------------
+
+ Behind each link, up to two ata device are created.
+ The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
+ - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
+ - Y the port of the PM if any, and
+ - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1],
+ only 1 for SATA.
+
+class
+ Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device,
+ "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link.
+
+dma_mode
+
+ Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode.
+ Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+pio_mode
+
+ Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode.
+ Mostly used by PATA device.
+
+xfer_mode
+
+ Current transfer mode.
+
+id
+
+ Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17.
+ Only valid if the device is not a PM.
+
+gscr
+
+ Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register.
+ Valid registers are:
+ 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
+ 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
+ 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
+ 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
+ 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
+ 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
+ 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
+ 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
+ Only valid if the device is a PM.
+
+spdn_cnt
+
+ Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors.
+
+ering
+
+ Formatted output of the error ring of the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4873c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
+ statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
+ 1 - reads completed successfully
+ 2 - reads merged
+ 3 - sectors read
+ 4 - time spent reading (ms)
+ 5 - writes completed
+ 6 - writes merged
+ 7 - sectors written
+ 8 - time spent writing (ms)
+ 9 - I/Os currently in progress
+ 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+ For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
+ I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
+ same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+ format.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
+ E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
+ integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
+ support sending integrity metadata.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
+ 512 bytes of data.
+
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
+ generate checksums for write requests bound for
+ devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
+ offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+ bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+ with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+ blocks to the operating system). This parameter
+ indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
+ is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit the storage device can
+ address. It is typically 512 bytes.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
+Date: May 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
+ write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical
+ block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA
+ drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
+ block size to the operating system. For stacked block
+ devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
+ maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
+ minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
+ device can perform without incurring a performance
+ penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical
+ block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
+ chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of
+ minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
+ workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
+ desired.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
+Date: April 2009
+Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+ Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
+ the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is
+ rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is
+ usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A
+ properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
+ preferred request size for workloads where sustained
+ throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is
+ reported this file contains 0.
+
+What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
+Date: January 2010
+Contact:
+Description:
+ Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
+ merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
+ attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
+ being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
+ this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
+ merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
+ with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
+ all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
+ which enables all types of merge tries.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8b3b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size
+ which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data
+ that can be stored in this disk.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The disksize file is read-only and shows the initialization
+ state of the device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The disksize file is write-only and allows resetting the
+ device. The reset operation frees all the memory assocaited
+ with this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ reads (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ writes (failed or successful) done on this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The notify_free file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ swap slot free notifications received by this device. These
+ notifications are send to a swap block device when a swap slot
+ is freed. This statistic is applicable only when this disk is
+ being used as a swap disk.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/discard
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The discard file is read-only and specifies the number of
+ discard requests received by this device. These requests
+ provide information to block device regarding blocks which are
+ no longer used by filesystem.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero
+ filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for
+ such pages.
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled
+ pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed
+ size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be
+ calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
+
+What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
+Description:
+ The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount
+ of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata
+ overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space
+ efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this
+ statistic.
+ Unit: bytes
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b585ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
+ This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
+ It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
+ subchannel types.
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
+ subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
+ during subchannel recognition.
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
+
+What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
+Date: December 2002
+Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+ linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
+ channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
+ layer (this implies that this attribute is not neccessarily
+ in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+ Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users: s390-tools, HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feb2e4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating
+ point value in degrees.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into
+ sleep mode, 1 wakes it up.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.36?
+Contact: alan.cox@intel.com
+Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the
+ chip data sheet.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f979d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause
+ the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+ this location. This is useful for overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+ driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+ this location. This may be useful when overriding default
+ bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+ That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+ found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+ # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+ (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
+Date: December 2003
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+ dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
+ This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+ was included in the driver's static device ID support
+ table at compile time. The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID,
+ Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
+ Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID
+ and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
+ Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+ for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: February 2009
+Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device
+ ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
+ and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
+ required, the rest are optional. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example:
+ # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
+ re-discover previously removed devices.
+ Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
+ Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+ force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
+ child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
+ from this part of the device tree.
+ Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
+Date: July 2009
+Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
+Description:
+ Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
+ without affecting other functions in the same device.
+ For devices that have this support, a file named reset
+ will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file
+ will perform reset.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
+Description:
+ A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
+ binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
+ device. It should follow the VPD format defined in
+ PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
+ that some devices may have malformatted data. If the
+ underlying VPD has a writable section then the
+ corresponding section of this file will be writable.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+ capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
+ and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
+ Physical Function this device depends on.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
+Date: March 2009
+Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+ This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
+ The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+ Physical Function this device associates with.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
+Date: June 2009
+Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
+ module that manages the hotplug slot.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given name(SMBIOS type 41 string) of the PCI device.
+ The attribute will be created only if the firmware
+ has given a name to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned name of the PCI device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com
+Description:
+ Reading this attribute will provide the firmware
+ given instance(SMBIOS type 41 device type instance)
+ of the PCI device. The attribute will be created
+ only if the firmware has given a device type instance
+ to the PCI device.
+Users:
+ Userspace applications interested in knowing the
+ firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI
+ device that can help in understanding the firmware
+ intended order of the PCI device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f29e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
+ Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
+Date: March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
+ drive topology changes.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
+ drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
+ controller X.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
+Date: August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
+ of controller X.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90a87e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+What: /sys/bus/rbd/
+Date: November 2010
+Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>,
+ Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
+Description:
+
+Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices.
+
+Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name]
+
+ $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
+
+The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id>
+will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will
+be mapped read-only.
+
+Removal of a device:
+
+ $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
+
+Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
+--------------------------------------------
+
+client_id
+
+ The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
+
+major
+
+ The block device major number.
+
+name
+
+ The name of the rbd image.
+
+pool
+
+ The pool where this rbd image resides. The pool-name pair is unique
+ per rados system.
+
+size
+
+ The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device.
+
+refresh
+
+ Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set
+ all relevant datastructures accordingly.
+
+current_snap
+
+ The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
+
+create_snap
+
+ Create a snapshot:
+
+ $ echo <snap-name> > /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_create
+
+rollback_snap
+
+ Rolls back data to the specified snapshot. This goes over the entire
+ list of rados blocks and sends a rollback command to each.
+
+ $ echo <snap-name> > /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_rollback
+
+snap_*
+
+ A directory per each snapshot
+
+
+Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_<snap-name>
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+id
+
+ The rados internal snapshot id assigned for this snapshot
+
+size
+
+ The size of the image when this snapshot was taken.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948fec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What: /sys/bus/umc/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
+ specification describes a PCI-based device with
+ multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
+ Controller (UMC).
+
+ The umc bus presents each of the individual
+ capabilties as a device.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
+ controller capability.
+
+What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The specification version this capability's hardware
+ interface complies with.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..294aa86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend
+Date: March 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.21
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+ power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds)
+ the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended.
+ 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as
+ possible. Negative values will prevent the device from
+ being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value
+ will resume the device if it is already suspended.
+
+ The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to
+ the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.23
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory
+ will contain a file named power/persist. The file holds a
+ boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the
+ "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. Since the
+ facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default
+ for all devices except hubs. For more information, see
+ Documentation/usb/persist.txt.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file
+ is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+ that the USB device has been connected to the machine. This
+ file is read-only.
+Users:
+ PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+ http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file
+ is present. When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+ that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended
+ state. This file is read-only.
+
+ Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
+ compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
+ For example,
+ echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+ will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not
+ account for counter wrap.
+Users:
+ PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+ http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/<busnum>-<devnum>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+ When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
+ for this interface supports autosuspend. It also
+ returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
+ unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
+ autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
+ The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
+ added to the driver.
+Users:
+ USB PM tool
+ git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Authorized devices are available for use by device
+ drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired
+ USB devices are authorized.
+
+ Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
+ initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
+ device has been authenticated.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
+ authentication of the device. The CK is 16
+ space-separated hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+ Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
+ (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
+Description:
+ Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+ that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+ The format for the device ID is:
+ idVendor idProduct. After successfully
+ removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+ device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+ match the driver to the device. For example:
+ # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk
+Date: December 2009
+Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
+Description:
+ Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
+ device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
+ Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
+ such devices.
+Users:
+ usb_modeswitch
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb830df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered.
+ A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the devices display mode.
+ For a 6 character display the values are
+ MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+ for an 8 character display the values are
+ MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
+ raw: each character controls its segment manually
+ hex: each character is between 0-15
+ ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: The text (or data) for the device to display
+
+Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
+Date: August 2008
+Kernel Version: 2.6.26
+Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description: Controls the decimal places on the device.
+ To set the nth decimal place, give this field
+ the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+ the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
+ to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
+ change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716cffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+What: /sys/class/c2port/
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the C2 port interface.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
+ C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
+ manage and control its C2 port.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
+ to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
+ till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
+ of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
+ access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+ No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
+ the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
+ the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
+ the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
+ the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
+ micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
+ on-board flash size of the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
+ command on the connected micro.
+
+What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
+Date: October 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
+ of the connected micro.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b0cb89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What: /sys/class/
+Date: Febuary 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
+ subdirectories describing individual classes of devices
+ in the kernel. The individual directories will consist
+ of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other
+ directories.
+
+ All programs that use this directory tree must be able
+ to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to
+ work properly.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f50097
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+Date: January 2008
+Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows
+setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables.
+
+The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following:
+
+MAJOR:MINOR
+
+ Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on
+ non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS
+ and FUSE.
+
+MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk
+
+ Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems.
+
+default
+
+ The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed
+ filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
+
+Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+---------------------------------
+
+read_ahead_kb (read-write)
+
+ Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes
+
+min_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the
+ total write-back cache that relates to its current average
+ writeout speed in relation to the other devices.
+
+ The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum
+ percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device.
+ For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS.
+
+max_ratio (read-write)
+
+ Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the
+ given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in
+ situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or
+ most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS
+ mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
+ be trusted to play fair.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35906bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+ - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on.
+ - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast.
+
+What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast
+Date: April 2005
+KernelVersion: 2.6.12
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum contrast for this LCD device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edff663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
+ have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for
+ non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+ /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL).
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger
+Date: March 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.17
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
+ of led events.
+ You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
+ scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
+ /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected.
+
+What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+ Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to
+ gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger,
+ it is usefull when driving a LED which is intended to indicate
+ a device in a standby like state.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d55a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+What: /sys/class/mtd/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem
+ (MTD core).
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+ to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent
+ physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash
+ device, or concatenated flash devices. They exist regardless
+ of whether CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is actually enabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ These directories provide the corresponding read-only device
+ nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . They are only created
+ (for the benefit of udev) if CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the
+ read-write device so <minor> will be even.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+ to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+ <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is
+ zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device.
+ Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls
+ can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed
+ together:
+
+ 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable
+ 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped
+ 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary
+ 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition.
+ This will match the name in /proc/mtd .
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this
+ provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise,
+ it will read back as zero.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Number of OOB bytes per page.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Total size of the device/partition, in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device
+ type:
+
+ absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown
+
+What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.29
+Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+ Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be
+ a positive integer.
+
+ In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual
+ bits can be cleared).
+
+ In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a
+ half page, or a quarter page).
+
+ In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38dd762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file
+ displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
+ currently is associated with.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..748fe17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
+ mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+ mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the
+ same time (if available).
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de>
+Description:
+ Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+ mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
+ packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this
+ node if gw_mode was set to 'server'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be
+ either 'off', 'client' or 'server'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the selection criteria this node will use
+ to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
+ sends its protocol messages.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
+Date: Oct 2010
+Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+ Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
+ originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+
+What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
+Description:
+ Each batman node only maintains information about its
+ own local neighborhood, therefore generating graphs
+ showing the topology of the entire mesh is not easily
+ feasible without having a central instance to collect
+ the local topologies from all nodes. This file allows
+ to activate the collecting (server) mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1c3f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/
+Date: Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+sysfs interface
+---------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in the sysfs:
+(<devid> is in format major:minor )
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/
+ add (0200) Write a block device id (major:minor)
+ to create a new pktcdvd device and map
+ it to the block device.
+
+ remove (0200) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+ to it to remove the pktcdvd device.
+
+ device_map (0444) Shows the device mapping in format:
+ pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+ dev (0444) Device id
+ uevent (0200) To send an uevent.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/
+ packets_started (0444) Number of started packets.
+ packets_finished (0444) Number of finished packets.
+
+ kb_written (0444) kBytes written.
+ kb_read (0444) kBytes read.
+ kb_read_gather (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets.
+
+ reset (0200) Write any value to it to reset
+ pktcdvd device statistic values, like
+ bytes read/written.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/
+ size (0444) Contains the size of the bio write
+ queue.
+
+ congestion_off (0644) If bio write queue size is below
+ this mark, accept new bio requests
+ from the block layer.
+
+ congestion_on (0644) If bio write queue size is higher
+ as this mark, do no longer accept
+ bio write requests from the block
+ layer and wait till the pktcdvd
+ device has processed enough bio's
+ so that bio write queue size is
+ below congestion off mark.
+ A value of <= 0 disables congestion
+ control.
+
+
+Example:
+--------
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+
+# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+# print the device id of the mapped block device
+fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0
+echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78c7bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the current
+ coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This
+ is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries.
+ A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic
+ and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take
+ appropriate action.
+
+What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full
+Date: May 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+ This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed
+ battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be
+ amended over time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e091fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ state. This reports the regulator enable control, for
+ regulators which can report that input value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'enabled'
+ 'disabled'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying
+ power to the system (assuming no error prevents it).
+
+ 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
+ supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux
+ control has enabled it).
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+ the reported state is invalid.
+
+ NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
+ or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ "status". This reports the current regulator status, for
+ regulators which can report that output value.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ off
+ on
+ error
+ fast
+ normal
+ idle
+ standby
+
+ "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
+ system.
+
+ "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system,
+ and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode.
+
+ "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being
+ disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable
+ because of problems with the input power supply.
+
+ "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed
+ regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They
+ imply "on", but provide more detail.
+
+ Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs,
+ not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example,
+ the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or
+ a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though
+ Linux did not enable it.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ type. This holds the regulator type.
+
+ This will be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'voltage'
+ 'current'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
+ by software.
+
+ 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be
+ controlled by software.
+
+ 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or
+ current limit.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
+ measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for voltage.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
+ setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
+ which can report the control input for a current limit.
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output current level as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
+ for regulators which can report that control input value.
+
+ The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
+
+ 'fast'
+ 'normal'
+ 'idle'
+ 'standby'
+ 'unknown'
+
+ The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+
+ NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+ output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
+ whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status"
+ attribute may be available to determine the actual mode.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+ for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+ output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+ microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+ NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+ the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
+ platform code.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name
+Date: October 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.28
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
+ display purposes.
+
+ NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
+ by platform or regulator drivers.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+ num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
+ have called regulator_enable() on this regulator.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
+ current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
+ devices.
+
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
+ This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+ voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+ the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
+ implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
+ for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
+ constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+ setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+ standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+ configuration constraints.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
+ configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+ when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
+
+What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+ suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
+ state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
+ suspend configuration constraints.
+
+ This will be one of the same strings reported by
+ the "state" attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a5fd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
+ Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
+
+ Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
+ Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Description:
+ If no beacons are received from a device for at least
+ this time, the device will be considered to have gone
+ and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes
+ (~197 ms) as required by the specification.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ An individual UWB radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel>
+
+ to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing,
+ or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If
+ <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection
+ algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the
+ radio controller's supported band groups.
+
+ Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if
+ the radio controller is not beaconing.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Write:
+
+ <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
+
+ to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of:
+ 0 - scan
+ 1 - scan outside BP
+ 2 - scan while inactive
+ 3 - scanning disabled
+ 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
+ radio controller. A write will change the radio
+ controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
+ not beaconing or scanning.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
+ Controller PAL using this radio controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
+ as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
+ controllers beacon group.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
+ interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
+ this device was received.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
+ hex octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+ The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
+ space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
+ (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
+ This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
+ to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
+ the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful
+ measure of the radio link quality.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b1e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
+ This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
+ WUSB devices.
+
+ Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
+ within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
+ disconnected and are removed. The default value of
+ 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
+ specification.
+
+ Since this relates to security (specifically, the
+ lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
+ from the default.
+
+What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
+Date: August 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.32
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
+ This is only of limited use for testing and
+ development as the hardware's automatic rate
+ adaptation is better then this simple control.
+
+ Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
+ use.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f2b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What: /sys/dev
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+ path for a device using the information returned from
+ stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+ beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+ the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the
+ corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+ Example:
+ $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+ ../../block/sdc
+
+ Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+ dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+ leave the system.
+
+Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a25671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices
+Date: February 2006
+Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will
+ be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs,
+ and between different kernel versions, the layout of the
+ devices within this tree will change.
+
+ Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of
+ this. If a program wishes to find different things in
+ the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely
+ on the symlinks there to point to the proper location
+ within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices.
+ Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of
+ devices being added and removed from this tree to find
+ the location of those devices.
+
+ Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory
+ chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace
+ programs must be able to handle such occurrences.
+
+Users:
+ udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7405de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
+ added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
+ operations.
+Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+ indicates whether this memory block is removable or not.
+ This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
+ identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
+ potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+ is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical
+ memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+ is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
+ which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
+ memory section directory name.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ is read-write. When read, its contents show the
+ online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
+ root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
+ memory section (see removable file description above)
+ using the following commands.
+ # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+
+ For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
+ contains a value of 1 and
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
+ string "online" the following command can be executed by
+ by root to offline that section.
+ # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+Users: hotplug memory remove tools
+ http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+ memory section 9 on node0:
+ /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
+ /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
+ points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
+ memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
+ link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+ /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..453a210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
+Date: February 2010
+Contact: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
+Description:
+ When this file is written to, all memory within that node
+ will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
+ into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d548eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
+Description:
+ Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
+ 1 -> suspended
+ 0 -> resumed
+
+ (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in
+ the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass
+ Storage mode.
+
+ Possible values are:
+ 1 -> ignore the FUA flag
+ 0 -> obey the FUA flag
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7628cd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
+ allowing the user space to check and modify some power
+ management related properties of given device.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
+ space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
+ from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
+ RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
+ it to do that as desired.
+
+ Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
+ used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices
+ have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
+ file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to issue the events;
+ + "disabled\n" not to do so;
+
+ In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
+ by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
+ "disabled" to it.
+
+ For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
+ events this file contains "\n". In that cases the user space
+ cannot modify the contents of this file and the device cannot be
+ enabled to wake up the system.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/control
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
+ space to control the run-time power management of the device.
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/control file:
+
+ + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
+ + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
+
+ The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
+ be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
+ drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
+ from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while
+ the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
+ enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
+ be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
+ with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
+ transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
+
+ All devices have one of the following two values for the
+ power/async file:
+
+ + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
+ + "disabled\n" to forbid it;
+
+ The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
+ "enabled", or "disabled" to it.
+
+ It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
+ of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
+ of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some
+ devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
+ device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
+ default value.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
+ of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This
+ attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up
+ the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
+ the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute
+ is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the
+ system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_hit_count
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_hit_count attribute contains the
+ number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
+ the device might prevent the system from entering a sleep state.
+ This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to
+ wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
+ or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
+ the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
+ the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
+ device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the
+ device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
+ this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
+ the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
+ with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only.
+ If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
+ states, this attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains
+ the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of
+ signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
+ milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is
+ not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
+ attribute is empty.
+
+What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
+Date: September 2010
+Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+ The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute
+ contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some
+ drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it
+ becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain
+ inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That
+ period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will
+ prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar
+ to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >=
+ 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded
+ up to the nearest second.
+
+ Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
+ attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7564e88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+ A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes
+
+ Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories
+ named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_mc_power_savings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_smt_power_savings
+Date: June 2006
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Discover and adjust the kernel's multi-core scheduler support.
+
+ Possible values are:
+
+ 0 - No power saving load balance (default value)
+ 1 - Fill one thread/core/package first for long running threads
+ 2 - Also bias task wakeups to semi-idle cpu package for power
+ savings
+
+ sched_mc_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_MC, which is
+ itself architecture dependent.
+
+ sched_smt_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_SMT, which
+ is itself architecture dependent.
+
+ The two files are independent of each other. It is possible
+ that one file may be present without the other.
+
+ Introduced by git commit 5c45bf27.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/online
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/present
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
+ hotplug. Briefly:
+
+ kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel
+ configuration.
+
+ offline: cpus that are not online because they have been
+ HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the
+ kernel configuration (kernel_max above).
+
+ online: cpus that are online and being scheduled.
+
+ possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be
+ brought online if they are present.
+
+ present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
+ the system.
+
+ See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date: November 2009
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug
+ removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+ from the system.
+
+ probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+ system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+ architecture specific.
+
+ release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+ the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+ is architecture specific.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+ to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+ in NUMA node 2:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date: October 2009
+Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+ When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+ to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+ For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+ in NUMA node 2:
+
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list
+Date: December 2008
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
+ to other cores and threads in the same physical package.
+
+ One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system,
+ e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/.
+
+ Briefly, the files above are:
+
+ core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the
+ hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's).
+ The actual value is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads
+ within the same physical_package_id.
+
+ core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU
+ numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#.
+
+ physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically
+ corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value
+ is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+ thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
+ threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+ See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
+ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
+Date: September 2007
+Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
+
+ Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are
+ differentiated by varying exit latencies and power
+ consumption during idle.
+
+ Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
+ (driver)
+
+ current_driver: displays current idle mechanism
+
+ current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy
+
+ See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
+Date: pre-git history
+Contact: cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
+Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
+
+ Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
+ CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
+ power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
+ the CPU consumes.
+
+ There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
+
+ See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
+
+ In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+ to learn how to control the knobs.
+
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/cache_disable_X
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: mark.langsdorf@amd.com
+Description: These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories.
+ There are currently 2 cache_disable_# files in each
+ directory. Reading from these files on a supported
+ processor will return that cache disable index value
+ for that processor and node. Writing to one of these
+ files will cause the specificed cache index to be disabled.
+
+ Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index
+ disable, and only for their L3 caches. See the BIOS and
+ Kernel Developer's Guide at
+ http://support.amd.com/us/Embedded_TechDocs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3-28_5-28-09.pdf
+ for formatting information and other details on the
+ cache index disable.
+Users: joachim.deguara@amd.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b82deea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What: state
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and
+ out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the
+ ability to query the current state.
+ 0 => PRTM off
+ 1 => PRTM enabled
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
+What: version
+Date: Sep 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com>
+Description: The version file provides a means by which to query
+ the RTL table version that lives in the Extended
+ BIOS Data Area (EBDA).
+Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface.
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08579e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD
+ (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being
+ enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are
+ the non-active mode names listed when read.
+
+ Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets
+ disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute
+ operation_mode_delay for its value).
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay
+Date: April 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when
+ operation_mode has changed.
+
+ Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is
+ 0..30000ms.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate.
+
+ Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz),
+ the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+ Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz
+ within permitted rates.
+
+ Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second
+ it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two
+ tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application
+ to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d988c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which
+ that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data.
+ Range: 0..15
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a
+ note held by the pc-midi driver.
+ 0 means sustain mode is disabled.
+ Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds)
+ Type: Read/write
+What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave
+Date: April 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.34
+Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+ Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver.
+ The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves.
+ 0 means the no ocatve shift.
+ Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2)
+ Type: Read/Write
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..698b808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
+ press of a button.
+ When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
+ setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+ processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+ VALUE DPI
+ 1 800
+ 2 1200
+ 3 1600
+ 4 2000
+ 5 2400
+ 6 3200
+
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5]
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile holds informations like button
+ mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
+ effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile. The
+ returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
+ stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
+ store.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+ The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
+ startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+ When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+ The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+ data.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
+ calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
+ When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
+ where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+ Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+ Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
+ around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight
+Date: March 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
+ ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse
+ and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
+ raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
+ in other software.
+ The values map to the weights as follows:
+
+ VALUE WEIGHT
+ 0 none
+ 1 5g
+ 2 10g
+ 3 15g
+ 4 20g
+
+ This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f9f30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
+ range 0-4.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes
+ internally.
+ When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific
+ button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are
+ included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+ The returned data is 77 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+ The returned data is 43 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
+ can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be
+ set. The data has to be 6 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+ When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+ and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit
+ can be initiated/cancelled.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the
+ sampled underground. This works only in the course of a
+ calibration process initiated with tcu.
+ The returned data is 1028 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c37b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
+ press of a button.
+ When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
+ setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+ processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+ VALUE DPI
+ 1 400
+ 2 800
+ 4 1600
+
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
+ range 0-4.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+ firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+ further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+ number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+ left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
+ and light effects.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
+ The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
+ When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+ buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long.
+ The mouse will reject invalid data.
+ Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
+ contained in the data.
+ This file is writeonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+ press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
+ profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
+ When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
+ The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
+ When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+ that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+ This file is readonly.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings
+Date: August 2010
+Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+ The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the
+ startup_profile.
+ When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+ The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+ data.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f9ba3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ,
+ the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears
+ as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts.
+
+ However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make
+ the platform understand random hardware without
+ special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few
+ well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such
+ as the power button, it can also handle a variable
+ number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE).
+
+ A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which
+ can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from
+ OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector
+ to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12.
+ The handler may do its business and return.
+ Or the handler may send send a Notify event
+ to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device,
+ such as a battery, or a processor.
+
+ To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
+ /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
+ every possible source, and the count of how many
+ times it has triggered.
+
+ $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+ $ grep . *
+ error: 0
+ ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable
+ ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid
+ ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable
+ ff_rt_clk: 2 disable
+ ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid
+ gpe00: 0 invalid
+ gpe01: 0 enable
+ gpe02: 108 enable
+ gpe03: 0 invalid
+ gpe04: 0 invalid
+ gpe05: 0 invalid
+ gpe06: 0 enable
+ gpe07: 0 enable
+ gpe08: 0 invalid
+ gpe09: 0 invalid
+ gpe0A: 0 invalid
+ gpe0B: 0 invalid
+ gpe0C: 0 invalid
+ gpe0D: 0 invalid
+ gpe0E: 0 invalid
+ gpe0F: 0 invalid
+ gpe10: 0 invalid
+ gpe11: 0 invalid
+ gpe12: 0 invalid
+ gpe13: 0 invalid
+ gpe14: 0 invalid
+ gpe15: 0 invalid
+ gpe16: 0 invalid
+ gpe17: 1084 enable
+ gpe18: 0 enable
+ gpe19: 0 invalid
+ gpe1A: 0 invalid
+ gpe1B: 0 invalid
+ gpe1C: 0 invalid
+ gpe1D: 0 invalid
+ gpe1E: 0 invalid
+ gpe1F: 0 invalid
+ gpe_all: 1192
+ sci: 1194
+ sci_not: 0
+
+ sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+
+ sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+ has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+
+ gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+
+ gpeXX - count for individual GPE source
+
+ ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock
+
+ ff_pmtimer - PM Timer
+
+ ff_pwr_btn - Power Button
+
+ ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock
+
+ ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button
+
+ error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+
+ invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+ doesn't have an event handler.
+
+ disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+ enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+
+ Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.
+ # echo 0 > gpe11
+
+ All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":
+ # echo 0 > sci
+
+ None of these counters has an effect on the function
+ of the system, they are simply statistics.
+
+ Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files
+ to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be
+ used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues.
+
+ Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed,
+ i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and
+ Fixed Event with event handler installed.
+
+ Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
+ and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
+ when pressing the power button.
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 0 enabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 3 disabled
+ # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 4 enabled
+ /*
+ * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
+ * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
+ */
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # press the power button for 3 times;
+ # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */
+ # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+ # cat ff_pwr_btn
+ 7 enabled
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca0d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/memmap/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de>
+Description:
+ On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the
+ kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered
+ in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via
+ /proc/iomem (together with other resources).
+
+ However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory
+ map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because
+ the kernel merges that memory map with other information or
+ just because the user overwrites that memory map via command
+ line.
+
+ kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the
+ parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with
+ kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For
+ that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides
+ the raw memory map to userspace.
+
+ The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
+ are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/2
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/3
+ ...
+
+ The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided
+ by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware
+ provides.
+
+ Each directory contains three files:
+
+ start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+ '0x' prefix).
+ end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+ firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
+ type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+ valid types.
+
+ So, for example:
+
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type
+ /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start
+ ...
+
+ Currently following types exist:
+
+ - System RAM
+ - ACPI Tables
+ - ACPI Non-volatile Storage
+ - reserved
+
+ Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
+ map in a human-readable format:
+
+ -------------------- 8< ----------------------------------------
+ #!/bin/bash
+ cd /sys/firmware/memmap
+ for dir in * ; do
+ start=$(cat $dir/start)
+ end=$(cat $dir/end)
+ type=$(cat $dir/type)
+ printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
+ done
+ -------------------- >8 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4be7d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/
+Date: May 2010
+Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+ SFI defines a number of small static memory tables
+ so the kernel can get platform information from firmware.
+
+ The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification:
+ http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
+
+ While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
+ can observe them this way:
+
+ # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+ # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4573fd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/
+Date: August 2008
+Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
+ about the SGI UV platform.
+
+ Under that directory are a number of files:
+
+ partition_id
+ coherence_id
+
+ The partition_id entry contains the partition id.
+ SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
+ machines, which each partition running a unique copy
+ of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique
+ partition id. To display the partition id, use the command:
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
+
+ The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id.
+ A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
+ domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
+ this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the
+ command:
+
+ cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fb7099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Controls whether the multiblock allocator should
+ collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount.
+ 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect
+ statistics
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The multiblock allocator will round up allocation
+ requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
+ stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+ will search to find the best extent
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for
+ requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
+ used
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
+ parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
+ block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
+ files are packed closely together. Each large file
+ will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+ preallocation pool.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
+ inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
+ algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks
+ that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not
+ have their location in the filesystem allocated yet.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes
+ of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was
+ created.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes
+Date: March 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ This file is read-only and shows the number of
+ kilobytes of data that have been written to this
+ filesystem since it was mounted.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+ Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal
+ inode used by the inode allocator in p0reference to
+ all other allocation hueristics. This is intended for
+ debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
+ systems.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80f4c94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What: /sys/class/gpio/
+Date: July 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:
+
+ As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from
+ userspace. GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit
+ "export" operation. If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by
+ kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later).
+ Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access.
+
+ GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
+ the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information.
+
+ /sys/class/gpio
+ /export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
+ /unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
+ /gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N
+ /value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs
+ /direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low
+ /edge ... r/w as: none, falling, rising, both
+ /gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO
+ /base ... (r/o) same as N
+ /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique
+ /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1)
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..585962a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/pressure0_input
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Start a pressure measurement and read the result. Values
+ represent the ambient air pressure in pascal (0.01 millibar).
+
+ Reading: returns the current air pressure.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/temp0_input
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Measure the ambient temperature. The returned value represents
+ the ambient temperature in units of 0.1 degree celsius.
+
+ Reading: returns the current temperature.
+
+
+What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/oversampling
+Date: June 2010
+Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com>
+Description: Tell the bmp085 to use more samples to calculate a pressure
+ value. When writing to this file the chip will use 2^x samples
+ to calculate the next pressure value with x being the value
+ written. Using this feature will decrease RMS noise and
+ increase the measurement time.
+
+ Reading: returns the current oversampling setting.
+
+ Writing: sets a new oversampling setting.
+ Accepted values: 0..3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2b7d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data.
+ Usually this contains the Initiator name.
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data.
+ Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN,
+ target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also
+ contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP
+ name (and password)
+
+What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX
+Date: November 2007
+Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain
+ files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data.
+ This can this can the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190d523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm
+Date: July 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM
+ related information in /sys/kernel/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e21c005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/
+Date: June 2008
+Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories
+ of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size
+ of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
+
+ Under these directories are a number of files:
+ nr_hugepages
+ nr_overcommit_hugepages
+ free_hugepages
+ surplus_hugepages
+ resv_hugepages
+ See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b093f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the
+ internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain
+ files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and
+ any cache it aliases, if any).
+Users: kernel memory tuning tools
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches
+ have merged into this cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ alignment in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code
+ locations from which allocations for this cache were performed.
+ The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is
+ enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
+ been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
+ of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
+ was empty but there were objects available as the result of
+ remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
+ be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
+ allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
+ allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects
+ are from ZONE_DMA.
+ Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs
+ are active and their NUMA locality.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush
+Date: April 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
+ have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
+ cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
+ allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the
+ current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+ constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a
+ new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
+ was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
+ has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
+ remotely. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
+ slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
+ list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether
+ slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
+ partial list. It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of
+ object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see
+ Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
+ It can be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
+ a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
+ been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
+ its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current
+ count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
+ freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear
+ the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
+Date: February 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+ using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can
+ be written to clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether
+ objects are aligned on cachelines.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial
+Date: February 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.30
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
+Description:
+ The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall
+ remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of
+ allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing
+ the shrink file.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's
+ object size.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are
+ active and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many
+ objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many
+ objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order
+ specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are
+ allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the
+ number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated
+ because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
+ possible depending on its characteristics.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
+ new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
+ fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to
+ clear the current count.
+ Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The partial file is read-only and displays how long many
+ partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned
+ when a new slab is allocated.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects
+ are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility).
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red
+ zoned.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio
+Date: January 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.25
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of
+ times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial
+ slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
+ the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
+ the entire system but can be expensive.
+ Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks
+ should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free
+ checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with
+ caches that do not.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from
+ a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is
+ sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used
+ first.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size
+ with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs
+ there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are
+ from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The store_user file specifies whether the location of
+ allocation or free should be tracked for a cache.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects
+Date: April 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total
+ objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees
+ should be traced.
+
+What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate
+Date: May 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.22
+Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+ Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+ Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its
+ cache's objects and check the validity of metadata.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f1469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares
+Date: December 2007
+Contact: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+ Srivatsa Vaddagiri <vatsa@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares tunable is used
+ to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a
+ propotional value. What that means is that if there
+ are two users logged in, each with an equal number of
+ shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another
+ example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user
+ B has shares = 2048, User B will get twice the CPU
+ bandwidth user A will. For more details refer
+ Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14703f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
+ written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
+ physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
+ to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
+ dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
+ on the bad page list and never be reused.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
+ kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
+ fail the offline. Return value is the size of the
+ number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading
+ the file is not allowed.
+
+What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
+Date: Sep 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.33
+Contact: andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+ Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
+ address written into this file. Input is a hex number
+ specifying the physical address of the page. The
+ kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
+ trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
+ triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill
+ any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
+ to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
+ hardware.
+
+ The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+ Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+ this might change.
+
+ Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
+ the offlining failed.
+ Reading the file is not allowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfcec3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read GbE MAC address.
+
+What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware
+Date: August 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.35
+Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
+Description: Write/read Option ROM data.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7cc516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the
+ ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version
+ of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version
+ covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster
+ nodes.
+
+ The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two
+ cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical
+ major number and an overlapping minor number - thus,
+ a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node
+ sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol.
+
+ Reading from this file returns a single line, the major
+ number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10".
+
+ This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the
+ driver.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes
+ the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation.
+ A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster.
+ There are currently two available plugins:
+
+ * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has
+ used since its inception.
+ * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software
+ in conjunction with fs/dlm.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded
+ plugins, one per line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Its contents may change as
+ plugins are loaded or removed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which
+ cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem.
+ The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins
+ file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin
+ on a single line.
+
+ This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on
+ the cluster stack in use. The contents may change
+ when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack
+ is changed.
+
+What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack
+Date: April 2008
+Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+ The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name
+ of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by
+ userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online.
+
+ Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length.
+
+ When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster
+ plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user'
+ cluster plugin.
+
+ Reading from this file returns the name of the current
+ cluster stack on a single line.
+
+ Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current
+ cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems.
+ If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the
+ stack return an error.
+
+Users:
+ ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ff8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching. The value
+ is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:
+ 4321
+ |||`- LCD
+ ||`-- CRT
+ |`--- TV
+ `---- DVI
+ Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
+ - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
+ used to display several informations.
+ To control the LED display, use the following :
+ echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+ where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
+ The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan
+Date: January 2007
+KernelVersion: 2.6.20
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+ This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users: Lapsus
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan
+Date: October 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cc6a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id
+Date: January 2011
+KernelVersion: 2.6.38
+Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de>
+Description:
+ Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0.
+
+ Default: 0x7ff (standard frame)
+
+ Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in
+ "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the
+ contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain
+ conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode).
+
+ The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the
+ mailbox and load it with an unused identifier.
+
+ In order to use an extended can_id add the
+ CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example:
+
+ - standard id 0x7ff:
+ echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
+
+ - extended id 0x1fffffff:
+ echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b026c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ This file allows display switching.
+ - 1 = LCD
+ - 2 = CRT
+ - 3 = LCD+CRT
+ If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr
+Date: May 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.26
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration.
+ On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+ On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
+ Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
+ Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
+ is defined as follow:
+ | 8 bit | 8 bit |
+ | `---- Current mode
+ `------------ Availables modes
+ For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
+
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
+Date: Jun 2009
+KernelVersion: 2.6.31
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ List available cpufv modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4b5fef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-wmi
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc-wmi/cpufv
+Date: Oct 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+ Change CPU clock configuration (write-only).
+ There are three available clock configuration:
+ * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+ * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+ * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..807fca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power
+Date: Dec 2010
+KernelVersion: 2.6.37
+Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>"
+Description:
+ Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..194ca44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+What: /sys/power/
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power directory will contain files that will
+ provide a unified interface to the power management
+ subsystem.
+
+What: /sys/power/state
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state.
+ Reading from this file returns what states are supported,
+ which is hard-coded to 'standby' (Power-On Suspend), 'mem'
+ (Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk' (Suspend-to-Disk).
+
+ Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to
+ transition into that state. Please see the file
+ Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of each of
+ these states.
+
+What: /sys/power/disk
+Date: September 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the
+ suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns
+ the name of the method by which the system will be put to
+ sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported:
+ 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
+ by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
+ firmware will handle the system suspend.
+ 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
+ ACPI or other PM registers).
+ 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be powered off.
+ 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+ the system will be rebooted.
+
+ Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the
+ two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc'
+ or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the
+ 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5
+ seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in
+ the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+ the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink
+ memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices,
+ unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to
+ look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code
+ is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving.
+
+ The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
+ file one of the accepted strings:
+
+ 'firmware'
+ 'platform'
+ 'shutdown'
+ 'reboot'
+ 'testproc'
+ 'test'
+
+ It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
+ supports that.
+
+What: /sys/power/image_size
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image
+ created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a
+ string representing a non-negative integer that will be used
+ as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's
+ suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size
+ will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be
+ impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the
+ smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to
+ this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible.
+
+ Reading from this file will display the current image size
+ limit, which is set to 500 MB by default.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_trace
+Date: August 2006
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the
+ last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can
+ debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more
+ commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save
+ the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially
+ it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a
+ string representing a nonzero integer into it.
+
+ To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
+ the machine, then reboot it and run
+
+ dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+
+ If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
+ positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
+ referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In
+ this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after
+ your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded.
+
+ CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
+ clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
+
+What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match
+Date: October 2010
+Contact: James Hogan <james@albanarts.com>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the
+ device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC
+ across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it
+ contains the list of current devices (including those
+ registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match
+ the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each
+ one.
+
+ The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the
+ kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes
+ devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules.
+
+ Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is
+ possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which
+ case further investigation is required to determine which
+ device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock
+ values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still
+ match a device and output it's name here.
+
+What: /sys/power/pm_async
+Date: January 2009
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the
+ user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume
+ of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device
+ drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel
+ with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled
+ if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be
+ disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
+ will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
+
+What: /sys/power/wakeup_count
+Date: July 2010
+Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+ The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the
+ system into a sleep state while taking into account the
+ concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns
+ the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if
+ some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is
+ read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current
+ number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if
+ successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
+ to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
+ write has returned.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25028c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What: /sys/class/pps/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and
+ directories that will provide a unified interface to
+ the PPS sources.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th
+ PPS source into the system. Each directory will
+ contain files to manage and control its PPS source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events
+ and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no assert events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events
+ and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+ <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+ If the source has no clear events the content of this file
+ is empty.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning
+ mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding.
+
+ Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further
+ info.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does
+ or does not support an "echo" function.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the
+ X-th source.
+
+What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path
+Date: February 2008
+Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of
+ the device connected with the X-th source.
+
+ If the source is not connected with any device the content
+ of this file is empty.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b02d8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What: /sys/kernel/profile
+Date: September 2008
+Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+ /sys/kernel/profile is the runtime equivalent
+ of the boot-time profile= option.
+
+ You can get the same effect running:
+
+ echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profile
+
+ as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
+ command line.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b138b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What: /sys/class/tty/console/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the list of currently configured
+ console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'.
+ The last entry in the file is the active
+ device connected to /dev/console.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
+
+What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active
+Date: Nov 2010
+Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
+Description:
+ Shows the currently active virtual console
+ device, like 'tty1'.
+ The file supports poll() to detect virtual
+ console switches.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1517976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed
+Date: April 2010
+Kernel Version: 2.6.35
+Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed file controls
+ reporting speed of wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading from
+ this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode
+ or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values
+ switches reporting speed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a99c5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_*
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Various files for managing Cable Based Association of
+ (wireless) USB devices.
+
+ The sequence of operations should be:
+
+ 1. Device is plugged in.
+
+ 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability.
+ (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE).
+
+ 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups,
+ and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name,
+ wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These
+ get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for
+ this host is requested.
+
+ 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band
+ groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible
+ with the host.
+
+ 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file.
+
+ 6. The CM looks it up its database.
+
+ - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device
+ has been authorized before and nothing further
+ needs to be done.
+
+ - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a
+ matching CDID in its database), the device is
+ assumed to be not known. The CM may associate
+ the host with device by: writing a randomly
+ generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK
+ to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the
+ device).
+
+ CMD may choose to prompt the user before
+ associating with a new device.
+
+ 7. Device is unplugged.
+
+ References:
+ [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
+ Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
+ Specification, version 1.0.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated
+ hex octets.
+
+ Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the
+ the CDID for any existing association with this host.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the host, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The band groups supported by the device, in the format
+ defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex
+ octets.
+
+What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck
+Date: August 2008
+KernelVersion: 2.6.27
+Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+ Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to
+ associate with the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65022a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+Table of contents
+=================
+
+Last updated: 20 December 2005
+
+Contents
+========
+
+- Introduction
+- Devices not appearing
+- Finding patch that caused a bug
+-- Finding using git-bisect
+-- Finding it the old way
+- Fixing the bug
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Always try the latest kernel from kernel.org and build from source. If you are
+not confident in doing that please report the bug to your distribution vendor
+instead of to a kernel developer.
+
+Finding bugs is not always easy. Have a go though. If you can't find it don't
+give up. Report as much as you have found to the relevant maintainer. See
+MAINTAINERS for who that is for the subsystem you have worked on.
+
+Before you submit a bug report read REPORTING-BUGS.
+
+Devices not appearing
+=====================
+
+Often this is caused by udev. Check that first before blaming it on the
+kernel.
+
+Finding patch that caused a bug
+===============================
+
+
+
+Finding using git-bisect
+------------------------
+
+Using the provided tools with git makes finding bugs easy provided the bug is
+reproducible.
+
+Steps to do it:
+- start using git for the kernel source
+- read the man page for git-bisect
+- have fun
+
+Finding it the old way
+----------------------
+
+[Sat Mar 2 10:32:33 PST 1996 KERNEL_BUG-HOWTO lm@sgi.com (Larry McVoy)]
+
+This is how to track down a bug if you know nothing about kernel hacking.
+It's a brute force approach but it works pretty well.
+
+You need:
+
+ . A reproducible bug - it has to happen predictably (sorry)
+ . All the kernel tar files from a revision that worked to the
+ revision that doesn't
+
+You will then do:
+
+ . Rebuild a revision that you believe works, install, and verify that.
+ . Do a binary search over the kernels to figure out which one
+ introduced the bug. I.e., suppose 1.3.28 didn't have the bug, but
+ you know that 1.3.69 does. Pick a kernel in the middle and build
+ that, like 1.3.50. Build & test; if it works, pick the mid point
+ between .50 and .69, else the mid point between .28 and .50.
+ . You'll narrow it down to the kernel that introduced the bug. You
+ can probably do better than this but it gets tricky.
+
+ . Narrow it down to a subdirectory
+
+ - Copy kernel that works into "test". Let's say that 3.62 works,
+ but 3.63 doesn't. So you diff -r those two kernels and come
+ up with a list of directories that changed. For each of those
+ directories:
+
+ Copy the non-working directory next to the working directory
+ as "dir.63".
+ One directory at time, try moving the working directory to
+ "dir.62" and mv dir.63 dir"time, try
+
+ mv dir dir.62
+ mv dir.63 dir
+ find dir -name '*.[oa]' -print | xargs rm -f
+
+ And then rebuild and retest. Assuming that all related
+ changes were contained in the sub directory, this should
+ isolate the change to a directory.
+
+ Problems: changes in header files may have occurred; I've
+ found in my case that they were self explanatory - you may
+ or may not want to give up when that happens.
+
+ . Narrow it down to a file
+
+ - You can apply the same technique to each file in the directory,
+ hoping that the changes in that file are self contained.
+
+ . Narrow it down to a routine
+
+ - You can take the old file and the new file and manually create
+ a merged file that has
+
+ #ifdef VER62
+ routine()
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+ #else
+ routine()
+ {
+ ...
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ And then walk through that file, one routine at a time and
+ prefix it with
+
+ #define VER62
+ /* both routines here */
+ #undef VER62
+
+ Then recompile, retest, move the ifdefs until you find the one
+ that makes the difference.
+
+Finally, you take all the info that you have, kernel revisions, bug
+description, the extent to which you have narrowed it down, and pass
+that off to whomever you believe is the maintainer of that section.
+A post to linux.dev.kernel isn't such a bad idea if you've done some
+work to narrow it down.
+
+If you get it down to a routine, you'll probably get a fix in 24 hours.
+
+My apologies to Linus and the other kernel hackers for describing this
+brute force approach, it's hardly what a kernel hacker would do. However,
+it does work and it lets non-hackers help fix bugs. And it is cool
+because Linux snapshots will let you do this - something that you can't
+do with vendor supplied releases.
+
+Fixing the bug
+==============
+
+Nobody is going to tell you how to fix bugs. Seriously. You need to work it
+out. But below are some hints on how to use the tools.
+
+To debug a kernel, use objdump and look for the hex offset from the crash
+output to find the valid line of code/assembler. Without debug symbols, you
+will see the assembler code for the routine shown, but if your kernel has
+debug symbols the C code will also be available. (Debug symbols can be enabled
+in the kernel hacking menu of the menu configuration.) For example:
+
+ objdump -r -S -l --disassemble net/dccp/ipv4.o
+
+NB.: you need to be at the top level of the kernel tree for this to pick up
+your C files.
+
+If you don't have access to the code you can also debug on some crash dumps
+e.g. crash dump output as shown by Dave Miller.
+
+> EIP is at ip_queue_xmit+0x14/0x4c0
+> ...
+> Code: 44 24 04 e8 6f 05 00 00 e9 e8 fe ff ff 8d 76 00 8d bc 27 00 00
+> 00 00 55 57 56 53 81 ec bc 00 00 00 8b ac 24 d0 00 00 00 8b 5d 08
+> <8b> 83 3c 01 00 00 89 44 24 14 8b 45 28 85 c0 89 44 24 18 0f 85
+>
+> Put the bytes into a "foo.s" file like this:
+>
+> .text
+> .globl foo
+> foo:
+> .byte .... /* bytes from Code: part of OOPS dump */
+>
+> Compile it with "gcc -c -o foo.o foo.s" then look at the output of
+> "objdump --disassemble foo.o".
+>
+> Output:
+>
+> ip_queue_xmit:
+> push %ebp
+> push %edi
+> push %esi
+> push %ebx
+> sub $0xbc, %esp
+> mov 0xd0(%esp), %ebp ! %ebp = arg0 (skb)
+> mov 0x8(%ebp), %ebx ! %ebx = skb->sk
+> mov 0x13c(%ebx), %eax ! %eax = inet_sk(sk)->opt
+
+In addition, you can use GDB to figure out the exact file and line
+number of the OOPS from the vmlinux file. If you have
+CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you can simply copy the EIP value from the
+OOPS:
+
+ EIP: 0060:[<c021e50e>] Not tainted VLI
+
+And use GDB to translate that to human-readable form:
+
+ gdb vmlinux
+ (gdb) l *0xc021e50e
+
+If you don't have CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you use the function
+offset from the OOPS:
+
+ EIP is at vt_ioctl+0xda8/0x1482
+
+And recompile the kernel with CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled:
+
+ make vmlinux
+ gdb vmlinux
+ (gdb) p vt_ioctl
+ (gdb) l *(0x<address of vt_ioctl> + 0xda8)
+or, as one command
+ (gdb) l *(vt_ioctl + 0xda8)
+
+If you have a call trace, such as :-
+>Call Trace:
+> [<ffffffff8802c8e9>] :jbd:log_wait_commit+0xa3/0xf5
+> [<ffffffff810482d9>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e
+> [<ffffffff8802770b>] :jbd:journal_stop+0x1be/0x1ee
+> ...
+this shows the problem in the :jbd: module. You can load that module in gdb
+and list the relevant code.
+ gdb fs/jbd/jbd.ko
+ (gdb) p log_wait_commit
+ (gdb) l *(0x<address> + 0xa3)
+or
+ (gdb) l *(log_wait_commit + 0xa3)
+
+
+Another very useful option of the Kernel Hacking section in menuconfig is
+Debug memory allocations. This will help you see whether data has been
+initialised and not set before use etc. To see the values that get assigned
+with this look at mm/slab.c and search for POISON_INUSE. When using this an
+Oops will often show the poisoned data instead of zero which is the default.
+
+Once you have worked out a fix please submit it upstream. After all open
+source is about sharing what you do and don't you want to be recognised for
+your genius?
+
+Please do read Documentation/SubmittingPatches though to help your code get
+accepted.
diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fb88f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/Changes
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+Intro
+=====
+
+This document is designed to provide a list of the minimum levels of
+software necessary to run the 2.6 kernels, as well as provide brief
+instructions regarding any other "Gotchas" users may encounter when
+trying life on the Bleeding Edge. If upgrading from a pre-2.4.x
+kernel, please consult the Changes file included with 2.4.x kernels for
+additional information; most of that information will not be repeated
+here. Basically, this document assumes that your system is already
+functional and running at least 2.4.x kernels.
+
+This document is originally based on my "Changes" file for 2.0.x kernels
+and therefore owes credit to the same people as that file (Jared Mauch,
+Axel Boldt, Alessandro Sigala, and countless other users all over the
+'net).
+
+Current Minimal Requirements
+============================
+
+Upgrade to at *least* these software revisions before thinking you've
+encountered a bug! If you're unsure what version you're currently
+running, the suggested command should tell you.
+
+Again, keep in mind that this list assumes you are already
+functionally running a Linux 2.4 kernel. Also, not all tools are
+necessary on all systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN
+hardware, for example, you probably needn't concern yourself with
+isdn4k-utils.
+
+o Gnu C 3.2 # gcc --version
+o Gnu make 3.80 # make --version
+o binutils 2.12 # ld -v
+o util-linux 2.10o # fdformat --version
+o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V
+o e2fsprogs 1.41.4 # e2fsck -V
+o jfsutils 1.1.3 # fsck.jfs -V
+o reiserfsprogs 3.6.3 # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs
+o xfsprogs 2.6.0 # xfs_db -V
+o squashfs-tools 4.0 # mksquashfs -version
+o btrfs-progs 0.18 # btrfsck
+o pcmciautils 004 # pccardctl -V
+o quota-tools 3.09 # quota -V
+o PPP 2.4.0 # pppd --version
+o isdn4k-utils 3.1pre1 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version
+o nfs-utils 1.0.5 # showmount --version
+o procps 3.2.0 # ps --version
+o oprofile 0.9 # oprofiled --version
+o udev 081 # udevinfo -V
+o grub 0.93 # grub --version
+o mcelog 0.6
+o iptables 1.4.2 # iptables -V
+
+
+Kernel compilation
+==================
+
+GCC
+---
+
+The gcc version requirements may vary depending on the type of CPU in your
+computer.
+
+Make
+----
+
+You will need Gnu make 3.80 or later to build the kernel.
+
+Binutils
+--------
+
+Linux on IA-32 has recently switched from using as86 to using gas for
+assembling the 16-bit boot code, removing the need for as86 to compile
+your kernel. This change does, however, mean that you need a recent
+release of binutils.
+
+Perl
+----
+
+You will need perl 5 and the following modules: Getopt::Long, Getopt::Std,
+File::Basename, and File::Find to build the kernel.
+
+
+System utilities
+================
+
+Architectural changes
+---------------------
+
+DevFS has been obsoleted in favour of udev
+(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/)
+
+32-bit UID support is now in place. Have fun!
+
+Linux documentation for functions is transitioning to inline
+documentation via specially-formatted comments near their
+definitions in the source. These comments can be combined with the
+SGML templates in the Documentation/DocBook directory to make DocBook
+files, which can then be converted by DocBook stylesheets to PostScript,
+HTML, PDF files, and several other formats. In order to convert from
+DocBook format to a format of your choice, you'll need to install Jade as
+well as the desired DocBook stylesheets.
+
+Util-linux
+----------
+
+New versions of util-linux provide *fdisk support for larger disks,
+support new options to mount, recognize more supported partition
+types, have a fdformat which works with 2.4 kernels, and similar goodies.
+You'll probably want to upgrade.
+
+Ksymoops
+--------
+
+If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you may need the
+ksymoops tool to decode it, but in most cases you don't.
+In the 2.6 kernel it is generally preferred to build the kernel with
+CONFIG_KALLSYMS so that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is
+(this also produces better output than ksymoops).
+If for some reason your kernel is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and
+you have no way to rebuild and reproduce the Oops with that option, then
+you can still decode that Oops with ksymoops.
+
+Module-Init-Tools
+-----------------
+
+A new module loader is now in the kernel that requires module-init-tools
+to use. It is backward compatible with the 2.4.x series kernels.
+
+Mkinitrd
+--------
+
+These changes to the /lib/modules file tree layout also require that
+mkinitrd be upgraded.
+
+E2fsprogs
+---------
+
+The latest version of e2fsprogs fixes several bugs in fsck and
+debugfs. Obviously, it's a good idea to upgrade.
+
+JFSutils
+--------
+
+The jfsutils package contains the utilities for the file system.
+The following utilities are available:
+o fsck.jfs - initiate replay of the transaction log, and check
+ and repair a JFS formatted partition.
+o mkfs.jfs - create a JFS formatted partition.
+o other file system utilities are also available in this package.
+
+Reiserfsprogs
+-------------
+
+The reiserfsprogs package should be used for reiserfs-3.6.x
+(Linux kernels 2.4.x). It is a combined package and contains working
+versions of mkreiserfs, resize_reiserfs, debugreiserfs and
+reiserfsck. These utils work on both i386 and alpha platforms.
+
+Xfsprogs
+--------
+
+The latest version of xfsprogs contains mkfs.xfs, xfs_db, and the
+xfs_repair utilities, among others, for the XFS filesystem. It is
+architecture independent and any version from 2.0.0 onward should
+work correctly with this version of the XFS kernel code (2.6.0 or
+later is recommended, due to some significant improvements).
+
+PCMCIAutils
+-----------
+
+PCMCIAutils replaces pcmcia-cs (see below). It properly sets up
+PCMCIA sockets at system startup and loads the appropriate modules
+for 16-bit PCMCIA devices if the kernel is modularized and the hotplug
+subsystem is used.
+
+Pcmcia-cs
+---------
+
+PCMCIA (PC Card) support is now partially implemented in the main
+kernel source. The "pcmciautils" package (see above) replaces pcmcia-cs
+for newest kernels.
+
+Quota-tools
+-----------
+
+Support for 32 bit uid's and gid's is required if you want to use
+the newer version 2 quota format. Quota-tools version 3.07 and
+newer has this support. Use the recommended version or newer
+from the table above.
+
+Intel IA32 microcode
+--------------------
+
+A driver has been added to allow updating of Intel IA32 microcode,
+accessible as a normal (misc) character device. If you are not using
+udev you may need to:
+
+mkdir /dev/cpu
+mknod /dev/cpu/microcode c 10 184
+chmod 0644 /dev/cpu/microcode
+
+as root before you can use this. You'll probably also want to
+get the user-space microcode_ctl utility to use with this.
+
+Powertweak
+----------
+
+If you are running v0.1.17 or earlier, you should upgrade to
+version v0.99.0 or higher. Running old versions may cause problems
+with programs using shared memory.
+
+udev
+----
+udev is a userspace application for populating /dev dynamically with
+only entries for devices actually present. udev replaces the basic
+functionality of devfs, while allowing persistent device naming for
+devices.
+
+FUSE
+----
+
+Needs libfuse 2.4.0 or later. Absolute minimum is 2.3.0 but mount
+options 'direct_io' and 'kernel_cache' won't work.
+
+Networking
+==========
+
+General changes
+---------------
+
+If you have advanced network configuration needs, you should probably
+consider using the network tools from ip-route2.
+
+Packet Filter / NAT
+-------------------
+The packet filtering and NAT code uses the same tools like the previous 2.4.x
+kernel series (iptables). It still includes backwards-compatibility modules
+for 2.2.x-style ipchains and 2.0.x-style ipfwadm.
+
+PPP
+---
+
+The PPP driver has been restructured to support multilink and to
+enable it to operate over diverse media layers. If you use PPP,
+upgrade pppd to at least 2.4.0.
+
+If you are not using udev, you must have the device file /dev/ppp
+which can be made by:
+
+mknod /dev/ppp c 108 0
+
+as root.
+
+Isdn4k-utils
+------------
+
+Due to changes in the length of the phone number field, isdn4k-utils
+needs to be recompiled or (preferably) upgraded.
+
+NFS-utils
+---------
+
+In 2.4 and earlier kernels, the nfs server needed to know about any
+client that expected to be able to access files via NFS. This
+information would be given to the kernel by "mountd" when the client
+mounted the filesystem, or by "exportfs" at system startup. exportfs
+would take information about active clients from /var/lib/nfs/rmtab.
+
+This approach is quite fragile as it depends on rmtab being correct
+which is not always easy, particularly when trying to implement
+fail-over. Even when the system is working well, rmtab suffers from
+getting lots of old entries that never get removed.
+
+With 2.6 we have the option of having the kernel tell mountd when it
+gets a request from an unknown host, and mountd can give appropriate
+export information to the kernel. This removes the dependency on
+rmtab and means that the kernel only needs to know about currently
+active clients.
+
+To enable this new functionality, you need to:
+
+ mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfsd
+
+before running exportfs or mountd. It is recommended that all NFS
+services be protected from the internet-at-large by a firewall where
+that is possible.
+
+mcelog
+------
+
+In Linux 2.6.31+ the i386 kernel needs to run the mcelog utility
+as a regular cronjob similar to the x86-64 kernel to process and log
+machine check events when CONFIG_X86_NEW_MCE is enabled. Machine check
+events are errors reported by the CPU. Processing them is strongly encouraged.
+All x86-64 kernels since 2.6.4 require the mcelog utility to
+process machine checks.
+
+Getting updated software
+========================
+
+Kernel compilation
+******************
+
+gcc
+---
+o <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/>
+
+Make
+----
+o <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/>
+
+Binutils
+--------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/devel/binutils/>
+
+System utilities
+****************
+
+Util-linux
+----------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>
+
+Ksymoops
+--------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/ksymoops/v2.4/>
+
+Module-Init-Tools
+-----------------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/modules/>
+
+Mkinitrd
+--------
+o <https://code.launchpad.net/initrd-tools/main>
+
+E2fsprogs
+---------
+o <http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/e2fsprogs/e2fsprogs-1.29.tar.gz>
+
+JFSutils
+--------
+o <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
+
+Reiserfsprogs
+-------------
+o <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/reiserfs/>
+
+Xfsprogs
+--------
+o <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/>
+
+Pcmciautils
+-----------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/pcmcia/>
+
+Pcmcia-cs
+---------
+o <http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/>
+
+Quota-tools
+----------
+o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota/>
+
+DocBook Stylesheets
+-------------------
+o <http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl/>
+
+XMLTO XSLT Frontend
+-------------------
+o <http://cyberelk.net/tim/xmlto/>
+
+Intel P6 microcode
+------------------
+o <http://www.urbanmyth.org/microcode/>
+
+Powertweak
+----------
+o <http://powertweak.sourceforge.net/>
+
+udev
+----
+o <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/udev.html>
+
+FUSE
+----
+o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fuse>
+
+mcelog
+------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/>
+
+Networking
+**********
+
+PPP
+---
+o <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/>
+
+Isdn4k-utils
+------------
+o <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/>
+
+NFS-utils
+---------
+o <http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=14>
+
+Iptables
+--------
+o <http://www.iptables.org/downloads.html>
+
+Ip-route2
+---------
+o <ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/net/ip-routing/iproute2-2.2.4-now-ss991023.tar.gz>
+
+OProfile
+--------
+o <http://oprofile.sf.net/download/>
+
+NFS-Utils
+---------
+o <http://nfs.sourceforge.net/>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb3723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+
+ Linux kernel coding style
+
+This is a short document describing the preferred coding style for the
+linux kernel. Coding style is very personal, and I won't _force_ my
+views on anybody, but this is what goes for anything that I have to be
+able to maintain, and I'd prefer it for most other things too. Please
+at least consider the points made here.
+
+First off, I'd suggest printing out a copy of the GNU coding standards,
+and NOT read it. Burn them, it's a great symbolic gesture.
+
+Anyway, here goes:
+
+
+ Chapter 1: Indentation
+
+Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters.
+There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!)
+characters deep, and that is akin to trying to define the value of PI to
+be 3.
+
+Rationale: The whole idea behind indentation is to clearly define where
+a block of control starts and ends. Especially when you've been looking
+at your screen for 20 straight hours, you'll find it a lot easier to see
+how the indentation works if you have large indentations.
+
+Now, some people will claim that having 8-character indentations makes
+the code move too far to the right, and makes it hard to read on a
+80-character terminal screen. The answer to that is that if you need
+more than 3 levels of indentation, you're screwed anyway, and should fix
+your program.
+
+In short, 8-char indents make things easier to read, and have the added
+benefit of warning you when you're nesting your functions too deep.
+Heed that warning.
+
+The preferred way to ease multiple indentation levels in a switch statement is
+to align the "switch" and its subordinate "case" labels in the same column
+instead of "double-indenting" the "case" labels. E.g.:
+
+ switch (suffix) {
+ case 'G':
+ case 'g':
+ mem <<= 30;
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ case 'm':
+ mem <<= 20;
+ break;
+ case 'K':
+ case 'k':
+ mem <<= 10;
+ /* fall through */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have
+something to hide:
+
+ if (condition) do_this;
+ do_something_everytime;
+
+Don't put multiple assignments on a single line either. Kernel coding style
+is super simple. Avoid tricky expressions.
+
+Outside of comments, documentation and except in Kconfig, spaces are never
+used for indentation, and the above example is deliberately broken.
+
+Get a decent editor and don't leave whitespace at the end of lines.
+
+
+ Chapter 2: Breaking long lines and strings
+
+Coding style is all about readability and maintainability using commonly
+available tools.
+
+The limit on the length of lines is 80 columns and this is a strongly
+preferred limit.
+
+Statements longer than 80 columns will be broken into sensible chunks.
+Descendants are always substantially shorter than the parent and are placed
+substantially to the right. The same applies to function headers with a long
+argument list. Long strings are as well broken into shorter strings. The
+only exception to this is where exceeding 80 columns significantly increases
+readability and does not hide information.
+
+void fun(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+ if (condition)
+ printk(KERN_WARNING "Warning this is a long printk with "
+ "3 parameters a: %u b: %u "
+ "c: %u \n", a, b, c);
+ else
+ next_statement;
+}
+
+ Chapter 3: Placing Braces and Spaces
+
+The other issue that always comes up in C styling is the placement of
+braces. Unlike the indent size, there are few technical reasons to
+choose one placement strategy over the other, but the preferred way, as
+shown to us by the prophets Kernighan and Ritchie, is to put the opening
+brace last on the line, and put the closing brace first, thusly:
+
+ if (x is true) {
+ we do y
+ }
+
+This applies to all non-function statement blocks (if, switch, for,
+while, do). E.g.:
+
+ switch (action) {
+ case KOBJ_ADD:
+ return "add";
+ case KOBJ_REMOVE:
+ return "remove";
+ case KOBJ_CHANGE:
+ return "change";
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+However, there is one special case, namely functions: they have the
+opening brace at the beginning of the next line, thus:
+
+ int function(int x)
+ {
+ body of function
+ }
+
+Heretic people all over the world have claimed that this inconsistency
+is ... well ... inconsistent, but all right-thinking people know that
+(a) K&R are _right_ and (b) K&R are right. Besides, functions are
+special anyway (you can't nest them in C).
+
+Note that the closing brace is empty on a line of its own, _except_ in
+the cases where it is followed by a continuation of the same statement,
+ie a "while" in a do-statement or an "else" in an if-statement, like
+this:
+
+ do {
+ body of do-loop
+ } while (condition);
+
+and
+
+ if (x == y) {
+ ..
+ } else if (x > y) {
+ ...
+ } else {
+ ....
+ }
+
+Rationale: K&R.
+
+Also, note that this brace-placement also minimizes the number of empty
+(or almost empty) lines, without any loss of readability. Thus, as the
+supply of new-lines on your screen is not a renewable resource (think
+25-line terminal screens here), you have more empty lines to put
+comments on.
+
+Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do.
+
+if (condition)
+ action();
+
+This does not apply if one branch of a conditional statement is a single
+statement. Use braces in both branches.
+
+if (condition) {
+ do_this();
+ do_that();
+} else {
+ otherwise();
+}
+
+ 3.1: Spaces
+
+Linux kernel style for use of spaces depends (mostly) on
+function-versus-keyword usage. Use a space after (most) keywords. The
+notable exceptions are sizeof, typeof, alignof, and __attribute__, which look
+somewhat like functions (and are usually used with parentheses in Linux,
+although they are not required in the language, as in: "sizeof info" after
+"struct fileinfo info;" is declared).
+
+So use a space after these keywords:
+ if, switch, case, for, do, while
+but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__. E.g.,
+ s = sizeof(struct file);
+
+Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions. This example is
+*bad*:
+
+ s = sizeof( struct file );
+
+When declaring pointer data or a function that returns a pointer type, the
+preferred use of '*' is adjacent to the data name or function name and not
+adjacent to the type name. Examples:
+
+ char *linux_banner;
+ unsigned long long memparse(char *ptr, char **retptr);
+ char *match_strdup(substring_t *s);
+
+Use one space around (on each side of) most binary and ternary operators,
+such as any of these:
+
+ = + - < > * / % | & ^ <= >= == != ? :
+
+but no space after unary operators:
+ & * + - ~ ! sizeof typeof alignof __attribute__ defined
+
+no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators:
+ ++ --
+
+no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators:
+ ++ --
+
+and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators.
+
+Do not leave trailing whitespace at the ends of lines. Some editors with
+"smart" indentation will insert whitespace at the beginning of new lines as
+appropriate, so you can start typing the next line of code right away.
+However, some such editors do not remove the whitespace if you end up not
+putting a line of code there, such as if you leave a blank line. As a result,
+you end up with lines containing trailing whitespace.
+
+Git will warn you about patches that introduce trailing whitespace, and can
+optionally strip the trailing whitespace for you; however, if applying a series
+of patches, this may make later patches in the series fail by changing their
+context lines.
+
+
+ Chapter 4: Naming
+
+C is a Spartan language, and so should your naming be. Unlike Modula-2
+and Pascal programmers, C programmers do not use cute names like
+ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter. A C programmer would call that
+variable "tmp", which is much easier to write, and not the least more
+difficult to understand.
+
+HOWEVER, while mixed-case names are frowned upon, descriptive names for
+global variables are a must. To call a global function "foo" is a
+shooting offense.
+
+GLOBAL variables (to be used only if you _really_ need them) need to
+have descriptive names, as do global functions. If you have a function
+that counts the number of active users, you should call that
+"count_active_users()" or similar, you should _not_ call it "cntusr()".
+
+Encoding the type of a function into the name (so-called Hungarian
+notation) is brain damaged - the compiler knows the types anyway and can
+check those, and it only confuses the programmer. No wonder MicroSoft
+makes buggy programs.
+
+LOCAL variable names should be short, and to the point. If you have
+some random integer loop counter, it should probably be called "i".
+Calling it "loop_counter" is non-productive, if there is no chance of it
+being mis-understood. Similarly, "tmp" can be just about any type of
+variable that is used to hold a temporary value.
+
+If you are afraid to mix up your local variable names, you have another
+problem, which is called the function-growth-hormone-imbalance syndrome.
+See chapter 6 (Functions).
+
+
+ Chapter 5: Typedefs
+
+Please don't use things like "vps_t".
+
+It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a
+
+ vps_t a;
+
+in the source, what does it mean?
+
+In contrast, if it says
+
+ struct virtual_container *a;
+
+you can actually tell what "a" is.
+
+Lots of people think that typedefs "help readability". Not so. They are
+useful only for:
+
+ (a) totally opaque objects (where the typedef is actively used to _hide_
+ what the object is).
+
+ Example: "pte_t" etc. opaque objects that you can only access using
+ the proper accessor functions.
+
+ NOTE! Opaqueness and "accessor functions" are not good in themselves.
+ The reason we have them for things like pte_t etc. is that there
+ really is absolutely _zero_ portably accessible information there.
+
+ (b) Clear integer types, where the abstraction _helps_ avoid confusion
+ whether it is "int" or "long".
+
+ u8/u16/u32 are perfectly fine typedefs, although they fit into
+ category (d) better than here.
+
+ NOTE! Again - there needs to be a _reason_ for this. If something is
+ "unsigned long", then there's no reason to do
+
+ typedef unsigned long myflags_t;
+
+ but if there is a clear reason for why it under certain circumstances
+ might be an "unsigned int" and under other configurations might be
+ "unsigned long", then by all means go ahead and use a typedef.
+
+ (c) when you use sparse to literally create a _new_ type for
+ type-checking.
+
+ (d) New types which are identical to standard C99 types, in certain
+ exceptional circumstances.
+
+ Although it would only take a short amount of time for the eyes and
+ brain to become accustomed to the standard types like 'uint32_t',
+ some people object to their use anyway.
+
+ Therefore, the Linux-specific 'u8/u16/u32/u64' types and their
+ signed equivalents which are identical to standard types are
+ permitted -- although they are not mandatory in new code of your
+ own.
+
+ When editing existing code which already uses one or the other set
+ of types, you should conform to the existing choices in that code.
+
+ (e) Types safe for use in userspace.
+
+ In certain structures which are visible to userspace, we cannot
+ require C99 types and cannot use the 'u32' form above. Thus, we
+ use __u32 and similar types in all structures which are shared
+ with userspace.
+
+Maybe there are other cases too, but the rule should basically be to NEVER
+EVER use a typedef unless you can clearly match one of those rules.
+
+In general, a pointer, or a struct that has elements that can reasonably
+be directly accessed should _never_ be a typedef.
+
+
+ Chapter 6: Functions
+
+Functions should be short and sweet, and do just one thing. They should
+fit on one or two screenfuls of text (the ISO/ANSI screen size is 80x24,
+as we all know), and do one thing and do that well.
+
+The maximum length of a function is inversely proportional to the
+complexity and indentation level of that function. So, if you have a
+conceptually simple function that is just one long (but simple)
+case-statement, where you have to do lots of small things for a lot of
+different cases, it's OK to have a longer function.
+
+However, if you have a complex function, and you suspect that a
+less-than-gifted first-year high-school student might not even
+understand what the function is all about, you should adhere to the
+maximum limits all the more closely. Use helper functions with
+descriptive names (you can ask the compiler to in-line them if you think
+it's performance-critical, and it will probably do a better job of it
+than you would have done).
+
+Another measure of the function is the number of local variables. They
+shouldn't exceed 5-10, or you're doing something wrong. Re-think the
+function, and split it into smaller pieces. A human brain can
+generally easily keep track of about 7 different things, anything more
+and it gets confused. You know you're brilliant, but maybe you'd like
+to understand what you did 2 weeks from now.
+
+In source files, separate functions with one blank line. If the function is
+exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing
+function brace line. E.g.:
+
+int system_is_up(void)
+{
+ return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
+}
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
+
+In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types.
+Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux
+because it is a simple way to add valuable information for the reader.
+
+
+ Chapter 7: Centralized exiting of functions
+
+Albeit deprecated by some people, the equivalent of the goto statement is
+used frequently by compilers in form of the unconditional jump instruction.
+
+The goto statement comes in handy when a function exits from multiple
+locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done.
+
+The rationale is:
+
+- unconditional statements are easier to understand and follow
+- nesting is reduced
+- errors by not updating individual exit points when making
+ modifications are prevented
+- saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;)
+
+int fun(int a)
+{
+ int result = 0;
+ char *buffer = kmalloc(SIZE);
+
+ if (buffer == NULL)
+ return -ENOMEM;
+
+ if (condition1) {
+ while (loop1) {
+ ...
+ }
+ result = 1;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ ...
+out:
+ kfree(buffer);
+ return result;
+}
+
+ Chapter 8: Commenting
+
+Comments are good, but there is also a danger of over-commenting. NEVER
+try to explain HOW your code works in a comment: it's much better to
+write the code so that the _working_ is obvious, and it's a waste of
+time to explain badly written code.
+
+Generally, you want your comments to tell WHAT your code does, not HOW.
+Also, try to avoid putting comments inside a function body: if the
+function is so complex that you need to separately comment parts of it,
+you should probably go back to chapter 6 for a while. You can make
+small comments to note or warn about something particularly clever (or
+ugly), but try to avoid excess. Instead, put the comments at the head
+of the function, telling people what it does, and possibly WHY it does
+it.
+
+When commenting the kernel API functions, please use the kernel-doc format.
+See the files Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt and scripts/kernel-doc
+for details.
+
+Linux style for comments is the C89 "/* ... */" style.
+Don't use C99-style "// ..." comments.
+
+The preferred style for long (multi-line) comments is:
+
+ /*
+ * This is the preferred style for multi-line
+ * comments in the Linux kernel source code.
+ * Please use it consistently.
+ *
+ * Description: A column of asterisks on the left side,
+ * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines.
+ */
+
+It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived
+types. To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for
+multiple data declarations). This leaves you room for a small comment on each
+item, explaining its use.
+
+
+ Chapter 9: You've made a mess of it
+
+That's OK, we all do. You've probably been told by your long-time Unix
+user helper that "GNU emacs" automatically formats the C sources for
+you, and you've noticed that yes, it does do that, but the defaults it
+uses are less than desirable (in fact, they are worse than random
+typing - an infinite number of monkeys typing into GNU emacs would never
+make a good program).
+
+So, you can either get rid of GNU emacs, or change it to use saner
+values. To do the latter, you can stick the following in your .emacs file:
+
+(defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored)
+ "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces"
+ (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element))
+ (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
+ (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
+ (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
+ (* (max steps 1)
+ c-basic-offset)))
+
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ ;; Add kernel style
+ (c-add-style
+ "linux-tabs-only"
+ '("linux" (c-offsets-alist
+ (arglist-cont-nonempty
+ c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
+ c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only))))))
+
+(add-hook 'c-mode-hook
+ (lambda ()
+ (let ((filename (buffer-file-name)))
+ ;; Enable kernel mode for the appropriate files
+ (when (and filename
+ (string-match (expand-file-name "~/src/linux-trees")
+ filename))
+ (setq indent-tabs-mode t)
+ (c-set-style "linux-tabs-only")))))
+
+This will make emacs go better with the kernel coding style for C
+files below ~/src/linux-trees.
+
+But even if you fail in getting emacs to do sane formatting, not
+everything is lost: use "indent".
+
+Now, again, GNU indent has the same brain-dead settings that GNU emacs
+has, which is why you need to give it a few command line options.
+However, that's not too bad, because even the makers of GNU indent
+recognize the authority of K&R (the GNU people aren't evil, they are
+just severely misguided in this matter), so you just give indent the
+options "-kr -i8" (stands for "K&R, 8 character indents"), or use
+"scripts/Lindent", which indents in the latest style.
+
+"indent" has a lot of options, and especially when it comes to comment
+re-formatting you may want to take a look at the man page. But
+remember: "indent" is not a fix for bad programming.
+
+
+ Chapter 10: Kconfig configuration files
+
+For all of the Kconfig* configuration files throughout the source tree,
+the indentation is somewhat different. Lines under a "config" definition
+are indented with one tab, while help text is indented an additional two
+spaces. Example:
+
+config AUDIT
+ bool "Auditing support"
+ depends on NET
+ help
+ Enable auditing infrastructure that can be used with another
+ kernel subsystem, such as SELinux (which requires this for
+ logging of avc messages output). Does not do system-call
+ auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
+
+Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as
+dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL":
+
+config SLUB
+ depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
+ bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
+ ...
+
+while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
+filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string:
+
+config ADFS_FS_RW
+ bool "ADFS write support (DANGEROUS)"
+ depends on ADFS_FS
+ ...
+
+For full documentation on the configuration files, see the file
+Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt.
+
+
+ Chapter 11: Data structures
+
+Data structures that have visibility outside the single-threaded
+environment they are created and destroyed in should always have
+reference counts. In the kernel, garbage collection doesn't exist (and
+outside the kernel garbage collection is slow and inefficient), which
+means that you absolutely _have_ to reference count all your uses.
+
+Reference counting means that you can avoid locking, and allows multiple
+users to have access to the data structure in parallel - and not having
+to worry about the structure suddenly going away from under them just
+because they slept or did something else for a while.
+
+Note that locking is _not_ a replacement for reference counting.
+Locking is used to keep data structures coherent, while reference
+counting is a memory management technique. Usually both are needed, and
+they are not to be confused with each other.
+
+Many data structures can indeed have two levels of reference counting,
+when there are users of different "classes". The subclass count counts
+the number of subclass users, and decrements the global count just once
+when the subclass count goes to zero.
+
+Examples of this kind of "multi-level-reference-counting" can be found in
+memory management ("struct mm_struct": mm_users and mm_count), and in
+filesystem code ("struct super_block": s_count and s_active).
+
+Remember: if another thread can find your data structure, and you don't
+have a reference count on it, you almost certainly have a bug.
+
+
+ Chapter 12: Macros, Enums and RTL
+
+Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized.
+
+#define CONSTANT 0x12345
+
+Enums are preferred when defining several related constants.
+
+CAPITALIZED macro names are appreciated but macros resembling functions
+may be named in lower case.
+
+Generally, inline functions are preferable to macros resembling functions.
+
+Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block:
+
+#define macrofun(a, b, c) \
+ do { \
+ if (a == 5) \
+ do_this(b, c); \
+ } while (0)
+
+Things to avoid when using macros:
+
+1) macros that affect control flow:
+
+#define FOO(x) \
+ do { \
+ if (blah(x) < 0) \
+ return -EBUGGERED; \
+ } while(0)
+
+is a _very_ bad idea. It looks like a function call but exits the "calling"
+function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code.
+
+2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name:
+
+#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
+
+might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the
+code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes.
+
+3) macros with arguments that are used as l-values: FOO(x) = y; will
+bite you if somebody e.g. turns FOO into an inline function.
+
+4) forgetting about precedence: macros defining constants using expressions
+must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with
+macros using parameters.
+
+#define CONSTANT 0x4000
+#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+
+The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also
+covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel.
+
+
+ Chapter 13: Printing kernel messages
+
+Kernel developers like to be seen as literate. Do mind the spelling
+of kernel messages to make a good impression. Do not use crippled
+words like "dont"; use "do not" or "don't" instead. Make the messages
+concise, clear, and unambiguous.
+
+Kernel messages do not have to be terminated with a period.
+
+Printing numbers in parentheses (%d) adds no value and should be avoided.
+
+There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in <linux/device.h>
+which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device
+and driver, and are tagged with the right level: dev_err(), dev_warn(),
+dev_info(), and so forth. For messages that aren't associated with a
+particular device, <linux/kernel.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info().
+
+Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once
+you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting. Such
+messages should be compiled out when the DEBUG symbol is not defined (that
+is, by default they are not included). When you use dev_dbg() or pr_debug(),
+that's automatic. Many subsystems have Kconfig options to turn on -DDEBUG.
+A related convention uses VERBOSE_DEBUG to add dev_vdbg() messages to the
+ones already enabled by DEBUG.
+
+
+ Chapter 14: Allocating memory
+
+The kernel provides the following general purpose memory allocators:
+kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kcalloc(), and vmalloc(). Please refer to the API
+documentation for further information about them.
+
+The preferred form for passing a size of a struct is the following:
+
+ p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), ...);
+
+The alternative form where struct name is spelled out hurts readability and
+introduces an opportunity for a bug when the pointer variable type is changed
+but the corresponding sizeof that is passed to a memory allocator is not.
+
+Casting the return value which is a void pointer is redundant. The conversion
+from void pointer to any other pointer type is guaranteed by the C programming
+language.
+
+
+ Chapter 15: The inline disease
+
+There appears to be a common misperception that gcc has a magic "make me
+faster" speedup option called "inline". While the use of inlines can be
+appropriate (for example as a means of replacing macros, see Chapter 12), it
+very often is not. Abundant use of the inline keyword leads to a much bigger
+kernel, which in turn slows the system as a whole down, due to a bigger
+icache footprint for the CPU and simply because there is less memory
+available for the pagecache. Just think about it; a pagecache miss causes a
+disk seek, which easily takes 5 milliseconds. There are a LOT of cpu cycles
+that can go into these 5 milliseconds.
+
+A reasonable rule of thumb is to not put inline at functions that have more
+than 3 lines of code in them. An exception to this rule are the cases where
+a parameter is known to be a compiletime constant, and as a result of this
+constantness you *know* the compiler will be able to optimize most of your
+function away at compile time. For a good example of this later case, see
+the kmalloc() inline function.
+
+Often people argue that adding inline to functions that are static and used
+only once is always a win since there is no space tradeoff. While this is
+technically correct, gcc is capable of inlining these automatically without
+help, and the maintenance issue of removing the inline when a second user
+appears outweighs the potential value of the hint that tells gcc to do
+something it would have done anyway.
+
+
+ Chapter 16: Function return values and names
+
+Functions can return values of many different kinds, and one of the
+most common is a value indicating whether the function succeeded or
+failed. Such a value can be represented as an error-code integer
+(-Exxx = failure, 0 = success) or a "succeeded" boolean (0 = failure,
+non-zero = success).
+
+Mixing up these two sorts of representations is a fertile source of
+difficult-to-find bugs. If the C language included a strong distinction
+between integers and booleans then the compiler would find these mistakes
+for us... but it doesn't. To help prevent such bugs, always follow this
+convention:
+
+ If the name of a function is an action or an imperative command,
+ the function should return an error-code integer. If the name
+ is a predicate, the function should return a "succeeded" boolean.
+
+For example, "add work" is a command, and the add_work() function returns 0
+for success or -EBUSY for failure. In the same way, "PCI device present" is
+a predicate, and the pci_dev_present() function returns 1 if it succeeds in
+finding a matching device or 0 if it doesn't.
+
+All EXPORTed functions must respect this convention, and so should all
+public functions. Private (static) functions need not, but it is
+recommended that they do.
+
+Functions whose return value is the actual result of a computation, rather
+than an indication of whether the computation succeeded, are not subject to
+this rule. Generally they indicate failure by returning some out-of-range
+result. Typical examples would be functions that return pointers; they use
+NULL or the ERR_PTR mechanism to report failure.
+
+
+ Chapter 17: Don't re-invent the kernel macros
+
+The header file include/linux/kernel.h contains a number of macros that
+you should use, rather than explicitly coding some variant of them yourself.
+For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage
+of the macro
+
+ #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+
+Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use
+
+ #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
+
+There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you
+need them. Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already
+defined that you shouldn't reproduce in your code.
+
+
+ Chapter 18: Editor modelines and other cruft
+
+Some editors can interpret configuration information embedded in source files,
+indicated with special markers. For example, emacs interprets lines marked
+like this:
+
+-*- mode: c -*-
+
+Or like this:
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
+End:
+*/
+
+Vim interprets markers that look like this:
+
+/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
+
+Do not include any of these in source files. People have their own personal
+editor configurations, and your source files should not override them. This
+includes markers for indentation and mode configuration. People may use their
+own custom mode, or may have some other magic method for making indentation
+work correctly.
+
+
+
+ Appendix I: References
+
+The C Programming Language, Second Edition
+by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie.
+Prentice Hall, Inc., 1988.
+ISBN 0-13-110362-8 (paperback), 0-13-110370-9 (hardback).
+URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cbook/
+
+The Practice of Programming
+by Brian W. Kernighan and Rob Pike.
+Addison-Wesley, Inc., 1999.
+ISBN 0-201-61586-X.
+URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/tpop/
+
+GNU manuals - where in compliance with K&R and this text - for cpp, gcc,
+gcc internals and indent, all available from http://www.gnu.org/manual/
+
+WG14 is the international standardization working group for the programming
+language C, URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/
+
+Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002:
+http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/
+
+--
+Last updated on 2007-July-13.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d568bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+ Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
+ =========================
+
+ David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
+ Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com>
+ Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>
+
+This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API
+with example pseudo-code. For a concise description of the API, see
+DMA-API.txt.
+
+Most of the 64bit platforms have special hardware that translates bus
+addresses (DMA addresses) into physical addresses. This is similar to
+how page tables and/or a TLB translates virtual addresses to physical
+addresses on a CPU. This is needed so that e.g. PCI devices can
+access with a Single Address Cycle (32bit DMA address) any page in the
+64bit physical address space. Previously in Linux those 64bit
+platforms had to set artificial limits on the maximum RAM size in the
+system, so that the virt_to_bus() static scheme works (the DMA address
+translation tables were simply filled on bootup to map each bus
+address to the physical page __pa(bus_to_virt())).
+
+So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the
+drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be
+mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA
+transfer.
+
+The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such
+hardware exists.
+
+Note that the DMA API works with any bus independent of the underlying
+microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than
+the bus specific DMA API (e.g. pci_dma_*).
+
+First of all, you should make sure
+
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+is in your driver. This file will obtain for you the definition of the
+dma_addr_t (which can hold any valid DMA address for the platform)
+type which should be used everywhere you hold a DMA (bus) address
+returned from the DMA mapping functions.
+
+ What memory is DMA'able?
+
+The first piece of information you must know is what kernel memory can
+be used with the DMA mapping facilities. There has been an unwritten
+set of rules regarding this, and this text is an attempt to finally
+write them down.
+
+If you acquired your memory via the page allocator
+(i.e. __get_free_page*()) or the generic memory allocators
+(i.e. kmalloc() or kmem_cache_alloc()) then you may DMA to/from
+that memory using the addresses returned from those routines.
+
+This means specifically that you may _not_ use the memory/addresses
+returned from vmalloc() for DMA. It is possible to DMA to the
+_underlying_ memory mapped into a vmalloc() area, but this requires
+walking page tables to get the physical addresses, and then
+translating each of those pages back to a kernel address using
+something like __va(). [ EDIT: Update this when we integrate
+Gerd Knorr's generic code which does this. ]
+
+This rule also means that you may use neither kernel image addresses
+(items in data/text/bss segments), nor module image addresses, nor
+stack addresses for DMA. These could all be mapped somewhere entirely
+different than the rest of physical memory. Even if those classes of
+memory could physically work with DMA, you'd need to ensure the I/O
+buffers were cacheline-aligned. Without that, you'd see cacheline
+sharing problems (data corruption) on CPUs with DMA-incoherent caches.
+(The CPU could write to one word, DMA would write to a different one
+in the same cache line, and one of them could be overwritten.)
+
+Also, this means that you cannot take the return of a kmap()
+call and DMA to/from that. This is similar to vmalloc().
+
+What about block I/O and networking buffers? The block I/O and
+networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid
+for you to DMA from/to.
+
+ DMA addressing limitations
+
+Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations? For example, is
+your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address?
+If so, you need to inform the kernel of this fact.
+
+By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full
+32-bits. For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased.
+And for a device with limitations, as discussed in the previous
+paragraph, it needs to be decreased.
+
+Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to
+support 64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions. And at least
+one platform (SGI SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to
+operate correctly when the IO bus is in PCI-X mode.
+
+For correct operation, you must interrogate the kernel in your device
+probe routine to see if the DMA controller on the machine can properly
+support the DMA addressing limitation your device has. It is good
+style to do this even if your device holds the default setting,
+because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your
+device.
+
+The query is performed via a call to dma_set_mask():
+
+ int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
+
+The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call to
+dma_set_coherent_mask():
+
+ int dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
+
+Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask
+is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device
+supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on
+the machine given the address mask you provided. In general, the
+device struct of your device is embedded in the bus specific device
+struct of your device. For example, a pointer to the device struct of
+your PCI device is pdev->dev (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device
+struct of your device).
+
+If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
+this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined
+behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA.
+
+This means that in the failure case, you have three options:
+
+1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below).
+2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible.
+3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it.
+
+It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message
+when you end up performing either #2 or #3. In this manner, if a user
+of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not
+even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out
+exactly why.
+
+The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this:
+
+ if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+ printk(KERN_WARNING
+ "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+ goto ignore_this_device;
+ }
+
+Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device. The approach here
+is to try for 64-bit addressing, but back down to a 32-bit mask that
+should not fail. The kernel may fail the 64-bit mask not because the
+platform is not capable of 64-bit addressing. Rather, it may fail in
+this case simply because 32-bit addressing is done more efficiently
+than 64-bit addressing. For example, Sparc64 PCI SAC addressing is
+more efficient than DAC addressing.
+
+Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive
+all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA:
+
+ int using_dac;
+
+ if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
+ using_dac = 1;
+ } else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+ using_dac = 0;
+ } else {
+ printk(KERN_WARNING
+ "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+ goto ignore_this_device;
+ }
+
+If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well,
+the case would look like this:
+
+ int using_dac, consistent_using_dac;
+
+ if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
+ using_dac = 1;
+ consistent_using_dac = 1;
+ dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64));
+ } else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+ using_dac = 0;
+ consistent_using_dac = 0;
+ dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32));
+ } else {
+ printk(KERN_WARNING
+ "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+ goto ignore_this_device;
+ }
+
+dma_set_coherent_mask() will always be able to set the same or a
+smaller mask as dma_set_mask(). However for the rare case that a
+device driver only uses consistent allocations, one would have to
+check the return value from dma_set_coherent_mask().
+
+Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of
+address you might do something like:
+
+ if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) {
+ printk(KERN_WARNING
+ "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n");
+ goto ignore_this_device;
+ }
+
+When dma_set_mask() is successful, and returns zero, the kernel saves
+away this mask you have provided. The kernel will use this
+information later when you make DMA mappings.
+
+There is a case which we are aware of at this time, which is worth
+mentioning in this documentation. If your device supports multiple
+functions (for example a sound card provides playback and record
+functions) and the various different functions have _different_
+DMA addressing limitations, you may wish to probe each mask and
+only provide the functionality which the machine can handle. It
+is important that the last call to dma_set_mask() be for the
+most specific mask.
+
+Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done:
+
+ #define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(32)
+ #define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS DMA_BIT_MASK(24)
+
+ struct my_sound_card *card;
+ struct device *dev;
+
+ ...
+ if (!dma_set_mask(dev, PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS)) {
+ card->playback_enabled = 1;
+ } else {
+ card->playback_enabled = 0;
+ printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+ card->name);
+ }
+ if (!dma_set_mask(dev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) {
+ card->record_enabled = 1;
+ } else {
+ card->record_enabled = 0;
+ printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+ card->name);
+ }
+
+A sound card was used as an example here because this genre of PCI
+devices seems to be littered with ISA chips given a PCI front end,
+and thus retaining the 16MB DMA addressing limitations of ISA.
+
+ Types of DMA mappings
+
+There are two types of DMA mappings:
+
+- Consistent DMA mappings which are usually mapped at driver
+ initialization, unmapped at the end and for which the hardware should
+ guarantee that the device and the CPU can access the data
+ in parallel and will see updates made by each other without any
+ explicit software flushing.
+
+ Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent".
+
+ The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32
+ bits of the bus space. However, for future compatibility you should
+ set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your
+ driver.
+
+ Good examples of what to use consistent mappings for are:
+
+ - Network card DMA ring descriptors.
+ - SCSI adapter mailbox command data structures.
+ - Device firmware microcode executed out of
+ main memory.
+
+ The invariant these examples all require is that any CPU store
+ to memory is immediately visible to the device, and vice
+ versa. Consistent mappings guarantee this.
+
+ IMPORTANT: Consistent DMA memory does not preclude the usage of
+ proper memory barriers. The CPU may reorder stores to
+ consistent memory just as it may normal memory. Example:
+ if it is important for the device to see the first word
+ of a descriptor updated before the second, you must do
+ something like:
+
+ desc->word0 = address;
+ wmb();
+ desc->word1 = DESC_VALID;
+
+ in order to get correct behavior on all platforms.
+
+ Also, on some platforms your driver may need to flush CPU write
+ buffers in much the same way as it needs to flush write buffers
+ found in PCI bridges (such as by reading a register's value
+ after writing it).
+
+- Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA
+ transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below)
+ and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses.
+
+ This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency
+ domain".
+
+ Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are:
+
+ - Networking buffers transmitted/received by a device.
+ - Filesystem buffers written/read by a SCSI device.
+
+ The interfaces for using this type of mapping were designed in
+ such a way that an implementation can make whatever performance
+ optimizations the hardware allows. To this end, when using
+ such mappings you must be explicit about what you want to happen.
+
+Neither type of DMA mapping has alignment restrictions that come from
+the underlying bus, although some devices may have such restrictions.
+Also, systems with caches that aren't DMA-coherent will work better
+when the underlying buffers don't share cache lines with other data.
+
+
+ Using Consistent DMA mappings.
+
+To allocate and map large (PAGE_SIZE or so) consistent DMA regions,
+you should do:
+
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+ cpu_addr = dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, &dma_handle, gfp);
+
+where device is a struct device *. This may be called in interrupt
+context with the GFP_ATOMIC flag.
+
+Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes.
+
+This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to
+__get_free_pages (but takes size instead of a page order). If your
+driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using
+the dma_pool interface, described below.
+
+The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL dev, will by
+default return a DMA address which is 32-bit addressable. Even if the
+device indicates (via DMA mask) that it may address the upper 32-bits,
+consistent allocation will only return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if
+the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via
+dma_set_coherent_mask(). This is true of the dma_pool interface as
+well.
+
+dma_alloc_coherent returns two values: the virtual address which you
+can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the
+card.
+
+The cpu return address and the DMA bus master address are both
+guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which
+is greater than or equal to the requested size. This invariant
+exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk
+which is smaller than or equal to 64 kilobytes, the extent of the
+buffer you receive will not cross a 64K boundary.
+
+To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call:
+
+ dma_free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
+
+where dev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and
+dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent returned to you.
+This function may not be called in interrupt context.
+
+If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write
+custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent,
+or you can use the dma_pool API to do that. A dma_pool is like
+a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent not __get_free_pages.
+Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment,
+like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries.
+
+Create a dma_pool like this:
+
+ struct dma_pool *pool;
+
+ pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, alloc);
+
+The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); dev and size
+are as above. The device's hardware alignment requirement for this
+type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a
+power of two). If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions,
+pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool
+must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to
+go for dma_alloc_coherent directly instead).
+
+Allocate memory from a dma pool like this:
+
+ cpu_addr = dma_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle);
+
+flags are SLAB_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor
+holding SMP locks), SLAB_ATOMIC otherwise. Like dma_alloc_coherent,
+this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle.
+
+Free memory that was allocated from a dma_pool like this:
+
+ dma_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
+
+where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc, and cpu_addr and
+dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc returned. This function
+may be called in interrupt context.
+
+Destroy a dma_pool by calling:
+
+ dma_pool_destroy(pool);
+
+Make sure you've called dma_pool_free for all memory allocated
+from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not
+be called in interrupt context.
+
+ DMA Direction
+
+The interfaces described in subsequent portions of this document
+take a DMA direction argument, which is an integer and takes on
+one of the following values:
+
+ DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+ DMA_TO_DEVICE
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE
+ DMA_NONE
+
+One should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it.
+
+DMA_TO_DEVICE means "from main memory to the device"
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE means "from the device to main memory"
+It is the direction in which the data moves during the DMA
+transfer.
+
+You are _strongly_ encouraged to specify this as precisely
+as you possibly can.
+
+If you absolutely cannot know the direction of the DMA transfer,
+specify DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL. It means that the DMA can go in
+either direction. The platform guarantees that you may legally
+specify this, and that it will work, but this may be at the
+cost of performance for example.
+
+The value DMA_NONE is to be used for debugging. One can
+hold this in a data structure before you come to know the
+precise direction, and this will help catch cases where your
+direction tracking logic has failed to set things up properly.
+
+Another advantage of specifying this value precisely (outside of
+potential platform-specific optimizations of such) is for debugging.
+Some platforms actually have a write permission boolean which DMA
+mappings can be marked with, much like page protections in the user
+program address space. Such platforms can and do report errors in the
+kernel logs when the DMA controller hardware detects violation of the
+permission setting.
+
+Only streaming mappings specify a direction, consistent mappings
+implicitly have a direction attribute setting of
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.
+
+The SCSI subsystem tells you the direction to use in the
+'sc_data_direction' member of the SCSI command your driver is
+working on.
+
+For Networking drivers, it's a rather simple affair. For transmit
+packets, map/unmap them with the DMA_TO_DEVICE direction
+specifier. For receive packets, just the opposite, map/unmap them
+with the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction specifier.
+
+ Using Streaming DMA mappings
+
+The streaming DMA mapping routines can be called from interrupt
+context. There are two versions of each map/unmap, one which will
+map/unmap a single memory region, and one which will map/unmap a
+scatterlist.
+
+To map a single region, you do:
+
+ struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev;
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+ void *addr = buffer->ptr;
+ size_t size = buffer->len;
+
+ dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+
+and to unmap it:
+
+ dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+You should call dma_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
+from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
+
+Using cpu pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage,
+you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way. Thus, there is a
+map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single. These
+interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of cpu pointers.
+Specifically:
+
+ struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev;
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+ struct page *page = buffer->page;
+ unsigned long offset = buffer->offset;
+ size_t size = buffer->len;
+
+ dma_handle = dma_map_page(dev, page, offset, size, direction);
+
+ ...
+
+ dma_unmap_page(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page.
+
+With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by:
+
+ int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+ struct scatterlist *sg;
+
+ for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
+ hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
+ hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
+ }
+
+where nents is the number of entries in the sglist.
+
+The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries
+into one (e.g. if DMA mapping is done with PAGE_SIZE granularity, any
+consecutive sglist entries can be merged into one provided the first one
+ends and the second one starts on a page boundary - in fact this is a huge
+advantage for cards which either cannot do scatter-gather or have very
+limited number of scatter-gather entries) and returns the actual number
+of sg entries it mapped them to. On failure 0 is returned.
+
+Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times)
+and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously
+accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above.
+
+To unmap a scatterlist, just call:
+
+ dma_unmap_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+Again, make sure DMA activity has already finished.
+
+PLEASE NOTE: The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be
+ the _same_ one you passed into the dma_map_sg call,
+ it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the
+ dma_map_sg call.
+
+Every dma_map_{single,sg} call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}
+counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource (although
+in some ports the mapping is per each BUS so less devices contend for the
+same bus address space) and you could render the machine unusable by eating
+all bus addresses.
+
+If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch
+the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced
+properly in order for the cpu and device to see the most uptodate and
+correct copy of the DMA buffer.
+
+So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}, and after each DMA
+transfer call either:
+
+ dma_sync_single_for_cpu(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+or:
+
+ dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+as appropriate.
+
+Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again,
+finish accessing the data with the cpu, and then before actually
+giving the buffer to the hardware call either:
+
+ dma_sync_single_for_device(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+or:
+
+ dma_sync_sg_for_device(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+as appropriate.
+
+After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines
+dma_unmap_{single,sg}. If you don't touch the data from the first dma_map_*
+call till dma_unmap_*, then you don't have to call the dma_sync_*
+routines at all.
+
+Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need
+to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces.
+
+ my_card_setup_receive_buffer(struct my_card *cp, char *buffer, int len)
+ {
+ dma_addr_t mapping;
+
+ mapping = dma_map_single(cp->dev, buffer, len, DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+ cp->rx_buf = buffer;
+ cp->rx_len = len;
+ cp->rx_dma = mapping;
+
+ give_rx_buf_to_card(cp);
+ }
+
+ ...
+
+ my_card_interrupt_handler(int irq, void *devid, struct pt_regs *regs)
+ {
+ struct my_card *cp = devid;
+
+ ...
+ if (read_card_status(cp) == RX_BUF_TRANSFERRED) {
+ struct my_card_header *hp;
+
+ /* Examine the header to see if we wish
+ * to accept the data. But synchronize
+ * the DMA transfer with the CPU first
+ * so that we see updated contents.
+ */
+ dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma,
+ cp->rx_len,
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+ /* Now it is safe to examine the buffer. */
+ hp = (struct my_card_header *) cp->rx_buf;
+ if (header_is_ok(hp)) {
+ dma_unmap_single(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, cp->rx_len,
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+ pass_to_upper_layers(cp->rx_buf);
+ make_and_setup_new_rx_buf(cp);
+ } else {
+ /* Just sync the buffer and give it back
+ * to the card.
+ */
+ dma_sync_single_for_device(&cp->dev,
+ cp->rx_dma,
+ cp->rx_len,
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+ give_rx_buf_to_card(cp);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus any
+longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt. Some drivers have to be changed a
+little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt in the
+dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses
+returned by the dma_alloc_coherent, dma_pool_alloc, and dma_map_single
+calls (dma_map_sg stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform
+supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or
+in the card registers.
+
+All drivers should be using these interfaces with no exceptions. It
+is planned to completely remove virt_to_bus() and bus_to_virt() as
+they are entirely deprecated. Some ports already do not provide these
+as it is impossible to correctly support them.
+
+ Handling Errors
+
+DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation
+failure can be determined by:
+
+- checking if dma_alloc_coherent returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0
+
+- checking the returned dma_addr_t of dma_map_single and dma_map_page
+ by using dma_mapping_error():
+
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+ dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+ if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) {
+ /*
+ * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+ * delay and try again later or
+ * reset driver.
+ */
+ }
+
+Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb to free the socket buffer
+and return NETDEV_TX_OK if the DMA mapping fails on the transmit hook
+(ndo_start_xmit). This means that the socket buffer is just dropped in
+the failure case.
+
+SCSI drivers must return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the DMA mapping
+fails in the queuecommand hook. This means that the SCSI subsystem
+passes the command to the driver again later.
+
+ Optimizing Unmap State Space Consumption
+
+On many platforms, dma_unmap_{single,page}() is simply a nop.
+Therefore, keeping track of the mapping address and length is a waste
+of space. Instead of filling your drivers up with ifdefs and the like
+to "work around" this (which would defeat the whole purpose of a
+portable API) the following facilities are provided.
+
+Actually, instead of describing the macros one by one, we'll
+transform some example code.
+
+1) Use DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_{ADDR,LEN} in state saving structures.
+ Example, before:
+
+ struct ring_state {
+ struct sk_buff *skb;
+ dma_addr_t mapping;
+ __u32 len;
+ };
+
+ after:
+
+ struct ring_state {
+ struct sk_buff *skb;
+ DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR(mapping);
+ DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN(len);
+ };
+
+2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set to set these values.
+ Example, before:
+
+ ringp->mapping = FOO;
+ ringp->len = BAR;
+
+ after:
+
+ dma_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO);
+ dma_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR);
+
+3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len} to access these values.
+ Example, before:
+
+ dma_unmap_single(dev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len,
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+ after:
+
+ dma_unmap_single(dev,
+ dma_unmap_addr(ringp, mapping),
+ dma_unmap_len(ringp, len),
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+It really should be self-explanatory. We treat the ADDR and LEN
+separately, because it is possible for an implementation to only
+need the address in order to perform the unmap operation.
+
+ Platform Issues
+
+If you are just writing drivers for Linux and do not maintain
+an architecture port for the kernel, you can safely skip down
+to "Closing".
+
+1) Struct scatterlist requirements.
+
+ Don't invent the architecture specific struct scatterlist; just use
+ <asm-generic/scatterlist.h>. You need to enable
+ CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH if the architecture supports IOMMUs
+ (including software IOMMU).
+
+2) ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN
+
+ Architectures must ensure that kmalloc'ed buffer is
+ DMA-safe. Drivers and subsystems depend on it. If an architecture
+ isn't fully DMA-coherent (i.e. hardware doesn't ensure that data in
+ the CPU cache is identical to data in main memory),
+ ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN must be set so that the memory allocator
+ makes sure that kmalloc'ed buffer doesn't share a cache line with
+ the others. See arch/arm/include/asm/cache.h as an example.
+
+ Note that ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN is about DMA memory alignment
+ constraints. You don't need to worry about the architecture data
+ alignment constraints (e.g. the alignment constraints about 64-bit
+ objects).
+
+3) Supporting multiple types of IOMMUs
+
+ If your architecture needs to support multiple types of IOMMUs, you
+ can use include/linux/asm-generic/dma-mapping-common.h. It's a
+ library to support the DMA API with multiple types of IOMMUs. Lots
+ of architectures (x86, powerpc, sh, alpha, ia64, microblaze and
+ sparc) use it. Choose one to see how it can be used. If you need to
+ support multiple types of IOMMUs in a single system, the example of
+ x86 or powerpc helps.
+
+ Closing
+
+This document, and the API itself, would not be in its current
+form without the feedback and suggestions from numerous individuals.
+We would like to specifically mention, in no particular order, the
+following people:
+
+ Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
+ Leo Dagum <dagum@barrel.engr.sgi.com>
+ Ralf Baechle <ralf@oss.sgi.com>
+ Grant Grundler <grundler@cup.hp.com>
+ Jay Estabrook <Jay.Estabrook@compaq.com>
+ Thomas Sailer <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+ Andrea Arcangeli <andrea@suse.de>
+ Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
+ David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@hpl.hp.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe23269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+ Dynamic DMA mapping using the generic device
+ ============================================
+
+ James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
+
+This document describes the DMA API. For a more gentle introduction
+of the API (and actual examples) see
+Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt.
+
+This API is split into two pieces. Part I describes the API. Part II
+describes the extensions to the API for supporting non-consistent
+memory machines. Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to
+support non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy
+platforms) you should only use the API described in part I.
+
+Part I - dma_ API
+-------------------------------------
+
+To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+
+Part Ia - Using large dma-coherent buffers
+------------------------------------------
+
+void *
+dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
+ dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag)
+
+Consistent memory is memory for which a write by either the device or
+the processor can immediately be read by the processor or device
+without having to worry about caching effects. (You may however need
+to make sure to flush the processor's write buffers before telling
+devices to read that memory.)
+
+This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of consistent memory.
+It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned
+integer the same width as the bus and used as the physical address
+base of the region.
+
+Returns: a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual
+address space) or NULL if the allocation failed.
+
+Note: consistent memory can be expensive on some platforms, and the
+minimum allocation length may be as big as a page, so you should
+consolidate your requests for consistent memory as much as possible.
+The simplest way to do that is to use the dma_pool calls (see below).
+
+The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent only) allows the caller to
+specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc) for the allocation (the
+implementation may choose to ignore flags that affect the location of
+the returned memory, like GFP_DMA).
+
+void
+dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle)
+
+Free the region of consistent memory you previously allocated. dev,
+size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into the
+consistent allocate. cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by
+the consistent allocate.
+
+Note that unlike their sibling allocation calls, these routines
+may only be called with IRQs enabled.
+
+
+Part Ib - Using small dma-coherent buffers
+------------------------------------------
+
+To get this part of the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dmapool.h>
+
+Many drivers need lots of small dma-coherent memory regions for DMA
+descriptors or I/O buffers. Rather than allocating in units of a page
+or more using dma_alloc_coherent(), you can use DMA pools. These work
+much like a struct kmem_cache, except that they use the dma-coherent allocator,
+not __get_free_pages(). Also, they understand common hardware constraints
+for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries.
+
+
+ struct dma_pool *
+ dma_pool_create(const char *name, struct device *dev,
+ size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc);
+
+The pool create() routines initialize a pool of dma-coherent buffers
+for use with a given device. It must be called in a context which
+can sleep.
+
+The "name" is for diagnostics (like a struct kmem_cache name); dev and size
+are like what you'd pass to dma_alloc_coherent(). The device's hardware
+alignment requirement for this type of data is "align" (which is expressed
+in bytes, and must be a power of two). If your device has no boundary
+crossing restrictions, pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated
+from this pool must not cross 4KByte boundaries.
+
+
+ void *dma_pool_alloc(struct dma_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags,
+ dma_addr_t *dma_handle);
+
+This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the size
+and alignment requirements specified at creation time. Pass GFP_ATOMIC to
+prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks),
+pass GFP_KERNEL to allow blocking. Like dma_alloc_coherent(), this returns
+two values: an address usable by the cpu, and the dma address usable by the
+pool's device.
+
+
+ void dma_pool_free(struct dma_pool *pool, void *vaddr,
+ dma_addr_t addr);
+
+This puts memory back into the pool. The pool is what was passed to
+the pool allocation routine; the cpu (vaddr) and dma addresses are what
+were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed.
+
+
+ void dma_pool_destroy(struct dma_pool *pool);
+
+The pool destroy() routines free the resources of the pool. They must be
+called in a context which can sleep. Make sure you've freed all allocated
+memory back to the pool before you destroy it.
+
+
+Part Ic - DMA addressing limitations
+------------------------------------
+
+int
+dma_supported(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the device can support DMA to the memory described by
+mask.
+
+Returns: 1 if it can and 0 if it can't.
+
+Notes: This routine merely tests to see if the mask is possible. It
+won't change the current mask settings. It is more intended as an
+internal API for use by the platform than an external API for use by
+driver writers.
+
+int
+dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device
+parameters if it is.
+
+Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not.
+
+int
+dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device
+parameters if it is.
+
+Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not.
+
+u64
+dma_get_required_mask(struct device *dev)
+
+This API returns the mask that the platform requires to
+operate efficiently. Usually this means the returned mask
+is the minimum required to cover all of memory. Examining the
+required mask gives drivers with variable descriptor sizes the
+opportunity to use smaller descriptors as necessary.
+
+Requesting the required mask does not alter the current mask. If you
+wish to take advantage of it, you should issue a dma_set_mask()
+call to set the mask to the value returned.
+
+
+Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings
+--------------------------------
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the
+device and returns the physical handle of the memory.
+
+The direction for both api's may be converted freely by casting.
+However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its
+direction:
+
+DMA_NONE no direction (used for debugging)
+DMA_TO_DEVICE data is going from the memory to the device
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE data is coming from the device to the memory
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction isn't known
+
+Notes: Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this
+API. Further, regions that appear to be physically contiguous in
+kernel virtual space may not be contiguous as physical memory. Since
+this API does not provide any scatter/gather capability, it will fail
+if the user tries to map a non-physically contiguous piece of memory.
+For this reason, it is recommended that memory mapped by this API be
+obtained only from sources which guarantee it to be physically contiguous
+(like kmalloc).
+
+Further, the physical address of the memory must be within the
+dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask represents a bit mask of the
+addressable region for the device. I.e., if the physical address of
+the memory anded with the dma_mask is still equal to the physical
+address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory). In order to
+ensure that the memory allocated by kmalloc is within the dma_mask,
+the driver may specify various platform-dependent flags to restrict
+the physical memory range of the allocation (e.g. on x86, GFP_DMA
+guarantees to be within the first 16Mb of available physical memory,
+as required by ISA devices).
+
+Note also that the above constraints on physical contiguity and
+dma_mask may not apply if the platform has an IOMMU (a device which
+supplies a physical to virtual mapping between the I/O memory bus and
+the device). However, to be portable, device driver writers may *not*
+assume that such an IOMMU exists.
+
+Warnings: Memory coherency operates at a granularity called the cache
+line width. In order for memory mapped by this API to operate
+correctly, the mapped region must begin exactly on a cache line
+boundary and end exactly on one (to prevent two separately mapped
+regions from sharing a single cache line). Since the cache line size
+may not be known at compile time, the API will not enforce this
+requirement. Therefore, it is recommended that driver writers who
+don't take special care to determine the cache line size at run time
+only map virtual regions that begin and end on page boundaries (which
+are guaranteed also to be cache line boundaries).
+
+DMA_TO_DEVICE synchronisation must be done after the last modification
+of the memory region by the software and before it is handed off to
+the driver. Once this primitive is used, memory covered by this
+primitive should be treated as read-only by the device. If the device
+may write to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see
+below).
+
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE synchronisation must be done before the driver
+accesses data that may be changed by the device. This memory should
+be treated as read-only by the driver. If the driver needs to write
+to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see below).
+
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL requires special handling: it means that the driver
+isn't sure if the memory was modified before being handed off to the
+device and also isn't sure if the device will also modify it. Thus,
+you must always sync bidirectional memory twice: once before the
+memory is handed off to the device (to make sure all memory changes
+are flushed from the processor) and once before the data may be
+accessed after being used by the device (to make sure any processor
+cache lines are updated with data that the device may have changed).
+
+void
+dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Unmaps the region previously mapped. All the parameters passed in
+must be identical to those passed in (and returned) by the mapping
+API.
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
+ unsigned long offset, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_address, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+API for mapping and unmapping for pages. All the notes and warnings
+for the other mapping APIs apply here. Also, although the <offset>
+and <size> parameters are provided to do partial page mapping, it is
+recommended that you never use these unless you really know what the
+cache width is.
+
+int
+dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr)
+
+In some circumstances dma_map_single and dma_map_page will fail to create
+a mapping. A driver can check for these errors by testing the returned
+dma address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping
+could not be created and the driver should take appropriate action (e.g.
+reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later).
+
+ int
+ dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg,
+ int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Returns: the number of physical segments mapped (this may be shorter
+than <nents> passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are
+physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single
+entry).
+
+Please note that the sg cannot be mapped again if it has been mapped once.
+The mapping process is allowed to destroy information in the sg.
+
+As with the other mapping interfaces, dma_map_sg can fail. When it
+does, 0 is returned and a driver must take appropriate action. It is
+critical that the driver do something, in the case of a block driver
+aborting the request or even oopsing is better than doing nothing and
+corrupting the filesystem.
+
+With scatterlists, you use the resulting mapping like this:
+
+ int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+ struct scatterlist *sg;
+
+ for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
+ hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
+ hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
+ }
+
+where nents is the number of entries in the sglist.
+
+The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries
+into one (e.g. with an IOMMU, or if several pages just happen to be
+physically contiguous) and returns the actual number of sg entries it
+mapped them to. On failure 0, is returned.
+
+Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times)
+and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously
+accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above.
+
+ void
+ dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg,
+ int nhwentries, enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Unmap the previously mapped scatter/gather list. All the parameters
+must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping
+API.
+
+Note: <nents> must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of
+physical entries returned.
+
+void
+dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the cpu
+and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same
+as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API,
+you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to
+those passed into the single mapping API to do a partial sync.
+
+Notes: You must do this:
+
+- Before reading values that have been written by DMA from the device
+ (use the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction)
+- After writing values that will be written to the device using DMA
+ (use the DMA_TO_DEVICE) direction
+- before *and* after handing memory to the device if the memory is
+ DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+
+See also dma_map_single().
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_single_attrs(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction dir,
+ struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+void
+dma_unmap_single_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
+ size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+ struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+int
+dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl,
+ int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+ struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+void
+dma_unmap_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl,
+ int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+ struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+The four functions above are just like the counterpart functions
+without the _attrs suffixes, except that they pass an optional
+struct dma_attrs*.
+
+struct dma_attrs encapsulates a set of "dma attributes". For the
+definition of struct dma_attrs see linux/dma-attrs.h.
+
+The interpretation of dma attributes is architecture-specific, and
+each attribute should be documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt.
+
+If struct dma_attrs* is NULL, the semantics of each of these
+functions is identical to those of the corresponding function
+without the _attrs suffix. As a result dma_map_single_attrs()
+can generally replace dma_map_single(), etc.
+
+As an example of the use of the *_attrs functions, here's how
+you could pass an attribute DMA_ATTR_FOO when mapping memory
+for DMA:
+
+#include <linux/dma-attrs.h>
+/* DMA_ATTR_FOO should be defined in linux/dma-attrs.h and
+ * documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt */
+...
+
+ DEFINE_DMA_ATTRS(attrs);
+ dma_set_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, &attrs);
+ ....
+ n = dma_map_sg_attrs(dev, sg, nents, DMA_TO_DEVICE, &attr);
+ ....
+
+Architectures that care about DMA_ATTR_FOO would check for its
+presence in their implementations of the mapping and unmapping
+routines, e.g.:
+
+void whizco_dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
+ size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+ struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+{
+ ....
+ int foo = dma_get_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, attrs);
+ ....
+ if (foo)
+ /* twizzle the frobnozzle */
+ ....
+
+
+Part II - Advanced dma_ usage
+-----------------------------
+
+Warning: These pieces of the DMA API should not be used in the
+majority of cases, since they cater for unlikely corner cases that
+don't belong in usual drivers.
+
+If you don't understand how cache line coherency works between a
+processor and an I/O device, you should not be using this part of the
+API at all.
+
+void *
+dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
+ dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag)
+
+Identical to dma_alloc_coherent() except that the platform will
+choose to return either consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees
+fit. By using this API, you are guaranteeing to the platform that you
+have all the correct and necessary sync points for this memory in the
+driver should it choose to return non-consistent memory.
+
+Note: where the platform can return consistent memory, it will
+guarantee that the sync points become nops.
+
+Warning: Handling non-consistent memory is a real pain. You should
+only ever use this API if you positively know your driver will be
+required to work on one of the rare (usually non-PCI) architectures
+that simply cannot make consistent memory.
+
+void
+dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
+ dma_addr_t dma_handle)
+
+Free memory allocated by the nonconsistent API. All parameters must
+be identical to those passed in (and returned by
+dma_alloc_noncoherent()).
+
+int
+dma_get_cache_alignment(void)
+
+Returns the processor cache alignment. This is the absolute minimum
+alignment *and* width that you must observe when either mapping
+memory or doing partial flushes.
+
+Notes: This API may return a number *larger* than the actual cache
+line, but it will guarantee that one or more cache lines fit exactly
+into the width returned by this call. It will also always be a power
+of two for easy alignment.
+
+void
+dma_cache_sync(struct device *dev, void *vaddr, size_t size,
+ enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Do a partial sync of memory that was allocated by
+dma_alloc_noncoherent(), starting at virtual address vaddr and
+continuing on for size. Again, you *must* observe the cache line
+boundaries when doing this.
+
+int
+dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t bus_addr,
+ dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size, int
+ flags)
+
+Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent when
+it's asked for coherent memory for this device.
+
+bus_addr is the physical address to which the memory is currently
+assigned in the bus responding region (this will be used by the
+platform to perform the mapping).
+
+device_addr is the physical address the device needs to be programmed
+with actually to address this memory (this will be handed out as the
+dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()).
+
+size is the size of the area (must be multiples of PAGE_SIZE).
+
+flags can be or'd together and are:
+
+DMA_MEMORY_MAP - request that the memory returned from
+dma_alloc_coherent() be directly writable.
+
+DMA_MEMORY_IO - request that the memory returned from
+dma_alloc_coherent() be addressable using read/write/memcpy_toio etc.
+
+One or both of these flags must be present.
+
+DMA_MEMORY_INCLUDES_CHILDREN - make the declared memory be allocated by
+dma_alloc_coherent of any child devices of this one (for memory residing
+on a bridge).
+
+DMA_MEMORY_EXCLUSIVE - only allocate memory from the declared regions.
+Do not allow dma_alloc_coherent() to fall back to system memory when
+it's out of memory in the declared region.
+
+The return value will be either DMA_MEMORY_MAP or DMA_MEMORY_IO and
+must correspond to a passed in flag (i.e. no returning DMA_MEMORY_IO
+if only DMA_MEMORY_MAP were passed in) for success or zero for
+failure.
+
+Note, for DMA_MEMORY_IO returns, all subsequent memory returned by
+dma_alloc_coherent() may no longer be accessed directly, but instead
+must be accessed using the correct bus functions. If your driver
+isn't prepared to handle this contingency, it should not specify
+DMA_MEMORY_IO in the input flags.
+
+As a simplification for the platforms, only *one* such region of
+memory may be declared per device.
+
+For reasons of efficiency, most platforms choose to track the declared
+region only at the granularity of a page. For smaller allocations,
+you should use the dma_pool() API.
+
+void
+dma_release_declared_memory(struct device *dev)
+
+Remove the memory region previously declared from the system. This
+API performs *no* in-use checking for this region and will return
+unconditionally having removed all the required structures. It is the
+driver's job to ensure that no parts of this memory region are
+currently in use.
+
+void *
+dma_mark_declared_memory_occupied(struct device *dev,
+ dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size)
+
+This is used to occupy specific regions of the declared space
+(dma_alloc_coherent() will hand out the first free region it finds).
+
+device_addr is the *device* address of the region requested.
+
+size is the size (and should be a page-sized multiple).
+
+The return value will be either a pointer to the processor virtual
+address of the memory, or an error (via PTR_ERR()) if any part of the
+region is occupied.
+
+Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API
+-------------------------------------------
+
+The DMA-API as described above as some constraints. DMA addresses must be
+released with the corresponding function with the same size for example. With
+the advent of hardware IOMMUs it becomes more and more important that drivers
+do not violate those constraints. In the worst case such a violation can
+result in data corruption up to destroyed filesystems.
+
+To debug drivers and find bugs in the usage of the DMA-API checking code can
+be compiled into the kernel which will tell the developer about those
+violations. If your architecture supports it you can select the "Enable
+debugging of DMA-API usage" option in your kernel configuration. Enabling this
+option has a performance impact. Do not enable it in production kernels.
+
+If you boot the resulting kernel will contain code which does some bookkeeping
+about what DMA memory was allocated for which device. If this code detects an
+error it prints a warning message with some details into your kernel log. An
+example warning message may look like this:
+
+------------[ cut here ]------------
+WARNING: at /data2/repos/linux-2.6-iommu/lib/dma-debug.c:448
+ check_unmap+0x203/0x490()
+Hardware name:
+forcedeth 0000:00:08.0: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with wrong
+ function [device address=0x00000000640444be] [size=66 bytes] [mapped as
+single] [unmapped as page]
+Modules linked in: nfsd exportfs bridge stp llc r8169
+Pid: 0, comm: swapper Tainted: G W 2.6.28-dmatest-09289-g8bb99c0 #1
+Call Trace:
+ <IRQ> [<ffffffff80240b22>] warn_slowpath+0xf2/0x130
+ [<ffffffff80647b70>] _spin_unlock+0x10/0x30
+ [<ffffffff80537e75>] usb_hcd_link_urb_to_ep+0x75/0xc0
+ [<ffffffff80647c22>] _spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x12/0x40
+ [<ffffffff8055347f>] ohci_urb_enqueue+0x19f/0x7c0
+ [<ffffffff80252f96>] queue_work+0x56/0x60
+ [<ffffffff80237e10>] enqueue_task_fair+0x20/0x50
+ [<ffffffff80539279>] usb_hcd_submit_urb+0x379/0xbc0
+ [<ffffffff803b78c3>] cpumask_next_and+0x23/0x40
+ [<ffffffff80235177>] find_busiest_group+0x207/0x8a0
+ [<ffffffff8064784f>] _spin_lock_irqsave+0x1f/0x50
+ [<ffffffff803c7ea3>] check_unmap+0x203/0x490
+ [<ffffffff803c8259>] debug_dma_unmap_page+0x49/0x50
+ [<ffffffff80485f26>] nv_tx_done_optimized+0xc6/0x2c0
+ [<ffffffff80486c13>] nv_nic_irq_optimized+0x73/0x2b0
+ [<ffffffff8026df84>] handle_IRQ_event+0x34/0x70
+ [<ffffffff8026ffe9>] handle_edge_irq+0xc9/0x150
+ [<ffffffff8020e3ab>] do_IRQ+0xcb/0x1c0
+ [<ffffffff8020c093>] ret_from_intr+0x0/0xa
+ <EOI> <4>---[ end trace f6435a98e2a38c0e ]---
+
+The driver developer can find the driver and the device including a stacktrace
+of the DMA-API call which caused this warning.
+
+Per default only the first error will result in a warning message. All other
+errors will only silently counted. This limitation exist to prevent the code
+from flooding your kernel log. To support debugging a device driver this can
+be disabled via debugfs. See the debugfs interface documentation below for
+details.
+
+The debugfs directory for the DMA-API debugging code is called dma-api/. In
+this directory the following files can currently be found:
+
+ dma-api/all_errors This file contains a numeric value. If this
+ value is not equal to zero the debugging code
+ will print a warning for every error it finds
+ into the kernel log. Be careful with this
+ option, as it can easily flood your logs.
+
+ dma-api/disabled This read-only file contains the character 'Y'
+ if the debugging code is disabled. This can
+ happen when it runs out of memory or if it was
+ disabled at boot time
+
+ dma-api/error_count This file is read-only and shows the total
+ numbers of errors found.
+
+ dma-api/num_errors The number in this file shows how many
+ warnings will be printed to the kernel log
+ before it stops. This number is initialized to
+ one at system boot and be set by writing into
+ this file
+
+ dma-api/min_free_entries
+ This read-only file can be read to get the
+ minimum number of free dma_debug_entries the
+ allocator has ever seen. If this value goes
+ down to zero the code will disable itself
+ because it is not longer reliable.
+
+ dma-api/num_free_entries
+ The current number of free dma_debug_entries
+ in the allocator.
+
+ dma-api/driver-filter
+ You can write a name of a driver into this file
+ to limit the debug output to requests from that
+ particular driver. Write an empty string to
+ that file to disable the filter and see
+ all errors again.
+
+If you have this code compiled into your kernel it will be enabled by default.
+If you want to boot without the bookkeeping anyway you can provide
+'dma_debug=off' as a boot parameter. This will disable DMA-API debugging.
+Notice that you can not enable it again at runtime. You have to reboot to do
+so.
+
+If you want to see debug messages only for a special device driver you can
+specify the dma_debug_driver=<drivername> parameter. This will enable the
+driver filter at boot time. The debug code will only print errors for that
+driver afterwards. This filter can be disabled or changed later using debugfs.
+
+When the code disables itself at runtime this is most likely because it ran
+out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number
+of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you
+boot with 'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the
+architectural default.
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e767805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+ DMA with ISA and LPC devices
+ ============================
+
+ Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
+
+This document describes how to do DMA transfers using the old ISA DMA
+controller. Even though ISA is more or less dead today the LPC bus
+uses the same DMA system so it will be around for quite some time.
+
+Part I - Headers and dependencies
+---------------------------------
+
+To do ISA style DMA you need to include two headers:
+
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+#include <asm/dma.h>
+
+The first is the generic DMA API used to convert virtual addresses to
+physical addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details).
+
+The second contains the routines specific to ISA DMA transfers. Since
+this is not present on all platforms make sure you construct your
+Kconfig to be dependent on ISA_DMA_API (not ISA) so that nobody tries
+to build your driver on unsupported platforms.
+
+Part II - Buffer allocation
+---------------------------
+
+The ISA DMA controller has some very strict requirements on which
+memory it can access so extra care must be taken when allocating
+buffers.
+
+(You usually need a special buffer for DMA transfers instead of
+transferring directly to and from your normal data structures.)
+
+The DMA-able address space is the lowest 16 MB of _physical_ memory.
+Also the transfer block may not cross page boundaries (which are 64
+or 128 KiB depending on which channel you use).
+
+In order to allocate a piece of memory that satisfies all these
+requirements you pass the flag GFP_DMA to kmalloc.
+
+Unfortunately the memory available for ISA DMA is scarce so unless you
+allocate the memory during boot-up it's a good idea to also pass
+__GFP_REPEAT and __GFP_NOWARN to make the allocater try a bit harder.
+
+(This scarcity also means that you should allocate the buffer as
+early as possible and not release it until the driver is unloaded.)
+
+Part III - Address translation
+------------------------------
+
+To translate the virtual address to a physical use the normal DMA
+API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same
+thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys()
+will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which
+is really all you need. Remember that even though the DMA controller
+has its origins in ISA it is used elsewhere.
+
+Note: x86_64 had a broken DMA API when it came to ISA but has since
+been fixed. If your arch has problems then fix the DMA API instead of
+reverting to the ISA functions.
+
+Part IV - Channels
+------------------
+
+A normal ISA DMA controller has 8 channels. The lower four are for
+8-bit transfers and the upper four are for 16-bit transfers.
+
+(Actually the DMA controller is really two separate controllers where
+channel 4 is used to give DMA access for the second controller (0-3).
+This means that of the four 16-bits channels only three are usable.)
+
+You allocate these in a similar fashion as all basic resources:
+
+extern int request_dma(unsigned int dmanr, const char * device_id);
+extern void free_dma(unsigned int dmanr);
+
+The ability to use 16-bit or 8-bit transfers is _not_ up to you as a
+driver author but depends on what the hardware supports. Check your
+specs or test different channels.
+
+Part V - Transfer data
+----------------------
+
+Now for the good stuff, the actual DMA transfer. :)
+
+Before you use any ISA DMA routines you need to claim the DMA lock
+using claim_dma_lock(). The reason is that some DMA operations are
+not atomic so only one driver may fiddle with the registers at a
+time.
+
+The first time you use the DMA controller you should call
+clear_dma_ff(). This clears an internal register in the DMA
+controller that is used for the non-atomic operations. As long as you
+(and everyone else) uses the locking functions then you only need to
+reset this once.
+
+Next, you tell the controller in which direction you intend to do the
+transfer using set_dma_mode(). Currently you have the options
+DMA_MODE_READ and DMA_MODE_WRITE.
+
+Set the address from where the transfer should start (this needs to
+be 16-bit aligned for 16-bit transfers) and how many bytes to
+transfer. Note that it's _bytes_. The DMA routines will do all the
+required translation to values that the DMA controller understands.
+
+The final step is enabling the DMA channel and releasing the DMA
+lock.
+
+Once the DMA transfer is finished (or timed out) you should disable
+the channel again. You should also check get_dma_residue() to make
+sure that all data has been transferred.
+
+Example:
+
+int flags, residue;
+
+flags = claim_dma_lock();
+
+clear_dma_ff();
+
+set_dma_mode(channel, DMA_MODE_WRITE);
+set_dma_addr(channel, phys_addr);
+set_dma_count(channel, num_bytes);
+
+dma_enable(channel);
+
+release_dma_lock(flags);
+
+while (!device_done());
+
+flags = claim_dma_lock();
+
+dma_disable(channel);
+
+residue = dma_get_residue(channel);
+if (residue != 0)
+ printk(KERN_ERR "driver: Incomplete DMA transfer!"
+ " %d bytes left!\n", residue);
+
+release_dma_lock(flags);
+
+Part VI - Suspend/resume
+------------------------
+
+It is the driver's responsibility to make sure that the machine isn't
+suspended while a DMA transfer is in progress. Also, all DMA settings
+are lost when the system suspends so if your driver relies on the DMA
+controller being in a certain state then you have to restore these
+registers upon resume.
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b768cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+ DMA attributes
+ ==============
+
+This document describes the semantics of the DMA attributes that are
+defined in linux/dma-attrs.h.
+
+DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER
+----------------------
+
+DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER is a (write) barrier attribute for DMA. DMA
+to a memory region with the DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER attribute forces
+all pending DMA writes to complete, and thus provides a mechanism to
+strictly order DMA from a device across all intervening busses and
+bridges. This barrier is not specific to a particular type of
+interconnect, it applies to the system as a whole, and so its
+implementation must account for the idiosyncracies of the system all
+the way from the DMA device to memory.
+
+As an example of a situation where DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would be
+useful, suppose that a device does a DMA write to indicate that data is
+ready and available in memory. The DMA of the "completion indication"
+could race with data DMA. Mapping the memory used for completion
+indications with DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would prevent the race.
+
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING
+----------------------
+
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING specifies that reads and writes to the mapping
+may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other.
+
+Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING,
+those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default
+behavior.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8906648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE set PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+<set>
+ <setinfo>
+ <title>The 802.11 subsystems – for kernel developers</title>
+ <subtitle>
+ Explaining wireless 802.11 networking in the Linux kernel
+ </subtitle>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007-2009</year>
+ <holder>Johannes Berg</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Johannes</firstname>
+ <surname>Berg</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address><email>johannes@sipsolutions.net</email></address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <abstract>
+ <para>
+ These books attempt to give a description of the
+ various subsystems that play a role in 802.11 wireless
+ networking in Linux. Since these books are for kernel
+ developers they attempts to document the structures
+ and functions used in the kernel as well as giving a
+ higher-level overview.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The reader is expected to be familiar with the 802.11
+ standard as published by the IEEE in 802.11-2007 (or
+ possibly later versions). References to this standard
+ will be given as "802.11-2007 8.1.5".
+ </para>
+ </abstract>
+ </setinfo>
+ <book id="cfg80211-developers-guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The cfg80211 subsystem</title>
+
+ <abstract>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Introduction
+ </abstract>
+ </bookinfo>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Device registration</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Device registration
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_band
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_sta_ht_cap
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_supported_band
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_signal_type
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_params_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wireless_dev
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_new
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_register
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_unregister
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_free
+
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_name
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_dev
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_priv
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h priv_to_wiphy
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h set_wiphy_dev
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Actions and configuration</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Actions and configuration
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ops
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h vif_params
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h beacon_parameters
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h plink_actions
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h monitor_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info_flags
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h bss_parameters
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_txq_params
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_crypto_settings
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_request
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_request
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_deauth_request
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disassoc_request
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_params
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_params
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_auth_canceled
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_send_deauth
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_disassoc
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_send_disassoc
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_joined
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_result
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_roamed
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disconnected
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ready_on_channel
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_new_sta
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mgmt
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_michael_mic_failure
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Scanning and BSS list handling</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Scanning and BSS list handling
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ssid
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_request
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_done
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_bss
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_frame
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_unlink_bss
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_find_ie
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_bss_get_ie
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Utility functions</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Utility functions
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_to_frequency
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_frequency_to_channel
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_channel
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_response_rate
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Data path helpers</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Data path helpers
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_to_8023
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_from_8023
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_classify8021d
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Regulatory enforcement infrastructure</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h regulatory_hint
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h freq_reg_info
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>RFkill integration</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h RFkill integration
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_start_polling
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Test mode</title>
+!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Test mode
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_reply
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb
+!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_event
+ </chapter>
+ </book>
+ <book id="mac80211-developers-guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The mac80211 subsystem</title>
+ <abstract>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Introduction
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Warning
+ </abstract>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+ <!--
+ Generally, this document shall be ordered by increasing complexity.
+ It is important to note that readers should be able to read only
+ the first few sections to get a working driver and only advanced
+ usage should require reading the full document.
+ -->
+
+ <part>
+ <title>The basic mac80211 driver interface</title>
+ <partintro>
+ <para>
+ You should read and understand the information contained
+ within this part of the book while implementing a driver.
+ In some chapters, advanced usage is noted, that may be
+ skipped at first.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This part of the book only covers station and monitor mode
+ functionality, additional information required to implement
+ the other modes is covered in the second part of the book.
+ </para>
+ </partintro>
+
+ <chapter id="basics">
+ <title>Basic hardware handling</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This chapter shall contain information on getting a hw
+ struct allocated and registered with mac80211.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Since it is required to allocate rates/modes before registering
+ a hw struct, this chapter shall also contain information on setting
+ up the rate/mode structs.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Additionally, some discussion about the callbacks and
+ the general programming model should be in here, including
+ the definition of ieee80211_ops which will be referred to
+ a lot.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Finally, a discussion of hardware capabilities should be done
+ with references to other parts of the book.
+ </para>
+ <!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_DEV
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ops
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_alloc_hw
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_register_hw
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_unregister_hw
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_free_hw
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="phy-handling">
+ <title>PHY configuration</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This chapter should describe PHY handling including
+ start/stop callbacks and the various structures used.
+ </para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf_flags
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="iface-handling">
+ <title>Virtual interfaces</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This chapter should describe virtual interface basics
+ that are relevant to the driver (VLANs, MGMT etc are not.)
+ It should explain the use of the add_iface/remove_iface
+ callbacks as well as the interface configuration callbacks.
+ </para>
+ <para>Things related to AP mode should be discussed there.</para>
+ <para>
+ Things related to supporting multiple interfaces should be
+ in the appropriate chapter, a BIG FAT note should be here about
+ this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
+ interface in STA mode at first!
+ </para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="rx-tx">
+ <title>Receive and transmit processing</title>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>what should be here</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This should describe the receive and transmit
+ paths in mac80211/the drivers as well as
+ transmit status handling.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Frame format</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame format
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Packet alignment</title>
+!Pnet/mac80211/rx.c Packet alignment
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Calling into mac80211 from interrupts</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Calling mac80211 from interrupts
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>functions/definitions</title>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_tx_control_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rate_control_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_ni
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_ni
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_get
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_duration
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_get
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_stopped
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="filters">
+ <title>Frame filtering</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame filtering
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_filter_flags
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="workqueue">
+ <title>The mac80211 workqueue</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211 workqueue
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_work
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_queue_delayed_work
+ </chapter>
+ </part>
+
+ <part id="advanced">
+ <title>Advanced driver interface</title>
+ <partintro>
+ <para>
+ Information contained within this part of the book is
+ of interest only for advanced interaction of mac80211
+ with drivers to exploit more hardware capabilities and
+ improve performance.
+ </para>
+ </partintro>
+
+ <chapter id="led-support">
+ <title>LED support</title>
+ <para>
+ Mac80211 supports various ways of blinking LEDs. Wherever possible,
+ device LEDs should be exposed as LED class devices and hooked up to
+ the appropriate trigger, which will then be triggered appropriately
+ by mac80211.
+ </para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tx_led_name
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_rx_led_name
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_radio_led_name
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_blink
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="hardware-crypto-offload">
+ <title>Hardware crypto acceleration</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Hardware crypto acceleration
+ <!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h set_key_cmd
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_conf
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_flags
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tkip_key_type
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tkip_key
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_removed
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="powersave">
+ <title>Powersave support</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Powersave support
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="beacon-filter">
+ <title>Beacon filter support</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Beacon filter support
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_loss
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="qos">
+ <title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="AP">
+ <title>Access point mode support</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>Some parts of the if_conf should be discussed here instead</para>
+ <para>
+ Insert notes about VLAN interfaces with hw crypto here or
+ in the hw crypto chapter.
+ </para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="multi-iface">
+ <title>Supporting multiple virtual interfaces</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ Note: WDS with identical MAC address should almost always be OK
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Insert notes about having multiple virtual interfaces with
+ different MAC addresses here, note which configurations are
+ supported by mac80211, add notes about supporting hw crypto
+ with it.
+ </para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="station-handling">
+ <title>Station handling</title>
+ <para>TODO</para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h sta_notify_cmd
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_block_awake
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="hardware-scan-offload">
+ <title>Hardware scan offload</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_scan_completed
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="aggregation">
+ <title>Aggregation</title>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>TX A-MPDU aggregation</title>
+!Pnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c TX A-MPDU aggregation
+!Cnet/mac80211/agg-tx.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>RX A-MPDU aggregation</title>
+!Pnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c RX A-MPDU aggregation
+!Cnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c
+ </sect1>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="smps">
+ <title>Spatial Multiplexing Powersave (SMPS)</title>
+!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Spatial multiplexing power save
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_request_smps
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_smps_mode
+ </chapter>
+ </part>
+
+ <part id="rate-control">
+ <title>Rate control interface</title>
+ <partintro>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This part of the book describes the rate control algorithm
+ interface and how it relates to mac80211 and drivers.
+ </para>
+ </partintro>
+ <chapter id="ratecontrol-api">
+ <title>Rate Control API</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_changed
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate_control
+!Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_send_low
+ </chapter>
+ </part>
+
+ <part id="internal">
+ <title>Internals</title>
+ <partintro>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>
+ This part of the book describes mac80211 internals.
+ </para>
+ </partintro>
+
+ <chapter id="key-handling">
+ <title>Key handling</title>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Key handling basics</title>
+!Pnet/mac80211/key.c Key handling basics
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>MORE TBD</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="rx-processing">
+ <title>Receive processing</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="tx-processing">
+ <title>Transmit processing</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="sta-info">
+ <title>Station info handling</title>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Programming information</title>
+!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_info
+!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h ieee80211_sta_info_flags
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>STA information lifetime rules</title>
+!Pnet/mac80211/sta_info.c STA information lifetime rules
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="aggregation-internals">
+ <title>Aggregation</title>
+!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_ampdu_mlme
+!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_tx
+!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h tid_ampdu_rx
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="synchronisation">
+ <title>Synchronisation</title>
+ <para>TBD</para>
+ <para>Locking, lots of RCU</para>
+ </chapter>
+ </part>
+ </book>
+</set>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b6e00a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+###
+# This makefile is used to generate the kernel documentation,
+# primarily based on in-line comments in various source files.
+# See Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt for instruction in how
+# to document the SRC - and how to read it.
+# To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the
+# list of DOCBOOKS.
+
+DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
+ kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
+ writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
+ kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
+ gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
+ genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
+ 80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
+ alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
+ tracepoint.xml media.xml drm.xml
+
+###
+# The build process is as follows (targets):
+# (xmldocs) [by docproc]
+# file.tmpl --> file.xml +--> file.ps (psdocs) [by db2ps or xmlto]
+# +--> file.pdf (pdfdocs) [by db2pdf or xmlto]
+# +--> DIR=file (htmldocs) [by xmlto]
+# +--> man/ (mandocs) [by xmlto]
+
+
+# for PDF and PS output you can choose between xmlto and docbook-utils tools
+PDF_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x)
+PS_METHOD = $(prefer-db2x)
+
+
+###
+# The targets that may be used.
+PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs xmldoclinks
+
+BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
+xmldocs: $(BOOKS)
+sgmldocs: xmldocs
+
+PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS))
+psdocs: $(PS)
+
+PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS))
+pdfdocs: $(PDF)
+
+HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS)))
+htmldocs: $(HTML) xmldoclinks
+ $(call build_main_index)
+ $(call build_images)
+
+MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
+mandocs: $(MAN)
+
+build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
+ cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
+
+xmldoclinks:
+ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
+ for dep in dvb media-entities.tmpl media-indices.tmpl v4l; do \
+ rm -f $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep \
+ && ln -s $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ \
+ || exit; \
+ done
+endif
+
+installmandocs: mandocs
+ mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
+ install Documentation/DocBook/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/
+
+###
+#External programs used
+KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
+DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc
+
+XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
+XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
+
+###
+# DOCPROC is used for two purposes:
+# 1) To generate a dependency list for a .tmpl file
+# 2) To preprocess a .tmpl file and call kernel-doc with
+# appropriate parameters.
+# The following rules are used to generate the .xml documentation
+# required to generate the final targets. (ps, pdf, html).
+quiet_cmd_docproc = DOCPROC $@
+ cmd_docproc = SRCTREE=$(srctree)/ $(DOCPROC) doc $< >$@
+define rule_docproc
+ set -e; \
+ $(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo ' $($(quiet)cmd_$(1))';) \
+ $(cmd_$(1)); \
+ ( \
+ echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_$(1))'; \
+ echo $@: `SRCTREE=$(srctree) $(DOCPROC) depend $<`; \
+ ) > $(dir $@).$(notdir $@).cmd
+endef
+
+%.xml: %.tmpl xmldoclinks FORCE
+ $(call if_changed_rule,docproc)
+
+###
+#Read in all saved dependency files
+cmd_files := $(wildcard $(foreach f,$(BOOKS),$(dir $(f)).$(notdir $(f)).cmd))
+
+ifneq ($(cmd_files),)
+ include $(cmd_files)
+endif
+
+###
+# Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
+$(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
+
+# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
+always := $(hostprogs-y)
+
+notfoundtemplate = echo "*** You have to install docbook-utils or xmlto ***"; \
+ exit 1
+db2xtemplate = db2TYPE -o $(dir $@) $<
+xmltotemplate = xmlto TYPE $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(dir $@) $<
+
+# determine which methods are available
+ifeq ($(shell which db2ps >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found)
+ use-db2x = db2x
+ prefer-db2x = db2x
+else
+ use-db2x = notfound
+ prefer-db2x = $(use-xmlto)
+endif
+ifeq ($(shell which xmlto >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found)
+ use-xmlto = xmlto
+ prefer-xmlto = xmlto
+else
+ use-xmlto = notfound
+ prefer-xmlto = $(use-db2x)
+endif
+
+# the commands, generated from the chosen template
+quiet_cmd_db2ps = PS $@
+ cmd_db2ps = $(subst TYPE,ps, $($(PS_METHOD)template))
+%.ps : %.xml
+ $(call cmd,db2ps)
+
+quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF $@
+ cmd_db2pdf = $(subst TYPE,pdf, $($(PDF_METHOD)template))
+%.pdf : %.xml
+ $(call cmd,db2pdf)
+
+
+index = index.html
+main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/$(index)
+build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx) && \
+ echo '<h1>Linux Kernel HTML Documentation</h1>' >> $(main_idx) && \
+ echo '<h2>Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)</h2>' >> $(main_idx) && \
+ cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx)
+
+quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML $@
+ cmd_db2html = xmlto xhtml $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \
+ echo '<a HREF="$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))/index.html"> \
+ $(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))</a><p>' > $@
+
+%.html: %.xml
+ @(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+ (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \
+ exit 1)
+ @rm -rf $@ $(patsubst %.html,%,$@)
+ $(call cmd,db2html)
+ @if [ ! -z "$(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@)))" ]; then \
+ cp $(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@))) $(patsubst %.html,%,$@); fi
+
+quiet_cmd_db2man = MAN $@
+ cmd_db2man = if grep -q refentry $<; then xmlto man $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(obj)/man $< ; gzip -f $(obj)/man/*.9; fi
+%.9 : %.xml
+ @(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+ (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \
+ exit 1)
+ $(Q)mkdir -p $(obj)/man
+ $(call cmd,db2man)
+ @touch $@
+
+###
+# Rules to generate postscripts and PNG images from .fig format files
+quiet_cmd_fig2eps = FIG2EPS $@
+ cmd_fig2eps = fig2dev -Leps $< $@
+
+%.eps: %.fig
+ @(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+ (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \
+ exit 1)
+ $(call cmd,fig2eps)
+
+quiet_cmd_fig2png = FIG2PNG $@
+ cmd_fig2png = fig2dev -Lpng $< $@
+
+%.png: %.fig
+ @(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+ (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \
+ exit 1)
+ $(call cmd,fig2png)
+
+###
+# Rule to convert a .c file to inline XML documentation
+ gen_xml = :
+ quiet_gen_xml = echo ' GEN $@'
+silent_gen_xml = :
+%.xml: %.c
+ @$($(quiet)gen_xml)
+ @( \
+ echo "<programlisting>"; \
+ expand --tabs=8 < $< | \
+ sed -e "s/&/\\&/g" \
+ -e "s/</\\</g" \
+ -e "s/>/\\>/g"; \
+ echo "</programlisting>") > $@
+
+###
+# Help targets as used by the top-level makefile
+dochelp:
+ @echo ' Linux kernel internal documentation in different formats:'
+ @echo ' htmldocs - HTML'
+ @echo ' pdfdocs - PDF'
+ @echo ' psdocs - Postscript'
+ @echo ' xmldocs - XML DocBook'
+ @echo ' mandocs - man pages'
+ @echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs'
+ @echo ' cleandocs - clean all generated DocBook files'
+
+###
+# Temporary files left by various tools
+clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.dvi, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.aux, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.tex, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.log, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.out, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+ $(index)
+
+clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
+
+cleandocs:
+ $(Q)rm -f $(call objectify, $(clean-files))
+ $(Q)rm -rf $(call objectify, $(clean-dirs))
+
+# Declare the contents of the .PHONY variable as phony. We keep that
+# information in a variable se we can use it in if_changed and friends.
+
+.PHONY: $(PHONY)
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0230a96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<!-- ****************************************************** -->
+<!-- Header -->
+<!-- ****************************************************** -->
+<book id="ALSA-Driver-API">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The ALSA Driver API</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but <emphasis>WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY</emphasis>; without even the
+ implied warranty of <emphasis>MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+ PARTICULAR PURPOSE</emphasis>. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter><title>Management of Cards and Devices</title>
+ <sect1><title>Card Management</title>
+!Esound/core/init.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Device Components</title>
+!Esound/core/device.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Module requests and Device File Entries</title>
+!Esound/core/sound.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Memory Management Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/memory.c
+!Esound/core/memalloc.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter><title>PCM API</title>
+ <sect1><title>PCM Core</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_native.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>PCM Format Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm_misc.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>PCM Memory Management</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter><title>Control/Mixer API</title>
+ <sect1><title>General Control Interface</title>
+!Esound/core/control.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>AC97 Codec API</title>
+!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
+!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_pcm.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Virtual Master Control API</title>
+!Esound/core/vmaster.c
+!Iinclude/sound/control.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter><title>MIDI API</title>
+ <sect1><title>Raw MIDI API</title>
+!Esound/core/rawmidi.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>MPU401-UART API</title>
+!Esound/drivers/mpu401/mpu401_uart.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter><title>Proc Info API</title>
+ <sect1><title>Proc Info Interface</title>
+!Esound/core/info.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter><title>Miscellaneous Functions</title>
+ <sect1><title>Hardware-Dependent Devices API</title>
+!Esound/core/hwdep.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Jack Abstraction Layer API</title>
+!Esound/core/jack.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>ISA DMA Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/isadma.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Other Helper Macros</title>
+!Iinclude/sound/core.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08ff908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="debug-objects-guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Debug objects life time</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
+ <surname>Gleixner</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ debugobjects is a generic infrastructure to track the life time
+ of kernel objects and validate the operations on those.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ debugobjects is useful to check for the following error patterns:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Activation of uninitialized objects</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Initialization of active objects</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Usage of freed/destroyed objects</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ debugobjects is not changing the data structure of the real
+ object so it can be compiled in with a minimal runtime impact
+ and enabled on demand with a kernel command line option.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="howto">
+ <title>Howto use debugobjects</title>
+ <para>
+ A kernel subsystem needs to provide a data structure which
+ describes the object type and add calls into the debug code at
+ appropriate places. The data structure to describe the object
+ type needs at minimum the name of the object type. Optional
+ functions can and should be provided to fixup detected problems
+ so the kernel can continue to work and the debug information can
+ be retrieved from a live system instead of hard core debugging
+ with serial consoles and stack trace transcripts from the
+ monitor.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The debug calls provided by debugobjects are:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_init</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_init_on_stack</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_activate</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_deactivate</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_destroy</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>debug_object_free</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ Each of these functions takes the address of the real object and
+ a pointer to the object type specific debug description
+ structure.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Each detected error is reported in the statistics and a limited
+ number of errors are printk'ed including a full stack trace.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The statistics are available via /sys/kernel/debug/debug_objects/stats.
+ They provide information about the number of warnings and the
+ number of successful fixups along with information about the
+ usage of the internal tracking objects and the state of the
+ internal tracking objects pool.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="debugfunctions">
+ <title>Debug functions</title>
+ <sect1 id="prototypes">
+ <title>Debug object function reference</title>
+!Elib/debugobjects.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_init">
+ <title>debug_object_init</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called whenever the initialization function
+ of a real object is called.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+ checked, whether the object can be initialized. Initializing
+ is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+ debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init
+ function of the object type description structure if provided
+ by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem
+ before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it
+ can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to
+ the subsystem.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects,
+ debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object
+ and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It
+ verifies that the object is not on the callers stack. If it is
+ on the callers stack then a limited number of warnings
+ including a full stack trace is printk'ed. The calling code
+ must use debug_object_init_on_stack() and remove the object
+ before leaving the function which allocated it. See next
+ section.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_init_on_stack">
+ <title>debug_object_init_on_stack</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called whenever the initialization function
+ of a real object which resides on the stack is called.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+ checked, whether the object can be initialized. Initializing
+ is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+ debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init
+ function of the object type description structure if provided
+ by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem
+ before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it
+ can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to
+ the subsystem.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects
+ debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object
+ and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It
+ verifies that the object is on the callers stack.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ An object which is on the stack must be removed from the
+ tracker by calling debug_object_free() before the function
+ which allocates the object returns. Otherwise we keep track of
+ stale objects.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_activate">
+ <title>debug_object_activate</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called whenever the activation function of a
+ real object is called.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+ checked, whether the object can be activated. Activating is
+ not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+ debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the
+ fixup_activate function of the object type description
+ structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can
+ correct the problem before the real activation of the object
+ happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to
+ prevent damage to the subsystem.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects then
+ the fixup_activate function is called if available. This is
+ necessary to allow the legitimate activation of statically
+ allocated and initialized objects. The fixup function checks
+ whether the object is valid and calls the debug_objects_init()
+ function to initialize the tracking of this object.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the activation is legitimate, then the state of the
+ associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_deactivate">
+ <title>debug_object_deactivate</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called whenever the deactivation function of
+ a real object is called.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+ whether the object can be deactivated. Deactivating is not
+ allowed for untracked or destroyed objects.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the deactivation is legitimate, then the state of the
+ associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_INACTIVE.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_destroy">
+ <title>debug_object_destroy</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called to mark an object destroyed. This is
+ useful to prevent the usage of invalid objects, which are
+ still available in memory: either statically allocated objects
+ or objects which are freed later.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+ whether the object can be destroyed. Destruction is not
+ allowed for active and destroyed objects. When debugobjects
+ detects an error, then it calls the fixup_destroy function of
+ the object type description structure if provided by the
+ caller. The fixup function can correct the problem before the
+ real destruction of the object happens. E.g. it can deactivate
+ an active object in order to prevent damage to the subsystem.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the destruction is legitimate, then the state of the
+ associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_DESTROYED.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="debug_object_free">
+ <title>debug_object_free</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called before an object is freed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+ whether the object can be freed. Free is not allowed for
+ active objects. When debugobjects detects an error, then it
+ calls the fixup_free function of the object type description
+ structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can
+ correct the problem before the real free of the object
+ happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to
+ prevent damage to the subsystem.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that debug_object_free removes the object from the
+ tracker. Later usage of the object is detected by the other
+ debug checks.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="fixupfunctions">
+ <title>Fixup functions</title>
+ <sect1 id="debug_obj_descr">
+ <title>Debug object type description structure</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/debugobjects.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fixup_init">
+ <title>fixup_init</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+ in debug_object_init is detected. The function takes the
+ address of the object and the state which is currently
+ recorded in the tracker.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Called from debug_object_init when the object state is:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+ otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+ statistics.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note, that the function needs to call the debug_object_init()
+ function again, after the damage has been repaired in order to
+ keep the state consistent.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fixup_activate">
+ <title>fixup_activate</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+ in debug_object_activate is detected.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Called from debug_object_activate when the object state is:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+ otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+ statistics.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that the function needs to call the debug_object_activate()
+ function again after the damage has been repaired in order to
+ keep the state consistent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The activation of statically initialized objects is a special
+ case. When debug_object_activate() has no tracked object for
+ this object address then fixup_activate() is called with
+ object state ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE. The fixup function
+ needs to check whether this is a legitimate case of a
+ statically initialized object or not. In case it is it calls
+ debug_object_init() and debug_object_activate() to make the
+ object known to the tracker and marked active. In this case
+ the function should return 0 because this is not a real fixup.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fixup_destroy">
+ <title>fixup_destroy</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+ in debug_object_destroy is detected.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Called from debug_object_destroy when the object state is:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+ otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+ statistics.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fixup_free">
+ <title>fixup_free</title>
+ <para>
+ This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+ in debug_object_free is detected. Further it can be called
+ from the debug checks in kfree/vfree, when an active object is
+ detected from the debug_check_no_obj_freed() sanity checks.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Called from debug_object_free() or debug_check_no_obj_freed()
+ when the object state is:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+ otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+ statistics.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None (knock on wood).
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36f63d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="LinuxDriversAPI">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux Device Drivers</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="Basics">
+ <title>Driver Basics</title>
+ <sect1><title>Driver Entry and Exit points</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/init.h
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Atomic and pointer manipulation</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic.h
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/sched.h
+!Ekernel/sched.c
+!Iinclude/linux/completion.h
+!Ekernel/timer.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Wait queues and Wake events</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/wait.h
+!Ekernel/wait.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>High-resolution timers</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/ktime.h
+!Iinclude/linux/hrtimer.h
+!Ekernel/hrtimer.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Workqueues and Kevents</title>
+!Ekernel/workqueue.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Internal Functions</title>
+!Ikernel/exit.c
+!Ikernel/signal.c
+!Iinclude/linux/kthread.h
+!Ekernel/kthread.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Kernel objects manipulation</title>
+<!--
+X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h
+-->
+!Elib/kobject.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Kernel utility functions</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/kernel.h
+!Ekernel/printk.c
+!Ekernel/panic.c
+!Ekernel/sys.c
+!Ekernel/rcupdate.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Device Resource Management</title>
+!Edrivers/base/devres.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="devdrivers">
+ <title>Device drivers infrastructure</title>
+ <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title>
+<!--
+X!Iinclude/linux/device.h
+-->
+!Edrivers/base/driver.c
+!Edrivers/base/core.c
+!Edrivers/base/class.c
+!Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c
+!Edrivers/base/transport_class.c
+<!-- Cannot be included, because
+ attribute_container_add_class_device_adapter
+ and attribute_container_classdev_to_container
+ exceed allowed 44 characters maximum
+X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/base/sys.c
+<!--
+X!Edrivers/base/interface.c
+-->
+!Iinclude/linux/platform_device.h
+!Edrivers/base/platform.c
+!Edrivers/base/bus.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Device Drivers Power Management</title>
+!Edrivers/base/power/main.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Device Drivers ACPI Support</title>
+<!-- Internal functions only
+X!Edrivers/acpi/sleep/main.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/sleep/wakeup.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/motherboard.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/bus.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/acpi/scan.c
+!Idrivers/acpi/scan.c
+<!-- No correct structured comments
+X!Edrivers/acpi/pci_bind.c
+-->
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Device drivers PnP support</title>
+!Idrivers/pnp/core.c
+<!-- No correct structured comments
+X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c
+ -->
+!Edrivers/pnp/card.c
+!Idrivers/pnp/driver.c
+!Edrivers/pnp/manager.c
+!Edrivers/pnp/support.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Userspace IO devices</title>
+!Edrivers/uio/uio.c
+!Iinclude/linux/uio_driver.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="parportdev">
+ <title>Parallel Port Devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/parport.h
+!Edrivers/parport/ieee1284.c
+!Edrivers/parport/share.c
+!Idrivers/parport/daisy.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="message_devices">
+ <title>Message-based devices</title>
+ <sect1><title>Fusion message devices</title>
+!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c
+!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptctl.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptspi.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptfc.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptlan.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>I2O message devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/i2o.h
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/core.h
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/iop.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/iop.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/config-osm.c
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/bus-osm.c
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/device.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/device.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/driver.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/pci.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_block.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_scsi.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_proc.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="snddev">
+ <title>Sound Devices</title>
+!Iinclude/sound/core.h
+!Esound/sound_core.c
+!Iinclude/sound/pcm.h
+!Esound/core/pcm.c
+!Esound/core/device.c
+!Esound/core/info.c
+!Esound/core/rawmidi.c
+!Esound/core/sound.c
+!Esound/core/memory.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c
+!Esound/core/init.c
+!Esound/core/isadma.c
+!Esound/core/control.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c
+!Esound/core/hwdep.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_native.c
+!Esound/core/memalloc.c
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Isound/sound_firmware.c
+-->
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="uart16x50">
+ <title>16x50 UART Driver</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/serial_core.h
+!Edrivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c
+!Edrivers/tty/serial/8250.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="fbdev">
+ <title>Frame Buffer Library</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The frame buffer drivers depend heavily on four data structures.
+ These structures are declared in include/linux/fb.h. They are
+ fb_info, fb_var_screeninfo, fb_fix_screeninfo and fb_monospecs.
+ The last three can be made available to and from userland.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ fb_info defines the current state of a particular video card.
+ Inside fb_info, there exists a fb_ops structure which is a
+ collection of needed functions to make fbdev and fbcon work.
+ fb_info is only visible to the kernel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ fb_var_screeninfo is used to describe the features of a video card
+ that are user defined. With fb_var_screeninfo, things such as
+ depth and the resolution may be defined.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The next structure is fb_fix_screeninfo. This defines the
+ properties of a card that are created when a mode is set and can't
+ be changed otherwise. A good example of this is the start of the
+ frame buffer memory. This "locks" the address of the frame buffer
+ memory, so that it cannot be changed or moved.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The last structure is fb_monospecs. In the old API, there was
+ little importance for fb_monospecs. This allowed for forbidden things
+ such as setting a mode of 800x600 on a fix frequency monitor. With
+ the new API, fb_monospecs prevents such things, and if used
+ correctly, can prevent a monitor from being cooked. fb_monospecs
+ will not be useful until kernels 2.5.x.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Memory</title>
+!Edrivers/video/fbmem.c
+ </sect1>
+<!--
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Console</title>
+X!Edrivers/video/console/fbcon.c
+ </sect1>
+-->
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Colormap</title>
+!Edrivers/video/fbcmap.c
+ </sect1>
+<!-- FIXME:
+ drivers/video/fbgen.c has no docs, which stuffs up the sgml. Comment
+ out until somebody adds docs. KAO
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Generic Functions</title>
+X!Idrivers/video/fbgen.c
+ </sect1>
+KAO -->
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Video Mode Database</title>
+!Idrivers/video/modedb.c
+!Edrivers/video/modedb.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database</title>
+!Edrivers/video/macmodes.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title>
+ <para>
+ Refer to the file drivers/video/console/fonts.c for more information.
+ </para>
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Idrivers/video/console/fonts.c
+-->
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="input_subsystem">
+ <title>Input Subsystem</title>
+ <sect1><title>Input core</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input.h
+!Edrivers/input/input.c
+!Edrivers/input/ff-core.c
+!Edrivers/input/ff-memless.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Multitouch Library</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input/mt.h
+!Edrivers/input/input-mt.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Polled input devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h
+!Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Matrix keyboars/keypads</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Sparse keymap support</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input/sparse-keymap.h
+!Edrivers/input/sparse-keymap.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="spi">
+ <title>Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)</title>
+ <para>
+ SPI is the "Serial Peripheral Interface", widely used with
+ embedded systems because it is a simple and efficient
+ interface: basically a multiplexed shift register.
+ Its three signal wires hold a clock (SCK, often in the range
+ of 1-20 MHz), a "Master Out, Slave In" (MOSI) data line, and
+ a "Master In, Slave Out" (MISO) data line.
+ SPI is a full duplex protocol; for each bit shifted out the
+ MOSI line (one per clock) another is shifted in on the MISO line.
+ Those bits are assembled into words of various sizes on the
+ way to and from system memory.
+ An additional chipselect line is usually active-low (nCS);
+ four signals are normally used for each peripheral, plus
+ sometimes an interrupt.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The SPI bus facilities listed here provide a generalized
+ interface to declare SPI busses and devices, manage them
+ according to the standard Linux driver model, and perform
+ input/output operations.
+ At this time, only "master" side interfaces are supported,
+ where Linux talks to SPI peripherals and does not implement
+ such a peripheral itself.
+ (Interfaces to support implementing SPI slaves would
+ necessarily look different.)
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver,
+ and two kinds of device.
+ A "Controller Driver" abstracts the controller hardware, which may
+ be as simple as a set of GPIO pins or as complex as a pair of FIFOs
+ connected to dual DMA engines on the other side of the SPI shift
+ register (maximizing throughput). Such drivers bridge between
+ whatever bus they sit on (often the platform bus) and SPI, and
+ expose the SPI side of their device as a
+ <structname>struct spi_master</structname>.
+ SPI devices are children of that master, represented as a
+ <structname>struct spi_device</structname> and manufactured from
+ <structname>struct spi_board_info</structname> descriptors which
+ are usually provided by board-specific initialization code.
+ A <structname>struct spi_driver</structname> is called a
+ "Protocol Driver", and is bound to a spi_device using normal
+ driver model calls.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The I/O model is a set of queued messages. Protocol drivers
+ submit one or more <structname>struct spi_message</structname>
+ objects, which are processed and completed asynchronously.
+ (There are synchronous wrappers, however.) Messages are
+ built from one or more <structname>struct spi_transfer</structname>
+ objects, each of which wraps a full duplex SPI transfer.
+ A variety of protocol tweaking options are needed, because
+ different chips adopt very different policies for how they
+ use the bits transferred with SPI.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/spi/spi.h
+!Fdrivers/spi/spi.c spi_register_board_info
+!Edrivers/spi/spi.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="i2c">
+ <title>I<superscript>2</superscript>C and SMBus Subsystem</title>
+
+ <para>
+ I<superscript>2</superscript>C (or without fancy typography, "I2C")
+ is an acronym for the "Inter-IC" bus, a simple bus protocol which is
+ widely used where low data rate communications suffice.
+ Since it's also a licensed trademark, some vendors use another
+ name (such as "Two-Wire Interface", TWI) for the same bus.
+ I2C only needs two signals (SCL for clock, SDA for data), conserving
+ board real estate and minimizing signal quality issues.
+ Most I2C devices use seven bit addresses, and bus speeds of up
+ to 400 kHz; there's a high speed extension (3.4 MHz) that's not yet
+ found wide use.
+ I2C is a multi-master bus; open drain signaling is used to
+ arbitrate between masters, as well as to handshake and to
+ synchronize clocks from slower clients.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The Linux I2C programming interfaces support only the master
+ side of bus interactions, not the slave side.
+ The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver,
+ and two kinds of device.
+ An I2C "Adapter Driver" abstracts the controller hardware; it binds
+ to a physical device (perhaps a PCI device or platform_device) and
+ exposes a <structname>struct i2c_adapter</structname> representing
+ each I2C bus segment it manages.
+ On each I2C bus segment will be I2C devices represented by a
+ <structname>struct i2c_client</structname>. Those devices will
+ be bound to a <structname>struct i2c_driver</structname>,
+ which should follow the standard Linux driver model.
+ (At this writing, a legacy model is more widely used.)
+ There are functions to perform various I2C protocol operations; at
+ this writing all such functions are usable only from task context.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The System Management Bus (SMBus) is a sibling protocol. Most SMBus
+ systems are also I2C conformant. The electrical constraints are
+ tighter for SMBus, and it standardizes particular protocol messages
+ and idioms. Controllers that support I2C can also support most
+ SMBus operations, but SMBus controllers don't support all the protocol
+ options that an I2C controller will.
+ There are functions to perform various SMBus protocol operations,
+ either using I2C primitives or by issuing SMBus commands to
+ i2c_adapter devices which don't support those I2C operations.
+ </para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/i2c.h
+!Fdrivers/i2c/i2c-boardinfo.c i2c_register_board_info
+!Edrivers/i2c/i2c-core.c
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1ed6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="DoingIO">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Bus-Independent Device Accesses</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Matthew</firstname>
+ <surname>Wilcox</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>matthew@wil.cx</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Alan</firstname>
+ <surname>Cox</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2001</year>
+ <holder>Matthew Wilcox</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ Linux provides an API which abstracts performing IO across all busses
+ and devices, allowing device drivers to be written independently of
+ bus type.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="mmio">
+ <title>Memory Mapped IO</title>
+ <sect1 id="getting_access_to_the_device">
+ <title>Getting Access to the Device</title>
+ <para>
+ The most widely supported form of IO is memory mapped IO.
+ That is, a part of the CPU's address space is interpreted
+ not as accesses to memory, but as accesses to a device. Some
+ architectures define devices to be at a fixed address, but most
+ have some method of discovering devices. The PCI bus walk is a
+ good example of such a scheme. This document does not cover how
+ to receive such an address, but assumes you are starting with one.
+ Physical addresses are of type unsigned long.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This address should not be used directly. Instead, to get an
+ address suitable for passing to the accessor functions described
+ below, you should call <function>ioremap</function>.
+ An address suitable for accessing the device will be returned to you.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ After you've finished using the device (say, in your module's
+ exit routine), call <function>iounmap</function> in order to return
+ the address space to the kernel. Most architectures allocate new
+ address space each time you call <function>ioremap</function>, and
+ they can run out unless you call <function>iounmap</function>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="accessing_the_device">
+ <title>Accessing the device</title>
+ <para>
+ The part of the interface most used by drivers is reading and
+ writing memory-mapped registers on the device. Linux provides
+ interfaces to read and write 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit and 64-bit
+ quantities. Due to a historical accident, these are named byte,
+ word, long and quad accesses. Both read and write accesses are
+ supported; there is no prefetch support at this time.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The functions are named <function>readb</function>,
+ <function>readw</function>, <function>readl</function>,
+ <function>readq</function>, <function>readb_relaxed</function>,
+ <function>readw_relaxed</function>, <function>readl_relaxed</function>,
+ <function>readq_relaxed</function>, <function>writeb</function>,
+ <function>writew</function>, <function>writel</function> and
+ <function>writeq</function>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Some devices (such as framebuffers) would like to use larger
+ transfers than 8 bytes at a time. For these devices, the
+ <function>memcpy_toio</function>, <function>memcpy_fromio</function>
+ and <function>memset_io</function> functions are provided.
+ Do not use memset or memcpy on IO addresses; they
+ are not guaranteed to copy data in order.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The read and write functions are defined to be ordered. That is the
+ compiler is not permitted to reorder the I/O sequence. When the
+ ordering can be compiler optimised, you can use <function>
+ __readb</function> and friends to indicate the relaxed ordering. Use
+ this with care.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ While the basic functions are defined to be synchronous with respect
+ to each other and ordered with respect to each other the busses the
+ devices sit on may themselves have asynchronicity. In particular many
+ authors are burned by the fact that PCI bus writes are posted
+ asynchronously. A driver author must issue a read from the same
+ device to ensure that writes have occurred in the specific cases the
+ author cares. This kind of property cannot be hidden from driver
+ writers in the API. In some cases, the read used to flush the device
+ may be expected to fail (if the card is resetting, for example). In
+ that case, the read should be done from config space, which is
+ guaranteed to soft-fail if the card doesn't respond.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following is an example of flushing a write to a device when
+ the driver would like to ensure the write's effects are visible prior
+ to continuing execution.
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+static inline void
+qla1280_disable_intrs(struct scsi_qla_host *ha)
+{
+ struct device_reg *reg;
+
+ reg = ha->iobase;
+ /* disable risc and host interrupts */
+ WRT_REG_WORD(&reg->ictrl, 0);
+ /*
+ * The following read will ensure that the above write
+ * has been received by the device before we return from this
+ * function.
+ */
+ RD_REG_WORD(&reg->ictrl);
+ ha->flags.ints_enabled = 0;
+}
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ In addition to write posting, on some large multiprocessing systems
+ (e.g. SGI Challenge, Origin and Altix machines) posted writes won't
+ be strongly ordered coming from different CPUs. Thus it's important
+ to properly protect parts of your driver that do memory-mapped writes
+ with locks and use the <function>mmiowb</function> to make sure they
+ arrive in the order intended. Issuing a regular <function>readX
+ </function> will also ensure write ordering, but should only be used
+ when the driver has to be sure that the write has actually arrived
+ at the device (not that it's simply ordered with respect to other
+ writes), since a full <function>readX</function> is a relatively
+ expensive operation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Generally, one should use <function>mmiowb</function> prior to
+ releasing a spinlock that protects regions using <function>writeb
+ </function> or similar functions that aren't surrounded by <function>
+ readb</function> calls, which will ensure ordering and flushing. The
+ following pseudocode illustrates what might occur if write ordering
+ isn't guaranteed via <function>mmiowb</function> or one of the
+ <function>readX</function> functions.
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+CPU A: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
+CPU A: ...
+CPU A: writel(newval, ring_ptr);
+CPU A: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
+ ...
+CPU B: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
+CPU B: writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
+CPU B: ...
+CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ In the case above, newval2 could be written to ring_ptr before
+ newval. Fixing it is easy though:
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+CPU A: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
+CPU A: ...
+CPU A: writel(newval, ring_ptr);
+CPU A: mmiowb(); /* ensure no other writes beat us to the device */
+CPU A: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
+ ...
+CPU B: spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
+CPU B: writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
+CPU B: ...
+CPU B: mmiowb();
+CPU B: spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ See tg3.c for a real world example of how to use <function>mmiowb
+ </function>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ PCI ordering rules also guarantee that PIO read responses arrive
+ after any outstanding DMA writes from that bus, since for some devices
+ the result of a <function>readb</function> call may signal to the
+ driver that a DMA transaction is complete. In many cases, however,
+ the driver may want to indicate that the next
+ <function>readb</function> call has no relation to any previous DMA
+ writes performed by the device. The driver can use
+ <function>readb_relaxed</function> for these cases, although only
+ some platforms will honor the relaxed semantics. Using the relaxed
+ read functions will provide significant performance benefits on
+ platforms that support it. The qla2xxx driver provides examples
+ of how to use <function>readX_relaxed</function>. In many cases,
+ a majority of the driver's <function>readX</function> calls can
+ safely be converted to <function>readX_relaxed</function> calls, since
+ only a few will indicate or depend on DMA completion.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="port_space_accesses">
+ <title>Port Space Accesses</title>
+ <sect1 id="port_space_explained">
+ <title>Port Space Explained</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Another form of IO commonly supported is Port Space. This is a
+ range of addresses separate to the normal memory address space.
+ Access to these addresses is generally not as fast as accesses
+ to the memory mapped addresses, and it also has a potentially
+ smaller address space.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Unlike memory mapped IO, no preparation is required
+ to access port space.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="accessing_port_space">
+ <title>Accessing Port Space</title>
+ <para>
+ Accesses to this space are provided through a set of functions
+ which allow 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit accesses; also
+ known as byte, word and long. These functions are
+ <function>inb</function>, <function>inw</function>,
+ <function>inl</function>, <function>outb</function>,
+ <function>outw</function> and <function>outl</function>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Some variants are provided for these functions. Some devices
+ require that accesses to their ports are slowed down. This
+ functionality is provided by appending a <function>_p</function>
+ to the end of the function. There are also equivalents to memcpy.
+ The <function>ins</function> and <function>outs</function>
+ functions copy bytes, words or longs to the given port.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+ <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h
+!Elib/iomap.c
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c279158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,840 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="drmDevelopersGuide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux DRM Developer's Guide</title>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008-2009</year>
+ <holder>
+ Intel Corporation (Jesse Barnes <jesse.barnes@intel.com>)
+ </holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ The contents of this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+ General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed in
+ the kernel source COPYING file.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <!-- Introduction -->
+
+ <chapter id="drmIntroduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The Linux DRM layer contains code intended to support the needs
+ of complex graphics devices, usually containing programmable
+ pipelines well suited to 3D graphics acceleration. Graphics
+ drivers in the kernel can make use of DRM functions to make
+ tasks like memory management, interrupt handling and DMA easier,
+ and provide a uniform interface to applications.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ A note on versions: this guide covers features found in the DRM
+ tree, including the TTM memory manager, output configuration and
+ mode setting, and the new vblank internals, in addition to all
+ the regular features found in current kernels.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ [Insert diagram of typical DRM stack here]
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!-- Internals -->
+
+ <chapter id="drmInternals">
+ <title>DRM Internals</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter documents DRM internals relevant to driver authors
+ and developers working to add support for the latest features to
+ existing drivers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, we'll go over some typical driver initialization
+ requirements, like setting up command buffers, creating an
+ initial output configuration, and initializing core services.
+ Subsequent sections will cover core internals in more detail,
+ providing implementation notes and examples.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The DRM layer provides several services to graphics drivers,
+ many of them driven by the application interfaces it provides
+ through libdrm, the library that wraps most of the DRM ioctls.
+ These include vblank event handling, memory
+ management, output management, framebuffer management, command
+ submission & fencing, suspend/resume support, and DMA
+ services.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The core of every DRM driver is struct drm_driver. Drivers
+ will typically statically initialize a drm_driver structure,
+ then pass it to drm_init() at load time.
+ </para>
+
+ <!-- Internals: driver init -->
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Driver initialization</title>
+ <para>
+ Before calling the DRM initialization routines, the driver must
+ first create and fill out a struct drm_driver structure.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ static struct drm_driver driver = {
+ /* don't use mtrr's here, the Xserver or user space app should
+ * deal with them for intel hardware.
+ */
+ .driver_features =
+ DRIVER_USE_AGP | DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP |
+ DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ | DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED | DRIVER_MODESET,
+ .load = i915_driver_load,
+ .unload = i915_driver_unload,
+ .firstopen = i915_driver_firstopen,
+ .lastclose = i915_driver_lastclose,
+ .preclose = i915_driver_preclose,
+ .save = i915_save,
+ .restore = i915_restore,
+ .device_is_agp = i915_driver_device_is_agp,
+ .get_vblank_counter = i915_get_vblank_counter,
+ .enable_vblank = i915_enable_vblank,
+ .disable_vblank = i915_disable_vblank,
+ .irq_preinstall = i915_driver_irq_preinstall,
+ .irq_postinstall = i915_driver_irq_postinstall,
+ .irq_uninstall = i915_driver_irq_uninstall,
+ .irq_handler = i915_driver_irq_handler,
+ .reclaim_buffers = drm_core_reclaim_buffers,
+ .get_map_ofs = drm_core_get_map_ofs,
+ .get_reg_ofs = drm_core_get_reg_ofs,
+ .fb_probe = intelfb_probe,
+ .fb_remove = intelfb_remove,
+ .fb_resize = intelfb_resize,
+ .master_create = i915_master_create,
+ .master_destroy = i915_master_destroy,
+#if defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_FS)
+ .debugfs_init = i915_debugfs_init,
+ .debugfs_cleanup = i915_debugfs_cleanup,
+#endif
+ .gem_init_object = i915_gem_init_object,
+ .gem_free_object = i915_gem_free_object,
+ .gem_vm_ops = &i915_gem_vm_ops,
+ .ioctls = i915_ioctls,
+ .fops = {
+ .owner = THIS_MODULE,
+ .open = drm_open,
+ .release = drm_release,
+ .ioctl = drm_ioctl,
+ .mmap = drm_mmap,
+ .poll = drm_poll,
+ .fasync = drm_fasync,
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+ .compat_ioctl = i915_compat_ioctl,
+#endif
+ .llseek = noop_llseek,
+ },
+ .pci_driver = {
+ .name = DRIVER_NAME,
+ .id_table = pciidlist,
+ .probe = probe,
+ .remove = __devexit_p(drm_cleanup_pci),
+ },
+ .name = DRIVER_NAME,
+ .desc = DRIVER_DESC,
+ .date = DRIVER_DATE,
+ .major = DRIVER_MAJOR,
+ .minor = DRIVER_MINOR,
+ .patchlevel = DRIVER_PATCHLEVEL,
+ };
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In the example above, taken from the i915 DRM driver, the driver
+ sets several flags indicating what core features it supports.
+ We'll go over the individual callbacks in later sections. Since
+ flags indicate which features your driver supports to the DRM
+ core, you need to set most of them prior to calling drm_init(). Some,
+ like DRIVER_MODESET can be set later based on user supplied parameters,
+ but that's the exception rather than the rule.
+ </para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <title>Driver flags</title>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_USE_AGP</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Driver uses AGP interface
+ </para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Driver needs AGP interface to function.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_USE_MTRR</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Driver uses MTRR interface for mapping memory. Deprecated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_PCI_DMA</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Driver is capable of PCI DMA. Deprecated.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_SG</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA. Deprecated.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_HAVE_DMA</term>
+ <listitem><para>Driver supports DMA. Deprecated.</para></listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ</term><term>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has a IRQ
+ handler, DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device &
+ handler support shared IRQs (note that this is required of
+ PCI drivers).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_DMA_QUEUE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ If the driver queues DMA requests and completes them
+ asynchronously, this flag should be set. Deprecated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_FB_DMA</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Driver supports DMA to/from the framebuffer. Deprecated.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>DRIVER_MODESET</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Driver supports mode setting interfaces.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para>
+ In this specific case, the driver requires AGP and supports
+ IRQs. DMA, as we'll see, is handled by device specific ioctls
+ in this case. It also supports the kernel mode setting APIs, though
+ unlike in the actual i915 driver source, this example unconditionally
+ exports KMS capability.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <!-- Internals: driver load -->
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Driver load</title>
+ <para>
+ In the previous section, we saw what a typical drm_driver
+ structure might look like. One of the more important fields in
+ the structure is the hook for the load function.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ static struct drm_driver driver = {
+ ...
+ .load = i915_driver_load,
+ ...
+ };
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ The load function has many responsibilities: allocating a driver
+ private structure, specifying supported performance counters,
+ configuring the device (e.g. mapping registers & command
+ buffers), initializing the memory manager, and setting up the
+ initial output configuration.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that the tasks performed at driver load time must not
+ conflict with DRM client requirements. For instance, if user
+ level mode setting drivers are in use, it would be problematic
+ to perform output discovery & configuration at load time.
+ Likewise, if pre-memory management aware user level drivers are
+ in use, memory management and command buffer setup may need to
+ be omitted. These requirements are driver specific, and care
+ needs to be taken to keep both old and new applications and
+ libraries working. The i915 driver supports the "modeset"
+ module parameter to control whether advanced features are
+ enabled at load time or in legacy fashion. If compatibility is
+ a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over to the new interfaces
+ from the old ones), care must be taken to prevent incompatible
+ device initialization and control with the currently active
+ userspace drivers.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Driver private & performance counters</title>
+ <para>
+ The driver private hangs off the main drm_device structure and
+ can be used for tracking various device specific bits of
+ information, like register offsets, command buffer status,
+ register state for suspend/resume, etc. At load time, a
+ driver can simply allocate one and set drm_device.dev_priv
+ appropriately; at unload the driver can free it and set
+ drm_device.dev_priv to NULL.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The DRM supports several counters which can be used for rough
+ performance characterization. Note that the DRM stat counter
+ system is not often used by applications, and supporting
+ additional counters is completely optional.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ These interfaces are deprecated and should not be used. If performance
+ monitoring is desired, the developer should investigate and
+ potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing infrastructure to export
+ GPU related performance information to performance monitoring
+ tools and applications.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Configuring the device</title>
+ <para>
+ Obviously, device configuration will be device specific.
+ However, there are several common operations: finding a
+ device's PCI resources, mapping them, and potentially setting
+ up an IRQ handler.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Finding & mapping resources is fairly straightforward. The
+ DRM wrapper functions, drm_get_resource_start() and
+ drm_get_resource_len() can be used to find BARs on the given
+ drm_device struct. Once those values have been retrieved, the
+ driver load function can call drm_addmap() to create a new
+ mapping for the BAR in question. Note you'll probably want a
+ drm_local_map_t in your driver private structure to track any
+ mappings you create.
+<!-- !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bufs.c drm_get_resource_* -->
+<!-- !Finclude/drm/drmP.h drm_local_map_t -->
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ if compatibility with other operating systems isn't a concern
+ (DRM drivers can run under various BSD variants and OpenSolaris),
+ native Linux calls can be used for the above, e.g. pci_resource_*
+ and iomap*/iounmap. See the Linux device driver book for more
+ info.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once you have a register map, you can use the DRM_READn() and
+ DRM_WRITEn() macros to access the registers on your device, or
+ use driver specific versions to offset into your MMIO space
+ relative to a driver specific base pointer (see I915_READ for
+ example).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If your device supports interrupt generation, you may want to
+ setup an interrupt handler at driver load time as well. This
+ is done using the drm_irq_install() function. If your device
+ supports vertical blank interrupts, it should call
+ drm_vblank_init() to initialize the core vblank handling code before
+ enabling interrupts on your device. This ensures the vblank related
+ structures are allocated and allows the core to handle vblank events.
+ </para>
+<!--!Fdrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c drm_irq_install-->
+ <para>
+ Once your interrupt handler is registered (it'll use your
+ drm_driver.irq_handler as the actual interrupt handling
+ function), you can safely enable interrupts on your device,
+ assuming any other state your interrupt handler uses is also
+ initialized.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Another task that may be necessary during configuration is
+ mapping the video BIOS. On many devices, the VBIOS describes
+ device configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains
+ flags indicating device state. Mapping the BIOS can be done
+ using the pci_map_rom() call, a convenience function that
+ takes care of mapping the actual ROM, whether it has been
+ shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000) or exists
+ on the PCI device in the ROM BAR. Note that once you've
+ mapped the ROM and extracted any necessary information, be
+ sure to unmap it; on many devices the ROM address decoder is
+ shared with other BARs, so leaving it mapped can cause
+ undesired behavior like hangs or memory corruption.
+<!--!Fdrivers/pci/rom.c pci_map_rom-->
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Memory manager initialization</title>
+ <para>
+ In order to allocate command buffers, cursor memory, scanout
+ buffers, etc., as well as support the latest features provided
+ by packages like Mesa and the X.Org X server, your driver
+ should support a memory manager.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If your driver supports memory management (it should!), you'll
+ need to set that up at load time as well. How you initialize
+ it depends on which memory manager you're using, TTM or GEM.
+ </para>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>TTM initialization</title>
+ <para>
+ TTM (for Translation Table Manager) manages video memory and
+ aperture space for graphics devices. TTM supports both UMA devices
+ and devices with dedicated video RAM (VRAM), i.e. most discrete
+ graphics devices. If your device has dedicated RAM, supporting
+ TTM is desirable. TTM also integrates tightly with your
+ driver specific buffer execution function. See the radeon
+ driver for examples.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The core TTM structure is the ttm_bo_driver struct. It contains
+ several fields with function pointers for initializing the TTM,
+ allocating and freeing memory, waiting for command completion
+ and fence synchronization, and memory migration. See the
+ radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields:
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct ttm_global_reference {
+ enum ttm_global_types global_type;
+ size_t size;
+ void *object;
+ int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+ void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+ };
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ There should be one global reference structure for your memory
+ manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object
+ created by the memory manager at runtime. Your global TTM should
+ have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM. The size field for the global
+ object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and
+ release hooks should point at your driver specific init and
+ release routines, which will probably eventually call
+ ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release respectively.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized
+ (done by calling ttm_global_item_ref on the global object you
+ just created), you'll need to create a buffer object TTM to
+ provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the
+ kernel itself. The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO,
+ and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global). Again,
+ driver specific init and release functions can be provided,
+ likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init and
+ ttm_bo_global_release, respectively. Also like the previous
+ object, ttm_global_item_ref is used to create an initial reference
+ count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>GEM initialization</title>
+ <para>
+ GEM is an alternative to TTM, designed specifically for UMA
+ devices. It has simpler initialization and execution requirements
+ than TTM, but has no VRAM management capability. Core GEM
+ initialization is comprised of a basic drm_mm_init call to create
+ a GTT DRM MM object, which provides an address space pool for
+ object allocation. In a KMS configuration, the driver will
+ need to allocate and initialize a command ring buffer following
+ basic GEM initialization. Most UMA devices have a so-called
+ "stolen" memory region, which provides space for the initial
+ framebuffer and large, contiguous memory regions required by the
+ device. This space is not typically managed by GEM, and must
+ be initialized separately into its own DRM MM object.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Initialization will be driver specific, and will depend on
+ the architecture of the device. In the case of Intel
+ integrated graphics chips like 965GM, GEM initialization can
+ be done by calling the internal GEM init function,
+ i915_gem_do_init(). Since the 965GM is a UMA device
+ (i.e. it doesn't have dedicated VRAM), GEM will manage
+ making regular RAM available for GPU operations. Memory set
+ aside by the BIOS (called "stolen" memory by the i915
+ driver) will be managed by the DRM memrange allocator; the
+ rest of the aperture will be managed by GEM.
+ <programlisting>
+ /* Basic memrange allocator for stolen space (aka vram) */
+ drm_memrange_init(&dev_priv->vram, 0, prealloc_size);
+ /* Let GEM Manage from end of prealloc space to end of aperture */
+ i915_gem_do_init(dev, prealloc_size, agp_size);
+ </programlisting>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_memrange.c-->
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once the memory manager has been set up, we can allocate the
+ command buffer. In the i915 case, this is also done with a
+ GEM function, i915_gem_init_ringbuffer().
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Output configuration</title>
+ <para>
+ The final initialization task is output configuration. This involves
+ finding and initializing the CRTCs, encoders and connectors
+ for your device, creating an initial configuration and
+ registering a framebuffer console driver.
+ </para>
+ <sect3>
+ <title>Output discovery and initialization</title>
+ <para>
+ Several core functions exist to create CRTCs, encoders and
+ connectors, namely drm_crtc_init(), drm_connector_init() and
+ drm_encoder_init(), along with several "helper" functions to
+ perform common tasks.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Connectors should be registered with sysfs once they've been
+ detected and initialized, using the
+ drm_sysfs_connector_add() function. Likewise, when they're
+ removed from the system, they should be destroyed with
+ drm_sysfs_connector_remove().
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
+{
+ struct drm_connector *connector;
+ struct intel_output *intel_output;
+
+ intel_output = kzalloc(sizeof(struct intel_output), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!intel_output)
+ return;
+
+ connector = &intel_output->base;
+ drm_connector_init(dev, &intel_output->base,
+ &intel_crt_connector_funcs, DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA);
+
+ drm_encoder_init(dev, &intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_enc_funcs,
+ DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC);
+
+ drm_mode_connector_attach_encoder(&intel_output->base,
+ &intel_output->enc);
+
+ /* Set up the DDC bus. */
+ intel_output->ddc_bus = intel_i2c_create(dev, GPIOA, "CRTDDC_A");
+ if (!intel_output->ddc_bus) {
+ dev_printk(KERN_ERR, &dev->pdev->dev, "DDC bus registration "
+ "failed.\n");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ intel_output->type = INTEL_OUTPUT_ANALOG;
+ connector->interlace_allowed = 0;
+ connector->doublescan_allowed = 0;
+
+ drm_encoder_helper_add(&intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_helper_funcs);
+ drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs);
+
+ drm_sysfs_connector_add(connector);
+}
+]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ In the example above (again, taken from the i915 driver), a
+ CRT connector and encoder combination is created. A device
+ specific i2c bus is also created, for fetching EDID data and
+ performing monitor detection. Once the process is complete,
+ the new connector is registered with sysfs, to make its
+ properties available to applications.
+ </para>
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Helper functions and core functions</title>
+ <para>
+ Since many PC-class graphics devices have similar display output
+ designs, the DRM provides a set of helper functions to make
+ output management easier. The core helper routines handle
+ encoder re-routing and disabling of unused functions following
+ mode set. Using the helpers is optional, but recommended for
+ devices with PC-style architectures (i.e. a set of display planes
+ for feeding pixels to encoders which are in turn routed to
+ connectors). Devices with more complex requirements needing
+ finer grained management can opt to use the core callbacks
+ directly.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ [Insert typical diagram here.] [Insert OMAP style config here.]
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+ <para>
+ For each encoder, CRTC and connector, several functions must
+ be provided, depending on the object type. Encoder objects
+ need to provide a DPMS (basically on/off) function, mode fixup
+ (for converting requested modes into native hardware timings),
+ and prepare, set and commit functions for use by the core DRM
+ helper functions. Connector helpers need to provide mode fetch and
+ validity functions as well as an encoder matching function for
+ returning an ideal encoder for a given connector. The core
+ connector functions include a DPMS callback, (deprecated)
+ save/restore routines, detection, mode probing, property handling,
+ and cleanup functions.
+ </para>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.h-->
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c-->
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <!-- Internals: vblank handling -->
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>VBlank event handling</title>
+ <para>
+ The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls:
+ DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK and DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL.
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c-->
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure
+ as its argument, and is used to block or request a signal when a
+ specified vblank event occurs.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL should be called by application level
+ drivers before and after mode setting, since on many devices the
+ vertical blank counter will be reset at that time. Internally,
+ the DRM snapshots the last vblank count when the ioctl is called
+ with the _DRM_PRE_MODESET command so that the counter won't go
+ backwards (which is dealt with when _DRM_POST_MODESET is used).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To support the functions above, the DRM core provides several
+ helper functions for tracking vertical blank counters, and
+ requires drivers to provide several callbacks:
+ get_vblank_counter(), enable_vblank() and disable_vblank(). The
+ core uses get_vblank_counter() to keep the counter accurate
+ across interrupt disable periods. It should return the current
+ vertical blank event count, which is often tracked in a device
+ register. The enable and disable vblank callbacks should enable
+ and disable vertical blank interrupts, respectively. In the
+ absence of DRM clients waiting on vblank events, the core DRM
+ code will use the disable_vblank() function to disable
+ interrupts, which saves power. They'll be re-enabled again when
+ a client calls the vblank wait ioctl above.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Devices that don't provide a count register can simply use an
+ internal atomic counter incremented on every vertical blank
+ interrupt, and can make their enable and disable vblank
+ functions into no-ops.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Memory management</title>
+ <para>
+ The memory manager lies at the heart of many DRM operations, and
+ is also required to support advanced client features like OpenGL
+ pbuffers. The DRM currently contains two memory managers, TTM
+ and GEM.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title>
+ <para>
+ TTM was developed by Tungsten Graphics, primarily by Thomas
+ Hellström, and is intended to be a flexible, high performance
+ graphics memory manager.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver
+ structure.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ TTM design background and information belongs here.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)</title>
+ <para>
+ GEM is an Intel project, authored by Eric Anholt and Keith
+ Packard. It provides simpler interfaces than TTM, and is well
+ suited for UMA devices.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ GEM-enabled drivers must provide gem_init_object() and
+ gem_free_object() callbacks to support the core memory
+ allocation routines. They should also provide several driver
+ specific ioctls to support command execution, pinning, buffer
+ read & write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: memory
+ allocation and freeing, command execution, and aperture management
+ at command execution time. Buffer object allocation is relatively
+ straightforward and largely provided by Linux's shmem layer, which
+ provides memory to back each object. When mapped into the GTT
+ or used in a command buffer, the backing pages for an object are
+ flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to be coherent
+ with the GPU. Likewise, when the GPU finishes rendering to an object,
+ if the CPU accesses it, it must be made coherent with the CPU's view
+ of memory, usually involving GPU cache flushing of various kinds.
+ This core CPU<->GPU coherency management is provided by the GEM
+ set domain function, which evaluates an object's current domain and
+ performs any necessary flushing or synchronization to put the object
+ into the desired coherency domain (note that the object may be busy,
+ i.e. an active render target; in that case the set domain function
+ will block the client and wait for rendering to complete before
+ performing any necessary flushing operations).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Perhaps the most important GEM function is providing a command
+ execution interface to clients. Client programs construct command
+ buffers containing references to previously allocated memory objects
+ and submit them to GEM. At that point, GEM will take care to bind
+ all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide
+ necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers.
+ This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding
+ others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation
+ support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients. Clients must
+ take care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects
+ than can fit in the GTT or GEM will reject them and no rendering
+ will occur. Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require
+ fence registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits
+ on pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence
+ registers than are available to the client. Such resource management
+ should be abstracted from the client in libdrm.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <!-- Output management -->
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Output management</title>
+ <para>
+ At the core of the DRM output management code is a set of
+ structures representing CRTCs, encoders and connectors.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that
+ contains a pointer to a scanout buffer. Therefore, the number
+ of CRTCs available determines how many independent scanout
+ buffers can be active at any given time. The CRTC structure
+ contains several fields to support this: a pointer to some video
+ memory, a display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video
+ memory to support panning or configurations where one piece of
+ video memory spans multiple CRTCs.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ An encoder takes pixel data from a CRTC and converts it to a
+ format suitable for any attached connectors. On some devices,
+ it may be possible to have a CRTC send data to more than one
+ encoder. In that case, both encoders would receive data from
+ the same scanout buffer, resulting in a "cloned" display
+ configuration across the connectors attached to each encoder.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ A connector is the final destination for pixel data on a device,
+ and usually connects directly to an external display device like
+ a monitor or laptop panel. A connector can only be attached to
+ one encoder at a time. The connector is also the structure
+ where information about the attached display is kept, so it
+ contains fields for display data, EDID data, DPMS &
+ connection status, and information about modes supported on the
+ attached displays.
+ </para>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Framebuffer management</title>
+ <para>
+ In order to set a mode on a given CRTC, encoder and connector
+ configuration, clients need to provide a framebuffer object which
+ will provide a source of pixels for the CRTC to deliver to the encoder(s)
+ and ultimately the connector(s) in the configuration. A framebuffer
+ is fundamentally a driver specific memory object, made into an opaque
+ handle by the DRM addfb function. Once an fb has been created this
+ way it can be passed to the KMS mode setting routines for use in
+ a configuration.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Command submission & fencing</title>
+ <para>
+ This should cover a few device specific command submission
+ implementations.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Suspend/resume</title>
+ <para>
+ The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers
+ wanting full suspend/resume support should provide save() and
+ restore() functions. These will be called at suspend,
+ hibernate, or resume time, and should perform any state save or
+ restore required by your device across suspend or hibernate
+ states.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1>
+ <title>DMA services</title>
+ <para>
+ This should cover how DMA mapping etc. is supported by the core.
+ These functions are deprecated and should not be used.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!-- External interfaces -->
+
+ <chapter id="drmExternals">
+ <title>Userland interfaces</title>
+ <para>
+ The DRM core exports several interfaces to applications,
+ generally intended to be used through corresponding libdrm
+ wrapper functions. In addition, drivers export device specific
+ interfaces for use by userspace drivers & device aware
+ applications through ioctls and sysfs files.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ External interfaces include: memory mapping, context management,
+ DMA operations, AGP management, vblank control, fence
+ management, memory management, and output management.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Cover generic ioctls and sysfs layout here. Only need high
+ level info, since man pages will cover the rest.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!-- API reference -->
+
+ <appendix id="drmDriverApi">
+ <title>DRM Driver API</title>
+ <para>
+ Include auto-generated API reference here (need to reference it
+ from paragraphs above too).
+ </para>
+ </appendix>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb96b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1473 @@
+<title>DVB Audio Device</title>
+<para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It
+can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your
+application.
+</para>
+<para>Please note that some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in
+the omission of the audio and video device.
+</para>
+
+<section id="audio_data_types">
+<title>Audio Data Types</title>
+<para>This section describes the structures, data types and defines used when talking to the
+audio device.
+</para>
+
+<section id="audio_stream_source_t">
+<title>audio_stream_source_t</title>
+<para>The audio stream source is set through the AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take
+the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demux) or
+external (user write) source.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX,
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+ } audio_stream_source_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the
+DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system
+call.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_play_state_t">
+<title>audio_play_state_t</title>
+<para>The following values can be returned by the AUDIO_GET_STATUS call representing the
+state of audio playback.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_STOPPED,
+ AUDIO_PLAYING,
+ AUDIO_PAUSED
+ } audio_play_state_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_channel_select_t">
+<title>audio_channel_select_t</title>
+<para>The audio channel selected via AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT is determined by the
+following values.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ AUDIO_STEREO,
+ AUDIO_MONO_LEFT,
+ AUDIO_MONO_RIGHT,
+ } audio_channel_select_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_status">
+<title>struct audio_status</title>
+<para>The AUDIO_GET_STATUS call returns the following structure informing about various
+states of the playback operation.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef struct audio_status {
+ boolean AV_sync_state;
+ boolean mute_state;
+ audio_play_state_t play_state;
+ audio_stream_source_t stream_source;
+ audio_channel_select_t channel_select;
+ boolean bypass_mode;
+ } audio_status_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_mixer">
+<title>struct audio_mixer</title>
+<para>The following structure is used by the AUDIO_SET_MIXER call to set the audio
+volume.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef struct audio_mixer {
+ unsigned int volume_left;
+ unsigned int volume_right;
+ } audio_mixer_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_encodings">
+<title>audio encodings</title>
+<para>A call to AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES returns an unsigned integer with the following
+bits set according to the hardwares capabilities.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_DTS 1
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_LPCM 2
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP1 4
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP2 8
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP3 16
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_AAC 32
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_OGG 64
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_SDDS 128
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_AC3 256
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_karaoke">
+<title>struct audio_karaoke</title>
+<para>The ioctl AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE uses the following format:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct audio_karaoke{
+ int vocal1;
+ int vocal2;
+ int melody;
+ } audio_karaoke_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>If Vocal1 or Vocal2 are non-zero, they get mixed into left and right t at 70% each. If both,
+Vocal1 and Vocal2 are non-zero, Vocal1 gets mixed into the left channel and Vocal2 into the
+right channel at 100% each. Ff Melody is non-zero, the melody channel gets mixed into left
+and right.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_attributes">
+<title>audio attributes</title>
+<para>The following attributes can be set by a call to AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef uint16_t audio_attributes_t;
+ /⋆ bits: descr. ⋆/
+ /⋆ 15-13 audio coding mode (0=ac3, 2=mpeg1, 3=mpeg2ext, 4=LPCM, 6=DTS, ⋆/
+ /⋆ 12 multichannel extension ⋆/
+ /⋆ 11-10 audio type (0=not spec, 1=language included) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 9- 8 audio application mode (0=not spec, 1=karaoke, 2=surround) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 7- 6 Quantization / DRC (mpeg audio: 1=DRC exists)(lpcm: 0=16bit, ⋆/
+ /⋆ 5- 4 Sample frequency fs (0=48kHz, 1=96kHz) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 2- 0 number of audio channels (n+1 channels) ⋆/
+</programlisting>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="audio_function_calls">
+<title>Audio Function Calls</title>
+
+
+<section id="audio_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call opens a named audio device (e.g. /dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0)
+ for subsequent use. When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready
+ for use. The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the
+ documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the
+ semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later
+ be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command
+ of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux
+ manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the Audio Device in O_RDWR
+ mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an error
+ code will be returned. If the Audio Device is opened in O_RDONLY mode, the
+ only ioctl call that can be used is AUDIO_GET_STATUS. All other call will
+ return with an error code.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char
+ *deviceName</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Name of specific audio device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int flags</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_fclose">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call closes a previously opened audio device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(int fd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_fwrite">
+<title>write()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call can only be used if AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected
+ in the ioctl call AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE. The data provided shall be in
+ PES format. If O_NONBLOCK is not specified the function will block until
+ buffer space is available. The amount of data to be transferred is implied by
+ count.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t count);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>void *buf</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the buffer containing the PES data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t count</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of buf.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Mode AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Attempted to write more data than the internal buffer can
+ hold.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_STOP</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to stop playing the current stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_STOP);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_STOP for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_PLAY</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to start playing an audio stream from the
+ selected source.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_PLAY);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_PLAY for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_PAUSE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call suspends the audio stream being played. Decoding and playing
+ are paused. It is then possible to restart again decoding and playing process of
+ the audio stream using AUDIO_CONTINUE command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected in the ioctl call
+ AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, the DVB-subsystem will not decode (consume)
+ any more data until the ioctl call AUDIO_CONTINUE or AUDIO_PLAY is
+ performed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_PAUSE);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_PAUSE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call informs the audio device which source shall be used
+ for the input data. The possible sources are demux or memory. If
+ AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected, the data is fed to the Audio Device
+ through the write command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE,
+ audio_stream_source_t source);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_stream_source_t
+ source</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates the source that shall be used for the Audio
+ stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_MUTE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the audio device to mute the stream that is currently being
+ played.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_MUTE,
+ boolean state);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_MUTE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>boolean state</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates if audio device shall mute or not.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>TRUE Audio Mute</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>FALSE Audio Un-mute</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to turn ON or OFF A/V synchronization.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC,
+ boolean state);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_AV_SYNC for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>boolean state</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Tells the DVB subsystem if A/V synchronization shall be
+ ON or OFF.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>TRUE AV-sync ON</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>FALSE AV-sync OFF</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to bypass the Audio decoder and forward
+ the stream without decoding. This mode shall be used if streams that can’t be
+ handled by the DVB system shall be decoded. Dolby DigitalTM streams are
+ automatically forwarded by the DVB subsystem if the hardware can handle it.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE, boolean mode);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>boolean mode</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Enables or disables the decoding of the current Audio
+ stream in the DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>TRUE Bypass is disabled</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>FALSE Bypass is enabled</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel if possible.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT, audio_channel_select_t);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_channel_select_t
+ ch</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Select the output format of the audio (mono left/right,
+ stereo).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter ch.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_STATUS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to return the current state of the Audio
+ Device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_GET_STATUS,
+ struct audio_status ⋆status);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_GET_STATUS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct audio_status
+ *status</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the current state of Audio Device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>status points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to tell us about the decoding capabilities
+ of the audio hardware.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES, unsigned int ⋆cap);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>unsigned int *cap</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns a bit array of supported sound formats.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>cap points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to clear all software and hardware buffers
+ of the audio decoder device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_ID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl selects which sub-stream is to be decoded if a program or system
+ stream is sent to the video device. If no audio stream type is set the id has to be
+ in [0xC0,0xDF] for MPEG sound, in [0x80,0x87] for AC3 and in [0xA0,0xA7]
+ for LPCM. More specifications may follow for other stream types. If the stream
+ type is set the id just specifies the substream id of the audio stream and only
+ the first 5 bits are recognized.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_ID, int
+ id);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_ID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int id</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio sub-stream id</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid sub-stream id.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_MIXER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl lets you adjust the mixer settings of the audio decoder.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_MIXER,
+ audio_mixer_t ⋆mix);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_ID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_mixer_t *mix</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>mixer settings.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>mix points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl tells the driver which kind of audio stream to expect. This is useful
+ if the stream offers several audio sub-streams like LPCM and AC3.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE,
+ int type);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int type</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>stream type</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>type is not a valid or supported stream type.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl can be used to set the extension id for MPEG streams in DVD
+ playback. Only the first 3 bits are recognized.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID, int
+ id);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_EXT_ID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int id</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio sub_stream_id</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>id is not a valid id.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is intended for DVD playback and allows you to set certain
+ information about the audio stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES,
+ audio_attributes_t attr );</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_attributes_t
+ attr</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio attributes according to section ??</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>attr is not a valid or supported attribute setting.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl allows one to set the mixer settings for a karaoke DVD.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE,
+ audio_karaoke_t ⋆karaoke);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_SET_STREAMTYPE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_karaoke_t
+ *karaoke</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>karaoke settings according to section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>karaoke is not a valid or supported karaoke setting.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/ca.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1f1d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/ca.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+<title>DVB CA Device</title>
+<para>The DVB CA device controls the conditional access hardware. It can be accessed through
+<emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/ca0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be accessed by
+including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/ca.h</emphasis> in your application.
+</para>
+
+<section id="ca_data_types">
+<title>CA Data Types</title>
+
+
+<section id="ca_slot_info_t">
+<title>ca_slot_info_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆ slot interface types and info ⋆/
+
+ typedef struct ca_slot_info_s {
+ int num; /⋆ slot number ⋆/
+
+ int type; /⋆ CA interface this slot supports ⋆/
+ #define CA_CI 1 /⋆ CI high level interface ⋆/
+ #define CA_CI_LINK 2 /⋆ CI link layer level interface ⋆/
+ #define CA_CI_PHYS 4 /⋆ CI physical layer level interface ⋆/
+ #define CA_SC 128 /⋆ simple smart card interface ⋆/
+
+ unsigned int flags;
+ #define CA_CI_MODULE_PRESENT 1 /⋆ module (or card) inserted ⋆/
+ #define CA_CI_MODULE_READY 2
+ } ca_slot_info_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ca_descr_info_t">
+<title>ca_descr_info_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct ca_descr_info_s {
+ unsigned int num; /⋆ number of available descramblers (keys) ⋆/
+ unsigned int type; /⋆ type of supported scrambling system ⋆/
+ #define CA_ECD 1
+ #define CA_NDS 2
+ #define CA_DSS 4
+ } ca_descr_info_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ca_cap_t">
+<title>ca_cap_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct ca_cap_s {
+ unsigned int slot_num; /⋆ total number of CA card and module slots ⋆/
+ unsigned int slot_type; /⋆ OR of all supported types ⋆/
+ unsigned int descr_num; /⋆ total number of descrambler slots (keys) ⋆/
+ unsigned int descr_type;/⋆ OR of all supported types ⋆/
+ } ca_cap_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ca_msg_t">
+<title>ca_msg_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆ a message to/from a CI-CAM ⋆/
+ typedef struct ca_msg_s {
+ unsigned int index;
+ unsigned int type;
+ unsigned int length;
+ unsigned char msg[256];
+ } ca_msg_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ca_descr_t">
+<title>ca_descr_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct ca_descr_s {
+ unsigned int index;
+ unsigned int parity;
+ unsigned char cw[8];
+ } ca_descr_t;
+</programlisting>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="ca_function_calls">
+<title>CA Function Calls</title>
+
+
+<section id="ca_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call opens a named ca device (e.g. /dev/ost/ca) for subsequent use.</para>
+<para>When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready for use.
+ The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the
+ documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the
+ semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later
+ be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command
+ of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux
+ manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the CA Device in O_RDWR
+ mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an error
+ code will be returned.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char
+ *deviceName</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Name of specific video device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int flags</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ca_fclose">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call closes a previously opened audio device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(int fd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/demux.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b8c4e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/demux.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,973 @@
+<title>DVB Demux Device</title>
+
+<para>The DVB demux device controls the filters of the DVB hardware/software. It can be
+accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/adapter0/demux0</emphasis>. Data types and and ioctl definitions can be
+accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/dmx.h</emphasis> in your application.
+</para>
+<section id="dmx_types">
+<title>Demux Data Types</title>
+
+<section id="dmx_output_t">
+<title>dmx_output_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_OUT_DECODER,
+ DMX_OUT_TAP,
+ DMX_OUT_TS_TAP
+ } dmx_output_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TAP</emphasis> delivers the stream output to the demux device on which the ioctl is
+called.
+</para>
+<para><emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> routes output to the logical DVR device <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0</emphasis>,
+which delivers a TS multiplexed from all filters for which <emphasis role="tt">DMX_OUT_TS_TAP</emphasis> was
+specified.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_input_t">
+<title>dmx_input_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_IN_FRONTEND,
+ DMX_IN_DVR
+ } dmx_input_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_pes_type_t">
+<title>dmx_pes_type_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_PES_AUDIO,
+ DMX_PES_VIDEO,
+ DMX_PES_TELETEXT,
+ DMX_PES_SUBTITLE,
+ DMX_PES_PCR,
+ DMX_PES_OTHER
+ } dmx_pes_type_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_event_t">
+<title>dmx_event_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_SCRAMBLING_EV,
+ DMX_FRONTEND_EV
+ } dmx_event_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_scrambling_status_t">
+<title>dmx_scrambling_status_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_SCRAMBLING_OFF,
+ DMX_SCRAMBLING_ON
+ } dmx_scrambling_status_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_filter">
+<title>struct dmx_filter</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct dmx_filter
+ {
+ uint8_t filter[DMX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ uint8_t mask[DMX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ } dmx_filter_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_sct_filter_params">
+<title>struct dmx_sct_filter_params</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dmx_sct_filter_params
+ {
+ uint16_t pid;
+ dmx_filter_t filter;
+ uint32_t timeout;
+ uint32_t flags;
+ #define DMX_CHECK_CRC 1
+ #define DMX_ONESHOT 2
+ #define DMX_IMMEDIATE_START 4
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_pes_filter_params">
+<title>struct dmx_pes_filter_params</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dmx_pes_filter_params
+ {
+ uint16_t pid;
+ dmx_input_t input;
+ dmx_output_t output;
+ dmx_pes_type_t pes_type;
+ uint32_t flags;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_event">
+<title>struct dmx_event</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dmx_event
+ {
+ dmx_event_t event;
+ time_t timeStamp;
+ union
+ {
+ dmx_scrambling_status_t scrambling;
+ } u;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_stc">
+<title>struct dmx_stc</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dmx_stc {
+ unsigned int num; /⋆ input : which STC? 0..N ⋆/
+ unsigned int base; /⋆ output: divisor for stc to get 90 kHz clock ⋆/
+ uint64_t stc; /⋆ output: stc in 'base'⋆90 kHz units ⋆/
+ };
+</programlisting>
+ </section>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_fcalls">
+<title>Demux Function Calls</title>
+
+<section id="dmx_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call, used with a device name of /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0,
+ allocates a new filter and returns a handle which can be used for subsequent
+ control of that filter. This call has to be made for each filter to be used, i.e. every
+ returned file descriptor is a reference to a single filter. /dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0
+ is a logical device to be used for retrieving Transport Streams for digital
+ video recording. When reading from this device a transport stream containing
+ the packets from all PES filters set in the corresponding demux device
+ (/dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0) having the output set to DMX_OUT_TS_TAP. A
+ recorded Transport Stream is replayed by writing to this device. </para>
+<para>The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the
+ documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the
+ semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later
+ be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command
+ of the fcntl system call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char
+ *deviceName</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Name of demux device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int flags</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EMFILE</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>“Too many open files”, i.e. no more filters available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The driver failed to allocate enough memory.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_fclose">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call deactivates and deallocates a filter that was previously
+ allocated via the open() call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(int fd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_fread">
+<title>read()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call returns filtered data, which might be section or PES data. The
+ filtered data is transferred from the driver’s internal circular buffer to buf. The
+ maximum amount of data to be transferred is implied by count.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>When returning section data the driver always tries to return a complete single
+ section (even though buf would provide buffer space for more data). If the size
+ of the buffer is smaller than the section as much as possible will be returned,
+ and the remaining data will be provided in subsequent calls.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The size of the internal buffer is 2 * 4096 bytes (the size of two maximum
+ sized sections) by default. The size of this buffer may be changed by using the
+ DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE function. If the buffer is not large enough, or if
+ the read operations are not performed fast enough, this may result in a buffer
+ overflow error. In this case EOVERFLOW will be returned, and the circular
+ buffer will be emptied. This call is blocking if there is no data to return, i.e. the
+ process will be put to sleep waiting for data, unless the O_NONBLOCK flag
+ is specified.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Note that in order to be able to read, the filtering process has to be started
+ by defining either a section or a PES filter by means of the ioctl functions,
+ and then starting the filtering process via the DMX_START ioctl function
+ or by setting the DMX_IMMEDIATE_START flag. If the reading is done
+ from a logical DVR demux device, the data will constitute a Transport Stream
+ including the packets from all PES filters in the corresponding demux device
+ /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0 having the output set to DMX_OUT_TS_TAP.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t read(int fd, void ⋆buf, size_t count);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>void *buf</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the buffer to be used for returned filtered data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t count</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of buf.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No data to return and O_NONBLOCK was specified.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ECRC</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Last section had a CRC error - no data returned. The
+ buffer is flushed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EOVERFLOW</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The filtered data was not read from the buffer in due
+ time, resulting in non-read data being lost. The buffer is
+ flushed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ETIMEDOUT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The section was not loaded within the stated timeout
+ period. See ioctl DMX_SET_FILTER for how to set a
+ timeout.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The driver failed to write to the callers buffer due to an
+ invalid *buf pointer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_fwrite">
+<title>write()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call is only provided by the logical device /dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr0,
+ associated with the physical demux device that provides the actual DVR
+ functionality. It is used for replay of a digitally recorded Transport Stream.
+ Matching filters have to be defined in the corresponding physical demux
+ device, /dev/dvb/adapter0/demux0. The amount of data to be transferred is
+ implied by count.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ssize_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t
+ count);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>void *buf</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the buffer containing the Transport Stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t count</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of buf.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No data was written. This
+ might happen if O_NONBLOCK was specified and there
+ is no more buffer space available (if O_NONBLOCK is
+ not specified the function will block until buffer space is
+ available).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This error code indicates that there are conflicting
+ requests. The corresponding demux device is setup to
+ receive data from the front- end. Make sure that these
+ filters are stopped and that the filters with input set to
+ DMX_IN_DVR are started.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_start">
+<title>DMX_START</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to start the actual filtering operation defined via the ioctl
+ calls DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_START);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_START for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument, i.e. no filtering parameters provided via
+ the DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER
+ functions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This error code indicates that there are conflicting
+ requests. There are active filters filtering data from
+ another input source. Make sure that these filters are
+ stopped before starting this filter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_stop">
+<title>DMX_STOP</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to stop the actual filtering operation defined via the
+ ioctl calls DMX_SET_FILTER or DMX_SET_PES_FILTER and started via
+ the DMX_START command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_STOP);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_STOP for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_set_filter">
+<title>DMX_SET_FILTER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call sets up a filter according to the filter and mask parameters
+ provided. A timeout may be defined stating number of seconds to wait for a
+ section to be loaded. A value of 0 means that no timeout should be applied.
+ Finally there is a flag field where it is possible to state whether a section should
+ be CRC-checked, whether the filter should be a ”one-shot” filter, i.e. if the
+ filtering operation should be stopped after the first section is received, and
+ whether the filtering operation should be started immediately (without waiting
+ for a DMX_START ioctl call). If a filter was previously set-up, this filter will
+ be canceled, and the receive buffer will be flushed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_SET_FILTER,
+ struct dmx_sct_filter_params ⋆params);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_SET_FILTER for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dmx_sct_filter_params
+ *params</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to structure containing filter parameters.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_set_pes_filter">
+<title>DMX_SET_PES_FILTER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call sets up a PES filter according to the parameters provided. By a
+ PES filter is meant a filter that is based just on the packet identifier (PID), i.e.
+ no PES header or payload filtering capability is supported.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The transport stream destination for the filtered output may be set. Also the
+ PES type may be stated in order to be able to e.g. direct a video stream directly
+ to the video decoder. Finally there is a flag field where it is possible to state
+ whether the filtering operation should be started immediately (without waiting
+ for a DMX_START ioctl call). If a filter was previously set-up, this filter will
+ be cancelled, and the receive buffer will be flushed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_SET_PES_FILTER,
+ struct dmx_pes_filter_params ⋆params);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_SET_PES_FILTER for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dmx_pes_filter_params
+ *params</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to structure containing filter parameters.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This error code indicates that there are conflicting
+ requests. There are active filters filtering data from
+ another input source. Make sure that these filters are
+ stopped before starting this filter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dms_set_buffer_size">
+<title>DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to set the size of the circular buffer used for filtered data.
+ The default size is two maximum sized sections, i.e. if this function is not called
+ a buffer size of 2 * 4096 bytes will be used.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request =
+ DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE, unsigned long size);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_SET_BUFFER_SIZE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>unsigned long size</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of circular buffer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The driver was not able to allocate a buffer of the
+ requested size.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_get_event">
+<title>DMX_GET_EVENT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns an event if available. If an event is not available,
+ the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or non-blocking
+ mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno set to
+ EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event becomes
+ available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the
+ device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor
+ should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should
+ be specified as the wake-up condition. Only the latest event for each filter is
+ saved.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_GET_EVENT,
+ struct dmx_event ⋆ev);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_EVENT for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dmx_event *ev</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the location where the event is to be stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ev points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in
+ non-blocking mode.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="dmx_get_stc">
+<title>DMX_GET_STC</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns the current value of the system time counter (which is driven
+ by a PES filter of type DMX_PES_PCR). Some hardware supports more than one
+ STC, so you must specify which one by setting the num field of stc before the ioctl
+ (range 0...n). The result is returned in form of a ratio with a 64 bit numerator
+ and a 32 bit denominator, so the real 90kHz STC value is stc->stc /
+ stc->base
+ .</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request = DMX_GET_STC, struct
+ dmx_stc ⋆stc);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_STC for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dmx_stc *stc</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the location where the stc is to be stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>stc points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid stc number.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad8678d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<partinfo>
+<authorgroup>
+<author>
+<firstname>Ralph</firstname>
+<surname>Metzler</surname>
+<othername role="mi">J. K.</othername>
+<affiliation><address><email>rjkm@metzlerbros.de</email></address></affiliation>
+</author>
+<author>
+<firstname>Marcus</firstname>
+<surname>Metzler</surname>
+<othername role="mi">O. C.</othername>
+<affiliation><address><email>rjkm@metzlerbros.de</email></address></affiliation>
+</author>
+</authorgroup>
+<authorgroup>
+<author>
+<firstname>Mauro</firstname>
+<othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
+<surname>Chehab</surname>
+<affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
+<contrib>Ported document to Docbook XML.</contrib>
+</author>
+</authorgroup>
+<copyright>
+ <year>2002</year>
+ <year>2003</year>
+ <holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
+</copyright>
+<copyright>
+ <year>2009-2011</year>
+ <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<revhistory>
+<!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
+<revision>
+ <revnumber>2.0.3</revnumber>
+ <date>2010-07-03</date>
+ <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>
+ Add some frontend capabilities flags, present on kernel, but missing at the specs.
+ </revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
+ <revnumber>2.0.2</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-10-25</date>
+ <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>
+ documents FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE and FE_DISHETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD ioctls.
+ </revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>2.0.1</revnumber>
+<date>2009-09-16</date>
+<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+<revremark>
+Added ISDB-T test originally written by Patrick Boettcher
+</revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>2.0.0</revnumber>
+<date>2009-09-06</date>
+<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+<revremark>Conversion from LaTex to DocBook XML. The
+ contents is the same as the original LaTex version.</revremark>
+</revision>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>1.0.0</revnumber>
+<date>2003-07-24</date>
+<authorinitials>rjkm</authorinitials>
+<revremark>Initial revision on LaTEX.</revremark>
+</revision>
+</revhistory>
+</partinfo>
+
+
+<title>LINUX DVB API</title>
+<subtitle>Version 5.2</subtitle>
+<!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
+ <chapter id="dvb_introdution">
+ &sub-intro;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_frontend">
+ &sub-frontend;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_demux">
+ &sub-demux;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_video">
+ &sub-video;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_audio">
+ &sub-audio;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_ca">
+ &sub-ca;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_net">
+ &sub-net;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_kdapi">
+ &sub-kdapi;
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="dvb_examples">
+ &sub-examples;
+ </chapter>
+<!-- END OF CHAPTERS -->
+ <appendix id="frontend_h">
+ <title>DVB Frontend Header File</title>
+ &sub-frontend-h;
+ </appendix>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f57c7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+<section id="FE_GET_PROPERTY">
+<title>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</title>
+
+<section id="isdbt">
+ <title>ISDB-T frontend</title>
+ <para>This section describes shortly what are the possible parameters in the Linux
+ DVB-API called "S2API" and now DVB API 5 in order to tune an ISDB-T/ISDB-Tsb
+ demodulator:</para>
+
+ <para>This ISDB-T/ISDB-Tsb API extension should reflect all information
+ needed to tune any ISDB-T/ISDB-Tsb hardware. Of course it is possible
+ that some very sophisticated devices won't need certain parameters to
+ tune.</para>
+
+ <para>The information given here should help application writers to know how
+ to handle ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb hardware using the Linux DVB-API.</para>
+
+ <para>The details given here about ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb are just enough to
+ basically show the dependencies between the needed parameter values,
+ but surely some information is left out. For more detailed information
+ see the following documents:</para>
+
+ <para>ARIB STD-B31 - "Transmission System for Digital Terrestrial
+ Television Broadcasting" and</para>
+ <para>ARIB TR-B14 - "Operational Guidelines for Digital Terrestrial
+ Television Broadcasting".</para>
+
+ <para>In order to read this document one has to have some knowledge the
+ channel structure in ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb. I.e. it has to be known to
+ the reader that an ISDB-T channel consists of 13 segments, that it can
+ have up to 3 layer sharing those segments, and things like that.</para>
+
+ <para>Parameters used by ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb.</para>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-parms">
+ <title>Parameters that are common with DVB-T and ATSC</title>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-freq">
+ <title><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Central frequency of the channel.</para>
+
+ <para>For ISDB-T the channels are usally transmitted with an offset of 143kHz. E.g. a
+ valid frequncy could be 474143 kHz. The stepping is bound to the bandwidth of
+ the channel which is 6MHz.</para>
+
+ <para>As in ISDB-Tsb the channel consists of only one or three segments the
+ frequency step is 429kHz, 3*429 respectively. As for ISDB-T the
+ central frequency of the channel is expected.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-bw">
+ <title><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant> (optional)</title>
+
+ <para>Possible values:</para>
+
+ <para>For ISDB-T it should be always 6000000Hz (6MHz)</para>
+ <para>For ISDB-Tsb it can vary depending on the number of connected segments</para>
+
+ <para>Note: Hardware specific values might be given here, but standard
+ applications should not bother to set a value to this field as
+ standard demods are ignoring it anyway.</para>
+
+ <para>Bandwidth in ISDB-T is fixed (6MHz) or can be easily derived from
+ other parameters (DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX,
+ DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT).</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-delivery-sys">
+ <title><constant>DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: <constant>SYS_ISDBT</constant></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-tx-mode">
+ <title><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></title>
+
+ <para>ISDB-T supports three carrier/symbol-size: 8K, 4K, 2K. It is called
+ 'mode' in the standard: Mode 1 is 2K, mode 2 is 4K, mode 3 is 8K</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: <constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K</constant>, <constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K</constant>,
+ <constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant>, <constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K</constant></para>
+
+ <para>If <constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant> is set the <constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO</constant> the
+ hardware will try to find the correct FFT-size (if capable) and will
+ use TMCC to fill in the missing parameters.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K</constant> is added at the same time as the other new parameters.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-guard-interval">
+ <title><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32</constant>, <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16</constant>, <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8</constant>,
+ <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4</constant>, <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant></para>
+
+ <para>If <constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant> is set the <constant>GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO</constant> the hardware will
+ try to find the correct guard interval (if capable) and will use TMCC to fill
+ in the missing parameters.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="isdbt-new-parms">
+ <title>ISDB-T only parameters</title>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-part-rec">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant></title>
+
+ <para><constant>If DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> is '0' this bit-field represents whether
+ the channel is in partial reception mode or not.</para>
+
+ <para>If '1' <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_*</constant> values are assigned to the center segment and
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> has to be '1'.</para>
+
+ <para>If in addition <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> is '1'
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant> represents whether this ISDB-Tsb channel
+ is consisting of one segment and layer or three segments and two layers.</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0, 1, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-sound-bcast">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant></title>
+
+ <para>This field represents whether the other DTV_ISDBT_*-parameters are
+ referring to an ISDB-T and an ISDB-Tsb channel. (See also
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant>).</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0, 1, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-sb-ch-id">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID</constant></title>
+
+ <para>This field only applies if <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> is '1'.</para>
+
+ <para>(Note of the author: This might not be the correct description of the
+ <constant>SUBCHANNEL-ID</constant> in all details, but it is my understanding of the technical
+ background needed to program a device)</para>
+
+ <para>An ISDB-Tsb channel (1 or 3 segments) can be broadcasted alone or in a
+ set of connected ISDB-Tsb channels. In this set of channels every
+ channel can be received independently. The number of connected
+ ISDB-Tsb segment can vary, e.g. depending on the frequency spectrum
+ bandwidth available.</para>
+
+ <para>Example: Assume 8 ISDB-Tsb connected segments are broadcasted. The
+ broadcaster has several possibilities to put those channels in the
+ air: Assuming a normal 13-segment ISDB-T spectrum he can align the 8
+ segments from position 1-8 to 5-13 or anything in between.</para>
+
+ <para>The underlying layer of segments are subchannels: each segment is
+ consisting of several subchannels with a predefined IDs. A sub-channel
+ is used to help the demodulator to synchronize on the channel.</para>
+
+ <para>An ISDB-T channel is always centered over all sub-channels. As for
+ the example above, in ISDB-Tsb it is no longer as simple as that.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>The DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID</constant> parameter is used to give the
+ sub-channel ID of the segment to be demodulated.</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0 .. 41, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-sb-seg-idx">
+
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX</constant></title>
+
+ <para>This field only applies if <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> is '1'.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX</constant> gives the index of the segment to be
+ demodulated for an ISDB-Tsb channel where several of them are
+ transmitted in the connected manner.</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0 .. <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> - 1</para>
+
+ <para>Note: This value cannot be determined by an automatic channel search.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-sb-seg-cnt">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant></title>
+
+ <para>This field only applies if <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> is '1'.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> gives the total count of connected ISDB-Tsb
+ channels.</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 1 .. 13</para>
+
+ <para>Note: This value cannot be determined by an automatic channel search.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdb-hierq-layers">
+ <title>Hierarchical layers</title>
+
+ <para>ISDB-T channels can be coded hierarchically. As opposed to DVB-T in
+ ISDB-T hierarchical layers can be decoded simultaneously. For that
+ reason a ISDB-T demodulator has 3 viterbi and 3 reed-solomon-decoders.</para>
+
+ <para>ISDB-T has 3 hierarchical layers which each can use a part of the
+ available segments. The total number of segments over all layers has
+ to 13 in ISDB-T.</para>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-layer-ena">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Hierarchical reception in ISDB-T is achieved by enabling or disabling
+ layers in the decoding process. Setting all bits of
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED</constant> to '1' forces all layers (if applicable) to be
+ demodulated. This is the default.</para>
+
+ <para>If the channel is in the partial reception mode
+ (<constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant> = 1) the central segment can be decoded
+ independently of the other 12 segments. In that mode layer A has to
+ have a <constant>SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> of 1.</para>
+
+ <para>In ISDB-Tsb only layer A is used, it can be 1 or 3 in ISDB-Tsb
+ according to <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant>. <constant>SEGMENT_COUNT</constant> must be filled
+ accordingly.</para>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0x1, 0x2, 0x4 (|-able)</para>
+
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[0:0]</constant> - layer A</para>
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[1:1]</constant> - layer B</para>
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[2:2]</constant> - layer C</para>
+ <para><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED[31:3]</constant> unused</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-layer-fec">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_FEC</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: <constant>FEC_AUTO</constant>, <constant>FEC_1_2</constant>, <constant>FEC_2_3</constant>, <constant>FEC_3_4</constant>, <constant>FEC_5_6</constant>, <constant>FEC_7_8</constant></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-layer-mod">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_MODULATION</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: <constant>QAM_AUTO</constant>, QP<constant>SK, QAM_16</constant>, <constant>QAM_64</constant>, <constant>DQPSK</constant></para>
+
+ <para>Note: If layer C is <constant>DQPSK</constant> layer B has to be <constant>DQPSK</constant>. If layer B is <constant>DQPSK</constant>
+ and <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant>=0 layer has to be <constant>DQPSK</constant>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt-layer-seg-cnt">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_SEGMENT_COUNT</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+
+ <para>Note: Truth table for <constant>DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING</constant> and
+ <constant>DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION</constant> and <constant>LAYER</constant>*_SEGMENT_COUNT</para>
+
+ <informaltable id="isdbt-layer_seg-cnt-table">
+ <tgroup cols="6">
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>PR</entry>
+ <entry>SB</entry>
+ <entry>Layer A width</entry>
+ <entry>Layer B width</entry>
+ <entry>Layer C width</entry>
+ <entry>total width</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>1 .. 13</entry>
+ <entry>1 .. 13</entry>
+ <entry>1 .. 13</entry>
+ <entry>13</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>1 .. 13</entry>
+ <entry>1 .. 13</entry>
+ <entry>13</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>13</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="isdbt_layer_t_interl">
+ <title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</constant></title>
+
+ <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+
+ <para>Note: The real inter-leaver depth-names depend on the mode (fft-size); the values
+ here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure -
+ independent of the mode.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbstb.png b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbstb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b8f372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/dvbstb.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/examples.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/examples.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f037e56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/examples.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+<title>Examples</title>
+<para>In this section we would like to present some examples for using the DVB API.
+</para>
+<para>Maintainer note: This section is out of date. Please refer to the sample programs packaged
+with the driver distribution from <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org/hg/dvb-apps" />.
+</para>
+
+<section id="tuning">
+<title>Tuning</title>
+<para>We will start with a generic tuning subroutine that uses the frontend and SEC, as well as
+the demux devices. The example is given for QPSK tuners, but can easily be adjusted for
+QAM.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+ #include <fcntl.h>
+ #include <time.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ #include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+ #include <linux/dvb/frontend.h>
+ #include <linux/dvb/sec.h>
+ #include <sys/poll.h>
+
+ #define DMX "/dev/dvb/adapter0/demux1"
+ #define FRONT "/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend1"
+ #define SEC "/dev/dvb/adapter0/sec1"
+
+ /⋆ routine for checking if we have a signal and other status information⋆/
+ int FEReadStatus(int fd, fe_status_t ⋆stat)
+ {
+ int ans;
+
+ if ( (ans = ioctl(fd,FE_READ_STATUS,stat) < 0)){
+ perror("FE READ STATUS: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (⋆stat & FE_HAS_POWER)
+ printf("FE HAS POWER\n");
+
+ if (⋆stat & FE_HAS_SIGNAL)
+ printf("FE HAS SIGNAL\n");
+
+ if (⋆stat & FE_SPECTRUM_INV)
+ printf("SPEKTRUM INV\n");
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+
+ /⋆ tune qpsk ⋆/
+ /⋆ freq: frequency of transponder ⋆/
+ /⋆ vpid, apid, tpid: PIDs of video, audio and teletext TS packets ⋆/
+ /⋆ diseqc: DiSEqC address of the used LNB ⋆/
+ /⋆ pol: Polarisation ⋆/
+ /⋆ srate: Symbol Rate ⋆/
+ /⋆ fec. FEC ⋆/
+ /⋆ lnb_lof1: local frequency of lower LNB band ⋆/
+ /⋆ lnb_lof2: local frequency of upper LNB band ⋆/
+ /⋆ lnb_slof: switch frequency of LNB ⋆/
+
+ int set_qpsk_channel(int freq, int vpid, int apid, int tpid,
+ int diseqc, int pol, int srate, int fec, int lnb_lof1,
+ int lnb_lof2, int lnb_slof)
+ {
+ struct secCommand scmd;
+ struct secCmdSequence scmds;
+ struct dmx_pes_filter_params pesFilterParams;
+ FrontendParameters frp;
+ struct pollfd pfd[1];
+ FrontendEvent event;
+ int demux1, demux2, demux3, front;
+
+ frequency = (uint32_t) freq;
+ symbolrate = (uint32_t) srate;
+
+ if((front = open(FRONT,O_RDWR)) < 0){
+ perror("FRONTEND DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if((sec = open(SEC,O_RDWR)) < 0){
+ perror("SEC DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (demux1 < 0){
+ if ((demux1=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK))
+ < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (demux2 < 0){
+ if ((demux2=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK))
+ < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (demux3 < 0){
+ if ((demux3=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK))
+ < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (freq < lnb_slof) {
+ frp.Frequency = (freq - lnb_lof1);
+ scmds.continuousTone = SEC_TONE_OFF;
+ } else {
+ frp.Frequency = (freq - lnb_lof2);
+ scmds.continuousTone = SEC_TONE_ON;
+ }
+ frp.Inversion = INVERSION_AUTO;
+ if (pol) scmds.voltage = SEC_VOLTAGE_18;
+ else scmds.voltage = SEC_VOLTAGE_13;
+
+ scmd.type=0;
+ scmd.u.diseqc.addr=0x10;
+ scmd.u.diseqc.cmd=0x38;
+ scmd.u.diseqc.numParams=1;
+ scmd.u.diseqc.params[0] = 0xF0 | ((diseqc ⋆ 4) & 0x0F) |
+ (scmds.continuousTone == SEC_TONE_ON ? 1 : 0) |
+ (scmds.voltage==SEC_VOLTAGE_18 ? 2 : 0);
+
+ scmds.miniCommand=SEC_MINI_NONE;
+ scmds.numCommands=1;
+ scmds.commands=&scmd;
+ if (ioctl(sec, SEC_SEND_SEQUENCE, &scmds) < 0){
+ perror("SEC SEND: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (ioctl(sec, SEC_SEND_SEQUENCE, &scmds) < 0){
+ perror("SEC SEND: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ frp.u.qpsk.SymbolRate = srate;
+ frp.u.qpsk.FEC_inner = fec;
+
+ if (ioctl(front, FE_SET_FRONTEND, &frp) < 0){
+ perror("QPSK TUNE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pfd[0].fd = front;
+ pfd[0].events = POLLIN;
+
+ if (poll(pfd,1,3000)){
+ if (pfd[0].revents & POLLIN){
+ printf("Getting QPSK event\n");
+ if ( ioctl(front, FE_GET_EVENT, &event)
+
+ == -EOVERFLOW){
+ perror("qpsk get event");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ printf("Received ");
+ switch(event.type){
+ case FE_UNEXPECTED_EV:
+ printf("unexpected event\n");
+ return -1;
+ case FE_FAILURE_EV:
+ printf("failure event\n");
+ return -1;
+
+ case FE_COMPLETION_EV:
+ printf("completion event\n");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ pesFilterParams.pid = vpid;
+ pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+ pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER;
+ pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_VIDEO;
+ pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+ if (ioctl(demux1, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){
+ perror("set_vpid");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pesFilterParams.pid = apid;
+ pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+ pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER;
+ pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_AUDIO;
+ pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+ if (ioctl(demux2, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){
+ perror("set_apid");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pesFilterParams.pid = tpid;
+ pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+ pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_DECODER;
+ pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_TELETEXT;
+ pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+ if (ioctl(demux3, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){
+ perror("set_tpid");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ return has_signal(fds);
+ }
+
+</programlisting>
+<para>The program assumes that you are using a universal LNB and a standard DiSEqC
+switch with up to 4 addresses. Of course, you could build in some more checking if
+tuning was successful and maybe try to repeat the tuning process. Depending on the
+external hardware, i.e. LNB and DiSEqC switch, and weather conditions this may be
+necessary.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="the_dvr_device">
+<title>The DVR device</title>
+<para>The following program code shows how to use the DVR device for recording.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ #include <sys/ioctl.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <sys/types.h>
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+ #include <fcntl.h>
+ #include <time.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ #include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+ #include <linux/dvb/video.h>
+ #include <sys/poll.h>
+ #define DVR "/dev/dvb/adapter0/dvr1"
+ #define AUDIO "/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio1"
+ #define VIDEO "/dev/dvb/adapter0/video1"
+
+ #define BUFFY (188⋆20)
+ #define MAX_LENGTH (1024⋆1024⋆5) /⋆ record 5MB ⋆/
+
+
+ /⋆ switch the demuxes to recording, assuming the transponder is tuned ⋆/
+
+ /⋆ demux1, demux2: file descriptor of video and audio filters ⋆/
+ /⋆ vpid, apid: PIDs of video and audio channels ⋆/
+
+ int switch_to_record(int demux1, int demux2, uint16_t vpid, uint16_t apid)
+ {
+ struct dmx_pes_filter_params pesFilterParams;
+
+ if (demux1 < 0){
+ if ((demux1=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK))
+ < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (demux2 < 0){
+ if ((demux2=open(DMX, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK))
+ < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE: ");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pesFilterParams.pid = vpid;
+ pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+ pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_TS_TAP;
+ pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_VIDEO;
+ pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+ if (ioctl(demux1, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ pesFilterParams.pid = apid;
+ pesFilterParams.input = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+ pesFilterParams.output = DMX_OUT_TS_TAP;
+ pesFilterParams.pes_type = DMX_PES_AUDIO;
+ pesFilterParams.flags = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+ if (ioctl(demux2, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0){
+ perror("DEMUX DEVICE");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /⋆ start recording MAX_LENGTH , assuming the transponder is tuned ⋆/
+
+ /⋆ demux1, demux2: file descriptor of video and audio filters ⋆/
+ /⋆ vpid, apid: PIDs of video and audio channels ⋆/
+ int record_dvr(int demux1, int demux2, uint16_t vpid, uint16_t apid)
+ {
+ int i;
+ int len;
+ int written;
+ uint8_t buf[BUFFY];
+ uint64_t length;
+ struct pollfd pfd[1];
+ int dvr, dvr_out;
+
+ /⋆ open dvr device ⋆/
+ if ((dvr = open(DVR, O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK)) < 0){
+ perror("DVR DEVICE");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /⋆ switch video and audio demuxes to dvr ⋆/
+ printf ("Switching dvr on\n");
+ i = switch_to_record(demux1, demux2, vpid, apid);
+ printf("finished: ");
+
+ printf("Recording %2.0f MB of test file in TS format\n",
+ MAX_LENGTH/(1024.0⋆1024.0));
+ length = 0;
+
+ /⋆ open output file ⋆/
+ if ((dvr_out = open(DVR_FILE,O_WRONLY|O_CREAT
+ |O_TRUNC, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR
+ |S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|
+ S_IWOTH)) < 0){
+ perror("Can't open file for dvr test");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ pfd[0].fd = dvr;
+ pfd[0].events = POLLIN;
+
+ /⋆ poll for dvr data and write to file ⋆/
+ while (length < MAX_LENGTH ) {
+ if (poll(pfd,1,1)){
+ if (pfd[0].revents & POLLIN){
+ len = read(dvr, buf, BUFFY);
+ if (len < 0){
+ perror("recording");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (len > 0){
+ written = 0;
+ while (written < len)
+ written +=
+ write (dvr_out,
+ buf, len);
+ length += len;
+ printf("written %2.0f MB\r",
+ length/1024./1024.);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d08e0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.h.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+<programlisting>
+/*
+ * frontend.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Marcus Metzler <marcus@convergence.de>
+ * Ralph Metzler <ralph@convergence.de>
+ * Holger Waechtler <holger@convergence.de>
+ * Andre Draszik <ad@convergence.de>
+ * for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVBFRONTEND_H_
+#define _DVBFRONTEND_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+typedef enum fe_type {
+ FE_QPSK,
+ FE_QAM,
+ FE_OFDM,
+ FE_ATSC
+} fe_type_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_caps {
+ FE_IS_STUPID = 0,
+ FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO = 0x1,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_1_2 = 0x2,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_2_3 = 0x4,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_3_4 = 0x8,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_4_5 = 0x10,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_5_6 = 0x20,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_6_7 = 0x40,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_7_8 = 0x80,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_8_9 = 0x100,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO = 0x200,
+ FE_CAN_QPSK = 0x400,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_16 = 0x800,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_32 = 0x1000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_64 = 0x2000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_128 = 0x4000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_256 = 0x8000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO = 0x10000,
+ FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO = 0x20000,
+ FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000,
+ FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000,
+ FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000,
+ FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000,
+ FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000,
+ FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000, /* We need more bitspace for newer APIs, indicate this. */
+ FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000, /* frontend supports "turbo fec modulation" */
+ FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000, /* frontend supports "2nd generation modulation" (DVB-S2) */
+ FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000, /* not supported anymore, don't use (frontend requires frequency bending) */
+ FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000, /* frontend can recover from a cable unplug automatically */
+ FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000 /* frontend can stop spurious TS data output */
+} fe_caps_t;
+
+
+struct dvb_frontend_info {
+ char name[128];
+ fe_type_t type;
+ __u32 frequency_min;
+ __u32 frequency_max;
+ __u32 frequency_stepsize;
+ __u32 frequency_tolerance;
+ __u32 symbol_rate_min;
+ __u32 symbol_rate_max;
+ __u32 symbol_rate_tolerance; /* ppm */
+ __u32 notifier_delay; /* DEPRECATED */
+ fe_caps_t caps;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Check out the DiSEqC bus spec available on http://www.eutelsat.org/ for
+ * the meaning of this struct...
+ */
+struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd {
+ __u8 msg [6]; /* { framing, address, command, data [3] } */
+ __u8 msg_len; /* valid values are 3...6 */
+};
+
+
+struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply {
+ __u8 msg [4]; /* { framing, data [3] } */
+ __u8 msg_len; /* valid values are 0...4, 0 means no msg */
+ int timeout; /* return from ioctl after timeout ms with */
+}; /* errorcode when no message was received */
+
+
+typedef enum fe_sec_voltage {
+ SEC_VOLTAGE_13,
+ SEC_VOLTAGE_18,
+ SEC_VOLTAGE_OFF
+} fe_sec_voltage_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode {
+ SEC_TONE_ON,
+ SEC_TONE_OFF
+} fe_sec_tone_mode_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd {
+ SEC_MINI_A,
+ SEC_MINI_B
+} fe_sec_mini_cmd_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_status {
+ FE_HAS_SIGNAL = 0x01, /* found something above the noise level */
+ FE_HAS_CARRIER = 0x02, /* found a DVB signal */
+ FE_HAS_VITERBI = 0x04, /* FEC is stable */
+ FE_HAS_SYNC = 0x08, /* found sync bytes */
+ FE_HAS_LOCK = 0x10, /* everything's working... */
+ FE_TIMEDOUT = 0x20, /* no lock within the last ~2 seconds */
+ FE_REINIT = 0x40 /* frontend was reinitialized, */
+} fe_status_t; /* application is recommended to reset */
+ /* DiSEqC, tone and parameters */
+
+typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion {
+ INVERSION_OFF,
+ INVERSION_ON,
+ INVERSION_AUTO
+} fe_spectral_inversion_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_code_rate {
+ FEC_NONE = 0,
+ FEC_1_2,
+ FEC_2_3,
+ FEC_3_4,
+ FEC_4_5,
+ FEC_5_6,
+ FEC_6_7,
+ FEC_7_8,
+ FEC_8_9,
+ FEC_AUTO,
+ FEC_3_5,
+ FEC_9_10,
+} fe_code_rate_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_modulation {
+ QPSK,
+ QAM_16,
+ QAM_32,
+ QAM_64,
+ QAM_128,
+ QAM_256,
+ QAM_AUTO,
+ VSB_8,
+ VSB_16,
+ PSK_8,
+ APSK_16,
+ APSK_32,
+ DQPSK,
+} fe_modulation_t;
+
+typedef enum fe_transmit_mode {
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K,
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K,
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO,
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_4K
+} fe_transmit_mode_t;
+
+typedef enum fe_bandwidth {
+ BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_AUTO
+} fe_bandwidth_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_guard_interval {
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO
+} fe_guard_interval_t;
+
+
+typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
+ HIERARCHY_NONE,
+ HIERARCHY_1,
+ HIERARCHY_2,
+ HIERARCHY_4,
+ HIERARCHY_AUTO
+} fe_hierarchy_t;
+
+
+struct dvb_qpsk_parameters {
+ __u32 symbol_rate; /* symbol rate in Symbols per second */
+ fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /* forward error correction (see above) */
+};
+
+struct dvb_qam_parameters {
+ __u32 symbol_rate; /* symbol rate in Symbols per second */
+ fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /* forward error correction (see above) */
+ fe_modulation_t modulation; /* modulation type (see above) */
+};
+
+struct dvb_vsb_parameters {
+ fe_modulation_t modulation; /* modulation type (see above) */
+};
+
+struct dvb_ofdm_parameters {
+ fe_bandwidth_t bandwidth;
+ fe_code_rate_t code_rate_HP; /* high priority stream code rate */
+ fe_code_rate_t code_rate_LP; /* low priority stream code rate */
+ fe_modulation_t constellation; /* modulation type (see above) */
+ fe_transmit_mode_t transmission_mode;
+ fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval;
+ fe_hierarchy_t hierarchy_information;
+};
+
+
+struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
+ __u32 frequency; /* (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM/ATSC */
+ /* intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK */
+ fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion;
+ union {
+ struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk;
+ struct dvb_qam_parameters qam;
+ struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm;
+ struct dvb_vsb_parameters vsb;
+ } u;
+};
+
+
+struct dvb_frontend_event {
+ fe_status_t status;
+ struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters;
+};
+
+/* S2API Commands */
+#define DTV_UNDEFINED 0
+#define DTV_TUNE 1
+#define DTV_CLEAR 2
+#define DTV_FREQUENCY 3
+#define DTV_MODULATION 4
+#define DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ 5
+#define DTV_INVERSION 6
+#define DTV_DISEQC_MASTER 7
+#define DTV_SYMBOL_RATE 8
+#define DTV_INNER_FEC 9
+#define DTV_VOLTAGE 10
+#define DTV_TONE 11
+#define DTV_PILOT 12
+#define DTV_ROLLOFF 13
+#define DTV_DISEQC_SLAVE_REPLY 14
+
+/* Basic enumeration set for querying unlimited capabilities */
+#define DTV_FE_CAPABILITY_COUNT 15
+#define DTV_FE_CAPABILITY 16
+#define DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM 17
+
+/* ISDB-T and ISDB-Tsb */
+#define DTV_ISDBT_PARTIAL_RECEPTION 18
+#define DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING 19
+
+#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SUBCHANNEL_ID 20
+#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_IDX 21
+#define DTV_ISDBT_SB_SEGMENT_COUNT 22
+
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_FEC 23
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_MODULATION 24
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_SEGMENT_COUNT 25
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERA_TIME_INTERLEAVING 26
+
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_FEC 27
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_MODULATION 28
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_SEGMENT_COUNT 29
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERB_TIME_INTERLEAVING 30
+
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_FEC 31
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_MODULATION 32
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_SEGMENT_COUNT 33
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYERC_TIME_INTERLEAVING 34
+
+#define DTV_API_VERSION 35
+
+#define DTV_CODE_RATE_HP 36
+#define DTV_CODE_RATE_LP 37
+#define DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL 38
+#define DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE 39
+#define DTV_HIERARCHY 40
+
+#define DTV_ISDBT_LAYER_ENABLED 41
+
+#define DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID 42
+
+#define DTV_MAX_COMMAND DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID
+
+typedef enum fe_pilot {
+ PILOT_ON,
+ PILOT_OFF,
+ PILOT_AUTO,
+} fe_pilot_t;
+
+typedef enum fe_rolloff {
+ ROLLOFF_35, /* Implied value in DVB-S, default for DVB-S2 */
+ ROLLOFF_20,
+ ROLLOFF_25,
+ ROLLOFF_AUTO,
+} fe_rolloff_t;
+
+typedef enum fe_delivery_system {
+ SYS_UNDEFINED,
+ SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_AC,
+ SYS_DVBC_ANNEX_B,
+ SYS_DVBT,
+ SYS_DSS,
+ SYS_DVBS,
+ SYS_DVBS2,
+ SYS_DVBH,
+ SYS_ISDBT,
+ SYS_ISDBS,
+ SYS_ISDBC,
+ SYS_ATSC,
+ SYS_ATSCMH,
+ SYS_DMBTH,
+ SYS_CMMB,
+ SYS_DAB,
+} fe_delivery_system_t;
+
+struct dtv_cmds_h {
+ char *name; /* A display name for debugging purposes */
+
+ __u32 cmd; /* A unique ID */
+
+ /* Flags */
+ __u32 set:1; /* Either a set or get property */
+ __u32 buffer:1; /* Does this property use the buffer? */
+ __u32 reserved:30; /* Align */
+};
+
+struct dtv_property {
+ __u32 cmd;
+ __u32 reserved[3];
+ union {
+ __u32 data;
+ struct {
+ __u8 data[32];
+ __u32 len;
+ __u32 reserved1[3];
+ void *reserved2;
+ } buffer;
+ } u;
+ int result;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* num of properties cannot exceed DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS per ioctl */
+#define DTV_IOCTL_MAX_MSGS 64
+
+struct dtv_properties {
+ __u32 num;
+ struct dtv_property *props;
+};
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_SET_PROPERTY</link> _IOW('o', 82, struct dtv_properties)
+#define <link linkend="FE_GET_PROPERTY">FE_GET_PROPERTY</link> _IOR('o', 83, struct dtv_properties)
+
+
+/**
+ * When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning
+ * behaviour. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock
+ * status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device
+ * is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is
+ * reopened read-write.
+ */
+#define FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT 0x01
+
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link> _IOR('o', 61, struct dvb_frontend_info)
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link> _IO('o', 62)
+#define <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link> _IOW('o', 63, struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd)
+#define <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link> _IOR('o', 64, struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply)
+#define <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link> _IO('o', 65) /* fe_sec_mini_cmd_t */
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link> _IO('o', 66) /* fe_sec_tone_mode_t */
+#define <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> _IO('o', 67) /* fe_sec_voltage_t */
+#define <link linkend="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE">FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</link> _IO('o', 68) /* int */
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link> _IOR('o', 69, fe_status_t)
+#define <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> _IOR('o', 70, __u32)
+#define <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> _IOR('o', 71, __u16)
+#define <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> _IOR('o', 72, __u16)
+#define <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> _IOR('o', 73, __u32)
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> _IOW('o', 76, struct dvb_frontend_parameters)
+#define <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link> _IOR('o', 77, struct dvb_frontend_parameters)
+#define <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE">FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</link> _IO('o', 81) /* unsigned int */
+#define <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> _IOR('o', 78, struct dvb_frontend_event)
+
+#define <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link> _IO('o', 80) /* unsigned int */
+
+#endif /*_DVBFRONTEND_H_*/
+</programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78d756d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1851 @@
+<title>DVB Frontend API</title>
+
+<para>The DVB frontend device controls the tuner and DVB demodulator
+hardware. It can be accessed through <emphasis
+role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0</emphasis>. Data types and and
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis
+role="tt">linux/dvb/frontend.h</emphasis> in your application.</para>
+
+<para>DVB frontends come in three varieties: DVB-S (satellite), DVB-C
+(cable) and DVB-T (terrestrial). Transmission via the internet (DVB-IP)
+is not yet handled by this API but a future extension is possible. For
+DVB-S the frontend device also supports satellite equipment control
+(SEC) via DiSEqC and V-SEC protocols. The DiSEqC (digital SEC)
+specification is available from
+<ulink url="http://www.eutelsat.com/satellites/4_5_5.html">Eutelsat</ulink>.</para>
+
+<para>Note that the DVB API may also be used for MPEG decoder-only PCI
+cards, in which case there exists no frontend device.</para>
+
+<section id="frontend_types">
+<title>Frontend Data Types</title>
+
+<section id="frontend_type">
+<title>frontend type</title>
+
+<para>For historical reasons frontend types are named after the type of modulation used in
+transmission.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_type {
+ FE_QPSK, /⋆ DVB-S ⋆/
+ FE_QAM, /⋆ DVB-C ⋆/
+ FE_OFDM /⋆ DVB-T ⋆/
+ } fe_type_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_caps">
+<title>frontend capabilities</title>
+
+<para>Capabilities describe what a frontend can do. Some capabilities can only be supported for
+a specific frontend type.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_caps {
+ FE_IS_STUPID = 0,
+ FE_CAN_INVERSION_AUTO = 0x1,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_1_2 = 0x2,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_2_3 = 0x4,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_3_4 = 0x8,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_4_5 = 0x10,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_5_6 = 0x20,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_6_7 = 0x40,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_7_8 = 0x80,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_8_9 = 0x100,
+ FE_CAN_FEC_AUTO = 0x200,
+ FE_CAN_QPSK = 0x400,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_16 = 0x800,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_32 = 0x1000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_64 = 0x2000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_128 = 0x4000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_256 = 0x8000,
+ FE_CAN_QAM_AUTO = 0x10000,
+ FE_CAN_TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO = 0x20000,
+ FE_CAN_BANDWIDTH_AUTO = 0x40000,
+ FE_CAN_GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO = 0x80000,
+ FE_CAN_HIERARCHY_AUTO = 0x100000,
+ FE_CAN_8VSB = 0x200000,
+ FE_CAN_16VSB = 0x400000,
+ FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS = 0x800000,
+ FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC = 0x8000000,
+ FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION = 0x10000000,
+ FE_NEEDS_BENDING = 0x20000000,
+ FE_CAN_RECOVER = 0x40000000,
+ FE_CAN_MUTE_TS = 0x80000000
+ } fe_caps_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_info">
+<title>frontend information</title>
+
+<para>Information about the frontend ca be queried with
+ <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para>
+
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_frontend_info {
+ char name[128];
+ fe_type_t type;
+ uint32_t frequency_min;
+ uint32_t frequency_max;
+ uint32_t frequency_stepsize;
+ uint32_t frequency_tolerance;
+ uint32_t symbol_rate_min;
+ uint32_t symbol_rate_max;
+ uint32_t symbol_rate_tolerance; /⋆ ppm ⋆/
+ uint32_t notifier_delay; /⋆ ms ⋆/
+ fe_caps_t caps;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_diseqc">
+<title>diseqc master command</title>
+
+<para>A message sent from the frontend to DiSEqC capable equipment.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd {
+ uint8_t msg [6]; /⋆ { framing, address, command, data[3] } ⋆/
+ uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 3...6 ⋆/
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+<section role="subsection">
+<title>diseqc slave reply</title>
+
+<para>A reply to the frontend from DiSEqC 2.0 capable equipment.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply {
+ uint8_t msg [4]; /⋆ { framing, data [3] } ⋆/
+ uint8_t msg_len; /⋆ valid values are 0...4, 0 means no msg ⋆/
+ int timeout; /⋆ return from ioctl after timeout ms with ⋆/
+ }; /⋆ errorcode when no message was received ⋆/
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_diseqc_slave_reply">
+<title>diseqc slave reply</title>
+<para>The voltage is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the polarzation
+(horizontal/vertical). When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to be switched
+consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC spec.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_sec_voltage {
+ SEC_VOLTAGE_13,
+ SEC_VOLTAGE_18
+ } fe_sec_voltage_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_sec_tone">
+<title>SEC continuous tone</title>
+
+<para>The continous 22KHz tone is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable LNBs to switch the
+high/low band of a dual-band LNB. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to
+be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC
+spec.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_sec_tone_mode {
+ SEC_TONE_ON,
+ SEC_TONE_OFF
+ } fe_sec_tone_mode_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_sec_burst">
+<title>SEC tone burst</title>
+
+<para>The 22KHz tone burst is usually used with non-DiSEqC capable switches to select
+between two connected LNBs/satellites. When using DiSEqC epuipment this voltage has to
+be switched consistently to the DiSEqC commands as described in the DiSEqC
+spec.</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_sec_mini_cmd {
+ SEC_MINI_A,
+ SEC_MINI_B
+ } fe_sec_mini_cmd_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+<para></para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_status">
+<title>frontend status</title>
+<para>Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined
+by</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_status {
+ FE_HAS_SIGNAL = 0x01, /⋆ found something above the noise level ⋆/
+ FE_HAS_CARRIER = 0x02, /⋆ found a DVB signal ⋆/
+ FE_HAS_VITERBI = 0x04, /⋆ FEC is stable ⋆/
+ FE_HAS_SYNC = 0x08, /⋆ found sync bytes ⋆/
+ FE_HAS_LOCK = 0x10, /⋆ everything's working... ⋆/
+ FE_TIMEDOUT = 0x20, /⋆ no lock within the last ~2 seconds ⋆/
+ FE_REINIT = 0x40 /⋆ frontend was reinitialized, ⋆/
+ } fe_status_t; /⋆ application is recommned to reset ⋆/
+</programlisting>
+<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_params">
+<title>frontend parameters</title>
+<para>The kind of parameters passed to the frontend device for tuning depend on
+the kind of hardware you are using. All kinds of parameters are combined as an
+union in the FrontendParameters structure:</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
+ uint32_t frequency; /⋆ (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM ⋆/
+ /⋆ intermediate frequency in kHz for QPSK ⋆/
+ fe_spectral_inversion_t inversion;
+ union {
+ struct dvb_qpsk_parameters qpsk;
+ struct dvb_qam_parameters qam;
+ struct dvb_ofdm_parameters ofdm;
+ } u;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+<para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>QPSKParameters</constant> member defined by</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_qpsk_parameters {
+ uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/
+ fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/
+ };
+</programlisting>
+<para>for cable QAM frontend you use the <constant>QAMParameters</constant> structure</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_qam_parameters {
+ uint32_t symbol_rate; /⋆ symbol rate in Symbols per second ⋆/
+ fe_code_rate_t fec_inner; /⋆ forward error correction (see above) ⋆/
+ fe_modulation_t modulation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/
+ };
+</programlisting>
+<para>DVB-T frontends are supported by the <constant>OFDMParamters</constant> structure
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dvb_ofdm_parameters {
+ fe_bandwidth_t bandwidth;
+ fe_code_rate_t code_rate_HP; /⋆ high priority stream code rate ⋆/
+ fe_code_rate_t code_rate_LP; /⋆ low priority stream code rate ⋆/
+ fe_modulation_t constellation; /⋆ modulation type (see above) ⋆/
+ fe_transmit_mode_t transmission_mode;
+ fe_guard_interval_t guard_interval;
+ fe_hierarchy_t hierarchy_information;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+<para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>Frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate
+frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of
+the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and
+OFDM frontends the Frequency specifies the absolute frequency and is given in
+Hz.
+</para>
+<para>The Inversion field can take one of these values:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_spectral_inversion {
+ INVERSION_OFF,
+ INVERSION_ON,
+ INVERSION_AUTO
+ } fe_spectral_inversion_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>It indicates if spectral inversion should be presumed or not. In the automatic setting
+(<constant>INVERSION_AUTO</constant>) the hardware will try to figure out the correct setting by
+itself.
+</para>
+<para>The possible values for the <constant>FEC_inner</constant> field are
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_code_rate {
+ FEC_NONE = 0,
+ FEC_1_2,
+ FEC_2_3,
+ FEC_3_4,
+ FEC_4_5,
+ FEC_5_6,
+ FEC_6_7,
+ FEC_7_8,
+ FEC_8_9,
+ FEC_AUTO
+ } fe_code_rate_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc., no error correction or auto
+detection.
+</para>
+<para>For cable and terrestrial frontends (QAM and OFDM) one also has to specify the quadrature
+modulation mode which can be one of the following:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_modulation {
+ QPSK,
+ QAM_16,
+ QAM_32,
+ QAM_64,
+ QAM_128,
+ QAM_256,
+ QAM_AUTO
+ } fe_modulation_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>Finally, there are several more parameters for OFDM:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_transmit_mode {
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_2K,
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_8K,
+ TRANSMISSION_MODE_AUTO
+ } fe_transmit_mode_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_bandwidth {
+ BANDWIDTH_8_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_7_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_6_MHZ,
+ BANDWIDTH_AUTO
+ } fe_bandwidth_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_guard_interval {
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_32,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_16,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_8,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_1_4,
+ GUARD_INTERVAL_AUTO
+ } fe_guard_interval_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum fe_hierarchy {
+ HIERARCHY_NONE,
+ HIERARCHY_1,
+ HIERARCHY_2,
+ HIERARCHY_4,
+ HIERARCHY_AUTO
+ } fe_hierarchy_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_events">
+<title>frontend events</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dvb_frontend_event {
+ fe_status_t status;
+ struct dvb_frontend_parameters parameters;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+ </section>
+</section>
+
+
+<section id="frontend_fcalls">
+<title>Frontend Function Calls</title>
+
+<section id="frontend_f_open">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>This system call opens a named frontend device (/dev/dvb/adapter0/frontend0)
+ for subsequent use. Usually the first thing to do after a successful open is to
+ find out the frontend type with <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>.</para>
+<para>The device can be opened in read-only mode, which only allows monitoring of
+ device status and statistics, or read/write mode, which allows any kind of use
+ (e.g. performing tuning operations.)
+</para>
+<para>In a system with multiple front-ends, it is usually the case that multiple devices
+ cannot be open in read/write mode simultaneously. As long as a front-end
+ device is opened in read/write mode, other open() calls in read/write mode will
+ either fail or block, depending on whether non-blocking or blocking mode was
+ specified. A front-end device opened in blocking mode can later be put into
+ non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command of the fcntl
+ system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux manual
+ page for fcntl. When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready
+ for use in the specified mode. This implies that the corresponding hardware is
+ powered up, and that other front-ends may have been powered down to make
+ that possible.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char
+ *deviceName</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Name of specific video device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int flags</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="frontend_f_close">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call closes a previously opened front-end device. After closing
+ a front-end device, its corresponding hardware might be powered down
+ automatically.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(int fd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_READ_STATUS">
+<title>FE_READ_STATUS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns status information about the front-end. This call only
+ requires read-only access to the device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link>,
+ fe_status_t ⋆status);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_STATUS">FE_READ_STATUS</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct fe_status_t
+ *status</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to the location where the front-end status word is
+ to be stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>status points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_READ_BER">
+<title>FE_READ_BER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns the bit error rate for the signal currently
+ received/demodulated by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to
+ the device is sufficient.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link>,
+ uint32_t ⋆ber);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_BER">FE_READ_BER</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>uint32_t *ber</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The bit error rate is stored into *ber.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ber points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSIGNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no signal, thus no meaningful bit error rate. Also
+ returned if the front-end is not turned on.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Function not available for this device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_READ_SNR">
+<title>FE_READ_SNR</title>
+
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns the signal-to-noise ratio for the signal currently received
+ by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link>, int16_t
+ ⋆snr);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SNR">FE_READ_SNR</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int16_t *snr</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The signal-to-noise ratio is stored into *snr.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>snr points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSIGNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no signal, thus no meaningful signal strength
+ value. Also returned if front-end is not turned on.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Function not available for this device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">
+<title>FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns the signal strength value for the signal currently received
+ by the front-end. For this command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link>, int16_t ⋆strength);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH">FE_READ_SIGNAL_STRENGTH</link> for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int16_t *strength</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The signal strength value is stored into *strength.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>status points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSIGNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no signal, thus no meaningful signal strength
+ value. Also returned if front-end is not turned on.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Function not available for this device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">
+<title>FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns the number of uncorrected blocks detected by the device
+ driver during its lifetime. For meaningful measurements, the increment in block
+ count during a specific time interval should be calculated. For this command,
+ read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Note that the counter will wrap to zero after its maximum count has been
+ reached.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl( int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link>, uint32_t ⋆ublocks);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS">FE_READ_UNCORRECTED_BLOCKS</link> for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>uint32_t *ublocks</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The total number of uncorrected blocks seen by the driver
+ so far.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ublocks points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Function not available for this device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND">
+<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call starts a tuning operation using specified parameters. The result
+ of this call will be successful if the parameters were valid and the tuning could
+ be initiated. The result of the tuning operation in itself, however, will arrive
+ asynchronously as an event (see documentation for <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> and
+ FrontendEvent.) If a new <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> operation is initiated before
+ the previous one was completed, the previous operation will be aborted in favor
+ of the new one. This command requires read/write access to the device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link>,
+ struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_frontend_parameters
+ *p</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>p points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_GET_FRONTEND">
+<title>FE_GET_FRONTEND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call queries the currently effective frontend parameters. For this
+ command, read-only access to the device is sufficient.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_FRONTEND">FE_GET_FRONTEND</link>,
+ struct dvb_frontend_parameters ⋆p);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND">FE_SET_FRONTEND</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_frontend_parameters
+ *p</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to parameters for tuning operation.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>p points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Maximum supported symbol rate reached.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_GET_EVENT">
+<title>FE_GET_EVENT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns a frontend event if available. If an event is not
+ available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or
+ non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno
+ set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event
+ becomes available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can be used with the
+ device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(), the file descriptor
+ should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for poll(), POLLPRI should
+ be specified as the wake-up condition. Since the event queue allocated is
+ rather small (room for 8 events), the queue must be serviced regularly to avoid
+ overflow. If an overflow happens, the oldest event is discarded from the queue,
+ and an error (EOVERFLOW) occurs the next time the queue is read. After
+ reporting the error condition in this fashion, subsequent
+ <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link>
+ calls will return events from the queue as usual.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>For the sake of implementation simplicity, this command requires read/write
+ access to the device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = QPSK_GET_EVENT,
+ struct dvb_frontend_event ⋆ev);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_EVENT">FE_GET_EVENT</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_frontend_event
+ *ev</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to the location where the event,</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>if any, is to be stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ev points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in
+ non-blocking mode.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EOVERFLOW</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_GET_INFO">
+<title>FE_GET_INFO</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns information about the front-end. This call only requires
+ read-only access to the device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link>, struct
+ dvb_frontend_info ⋆info);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_GET_INFO">FE_GET_INFO</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_frontend_info
+ *info</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to the location where the front-end information is
+ to be stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>info points to invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">
+<title>FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If the bus has been automatically powered off due to power overload, this ioctl
+ call restores the power to the bus. The call requires read/write access to the
+ device. This call has no effect if the device is manually powered off. Not all
+ DVB adapters support this ioctl.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link>);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD">FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD</link> for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Permission denied (needs read/write access).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">
+<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to send a a DiSEqC command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link>, struct
+ dvb_diseqc_master_cmd ⋆cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD">FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD</link> for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_diseqc_master_cmd
+ *cmd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the command to be transmitted.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Seq points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The data structure referred to by seq is invalid in some
+ way.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Permission denied (needs read/write access).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">
+<title>FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to receive reply to a DiSEqC 2.0 command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link>, struct
+ dvb_diseqc_slave_reply ⋆reply);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY">FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY</link> for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ dvb_diseqc_slave_reply
+ *reply</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the command to be received.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Seq points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The data structure referred to by seq is invalid in some
+ way.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Permission denied (needs read/write access).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">
+<title>FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call is used to send a 22KHz tone burst.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link>, fe_sec_mini_cmd_t burst);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST">FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fe_sec_mini_cmd_t
+ burst</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>burst A or B.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Seq points to an invalid address.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The data structure referred to by seq is invalid in some
+ way.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Permission denied (needs read/write access).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_SET_TONE">
+<title>FE_SET_TONE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This call is used to set the generation of the continuous 22kHz tone. This call
+ requires read/write permissions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link>,
+ fe_sec_tone_mode_t tone);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_TONE">FE_SET_TONE</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fe_sec_tone_mode_t
+ tone</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The requested tone generation mode (on/off).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File not opened with read permissions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">
+<title>FE_SET_VOLTAGE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This call is used to set the bus voltage. This call requires read/write
+ permissions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link>,
+ fe_sec_voltage_t voltage);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fe_sec_voltage_t
+ voltage</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The requested bus voltage.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File not opened with read permissions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE">
+<title>FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If high != 0 enables slightly higher voltages instead of 13/18V (to compensate
+ for long cables). This call requires read/write permissions. Not all DVB
+ adapters support this ioctl.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE">FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE</link>, int high);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals <link linkend="FE_SET_VOLTAGE">FE_SET_VOLTAGE</link> for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int high</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The requested bus voltage.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File not opened with read permissions.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error in the device driver.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE">
+<title>FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>Allow setting tuner mode flags to the frontend.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+<link linkend="FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE">FE_SET_FRONTEND_TUNE_MODE</link>, unsigned int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+ <para>unsigned int flags</para>
+</entry>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>
+FE_TUNE_MODE_ONESHOT When set, this flag will disable any zigzagging or other "normal" tuning behaviour. Additionally, there will be no automatic monitoring of the lock status, and hence no frontend events will be generated. If a frontend device is closed, this flag will be automatically turned off when the device is reopened read-write.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char"><para>EINVAL</para></entry>
+<entry align="char"><para>Invalid argument.</para></entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+<section id="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">
+ <title>FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>WARNING: This is a very obscure legacy command, used only at stv0299 driver. Should not be used on newer drivers.</para>
+<para>It provides a non-standard method for selecting Diseqc voltage on the frontend, for Dish Network legacy switches.</para>
+<para>As support for this ioctl were added in 2004, this means that such dishes were already legacy in 2004.</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ <link linkend="FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD">FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD</link>, unsigned long cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>PARAMETERS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+ <para>unsigned long cmd</para>
+</entry>
+<entry align="char">
+<para>
+sends the specified raw cmd to the dish via DISEqC.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>ERRORS</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row>
+<entry align="char">
+ <para>There are no errors in use for this call</para>
+</entry>
+</row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+
+&sub-dvbproperty;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dc83f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<title>Introduction</title>
+
+<section id="requisites">
+<title>What you need to know</title>
+
+<para>The reader of this document is required to have some knowledge in
+the area of digital video broadcasting (DVB) and should be familiar with
+part I of the MPEG2 specification ISO/IEC 13818 (aka ITU-T H.222), i.e
+you should know what a program/transport stream (PS/TS) is and what is
+meant by a packetized elementary stream (PES) or an I-frame.</para>
+
+<para>Various DVB standards documents are available from
+<ulink url="http://www.dvb.org" /> and/or
+<ulink url="http://www.etsi.org" />.</para>
+
+<para>It is also necessary to know how to access unix/linux devices and
+how to use ioctl calls. This also includes the knowledge of C or C++.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="history">
+<title>History</title>
+
+<para>The first API for DVB cards we used at Convergence in late 1999
+was an extension of the Video4Linux API which was primarily developed
+for frame grabber cards. As such it was not really well suited to be
+used for DVB cards and their new features like recording MPEG streams
+and filtering several section and PES data streams at the same time.
+</para>
+
+<para>In early 2000, we were approached by Nokia with a proposal for a
+new standard Linux DVB API. As a commitment to the development of
+terminals based on open standards, Nokia and Convergence made it
+available to all Linux developers and published it on
+<ulink url="http://www.linuxtv.org/" /> in September 2000.
+Convergence is the maintainer of the Linux DVB API. Together with the
+LinuxTV community (i.e. you, the reader of this document), the Linux DVB
+API will be constantly reviewed and improved. With the Linux driver for
+the Siemens/Hauppauge DVB PCI card Convergence provides a first
+implementation of the Linux DVB API.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="overview">
+<title>Overview</title>
+
+<figure id="stb_components">
+<title>Components of a DVB card/STB</title>
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject>
+<imagedata fileref="dvbstb.pdf" format="PS" />
+</imageobject>
+<imageobject>
+<imagedata fileref="dvbstb.png" format="PNG" />
+</imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+
+<para>A DVB PCI card or DVB set-top-box (STB) usually consists of the
+following main hardware components: </para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+
+<para>Frontend consisting of tuner and DVB demodulator</para>
+
+<para>Here the raw signal reaches the DVB hardware from a satellite dish
+or antenna or directly from cable. The frontend down-converts and
+demodulates this signal into an MPEG transport stream (TS). In case of a
+satellite frontend, this includes a facility for satellite equipment
+control (SEC), which allows control of LNB polarization, multi feed
+switches or dish rotors.</para>
+
+</listitem>
+ <listitem>
+
+<para>Conditional Access (CA) hardware like CI adapters and smartcard slots
+</para>
+
+<para>The complete TS is passed through the CA hardware. Programs to
+which the user has access (controlled by the smart card) are decoded in
+real time and re-inserted into the TS.</para>
+
+</listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Demultiplexer which filters the incoming DVB stream</para>
+
+<para>The demultiplexer splits the TS into its components like audio and
+video streams. Besides usually several of such audio and video streams
+it also contains data streams with information about the programs
+offered in this or other streams of the same provider.</para>
+
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+
+<para>MPEG2 audio and video decoder</para>
+
+<para>The main targets of the demultiplexer are the MPEG2 audio and
+video decoders. After decoding they pass on the uncompressed audio and
+video to the computer screen or (through a PAL/NTSC encoder) to a TV
+set.</para>
+
+
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para><xref linkend="stb_components" /> shows a crude schematic of the control and data flow
+between those components.</para>
+
+<para>On a DVB PCI card not all of these have to be present since some
+functionality can be provided by the main CPU of the PC (e.g. MPEG
+picture and sound decoding) or is not needed (e.g. for data-only uses
+like “internet over satellite”). Also not every card or STB
+provides conditional access hardware.</para>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="dvb_devices">
+<title>Linux DVB Devices</title>
+
+<para>The Linux DVB API lets you control these hardware components
+through currently six Unix-style character devices for video, audio,
+frontend, demux, CA and IP-over-DVB networking. The video and audio
+devices control the MPEG2 decoder hardware, the frontend device the
+tuner and the DVB demodulator. The demux device gives you control over
+the PES and section filters of the hardware. If the hardware does not
+support filtering these filters can be implemented in software. Finally,
+the CA device controls all the conditional access capabilities of the
+hardware. It can depend on the individual security requirements of the
+platform, if and how many of the CA functions are made available to the
+application through this device.</para>
+
+<para>All devices can be found in the <emphasis role="tt">/dev</emphasis>
+tree under <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb</emphasis>. The individual devices
+are called:</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/audioM</emphasis>,</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/videoM</emphasis>,</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/frontendM</emphasis>,</para>
+</listitem>
+ <listitem>
+
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/netM</emphasis>,</para>
+</listitem>
+ <listitem>
+
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/demuxM</emphasis>,</para>
+</listitem>
+ <listitem>
+
+<para><emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/caM</emphasis>,</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
+
+<para>where N enumerates the DVB PCI cards in a system starting
+from 0, and M enumerates the devices of each type within each
+adapter, starting from 0, too. We will omit the “<emphasis
+role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapterN/</emphasis>” in the further dicussion
+of these devices. The naming scheme for the devices is the same wheter
+devfs is used or not.</para>
+
+<para>More details about the data structures and function calls of all
+the devices are described in the following chapters.</para>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="include_files">
+<title>API include files</title>
+
+<para>For each of the DVB devices a corresponding include file exists.
+The DVB API include files should be included in application sources with
+a partial path like:</para>
+
+
+<programlisting>
+ #include <linux/dvb/frontend.h>
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>To enable applications to support different API version, an
+additional include file <emphasis
+role="tt">linux/dvb/version.h</emphasis> exists, which defines the
+constant <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION</emphasis>. This document
+describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 3</emphasis>.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/kdapi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c67481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/kdapi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2309 @@
+<title>Kernel Demux API</title>
+<para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level,
+hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for
+DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <emphasis role="tt">demux.h</emphasis> and located in
+<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb/dvb-core</emphasis>.
+</para>
+<para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date.
+</para>
+
+<section id="kernel_demux_data_types">
+<title>Kernel Demux Data Types</title>
+
+
+<section id="dmx_success_t">
+<title>dmx_success_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ DMX_OK = 0, /⋆ Received Ok ⋆/
+ DMX_LENGTH_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect length ⋆/
+ DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver ring buffer overrun ⋆/
+ DMX_CRC_ERROR, /⋆ Incorrect CRC ⋆/
+ DMX_FRAME_ERROR, /⋆ Frame alignment error ⋆/
+ DMX_FIFO_ERROR, /⋆ Receiver FIFO overrun ⋆/
+ DMX_MISSED_ERROR /⋆ Receiver missed packet ⋆/
+ } dmx_success_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="ts_filter_types">
+<title>TS filter types</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+ /⋆ TS packet reception ⋆/
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+
+ /⋆ TS filter type for set_type() ⋆/
+
+ #define TS_PACKET 1 /⋆ send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default) ⋆/
+ #define TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY 2 /⋆ in case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS
+ payload (<=184 bytes per packet) to callback ⋆/
+ #define TS_DECODER 4 /⋆ send stream to built-in decoder (if present) ⋆/
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="dmx_ts_pes_t">
+<title>dmx_ts_pes_t</title>
+<para>The structure
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum
+ {
+ DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, /⋆ also send packets to audio decoder (if it exists) ⋆/
+ DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO, /⋆ ... ⋆/
+ DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT,
+ DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE,
+ DMX_TS_PES_PCR,
+ DMX_TS_PES_OTHER,
+ } dmx_ts_pes_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>describes the PES type for filters which write to a built-in decoder. The correspond (and
+should be kept identical) to the types in the demux device.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct dmx_ts_feed_s {
+ int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/
+ struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ int (⋆set) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ __u16 pid,
+ size_t callback_length,
+ size_t circular_buffer_size,
+ int descramble,
+ struct timespec timeout);
+ int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ int type,
+ dmx_ts_pes_t pes_type);
+ };
+
+ typedef struct dmx_ts_feed_s dmx_ts_feed_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+ /⋆ PES packet reception (not supported yet) ⋆/
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+
+ typedef struct dmx_pes_filter_s {
+ struct dmx_pes_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ } dmx_pes_filter_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct dmx_pes_feed_s {
+ int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/
+ struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ int (⋆set) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ __u16 pid,
+ size_t circular_buffer_size,
+ int descramble,
+ struct timespec timeout);
+ int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ dmx_pes_filter_t⋆⋆ filter);
+ int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_pes_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ filter);
+ } dmx_pes_feed_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ typedef struct {
+ __u8 filter_value [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ __u8 filter_mask [DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ } dmx_section_filter_t;
+</programlisting>
+ <programlisting>
+ struct dmx_section_feed_s {
+ int is_filtering; /⋆ Set to non-zero when filtering in progress ⋆/
+ struct dmx_demux_s⋆ parent; /⋆ Back-pointer ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ int (⋆set) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ __u16 pid,
+ size_t circular_buffer_size,
+ int descramble,
+ int check_crc);
+ int (⋆allocate_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter);
+ int (⋆release_filter) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed,
+ dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter);
+ int (⋆start_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆stop_filtering) (struct dmx_section_feed_s⋆ feed);
+ };
+ typedef struct dmx_section_feed_s dmx_section_feed_t;
+
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+ /⋆ Callback functions ⋆/
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+
+ typedef int (⋆dmx_ts_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_length,
+ __u8 ⋆ buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_length,
+ dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ source,
+ dmx_success_t success);
+
+ typedef int (⋆dmx_section_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_len,
+ __u8 ⋆ buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_len,
+ dmx_section_filter_t ⋆ source,
+ dmx_success_t success);
+
+ typedef int (⋆dmx_pes_cb) ( __u8 ⋆ buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_len,
+ __u8 ⋆ buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_len,
+ dmx_pes_filter_t⋆ source,
+ dmx_success_t success);
+
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+ /⋆ DVB Front-End ⋆/
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+
+ typedef enum {
+ DMX_OTHER_FE = 0,
+ DMX_SATELLITE_FE,
+ DMX_CABLE_FE,
+ DMX_TERRESTRIAL_FE,
+ DMX_LVDS_FE,
+ DMX_ASI_FE, /⋆ DVB-ASI interface ⋆/
+ DMX_MEMORY_FE
+ } dmx_frontend_source_t;
+
+ typedef struct {
+ /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/
+ char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique front-end identifier ⋆/
+ char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the front-end vendor ⋆/
+ char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the front-end model ⋆/
+ struct list_head connectivity_list; /⋆ List of front-ends that can
+ be connected to a particular
+ demux ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ dmx_frontend_source_t source;
+ } dmx_frontend_t;
+
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+ /⋆ MPEG-2 TS Demux ⋆/
+ /⋆--------------------------------------------------------------------------⋆/
+
+ /⋆
+ ⋆ Flags OR'ed in the capabilites field of struct dmx_demux_s.
+ ⋆/
+
+ #define DMX_TS_FILTERING 1
+ #define DMX_PES_FILTERING 2
+ #define DMX_SECTION_FILTERING 4
+ #define DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING 8 /⋆ write() available ⋆/
+ #define DMX_CRC_CHECKING 16
+ #define DMX_TS_DESCRAMBLING 32
+ #define DMX_SECTION_PAYLOAD_DESCRAMBLING 64
+ #define DMX_MAC_ADDRESS_DESCRAMBLING 128
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="demux_demux_t">
+<title>demux_demux_t</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆
+ ⋆ DMX_FE_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered
+ ⋆ front-ends from the generic type struct list_head
+ ⋆ to the type ⋆ dmx_frontend_t
+ ⋆.
+ ⋆/
+
+ #define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_frontend_t, connectivity_list)
+
+ struct dmx_demux_s {
+ /⋆ The following char⋆ fields point to NULL terminated strings ⋆/
+ char⋆ id; /⋆ Unique demux identifier ⋆/
+ char⋆ vendor; /⋆ Name of the demux vendor ⋆/
+ char⋆ model; /⋆ Name of the demux model ⋆/
+ __u32 capabilities; /⋆ Bitfield of capability flags ⋆/
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend; /⋆ Front-end connected to the demux ⋆/
+ struct list_head reg_list; /⋆ List of registered demuxes ⋆/
+ void⋆ priv; /⋆ Pointer to private data of the API client ⋆/
+ int users; /⋆ Number of users ⋆/
+ int (⋆open) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux);
+ int (⋆close) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux);
+ int (⋆write) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t count);
+ int (⋆allocate_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed,
+ dmx_ts_cb callback);
+ int (⋆release_ts_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆allocate_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_pes_feed_t⋆⋆ feed,
+ dmx_pes_cb callback);
+ int (⋆release_pes_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_pes_feed_t⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆allocate_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_section_feed_t⋆⋆ feed,
+ dmx_section_cb callback);
+ int (⋆release_section_feed) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed);
+ int (⋆descramble_mac_address) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ __u8⋆ buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_length,
+ __u8⋆ buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_length,
+ __u16 pid);
+ int (⋆descramble_section_payload) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ __u8⋆ buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_length,
+ __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length,
+ __u16 pid);
+ int (⋆add_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);
+ int (⋆remove_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);
+ struct list_head⋆ (⋆get_frontends) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux);
+ int (⋆connect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux,
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);
+ int (⋆disconnect_frontend) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux);
+
+
+ /⋆ added because js cannot keep track of these himself ⋆/
+ int (⋆get_pes_pids) (struct dmx_demux_s⋆ demux, __u16 ⋆pids);
+ };
+ typedef struct dmx_demux_s dmx_demux_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="demux_directory">
+<title>Demux directory</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ /⋆
+ ⋆ DMX_DIR_ENTRY(): Casts elements in the list of registered
+ ⋆ demuxes from the generic type struct list_head⋆ to the type dmx_demux_t
+ ⋆.
+ ⋆/
+
+ #define DMX_DIR_ENTRY(list) list_entry(list, dmx_demux_t, reg_list)
+
+ int dmx_register_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);
+ int dmx_unregister_demux (dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);
+ struct list_head⋆ dmx_get_demuxes (void);
+</programlisting>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="demux_directory_api">
+<title>Demux Directory API</title>
+<para>The demux directory is a Linux kernel-wide facility for registering and accessing the
+MPEG-2 TS demuxes in the system. Run-time registering and unregistering of demux drivers
+is possible using this API.
+</para>
+<para>All demux drivers in the directory implement the abstract interface dmx_demux_t.
+</para>
+
+<section
+role="subsection"><title>dmx_register_demux()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function makes a demux driver interface available to the Linux kernel. It is
+ usually called by the init_module() function of the kernel module that contains
+ the demux driver. The caller of this function is responsible for allocating
+ dynamic or static memory for the demux structure and for initializing its fields
+ before calling this function. The memory allocated for the demux structure
+ must not be freed before calling dmx_unregister_demux(),</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int dmx_register_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux )</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux structure.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EEXIST</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A demux with the same value of the id field already stored
+ in the directory.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSPC</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No space left in the directory.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>dmx_unregister_demux()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function is called to indicate that the given demux interface is no
+ longer available. The caller of this function is responsible for freeing the
+ memory of the demux structure, if it was dynamically allocated before calling
+ dmx_register_demux(). The cleanup_module() function of the kernel module
+ that contains the demux driver should call this function. Note that this function
+ fails if the demux is currently in use, i.e., release_demux() has not been called
+ for the interface.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int dmx_unregister_demux ( dmx_demux_t ⋆demux )</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux structure which is to be
+ unregistered.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The specified demux is not registered in the demux
+ directory.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The specified demux is currently in use.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>dmx_get_demuxes()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Provides the caller with the list of registered demux interfaces, using the
+ standard list structure defined in the include file linux/list.h. The include file
+ demux.h defines the macro DMX_DIR_ENTRY() for converting an element of
+ the generic type struct list_head* to the type dmx_demux_t*. The caller must
+ not free the memory of any of the elements obtained via this function call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct list_head ⋆dmx_get_demuxes ()</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>none</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct list_head *</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A list of demux interfaces, or NULL in the case of an
+ empty list.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="demux_api">
+<title>Demux API</title>
+<para>The demux API should be implemented for each demux in the system. It is used to select
+the TS source of a demux and to manage the demux resources. When the demux
+client allocates a resource via the demux API, it receives a pointer to the API of that
+resource.
+</para>
+<para>Each demux receives its TS input from a DVB front-end or from memory, as set via the
+demux API. In a system with more than one front-end, the API can be used to select one of
+the DVB front-ends as a TS source for a demux, unless this is fixed in the HW platform. The
+demux API only controls front-ends regarding their connections with demuxes; the APIs
+used to set the other front-end parameters, such as tuning, are not defined in this
+document.
+</para>
+<para>The functions that implement the abstract interface demux should be defined static or
+module private and registered to the Demux Directory for external access. It is not necessary
+to implement every function in the demux_t struct, however (for example, a demux interface
+might support Section filtering, but not TS or PES filtering). The API client is expected to
+check the value of any function pointer before calling the function: the value of NULL means
+“function not available”.
+</para>
+<para>Whenever the functions of the demux API modify shared data, the possibilities of lost
+update and race condition problems should be addressed, e.g. by protecting parts of code with
+mutexes. This is especially important on multi-processor hosts.
+</para>
+<para>Note that functions called from a bottom half context must not sleep, at least in the 2.2.x
+kernels. Even a simple memory allocation can result in a kernel thread being put to sleep if
+swapping is needed. For example, the Linux kernel calls the functions of a network device
+interface from a bottom half context. Thus, if a demux API function is called from network
+device code, the function must not sleep.
+</para>
+
+
+<section id="kdapi_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary,
+ initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close()
+ should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux
+ at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the
+ demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is
+ called.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open ( demux_t⋆ demux );</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t* demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EUSERS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Maximum usage count reached.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="kdapi_fclose">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if necessary,
+ initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed, the function close()
+ should be called. It should be possible for multiple clients to access the demux
+ at the same time. Thus, the function implementation should increment the
+ demux usage count when open() is called and decrement it when close() is
+ called.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(demux_t⋆ demux);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t* demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The demux was not in use.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="kdapi_fwrite">
+<title>write()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer containing TS
+ packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB front-end, the demux
+ driver software will read packets from memory. Any clients of this demux
+ with active TS, PES or Section filters will receive filtered data via the Demux
+ callback API (see 0). The function returns when all the data in the buffer has
+ been consumed by the demux. Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from
+ memory. If this is the case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented
+ entirely in software.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int write(demux_t⋆ demux, const char⋆ buf, size_t
+ count);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t* demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char* buf</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS data in kernel-space memory.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the TS data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The command is not implemented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>allocate_ts_feed()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS packets carrying a
+ certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a hardware PID filter on the
+ demux chip.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int allocate_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_ts_feed_t⋆⋆ feed, dmx_ts_cb callback);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t* demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t**
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_cb callback</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the callback function for passing received TS
+ packet</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No more TS feeds available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The command is not implemented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>release_ts_feed()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Releases the resources allocated with allocate_ts_feed(). Any filtering in
+ progress on the TS feed should be stopped before calling this function.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int release_ts_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t* demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>allocate_section_feed()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource for filtering and receiving
+ sections. On platforms with hardware support for section filtering, a section
+ feed is directly mapped to the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are
+ first PID filtered in hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in
+ software. The caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an
+ out parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and start
+ receiving sections.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int allocate_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_section_feed_t ⋆⋆feed, dmx_section_cb callback);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t *demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t
+ **feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_cb
+ callback</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the callback function for passing received
+ sections.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No more section feeds available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The command is not implemented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>release_section_feed()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Releases the resources allocated with allocate_section_feed(), including
+ allocated filters. Any filtering in progress on the section feed should be stopped
+ before calling this function.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int release_section_feed(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_section_feed_t ⋆feed);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>demux_t *demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t
+ *feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>descramble_mac_address()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the destination MAC
+ address field of a DVB Datagram Section, replacing the original address
+ with its un-encrypted version. Otherwise, the description on the function
+ descramble_section_payload() applies also to this function.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int descramble_mac_address(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux, __u8
+ ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t
+ *demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8 *buffer1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the first byte of the section.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer1_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC,
+ in buffer1.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8* buffer2</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The
+ pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past
+ the end of a circular buffer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer2_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC,
+ in buffer2.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 pid</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The PID on which the section was received. Useful
+ for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB
+ Common Access facility.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No descrambling facility available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>descramble_section_payload()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function runs a descrambling algorithm on the payload of a DVB
+ Datagram Section, replacing the original payload with its un-encrypted
+ version. The function will be called from the demux API implementation;
+ the API client need not call this function directly. Section-level scrambling
+ algorithms are currently standardized only for DVB-RCC (return channel
+ over 2-directional cable TV network) systems. For all other DVB networks,
+ encryption schemes are likely to be proprietary to each data broadcaster. Thus,
+ it is expected that this function pointer will have the value of NULL (i.e.,
+ function not available) in most demux API implementations. Nevertheless, it
+ should be possible to use the function pointer as a hook for dynamically adding
+ a “plug-in” descrambling facility to a demux driver.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>While this function is not needed with hardware-based section descrambling,
+ the descramble_section_payload function pointer can be used to override the
+ default hardware-based descrambling algorithm: if the function pointer has a
+ non-NULL value, the corresponding function should be used instead of any
+ descrambling hardware.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int descramble_section_payload(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ __u8 ⋆buffer1, size_t buffer1_length, __u8 ⋆buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_length, __u16 pid);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t
+ *demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8 *buffer1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the first byte of the section.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer1_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC,
+ in buffer1.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8 *buffer2</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the tail of the section data, or NULL. The
+ pointer has a non-NULL value if the section wraps past
+ the end of a circular buffer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer2_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the section data, including headers and CRC,
+ in buffer2.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 pid</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The PID on which the section was received. Useful
+ for obtaining the descrambling key, e.g. from a DVB
+ Common Access facility.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No descrambling facility available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>add_frontend()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end, i.e., indicates that
+ the demux can be connected via a call to connect_frontend() to use the given
+ front-end as a TS source. The client of this function has to allocate dynamic or
+ static memory for the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling
+ this function. This function is normally called during the driver initialization.
+ The caller must not free the memory of the frontend struct before successfully
+ calling remove_frontend().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int add_frontend(dmx_demux_t ⋆demux, dmx_frontend_t
+ ⋆frontend);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_frontend_t*
+ frontend</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EEXIST</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A front-end with the same value of the id field already
+ registered.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINUSE</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The demux is in use.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No more front-ends can be added.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>remove_frontend()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call to add_frontend(), can
+ no longer be connected as a TS source by this demux. The function should be
+ called when a front-end driver or a demux driver is removed from the system.
+ If the front-end is in use, the function fails with the return value of -EBUSY.
+ After successfully calling this function, the caller can free the memory of
+ the frontend struct if it was dynamically allocated before the add_frontend()
+ operation.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int remove_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_frontend_t*
+ frontend</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The front-end is in use, i.e. a call to connect_frontend()
+ has not been followed by a call to disconnect_frontend().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>get_frontends()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been registered for this demux.
+ Any of the front-ends obtained with this call can be used as a parameter for
+ connect_frontend().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The include file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for
+ converting an element of the generic type struct list_head* to the type
+ dmx_frontend_t*. The caller must not free the memory of any of the elements
+ obtained via this function call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct list_head⋆ get_frontends(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A list of front-end interfaces, or NULL in the case of an
+ empty list.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>connect_frontend()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of the demux. A demux
+ can only be connected to a front-end registered to the demux with the function
+ add_frontend().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>It may or may not be possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same
+ front-end, depending on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used,
+ the front-end should be released by calling disconnect_frontend().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int connect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux,
+ dmx_frontend_t⋆ frontend);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_frontend_t*
+ frontend</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the front-end instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The front-end is in use.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>disconnect_frontend()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously connected by a
+ connect_frontend() call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int disconnect_frontend(dmx_demux_t⋆ demux);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_demux_t*
+ demux</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the demux API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="demux_callback_api">
+<title>Demux Callback API</title>
+<para>This kernel-space API comprises the callback functions that deliver filtered data to the
+demux client. Unlike the other APIs, these API functions are provided by the client and called
+from the demux code.
+</para>
+<para>The function pointers of this abstract interface are not packed into a structure as in the
+other demux APIs, because the callback functions are registered and used independent
+of each other. As an example, it is possible for the API client to provide several
+callback functions for receiving TS packets and no callbacks for PES packets or
+sections.
+</para>
+<para>The functions that implement the callback API need not be re-entrant: when a demux
+driver calls one of these functions, the driver is not allowed to call the function again before
+the original call returns. If a callback is triggered by a hardware interrupt, it is recommended
+to use the Linux “bottom half” mechanism or start a tasklet instead of making the callback
+function call directly from a hardware interrupt.
+</para>
+
+<section
+role="subsection"><title>dmx_ts_cb()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the
+ demux code. The function is only called when filtering on this TS feed has
+ been enabled using the start_filtering() function.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular buffer. The
+ filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this callback function. The
+ size of the circular buffer is controlled by the circular_buffer_size parameter
+ of the set() function in the TS Feed API. It is expected that the buffer1 and
+ buffer2 callback parameters point to addresses within the circular buffer, but
+ other implementations are also possible. Note that the called party should not
+ try to free the memory the buffer1 and buffer2 parameters point to.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>When this function is called, the buffer1 parameter typically points to the
+ start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer. The buffer2
+ buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received TS packets have
+ crossed the last address of the circular buffer and ”wrapped” to the beginning
+ of the buffer. In the latter case the buffer1 parameter would contain an address
+ within the circular buffer, while the buffer2 parameter would contain the first
+ address of the circular buffer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. buffer1_length +
+ buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter
+ given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before
+ receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are
+ immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout
+ duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the TS-level
+ forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator flag of the TS
+ packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be discarded, as
+ the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer protocol. If the called
+ party is slow in processing the callback, it is possible that the circular buffer
+ eventually fills up. If this happens, the demux driver should discard any TS
+ packets received while the buffer is full. The error should be indicated to the
+ client on the next callback by setting the success parameter to the value of
+ DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the new
+ function int (*set_type) (struct dmx_ts_feed_s* feed, int type, dmx_ts_pes_t
+ pes_type) which is part of the dmx_ts_feed_s struct (also cf. to the
+ include file ost/demux.h) The type parameter decides if the raw TS packet
+ (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET—TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY)
+ should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream
+ will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder. In this case, the second
+ flag decides as what kind of data the stream should be interpreted. The
+ possible choices are one of DMX_TS_PES_AUDIO, DMX_TS_PES_VIDEO,
+ DMX_TS_PES_TELETEXT, DMX_TS_PES_SUBTITLE,
+ DMX_TS_PES_PCR, or DMX_TS_PES_OTHER.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int dmx_ts_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t buffer1_length,
+ __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t buffer2_length, dmx_ts_feed_t⋆
+ source, dmx_success_t success);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8* buffer1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer1_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the TS data in buffer1.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8* buffer2</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer2_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the TS data in buffer2.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t*
+ source</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_success_t
+ success</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates if there was an error in TS reception.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Continue filtering.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to
+ stop_filtering() on the TS Feed API.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>dmx_section_cb()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function, provided by the client of the demux API, is called from the
+ demux code. The function is only called when filtering of sections has been
+ enabled using the function start_filtering() of the section feed API. When the
+ demux driver has received a complete section that matches at least one section
+ filter, the client is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is
+ called for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver multiple
+ sections with one callback, for example when the system load is high. If an
+ error occurs while receiving a section, this function should be called with
+ the corresponding error type set in the success field, whether or not there is
+ data to deliver. The Section Feed implementation should maintain a circular
+ buffer for received sections. However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed
+ API is implemented as a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed
+ implementation then buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer
+ can be configured using the set() function in the Section Feed API. If there
+ is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received, the section
+ must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success parameter should
+ be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int dmx_section_cb(__u8⋆ buffer1, size_t
+ buffer1_length, __u8⋆ buffer2, size_t
+ buffer2_length, dmx_section_filter_t⋆ source,
+ dmx_success_t success);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8* buffer1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g. within the
+ circular buffer of the demux driver.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer1_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the filtered section data in buffer1, including
+ headers and CRC.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u8* buffer2</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data, or NULL.
+ Useful to handle the wrapping of a circular buffer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t buffer2_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Length of the filtered section data in buffer2, including
+ headers and CRC.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_filter_t*
+ filter</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates the filter that triggered the callback.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_success_t
+ success</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates if there was an error in section reception.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Continue filtering.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-1</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Stop filtering - has the same effect as a call to
+ stop_filtering() on the Section Feed API.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="ts_feed_api">
+<title>TS Feed API</title>
+<para>A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop filtering TS
+packets on a particular TS feed. The API is defined as an abstract interface of the type
+dmx_ts_feed_t.
+</para>
+<para>The functions that implement the interface should be defined static or module private. The
+client can get the handle of a TS feed API by calling the function allocate_ts_feed() in the
+demux API.
+</para>
+
+<section
+role="subsection"><title>set()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function sets the parameters of a TS feed. Any filtering in progress on the
+ TS feed must be stopped before calling this function.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int set ( dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t
+ callback_length, size_t circular_buffer_size, int
+ descramble, struct timespec timeout);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 pid</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>PID value to filter. Only the TS packets carrying the
+ specified PID will be passed to the API client.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t
+ callback_length</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Number of bytes to deliver with each call to the
+ dmx_ts_cb() callback function. The value of this
+ parameter should be a multiple of 188.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t
+ circular_buffer_size</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of the circular buffer for the filtered TS packets.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int descramble</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If non-zero, descramble the filtered TS packets.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct timespec
+ timeout</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Maximum time to wait before delivering received TS
+ packets to the client.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Not enough memory for the requested buffer size.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No descrambling facility available for TS.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>start_filtering()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Starts filtering TS packets on this TS feed, according to its settings. The PID
+ value to filter can be set by the API client. All matching TS packets are
+ delivered asynchronously to the client, using the callback function registered
+ with allocate_ts_feed().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int start_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>stop_filtering()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Stops filtering TS packets on this TS feed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int stop_filtering(dmx_ts_feed_t⋆ feed);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_ts_feed_t* feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the TS feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="section_feed_api">
+<title>Section Feed API</title>
+<para>A section feed is a resource consisting of a PID filter and a set of section filters. Using this
+API, the client can set the properties of a section feed and to start/stop filtering. The API is
+defined as an abstract interface of the type dmx_section_feed_t. The functions that implement
+the interface should be defined static or module private. The client can get the handle of
+a section feed API by calling the function allocate_section_feed() in the demux
+API.
+</para>
+<para>On demux platforms that provide section filtering in hardware, the Section Feed API
+implementation provides a software wrapper for the demux hardware. Other platforms may
+support only PID filtering in hardware, requiring that TS packets are converted to sections in
+software. In the latter case the Section Feed API implementation can be a client of the TS
+Feed API.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="kdapi_set">
+<title>set()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function sets the parameters of a section feed. Any filtering in progress on
+ the section feed must be stopped before calling this function. If descrambling
+ is enabled, the payload_scrambling_control and address_scrambling_control
+ fields of received DVB datagram sections should be observed. If either one is
+ non-zero, the section should be descrambled either in hardware or using the
+ functions descramble_mac_address() and descramble_section_payload() of the
+ demux API. Note that according to the MPEG-2 Systems specification, only
+ the payloads of private sections can be scrambled while the rest of the section
+ data must be sent in the clear.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int set(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed, __u16 pid, size_t
+ circular_buffer_size, int descramble, int
+ check_crc);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t*
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 pid</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>PID value to filter; only the TS packets carrying the
+ specified PID will be accepted.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t
+ circular_buffer_size</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of the circular buffer for filtered sections.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int descramble</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If non-zero, descramble any sections that are scrambled.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int check_crc</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Not enough memory for the requested buffer size.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSYS</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No descrambling facility available for sections.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameters.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>allocate_filter()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function is used to allocate a section filter on the demux. It should only be
+ called when no filtering is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot be
+ allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC. See in section ?? for the format of
+ the section filter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The bitfields filter_mask and filter_value should only be modified when no
+ filtering is in progress on this section feed. filter_mask controls which bits of
+ filter_value are compared with the section headers/payload. On a binary value
+ of 1 in filter_mask, the corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts
+ sections that are equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions. Any changes
+ to the values of filter_mask and filter_value are guaranteed to take effect only
+ when the start_filtering() function is called next time. The parent pointer in
+ the struct is initialized by the API implementation to the value of the feed
+ parameter. The priv pointer is not used by the API implementation, and can
+ thus be freely utilized by the caller of this function. Any data pointed to by the
+ priv pointer is available to the recipient of the dmx_section_cb() function call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>While the maximum section filter length (DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE) is
+ currently set at 16 bytes, hardware filters of that size are not available on all
+ platforms. Therefore, section filtering will often take place first in hardware,
+ followed by filtering in software for the header bytes that were not covered
+ by a hardware filter. The filter_mask field can be checked to determine how
+ many bytes of the section filter are actually used, and if the hardware filter will
+ suffice. Additionally, software-only section filters can optionally be allocated
+ to clients when all hardware section filters are in use. Note that on most demux
+ hardware it is not possible to filter on the section_length field of the section
+ header – thus this field is ignored, even though it is included in filter_value and
+ filter_mask fields.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int allocate_filter(dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed,
+ dmx_section_filter_t⋆⋆ filter);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t*
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_filter_t**
+ filter</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the allocated filter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENOSPC</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No filters of given type and length available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameters.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>release_filter()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This function releases all the resources of a previously allocated section filter.
+ The function should not be called while filtering is in progress on this section
+ feed. After calling this function, the caller should not try to dereference the
+ filter pointer.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int release_filter ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed,
+ dmx_section_filter_t⋆ filter);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t*
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_filter_t*
+ filter</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>I/O Pointer to the instance data of a section filter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>No such filter allocated.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>start_filtering()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Starts filtering sections on this section feed, according to its settings. Sections
+ are first filtered based on their PID and then matched with the section
+ filters allocated for this feed. If the section matches the PID filter and
+ at least one section filter, it is delivered to the API client. The section
+ is delivered asynchronously using the callback function registered with
+ allocate_section_feed().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int start_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed );</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t*
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>stop_filtering()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Stops filtering sections on this section feed. Note that any changes to the
+ filtering parameters (filter_value, filter_mask, etc.) should only be made when
+ filtering is stopped.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int stop_filtering ( dmx_section_feed_t⋆ feed );</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_section_feed_t*
+ feed</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the section feed API and instance data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>RETURNS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>0</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The function was completed without errors.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>-EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Bad parameter.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/net.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94e388d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/net.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<title>DVB Network API</title>
+<para>The DVB net device enables feeding of MPE (multi protocol encapsulation) packets
+received via DVB into the Linux network protocol stack, e.g. for internet via satellite
+applications. It can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/net0</emphasis>. Data types and
+and ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/net.h</emphasis> in your
+application.
+</para>
+<section id="dvb_net_types">
+<title>DVB Net Data Types</title>
+<para>To be written…
+</para>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/video.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb287e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/video.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1971 @@
+<title>DVB Video Device</title>
+<para>The DVB video device controls the MPEG2 video decoder of the DVB hardware. It
+can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/video0</emphasis>. Data types and and
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your
+application.
+</para>
+<para>Note that the DVB video device only controls decoding of the MPEG video stream, not
+its presentation on the TV or computer screen. On PCs this is typically handled by an
+associated video4linux device, e.g. <emphasis role="tt">/dev/video</emphasis>, which allows scaling and defining output
+windows.
+</para>
+<para>Some DVB cards don’t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in the omission of
+the audio and video device as well as the video4linux device.
+</para>
+<para>The ioctls that deal with SPUs (sub picture units) and navigation packets are only
+supported on some MPEG decoders made for DVD playback.
+</para>
+<section id="video_types">
+<title>Video Data Types</title>
+
+<section id="video_format_t">
+<title>video_format_t</title>
+<para>The <emphasis role="tt">video_format_t</emphasis> data type defined by
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3,
+ VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9
+ } video_format_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>is used in the VIDEO_SET_FORMAT function (??) to tell the driver which aspect ratio
+the output hardware (e.g. TV) has. It is also used in the data structures video_status
+(??) returned by VIDEO_GET_STATUS (??) and video_event (??) returned by
+VIDEO_GET_EVENT (??) which report about the display format of the current video
+stream.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_display_format_t">
+<title>video_display_format_t</title>
+<para>In case the display format of the video stream and of the display hardware differ the
+application has to specify how to handle the cropping of the picture. This can be done using
+the VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT call (??) which accepts
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ VIDEO_PAN_SCAN,
+ VIDEO_LETTER_BOX,
+ VIDEO_CENTER_CUT_OUT
+ } video_display_format_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>as argument.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_stream_source">
+<title>video stream source</title>
+<para>The video stream source is set through the VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take
+the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demuxer) or
+external (user write) source.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX,
+ VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+ } video_stream_source_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the
+DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system
+call.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_play_state">
+<title>video play state</title>
+<para>The following values can be returned by the VIDEO_GET_STATUS call representing the
+state of video playback.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ VIDEO_STOPPED,
+ VIDEO_PLAYING,
+ VIDEO_FREEZED
+ } video_play_state_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_event">
+<title>struct video_event</title>
+<para>The following is the structure of a video event as it is returned by the VIDEO_GET_EVENT
+call.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct video_event {
+ int32_t type;
+ time_t timestamp;
+ union {
+ video_format_t video_format;
+ } u;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_status">
+<title>struct video_status</title>
+<para>The VIDEO_GET_STATUS call returns the following structure informing about various
+states of the playback operation.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct video_status {
+ boolean video_blank;
+ video_play_state_t play_state;
+ video_stream_source_t stream_source;
+ video_format_t video_format;
+ video_displayformat_t display_format;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+<para>If video_blank is set video will be blanked out if the channel is changed or if playback is
+stopped. Otherwise, the last picture will be displayed. play_state indicates if the video is
+currently frozen, stopped, or being played back. The stream_source corresponds to the seleted
+source for the video stream. It can come either from the demultiplexer or from memory.
+The video_format indicates the aspect ratio (one of 4:3 or 16:9) of the currently
+played video stream. Finally, display_format corresponds to the selected cropping
+mode in case the source video format is not the same as the format of the output
+device.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_still_picture">
+<title>struct video_still_picture</title>
+<para>An I-frame displayed via the VIDEO_STILLPICTURE call is passed on within the
+following structure.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ /⋆ pointer to and size of a single iframe in memory ⋆/
+ struct video_still_picture {
+ char ⋆iFrame;
+ int32_t size;
+ };
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_caps">
+<title>video capabilities</title>
+<para>A call to VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES returns an unsigned integer with the following
+bits set according to the hardwares capabilities.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ /⋆ bit definitions for capabilities: ⋆/
+ /⋆ can the hardware decode MPEG1 and/or MPEG2? ⋆/
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG1 1
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_MPEG2 2
+ /⋆ can you send a system and/or program stream to video device?
+ (you still have to open the video and the audio device but only
+ send the stream to the video device) ⋆/
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_SYS 4
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_PROG 8
+ /⋆ can the driver also handle SPU, NAVI and CSS encoded data?
+ (CSS API is not present yet) ⋆/
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_SPU 16
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_NAVI 32
+ #define VIDEO_CAP_CSS 64
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_system">
+<title>video system</title>
+<para>A call to VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM sets the desired video system for TV output. The
+following system types can be set:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALN,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALNc,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_NTSC60,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PAL60,
+ VIDEO_SYSTEM_PALM60
+ } video_system_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+<section id="video_highlight">
+<title>struct video_highlight</title>
+<para>Calling the ioctl VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHTS posts the SPU highlight information. The
+call expects the following format for that information:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct video_highlight {
+ boolean active; /⋆ 1=show highlight, 0=hide highlight ⋆/
+ uint8_t contrast1; /⋆ 7- 4 Pattern pixel contrast ⋆/
+ /⋆ 3- 0 Background pixel contrast ⋆/
+ uint8_t contrast2; /⋆ 7- 4 Emphasis pixel-2 contrast ⋆/
+ /⋆ 3- 0 Emphasis pixel-1 contrast ⋆/
+ uint8_t color1; /⋆ 7- 4 Pattern pixel color ⋆/
+ /⋆ 3- 0 Background pixel color ⋆/
+ uint8_t color2; /⋆ 7- 4 Emphasis pixel-2 color ⋆/
+ /⋆ 3- 0 Emphasis pixel-1 color ⋆/
+ uint32_t ypos; /⋆ 23-22 auto action mode ⋆/
+ /⋆ 21-12 start y ⋆/
+ /⋆ 9- 0 end y ⋆/
+ uint32_t xpos; /⋆ 23-22 button color number ⋆/
+ /⋆ 21-12 start x ⋆/
+ /⋆ 9- 0 end x ⋆/
+ } video_highlight_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="video_spu">
+<title>video SPU</title>
+<para>Calling VIDEO_SET_SPU deactivates or activates SPU decoding, according to the
+following format:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct video_spu {
+ boolean active;
+ int stream_id;
+ } video_spu_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="video_spu_palette">
+<title>video SPU palette</title>
+<para>The following structure is used to set the SPU palette by calling VIDEO_SPU_PALETTE:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct video_spu_palette{
+ int length;
+ uint8_t ⋆palette;
+ } video_spu_palette_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="video_navi_pack">
+<title>video NAVI pack</title>
+<para>In order to get the navigational data the following structure has to be passed to the ioctl
+VIDEO_GET_NAVI:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct video_navi_pack{
+ int length; /⋆ 0 ... 1024 ⋆/
+ uint8_t data[1024];
+ } video_navi_pack_t;
+</programlisting>
+</section>
+
+
+<section id="video_attributes">
+<title>video attributes</title>
+<para>The following attributes can be set by a call to VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef uint16_t video_attributes_t;
+ /⋆ bits: descr. ⋆/
+ /⋆ 15-14 Video compression mode (0=MPEG-1, 1=MPEG-2) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 13-12 TV system (0=525/60, 1=625/50) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 11-10 Aspect ratio (0=4:3, 3=16:9) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 9- 8 permitted display mode on 4:3 monitor (0=both, 1=only pan-sca ⋆/
+ /⋆ 7 line 21-1 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 6 line 21-2 data present in GOP (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 5- 3 source resolution (0=720x480/576, 1=704x480/576, 2=352x480/57 ⋆/
+ /⋆ 2 source letterboxed (1=yes, 0=no) ⋆/
+ /⋆ 0 film/camera mode (0=camera, 1=film (625/50 only)) ⋆/
+</programlisting>
+</section></section>
+
+
+<section id="video_function_calls">
+<title>Video Function Calls</title>
+
+
+<section id="video_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call opens a named video device (e.g. /dev/dvb/adapter0/video0)
+ for subsequent use.</para>
+<para>When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready for use.
+ The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the
+ documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the
+ semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later
+ be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command
+ of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux
+ manual page for fcntl. Only one user can open the Video Device in O_RDWR
+ mode. All other attempts to open the device in this mode will fail, and an
+ error-code will be returned. If the Video Device is opened in O_RDONLY
+ mode, the only ioctl call that can be used is VIDEO_GET_STATUS. All other
+ call will return an error code.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int open(const char ⋆deviceName, int flags);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>const char
+ *deviceName</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Name of specific video device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int flags</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>A bit-wise OR of the following flags:</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDONLY read-only access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_RDWR read/write access</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>O_NONBLOCK open in non-blocking mode</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>(blocking mode is the default)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENODEV</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device driver not loaded/available.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBUSY</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Device or resource busy.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid argument.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="video_fclose">
+<title>close()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call closes a previously opened video device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int close(int fd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section>
+<section id="video_fwrite">
+<title>write()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected
+ in the ioctl call VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE. The data provided shall be in
+ PES format, unless the capability allows other formats. If O_NONBLOCK is
+ not specified the function will block until buffer space is available. The amount
+ of data to be transferred is implied by count.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t write(int fd, const void ⋆buf, size_t count);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>void *buf</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to the buffer containing the PES data.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>size_t count</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Size of buf.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ENOMEM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Attempted to write more data than the internal buffer can
+ hold.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_STOP</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to stop playing the current stream.
+ Depending on the input parameter, the screen can be blanked out or displaying
+ the last decoded frame.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_STOP, boolean
+ mode);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_STOP for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Boolean mode</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates how the screen shall be handled.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>TRUE: Blank screen when stop.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>FALSE: Show last decoded frame.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_PLAY</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to start playing a video stream from the
+ selected source.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_PLAY);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_PLAY for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_FREEZE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call suspends the live video stream being played. Decoding
+ and playing are frozen. It is then possible to restart the decoding
+ and playing process of the video stream using the VIDEO_CONTINUE
+ command. If VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected in the ioctl call
+ VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, the DVB subsystem will not decode any more
+ data until the ioctl call VIDEO_CONTINUE or VIDEO_PLAY is performed.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_FREEZE);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_FREEZE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_CONTINUE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call restarts decoding and playing processes of the video stream
+ which was played before a call to VIDEO_FREEZE was made.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_CONTINUE);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_CONTINUE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call informs the video device which source shall be used for the input
+ data. The possible sources are demux or memory. If memory is selected, the
+ data is fed to the video device through the write command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE,
+ video_stream_source_t source);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_stream_source_t
+ source</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Indicates which source shall be used for the Video stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_BLANK</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to blank out the picture.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_BLANK, boolean
+ mode);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_BLANK for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>boolean mode</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>TRUE: Blank screen when stop.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>FALSE: Show last decoded frame.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal input parameter</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_STATUS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current status of the device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_STATUS, struct
+ video_status ⋆status);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_STATUS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_status
+ *status</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the current status of the Video Device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error, possibly in the communication with the
+ DVB subsystem.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>status points to invalid address</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_EVENT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call returns an event of type video_event if available. If an event is
+ not available, the behavior depends on whether the device is in blocking or
+ non-blocking mode. In the latter case, the call fails immediately with errno
+ set to EWOULDBLOCK. In the former case, the call blocks until an event
+ becomes available. The standard Linux poll() and/or select() system calls can
+ be used with the device file descriptor to watch for new events. For select(),
+ the file descriptor should be included in the exceptfds argument, and for
+ poll(), POLLPRI should be specified as the wake-up condition. Read-only
+ permissions are sufficient for this ioctl call.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_EVENT, struct
+ video_event ⋆ev);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_EVENT for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_event
+ *ev</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Points to the location where the event, if any, is to be
+ stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ev points to invalid address</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EWOULDBLOCK</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>There is no event pending, and the device is in
+ non-blocking mode.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EOVERFLOW</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Overflow in event queue - one or more events were lost.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to select the video format to be applied
+ by the MPEG chip on the video.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, video_display_format_t
+ format);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_display_format_t
+ format</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Selects the video format to be used.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal parameter format.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_STILLPICTURE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to display a still picture (I-frame). The
+ input data shall contain an I-frame. If the pointer is NULL, then the current
+ displayed still picture is blanked.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_STILLPICTURE,
+ struct video_still_picture ⋆sp);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_STILLPICTURE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct
+ video_still_picture
+ *sp</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to a location where an I-frame and size is stored.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>sp points to an invalid iframe.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to skip decoding of N number of I-frames.
+ This call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD, int
+ nFrames);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_FAST_FORWARD for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int nFrames</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The number of frames to skip.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal parameter format.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SLOWMOTION</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the video device to repeat decoding frames N number of
+ times. This call can only be used if VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY is selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SLOWMOTION, int
+ nFrames);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SLOWMOTION for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int nFrames</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>The number of times to repeat each frame.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EPERM</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Mode VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY not selected.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Illegal parameter format.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the video device about its decoding capabilities. On success
+ it returns and integer which has bits set according to the defines in section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES,
+ unsigned int ⋆cap);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_CAPABILITIES for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>unsigned int *cap</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Pointer to a location where to store the capability
+ information.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>cap points to an invalid iframe.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_ID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl selects which sub-stream is to be decoded if a program or system
+ stream is sent to the video device.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_ID, int
+ id);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_ID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int id</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video sub-stream id</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINTERNAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Internal error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Invalid sub-stream id.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call clears all video buffers in the driver and in the decoder hardware.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl tells the driver which kind of stream to expect being written to it. If
+ this call is not used the default of video PES is used. Some drivers might not
+ support this call and always expect PES.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE,
+ int type);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_STREAMTYPE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int type</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>stream type</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>type is not a valid or supported stream type.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_FORMAT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl sets the screen format (aspect ratio) of the connected output device
+ (TV) so that the output of the decoder can be adjusted accordingly.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_FORMAT,
+ video_format_t format);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_FORMAT for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_format_t
+ format</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video format of TV as defined in section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>format is not a valid video format.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl sets the television output format. The format (see section ??) may
+ vary from the color format of the displayed MPEG stream. If the hardware is
+ not able to display the requested format the call will return an error.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM ,
+ video_system_t system);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_FORMAT for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_system_t
+ system</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video system of TV output.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>system is not a valid or supported video system.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl sets the SPU highlight information for the menu access of a DVD.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT
+ ,video_highlight_t ⋆vhilite)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_HIGHLIGHT for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_highlight_t
+ *vhilite</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>SPU Highlight information according to section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>input is not a valid highlight setting.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_SPU</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl activates or deactivates SPU decoding in a DVD input stream. It can
+ only be used, if the driver is able to handle a DVD stream.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SPU ,
+ video_spu_t ⋆spu)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_SPU for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_spu_t *spu</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>SPU decoding (de)activation and subid setting according
+ to section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>input is not a valid spu setting or driver cannot handle
+ SPU.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl sets the SPU color palette.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE
+ ,video_spu_palette_t ⋆palette )</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_SPU_PALETTE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_spu_palette_t
+ *palette</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>SPU palette according to section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>input is not a valid palette or driver doesn’t handle SPU.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_NAVI</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl returns navigational information from the DVD stream. This is
+ especially needed if an encoded stream has to be decoded by the hardware.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_GET_NAVI ,
+ video_navi_pack_t ⋆navipack)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_NAVI for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_navi_pack_t
+ *navipack</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>PCI or DSI pack (private stream 2) according to section
+ ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EFAULT</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>driver is not able to return navigational information</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
+</section><section
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is intended for DVD playback and allows you to set certain
+ information about the stream. Some hardware may not need this information,
+ but the call also tells the hardware to prepare for DVD playback.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para> int ioctl(fd, int request = VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTE
+ ,video_attributes_t vattr)</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_attributes_t
+ vattr</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video attributes according to section ??.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>ERRORS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EBADF</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>fd is not a valid open file descriptor</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>EINVAL</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>input is not a valid attribute setting.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </section></section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f51f285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Linux-filesystems-API">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux Filesystems API</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="vfs">
+ <title>The Linux VFS</title>
+ <sect1 id="the_filesystem_types"><title>The Filesystem types</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/fs.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="the_directory_cache"><title>The Directory Cache</title>
+!Efs/dcache.c
+!Iinclude/linux/dcache.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="inode_handling"><title>Inode Handling</title>
+!Efs/inode.c
+!Efs/bad_inode.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="registration_and_superblocks"><title>Registration and Superblocks</title>
+!Efs/super.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="file_locks"><title>File Locks</title>
+!Efs/locks.c
+!Ifs/locks.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="other_functions"><title>Other Functions</title>
+!Efs/mpage.c
+!Efs/namei.c
+!Efs/buffer.c
+!Efs/bio.c
+!Efs/seq_file.c
+!Efs/filesystems.c
+!Efs/fs-writeback.c
+!Efs/block_dev.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="proc">
+ <title>The proc filesystem</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="sysctl_interface"><title>sysctl interface</title>
+!Ekernel/sysctl.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="proc_filesystem_interface"><title>proc filesystem interface</title>
+!Ifs/proc/base.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="fs_events">
+ <title>Events based on file descriptors</title>
+!Efs/eventfd.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="sysfs">
+ <title>The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects</title>
+!Efs/sysfs/file.c
+!Efs/sysfs/symlink.c
+!Efs/sysfs/bin.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="debugfs">
+ <title>The debugfs filesystem</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="debugfs_interface"><title>debugfs interface</title>
+!Efs/debugfs/inode.c
+!Efs/debugfs/file.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="LinuxJDBAPI">
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <title>The Linux Journalling API</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Roger</firstname>
+ <surname>Gammans</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>rgammans@computer-surgery.co.uk</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Stephen</firstname>
+ <surname>Tweedie</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>sct@redhat.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2002</year>
+ <holder>Roger Gammans</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>The Linux Journalling API</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="journaling_overview">
+ <title>Overview</title>
+ <sect2 id="journaling_details">
+ <title>Details</title>
+<para>
+The journalling layer is easy to use. You need to
+first of all create a journal_t data structure. There are
+two calls to do this dependent on how you decide to allocate the physical
+media on which the journal resides. The journal_init_inode() call
+is for journals stored in filesystem inodes, or the journal_init_dev()
+call can be use for journal stored on a raw device (in a continuous range
+of blocks). A journal_t is a typedef for a struct pointer, so when
+you are finally finished make sure you call journal_destroy() on it
+to free up any used kernel memory.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Once you have got your journal_t object you need to 'mount' or load the journal
+file, unless of course you haven't initialised it yet - in which case you
+need to call journal_create().
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Most of the time however your journal file will already have been created, but
+before you load it you must call journal_wipe() to empty the journal file.
+Hang on, you say , what if the filesystem wasn't cleanly umount()'d . Well, it is the
+job of the client file system to detect this and skip the call to journal_wipe().
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In either case the next call should be to journal_load() which prepares the
+journal file for use. Note that journal_wipe(..,0) calls journal_skip_recovery()
+for you if it detects any outstanding transactions in the journal and similarly
+journal_load() will call journal_recover() if necessary.
+I would advise reading fs/ext3/super.c for examples on this stage.
+[RGG: Why is the journal_wipe() call necessary - doesn't this needlessly
+complicate the API. Or isn't a good idea for the journal layer to hide
+dirty mounts from the client fs]
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Now you can go ahead and start modifying the underlying
+filesystem. Almost.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+
+You still need to actually journal your filesystem changes, this
+is done by wrapping them into transactions. Additionally you
+also need to wrap the modification of each of the buffers
+with calls to the journal layer, so it knows what the modifications
+you are actually making are. To do this use journal_start() which
+returns a transaction handle.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+journal_start()
+and its counterpart journal_stop(), which indicates the end of a transaction
+are nestable calls, so you can reenter a transaction if necessary,
+but remember you must call journal_stop() the same number of times as
+journal_start() before the transaction is completed (or more accurately
+leaves the update phase). Ext3/VFS makes use of this feature to simplify
+quota support.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Inside each transaction you need to wrap the modifications to the
+individual buffers (blocks). Before you start to modify a buffer you
+need to call journal_get_{create,write,undo}_access() as appropriate,
+this allows the journalling layer to copy the unmodified data if it
+needs to. After all the buffer may be part of a previously uncommitted
+transaction.
+At this point you are at last ready to modify a buffer, and once
+you are have done so you need to call journal_dirty_{meta,}data().
+Or if you've asked for access to a buffer you now know is now longer
+required to be pushed back on the device you can call journal_forget()
+in much the same way as you might have used bforget() in the past.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A journal_flush() may be called at any time to commit and checkpoint
+all your transactions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Then at umount time , in your put_super() (2.4) or write_super() (2.5)
+you can then call journal_destroy() to clean up your in-core journal object.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Unfortunately there a couple of ways the journal layer can cause a deadlock.
+The first thing to note is that each task can only have
+a single outstanding transaction at any one time, remember nothing
+commits until the outermost journal_stop(). This means
+you must complete the transaction at the end of each file/inode/address
+etc. operation you perform, so that the journalling system isn't re-entered
+on another journal. Since transactions can't be nested/batched
+across differing journals, and another filesystem other than
+yours (say ext3) may be modified in a later syscall.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The second case to bear in mind is that journal_start() can
+block if there isn't enough space in the journal for your transaction
+(based on the passed nblocks param) - when it blocks it merely(!) needs to
+wait for transactions to complete and be committed from other tasks,
+so essentially we are waiting for journal_stop(). So to avoid
+deadlocks you must treat journal_start/stop() as if they
+were semaphores and include them in your semaphore ordering rules to prevent
+deadlocks. Note that journal_extend() has similar blocking behaviour to
+journal_start() so you can deadlock here just as easily as on journal_start().
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Try to reserve the right number of blocks the first time. ;-). This will
+be the maximum number of blocks you are going to touch in this transaction.
+I advise having a look at at least ext3_jbd.h to see the basis on which
+ext3 uses to make these decisions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Another wriggle to watch out for is your on-disk block allocation strategy.
+why? Because, if you undo a delete, you need to ensure you haven't reused any
+of the freed blocks in a later transaction. One simple way of doing this
+is make sure any blocks you allocate only have checkpointed transactions
+listed against them. Ext3 does this in ext3_test_allocatable().
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Lock is also providing through journal_{un,}lock_updates(),
+ext3 uses this when it wants a window with a clean and stable fs for a moment.
+eg.
+</para>
+
+<programlisting>
+
+ journal_lock_updates() //stop new stuff happening..
+ journal_flush() // checkpoint everything.
+ ..do stuff on stable fs
+ journal_unlock_updates() // carry on with filesystem use.
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+The opportunities for abuse and DOS attacks with this should be obvious,
+if you allow unprivileged userspace to trigger codepaths containing these
+calls.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+A new feature of jbd since 2.5.25 is commit callbacks with the new
+journal_callback_set() function you can now ask the journalling layer
+to call you back when the transaction is finally committed to disk, so that
+you can do some of your own management. The key to this is the journal_callback
+struct, this maintains the internal callback information but you can
+extend it like this:-
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ struct myfs_callback_s {
+ //Data structure element required by jbd..
+ struct journal_callback for_jbd;
+ // Stuff for myfs allocated together.
+ myfs_inode* i_commited;
+
+ }
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+this would be useful if you needed to know when data was committed to a
+particular inode.
+</para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="jbd_summary">
+ <title>Summary</title>
+<para>
+Using the journal is a matter of wrapping the different context changes,
+being each mount, each modification (transaction) and each changed buffer
+to tell the journalling layer about them.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Here is a some pseudo code to give you an idea of how it works, as
+an example.
+</para>
+
+<programlisting>
+ journal_t* my_jnrl = journal_create();
+ journal_init_{dev,inode}(jnrl,...)
+ if (clean) journal_wipe();
+ journal_load();
+
+ foreach(transaction) { /*transactions must be
+ completed before
+ a syscall returns to
+ userspace*/
+
+ handle_t * xct=journal_start(my_jnrl);
+ foreach(bh) {
+ journal_get_{create,write,undo}_access(xact,bh);
+ if ( myfs_modify(bh) ) { /* returns true
+ if makes changes */
+ journal_dirty_{meta,}data(xact,bh);
+ } else {
+ journal_forget(bh);
+ }
+ }
+ journal_stop(xct);
+ }
+ journal_destroy(my_jrnl);
+</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="data_types">
+ <title>Data Types</title>
+ <para>
+ The journalling layer uses typedefs to 'hide' the concrete definitions
+ of the structures used. As a client of the JBD layer you can
+ just rely on the using the pointer as a magic cookie of some sort.
+
+ Obviously the hiding is not enforced as this is 'C'.
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="structures"><title>Structures</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/jbd.h
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="functions">
+ <title>Functions</title>
+ <para>
+ The functions here are split into two groups those that
+ affect a journal as a whole, and those which are used to
+ manage transactions
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="journal_level"><title>Journal Level</title>
+!Efs/jbd/journal.c
+!Ifs/jbd/recovery.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="transaction_level"><title>Transasction Level</title>
+!Efs/jbd/transaction.c
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="see_also">
+ <title>See also</title>
+ <para>
+ <citation>
+ <ulink url="ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/sct/fs/jfs/journal-design.ps.gz">
+ Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie
+ </ulink>
+ </citation>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <citation>
+ <ulink url="http://olstrans.sourceforge.net/release/OLS2000-ext3/OLS2000-ext3.html">
+ Ext3 Journalling FileSystem, OLS 2000, Dr. Stephen Tweedie
+ </ulink>
+ </citation>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="splice">
+ <title>splice API</title>
+ <para>
+ splice is a method for moving blocks of data around inside the
+ kernel, without continually transferring them between the kernel
+ and user space.
+ </para>
+!Ffs/splice.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pipes">
+ <title>pipes API</title>
+ <para>
+ Pipe interfaces are all for in-kernel (builtin image) use.
+ They are not exported for use by modules.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/pipe_fs_i.h
+!Ffs/pipe.c
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ef2f00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="USB-Gadget-API">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>USB Gadget API for Linux</title>
+ <date>20 August 2004</date>
+ <edition>20 August 2004</edition>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2003-2004</year>
+ <holder>David Brownell</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname>
+ <surname>Brownell</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address><email>dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net</email></address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="intro"><title>Introduction</title>
+
+<para>This document presents a Linux-USB "Gadget"
+kernel mode
+API, for use within peripherals and other USB devices
+that embed Linux.
+It provides an overview of the API structure,
+and shows how that fits into a system development project.
+This is the first such API released on Linux to address
+a number of important problems, including: </para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Supports USB 2.0, for high speed devices which
+ can stream data at several dozen megabytes per second.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Handles devices with dozens of endpoints just as
+ well as ones with just two fixed-function ones. Gadget drivers
+ can be written so they're easy to port to new hardware.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Flexible enough to expose more complex USB device
+ capabilities such as multiple configurations, multiple interfaces,
+ composite devices,
+ and alternate interface settings.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>USB "On-The-Go" (OTG) support, in conjunction
+ with updates to the Linux-USB host side.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Sharing data structures and API models with the
+ Linux-USB host side API. This helps the OTG support, and
+ looks forward to more-symmetric frameworks (where the same
+ I/O model is used by both host and device side drivers).
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Minimalist, so it's easier to support new device
+ controller hardware. I/O processing doesn't imply large
+ demands for memory or CPU resources.
+ </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+
+<para>Most Linux developers will not be able to use this API, since they
+have USB "host" hardware in a PC, workstation, or server.
+Linux users with embedded systems are more likely to
+have USB peripheral hardware.
+To distinguish drivers running inside such hardware from the
+more familiar Linux "USB device drivers",
+which are host side proxies for the real USB devices,
+a different term is used:
+the drivers inside the peripherals are "USB gadget drivers".
+In USB protocol interactions, the device driver is the master
+(or "client driver")
+and the gadget driver is the slave (or "function driver").
+</para>
+
+<para>The gadget API resembles the host side Linux-USB API in that both
+use queues of request objects to package I/O buffers, and those requests
+may be submitted or canceled.
+They share common definitions for the standard USB
+<emphasis>Chapter 9</emphasis> messages, structures, and constants.
+Also, both APIs bind and unbind drivers to devices.
+The APIs differ in detail, since the host side's current
+URB framework exposes a number of implementation details
+and assumptions that are inappropriate for a gadget API.
+While the model for control transfers and configuration
+management is necessarily different (one side is a hardware-neutral master,
+the other is a hardware-aware slave), the endpoint I/0 API used here
+should also be usable for an overhead-reduced host side API.
+</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="structure"><title>Structure of Gadget Drivers</title>
+
+<para>A system running inside a USB peripheral
+normally has at least three layers inside the kernel to handle
+USB protocol processing, and may have additional layers in
+user space code.
+The "gadget" API is used by the middle layer to interact
+with the lowest level (which directly handles hardware).
+</para>
+
+<para>In Linux, from the bottom up, these layers are:
+</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>USB Controller Driver</emphasis></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This is the lowest software level.
+ It is the only layer that talks to hardware,
+ through registers, fifos, dma, irqs, and the like.
+ The <filename><linux/usb/gadget.h></filename> API abstracts
+ the peripheral controller endpoint hardware.
+ That hardware is exposed through endpoint objects, which accept
+ streams of IN/OUT buffers, and through callbacks that interact
+ with gadget drivers.
+ Since normal USB devices only have one upstream
+ port, they only have one of these drivers.
+ The controller driver can support any number of different
+ gadget drivers, but only one of them can be used at a time.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Examples of such controller hardware include
+ the PCI-based NetChip 2280 USB 2.0 high speed controller,
+ the SA-11x0 or PXA-25x UDC (found within many PDAs),
+ and a variety of other products.
+ </para>
+
+ </listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Gadget Driver</emphasis></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The lower boundary of this driver implements hardware-neutral
+ USB functions, using calls to the controller driver.
+ Because such hardware varies widely in capabilities and restrictions,
+ and is used in embedded environments where space is at a premium,
+ the gadget driver is often configured at compile time
+ to work with endpoints supported by one particular controller.
+ Gadget drivers may be portable to several different controllers,
+ using conditional compilation.
+ (Recent kernels substantially simplify the work involved in
+ supporting new hardware, by <emphasis>autoconfiguring</emphasis>
+ endpoints automatically for many bulk-oriented drivers.)
+ Gadget driver responsibilities include:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>handling setup requests (ep0 protocol responses)
+ possibly including class-specific functionality
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>returning configuration and string descriptors
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>(re)setting configurations and interface
+ altsettings, including enabling and configuring endpoints
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>handling life cycle events, such as managing
+ bindings to hardware,
+ USB suspend/resume, remote wakeup,
+ and disconnection from the USB host.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>managing IN and OUT transfers on all currently
+ enabled endpoints
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ Such drivers may be modules of proprietary code, although
+ that approach is discouraged in the Linux community.
+ </para>
+ </listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Upper Level</emphasis></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Most gadget drivers have an upper boundary that connects
+ to some Linux driver or framework in Linux.
+ Through that boundary flows the data which the gadget driver
+ produces and/or consumes through protocol transfers over USB.
+ Examples include:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>user mode code, using generic (gadgetfs)
+ or application specific files in
+ <filename>/dev</filename>
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>networking subsystem (for network gadgets,
+ like the CDC Ethernet Model gadget driver)
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>data capture drivers, perhaps video4Linux or
+ a scanner driver; or test and measurement hardware.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>input subsystem (for HID gadgets)
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>sound subsystem (for audio gadgets)
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>file system (for PTP gadgets)
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>block i/o subsystem (for usb-storage gadgets)
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>... and more </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Additional Layers</emphasis></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Other layers may exist.
+ These could include kernel layers, such as network protocol stacks,
+ as well as user mode applications building on standard POSIX
+ system call APIs such as
+ <emphasis>open()</emphasis>, <emphasis>close()</emphasis>,
+ <emphasis>read()</emphasis> and <emphasis>write()</emphasis>.
+ On newer systems, POSIX Async I/O calls may be an option.
+ Such user mode code will not necessarily be subject to
+ the GNU General Public License (GPL).
+ </para>
+ </listitem></varlistentry>
+
+
+</variablelist>
+
+<para>OTG-capable systems will also need to include a standard Linux-USB
+host side stack,
+with <emphasis>usbcore</emphasis>,
+one or more <emphasis>Host Controller Drivers</emphasis> (HCDs),
+<emphasis>USB Device Drivers</emphasis> to support
+the OTG "Targeted Peripheral List",
+and so forth.
+There will also be an <emphasis>OTG Controller Driver</emphasis>,
+which is visible to gadget and device driver developers only indirectly.
+That helps the host and device side USB controllers implement the
+two new OTG protocols (HNP and SRP).
+Roles switch (host to peripheral, or vice versa) using HNP
+during USB suspend processing, and SRP can be viewed as a
+more battery-friendly kind of device wakeup protocol.
+</para>
+
+<para>Over time, reusable utilities are evolving to help make some
+gadget driver tasks simpler.
+For example, building configuration descriptors from vectors of
+descriptors for the configurations interfaces and endpoints is
+now automated, and many drivers now use autoconfiguration to
+choose hardware endpoints and initialize their descriptors.
+
+A potential example of particular interest
+is code implementing standard USB-IF protocols for
+HID, networking, storage, or audio classes.
+Some developers are interested in KDB or KGDB hooks, to let
+target hardware be remotely debugged.
+Most such USB protocol code doesn't need to be hardware-specific,
+any more than network protocols like X11, HTTP, or NFS are.
+Such gadget-side interface drivers should eventually be combined,
+to implement composite devices.
+</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="api"><title>Kernel Mode Gadget API</title>
+
+<para>Gadget drivers declare themselves through a
+<emphasis>struct usb_gadget_driver</emphasis>, which is responsible for
+most parts of enumeration for a <emphasis>struct usb_gadget</emphasis>.
+The response to a set_configuration usually involves
+enabling one or more of the <emphasis>struct usb_ep</emphasis> objects
+exposed by the gadget, and submitting one or more
+<emphasis>struct usb_request</emphasis> buffers to transfer data.
+Understand those four data types, and their operations, and
+you will understand how this API works.
+</para>
+
+<note><title>Incomplete Data Type Descriptions</title>
+
+<para>This documentation was prepared using the standard Linux
+kernel <filename>docproc</filename> tool, which turns text
+and in-code comments into SGML DocBook and then into usable
+formats such as HTML or PDF.
+Other than the "Chapter 9" data types, most of the significant
+data types and functions are described here.
+</para>
+
+<para>However, docproc does not understand all the C constructs
+that are used, so some relevant information is likely omitted from
+what you are reading.
+One example of such information is endpoint autoconfiguration.
+You'll have to read the header file, and use example source
+code (such as that for "Gadget Zero"), to fully understand the API.
+</para>
+
+<para>The part of the API implementing some basic
+driver capabilities is specific to the version of the
+Linux kernel that's in use.
+The 2.6 kernel includes a <emphasis>driver model</emphasis>
+framework that has no analogue on earlier kernels;
+so those parts of the gadget API are not fully portable.
+(They are implemented on 2.4 kernels, but in a different way.)
+The driver model state is another part of this API that is
+ignored by the kerneldoc tools.
+</para>
+</note>
+
+<para>The core API does not expose
+every possible hardware feature, only the most widely available ones.
+There are significant hardware features, such as device-to-device DMA
+(without temporary storage in a memory buffer)
+that would be added using hardware-specific APIs.
+</para>
+
+<para>This API allows drivers to use conditional compilation to handle
+endpoint capabilities of different hardware, but doesn't require that.
+Hardware tends to have arbitrary restrictions, relating to
+transfer types, addressing, packet sizes, buffering, and availability.
+As a rule, such differences only matter for "endpoint zero" logic
+that handles device configuration and management.
+The API supports limited run-time
+detection of capabilities, through naming conventions for endpoints.
+Many drivers will be able to at least partially autoconfigure
+themselves.
+In particular, driver init sections will often have endpoint
+autoconfiguration logic that scans the hardware's list of endpoints
+to find ones matching the driver requirements
+(relying on those conventions), to eliminate some of the most
+common reasons for conditional compilation.
+</para>
+
+<para>Like the Linux-USB host side API, this API exposes
+the "chunky" nature of USB messages: I/O requests are in terms
+of one or more "packets", and packet boundaries are visible to drivers.
+Compared to RS-232 serial protocols, USB resembles
+synchronous protocols like HDLC
+(N bytes per frame, multipoint addressing, host as the primary
+station and devices as secondary stations)
+more than asynchronous ones
+(tty style: 8 data bits per frame, no parity, one stop bit).
+So for example the controller drivers won't buffer
+two single byte writes into a single two-byte USB IN packet,
+although gadget drivers may do so when they implement
+protocols where packet boundaries (and "short packets")
+are not significant.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 id="lifecycle"><title>Driver Life Cycle</title>
+
+<para>Gadget drivers make endpoint I/O requests to hardware without
+needing to know many details of the hardware, but driver
+setup/configuration code needs to handle some differences.
+Use the API like this:
+</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
+
+<listitem><para>Register a driver for the particular device side
+usb controller hardware,
+such as the net2280 on PCI (USB 2.0),
+sa11x0 or pxa25x as found in Linux PDAs,
+and so on.
+At this point the device is logically in the USB ch9 initial state
+("attached"), drawing no power and not usable
+(since it does not yet support enumeration).
+Any host should not see the device, since it's not
+activated the data line pullup used by the host to
+detect a device, even if VBUS power is available.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>Register a gadget driver that implements some higher level
+device function. That will then bind() to a usb_gadget, which
+activates the data line pullup sometime after detecting VBUS.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>The hardware driver can now start enumerating.
+The steps it handles are to accept USB power and set_address requests.
+Other steps are handled by the gadget driver.
+If the gadget driver module is unloaded before the host starts to
+enumerate, steps before step 7 are skipped.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>The gadget driver's setup() call returns usb descriptors,
+based both on what the bus interface hardware provides and on the
+functionality being implemented.
+That can involve alternate settings or configurations,
+unless the hardware prevents such operation.
+For OTG devices, each configuration descriptor includes
+an OTG descriptor.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>The gadget driver handles the last step of enumeration,
+when the USB host issues a set_configuration call.
+It enables all endpoints used in that configuration,
+with all interfaces in their default settings.
+That involves using a list of the hardware's endpoints, enabling each
+endpoint according to its descriptor.
+It may also involve using <function>usb_gadget_vbus_draw</function>
+to let more power be drawn from VBUS, as allowed by that configuration.
+For OTG devices, setting a configuration may also involve reporting
+HNP capabilities through a user interface.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>Do real work and perform data transfers, possibly involving
+changes to interface settings or switching to new configurations, until the
+device is disconnect()ed from the host.
+Queue any number of transfer requests to each endpoint.
+It may be suspended and resumed several times before being disconnected.
+On disconnect, the drivers go back to step 3 (above).
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>When the gadget driver module is being unloaded,
+the driver unbind() callback is issued. That lets the controller
+driver be unloaded.
+</para></listitem>
+
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>Drivers will normally be arranged so that just loading the
+gadget driver module (or statically linking it into a Linux kernel)
+allows the peripheral device to be enumerated, but some drivers
+will defer enumeration until some higher level component (like
+a user mode daemon) enables it.
+Note that at this lowest level there are no policies about how
+ep0 configuration logic is implemented,
+except that it should obey USB specifications.
+Such issues are in the domain of gadget drivers,
+including knowing about implementation constraints
+imposed by some USB controllers
+or understanding that composite devices might happen to
+be built by integrating reusable components.
+</para>
+
+<para>Note that the lifecycle above can be slightly different
+for OTG devices.
+Other than providing an additional OTG descriptor in each
+configuration, only the HNP-related differences are particularly
+visible to driver code.
+They involve reporting requirements during the SET_CONFIGURATION
+request, and the option to invoke HNP during some suspend callbacks.
+Also, SRP changes the semantics of
+<function>usb_gadget_wakeup</function>
+slightly.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="ch9"><title>USB 2.0 Chapter 9 Types and Constants</title>
+
+<para>Gadget drivers
+rely on common USB structures and constants
+defined in the
+<filename><linux/usb/ch9.h></filename>
+header file, which is standard in Linux 2.6 kernels.
+These are the same types and constants used by host
+side drivers (and usbcore).
+</para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb/ch9.h
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="core"><title>Core Objects and Methods</title>
+
+<para>These are declared in
+<filename><linux/usb/gadget.h></filename>,
+and are used by gadget drivers to interact with
+USB peripheral controller drivers.
+</para>
+
+ <!-- yeech, this is ugly in nsgmls PDF output.
+
+ the PDF bookmark and refentry output nesting is wrong,
+ and the member/argument documentation indents ugly.
+
+ plus something (docproc?) adds whitespace before the
+ descriptive paragraph text, so it can't line up right
+ unless the explanations are trivial.
+ -->
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb/gadget.h
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="utils"><title>Optional Utilities</title>
+
+<para>The core API is sufficient for writing a USB Gadget Driver,
+but some optional utilities are provided to simplify common tasks.
+These utilities include endpoint autoconfiguration.
+</para>
+
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/usbstring.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/config.c
+<!-- !Edrivers/usb/gadget/epautoconf.c -->
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="composite"><title>Composite Device Framework</title>
+
+<para>The core API is sufficient for writing drivers for composite
+USB devices (with more than one function in a given configuration),
+and also multi-configuration devices (also more than one function,
+but not necessarily sharing a given configuration).
+There is however an optional framework which makes it easier to
+reuse and combine functions.
+</para>
+
+<para>Devices using this framework provide a <emphasis>struct
+usb_composite_driver</emphasis>, which in turn provides one or
+more <emphasis>struct usb_configuration</emphasis> instances.
+Each such configuration includes at least one
+<emphasis>struct usb_function</emphasis>, which packages a user
+visible role such as "network link" or "mass storage device".
+Management functions may also exist, such as "Device Firmware
+Upgrade".
+</para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb/composite.h
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/composite.c
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="functions"><title>Composite Device Functions</title>
+
+<para>At this writing, a few of the current gadget drivers have
+been converted to this framework.
+Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs".
+</para>
+
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_acm.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_ecm.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_subset.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_obex.c
+!Edrivers/usb/gadget/f_serial.c
+
+</sect1>
+
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="controllers"><title>Peripheral Controller Drivers</title>
+
+<para>The first hardware supporting this API was the NetChip 2280
+controller, which supports USB 2.0 high speed and is based on PCI.
+This is the <filename>net2280</filename> driver module.
+The driver supports Linux kernel versions 2.4 and 2.6;
+contact NetChip Technologies for development boards and product
+information.
+</para>
+
+<para>Other hardware working in the "gadget" framework includes:
+Intel's PXA 25x and IXP42x series processors
+(<filename>pxa2xx_udc</filename>),
+Toshiba TC86c001 "Goku-S" (<filename>goku_udc</filename>),
+Renesas SH7705/7727 (<filename>sh_udc</filename>),
+MediaQ 11xx (<filename>mq11xx_udc</filename>),
+Hynix HMS30C7202 (<filename>h7202_udc</filename>),
+National 9303/4 (<filename>n9604_udc</filename>),
+Texas Instruments OMAP (<filename>omap_udc</filename>),
+Sharp LH7A40x (<filename>lh7a40x_udc</filename>),
+and more.
+Most of those are full speed controllers.
+</para>
+
+<para>At this writing, there are people at work on drivers in
+this framework for several other USB device controllers,
+with plans to make many of them be widely available.
+</para>
+
+<!-- !Edrivers/usb/gadget/net2280.c -->
+
+<para>A partial USB simulator,
+the <filename>dummy_hcd</filename> driver, is available.
+It can act like a net2280, a pxa25x, or an sa11x0 in terms
+of available endpoints and device speeds; and it simulates
+control, bulk, and to some extent interrupt transfers.
+That lets you develop some parts of a gadget driver on a normal PC,
+without any special hardware, and perhaps with the assistance
+of tools such as GDB running with User Mode Linux.
+At least one person has expressed interest in adapting that
+approach, hooking it up to a simulator for a microcontroller.
+Such simulators can help debug subsystems where the runtime hardware
+is unfriendly to software development, or is not yet available.
+</para>
+
+<para>Support for other controllers is expected to be developed
+and contributed
+over time, as this driver framework evolves.
+</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="gadget"><title>Gadget Drivers</title>
+
+<para>In addition to <emphasis>Gadget Zero</emphasis>
+(used primarily for testing and development with drivers
+for usb controller hardware), other gadget drivers exist.
+</para>
+
+<para>There's an <emphasis>ethernet</emphasis> gadget
+driver, which implements one of the most useful
+<emphasis>Communications Device Class</emphasis> (CDC) models.
+One of the standards for cable modem interoperability even
+specifies the use of this ethernet model as one of two
+mandatory options.
+Gadgets using this code look to a USB host as if they're
+an Ethernet adapter.
+It provides access to a network where the gadget's CPU is one host,
+which could easily be bridging, routing, or firewalling
+access to other networks.
+Since some hardware can't fully implement the CDC Ethernet
+requirements, this driver also implements a "good parts only"
+subset of CDC Ethernet.
+(That subset doesn't advertise itself as CDC Ethernet,
+to avoid creating problems.)
+</para>
+
+<para>Support for Microsoft's <emphasis>RNDIS</emphasis>
+protocol has been contributed by Pengutronix and Auerswald GmbH.
+This is like CDC Ethernet, but it runs on more slightly USB hardware
+(but less than the CDC subset).
+However, its main claim to fame is being able to connect directly to
+recent versions of Windows, using drivers that Microsoft bundles
+and supports, making it much simpler to network with Windows.
+</para>
+
+<para>There is also support for user mode gadget drivers,
+using <emphasis>gadgetfs</emphasis>.
+This provides a <emphasis>User Mode API</emphasis> that presents
+each endpoint as a single file descriptor. I/O is done using
+normal <emphasis>read()</emphasis> and <emphasis>read()</emphasis> calls.
+Familiar tools like GDB and pthreads can be used to
+develop and debug user mode drivers, so that once a robust
+controller driver is available many applications for it
+won't require new kernel mode software.
+Linux 2.6 <emphasis>Async I/O (AIO)</emphasis>
+support is available, so that user mode software
+can stream data with only slightly more overhead
+than a kernel driver.
+</para>
+
+<para>There's a USB Mass Storage class driver, which provides
+a different solution for interoperability with systems such
+as MS-Windows and MacOS.
+That <emphasis>File-backed Storage</emphasis> driver uses a
+file or block device as backing store for a drive,
+like the <filename>loop</filename> driver.
+The USB host uses the BBB, CB, or CBI versions of the mass
+storage class specification, using transparent SCSI commands
+to access the data from the backing store.
+</para>
+
+<para>There's a "serial line" driver, useful for TTY style
+operation over USB.
+The latest version of that driver supports CDC ACM style
+operation, like a USB modem, and so on most hardware it can
+interoperate easily with MS-Windows.
+One interesting use of that driver is in boot firmware (like a BIOS),
+which can sometimes use that model with very small systems without
+real serial lines.
+</para>
+
+<para>Support for other kinds of gadget is expected to
+be developed and contributed
+over time, as this driver framework evolves.
+</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="otg"><title>USB On-The-GO (OTG)</title>
+
+<para>USB OTG support on Linux 2.6 was initially developed
+by Texas Instruments for
+<ulink url="http://www.omap.com">OMAP</ulink> 16xx and 17xx
+series processors.
+Other OTG systems should work in similar ways, but the
+hardware level details could be very different.
+</para>
+
+<para>Systems need specialized hardware support to implement OTG,
+notably including a special <emphasis>Mini-AB</emphasis> jack
+and associated transciever to support <emphasis>Dual-Role</emphasis>
+operation:
+they can act either as a host, using the standard
+Linux-USB host side driver stack,
+or as a peripheral, using this "gadget" framework.
+To do that, the system software relies on small additions
+to those programming interfaces,
+and on a new internal component (here called an "OTG Controller")
+affecting which driver stack connects to the OTG port.
+In each role, the system can re-use the existing pool of
+hardware-neutral drivers, layered on top of the controller
+driver interfaces (<emphasis>usb_bus</emphasis> or
+<emphasis>usb_gadget</emphasis>).
+Such drivers need at most minor changes, and most of the calls
+added to support OTG can also benefit non-OTG products.
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Gadget drivers test the <emphasis>is_otg</emphasis>
+ flag, and use it to determine whether or not to include
+ an OTG descriptor in each of their configurations.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Gadget drivers may need changes to support the
+ two new OTG protocols, exposed in new gadget attributes
+ such as <emphasis>b_hnp_enable</emphasis> flag.
+ HNP support should be reported through a user interface
+ (two LEDs could suffice), and is triggered in some cases
+ when the host suspends the peripheral.
+ SRP support can be user-initiated just like remote wakeup,
+ probably by pressing the same button.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On the host side, USB device drivers need
+ to be taught to trigger HNP at appropriate moments, using
+ <function>usb_suspend_device()</function>.
+ That also conserves battery power, which is useful even
+ for non-OTG configurations.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Also on the host side, a driver must support the
+ OTG "Targeted Peripheral List". That's just a whitelist,
+ used to reject peripherals not supported with a given
+ Linux OTG host.
+ <emphasis>This whitelist is product-specific;
+ each product must modify <filename>otg_whitelist.h</filename>
+ to match its interoperability specification.
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ <para>Non-OTG Linux hosts, like PCs and workstations,
+ normally have some solution for adding drivers, so that
+ peripherals that aren't recognized can eventually be supported.
+ That approach is unreasonable for consumer products that may
+ never have their firmware upgraded, and where it's usually
+ unrealistic to expect traditional PC/workstation/server kinds
+ of support model to work.
+ For example, it's often impractical to change device firmware
+ once the product has been distributed, so driver bugs can't
+ normally be fixed if they're found after shipment.
+ </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Additional changes are needed below those hardware-neutral
+<emphasis>usb_bus</emphasis> and <emphasis>usb_gadget</emphasis>
+driver interfaces; those aren't discussed here in any detail.
+Those affect the hardware-specific code for each USB Host or Peripheral
+controller, and how the HCD initializes (since OTG can be active only
+on a single port).
+They also involve what may be called an <emphasis>OTG Controller
+Driver</emphasis>, managing the OTG transceiver and the OTG state
+machine logic as well as much of the root hub behavior for the
+OTG port.
+The OTG controller driver needs to activate and deactivate USB
+controllers depending on the relevant device role.
+Some related changes were needed inside usbcore, so that it
+can identify OTG-capable devices and respond appropriately
+to HNP or SRP protocols.
+</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+</book>
+<!--
+ vim:syntax=sgml:sw=4
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb10fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Generic-IRQ-Guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux generic IRQ handling</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
+ <surname>Gleixner</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Ingo</firstname>
+ <surname>Molnar</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>mingo@elte.hu</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2005-2010</year>
+ <holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2005-2006</year>
+ <holder>Ingo Molnar</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic interrupt handling layer is designed to provide a
+ complete abstraction of interrupt handling for device drivers.
+ It is able to handle all the different types of interrupt controller
+ hardware. Device drivers use generic API functions to request, enable,
+ disable and free interrupts. The drivers do not have to know anything
+ about interrupt hardware details, so they can be used on different
+ platforms without code changes.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is provided to developers who want to implement
+ an interrupt subsystem based for their architecture, with the help
+ of the generic IRQ handling layer.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="rationale">
+ <title>Rationale</title>
+ <para>
+ The original implementation of interrupt handling in Linux is using
+ the __do_IRQ() super-handler, which is able to deal with every
+ type of interrupt logic.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Originally, Russell King identified different types of handlers to
+ build a quite universal set for the ARM interrupt handler
+ implementation in Linux 2.5/2.6. He distinguished between:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Level type</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Edge type</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Simple type</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ During the implementation we identified another type:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Fast EOI type</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ In the SMP world of the __do_IRQ() super-handler another type
+ was identified:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Per CPU type</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This split implementation of highlevel IRQ handlers allows us to
+ optimize the flow of the interrupt handling for each specific
+ interrupt type. This reduces complexity in that particular codepath
+ and allows the optimized handling of a given type.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The original general IRQ implementation used hw_interrupt_type
+ structures and their ->ack(), ->end() [etc.] callbacks to
+ differentiate the flow control in the super-handler. This leads to
+ a mix of flow logic and lowlevel hardware logic, and it also leads
+ to unnecessary code duplication: for example in i386, there is a
+ ioapic_level_irq and a ioapic_edge_irq irq-type which share many
+ of the lowlevel details but have different flow handling.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ A more natural abstraction is the clean separation of the
+ 'irq flow' and the 'chip details'.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Analysing a couple of architecture's IRQ subsystem implementations
+ reveals that most of them can use a generic set of 'irq flow'
+ methods and only need to add the chip level specific code.
+ The separation is also valuable for (sub)architectures
+ which need specific quirks in the irq flow itself but not in the
+ chip-details - and thus provides a more transparent IRQ subsystem
+ design.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Each interrupt descriptor is assigned its own highlevel flow
+ handler, which is normally one of the generic
+ implementations. (This highlevel flow handler implementation also
+ makes it simple to provide demultiplexing handlers which can be
+ found in embedded platforms on various architectures.)
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The separation makes the generic interrupt handling layer more
+ flexible and extensible. For example, an (sub)architecture can
+ use a generic irq-flow implementation for 'level type' interrupts
+ and add a (sub)architecture specific 'edge type' implementation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To make the transition to the new model easier and prevent the
+ breakage of existing implementations, the __do_IRQ() super-handler
+ is still available. This leads to a kind of duality for the time
+ being. Over time the new model should be used in more and more
+ architectures, as it enables smaller and cleaner IRQ subsystems.
+ It's deprecated for three years now and about to be removed.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None (knock on wood).
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Abstraction">
+ <title>Abstraction layers</title>
+ <para>
+ There are three main levels of abstraction in the interrupt code:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Highlevel driver API</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Highlevel IRQ flow handlers</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Chiplevel hardware encapsulation</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Interrupt_control_flow">
+ <title>Interrupt control flow</title>
+ <para>
+ Each interrupt is described by an interrupt descriptor structure
+ irq_desc. The interrupt is referenced by an 'unsigned int' numeric
+ value which selects the corresponding interrupt decription structure
+ in the descriptor structures array.
+ The descriptor structure contains status information and pointers
+ to the interrupt flow method and the interrupt chip structure
+ which are assigned to this interrupt.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Whenever an interrupt triggers, the lowlevel arch code calls into
+ the generic interrupt code by calling desc->handle_irq().
+ This highlevel IRQ handling function only uses desc->chip primitives
+ referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Highlevel_Driver_API">
+ <title>Highlevel Driver API</title>
+ <para>
+ The highlevel Driver API consists of following functions:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>request_irq()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>free_irq()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>disable_irq()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>enable_irq()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>disable_irq_nosync() (SMP only)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>synchronize_irq() (SMP only)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>set_irq_type()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>set_irq_wake()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>set_irq_data()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>set_irq_chip()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>set_irq_chip_data()</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ See the autogenerated function documentation for details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Highlevel_IRQ_flow_handlers">
+ <title>Highlevel IRQ flow handlers</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic layer provides a set of pre-defined irq-flow methods:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>handle_level_irq</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>handle_edge_irq</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>handle_fasteoi_irq</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>handle_simple_irq</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>handle_percpu_irq</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ The interrupt flow handlers (either predefined or architecture
+ specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture
+ either during bootup or during device initialization.
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="Default_flow_implementations">
+ <title>Default flow implementations</title>
+ <sect3 id="Helper_functions">
+ <title>Helper functions</title>
+ <para>
+ The helper functions call the chip primitives and
+ are used by the default flow implementations.
+ The following helper functions are implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+default_enable(struct irq_data *data)
+{
+ desc->chip->irq_unmask(data);
+}
+
+default_disable(struct irq_data *data)
+{
+ if (!delay_disable(data))
+ desc->chip->irq_mask(data);
+}
+
+default_ack(struct irq_data *data)
+{
+ chip->irq_ack(data);
+}
+
+default_mask_ack(struct irq_data *data)
+{
+ if (chip->irq_mask_ack) {
+ chip->irq_mask_ack(data);
+ } else {
+ chip->irq_mask(data);
+ chip->irq_ack(data);
+ }
+}
+
+noop(struct irq_data *data))
+{
+}
+
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Default_flow_handler_implementations">
+ <title>Default flow handler implementations</title>
+ <sect3 id="Default_Level_IRQ_flow_handler">
+ <title>Default Level IRQ flow handler</title>
+ <para>
+ handle_level_irq provides a generic implementation
+ for level-triggered interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+desc->chip->irq_mask();
+handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
+desc->chip->irq_unmask();
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="Default_FASTEOI_IRQ_flow_handler">
+ <title>Default Fast EOI IRQ flow handler</title>
+ <para>
+ handle_fasteoi_irq provides a generic implementation
+ for interrupts, which only need an EOI at the end of
+ the handler
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
+desc->chip->irq_eoi();
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="Default_Edge_IRQ_flow_handler">
+ <title>Default Edge IRQ flow handler</title>
+ <para>
+ handle_edge_irq provides a generic implementation
+ for edge-triggered interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+if (desc->status & running) {
+ desc->chip->irq_mask();
+ desc->status |= pending | masked;
+ return;
+}
+desc->chip->irq_ack();
+desc->status |= running;
+do {
+ if (desc->status & masked)
+ desc->chip->irq_unmask();
+ desc->status &= ~pending;
+ handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
+} while (status & pending);
+desc->status &= ~running;
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="Default_simple_IRQ_flow_handler">
+ <title>Default simple IRQ flow handler</title>
+ <para>
+ handle_simple_irq provides a generic implementation
+ for simple interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note: The simple flow handler does not call any
+ handler/chip primitives.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="Default_per_CPU_flow_handler">
+ <title>Default per CPU flow handler</title>
+ <para>
+ handle_percpu_irq provides a generic implementation
+ for per CPU interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Per CPU interrupts are only available on SMP and
+ the handler provides a simplified version without
+ locking.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
+ <programlisting>
+handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
+if (desc->chip->irq_eoi)
+ desc->chip->irq_eoi();
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Quirks_and_optimizations">
+ <title>Quirks and optimizations</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic functions are intended for 'clean' architectures and chips,
+ which have no platform-specific IRQ handling quirks. If an architecture
+ needs to implement quirks on the 'flow' level then it can do so by
+ overriding the highlevel irq-flow handler.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Delayed_interrupt_disable">
+ <title>Delayed interrupt disable</title>
+ <para>
+ This per interrupt selectable feature, which was introduced by Russell
+ King in the ARM interrupt implementation, does not mask an interrupt
+ at the hardware level when disable_irq() is called. The interrupt is
+ kept enabled and is masked in the flow handler when an interrupt event
+ happens. This prevents losing edge interrupts on hardware which does
+ not store an edge interrupt event while the interrupt is disabled at
+ the hardware level. When an interrupt arrives while the IRQ_DISABLED
+ flag is set, then the interrupt is masked at the hardware level and
+ the IRQ_PENDING bit is set. When the interrupt is re-enabled by
+ enable_irq() the pending bit is checked and if it is set, the
+ interrupt is resent either via hardware or by a software resend
+ mechanism. (It's necessary to enable CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND when
+ you want to use the delayed interrupt disable feature and your
+ hardware is not capable of retriggering an interrupt.)
+ The delayed interrupt disable is not configurable.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Chiplevel_hardware_encapsulation">
+ <title>Chiplevel hardware encapsulation</title>
+ <para>
+ The chip level hardware descriptor structure irq_chip
+ contains all the direct chip relevant functions, which
+ can be utilized by the irq flow implementations.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>irq_ack()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_mask()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_unmask()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_retrigger() - Optional</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_set_type() - Optional</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>irq_set_wake() - Optional</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ These primitives are strictly intended to mean what they say: ack means
+ ACK, masking means masking of an IRQ line, etc. It is up to the flow
+ handler(s) to use these basic units of lowlevel functionality.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="doirq">
+ <title>__do_IRQ entry point</title>
+ <para>
+ The original implementation __do_IRQ() is an alternative entry
+ point for all types of interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This handler turned out to be not suitable for all
+ interrupt hardware and was therefore reimplemented with split
+ functionality for egde/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not
+ only a functional optimization. It also shortens code paths for
+ interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To make use of the split implementation, replace the call to
+ __do_IRQ by a call to desc->handle_irq() and associate
+ the appropriate handler function to desc->handle_irq().
+ In most cases the generic handler implementations should
+ be sufficient.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="locking">
+ <title>Locking on SMP</title>
+ <para>
+ The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that
+ defines the chip primitives. There is a chip->lock field that can be used
+ for serialization, but the generic layer does not touch it. The per-irq
+ structure is protected via desc->lock, by the generic layer.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="structs">
+ <title>Structures</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are
+ used in the generic IRQ layer.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/irq.h
+!Iinclude/linux/interrupt.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+ <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the kernel API functions
+ which are exported.
+ </para>
+!Ekernel/irq/manage.c
+!Ekernel/irq/chip.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="intfunctions">
+ <title>Internal Functions Provided</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the internal functions.
+ </para>
+!Ikernel/irq/irqdesc.c
+!Ikernel/irq/handle.c
+!Ikernel/irq/chip.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to this document:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Thomas Gleixner<email>tglx@linutronix.de</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Ingo Molnar<email>mingo@elte.hu</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7160652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="LinuxKernelAPI">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The Linux Kernel API</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="adt">
+ <title>Data Types</title>
+ <sect1><title>Doubly Linked Lists</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/list.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libc">
+ <title>Basic C Library Functions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When writing drivers, you cannot in general use routines which are
+ from the C Library. Some of the functions have been found generally
+ useful and they are listed below. The behaviour of these functions
+ may vary slightly from those defined by ANSI, and these deviations
+ are noted in the text.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1><title>String Conversions</title>
+!Elib/vsprintf.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>String Manipulation</title>
+<!-- All functions are exported at now
+X!Ilib/string.c
+ -->
+!Elib/string.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Bit Operations</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="kernel-lib">
+ <title>Basic Kernel Library Functions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The Linux kernel provides more basic utility functions.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1><title>Bitmap Operations</title>
+!Elib/bitmap.c
+!Ilib/bitmap.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Command-line Parsing</title>
+!Elib/cmdline.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="crc"><title>CRC Functions</title>
+!Elib/crc7.c
+!Elib/crc16.c
+!Elib/crc-itu-t.c
+!Elib/crc32.c
+!Elib/crc-ccitt.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="idr"><title>idr/ida Functions</title>
+!Pinclude/linux/idr.h idr sync
+!Plib/idr.c IDA description
+!Elib/idr.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="mm">
+ <title>Memory Management in Linux</title>
+ <sect1><title>The Slab Cache</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/slab.h
+!Emm/slab.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>User Space Memory Access</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h
+!Earch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>More Memory Management Functions</title>
+!Emm/readahead.c
+!Emm/filemap.c
+!Emm/memory.c
+!Emm/vmalloc.c
+!Imm/page_alloc.c
+!Emm/mempool.c
+!Emm/dmapool.c
+!Emm/page-writeback.c
+!Emm/truncate.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+
+ <chapter id="ipc">
+ <title>Kernel IPC facilities</title>
+
+ <sect1><title>IPC utilities</title>
+!Iipc/util.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="kfifo">
+ <title>FIFO Buffer</title>
+ <sect1><title>kfifo interface</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/kfifo.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="relayfs">
+ <title>relay interface support</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Relay interface support
+ is designed to provide an efficient mechanism for tools and
+ facilities to relay large amounts of data from kernel space to
+ user space.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1><title>relay interface</title>
+!Ekernel/relay.c
+!Ikernel/relay.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modload">
+ <title>Module Support</title>
+ <sect1><title>Module Loading</title>
+!Ekernel/kmod.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Inter Module support</title>
+ <para>
+ Refer to the file kernel/module.c for more information.
+ </para>
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Ekernel/module.c
+-->
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="hardware">
+ <title>Hardware Interfaces</title>
+ <sect1><title>Interrupt Handling</title>
+!Ekernel/irq/manage.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>DMA Channels</title>
+!Ekernel/dma.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Resources Management</title>
+!Ikernel/resource.c
+!Ekernel/resource.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>MTRR Handling</title>
+!Earch/x86/kernel/cpu/mtrr/main.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>PCI Support Library</title>
+!Edrivers/pci/pci.c
+!Edrivers/pci/pci-driver.c
+!Edrivers/pci/remove.c
+!Edrivers/pci/search.c
+!Edrivers/pci/msi.c
+!Edrivers/pci/bus.c
+!Edrivers/pci/access.c
+!Edrivers/pci/irq.c
+!Edrivers/pci/htirq.c
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Edrivers/pci/hotplug.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/pci/probe.c
+!Edrivers/pci/slot.c
+!Edrivers/pci/rom.c
+!Edrivers/pci/iov.c
+!Idrivers/pci/pci-sysfs.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>PCI Hotplug Support Library</title>
+!Edrivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>MCA Architecture</title>
+ <sect2><title>MCA Device Functions</title>
+ <para>
+ Refer to the file arch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c for more information.
+ </para>
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
+-->
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2><title>MCA Bus DMA</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="firmware">
+ <title>Firmware Interfaces</title>
+ <sect1><title>DMI Interfaces</title>
+!Edrivers/firmware/dmi_scan.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>EDD Interfaces</title>
+!Idrivers/firmware/edd.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="security">
+ <title>Security Framework</title>
+!Isecurity/security.c
+!Esecurity/inode.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="audit">
+ <title>Audit Interfaces</title>
+!Ekernel/audit.c
+!Ikernel/auditsc.c
+!Ikernel/auditfilter.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="accounting">
+ <title>Accounting Framework</title>
+!Ikernel/acct.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="blkdev">
+ <title>Block Devices</title>
+!Eblock/blk-core.c
+!Iblock/blk-core.c
+!Eblock/blk-map.c
+!Iblock/blk-sysfs.c
+!Eblock/blk-settings.c
+!Eblock/blk-exec.c
+!Eblock/blk-flush.c
+!Eblock/blk-lib.c
+!Eblock/blk-tag.c
+!Iblock/blk-tag.c
+!Eblock/blk-integrity.c
+!Ikernel/trace/blktrace.c
+!Iblock/genhd.c
+!Eblock/genhd.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="chrdev">
+ <title>Char devices</title>
+!Efs/char_dev.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="miscdev">
+ <title>Miscellaneous Devices</title>
+!Edrivers/char/misc.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="clk">
+ <title>Clock Framework</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The clock framework defines programming interfaces to support
+ software management of the system clock tree.
+ This framework is widely used with System-On-Chip (SOC) platforms
+ to support power management and various devices which may need
+ custom clock rates.
+ Note that these "clocks" don't relate to timekeeping or real
+ time clocks (RTCs), each of which have separate frameworks.
+ These <structname>struct clk</structname> instances may be used
+ to manage for example a 96 MHz signal that is used to shift bits
+ into and out of peripherals or busses, or otherwise trigger
+ synchronous state machine transitions in system hardware.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Power management is supported by explicit software clock gating:
+ unused clocks are disabled, so the system doesn't waste power
+ changing the state of transistors that aren't in active use.
+ On some systems this may be backed by hardware clock gating,
+ where clocks are gated without being disabled in software.
+ Sections of chips that are powered but not clocked may be able
+ to retain their last state.
+ This low power state is often called a <emphasis>retention
+ mode</emphasis>.
+ This mode still incurs leakage currents, especially with finer
+ circuit geometries, but for CMOS circuits power is mostly used
+ by clocked state changes.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Power-aware drivers only enable their clocks when the device
+ they manage is in active use. Also, system sleep states often
+ differ according to which clock domains are active: while a
+ "standby" state may allow wakeup from several active domains, a
+ "mem" (suspend-to-RAM) state may require a more wholesale shutdown
+ of clocks derived from higher speed PLLs and oscillators, limiting
+ the number of possible wakeup event sources. A driver's suspend
+ method may need to be aware of system-specific clock constraints
+ on the target sleep state.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Some platforms support programmable clock generators. These
+ can be used by external chips of various kinds, such as other
+ CPUs, multimedia codecs, and devices with strict requirements
+ for interface clocking.
+ </para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/clk.h
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b3f493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,1327 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="lk-hacking-guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Unreliable Guide To Hacking The Linux Kernel</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Rusty</firstname>
+ <surname>Russell</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>rusty@rustcorp.com.au</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2005</year>
+ <holder>Rusty Russell</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <releaseinfo>
+ This is the first release of this document as part of the kernel tarball.
+ </releaseinfo>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ Welcome, gentle reader, to Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Linux
+ Kernel Hacking. This document describes the common routines and
+ general requirements for kernel code: its goal is to serve as a
+ primer for Linux kernel development for experienced C
+ programmers. I avoid implementation details: that's what the
+ code is for, and I ignore whole tracts of useful routines.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Before you read this, please understand that I never wanted to
+ write this document, being grossly under-qualified, but I always
+ wanted to read it, and this was the only way. I hope it will
+ grow into a compendium of best practice, common starting points
+ and random information.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="basic-players">
+ <title>The Players</title>
+
+ <para>
+ At any time each of the CPUs in a system can be:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ not associated with any process, serving a hardware interrupt;
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ not associated with any process, serving a softirq or tasklet;
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ running in kernel space, associated with a process (user context);
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ running a process in user space.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ There is an ordering between these. The bottom two can preempt
+ each other, but above that is a strict hierarchy: each can only be
+ preempted by the ones above it. For example, while a softirq is
+ running on a CPU, no other softirq will preempt it, but a hardware
+ interrupt can. However, any other CPUs in the system execute
+ independently.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ We'll see a number of ways that the user context can block
+ interrupts, to become truly non-preemptable.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="basics-usercontext">
+ <title>User Context</title>
+
+ <para>
+ User context is when you are coming in from a system call or other
+ trap: like userspace, you can be preempted by more important tasks
+ and by interrupts. You can sleep, by calling
+ <function>schedule()</function>.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ You are always in user context on module load and unload,
+ and on operations on the block device layer.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ In user context, the <varname>current</varname> pointer (indicating
+ the task we are currently executing) is valid, and
+ <function>in_interrupt()</function>
+ (<filename>include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>) is <returnvalue>false
+ </returnvalue>.
+ </para>
+
+ <caution>
+ <para>
+ Beware that if you have preemption or softirqs disabled
+ (see below), <function>in_interrupt()</function> will return a
+ false positive.
+ </para>
+ </caution>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="basics-hardirqs">
+ <title>Hardware Interrupts (Hard IRQs)</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Timer ticks, <hardware>network cards</hardware> and
+ <hardware>keyboard</hardware> are examples of real
+ hardware which produce interrupts at any time. The kernel runs
+ interrupt handlers, which services the hardware. The kernel
+ guarantees that this handler is never re-entered: if the same
+ interrupt arrives, it is queued (or dropped). Because it
+ disables interrupts, this handler has to be fast: frequently it
+ simply acknowledges the interrupt, marks a 'software interrupt'
+ for execution and exits.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You can tell you are in a hardware interrupt, because
+ <function>in_irq()</function> returns <returnvalue>true</returnvalue>.
+ </para>
+ <caution>
+ <para>
+ Beware that this will return a false positive if interrupts are disabled
+ (see below).
+ </para>
+ </caution>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="basics-softirqs">
+ <title>Software Interrupt Context: Softirqs and Tasklets</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Whenever a system call is about to return to userspace, or a
+ hardware interrupt handler exits, any 'software interrupts'
+ which are marked pending (usually by hardware interrupts) are
+ run (<filename>kernel/softirq.c</filename>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Much of the real interrupt handling work is done here. Early in
+ the transition to <acronym>SMP</acronym>, there were only 'bottom
+ halves' (BHs), which didn't take advantage of multiple CPUs. Shortly
+ after we switched from wind-up computers made of match-sticks and snot,
+ we abandoned this limitation and switched to 'softirqs'.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename> lists the
+ different softirqs. A very important softirq is the
+ timer softirq (<filename
+ class="headerfile">include/linux/timer.h</filename>): you can
+ register to have it call functions for you in a given length of
+ time.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Softirqs are often a pain to deal with, since the same softirq
+ will run simultaneously on more than one CPU. For this reason,
+ tasklets (<filename
+ class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>) are more
+ often used: they are dynamically-registrable (meaning you can have
+ as many as you want), and they also guarantee that any tasklet
+ will only run on one CPU at any time, although different tasklets
+ can run simultaneously.
+ </para>
+ <caution>
+ <para>
+ The name 'tasklet' is misleading: they have nothing to do with 'tasks',
+ and probably more to do with some bad vodka Alexey Kuznetsov had at the
+ time.
+ </para>
+ </caution>
+
+ <para>
+ You can tell you are in a softirq (or tasklet)
+ using the <function>in_softirq()</function> macro
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>).
+ </para>
+ <caution>
+ <para>
+ Beware that this will return a false positive if a bh lock (see below)
+ is held.
+ </para>
+ </caution>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="basic-rules">
+ <title>Some Basic Rules</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>No memory protection</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ If you corrupt memory, whether in user context or
+ interrupt context, the whole machine will crash. Are you
+ sure you can't do what you want in userspace?
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>No floating point or <acronym>MMX</acronym></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ The <acronym>FPU</acronym> context is not saved; even in user
+ context the <acronym>FPU</acronym> state probably won't
+ correspond with the current process: you would mess with some
+ user process' <acronym>FPU</acronym> state. If you really want
+ to do this, you would have to explicitly save/restore the full
+ <acronym>FPU</acronym> state (and avoid context switches). It
+ is generally a bad idea; use fixed point arithmetic first.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>A rigid stack limit</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Depending on configuration options the kernel stack is about 3K to 6K for most 32-bit architectures: it's
+ about 14K on most 64-bit archs, and often shared with interrupts
+ so you can't use it all. Avoid deep recursion and huge local
+ arrays on the stack (allocate them dynamically instead).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>The Linux kernel is portable</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Let's keep it that way. Your code should be 64-bit clean,
+ and endian-independent. You should also minimize CPU
+ specific stuff, e.g. inline assembly should be cleanly
+ encapsulated and minimized to ease porting. Generally it
+ should be restricted to the architecture-dependent part of
+ the kernel tree.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="ioctls">
+ <title>ioctls: Not writing a new system call</title>
+
+ <para>
+ A system call generally looks like this
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+asmlinkage long sys_mycall(int arg)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ First, in most cases you don't want to create a new system call.
+ You create a character device and implement an appropriate ioctl
+ for it. This is much more flexible than system calls, doesn't have
+ to be entered in every architecture's
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/unistd.h</filename> and
+ <filename>arch/kernel/entry.S</filename> file, and is much more
+ likely to be accepted by Linus.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If all your routine does is read or write some parameter, consider
+ implementing a <function>sysfs</function> interface instead.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Inside the ioctl you're in user context to a process. When a
+ error occurs you return a negated errno (see
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/errno.h</filename>),
+ otherwise you return <returnvalue>0</returnvalue>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ After you slept you should check if a signal occurred: the
+ Unix/Linux way of handling signals is to temporarily exit the
+ system call with the <constant>-ERESTARTSYS</constant> error. The
+ system call entry code will switch back to user context, process
+ the signal handler and then your system call will be restarted
+ (unless the user disabled that). So you should be prepared to
+ process the restart, e.g. if you're in the middle of manipulating
+ some data structure.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+if (signal_pending(current))
+ return -ERESTARTSYS;
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ If you're doing longer computations: first think userspace. If you
+ <emphasis>really</emphasis> want to do it in kernel you should
+ regularly check if you need to give up the CPU (remember there is
+ cooperative multitasking per CPU). Idiom:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+cond_resched(); /* Will sleep */
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ A short note on interface design: the UNIX system call motto is
+ "Provide mechanism not policy".
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="deadlock-recipes">
+ <title>Recipes for Deadlock</title>
+
+ <para>
+ You cannot call any routines which may sleep, unless:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ You are in user context.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ You do not own any spinlocks.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ You have interrupts enabled (actually, Andi Kleen says
+ that the scheduling code will enable them for you, but
+ that's probably not what you wanted).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that some functions may sleep implicitly: common ones are
+ the user space access functions (*_user) and memory allocation
+ functions without <symbol>GFP_ATOMIC</symbol>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should always compile your kernel
+ <symbol>CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP</symbol> on, and it will warn
+ you if you break these rules. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> break
+ the rules, you will eventually lock up your box.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Really.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="common-routines">
+ <title>Common Routines</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-printk">
+ <title>
+ <function>printk()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/kernel.h</filename>
+ </title>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>printk()</function> feeds kernel messages to the
+ console, dmesg, and the syslog daemon. It is useful for debugging
+ and reporting errors, and can be used inside interrupt context,
+ but use with caution: a machine which has its console flooded with
+ printk messages is unusable. It uses a format string mostly
+ compatible with ANSI C printf, and C string concatenation to give
+ it a first "priority" argument:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+printk(KERN_INFO "i = %u\n", i);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ See <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/kernel.h</filename>;
+ for other KERN_ values; these are interpreted by syslog as the
+ level. Special case: for printing an IP address use
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+__be32 ipaddress;
+printk(KERN_INFO "my ip: %pI4\n", &ipaddress);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>printk()</function> internally uses a 1K buffer and does
+ not catch overruns. Make sure that will be enough.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ You will know when you are a real kernel hacker
+ when you start typoing printf as printk in your user programs :)
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <!--- From the Lions book reader department -->
+
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ Another sidenote: the original Unix Version 6 sources had a
+ comment on top of its printf function: "Printf should not be
+ used for chit-chat". You should follow that advice.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-copy">
+ <title>
+ <function>copy_[to/from]_user()</function>
+ /
+ <function>get_user()</function>
+ /
+ <function>put_user()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/uaccess.h</filename>
+ </title>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>[SLEEPS]</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>put_user()</function> and <function>get_user()</function>
+ are used to get and put single values (such as an int, char, or
+ long) from and to userspace. A pointer into userspace should
+ never be simply dereferenced: data should be copied using these
+ routines. Both return <constant>-EFAULT</constant> or 0.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <function>copy_to_user()</function> and
+ <function>copy_from_user()</function> are more general: they copy
+ an arbitrary amount of data to and from userspace.
+ <caution>
+ <para>
+ Unlike <function>put_user()</function> and
+ <function>get_user()</function>, they return the amount of
+ uncopied data (ie. <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> still means
+ success).
+ </para>
+ </caution>
+ [Yes, this moronic interface makes me cringe. The flamewar comes up every year or so. --RR.]
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The functions may sleep implicitly. This should never be called
+ outside user context (it makes no sense), with interrupts
+ disabled, or a spinlock held.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-kmalloc">
+ <title><function>kmalloc()</function>/<function>kfree()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/slab.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>[MAY SLEEP: SEE BELOW]</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ These routines are used to dynamically request pointer-aligned
+ chunks of memory, like malloc and free do in userspace, but
+ <function>kmalloc()</function> takes an extra flag word.
+ Important values:
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <constant>
+ GFP_KERNEL
+ </constant>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ May sleep and swap to free memory. Only allowed in user
+ context, but is the most reliable way to allocate memory.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <constant>
+ GFP_ATOMIC
+ </constant>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Don't sleep. Less reliable than <constant>GFP_KERNEL</constant>,
+ but may be called from interrupt context. You should
+ <emphasis>really</emphasis> have a good out-of-memory
+ error-handling strategy.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>
+ <constant>
+ GFP_DMA
+ </constant>
+ </term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Allocate ISA DMA lower than 16MB. If you don't know what that
+ is you don't need it. Very unreliable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>
+ If you see a <errorname>sleeping function called from invalid
+ context</errorname> warning message, then maybe you called a
+ sleeping allocation function from interrupt context without
+ <constant>GFP_ATOMIC</constant>. You should really fix that.
+ Run, don't walk.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you are allocating at least <constant>PAGE_SIZE</constant>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/page.h</filename>) bytes,
+ consider using <function>__get_free_pages()</function>
+
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/mm.h</filename>). It
+ takes an order argument (0 for page sized, 1 for double page, 2
+ for four pages etc.) and the same memory priority flag word as
+ above.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you are allocating more than a page worth of bytes you can use
+ <function>vmalloc()</function>. It'll allocate virtual memory in
+ the kernel map. This block is not contiguous in physical memory,
+ but the <acronym>MMU</acronym> makes it look like it is for you
+ (so it'll only look contiguous to the CPUs, not to external device
+ drivers). If you really need large physically contiguous memory
+ for some weird device, you have a problem: it is poorly supported
+ in Linux because after some time memory fragmentation in a running
+ kernel makes it hard. The best way is to allocate the block early
+ in the boot process via the <function>alloc_bootmem()</function>
+ routine.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Before inventing your own cache of often-used objects consider
+ using a slab cache in
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/slab.h</filename>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-current">
+ <title><function>current</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/current.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ This global variable (really a macro) contains a pointer to
+ the current task structure, so is only valid in user context.
+ For example, when a process makes a system call, this will
+ point to the task structure of the calling process. It is
+ <emphasis>not NULL</emphasis> in interrupt context.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-udelay">
+ <title><function>mdelay()</function>/<function>udelay()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/delay.h</filename>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/delay.h</filename>
+ </title>
+
+ <para>
+ The <function>udelay()</function> and <function>ndelay()</function> functions can be used for small pauses.
+ Do not use large values with them as you risk
+ overflow - the helper function <function>mdelay()</function> is useful
+ here, or consider <function>msleep()</function>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-endian">
+ <title><function>cpu_to_be32()</function>/<function>be32_to_cpu()</function>/<function>cpu_to_le32()</function>/<function>le32_to_cpu()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/byteorder.h</filename>
+ </title>
+
+ <para>
+ The <function>cpu_to_be32()</function> family (where the "32" can
+ be replaced by 64 or 16, and the "be" can be replaced by "le") are
+ the general way to do endian conversions in the kernel: they
+ return the converted value. All variations supply the reverse as
+ well: <function>be32_to_cpu()</function>, etc.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ There are two major variations of these functions: the pointer
+ variation, such as <function>cpu_to_be32p()</function>, which take
+ a pointer to the given type, and return the converted value. The
+ other variation is the "in-situ" family, such as
+ <function>cpu_to_be32s()</function>, which convert value referred
+ to by the pointer, and return void.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-local-irqs">
+ <title><function>local_irq_save()</function>/<function>local_irq_restore()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/system.h</filename>
+ </title>
+
+ <para>
+ These routines disable hard interrupts on the local CPU, and
+ restore them. They are reentrant; saving the previous state in
+ their one <varname>unsigned long flags</varname> argument. If you
+ know that interrupts are enabled, you can simply use
+ <function>local_irq_disable()</function> and
+ <function>local_irq_enable()</function>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-softirqs">
+ <title><function>local_bh_disable()</function>/<function>local_bh_enable()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ These routines disable soft interrupts on the local CPU, and
+ restore them. They are reentrant; if soft interrupts were
+ disabled before, they will still be disabled after this pair
+ of functions has been called. They prevent softirqs and tasklets
+ from running on the current CPU.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-processorids">
+ <title><function>smp_processor_id</function>()
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/smp.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>get_cpu()</function> disables preemption (so you won't
+ suddenly get moved to another CPU) and returns the current
+ processor number, between 0 and <symbol>NR_CPUS</symbol>. Note
+ that the CPU numbers are not necessarily continuous. You return
+ it again with <function>put_cpu()</function> when you are done.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If you know you cannot be preempted by another task (ie. you are
+ in interrupt context, or have preemption disabled) you can use
+ smp_processor_id().
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-init">
+ <title><type>__init</type>/<type>__exit</type>/<type>__initdata</type>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ After boot, the kernel frees up a special section; functions
+ marked with <type>__init</type> and data structures marked with
+ <type>__initdata</type> are dropped after boot is complete: similarly
+ modules discard this memory after initialization. <type>__exit</type>
+ is used to declare a function which is only required on exit: the
+ function will be dropped if this file is not compiled as a module.
+ See the header file for use. Note that it makes no sense for a function
+ marked with <type>__init</type> to be exported to modules with
+ <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> - this will break.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-init-again">
+ <title><function>__initcall()</function>/<function>module_init()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename></title>
+ <para>
+ Many parts of the kernel are well served as a module
+ (dynamically-loadable parts of the kernel). Using the
+ <function>module_init()</function> and
+ <function>module_exit()</function> macros it is easy to write code
+ without #ifdefs which can operate both as a module or built into
+ the kernel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <function>module_init()</function> macro defines which
+ function is to be called at module insertion time (if the file is
+ compiled as a module), or at boot time: if the file is not
+ compiled as a module the <function>module_init()</function> macro
+ becomes equivalent to <function>__initcall()</function>, which
+ through linker magic ensures that the function is called on boot.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The function can return a negative error number to cause
+ module loading to fail (unfortunately, this has no effect if
+ the module is compiled into the kernel). This function is
+ called in user context with interrupts enabled, so it can sleep.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-moduleexit">
+ <title> <function>module_exit()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/init.h</filename> </title>
+
+ <para>
+ This macro defines the function to be called at module removal
+ time (or never, in the case of the file compiled into the
+ kernel). It will only be called if the module usage count has
+ reached zero. This function can also sleep, but cannot fail:
+ everything must be cleaned up by the time it returns.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that this macro is optional: if it is not present, your
+ module will not be removable (except for 'rmmod -f').
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="routines-module-use-counters">
+ <title> <function>try_module_get()</function>/<function>module_put()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ These manipulate the module usage count, to protect against
+ removal (a module also can't be removed if another module uses one
+ of its exported symbols: see below). Before calling into module
+ code, you should call <function>try_module_get()</function> on
+ that module: if it fails, then the module is being removed and you
+ should act as if it wasn't there. Otherwise, you can safely enter
+ the module, and call <function>module_put()</function> when you're
+ finished.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Most registerable structures have an
+ <structfield>owner</structfield> field, such as in the
+ <structname>file_operations</structname> structure. Set this field
+ to the macro <symbol>THIS_MODULE</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <!-- add info on new-style module refcounting here -->
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="queues">
+ <title>Wait Queues
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename>
+ </title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>[SLEEPS]</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ A wait queue is used to wait for someone to wake you up when a
+ certain condition is true. They must be used carefully to ensure
+ there is no race condition. You declare a
+ <type>wait_queue_head_t</type>, and then processes which want to
+ wait for that condition declare a <type>wait_queue_t</type>
+ referring to themselves, and place that in the queue.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="queue-declaring">
+ <title>Declaring</title>
+
+ <para>
+ You declare a <type>wait_queue_head_t</type> using the
+ <function>DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD()</function> macro, or using the
+ <function>init_waitqueue_head()</function> routine in your
+ initialization code.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="queue-waitqueue">
+ <title>Queuing</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Placing yourself in the waitqueue is fairly complex, because you
+ must put yourself in the queue before checking the condition.
+ There is a macro to do this:
+ <function>wait_event_interruptible()</function>
+
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename> The
+ first argument is the wait queue head, and the second is an
+ expression which is evaluated; the macro returns
+ <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> when this expression is true, or
+ <returnvalue>-ERESTARTSYS</returnvalue> if a signal is received.
+ The <function>wait_event()</function> version ignores signals.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Do not use the <function>sleep_on()</function> function family -
+ it is very easy to accidentally introduce races; almost certainly
+ one of the <function>wait_event()</function> family will do, or a
+ loop around <function>schedule_timeout()</function>. If you choose
+ to loop around <function>schedule_timeout()</function> remember
+ you must set the task state (with
+ <function>set_current_state()</function>) on each iteration to avoid
+ busy-looping.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="queue-waking">
+ <title>Waking Up Queued Tasks</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Call <function>wake_up()</function>
+
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/wait.h</filename>;,
+ which will wake up every process in the queue. The exception is
+ if one has <constant>TASK_EXCLUSIVE</constant> set, in which case
+ the remainder of the queue will not be woken. There are other variants
+ of this basic function available in the same header.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="atomic-ops">
+ <title>Atomic Operations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Certain operations are guaranteed atomic on all platforms. The
+ first class of operations work on <type>atomic_t</type>
+
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/asm/atomic.h</filename>; this
+ contains a signed integer (at least 32 bits long), and you must use
+ these functions to manipulate or read atomic_t variables.
+ <function>atomic_read()</function> and
+ <function>atomic_set()</function> get and set the counter,
+ <function>atomic_add()</function>,
+ <function>atomic_sub()</function>,
+ <function>atomic_inc()</function>,
+ <function>atomic_dec()</function>, and
+ <function>atomic_dec_and_test()</function> (returns
+ <returnvalue>true</returnvalue> if it was decremented to zero).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Yes. It returns <returnvalue>true</returnvalue> (i.e. != 0) if the
+ atomic variable is zero.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that these functions are slower than normal arithmetic, and
+ so should not be used unnecessarily.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The second class of atomic operations is atomic bit operations on an
+ <type>unsigned long</type>, defined in
+
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/bitops.h</filename>. These
+ operations generally take a pointer to the bit pattern, and a bit
+ number: 0 is the least significant bit.
+ <function>set_bit()</function>, <function>clear_bit()</function>
+ and <function>change_bit()</function> set, clear, and flip the
+ given bit. <function>test_and_set_bit()</function>,
+ <function>test_and_clear_bit()</function> and
+ <function>test_and_change_bit()</function> do the same thing,
+ except return true if the bit was previously set; these are
+ particularly useful for atomically setting flags.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is possible to call these operations with bit indices greater
+ than BITS_PER_LONG. The resulting behavior is strange on big-endian
+ platforms though so it is a good idea not to do this.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="symbols">
+ <title>Symbols</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Within the kernel proper, the normal linking rules apply
+ (ie. unless a symbol is declared to be file scope with the
+ <type>static</type> keyword, it can be used anywhere in the
+ kernel). However, for modules, a special exported symbol table is
+ kept which limits the entry points to the kernel proper. Modules
+ can also export symbols.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="sym-exportsymbols">
+ <title><function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ This is the classic method of exporting a symbol: dynamically
+ loaded modules will be able to use the symbol as normal.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="sym-exportsymbols-gpl">
+ <title><function>EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL()</function>
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/module.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ Similar to <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL()</function> except that the
+ symbols exported by <function>EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL()</function> can
+ only be seen by modules with a
+ <function>MODULE_LICENSE()</function> that specifies a GPL
+ compatible license. It implies that the function is considered
+ an internal implementation issue, and not really an interface.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="conventions">
+ <title>Routines and Conventions</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-doublelinkedlist">
+ <title>Double-linked lists
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/list.h</filename></title>
+
+ <para>
+ There used to be three sets of linked-list routines in the kernel
+ headers, but this one is the winner. If you don't have some
+ particular pressing need for a single list, it's a good choice.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In particular, <function>list_for_each_entry</function> is useful.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="convention-returns">
+ <title>Return Conventions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ For code called in user context, it's very common to defy C
+ convention, and return <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> for success,
+ and a negative error number
+ (eg. <returnvalue>-EFAULT</returnvalue>) for failure. This can be
+ unintuitive at first, but it's fairly widespread in the kernel.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Using <function>ERR_PTR()</function>
+
+ <filename class="headerfile">include/linux/err.h</filename>; to
+ encode a negative error number into a pointer, and
+ <function>IS_ERR()</function> and <function>PTR_ERR()</function>
+ to get it back out again: avoids a separate pointer parameter for
+ the error number. Icky, but in a good way.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-borkedcompile">
+ <title>Breaking Compilation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Linus and the other developers sometimes change function or
+ structure names in development kernels; this is not done just to
+ keep everyone on their toes: it reflects a fundamental change
+ (eg. can no longer be called with interrupts on, or does extra
+ checks, or doesn't do checks which were caught before). Usually
+ this is accompanied by a fairly complete note to the linux-kernel
+ mailing list; search the archive. Simply doing a global replace
+ on the file usually makes things <emphasis>worse</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-initialising">
+ <title>Initializing structure members</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The preferred method of initializing structures is to use
+ designated initialisers, as defined by ISO C99, eg:
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = {
+ .open = opt_open,
+ .release = opt_release,
+ .ioctl = opt_ioctl,
+ .check_media_change = opt_media_change,
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ This makes it easy to grep for, and makes it clear which
+ structure fields are set. You should do this because it looks
+ cool.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-gnu-extns">
+ <title>GNU Extensions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GNU Extensions are explicitly allowed in the Linux kernel.
+ Note that some of the more complex ones are not very well
+ supported, due to lack of general use, but the following are
+ considered standard (see the GCC info page section "C
+ Extensions" for more details - Yes, really the info page, the
+ man page is only a short summary of the stuff in info).
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Inline functions
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Statement expressions (ie. the ({ and }) constructs).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Declaring attributes of a function / variable / type
+ (__attribute__)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ typeof
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Zero length arrays
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Macro varargs
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Arithmetic on void pointers
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Non-Constant initializers
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Assembler Instructions (not outside arch/ and include/asm/)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Function names as strings (__func__).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ __builtin_constant_p()
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ Be wary when using long long in the kernel, the code gcc generates for
+ it is horrible and worse: division and multiplication does not work
+ on i386 because the GCC runtime functions for it are missing from
+ the kernel environment.
+ </para>
+
+ <!-- FIXME: add a note about ANSI aliasing cleanness -->
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-cplusplus">
+ <title>C++</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Using C++ in the kernel is usually a bad idea, because the
+ kernel does not provide the necessary runtime environment
+ and the include files are not tested for it. It is still
+ possible, but not recommended. If you really want to do
+ this, forget about exceptions at least.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="conventions-ifdef">
+ <title>#if</title>
+
+ <para>
+ It is generally considered cleaner to use macros in header files
+ (or at the top of .c files) to abstract away functions rather than
+ using `#if' pre-processor statements throughout the source code.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="submitting">
+ <title>Putting Your Stuff in the Kernel</title>
+
+ <para>
+ In order to get your stuff into shape for official inclusion, or
+ even to make a neat patch, there's administrative work to be
+ done:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Figure out whose pond you've been pissing in. Look at the top of
+ the source files, inside the <filename>MAINTAINERS</filename>
+ file, and last of all in the <filename>CREDITS</filename> file.
+ You should coordinate with this person to make sure you're not
+ duplicating effort, or trying something that's already been
+ rejected.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Make sure you put your name and EMail address at the top of
+ any files you create or mangle significantly. This is the
+ first place people will look when they find a bug, or when
+ <emphasis>they</emphasis> want to make a change.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Usually you want a configuration option for your kernel hack.
+ Edit <filename>Kconfig</filename> in the appropriate directory.
+ The Config language is simple to use by cut and paste, and there's
+ complete documentation in
+ <filename>Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may well want to make your CONFIG option only visible if
+ <symbol>CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL</symbol> is enabled: this serves as a
+ warning to users. There many other fancy things you can do: see
+ the various <filename>Kconfig</filename> files for ideas.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In your description of the option, make sure you address both the
+ expert user and the user who knows nothing about your feature. Mention
+ incompatibilities and issues here. <emphasis> Definitely
+ </emphasis> end your description with <quote> if in doubt, say N
+ </quote> (or, occasionally, `Y'); this is for people who have no
+ idea what you are talking about.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Edit the <filename>Makefile</filename>: the CONFIG variables are
+ exported here so you can usually just add a "obj-$(CONFIG_xxx) +=
+ xxx.o" line. The syntax is documented in
+ <filename>Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Put yourself in <filename>CREDITS</filename> if you've done
+ something noteworthy, usually beyond a single file (your name
+ should be at the top of the source files anyway).
+ <filename>MAINTAINERS</filename> means you want to be consulted
+ when changes are made to a subsystem, and hear about bugs; it
+ implies a more-than-passing commitment to some part of the code.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Finally, don't forget to read <filename>Documentation/SubmittingPatches</filename>
+ and possibly <filename>Documentation/SubmittingDrivers</filename>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="cantrips">
+ <title>Kernel Cantrips</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Some favorites from browsing the source. Feel free to add to this
+ list.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename>arch/x86/include/asm/delay.h:</filename>
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+#define ndelay(n) (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \
+ ((n) > 20000 ? __bad_ndelay() : __const_udelay((n) * 5ul)) : \
+ __ndelay(n))
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename>include/linux/fs.h</filename>:
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+/*
+ * Kernel pointers have redundant information, so we can use a
+ * scheme where we can return either an error code or a dentry
+ * pointer with the same return value.
+ *
+ * This should be a per-architecture thing, to allow different
+ * error and pointer decisions.
+ */
+ #define ERR_PTR(err) ((void *)((long)(err)))
+ #define PTR_ERR(ptr) ((long)(ptr))
+ #define IS_ERR(ptr) ((unsigned long)(ptr) > (unsigned long)(-1000))
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename>arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h:</filename>
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+#define copy_to_user(to,from,n) \
+ (__builtin_constant_p(n) ? \
+ __constant_copy_to_user((to),(from),(n)) : \
+ __generic_copy_to_user((to),(from),(n)))
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename>arch/sparc/kernel/head.S:</filename>
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+/*
+ * Sun people can't spell worth damn. "compatability" indeed.
+ * At least we *know* we can't spell, and use a spell-checker.
+ */
+
+/* Uh, actually Linus it is I who cannot spell. Too much murky
+ * Sparc assembly will do this to ya.
+ */
+C_LABEL(cputypvar):
+ .asciz "compatability"
+
+/* Tested on SS-5, SS-10. Probably someone at Sun applied a spell-checker. */
+ .align 4
+C_LABEL(cputypvar_sun4m):
+ .asciz "compatible"
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ <filename>arch/sparc/lib/checksum.S:</filename>
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ /* Sun, you just can't beat me, you just can't. Stop trying,
+ * give up. I'm serious, I am going to kick the living shit
+ * out of you, game over, lights out.
+ */
+ </programlisting>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Thanks</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Thanks to Andi Kleen for the idea, answering my questions, fixing
+ my mistakes, filling content, etc. Philipp Rumpf for more spelling
+ and clarity fixes, and some excellent non-obvious points. Werner
+ Almesberger for giving me a great summary of
+ <function>disable_irq()</function>, and Jes Sorensen and Andrea
+ Arcangeli added caveats. Michael Elizabeth Chastain for checking
+ and adding to the Configure section. <!-- Rusty insisted on this
+ bit; I didn't do it! --> Telsa Gwynne for teaching me DocBook.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f66f4df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,2146 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="LKLockingGuide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Unreliable Guide To Locking</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Rusty</firstname>
+ <surname>Russell</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>rusty@rustcorp.com.au</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2003</year>
+ <holder>Rusty Russell</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ Welcome, to Rusty's Remarkably Unreliable Guide to Kernel
+ Locking issues. This document describes the locking systems in
+ the Linux Kernel in 2.6.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ With the wide availability of HyperThreading, and <firstterm
+ linkend="gloss-preemption">preemption </firstterm> in the Linux
+ Kernel, everyone hacking on the kernel needs to know the
+ fundamentals of concurrency and locking for
+ <firstterm linkend="gloss-smp"><acronym>SMP</acronym></firstterm>.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="races">
+ <title>The Problem With Concurrency</title>
+ <para>
+ (Skip this if you know what a Race Condition is).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ In a normal program, you can increment a counter like so:
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ very_important_count++;
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ This is what they would expect to happen:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Expected Results</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Instance 1</entry>
+ <entry>Instance 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>read very_important_count (5)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>add 1 (6)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>write very_important_count (6)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>read very_important_count (6)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>add 1 (7)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>write very_important_count (7)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>
+ This is what might happen:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Possible Results</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Instance 1</entry>
+ <entry>Instance 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>read very_important_count (5)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>read very_important_count (5)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>add 1 (6)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>add 1 (6)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>write very_important_count (6)</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>write very_important_count (6)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <sect1 id="race-condition">
+ <title>Race Conditions and Critical Regions</title>
+ <para>
+ This overlap, where the result depends on the
+ relative timing of multiple tasks, is called a <firstterm>race condition</firstterm>.
+ The piece of code containing the concurrency issue is called a
+ <firstterm>critical region</firstterm>. And especially since Linux starting running
+ on SMP machines, they became one of the major issues in kernel
+ design and implementation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Preemption can have the same effect, even if there is only one
+ CPU: by preempting one task during the critical region, we have
+ exactly the same race condition. In this case the thread which
+ preempts might run the critical region itself.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The solution is to recognize when these simultaneous accesses
+ occur, and use locks to make sure that only one instance can
+ enter the critical region at any time. There are many
+ friendly primitives in the Linux kernel to help you do this.
+ And then there are the unfriendly primitives, but I'll pretend
+ they don't exist.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="locks">
+ <title>Locking in the Linux Kernel</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If I could give you one piece of advice: never sleep with anyone
+ crazier than yourself. But if I had to give you advice on
+ locking: <emphasis>keep it simple</emphasis>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Be reluctant to introduce new locks.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Strangely enough, this last one is the exact reverse of my advice when
+ you <emphasis>have</emphasis> slept with someone crazier than yourself.
+ And you should think about getting a big dog.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-intro">
+ <title>Two Main Types of Kernel Locks: Spinlocks and Mutexes</title>
+
+ <para>
+ There are two main types of kernel locks. The fundamental type
+ is the spinlock
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/spinlock.h</filename>),
+ which is a very simple single-holder lock: if you can't get the
+ spinlock, you keep trying (spinning) until you can. Spinlocks are
+ very small and fast, and can be used anywhere.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The second type is a mutex
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/mutex.h</filename>): it
+ is like a spinlock, but you may block holding a mutex.
+ If you can't lock a mutex, your task will suspend itself, and be woken
+ up when the mutex is released. This means the CPU can do something
+ else while you are waiting. There are many cases when you simply
+ can't sleep (see <xref linkend="sleeping-things"/>), and so have to
+ use a spinlock instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Neither type of lock is recursive: see
+ <xref linkend="deadlock"/>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="uniprocessor">
+ <title>Locks and Uniprocessor Kernels</title>
+
+ <para>
+ For kernels compiled without <symbol>CONFIG_SMP</symbol>, and
+ without <symbol>CONFIG_PREEMPT</symbol> spinlocks do not exist at
+ all. This is an excellent design decision: when no-one else can
+ run at the same time, there is no reason to have a lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the kernel is compiled without <symbol>CONFIG_SMP</symbol>,
+ but <symbol>CONFIG_PREEMPT</symbol> is set, then spinlocks
+ simply disable preemption, which is sufficient to prevent any
+ races. For most purposes, we can think of preemption as
+ equivalent to SMP, and not worry about it separately.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should always test your locking code with <symbol>CONFIG_SMP</symbol>
+ and <symbol>CONFIG_PREEMPT</symbol> enabled, even if you don't have an SMP test box, because it
+ will still catch some kinds of locking bugs.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Mutexes still exist, because they are required for
+ synchronization between <firstterm linkend="gloss-usercontext">user
+ contexts</firstterm>, as we will see below.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="usercontextlocking">
+ <title>Locking Only In User Context</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If you have a data structure which is only ever accessed from
+ user context, then you can use a simple mutex
+ (<filename>include/linux/mutex.h</filename>) to protect it. This
+ is the most trivial case: you initialize the mutex. Then you can
+ call <function>mutex_lock_interruptible()</function> to grab the mutex,
+ and <function>mutex_unlock()</function> to release it. There is also a
+ <function>mutex_lock()</function>, which should be avoided, because it
+ will not return if a signal is received.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Example: <filename>net/netfilter/nf_sockopt.c</filename> allows
+ registration of new <function>setsockopt()</function> and
+ <function>getsockopt()</function> calls, with
+ <function>nf_register_sockopt()</function>. Registration and
+ de-registration are only done on module load and unload (and boot
+ time, where there is no concurrency), and the list of registrations
+ is only consulted for an unknown <function>setsockopt()</function>
+ or <function>getsockopt()</function> system call. The
+ <varname>nf_sockopt_mutex</varname> is perfect to protect this,
+ especially since the setsockopt and getsockopt calls may well
+ sleep.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-user-bh">
+ <title>Locking Between User Context and Softirqs</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If a <firstterm linkend="gloss-softirq">softirq</firstterm> shares
+ data with user context, you have two problems. Firstly, the current
+ user context can be interrupted by a softirq, and secondly, the
+ critical region could be entered from another CPU. This is where
+ <function>spin_lock_bh()</function>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/spinlock.h</filename>) is
+ used. It disables softirqs on that CPU, then grabs the lock.
+ <function>spin_unlock_bh()</function> does the reverse. (The
+ '_bh' suffix is a historical reference to "Bottom Halves", the
+ old name for software interrupts. It should really be
+ called spin_lock_softirq()' in a perfect world).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that you can also use <function>spin_lock_irq()</function>
+ or <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function> here, which stop
+ hardware interrupts as well: see <xref linkend="hardirq-context"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This works perfectly for <firstterm linkend="gloss-up"><acronym>UP
+ </acronym></firstterm> as well: the spin lock vanishes, and this macro
+ simply becomes <function>local_bh_disable()</function>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/interrupt.h</filename>), which
+ protects you from the softirq being run.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-user-tasklet">
+ <title>Locking Between User Context and Tasklets</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This is exactly the same as above, because <firstterm
+ linkend="gloss-tasklet">tasklets</firstterm> are actually run
+ from a softirq.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-user-timers">
+ <title>Locking Between User Context and Timers</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This, too, is exactly the same as above, because <firstterm
+ linkend="gloss-timers">timers</firstterm> are actually run from
+ a softirq. From a locking point of view, tasklets and timers
+ are identical.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-tasklets">
+ <title>Locking Between Tasklets/Timers</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Sometimes a tasklet or timer might want to share data with
+ another tasklet or timer.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="lock-tasklets-same">
+ <title>The Same Tasklet/Timer</title>
+ <para>
+ Since a tasklet is never run on two CPUs at once, you don't
+ need to worry about your tasklet being reentrant (running
+ twice at once), even on SMP.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="lock-tasklets-different">
+ <title>Different Tasklets/Timers</title>
+ <para>
+ If another tasklet/timer wants
+ to share data with your tasklet or timer , you will both need to use
+ <function>spin_lock()</function> and
+ <function>spin_unlock()</function> calls.
+ <function>spin_lock_bh()</function> is
+ unnecessary here, as you are already in a tasklet, and
+ none will be run on the same CPU.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="lock-softirqs">
+ <title>Locking Between Softirqs</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Often a softirq might
+ want to share data with itself or a tasklet/timer.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="lock-softirqs-same">
+ <title>The Same Softirq</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The same softirq can run on the other CPUs: you can use a
+ per-CPU array (see <xref linkend="per-cpu"/>) for better
+ performance. If you're going so far as to use a softirq,
+ you probably care about scalable performance enough
+ to justify the extra complexity.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You'll need to use <function>spin_lock()</function> and
+ <function>spin_unlock()</function> for shared data.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="lock-softirqs-different">
+ <title>Different Softirqs</title>
+
+ <para>
+ You'll need to use <function>spin_lock()</function> and
+ <function>spin_unlock()</function> for shared data, whether it
+ be a timer, tasklet, different softirq or the same or another
+ softirq: any of them could be running on a different CPU.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="hardirq-context">
+ <title>Hard IRQ Context</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Hardware interrupts usually communicate with a
+ tasklet or softirq. Frequently this involves putting work in a
+ queue, which the softirq will take out.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="hardirq-softirq">
+ <title>Locking Between Hard IRQ and Softirqs/Tasklets</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If a hardware irq handler shares data with a softirq, you have
+ two concerns. Firstly, the softirq processing can be
+ interrupted by a hardware interrupt, and secondly, the
+ critical region could be entered by a hardware interrupt on
+ another CPU. This is where <function>spin_lock_irq()</function> is
+ used. It is defined to disable interrupts on that cpu, then grab
+ the lock. <function>spin_unlock_irq()</function> does the reverse.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The irq handler does not to use
+ <function>spin_lock_irq()</function>, because the softirq cannot
+ run while the irq handler is running: it can use
+ <function>spin_lock()</function>, which is slightly faster. The
+ only exception would be if a different hardware irq handler uses
+ the same lock: <function>spin_lock_irq()</function> will stop
+ that from interrupting us.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This works perfectly for UP as well: the spin lock vanishes,
+ and this macro simply becomes <function>local_irq_disable()</function>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/smp.h</filename>), which
+ protects you from the softirq/tasklet/BH being run.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function>
+ (<filename>include/linux/spinlock.h</filename>) is a variant
+ which saves whether interrupts were on or off in a flags word,
+ which is passed to <function>spin_unlock_irqrestore()</function>. This
+ means that the same code can be used inside an hard irq handler (where
+ interrupts are already off) and in softirqs (where the irq
+ disabling is required).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that softirqs (and hence tasklets and timers) are run on
+ return from hardware interrupts, so
+ <function>spin_lock_irq()</function> also stops these. In that
+ sense, <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function> is the most
+ general and powerful locking function.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="hardirq-hardirq">
+ <title>Locking Between Two Hard IRQ Handlers</title>
+ <para>
+ It is rare to have to share data between two IRQ handlers, but
+ if you do, <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function> should be
+ used: it is architecture-specific whether all interrupts are
+ disabled inside irq handlers themselves.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="cheatsheet">
+ <title>Cheat Sheet For Locking</title>
+ <para>
+ Pete Zaitcev gives the following summary:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ If you are in a process context (any syscall) and want to
+ lock other process out, use a mutex. You can take a mutex
+ and sleep (<function>copy_from_user*(</function> or
+ <function>kmalloc(x,GFP_KERNEL)</function>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Otherwise (== data can be touched in an interrupt), use
+ <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function> and
+ <function>spin_unlock_irqrestore()</function>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Avoid holding spinlock for more than 5 lines of code and
+ across any function call (except accessors like
+ <function>readb</function>).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <sect1 id="minimum-lock-reqirements">
+ <title>Table of Minimum Requirements</title>
+
+ <para> The following table lists the <emphasis>minimum</emphasis>
+ locking requirements between various contexts. In some cases,
+ the same context can only be running on one CPU at a time, so
+ no locking is required for that context (eg. a particular
+ thread can only run on one CPU at a time, but if it needs
+ shares data with another thread, locking is required).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Remember the advice above: you can always use
+ <function>spin_lock_irqsave()</function>, which is a superset
+ of all other spinlock primitives.
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+<title>Table of Locking Requirements</title>
+<tgroup cols="11">
+<tbody>
+
+<row>
+<entry></entry>
+<entry>IRQ Handler A</entry>
+<entry>IRQ Handler B</entry>
+<entry>Softirq A</entry>
+<entry>Softirq B</entry>
+<entry>Tasklet A</entry>
+<entry>Tasklet B</entry>
+<entry>Timer A</entry>
+<entry>Timer B</entry>
+<entry>User Context A</entry>
+<entry>User Context B</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>IRQ Handler A</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>IRQ Handler B</entry>
+<entry>SLIS</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Softirq A</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Softirq B</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Tasklet A</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Tasklet B</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Timer A</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>Timer B</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>User Context A</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>User Context B</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>MLI</entry>
+<entry>None</entry>
+</row>
+
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+ <table>
+<title>Legend for Locking Requirements Table</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<tbody>
+
+<row>
+<entry>SLIS</entry>
+<entry>spin_lock_irqsave</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>SLI</entry>
+<entry>spin_lock_irq</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>SL</entry>
+<entry>spin_lock</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>SLBH</entry>
+<entry>spin_lock_bh</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>MLI</entry>
+<entry>mutex_lock_interruptible</entry>
+</row>
+
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="trylock-functions">
+ <title>The trylock Functions</title>
+ <para>
+ There are functions that try to acquire a lock only once and immediately
+ return a value telling about success or failure to acquire the lock.
+ They can be used if you need no access to the data protected with the lock
+ when some other thread is holding the lock. You should acquire the lock
+ later if you then need access to the data protected with the lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>spin_trylock()</function> does not spin but returns non-zero if
+ it acquires the spinlock on the first try or 0 if not. This function can
+ be used in all contexts like <function>spin_lock</function>: you must have
+ disabled the contexts that might interrupt you and acquire the spin lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <function>mutex_trylock()</function> does not suspend your task
+ but returns non-zero if it could lock the mutex on the first try
+ or 0 if not. This function cannot be safely used in hardware or software
+ interrupt contexts despite not sleeping.
+ </para>
+</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Examples">
+ <title>Common Examples</title>
+ <para>
+Let's step through a simple example: a cache of number to name
+mappings. The cache keeps a count of how often each of the objects is
+used, and when it gets full, throws out the least used one.
+
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="examples-usercontext">
+ <title>All In User Context</title>
+ <para>
+For our first example, we assume that all operations are in user
+context (ie. from system calls), so we can sleep. This means we can
+use a mutex to protect the cache and all the objects within
+it. Here's the code:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/string.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <asm/errno.h>
+
+struct object
+{
+ struct list_head list;
+ int id;
+ char name[32];
+ int popularity;
+};
+
+/* Protects the cache, cache_num, and the objects within it */
+static DEFINE_MUTEX(cache_lock);
+static LIST_HEAD(cache);
+static unsigned int cache_num = 0;
+#define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10
+
+/* Must be holding cache_lock */
+static struct object *__cache_find(int id)
+{
+ struct object *i;
+
+ list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list)
+ if (i->id == id) {
+ i->popularity++;
+ return i;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Must be holding cache_lock */
+static void __cache_delete(struct object *obj)
+{
+ BUG_ON(!obj);
+ list_del(&obj->list);
+ kfree(obj);
+ cache_num--;
+}
+
+/* Must be holding cache_lock */
+static void __cache_add(struct object *obj)
+{
+ list_add(&obj->list, &cache);
+ if (++cache_num > MAX_CACHE_SIZE) {
+ struct object *i, *outcast = NULL;
+ list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) {
+ if (!outcast || i->popularity < outcast->popularity)
+ outcast = i;
+ }
+ __cache_delete(outcast);
+ }
+}
+
+int cache_add(int id, const char *name)
+{
+ struct object *obj;
+
+ if ((obj = kmalloc(sizeof(*obj), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL)
+ return -ENOMEM;
+
+ strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name));
+ obj->id = id;
+ obj->popularity = 0;
+
+ mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
+ __cache_add(obj);
+ mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void cache_delete(int id)
+{
+ mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
+ __cache_delete(__cache_find(id));
+ mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
+}
+
+int cache_find(int id, char *name)
+{
+ struct object *obj;
+ int ret = -ENOENT;
+
+ mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
+ obj = __cache_find(id);
+ if (obj) {
+ ret = 0;
+ strcpy(name, obj->name);
+ }
+ mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
+ return ret;
+}
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+Note that we always make sure we have the cache_lock when we add,
+delete, or look up the cache: both the cache infrastructure itself and
+the contents of the objects are protected by the lock. In this case
+it's easy, since we copy the data for the user, and never let them
+access the objects directly.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+There is a slight (and common) optimization here: in
+<function>cache_add</function> we set up the fields of the object
+before grabbing the lock. This is safe, as no-one else can access it
+until we put it in cache.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="examples-interrupt">
+ <title>Accessing From Interrupt Context</title>
+ <para>
+Now consider the case where <function>cache_find</function> can be
+called from interrupt context: either a hardware interrupt or a
+softirq. An example would be a timer which deletes object from the
+cache.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+The change is shown below, in standard patch format: the
+<symbol>-</symbol> are lines which are taken away, and the
+<symbol>+</symbol> are lines which are added.
+ </para>
+<programlisting>
+--- cache.c.usercontext 2003-12-09 13:58:54.000000000 +1100
++++ cache.c.interrupt 2003-12-09 14:07:49.000000000 +1100
+@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
+ int popularity;
+ };
+
+-static DEFINE_MUTEX(cache_lock);
++static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(cache_lock);
+ static LIST_HEAD(cache);
+ static unsigned int cache_num = 0;
+ #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10
+@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@
+ int cache_add(int id, const char *name)
+ {
+ struct object *obj;
++ unsigned long flags;
+
+ if ((obj = kmalloc(sizeof(*obj), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL)
+ return -ENOMEM;
+@@ -63,30 +64,33 @@
+ obj->id = id;
+ obj->popularity = 0;
+
+- mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ __cache_add(obj);
+- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ void cache_delete(int id)
+ {
+- mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
++ unsigned long flags;
++
++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ __cache_delete(__cache_find(id));
+- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+ }
+
+ int cache_find(int id, char *name)
+ {
+ struct object *obj;
+ int ret = -ENOENT;
++ unsigned long flags;
+
+- mutex_lock(&cache_lock);
++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ obj = __cache_find(id);
+ if (obj) {
+ ret = 0;
+ strcpy(name, obj->name);
+ }
+- mutex_unlock(&cache_lock);
++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+ return ret;
+ }
+</programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+Note that the <function>spin_lock_irqsave</function> will turn off
+interrupts if they are on, otherwise does nothing (if we are already
+in an interrupt handler), hence these functions are safe to call from
+any context.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Unfortunately, <function>cache_add</function> calls
+<function>kmalloc</function> with the <symbol>GFP_KERNEL</symbol>
+flag, which is only legal in user context. I have assumed that
+<function>cache_add</function> is still only called in user context,
+otherwise this should become a parameter to
+<function>cache_add</function>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="examples-refcnt">
+ <title>Exposing Objects Outside This File</title>
+ <para>
+If our objects contained more information, it might not be sufficient
+to copy the information in and out: other parts of the code might want
+to keep pointers to these objects, for example, rather than looking up
+the id every time. This produces two problems.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+The first problem is that we use the <symbol>cache_lock</symbol> to
+protect objects: we'd need to make this non-static so the rest of the
+code can use it. This makes locking trickier, as it is no longer all
+in one place.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+The second problem is the lifetime problem: if another structure keeps
+a pointer to an object, it presumably expects that pointer to remain
+valid. Unfortunately, this is only guaranteed while you hold the
+lock, otherwise someone might call <function>cache_delete</function>
+and even worse, add another object, re-using the same address.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+As there is only one lock, you can't hold it forever: no-one else would
+get any work done.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+The solution to this problem is to use a reference count: everyone who
+has a pointer to the object increases it when they first get the
+object, and drops the reference count when they're finished with it.
+Whoever drops it to zero knows it is unused, and can actually delete it.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Here is the code:
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+--- cache.c.interrupt 2003-12-09 14:25:43.000000000 +1100
++++ cache.c.refcnt 2003-12-09 14:33:05.000000000 +1100
+@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
+ struct object
+ {
+ struct list_head list;
++ unsigned int refcnt;
+ int id;
+ char name[32];
+ int popularity;
+@@ -17,6 +18,35 @@
+ static unsigned int cache_num = 0;
+ #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10
+
++static void __object_put(struct object *obj)
++{
++ if (--obj->refcnt == 0)
++ kfree(obj);
++}
++
++static void __object_get(struct object *obj)
++{
++ obj->refcnt++;
++}
++
++void object_put(struct object *obj)
++{
++ unsigned long flags;
++
++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
++ __object_put(obj);
++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
++}
++
++void object_get(struct object *obj)
++{
++ unsigned long flags;
++
++ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
++ __object_get(obj);
++ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
++}
++
+ /* Must be holding cache_lock */
+ static struct object *__cache_find(int id)
+ {
+@@ -35,6 +65,7 @@
+ {
+ BUG_ON(!obj);
+ list_del(&obj->list);
++ __object_put(obj);
+ cache_num--;
+ }
+
+@@ -63,6 +94,7 @@
+ strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name));
+ obj->id = id;
+ obj->popularity = 0;
++ obj->refcnt = 1; /* The cache holds a reference */
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ __cache_add(obj);
+@@ -79,18 +111,15 @@
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+ }
+
+-int cache_find(int id, char *name)
++struct object *cache_find(int id)
+ {
+ struct object *obj;
+- int ret = -ENOENT;
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ obj = __cache_find(id);
+- if (obj) {
+- ret = 0;
+- strcpy(name, obj->name);
+- }
++ if (obj)
++ __object_get(obj);
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+- return ret;
++ return obj;
+ }
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+We encapsulate the reference counting in the standard 'get' and 'put'
+functions. Now we can return the object itself from
+<function>cache_find</function> which has the advantage that the user
+can now sleep holding the object (eg. to
+<function>copy_to_user</function> to name to userspace).
+</para>
+<para>
+The other point to note is that I said a reference should be held for
+every pointer to the object: thus the reference count is 1 when first
+inserted into the cache. In some versions the framework does not hold
+a reference count, but they are more complicated.
+</para>
+
+ <sect2 id="examples-refcnt-atomic">
+ <title>Using Atomic Operations For The Reference Count</title>
+<para>
+In practice, <type>atomic_t</type> would usually be used for
+<structfield>refcnt</structfield>. There are a number of atomic
+operations defined in
+
+<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/atomic.h</filename>: these are
+guaranteed to be seen atomically from all CPUs in the system, so no
+lock is required. In this case, it is simpler than using spinlocks,
+although for anything non-trivial using spinlocks is clearer. The
+<function>atomic_inc</function> and
+<function>atomic_dec_and_test</function> are used instead of the
+standard increment and decrement operators, and the lock is no longer
+used to protect the reference count itself.
+</para>
+
+<programlisting>
+--- cache.c.refcnt 2003-12-09 15:00:35.000000000 +1100
++++ cache.c.refcnt-atomic 2003-12-11 15:49:42.000000000 +1100
+@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
+ struct object
+ {
+ struct list_head list;
+- unsigned int refcnt;
++ atomic_t refcnt;
+ int id;
+ char name[32];
+ int popularity;
+@@ -18,33 +18,15 @@
+ static unsigned int cache_num = 0;
+ #define MAX_CACHE_SIZE 10
+
+-static void __object_put(struct object *obj)
+-{
+- if (--obj->refcnt == 0)
+- kfree(obj);
+-}
+-
+-static void __object_get(struct object *obj)
+-{
+- obj->refcnt++;
+-}
+-
+ void object_put(struct object *obj)
+ {
+- unsigned long flags;
+-
+- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+- __object_put(obj);
+- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
++ if (atomic_dec_and_test(&obj->refcnt))
++ kfree(obj);
+ }
+
+ void object_get(struct object *obj)
+ {
+- unsigned long flags;
+-
+- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+- __object_get(obj);
+- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
++ atomic_inc(&obj->refcnt);
+ }
+
+ /* Must be holding cache_lock */
+@@ -65,7 +47,7 @@
+ {
+ BUG_ON(!obj);
+ list_del(&obj->list);
+- __object_put(obj);
++ object_put(obj);
+ cache_num--;
+ }
+
+@@ -94,7 +76,7 @@
+ strlcpy(obj->name, name, sizeof(obj->name));
+ obj->id = id;
+ obj->popularity = 0;
+- obj->refcnt = 1; /* The cache holds a reference */
++ atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); /* The cache holds a reference */
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ __cache_add(obj);
+@@ -119,7 +101,7 @@
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ obj = __cache_find(id);
+ if (obj)
+- __object_get(obj);
++ object_get(obj);
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
+ return obj;
+ }
+</programlisting>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="examples-lock-per-obj">
+ <title>Protecting The Objects Themselves</title>
+ <para>
+In these examples, we assumed that the objects (except the reference
+counts) never changed once they are created. If we wanted to allow
+the name to change, there are three possibilities:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+You can make <symbol>cache_lock</symbol> non-static, and tell people
+to grab that lock before changing the name in any object.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+You can provide a <function>cache_obj_rename</function> which grabs
+this lock and changes the name for the caller, and tell everyone to
+use that function.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+You can make the <symbol>cache_lock</symbol> protect only the cache
+itself, and use another lock to protect the name.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+Theoretically, you can make the locks as fine-grained as one lock for
+every field, for every object. In practice, the most common variants
+are:
+</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+One lock which protects the infrastructure (the <symbol>cache</symbol>
+list in this example) and all the objects. This is what we have done
+so far.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+One lock which protects the infrastructure (including the list
+pointers inside the objects), and one lock inside the object which
+protects the rest of that object.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+Multiple locks to protect the infrastructure (eg. one lock per hash
+chain), possibly with a separate per-object lock.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Here is the "lock-per-object" implementation:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+--- cache.c.refcnt-atomic 2003-12-11 15:50:54.000000000 +1100
++++ cache.c.perobjectlock 2003-12-11 17:15:03.000000000 +1100
+@@ -6,11 +6,17 @@
+
+ struct object
+ {
++ /* These two protected by cache_lock. */
+ struct list_head list;
++ int popularity;
++
+ atomic_t refcnt;
++
++ /* Doesn't change once created. */
+ int id;
++
++ spinlock_t lock; /* Protects the name */
+ char name[32];
+- int popularity;
+ };
+
+ static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(cache_lock);
+@@ -77,6 +84,7 @@
+ obj->id = id;
+ obj->popularity = 0;
+ atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); /* The cache holds a reference */
++ spin_lock_init(&obj->lock);
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
+ __cache_add(obj);
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+Note that I decide that the <structfield>popularity</structfield>
+count should be protected by the <symbol>cache_lock</symbol> rather
+than the per-object lock: this is because it (like the
+<structname>struct list_head</structname> inside the object) is
+logically part of the infrastructure. This way, I don't need to grab
+the lock of every object in <function>__cache_add</function> when
+seeking the least popular.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+I also decided that the <structfield>id</structfield> member is
+unchangeable, so I don't need to grab each object lock in
+<function>__cache_find()</function> to examine the
+<structfield>id</structfield>: the object lock is only used by a
+caller who wants to read or write the <structfield>name</structfield>
+field.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Note also that I added a comment describing what data was protected by
+which locks. This is extremely important, as it describes the runtime
+behavior of the code, and can be hard to gain from just reading. And
+as Alan Cox says, <quote>Lock data, not code</quote>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="common-problems">
+ <title>Common Problems</title>
+ <sect1 id="deadlock">
+ <title>Deadlock: Simple and Advanced</title>
+
+ <para>
+ There is a coding bug where a piece of code tries to grab a
+ spinlock twice: it will spin forever, waiting for the lock to
+ be released (spinlocks, rwlocks and mutexes are not
+ recursive in Linux). This is trivial to diagnose: not a
+ stay-up-five-nights-talk-to-fluffy-code-bunnies kind of
+ problem.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For a slightly more complex case, imagine you have a region
+ shared by a softirq and user context. If you use a
+ <function>spin_lock()</function> call to protect it, it is
+ possible that the user context will be interrupted by the softirq
+ while it holds the lock, and the softirq will then spin
+ forever trying to get the same lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Both of these are called deadlock, and as shown above, it can
+ occur even with a single CPU (although not on UP compiles,
+ since spinlocks vanish on kernel compiles with
+ <symbol>CONFIG_SMP</symbol>=n. You'll still get data corruption
+ in the second example).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This complete lockup is easy to diagnose: on SMP boxes the
+ watchdog timer or compiling with <symbol>DEBUG_SPINLOCK</symbol> set
+ (<filename>include/linux/spinlock.h</filename>) will show this up
+ immediately when it happens.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ A more complex problem is the so-called 'deadly embrace',
+ involving two or more locks. Say you have a hash table: each
+ entry in the table is a spinlock, and a chain of hashed
+ objects. Inside a softirq handler, you sometimes want to
+ alter an object from one place in the hash to another: you
+ grab the spinlock of the old hash chain and the spinlock of
+ the new hash chain, and delete the object from the old one,
+ and insert it in the new one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ There are two problems here. First, if your code ever
+ tries to move the object to the same chain, it will deadlock
+ with itself as it tries to lock it twice. Secondly, if the
+ same softirq on another CPU is trying to move another object
+ in the reverse direction, the following could happen:
+ </para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Consequences</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>CPU 1</entry>
+ <entry>CPU 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Grab lock A -> OK</entry>
+ <entry>Grab lock B -> OK</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Grab lock B -> spin</entry>
+ <entry>Grab lock A -> spin</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>
+ The two CPUs will spin forever, waiting for the other to give up
+ their lock. It will look, smell, and feel like a crash.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="techs-deadlock-prevent">
+ <title>Preventing Deadlock</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Textbooks will tell you that if you always lock in the same
+ order, you will never get this kind of deadlock. Practice
+ will tell you that this approach doesn't scale: when I
+ create a new lock, I don't understand enough of the kernel
+ to figure out where in the 5000 lock hierarchy it will fit.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The best locks are encapsulated: they never get exposed in
+ headers, and are never held around calls to non-trivial
+ functions outside the same file. You can read through this
+ code and see that it will never deadlock, because it never
+ tries to grab another lock while it has that one. People
+ using your code don't even need to know you are using a
+ lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ A classic problem here is when you provide callbacks or
+ hooks: if you call these with the lock held, you risk simple
+ deadlock, or a deadly embrace (who knows what the callback
+ will do?). Remember, the other programmers are out to get
+ you, so don't do this.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="techs-deadlock-overprevent">
+ <title>Overzealous Prevention Of Deadlocks</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Deadlocks are problematic, but not as bad as data
+ corruption. Code which grabs a read lock, searches a list,
+ fails to find what it wants, drops the read lock, grabs a
+ write lock and inserts the object has a race condition.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you don't see why, please stay the fuck away from my code.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="racing-timers">
+ <title>Racing Timers: A Kernel Pastime</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Timers can produce their own special problems with races.
+ Consider a collection of objects (list, hash, etc) where each
+ object has a timer which is due to destroy it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you want to destroy the entire collection (say on module
+ removal), you might do the following:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ /* THIS CODE BAD BAD BAD BAD: IF IT WAS ANY WORSE IT WOULD USE
+ HUNGARIAN NOTATION */
+ spin_lock_bh(&list_lock);
+
+ while (list) {
+ struct foo *next = list->next;
+ del_timer(&list->timer);
+ kfree(list);
+ list = next;
+ }
+
+ spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Sooner or later, this will crash on SMP, because a timer can
+ have just gone off before the <function>spin_lock_bh()</function>,
+ and it will only get the lock after we
+ <function>spin_unlock_bh()</function>, and then try to free
+ the element (which has already been freed!).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This can be avoided by checking the result of
+ <function>del_timer()</function>: if it returns
+ <returnvalue>1</returnvalue>, the timer has been deleted.
+ If <returnvalue>0</returnvalue>, it means (in this
+ case) that it is currently running, so we can do:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ retry:
+ spin_lock_bh(&list_lock);
+
+ while (list) {
+ struct foo *next = list->next;
+ if (!del_timer(&list->timer)) {
+ /* Give timer a chance to delete this */
+ spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock);
+ goto retry;
+ }
+ kfree(list);
+ list = next;
+ }
+
+ spin_unlock_bh(&list_lock);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Another common problem is deleting timers which restart
+ themselves (by calling <function>add_timer()</function> at the end
+ of their timer function). Because this is a fairly common case
+ which is prone to races, you should use <function>del_timer_sync()</function>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/timer.h</filename>)
+ to handle this case. It returns the number of times the timer
+ had to be deleted before we finally stopped it from adding itself back
+ in.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="Efficiency">
+ <title>Locking Speed</title>
+
+ <para>
+There are three main things to worry about when considering speed of
+some code which does locking. First is concurrency: how many things
+are going to be waiting while someone else is holding a lock. Second
+is the time taken to actually acquire and release an uncontended lock.
+Third is using fewer, or smarter locks. I'm assuming that the lock is
+used fairly often: otherwise, you wouldn't be concerned about
+efficiency.
+</para>
+ <para>
+Concurrency depends on how long the lock is usually held: you should
+hold the lock for as long as needed, but no longer. In the cache
+example, we always create the object without the lock held, and then
+grab the lock only when we are ready to insert it in the list.
+</para>
+ <para>
+Acquisition times depend on how much damage the lock operations do to
+the pipeline (pipeline stalls) and how likely it is that this CPU was
+the last one to grab the lock (ie. is the lock cache-hot for this
+CPU): on a machine with more CPUs, this likelihood drops fast.
+Consider a 700MHz Intel Pentium III: an instruction takes about 0.7ns,
+an atomic increment takes about 58ns, a lock which is cache-hot on
+this CPU takes 160ns, and a cacheline transfer from another CPU takes
+an additional 170 to 360ns. (These figures from Paul McKenney's
+<ulink url="http://www.linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=6993"> Linux
+Journal RCU article</ulink>).
+</para>
+ <para>
+These two aims conflict: holding a lock for a short time might be done
+by splitting locks into parts (such as in our final per-object-lock
+example), but this increases the number of lock acquisitions, and the
+results are often slower than having a single lock. This is another
+reason to advocate locking simplicity.
+</para>
+ <para>
+The third concern is addressed below: there are some methods to reduce
+the amount of locking which needs to be done.
+</para>
+
+ <sect1 id="efficiency-rwlocks">
+ <title>Read/Write Lock Variants</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Both spinlocks and mutexes have read/write variants:
+ <type>rwlock_t</type> and <structname>struct rw_semaphore</structname>.
+ These divide users into two classes: the readers and the writers. If
+ you are only reading the data, you can get a read lock, but to write to
+ the data you need the write lock. Many people can hold a read lock,
+ but a writer must be sole holder.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If your code divides neatly along reader/writer lines (as our
+ cache code does), and the lock is held by readers for
+ significant lengths of time, using these locks can help. They
+ are slightly slower than the normal locks though, so in practice
+ <type>rwlock_t</type> is not usually worthwhile.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="efficiency-read-copy-update">
+ <title>Avoiding Locks: Read Copy Update</title>
+
+ <para>
+ There is a special method of read/write locking called Read Copy
+ Update. Using RCU, the readers can avoid taking a lock
+ altogether: as we expect our cache to be read more often than
+ updated (otherwise the cache is a waste of time), it is a
+ candidate for this optimization.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ How do we get rid of read locks? Getting rid of read locks
+ means that writers may be changing the list underneath the
+ readers. That is actually quite simple: we can read a linked
+ list while an element is being added if the writer adds the
+ element very carefully. For example, adding
+ <symbol>new</symbol> to a single linked list called
+ <symbol>list</symbol>:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+ new->next = list->next;
+ wmb();
+ list->next = new;
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ The <function>wmb()</function> is a write memory barrier. It
+ ensures that the first operation (setting the new element's
+ <symbol>next</symbol> pointer) is complete and will be seen by
+ all CPUs, before the second operation is (putting the new
+ element into the list). This is important, since modern
+ compilers and modern CPUs can both reorder instructions unless
+ told otherwise: we want a reader to either not see the new
+ element at all, or see the new element with the
+ <symbol>next</symbol> pointer correctly pointing at the rest of
+ the list.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Fortunately, there is a function to do this for standard
+ <structname>struct list_head</structname> lists:
+ <function>list_add_rcu()</function>
+ (<filename>include/linux/list.h</filename>).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Removing an element from the list is even simpler: we replace
+ the pointer to the old element with a pointer to its successor,
+ and readers will either see it, or skip over it.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ list->next = old->next;
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ There is <function>list_del_rcu()</function>
+ (<filename>include/linux/list.h</filename>) which does this (the
+ normal version poisons the old object, which we don't want).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The reader must also be careful: some CPUs can look through the
+ <symbol>next</symbol> pointer to start reading the contents of
+ the next element early, but don't realize that the pre-fetched
+ contents is wrong when the <symbol>next</symbol> pointer changes
+ underneath them. Once again, there is a
+ <function>list_for_each_entry_rcu()</function>
+ (<filename>include/linux/list.h</filename>) to help you. Of
+ course, writers can just use
+ <function>list_for_each_entry()</function>, since there cannot
+ be two simultaneous writers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Our final dilemma is this: when can we actually destroy the
+ removed element? Remember, a reader might be stepping through
+ this element in the list right now: if we free this element and
+ the <symbol>next</symbol> pointer changes, the reader will jump
+ off into garbage and crash. We need to wait until we know that
+ all the readers who were traversing the list when we deleted the
+ element are finished. We use <function>call_rcu()</function> to
+ register a callback which will actually destroy the object once
+ all pre-existing readers are finished. Alternatively,
+ <function>synchronize_rcu()</function> may be used to block until
+ all pre-existing are finished.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ But how does Read Copy Update know when the readers are
+ finished? The method is this: firstly, the readers always
+ traverse the list inside
+ <function>rcu_read_lock()</function>/<function>rcu_read_unlock()</function>
+ pairs: these simply disable preemption so the reader won't go to
+ sleep while reading the list.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ RCU then waits until every other CPU has slept at least once:
+ since readers cannot sleep, we know that any readers which were
+ traversing the list during the deletion are finished, and the
+ callback is triggered. The real Read Copy Update code is a
+ little more optimized than this, but this is the fundamental
+ idea.
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+--- cache.c.perobjectlock 2003-12-11 17:15:03.000000000 +1100
++++ cache.c.rcupdate 2003-12-11 17:55:14.000000000 +1100
+@@ -1,15 +1,18 @@
+ #include <linux/list.h>
+ #include <linux/slab.h>
+ #include <linux/string.h>
++#include <linux/rcupdate.h>
+ #include <linux/mutex.h>
+ #include <asm/errno.h>
+
+ struct object
+ {
+- /* These two protected by cache_lock. */
++ /* This is protected by RCU */
+ struct list_head list;
+ int popularity;
+
++ struct rcu_head rcu;
++
+ atomic_t refcnt;
+
+ /* Doesn't change once created. */
+@@ -40,7 +43,7 @@
+ {
+ struct object *i;
+
+- list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) {
++ list_for_each_entry_rcu(i, &cache, list) {
+ if (i->id == id) {
+ i->popularity++;
+ return i;
+@@ -49,19 +52,25 @@
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
++/* Final discard done once we know no readers are looking. */
++static void cache_delete_rcu(void *arg)
++{
++ object_put(arg);
++}
++
+ /* Must be holding cache_lock */
+ static void __cache_delete(struct object *obj)
+ {
+ BUG_ON(!obj);
+- list_del(&obj->list);
+- object_put(obj);
++ list_del_rcu(&obj->list);
+ cache_num--;
++ call_rcu(&obj->rcu, cache_delete_rcu);
+ }
+
+ /* Must be holding cache_lock */
+ static void __cache_add(struct object *obj)
+ {
+- list_add(&obj->list, &cache);
++ list_add_rcu(&obj->list, &cache);
+ if (++cache_num > MAX_CACHE_SIZE) {
+ struct object *i, *outcast = NULL;
+ list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) {
+@@ -104,12 +114,11 @@
+ struct object *cache_find(int id)
+ {
+ struct object *obj;
+- unsigned long flags;
+
+- spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
++ rcu_read_lock();
+ obj = __cache_find(id);
+ if (obj)
+ object_get(obj);
+- spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cache_lock, flags);
++ rcu_read_unlock();
+ return obj;
+ }
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+Note that the reader will alter the
+<structfield>popularity</structfield> member in
+<function>__cache_find()</function>, and now it doesn't hold a lock.
+One solution would be to make it an <type>atomic_t</type>, but for
+this usage, we don't really care about races: an approximate result is
+good enough, so I didn't change it.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The result is that <function>cache_find()</function> requires no
+synchronization with any other functions, so is almost as fast on SMP
+as it would be on UP.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+There is a furthur optimization possible here: remember our original
+cache code, where there were no reference counts and the caller simply
+held the lock whenever using the object? This is still possible: if
+you hold the lock, noone can delete the object, so you don't need to
+get and put the reference count.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Now, because the 'read lock' in RCU is simply disabling preemption, a
+caller which always has preemption disabled between calling
+<function>cache_find()</function> and
+<function>object_put()</function> does not need to actually get and
+put the reference count: we could expose
+<function>__cache_find()</function> by making it non-static, and
+such callers could simply call that.
+</para>
+<para>
+The benefit here is that the reference count is not written to: the
+object is not altered in any way, which is much faster on SMP
+machines due to caching.
+</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="per-cpu">
+ <title>Per-CPU Data</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Another technique for avoiding locking which is used fairly
+ widely is to duplicate information for each CPU. For example,
+ if you wanted to keep a count of a common condition, you could
+ use a spin lock and a single counter. Nice and simple.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If that was too slow (it's usually not, but if you've got a
+ really big machine to test on and can show that it is), you
+ could instead use a counter for each CPU, then none of them need
+ an exclusive lock. See <function>DEFINE_PER_CPU()</function>,
+ <function>get_cpu_var()</function> and
+ <function>put_cpu_var()</function>
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/linux/percpu.h</filename>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Of particular use for simple per-cpu counters is the
+ <type>local_t</type> type, and the
+ <function>cpu_local_inc()</function> and related functions,
+ which are more efficient than simple code on some architectures
+ (<filename class="headerfile">include/asm/local.h</filename>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that there is no simple, reliable way of getting an exact
+ value of such a counter, without introducing more locks. This
+ is not a problem for some uses.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="mostly-hardirq">
+ <title>Data Which Mostly Used By An IRQ Handler</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If data is always accessed from within the same IRQ handler, you
+ don't need a lock at all: the kernel already guarantees that the
+ irq handler will not run simultaneously on multiple CPUs.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Manfred Spraul points out that you can still do this, even if
+ the data is very occasionally accessed in user context or
+ softirqs/tasklets. The irq handler doesn't use a lock, and
+ all other accesses are done as so:
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+ spin_lock(&lock);
+ disable_irq(irq);
+ ...
+ enable_irq(irq);
+ spin_unlock(&lock);
+</programlisting>
+ <para>
+ The <function>disable_irq()</function> prevents the irq handler
+ from running (and waits for it to finish if it's currently
+ running on other CPUs). The spinlock prevents any other
+ accesses happening at the same time. Naturally, this is slower
+ than just a <function>spin_lock_irq()</function> call, so it
+ only makes sense if this type of access happens extremely
+ rarely.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="sleeping-things">
+ <title>What Functions Are Safe To Call From Interrupts?</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Many functions in the kernel sleep (ie. call schedule())
+ directly or indirectly: you can never call them while holding a
+ spinlock, or with preemption disabled. This also means you need
+ to be in user context: calling them from an interrupt is illegal.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="sleeping">
+ <title>Some Functions Which Sleep</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The most common ones are listed below, but you usually have to
+ read the code to find out if other calls are safe. If everyone
+ else who calls it can sleep, you probably need to be able to
+ sleep, too. In particular, registration and deregistration
+ functions usually expect to be called from user context, and can
+ sleep.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Accesses to
+ <firstterm linkend="gloss-userspace">userspace</firstterm>:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>copy_from_user()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>copy_to_user()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>get_user()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>put_user()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>kmalloc(GFP_KERNEL)</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>mutex_lock_interruptible()</function> and
+ <function>mutex_lock()</function>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ There is a <function>mutex_trylock()</function> which does not
+ sleep. Still, it must not be used inside interrupt context since
+ its implementation is not safe for that.
+ <function>mutex_unlock()</function> will also never sleep.
+ It cannot be used in interrupt context either since a mutex
+ must be released by the same task that acquired it.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="dont-sleep">
+ <title>Some Functions Which Don't Sleep</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Some functions are safe to call from any context, or holding
+ almost any lock.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>printk()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>kfree()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <function>add_timer()</function> and <function>del_timer()</function>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="apiref">
+ <title>Mutex API reference</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/mutex.h
+!Ekernel/mutex.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="references">
+ <title>Further reading</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>Documentation/spinlocks.txt</filename>:
+ Linus Torvalds' spinlocking tutorial in the kernel sources.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Unix Systems for Modern Architectures: Symmetric
+ Multiprocessing and Caching for Kernel Programmers:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Curt Schimmel's very good introduction to kernel level
+ locking (not written for Linux, but nearly everything
+ applies). The book is expensive, but really worth every
+ penny to understand SMP locking. [ISBN: 0201633388]
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="thanks">
+ <title>Thanks</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Thanks to Telsa Gwynne for DocBooking, neatening and adding
+ style.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Thanks to Martin Pool, Philipp Rumpf, Stephen Rothwell, Paul
+ Mackerras, Ruedi Aschwanden, Alan Cox, Manfred Spraul, Tim
+ Waugh, Pete Zaitcev, James Morris, Robert Love, Paul McKenney,
+ John Ashby for proofreading, correcting, flaming, commenting.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Thanks to the cabal for having no influence on this document.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <glossary id="glossary">
+ <title>Glossary</title>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-preemption">
+ <glossterm>preemption</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Prior to 2.5, or when <symbol>CONFIG_PREEMPT</symbol> is
+ unset, processes in user context inside the kernel would not
+ preempt each other (ie. you had that CPU until you gave it up,
+ except for interrupts). With the addition of
+ <symbol>CONFIG_PREEMPT</symbol> in 2.5.4, this changed: when
+ in user context, higher priority tasks can "cut in": spinlocks
+ were changed to disable preemption, even on UP.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-bh">
+ <glossterm>bh</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Bottom Half: for historical reasons, functions with
+ '_bh' in them often now refer to any software interrupt, e.g.
+ <function>spin_lock_bh()</function> blocks any software interrupt
+ on the current CPU. Bottom halves are deprecated, and will
+ eventually be replaced by tasklets. Only one bottom half will be
+ running at any time.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-hwinterrupt">
+ <glossterm>Hardware Interrupt / Hardware IRQ</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Hardware interrupt request. <function>in_irq()</function> returns
+ <returnvalue>true</returnvalue> in a hardware interrupt handler.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-interruptcontext">
+ <glossterm>Interrupt Context</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Not user context: processing a hardware irq or software irq.
+ Indicated by the <function>in_interrupt()</function> macro
+ returning <returnvalue>true</returnvalue>.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-smp">
+ <glossterm><acronym>SMP</acronym></glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Symmetric Multi-Processor: kernels compiled for multiple-CPU
+ machines. (CONFIG_SMP=y).
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-softirq">
+ <glossterm>Software Interrupt / softirq</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Software interrupt handler. <function>in_irq()</function> returns
+ <returnvalue>false</returnvalue>; <function>in_softirq()</function>
+ returns <returnvalue>true</returnvalue>. Tasklets and softirqs
+ both fall into the category of 'software interrupts'.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Strictly speaking a softirq is one of up to 32 enumerated software
+ interrupts which can run on multiple CPUs at once.
+ Sometimes used to refer to tasklets as
+ well (ie. all software interrupts).
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-tasklet">
+ <glossterm>tasklet</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ A dynamically-registrable software interrupt,
+ which is guaranteed to only run on one CPU at a time.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-timers">
+ <glossterm>timer</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ A dynamically-registrable software interrupt, which is run at
+ (or close to) a given time. When running, it is just like a
+ tasklet (in fact, they are called from the TIMER_SOFTIRQ).
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-up">
+ <glossterm><acronym>UP</acronym></glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Uni-Processor: Non-SMP. (CONFIG_SMP=n).
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-usercontext">
+ <glossterm>User Context</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ The kernel executing on behalf of a particular process (ie. a
+ system call or trap) or kernel thread. You can tell which
+ process with the <symbol>current</symbol> macro.) Not to
+ be confused with userspace. Can be interrupted by software or
+ hardware interrupts.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="gloss-userspace">
+ <glossterm>Userspace</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ A process executing its own code outside the kernel.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ </glossary>
+</book>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d71b57f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,902 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="kgdbOnLinux">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Using kgdb, kdb and the kernel debugger internals</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jason</firstname>
+ <surname>Wessel</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>jason.wessel@windriver.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008,2010</year>
+ <holder>Wind River Systems, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2004-2005</year>
+ <holder>MontaVista Software, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2004</year>
+ <holder>Amit S. Kale</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This file is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ version 2. This program is licensed "as is" without any warranty of any
+ kind, whether express or implied.
+ </para>
+
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+ <chapter id="Introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The kernel has two different debugger front ends (kdb and kgdb)
+ which interface to the debug core. It is possible to use either
+ of the debugger front ends and dynamically transition between them
+ if you configure the kernel properly at compile and runtime.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Kdb is simplistic shell-style interface which you can use on a
+ system console with a keyboard or serial console. You can use it
+ to inspect memory, registers, process lists, dmesg, and even set
+ breakpoints to stop in a certain location. Kdb is not a source
+ level debugger, although you can set breakpoints and execute some
+ basic kernel run control. Kdb is mainly aimed at doing some
+ analysis to aid in development or diagnosing kernel problems. You
+ can access some symbols by name in kernel built-ins or in kernel
+ modules if the code was built
+ with <symbol>CONFIG_KALLSYMS</symbol>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Kgdb is intended to be used as a source level debugger for the
+ Linux kernel. It is used along with gdb to debug a Linux kernel.
+ The expectation is that gdb can be used to "break in" to the
+ kernel to inspect memory, variables and look through call stack
+ information similar to the way an application developer would use
+ gdb to debug an application. It is possible to place breakpoints
+ in kernel code and perform some limited execution stepping.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Two machines are required for using kgdb. One of these machines is
+ a development machine and the other is the target machine. The
+ kernel to be debugged runs on the target machine. The development
+ machine runs an instance of gdb against the vmlinux file which
+ contains the symbols (not boot image such as bzImage, zImage,
+ uImage...). In gdb the developer specifies the connection
+ parameters and connects to kgdb. The type of connection a
+ developer makes with gdb depends on the availability of kgdb I/O
+ modules compiled as built-ins or loadable kernel modules in the test
+ machine's kernel.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="CompilingAKernel">
+ <title>Compiling a kernel</title>
+ <para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>In order to enable compilation of kdb, you must first enable kgdb.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The kgdb test compile options are described in the kgdb test suite chapter.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="CompileKGDB">
+ <title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title>
+ <para>
+ To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should first turn on
+ "Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers"
+ (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL) in "General setup", then under the
+ "Kernel debugging" select "KGDB: kernel debugger".
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your
+ vmlinux file, gdb tends not to be very useful without the symbolic
+ data, so you will want to turn
+ on <symbol>CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO</symbol> which is called "Compile the
+ kernel with debug info" in the config menu.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ It is advised, but not required that you turn on the
+ <symbol>CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER</symbol> kernel option which is called "Compile the
+ kernel with frame pointers" in the config menu. This option
+ inserts code to into the compiled executable which saves the frame
+ information in registers or on the stack at different points which
+ allows a debugger such as gdb to more accurately construct
+ stack back traces while debugging the kernel.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If the architecture that you are using supports the kernel option
+ CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA, you should consider turning it off. This
+ option will prevent the use of software breakpoints because it
+ marks certain regions of the kernel's memory space as read-only.
+ If kgdb supports it for the architecture you are using, you can
+ use hardware breakpoints if you desire to run with the
+ CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA option turned on, else you need to turn off
+ this option.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Next you should choose one of more I/O drivers to interconnect
+ debugging host and debugged target. Early boot debugging requires
+ a KGDB I/O driver that supports early debugging and the driver
+ must be built into the kernel directly. Kgdb I/O driver
+ configuration takes place via kernel or module parameters which
+ you can learn more about in the in the section that describes the
+ parameter "kgdboc".
+ </para>
+ <para>Here is an example set of .config symbols to enable or
+ disable for kgdb:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para># CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA is not set</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KGDB=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE=y</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="CompileKDB">
+ <title>Kernel config options for kdb</title>
+ <para>Kdb is quite a bit more complex than the simple gdbstub
+ sitting on top of the kernel's debug core. Kdb must implement a
+ shell, and also adds some helper functions in other parts of the
+ kernel, responsible for printing out interesting data such as what
+ you would see if you ran "lsmod", or "ps". In order to build kdb
+ into the kernel you follow the same steps as you would for kgdb.
+ </para>
+ <para>The main config option for kdb
+ is <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB_KDB</symbol> which is called "KGDB_KDB:
+ include kdb frontend for kgdb" in the config menu. In theory you
+ would have already also selected an I/O driver such as the
+ CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE interface if you plan on using kdb on a
+ serial port, when you were configuring kgdb.
+ </para>
+ <para>If you want to use a PS/2-style keyboard with kdb, you would
+ select CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD which is called "KGDB_KDB: keyboard as
+ input device" in the config menu. The CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD option
+ is not used for anything in the gdb interface to kgdb. The
+ CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD option only works with kdb.
+ </para>
+ <para>Here is an example set of .config symbols to enable/disable kdb:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para># CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA is not set</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KGDB=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KGDB_SERIAL_CONSOLE=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KGDB_KDB=y</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="kgdbKernelArgs">
+ <title>Kernel Debugger Boot Arguments</title>
+ <para>This section describes the various runtime kernel
+ parameters that affect the configuration of the kernel debugger.
+ The following chapter covers using kdb and kgdb as well as
+ provides some examples of the configuration parameters.</para>
+ <sect1 id="kgdboc">
+ <title>Kernel parameter: kgdboc</title>
+ <para>The kgdboc driver was originally an abbreviation meant to
+ stand for "kgdb over console". Today it is the primary mechanism
+ to configure how to communicate from gdb to kgdb as well as the
+ devices you want to use to interact with the kdb shell.
+ </para>
+ <para>For kgdb/gdb, kgdboc is designed to work with a single serial
+ port. It is intended to cover the circumstance where you want to
+ use a serial console as your primary console as well as using it to
+ perform kernel debugging. It is also possible to use kgdb on a
+ serial port which is not designated as a system console. Kgdboc
+ may be configured as a kernel built-in or a kernel loadable module.
+ You can only make use of <constant>kgdbwait</constant> and early
+ debugging if you build kgdboc into the kernel as a built-in.
+ <para>Optionally you can elect to activate kms (Kernel Mode
+ Setting) integration. When you use kms with kgdboc and you have a
+ video driver that has atomic mode setting hooks, it is possible to
+ enter the debugger on the graphics console. When the kernel
+ execution is resumed, the previous graphics mode will be restored.
+ This integration can serve as a useful tool to aid in diagnosing
+ crashes or doing analysis of memory with kdb while allowing the
+ full graphics console applications to run.
+ </para>
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="kgdbocArgs">
+ <title>kgdboc arguments</title>
+ <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kms][[,]kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>The order listed above must be observed if you use any of the
+ optional configurations together.
+ </para>
+ <para>Abbreviations:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>kms = Kernel Mode Setting</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kbd = Keyboard</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+ device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+ following scenarios. The order listed above must be observed if
+ you use any of the optional configurations together. Using kms +
+ only gdb is generally not a useful combination.</para>
+ <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs1">
+ <title>Using loadable module or built-in</title>
+ <para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>As a kernel built-in:</para>
+ <para>Use the kernel boot argument: <constant>kgdboc=<tty-device>,[baud]</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>As a kernel loadable module:</para>
+ <para>Use the command: <constant>modprobe kgdboc kgdboc=<tty-device>,[baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>Here are two examples of how you might format the kgdboc
+ string. The first is for an x86 target using the first serial port.
+ The second example is for the ARM Versatile AB using the second
+ serial port.
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=ttyAMA1,115200</constant></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs2">
+ <title>Configure kgdboc at runtime with sysfs</title>
+ <para>At run time you can enable or disable kgdboc by echoing a
+ parameters into the sysfs. Here are two examples:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Enable kgdboc on ttyS0</para>
+ <para><constant>echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Disable kgdboc</para>
+ <para><constant>echo "" > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>NOTE: You do not need to specify the baud if you are
+ configuring the console on tty which is already configured or
+ open.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs3">
+ <title>More examples</title>
+ <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial
+ device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+ following scenarios.</para>
+ <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial device
+ depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the
+ following scenarios.
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>kdb and kgdb over only a serial port</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=<serial_device>[,baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>Example: <constant>kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb and kgdb with keyboard and a serial port</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kbd,<serial_device>[,baud]</constant></para>
+ <para>Example: <constant>kgdboc=kbd,ttyS0,115200</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb with a keyboard</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kbd</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb with kernel mode setting and kgdb over a serial port</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdboc=kms,kbd,ttyS0,115200</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect3>
+ <para>NOTE: Kgdboc does not support interrupting the target via the
+ gdb remote protocol. You must manually send a sysrq-g unless you
+ have a proxy that splits console output to a terminal program.
+ A console proxy has a separate TCP port for the debugger and a separate
+ TCP port for the "human" console. The proxy can take care of sending
+ the sysrq-g for you.
+ </para>
+ <para>When using kgdboc with no debugger proxy, you can end up
+ connecting the debugger at one of two entry points. If an
+ exception occurs after you have loaded kgdboc, a message should
+ print on the console stating it is waiting for the debugger. In
+ this case you disconnect your terminal program and then connect the
+ debugger in its place. If you want to interrupt the target system
+ and forcibly enter a debug session you have to issue a Sysrq
+ sequence and then type the letter <constant>g</constant>. Then
+ you disconnect the terminal session and connect gdb. Your options
+ if you don't like this are to hack gdb to send the sysrq-g for you
+ as well as on the initial connect, or to use a debugger proxy that
+ allows an unmodified gdb to do the debugging.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="kgdbwait">
+ <title>Kernel parameter: kgdbwait</title>
+ <para>
+ The Kernel command line option <constant>kgdbwait</constant> makes
+ kgdb wait for a debugger connection during booting of a kernel. You
+ can only use this option you compiled a kgdb I/O driver into the
+ kernel and you specified the I/O driver configuration as a kernel
+ command line option. The kgdbwait parameter should always follow the
+ configuration parameter for the kgdb I/O driver in the kernel
+ command line else the I/O driver will not be configured prior to
+ asking the kernel to use it to wait.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The kernel will stop and wait as early as the I/O driver and
+ architecture allows when you use this option. If you build the
+ kgdb I/O driver as a loadable kernel module kgdbwait will not do
+ anything.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="kgdbcon">
+ <title>Kernel parameter: kgdbcon</title>
+ <para> The kgdbcon feature allows you to see printk() messages
+ inside gdb while gdb is connected to the kernel. Kdb does not make
+ use of the kgdbcon feature.
+ </para>
+ <para>Kgdb supports using the gdb serial protocol to send console
+ messages to the debugger when the debugger is connected and running.
+ There are two ways to activate this feature.
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Activate with the kernel command line option:</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdbcon</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Use sysfs before configuring an I/O driver</para>
+ <para>
+ <constant>echo 1 > /sys/module/kgdb/parameters/kgdb_use_con</constant>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ NOTE: If you do this after you configure the kgdb I/O driver, the
+ setting will not take effect until the next point the I/O is
+ reconfigured.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: You cannot use kgdboc + kgdbcon on a tty that is an
+ active system console. An example incorrect usage is <constant>console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0 kgdbcon</constant>
+ </para>
+ <para>It is possible to use this option with kgdboc on a tty that is not a system console.
+ </para>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="usingKDB">
+ <title>Using kdb</title>
+ <para>
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="quickKDBserial">
+ <title>Quick start for kdb on a serial port</title>
+ <para>This is a quick example of how to use kdb.</para>
+ <para><orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Boot kernel with arguments:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ <para>OR</para>
+ <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted; assuming you are using a serial port console:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Enter the kernel debugger manually or by waiting for an oops or fault. There are several ways you can enter the kernel debugger manually; all involve using the sysrq-g, which means you must have enabled CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y in your kernel config.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run:</para>
+ <para><constant>echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Example using minicom 2.2</para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Control-a</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>f</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>When you have telneted to a terminal server that supports sending a remote break</para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Control-]</constant></para>
+ <para>Type in:<constant>send break</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Enter</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>From the kdb prompt you can run the "help" command to see a complete list of the commands that are available.</para>
+ <para>Some useful commands in kdb include:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>lsmod -- Shows where kernel modules are loaded</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ps -- Displays only the active processes</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ps A -- Shows all the processes</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>summary -- Shows kernel version info and memory usage</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>bt -- Get a backtrace of the current process using dump_stack()</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>dmesg -- View the kernel syslog buffer</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>go -- Continue the system</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you are done using kdb you need to consider rebooting the
+ system or using the "go" command to resuming normal kernel
+ execution. If you have paused the kernel for a lengthy period of
+ time, applications that rely on timely networking or anything to do
+ with real wall clock time could be adversely affected, so you
+ should take this into consideration when using the kernel
+ debugger.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="quickKDBkeyboard">
+ <title>Quick start for kdb using a keyboard connected console</title>
+ <para>This is a quick example of how to use kdb with a keyboard.</para>
+ <para><orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Boot kernel with arguments:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=kbd</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ <para>OR</para>
+ <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>echo kbd > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Enter the kernel debugger manually or by waiting for an oops or fault. There are several ways you can enter the kernel debugger manually; all involve using the sysrq-g, which means you must have enabled CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y in your kernel config.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run:</para>
+ <para><constant>echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Example using a laptop keyboard</para>
+ <para>Press and hold down: <constant>Alt</constant></para>
+ <para>Press and hold down: <constant>Fn</constant></para>
+ <para>Press and release the key with the label: <constant>SysRq</constant></para>
+ <para>Release: <constant>Fn</constant></para>
+ <para>Press and release: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ <para>Release: <constant>Alt</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Example using a PS/2 101-key keyboard</para>
+ <para>Press and hold down: <constant>Alt</constant></para>
+ <para>Press and release the key with the label: <constant>SysRq</constant></para>
+ <para>Press and release: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ <para>Release: <constant>Alt</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now type in a kdb command such as "help", "dmesg", "bt" or "go" to continue kernel execution.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="EnableKGDB">
+ <title>Using kgdb / gdb</title>
+ <para>In order to use kgdb you must activate it by passing
+ configuration information to one of the kgdb I/O drivers. If you
+ do not pass any configuration information kgdb will not do anything
+ at all. Kgdb will only actively hook up to the kernel trap hooks
+ if a kgdb I/O driver is loaded and configured. If you unconfigure
+ a kgdb I/O driver, kgdb will unregister all the kernel hook points.
+ </para>
+ <para> All kgdb I/O drivers can be reconfigured at run time, if
+ <symbol>CONFIG_SYSFS</symbol> and <symbol>CONFIG_MODULES</symbol>
+ are enabled, by echo'ing a new config string to
+ <constant>/sys/module/<driver>/parameter/<option></constant>.
+ The driver can be unconfigured by passing an empty string. You cannot
+ change the configuration while the debugger is attached. Make sure
+ to detach the debugger with the <constant>detach</constant> command
+ prior to trying to unconfigure a kgdb I/O driver.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="ConnectingGDB">
+ <title>Connecting with gdb to a serial port</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Configure kgdboc</para>
+ <para>Boot kernel with arguments:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ <para>OR</para>
+ <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><constant>echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Stop kernel execution (break into the debugger)</para>
+ <para>In order to connect to gdb via kgdboc, the kernel must
+ first be stopped. There are several ways to stop the kernel which
+ include using kgdbwait as a boot argument, via a sysrq-g, or running
+ the kernel until it takes an exception where it waits for the
+ debugger to attach.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>When logged in as root or with a super user session you can run:</para>
+ <para><constant>echo g > /proc/sysrq-trigger</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Example using minicom 2.2</para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Control-a</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>f</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>When you have telneted to a terminal server that supports sending a remote break</para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Control-]</constant></para>
+ <para>Type in:<constant>send break</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>Enter</constant></para>
+ <para>Press: <constant>g</constant></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Connect from from gdb</para>
+ <para>
+ Example (using a directly connected port):
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ % gdb ./vmlinux
+ (gdb) set remotebaud 115200
+ (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ Example (kgdb to a terminal server on TCP port 2012):
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ % gdb ./vmlinux
+ (gdb) target remote 192.168.2.2:2012
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ Once connected, you can debug a kernel the way you would debug an
+ application program.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If you are having problems connecting or something is going
+ seriously wrong while debugging, it will most often be the case
+ that you want to enable gdb to be verbose about its target
+ communications. You do this prior to issuing the <constant>target
+ remote</constant> command by typing in: <constant>set debug remote 1</constant>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Remember if you continue in gdb, and need to "break in" again,
+ you need to issue an other sysrq-g. It is easy to create a simple
+ entry point by putting a breakpoint at <constant>sys_sync</constant>
+ and then you can run "sync" from a shell or script to break into the
+ debugger.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="switchKdbKgdb">
+ <title>kgdb and kdb interoperability</title>
+ <para>It is possible to transition between kdb and kgdb dynamically.
+ The debug core will remember which you used the last time and
+ automatically start in the same mode.</para>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Switching between kdb and kgdb</title>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Switching from kgdb to kdb</title>
+ <para>
+ There are two ways to switch from kgdb to kdb: you can use gdb to
+ issue a maintenance packet, or you can blindly type the command $3#33.
+ Whenever kernel debugger stops in kgdb mode it will print the
+ message <constant>KGDB or $3#33 for KDB</constant>. It is important
+ to note that you have to type the sequence correctly in one pass.
+ You cannot type a backspace or delete because kgdb will interpret
+ that as part of the debug stream.
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Change from kgdb to kdb by blindly typing:</para>
+ <para><constant>$3#33</constant></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Change from kgdb to kdb with gdb</para>
+ <para><constant>maintenance packet 3</constant></para>
+ <para>NOTE: Now you must kill gdb. Typically you press control-z and
+ issue the command: kill -9 %</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>Change from kdb to kgdb</title>
+ <para>There are two ways you can change from kdb to kgdb. You can
+ manually enter kgdb mode by issuing the kgdb command from the kdb
+ shell prompt, or you can connect gdb while the kdb shell prompt is
+ active. The kdb shell looks for the typical first commands that gdb
+ would issue with the gdb remote protocol and if it sees one of those
+ commands it automatically changes into kgdb mode.</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>From kdb issue the command:</para>
+ <para><constant>kgdb</constant></para>
+ <para>Now disconnect your terminal program and connect gdb in its place</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>At the kdb prompt, disconnect the terminal program and connect gdb in its place.</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Running kdb commands from gdb</title>
+ <para>It is possible to run a limited set of kdb commands from gdb,
+ using the gdb monitor command. You don't want to execute any of the
+ run control or breakpoint operations, because it can disrupt the
+ state of the kernel debugger. You should be using gdb for
+ breakpoints and run control operations if you have gdb connected.
+ The more useful commands to run are things like lsmod, dmesg, ps or
+ possibly some of the memory information commands. To see all the kdb
+ commands you can run <constant>monitor help</constant>.</para>
+ <para>Example:
+ <informalexample><programlisting>
+(gdb) monitor ps
+1 idle process (state I) and
+27 sleeping system daemon (state M) processes suppressed,
+use 'ps A' to see all.
+Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command
+
+0xc78291d0 1 0 0 0 S 0xc7829404 init
+0xc7954150 942 1 0 0 S 0xc7954384 dropbear
+0xc78789c0 944 1 0 0 S 0xc7878bf4 sh
+(gdb)
+ </programlisting></informalexample>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="KGDBTestSuite">
+ <title>kgdb Test Suite</title>
+ <para>
+ When kgdb is enabled in the kernel config you can also elect to
+ enable the config parameter KGDB_TESTS. Turning this on will
+ enable a special kgdb I/O module which is designed to test the
+ kgdb internal functions.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The kgdb tests are mainly intended for developers to test the kgdb
+ internals as well as a tool for developing a new kgdb architecture
+ specific implementation. These tests are not really for end users
+ of the Linux kernel. The primary source of documentation would be
+ to look in the drivers/misc/kgdbts.c file.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The kgdb test suite can also be configured at compile time to run
+ the core set of tests by setting the kernel config parameter
+ KGDB_TESTS_ON_BOOT. This particular option is aimed at automated
+ regression testing and does not require modifying the kernel boot
+ config arguments. If this is turned on, the kgdb test suite can
+ be disabled by specifying "kgdbts=" as a kernel boot argument.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="CommonBackEndReq">
+ <title>Kernel Debugger Internals</title>
+ <sect1 id="kgdbArchitecture">
+ <title>Architecture Specifics</title>
+ <para>
+ The kernel debugger is organized into a number of components:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>The debug core</para>
+ <para>
+ The debug core is found in kernel/debugger/debug_core.c. It contains:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>A generic OS exception handler which includes
+ sync'ing the processors into a stopped state on an multi-CPU
+ system.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The API to talk to the kgdb I/O drivers</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The API to make calls to the arch-specific kgdb implementation</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The logic to perform safe memory reads and writes to memory while using the debugger</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>A full implementation for software breakpoints unless overridden by the arch</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The API to invoke either the kdb or kgdb frontend to the debug core.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The structures and callback API for atomic kernel mode setting.</para>
+ <para>NOTE: kgdboc is where the kms callbacks are invoked.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kgdb arch-specific implementation</para>
+ <para>
+ This implementation is generally found in arch/*/kernel/kgdb.c.
+ As an example, arch/x86/kernel/kgdb.c contains the specifics to
+ implement HW breakpoint as well as the initialization to
+ dynamically register and unregister for the trap handlers on
+ this architecture. The arch-specific portion implements:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>contains an arch-specific trap catcher which
+ invokes kgdb_handle_exception() to start kgdb about doing its
+ work</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>translation to and from gdb specific packet format to pt_regs</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Registration and unregistration of architecture specific trap hooks</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Any special exception handling and cleanup</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>NMI exception handling and cleanup</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>(optional)HW breakpoints</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>gdbstub frontend (aka kgdb)</para>
+ <para>The gdbstub is located in kernel/debug/gdbstub.c. It contains:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>All the logic to implement the gdb serial protocol</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kdb frontend</para>
+ <para>The kdb debugger shell is broken down into a number of
+ components. The kdb core is located in kernel/debug/kdb. There
+ are a number of helper functions in some of the other kernel
+ components to make it possible for kdb to examine and report
+ information about the kernel without taking locks that could
+ cause a kernel deadlock. The kdb core contains implements the following functionality.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>A simple shell</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The kdb core command set</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>A registration API to register additional kdb shell commands.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>A good example of a self-contained kdb module
+ is the "ftdump" command for dumping the ftrace buffer. See:
+ kernel/trace/trace_kdb.c</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>For an example of how to dynamically register
+ a new kdb command you can build the kdb_hello.ko kernel module
+ from samples/kdb/kdb_hello.c. To build this example you can
+ set CONFIG_SAMPLES=y and CONFIG_SAMPLE_KDB=m in your kernel
+ config. Later run "modprobe kdb_hello" and the next time you
+ enter the kdb shell, you can run the "hello"
+ command.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The implementation for kdb_printf() which
+ emits messages directly to I/O drivers, bypassing the kernel
+ log.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>SW / HW breakpoint management for the kdb shell</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>kgdb I/O driver</para>
+ <para>
+ Each kgdb I/O driver has to provide an implementation for the following:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>configuration via built-in or module</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>dynamic configuration and kgdb hook registration calls</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>read and write character interface</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>A cleanup handler for unconfiguring from the kgdb core</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>(optional) Early debug methodology</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ Any given kgdb I/O driver has to operate very closely with the
+ hardware and must do it in such a way that does not enable
+ interrupts or change other parts of the system context without
+ completely restoring them. The kgdb core will repeatedly "poll"
+ a kgdb I/O driver for characters when it needs input. The I/O
+ driver is expected to return immediately if there is no data
+ available. Doing so allows for the future possibility to touch
+ watch dog hardware in such a way as to have a target system not
+ reset when these are enabled.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If you are intent on adding kgdb architecture specific support
+ for a new architecture, the architecture should define
+ <constant>HAVE_ARCH_KGDB</constant> in the architecture specific
+ Kconfig file. This will enable kgdb for the architecture, and
+ at that point you must create an architecture specific kgdb
+ implementation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ There are a few flags which must be set on every architecture in
+ their <asm/kgdb.h> file. These are:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ NUMREGBYTES: The size in bytes of all of the registers, so
+ that we can ensure they will all fit into a packet.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ BUFMAX: The size in bytes of the buffer GDB will read into.
+ This must be larger than NUMREGBYTES.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ CACHE_FLUSH_IS_SAFE: Set to 1 if it is always safe to call
+ flush_cache_range or flush_icache_range. On some architectures,
+ these functions may not be safe to call on SMP since we keep other
+ CPUs in a holding pattern.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ There are also the following functions for the common backend,
+ found in kernel/kgdb.c, that must be supplied by the
+ architecture-specific backend unless marked as (optional), in
+ which case a default function maybe used if the architecture
+ does not need to provide a specific implementation.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/kgdb.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="kgdbocDesign">
+ <title>kgdboc internals</title>
+ <sect2>
+ <title>kgdboc and uarts</title>
+ <para>
+ The kgdboc driver is actually a very thin driver that relies on the
+ underlying low level to the hardware driver having "polling hooks"
+ which the to which the tty driver is attached. In the initial
+ implementation of kgdboc it the serial_core was changed to expose a
+ low level UART hook for doing polled mode reading and writing of a
+ single character while in an atomic context. When kgdb makes an I/O
+ request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a callback in the serial
+ core which in turn uses the callback in the UART driver.</para>
+ <para>
+ When using kgdboc with a UART, the UART driver must implement two callbacks in the <constant>struct uart_ops</constant>. Example from drivers/8250.c:<programlisting>
+#ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL
+ .poll_get_char = serial8250_get_poll_char,
+ .poll_put_char = serial8250_put_poll_char,
+#endif
+ </programlisting>
+ Any implementation specifics around creating a polling driver use the
+ <constant>#ifdef CONFIG_CONSOLE_POLL</constant>, as shown above.
+ Keep in mind that polling hooks have to be implemented in such a way
+ that they can be called from an atomic context and have to restore
+ the state of the UART chip on return such that the system can return
+ to normal when the debugger detaches. You need to be very careful
+ with any kind of lock you consider, because failing here is most likely
+ going to mean pressing the reset button.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="kgdbocKbd">
+ <title>kgdboc and keyboards</title>
+ <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to configure communications
+ with an attached keyboard. The keyboard infrastructure is only
+ compiled into the kernel when CONFIG_KDB_KEYBOARD=y is set in the
+ kernel configuration.</para>
+ <para>The core polled keyboard driver driver for PS/2 type keyboards
+ is in drivers/char/kdb_keyboard.c. This driver is hooked into the
+ debug core when kgdboc populates the callback in the array
+ called <constant>kdb_poll_funcs[]</constant>. The
+ kdb_get_kbd_char() is the top-level function which polls hardware
+ for single character input.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="kgdbocKms">
+ <title>kgdboc and kms</title>
+ <para>The kgdboc driver contains logic to request the graphics
+ display to switch to a text context when you are using
+ "kgdboc=kms,kbd", provided that you have a video driver which has a
+ frame buffer console and atomic kernel mode setting support.</para>
+ <para>
+ Every time the kernel
+ debugger is entered it calls kgdboc_pre_exp_handler() which in turn
+ calls con_debug_enter() in the virtual console layer. On resuming kernel
+ execution, the kernel debugger calls kgdboc_post_exp_handler() which
+ in turn calls con_debug_leave().</para>
+ <para>Any video driver that wants to be compatible with the kernel
+ debugger and the atomic kms callbacks must implement the
+ mode_set_base_atomic, fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave operations.
+ For the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave the option exists to use
+ the generic drm fb helper functions or implement something custom for
+ the hardware. The following example shows the initialization of the
+ .mode_set_base_atomic operation in
+ drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+static const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs intel_helper_funcs = {
+[...]
+ .mode_set_base_atomic = intel_pipe_set_base_atomic,
+[...]
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+ <para>Here is an example of how the i915 driver initializes the fb_debug_enter and fb_debug_leave functions to use the generic drm helpers in
+ drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fb.c:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+static struct fb_ops intelfb_ops = {
+[...]
+ .fb_debug_enter = drm_fb_helper_debug_enter,
+ .fb_debug_leave = drm_fb_helper_debug_leave,
+[...]
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to this document:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Amit Kale<email>amitkale@linsyssoft.com</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Tom Rini<email>trini@kernel.crashing.org</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ In March 2008 this document was completely rewritten by:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Jason Wessel<email>jason.wessel@windriver.com</email></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ In Jan 2010 this document was updated to include kdb.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Jason Wessel<email>jason.wessel@windriver.com</email></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c5411c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="libataDevGuide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>libATA Developer's Guide</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jeff</firstname>
+ <surname>Garzik</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2003-2006</year>
+ <holder>Jeff Garzik</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ The contents of this file are subject to the Open
+ Software License version 1.1 that can be found at
+ <ulink url="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt">http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt</ulink> and is included herein
+ by reference.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms
+ of the GNU General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed
+ in the kernel source COPYING file, in which case the provisions of
+ the GPL are applicable instead of the above. If you wish to allow
+ the use of your version of this file only under the terms of the
+ GPL and not to allow others to use your version of this file under
+ the OSL, indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
+ replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the GPL.
+ If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient may use your
+ version of this file under either the OSL or the GPL.
+ </para>
+
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="libataIntroduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ libATA is a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host
+ controllers and devices. libATA provides an ATA driver API, class
+ transports for ATA and ATAPI devices, and SCSI<->ATA translation
+ for ATA devices according to the T10 SAT specification.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This Guide documents the libATA driver API, library functions, library
+ internals, and a couple sample ATA low-level drivers.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataDriverApi">
+ <title>libata Driver API</title>
+ <para>
+ struct ata_port_operations is defined for every low-level libata
+ hardware driver, and it controls how the low-level driver
+ interfaces with the ATA and SCSI layers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ FIS-based drivers will hook into the system with ->qc_prep() and
+ ->qc_issue() high-level hooks. Hardware which behaves in a manner
+ similar to PCI IDE hardware may utilize several generic helpers,
+ defining at a bare minimum the bus I/O addresses of the ATA shadow
+ register blocks.
+ </para>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>struct ata_port_operations</title>
+
+ <sect2><title>Disable ATA port</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*port_disable) (struct ata_port *);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Called from ata_bus_probe() error path, as well as when
+ unregistering from the SCSI module (rmmod, hot unplug).
+ This function should do whatever needs to be done to take the
+ port out of use. In most cases, ata_port_disable() can be used
+ as this hook.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Called from ata_bus_probe() on a failed probe.
+ Called from ata_scsi_release().
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Post-IDENTIFY device configuration</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*dev_config) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Called after IDENTIFY [PACKET] DEVICE is issued to each device
+ found. Typically used to apply device-specific fixups prior to
+ issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE, and prior to operation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This entry may be specified as NULL in ata_port_operations.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Set PIO/DMA mode</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*set_piomode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *);
+void (*set_dmamode) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *);
+void (*post_set_mode) (struct ata_port *);
+unsigned int (*mode_filter) (struct ata_port *, struct ata_device *, unsigned int);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Hooks called prior to the issue of SET FEATURES - XFER MODE
+ command. The optional ->mode_filter() hook is called when libata
+ has built a mask of the possible modes. This is passed to the
+ ->mode_filter() function which should return a mask of valid modes
+ after filtering those unsuitable due to hardware limits. It is not
+ valid to use this interface to add modes.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ dev->pio_mode and dev->dma_mode are guaranteed to be valid when
+ ->set_piomode() and when ->set_dmamode() is called. The timings for
+ any other drive sharing the cable will also be valid at this point.
+ That is the library records the decisions for the modes of each
+ drive on a channel before it attempts to set any of them.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ->post_set_mode() is
+ called unconditionally, after the SET FEATURES - XFER MODE
+ command completes successfully.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ ->set_piomode() is always called (if present), but
+ ->set_dma_mode() is only called if DMA is possible.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Taskfile read/write</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*sff_tf_load) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf);
+void (*sff_tf_read) (struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ ->tf_load() is called to load the given taskfile into hardware
+ registers / DMA buffers. ->tf_read() is called to read the
+ hardware registers / DMA buffers, to obtain the current set of
+ taskfile register values.
+ Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware (PIO or MMIO) use
+ ata_sff_tf_load() and ata_sff_tf_read() for these hooks.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>PIO data read/write</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*sff_data_xfer) (struct ata_device *, unsigned char *, unsigned int, int);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+All bmdma-style drivers must implement this hook. This is the low-level
+operation that actually copies the data bytes during a PIO data
+transfer.
+Typically the driver will choose one of ata_sff_data_xfer_noirq(),
+ata_sff_data_xfer(), or ata_sff_data_xfer32().
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>ATA command execute</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*sff_exec_command)(struct ata_port *ap, struct ata_taskfile *tf);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ causes an ATA command, previously loaded with
+ ->tf_load(), to be initiated in hardware.
+ Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use ata_sff_exec_command()
+ for this hook.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Per-cmd ATAPI DMA capabilities filter</title>
+ <programlisting>
+int (*check_atapi_dma) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+Allow low-level driver to filter ATA PACKET commands, returning a status
+indicating whether or not it is OK to use DMA for the supplied PACKET
+command.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This hook may be specified as NULL, in which case libata will
+ assume that atapi dma can be supported.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Read specific ATA shadow registers</title>
+ <programlisting>
+u8 (*sff_check_status)(struct ata_port *ap);
+u8 (*sff_check_altstatus)(struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Reads the Status/AltStatus ATA shadow register from
+ hardware. On some hardware, reading the Status register has
+ the side effect of clearing the interrupt condition.
+ Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use
+ ata_sff_check_status() for this hook.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Write specific ATA shadow register</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*sff_set_devctl)(struct ata_port *ap, u8 ctl);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Write the device control ATA shadow register to the hardware.
+ Most drivers don't need to define this.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Select ATA device on bus</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*sff_dev_select)(struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int device);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Issues the low-level hardware command(s) that causes one of N
+ hardware devices to be considered 'selected' (active and
+ available for use) on the ATA bus. This generally has no
+ meaning on FIS-based devices.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Most drivers for taskfile-based hardware use
+ ata_sff_dev_select() for this hook.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Private tuning method</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*set_mode) (struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ By default libata performs drive and controller tuning in
+ accordance with the ATA timing rules and also applies blacklists
+ and cable limits. Some controllers need special handling and have
+ custom tuning rules, typically raid controllers that use ATA
+ commands but do not actually do drive timing.
+ </para>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>
+ This hook should not be used to replace the standard controller
+ tuning logic when a controller has quirks. Replacing the default
+ tuning logic in that case would bypass handling for drive and
+ bridge quirks that may be important to data reliability. If a
+ controller needs to filter the mode selection it should use the
+ mode_filter hook instead.
+ </para>
+ </warning>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Control PCI IDE BMDMA engine</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*bmdma_setup) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+void (*bmdma_start) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+void (*bmdma_stop) (struct ata_port *ap);
+u8 (*bmdma_status) (struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+When setting up an IDE BMDMA transaction, these hooks arm
+(->bmdma_setup), fire (->bmdma_start), and halt (->bmdma_stop)
+the hardware's DMA engine. ->bmdma_status is used to read the standard
+PCI IDE DMA Status register.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+These hooks are typically either no-ops, or simply not implemented, in
+FIS-based drivers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_setup() for the bmdma_setup()
+hook. ata_bmdma_setup() will write the pointer to the PRD table to
+the IDE PRD Table Address register, enable DMA in the DMA Command
+register, and call exec_command() to begin the transfer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_start() for the bmdma_start()
+hook. ata_bmdma_start() will write the ATA_DMA_START flag to the DMA
+Command register.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Many legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_stop() for the bmdma_stop()
+hook. ata_bmdma_stop() clears the ATA_DMA_START flag in the DMA
+command register.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+Many legacy IDE drivers use ata_bmdma_status() as the bmdma_status() hook.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>High-level taskfile hooks</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*qc_prep) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+int (*qc_issue) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Higher-level hooks, these two hooks can potentially supercede
+ several of the above taskfile/DMA engine hooks. ->qc_prep is
+ called after the buffers have been DMA-mapped, and is typically
+ used to populate the hardware's DMA scatter-gather table.
+ Most drivers use the standard ata_qc_prep() helper function, but
+ more advanced drivers roll their own.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ->qc_issue is used to make a command active, once the hardware
+ and S/G tables have been prepared. IDE BMDMA drivers use the
+ helper function ata_qc_issue_prot() for taskfile protocol-based
+ dispatch. More advanced drivers implement their own ->qc_issue.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ata_qc_issue_prot() calls ->tf_load(), ->bmdma_setup(), and
+ ->bmdma_start() as necessary to initiate a transfer.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Exception and probe handling (EH)</title>
+ <programlisting>
+void (*eng_timeout) (struct ata_port *ap);
+void (*phy_reset) (struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+Deprecated. Use ->error_handler() instead.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+void (*freeze) (struct ata_port *ap);
+void (*thaw) (struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ata_port_freeze() is called when HSM violations or some other
+condition disrupts normal operation of the port. A frozen port
+is not allowed to perform any operation until the port is
+thawed, which usually follows a successful reset.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+The optional ->freeze() callback can be used for freezing the port
+hardware-wise (e.g. mask interrupt and stop DMA engine). If a
+port cannot be frozen hardware-wise, the interrupt handler
+must ack and clear interrupts unconditionally while the port
+is frozen.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+The optional ->thaw() callback is called to perform the opposite of ->freeze():
+prepare the port for normal operation once again. Unmask interrupts,
+start DMA engine, etc.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+void (*error_handler) (struct ata_port *ap);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+->error_handler() is a driver's hook into probe, hotplug, and recovery
+and other exceptional conditions. The primary responsibility of an
+implementation is to call ata_do_eh() or ata_bmdma_drive_eh() with a set
+of EH hooks as arguments:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+'prereset' hook (may be NULL) is called during an EH reset, before any other actions
+are taken.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+'postreset' hook (may be NULL) is called after the EH reset is performed. Based on
+existing conditions, severity of the problem, and hardware capabilities,
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+Either 'softreset' (may be NULL) or 'hardreset' (may be NULL) will be
+called to perform the low-level EH reset.
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+void (*post_internal_cmd) (struct ata_queued_cmd *qc);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+Perform any hardware-specific actions necessary to finish processing
+after executing a probe-time or EH-time command via ata_exec_internal().
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Hardware interrupt handling</title>
+ <programlisting>
+irqreturn_t (*irq_handler)(int, void *, struct pt_regs *);
+void (*irq_clear) (struct ata_port *);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ ->irq_handler is the interrupt handling routine registered with
+ the system, by libata. ->irq_clear is called during probe just
+ before the interrupt handler is registered, to be sure hardware
+ is quiet.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The second argument, dev_instance, should be cast to a pointer
+ to struct ata_host_set.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_sff_interrupt() for the
+ irq_handler hook, which scans all ports in the host_set,
+ determines which queued command was active (if any), and calls
+ ata_sff_host_intr(ap,qc).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Most legacy IDE drivers use ata_sff_irq_clear() for the
+ irq_clear() hook, which simply clears the interrupt and error
+ flags in the DMA status register.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>SATA phy read/write</title>
+ <programlisting>
+int (*scr_read) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg,
+ u32 *val);
+int (*scr_write) (struct ata_port *ap, unsigned int sc_reg,
+ u32 val);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ Read and write standard SATA phy registers. Currently only used
+ if ->phy_reset hook called the sata_phy_reset() helper function.
+ sc_reg is one of SCR_STATUS, SCR_CONTROL, SCR_ERROR, or SCR_ACTIVE.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Init and shutdown</title>
+ <programlisting>
+int (*port_start) (struct ata_port *ap);
+void (*port_stop) (struct ata_port *ap);
+void (*host_stop) (struct ata_host_set *host_set);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ ->port_start() is called just after the data structures for each
+ port are initialized. Typically this is used to alloc per-port
+ DMA buffers / tables / rings, enable DMA engines, and similar
+ tasks. Some drivers also use this entry point as a chance to
+ allocate driver-private memory for ap->private_data.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Many drivers use ata_port_start() as this hook or call
+ it from their own port_start() hooks. ata_port_start()
+ allocates space for a legacy IDE PRD table and returns.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ->port_stop() is called after ->host_stop(). Its sole function
+ is to release DMA/memory resources, now that they are no longer
+ actively being used. Many drivers also free driver-private
+ data from port at this time.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ->host_stop() is called after all ->port_stop() calls
+have completed. The hook must finalize hardware shutdown, release DMA
+and other resources, etc.
+ This hook may be specified as NULL, in which case it is not called.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataEH">
+ <title>Error handling</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This chapter describes how errors are handled under libata.
+ Readers are advised to read SCSI EH
+ (Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt) and ATA exceptions doc first.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1><title>Origins of commands</title>
+ <para>
+ In libata, a command is represented with struct ata_queued_cmd
+ or qc. qc's are preallocated during port initialization and
+ repetitively used for command executions. Currently only one
+ qc is allocated per port but yet-to-be-merged NCQ branch
+ allocates one for each tag and maps each qc to NCQ tag 1-to-1.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ libata commands can originate from two sources - libata itself
+ and SCSI midlayer. libata internal commands are used for
+ initialization and error handling. All normal blk requests
+ and commands for SCSI emulation are passed as SCSI commands
+ through queuecommand callback of SCSI host template.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>How commands are issued</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>Internal commands</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ First, qc is allocated and initialized using
+ ata_qc_new_init(). Although ata_qc_new_init() doesn't
+ implement any wait or retry mechanism when qc is not
+ available, internal commands are currently issued only during
+ initialization and error recovery, so no other command is
+ active and allocation is guaranteed to succeed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once allocated qc's taskfile is initialized for the command to
+ be executed. qc currently has two mechanisms to notify
+ completion. One is via qc->complete_fn() callback and the
+ other is completion qc->waiting. qc->complete_fn() callback
+ is the asynchronous path used by normal SCSI translated
+ commands and qc->waiting is the synchronous (issuer sleeps in
+ process context) path used by internal commands.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once initialization is complete, host_set lock is acquired
+ and the qc is issued.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>SCSI commands</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ All libata drivers use ata_scsi_queuecmd() as
+ hostt->queuecommand callback. scmds can either be simulated
+ or translated. No qc is involved in processing a simulated
+ scmd. The result is computed right away and the scmd is
+ completed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ For a translated scmd, ata_qc_new_init() is invoked to
+ allocate a qc and the scmd is translated into the qc. SCSI
+ midlayer's completion notification function pointer is stored
+ into qc->scsidone.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ qc->complete_fn() callback is used for completion
+ notification. ATA commands use ata_scsi_qc_complete() while
+ ATAPI commands use atapi_qc_complete(). Both functions end up
+ calling qc->scsidone to notify upper layer when the qc is
+ finished. After translation is completed, the qc is issued
+ with ata_qc_issue().
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that SCSI midlayer invokes hostt->queuecommand while
+ holding host_set lock, so all above occur while holding
+ host_set lock.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>How commands are processed</title>
+ <para>
+ Depending on which protocol and which controller are used,
+ commands are processed differently. For the purpose of
+ discussion, a controller which uses taskfile interface and all
+ standard callbacks is assumed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Currently 6 ATA command protocols are used. They can be
+ sorted into the following four categories according to how
+ they are processed.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry><term>ATA NO DATA or DMA</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_PROT_NODATA and ATA_PROT_DMA fall into this category.
+ These types of commands don't require any software
+ intervention once issued. Device will raise interrupt on
+ completion.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>ATA PIO</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_PROT_PIO is in this category. libata currently
+ implements PIO with polling. ATA_NIEN bit is set to turn
+ off interrupt and pio_task on ata_wq performs polling and
+ IO.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>ATAPI NODATA or DMA</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_PROT_ATAPI_NODATA and ATA_PROT_ATAPI_DMA are in this
+ category. packet_task is used to poll BSY bit after
+ issuing PACKET command. Once BSY is turned off by the
+ device, packet_task transfers CDB and hands off processing
+ to interrupt handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>ATAPI PIO</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_PROT_ATAPI is in this category. ATA_NIEN bit is set
+ and, as in ATAPI NODATA or DMA, packet_task submits cdb.
+ However, after submitting cdb, further processing (data
+ transfer) is handed off to pio_task.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>How commands are completed</title>
+ <para>
+ Once issued, all qc's are either completed with
+ ata_qc_complete() or time out. For commands which are handled
+ by interrupts, ata_host_intr() invokes ata_qc_complete(), and,
+ for PIO tasks, pio_task invokes ata_qc_complete(). In error
+ cases, packet_task may also complete commands.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ata_qc_complete() does the following.
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ DMA memory is unmapped.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_QCFLAG_ACTIVE is clared from qc->flags.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ qc->complete_fn() callback is invoked. If the return value of
+ the callback is not zero. Completion is short circuited and
+ ata_qc_complete() returns.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ __ata_qc_complete() is called, which does
+ <orderedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ qc->flags is cleared to zero.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ap->active_tag and qc->tag are poisoned.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ qc->waiting is claread & completed (in that order).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ qc is deallocated by clearing appropriate bit in ap->qactive.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ So, it basically notifies upper layer and deallocates qc. One
+ exception is short-circuit path in #3 which is used by
+ atapi_qc_complete().
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ For all non-ATAPI commands, whether it fails or not, almost
+ the same code path is taken and very little error handling
+ takes place. A qc is completed with success status if it
+ succeeded, with failed status otherwise.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ However, failed ATAPI commands require more handling as
+ REQUEST SENSE is needed to acquire sense data. If an ATAPI
+ command fails, ata_qc_complete() is invoked with error status,
+ which in turn invokes atapi_qc_complete() via
+ qc->complete_fn() callback.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This makes atapi_qc_complete() set scmd->result to
+ SAM_STAT_CHECK_CONDITION, complete the scmd and return 1. As
+ the sense data is empty but scmd->result is CHECK CONDITION,
+ SCSI midlayer will invoke EH for the scmd, and returning 1
+ makes ata_qc_complete() to return without deallocating the qc.
+ This leads us to ata_scsi_error() with partially completed qc.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>ata_scsi_error()</title>
+ <para>
+ ata_scsi_error() is the current transportt->eh_strategy_handler()
+ for libata. As discussed above, this will be entered in two
+ cases - timeout and ATAPI error completion. This function
+ calls low level libata driver's eng_timeout() callback, the
+ standard callback for which is ata_eng_timeout(). It checks
+ if a qc is active and calls ata_qc_timeout() on the qc if so.
+ Actual error handling occurs in ata_qc_timeout().
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If EH is invoked for timeout, ata_qc_timeout() stops BMDMA and
+ completes the qc. Note that as we're currently in EH, we
+ cannot call scsi_done. As described in SCSI EH doc, a
+ recovered scmd should be either retried with
+ scsi_queue_insert() or finished with scsi_finish_command().
+ Here, we override qc->scsidone with scsi_finish_command() and
+ calls ata_qc_complete().
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If EH is invoked due to a failed ATAPI qc, the qc here is
+ completed but not deallocated. The purpose of this
+ half-completion is to use the qc as place holder to make EH
+ code reach this place. This is a bit hackish, but it works.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Once control reaches here, the qc is deallocated by invoking
+ __ata_qc_complete() explicitly. Then, internal qc for REQUEST
+ SENSE is issued. Once sense data is acquired, scmd is
+ finished by directly invoking scsi_finish_command() on the
+ scmd. Note that as we already have completed and deallocated
+ the qc which was associated with the scmd, we don't need
+ to/cannot call ata_qc_complete() again.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1><title>Problems with the current EH</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Error representation is too crude. Currently any and all
+ error conditions are represented with ATA STATUS and ERROR
+ registers. Errors which aren't ATA device errors are treated
+ as ATA device errors by setting ATA_ERR bit. Better error
+ descriptor which can properly represent ATA and other
+ errors/exceptions is needed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ When handling timeouts, no action is taken to make device
+ forget about the timed out command and ready for new commands.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ EH handling via ata_scsi_error() is not properly protected
+ from usual command processing. On EH entrance, the device is
+ not in quiescent state. Timed out commands may succeed or
+ fail any time. pio_task and atapi_task may still be running.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Too weak error recovery. Devices / controllers causing HSM
+ mismatch errors and other errors quite often require reset to
+ return to known state. Also, advanced error handling is
+ necessary to support features like NCQ and hotplug.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA errors are directly handled in the interrupt handler and
+ PIO errors in pio_task. This is problematic for advanced
+ error handling for the following reasons.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, advanced error handling often requires context and
+ internal qc execution.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, even a simple failure (say, CRC error) needs
+ information gathering and could trigger complex error handling
+ (say, resetting & reconfiguring). Having multiple code
+ paths to gather information, enter EH and trigger actions
+ makes life painful.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Third, scattered EH code makes implementing low level drivers
+ difficult. Low level drivers override libata callbacks. If
+ EH is scattered over several places, each affected callbacks
+ should perform its part of error handling. This can be error
+ prone and painful.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataExt">
+ <title>libata Library</title>
+!Edrivers/ata/libata-core.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataInt">
+ <title>libata Core Internals</title>
+!Idrivers/ata/libata-core.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataScsiInt">
+ <title>libata SCSI translation/emulation</title>
+!Edrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
+!Idrivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="ataExceptions">
+ <title>ATA errors and exceptions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This chapter tries to identify what error/exception conditions exist
+ for ATA/ATAPI devices and describe how they should be handled in
+ implementation-neutral way.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The term 'error' is used to describe conditions where either an
+ explicit error condition is reported from device or a command has
+ timed out.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The term 'exception' is either used to describe exceptional
+ conditions which are not errors (say, power or hotplug events), or
+ to describe both errors and non-error exceptional conditions. Where
+ explicit distinction between error and exception is necessary, the
+ term 'non-error exception' is used.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="excat">
+ <title>Exception categories</title>
+ <para>
+ Exceptions are described primarily with respect to legacy
+ taskfile + bus master IDE interface. If a controller provides
+ other better mechanism for error reporting, mapping those into
+ categories described below shouldn't be difficult.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In the following sections, two recovery actions - reset and
+ reconfiguring transport - are mentioned. These are described
+ further in <xref linkend="exrec"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatHSMviolation">
+ <title>HSM violation</title>
+ <para>
+ This error is indicated when STATUS value doesn't match HSM
+ requirement during issuing or excution any ATA/ATAPI command.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <title>Examples</title>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ATA_STATUS doesn't contain !BSY && DRDY && !DRQ while trying
+ to issue a command.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ !BSY && !DRQ during PIO data transfer.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ DRQ on command completion.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ !BSY && ERR after CDB tranfer starts but before the
+ last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states
+ that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command
+ with an error before the last byte of the command packet has
+ been written" in the error outputs description of PACKET
+ command and the state diagram doesn't include such
+ transitions.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ In these cases, HSM is violated and not much information
+ regarding the error can be acquired from STATUS or ERROR
+ register. IOW, this error can be anything - driver bug,
+ faulty device, controller and/or cable.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ As HSM is violated, reset is necessary to restore known state.
+ Reconfiguring transport for lower speed might be helpful too
+ as transmission errors sometimes cause this kind of errors.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatDevErr">
+ <title>ATA/ATAPI device error (non-NCQ / non-CHECK CONDITION)</title>
+
+ <para>
+ These are errors detected and reported by ATA/ATAPI devices
+ indicating device problems. For this type of errors, STATUS
+ and ERROR register values are valid and describe error
+ condition. Note that some of ATA bus errors are detected by
+ ATA/ATAPI devices and reported using the same mechanism as
+ device errors. Those cases are described later in this
+ section.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For ATA commands, this type of errors are indicated by !BSY
+ && ERR during command execution and on completion.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>For ATAPI commands,</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ !BSY && ERR && ABRT right after issuing PACKET
+ indicates that PACKET command is not supported and falls in
+ this category.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ !BSY && ERR(==CHK) && !ABRT after the last
+ byte of CDB is transferred indicates CHECK CONDITION and
+ doesn't fall in this category.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ !BSY && ERR(==CHK) && ABRT after the last byte
+ of CDB is transferred *probably* indicates CHECK CONDITION and
+ doesn't fall in this category.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ Of errors detected as above, the followings are not ATA/ATAPI
+ device errors but ATA bus errors and should be handled
+ according to <xref linkend="excatATAbusErr"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>CRC error during data transfer</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is indicated by ICRC bit in the ERROR register and
+ means that corruption occurred during data transfer. Upto
+ ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that this bit is only
+ applicable to UDMA transfers but ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision
+ 1f says that the bit may be applicable to multiword DMA and
+ PIO.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>ABRT error during data transfer or on completion</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Upto ATA/ATAPI-7, the standard specifies that ABRT could be
+ set on ICRC errors and on cases where a device is not able
+ to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA
+ and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit upto
+ ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could
+ indicate tranfer errors.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part
+ that ICRC errors can turn on ABRT. So, this is kind of
+ gray area. Some heuristics are needed here.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>
+ ATA/ATAPI device errors can be further categorized as follows.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Media errors</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is indicated by UNC bit in the ERROR register. ATA
+ devices reports UNC error only after certain number of
+ retries cannot recover the data, so there's nothing much
+ else to do other than notifying upper layer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ READ and WRITE commands report CHS or LBA of the first
+ failed sector but ATA/ATAPI standard specifies that the
+ amount of transferred data on error completion is
+ indeterminate, so we cannot assume that sectors preceding
+ the failed sector have been transferred and thus cannot
+ complete those sectors successfully as SCSI does.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Media changed / media change requested error</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <<TODO: fill here>>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>Address error</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is indicated by IDNF bit in the ERROR register.
+ Report to upper layer.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>Other errors</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This can be invalid command or parameter indicated by ABRT
+ ERROR bit or some other error condition. Note that ABRT
+ bit can indicate a lot of things including ICRC and Address
+ errors. Heuristics needed.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>
+ Depending on commands, not all STATUS/ERROR bits are
+ applicable. These non-applicable bits are marked with
+ "na" in the output descriptions but upto ATA/ATAPI-7
+ no definition of "na" can be found. However,
+ ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f describes "N/A" as
+ follows.
+ </para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry><term>3.2.3.3a N/A</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ A keyword the indicates a field has no defined value in
+ this standard and should not be checked by the host or
+ device. N/A fields should be cleared to zero.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>
+ So, it seems reasonable to assume that "na" bits are
+ cleared to zero by devices and thus need no explicit masking.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatATAPIcc">
+ <title>ATAPI device CHECK CONDITION</title>
+
+ <para>
+ ATAPI device CHECK CONDITION error is indicated by set CHK bit
+ (ERR bit) in the STATUS register after the last byte of CDB is
+ transferred for a PACKET command. For this kind of errors,
+ sense data should be acquired to gather information regarding
+ the errors. REQUEST SENSE packet command should be used to
+ acquire sense data.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Once sense data is acquired, this type of errors can be
+ handled similary to other SCSI errors. Note that sense data
+ may indicate ATA bus error (e.g. Sense Key 04h HARDWARE ERROR
+ && ASC/ASCQ 47h/00h SCSI PARITY ERROR). In such
+ cases, the error should be considered as an ATA bus error and
+ handled according to <xref linkend="excatATAbusErr"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatNCQerr">
+ <title>ATA device error (NCQ)</title>
+
+ <para>
+ NCQ command error is indicated by cleared BSY and set ERR bit
+ during NCQ command phase (one or more NCQ commands
+ outstanding). Although STATUS and ERROR registers will
+ contain valid values describing the error, READ LOG EXT is
+ required to clear the error condition, determine which command
+ has failed and acquire more information.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ READ LOG EXT Log Page 10h reports which tag has failed and
+ taskfile register values describing the error. With this
+ information the failed command can be handled as a normal ATA
+ command error as in <xref linkend="excatDevErr"/> and all
+ other in-flight commands must be retried. Note that this
+ retry should not be counted - it's likely that commands
+ retried this way would have completed normally if it were not
+ for the failed command.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Note that ATA bus errors can be reported as ATA device NCQ
+ errors. This should be handled as described in <xref
+ linkend="excatATAbusErr"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If READ LOG EXT Log Page 10h fails or reports NQ, we're
+ thoroughly screwed. This condition should be treated
+ according to <xref linkend="excatHSMviolation"/>.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatATAbusErr">
+ <title>ATA bus error</title>
+
+ <para>
+ ATA bus error means that data corruption occurred during
+ transmission over ATA bus (SATA or PATA). This type of errors
+ can be indicated by
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ICRC or ABRT error as described in <xref linkend="excatDevErr"/>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Controller-specific error completion with error information
+ indicating transmission error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ On some controllers, command timeout. In this case, there may
+ be a mechanism to determine that the timeout is due to
+ transmission error.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Unknown/random errors, timeouts and all sorts of weirdities.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ As described above, transmission errors can cause wide variety
+ of symptoms ranging from device ICRC error to random device
+ lockup, and, for many cases, there is no way to tell if an
+ error condition is due to transmission error or not;
+ therefore, it's necessary to employ some kind of heuristic
+ when dealing with errors and timeouts. For example,
+ encountering repetitive ABRT errors for known supported
+ command is likely to indicate ATA bus error.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Once it's determined that ATA bus errors have possibly
+ occurred, lowering ATA bus transmission speed is one of
+ actions which may alleviate the problem. See <xref
+ linkend="exrecReconf"/> for more information.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatPCIbusErr">
+ <title>PCI bus error</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Data corruption or other failures during transmission over PCI
+ (or other system bus). For standard BMDMA, this is indicated
+ by Error bit in the BMDMA Status register. This type of
+ errors must be logged as it indicates something is very wrong
+ with the system. Resetting host controller is recommended.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatLateCompletion">
+ <title>Late completion</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This occurs when timeout occurs and the timeout handler finds
+ out that the timed out command has completed successfully or
+ with error. This is usually caused by lost interrupts. This
+ type of errors must be logged. Resetting host controller is
+ recommended.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatUnknown">
+ <title>Unknown error (timeout)</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This is when timeout occurs and the command is still
+ processing or the host and device are in unknown state. When
+ this occurs, HSM could be in any valid or invalid state. To
+ bring the device to known state and make it forget about the
+ timed out command, resetting is necessary. The timed out
+ command may be retried.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Timeouts can also be caused by transmission errors. Refer to
+ <xref linkend="excatATAbusErr"/> for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="excatHoplugPM">
+ <title>Hotplug and power management exceptions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <<TODO: fill here>>
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="exrec">
+ <title>EH recovery actions</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This section discusses several important recovery actions.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="exrecClr">
+ <title>Clearing error condition</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Many controllers require its error registers to be cleared by
+ error handler. Different controllers may have different
+ requirements.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For SATA, it's strongly recommended to clear at least SError
+ register during error handling.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="exrecRst">
+ <title>Reset</title>
+
+ <para>
+ During EH, resetting is necessary in the following cases.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ HSM is in unknown or invalid state
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ HBA is in unknown or invalid state
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ EH needs to make HBA/device forget about in-flight commands
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ HBA/device behaves weirdly
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ Resetting during EH might be a good idea regardless of error
+ condition to improve EH robustness. Whether to reset both or
+ either one of HBA and device depends on situation but the
+ following scheme is recommended.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ When it's known that HBA is in ready state but ATA/ATAPI
+ device is in unknown state, reset only device.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ If HBA is in unknown state, reset both HBA and device.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ HBA resetting is implementation specific. For a controller
+ complying to taskfile/BMDMA PCI IDE, stopping active DMA
+ transaction may be sufficient iff BMDMA state is the only HBA
+ context. But even mostly taskfile/BMDMA PCI IDE complying
+ controllers may have implementation specific requirements and
+ mechanism to reset themselves. This must be addressed by
+ specific drivers.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ OTOH, ATA/ATAPI standard describes in detail ways to reset
+ ATA/ATAPI devices.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>PATA hardware reset</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is hardware initiated device reset signalled with
+ asserted PATA RESET- signal. There is no standard way to
+ initiate hardware reset from software although some
+ hardware provides registers that allow driver to directly
+ tweak the RESET- signal.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>Software reset</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is achieved by turning CONTROL SRST bit on for at
+ least 5us. Both PATA and SATA support it but, in case of
+ SATA, this may require controller-specific support as the
+ second Register FIS to clear SRST should be transmitted
+ while BSY bit is still set. Note that on PATA, this resets
+ both master and slave devices on a channel.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC command</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Although ATA/ATAPI standard doesn't describe exactly, EDD
+ implies some level of resetting, possibly similar level
+ with software reset. Host-side EDD protocol can be handled
+ with normal command processing and most SATA controllers
+ should be able to handle EDD's just like other commands.
+ As in software reset, EDD affects both devices on a PATA
+ bus.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Although EDD does reset devices, this doesn't suit error
+ handling as EDD cannot be issued while BSY is set and it's
+ unclear how it will act when device is in unknown/weird
+ state.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>ATAPI DEVICE RESET command</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is very similar to software reset except that reset
+ can be restricted to the selected device without affecting
+ the other device sharing the cable.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>SATA phy reset</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ This is the preferred way of resetting a SATA device. In
+ effect, it's identical to PATA hardware reset. Note that
+ this can be done with the standard SCR Control register.
+ As such, it's usually easier to implement than software
+ reset.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>
+ One more thing to consider when resetting devices is that
+ resetting clears certain configuration parameters and they
+ need to be set to their previous or newly adjusted values
+ after reset.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Parameters affected are.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ CHS set up with INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS (seldomly used)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Parameters set with SET FEATURES including transfer mode setting
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Block count set with SET MULTIPLE MODE
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Other parameters (SET MAX, MEDIA LOCK...)
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ ATA/ATAPI standard specifies that some parameters must be
+ maintained across hardware or software reset, but doesn't
+ strictly specify all of them. Always reconfiguring needed
+ parameters after reset is required for robustness. Note that
+ this also applies when resuming from deep sleep (power-off).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Also, ATA/ATAPI standard requires that IDENTIFY DEVICE /
+ IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE is issued after any configuration
+ parameter is updated or a hardware reset and the result used
+ for further operation. OS driver is required to implement
+ revalidation mechanism to support this.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="exrecReconf">
+ <title>Reconfigure transport</title>
+
+ <para>
+ For both PATA and SATA, a lot of corners are cut for cheap
+ connectors, cables or controllers and it's quite common to see
+ high transmission error rate. This can be mitigated by
+ lowering transmission speed.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following is a possible scheme Jeff Garzik suggested.
+ </para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>
+ If more than $N (3?) transmission errors happen in 15 minutes,
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ if SATA, decrease SATA PHY speed. if speed cannot be decreased,
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ decrease UDMA xfer speed. if at UDMA0, switch to PIO4,
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ decrease PIO xfer speed. if at PIO3, complain, but continue
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="PiixInt">
+ <title>ata_piix Internals</title>
+!Idrivers/ata/ata_piix.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="SILInt">
+ <title>sata_sil Internals</title>
+!Idrivers/ata/sata_sil.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libataThanks">
+ <title>Thanks</title>
+ <para>
+ The bulk of the ATA knowledge comes thanks to long conversations with
+ Andre Hedrick (www.linux-ide.org), and long hours pondering the ATA
+ and SCSI specifications.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Thanks to Alan Cox for pointing out similarities
+ between SATA and SCSI, and in general for motivation to hack on
+ libata.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ libata's device detection
+ method, ata_pio_devchk, and in general all the early probing was
+ based on extensive study of Hale Landis's probe/reset code in his
+ ATADRVR driver (www.ata-atapi.com).
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94f2136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/librs.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Reed-Solomon-Library-Guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Reed-Solomon Library Programming Interface</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
+ <surname>Gleixner</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2004</year>
+ <holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic Reed-Solomon Library provides encoding, decoding
+ and error correction functions.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Reed-Solomon codes are used in communication and storage
+ applications to ensure data integrity.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is provided for developers who want to utilize
+ the functions provided by the library.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage">
+ <title>Usage</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter provides examples of how to use the library.
+ </para>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Initializing</title>
+ <para>
+ The init function init_rs returns a pointer to an
+ rs decoder structure, which holds the necessary
+ information for encoding, decoding and error correction
+ with the given polynomial. It either uses an existing
+ matching decoder or creates a new one. On creation all
+ the lookup tables for fast en/decoding are created.
+ The function may take a while, so make sure not to
+ call it in critical code paths.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+/* the Reed Solomon control structure */
+static struct rs_control *rs_decoder;
+
+/* Symbolsize is 10 (bits)
+ * Primitive polynomial is x^10+x^3+1
+ * first consecutive root is 0
+ * primitive element to generate roots = 1
+ * generator polynomial degree (number of roots) = 6
+ */
+rs_decoder = init_rs (10, 0x409, 0, 1, 6);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Encoding</title>
+ <para>
+ The encoder calculates the Reed-Solomon code over
+ the given data length and stores the result in
+ the parity buffer. Note that the parity buffer must
+ be initialized before calling the encoder.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The expanded data can be inverted on the fly by
+ providing a non-zero inversion mask. The expanded data is
+ XOR'ed with the mask. This is used e.g. for FLASH
+ ECC, where the all 0xFF is inverted to an all 0x00.
+ The Reed-Solomon code for all 0x00 is all 0x00. The
+ code is inverted before storing to FLASH so it is 0xFF
+ too. This prevents that reading from an erased FLASH
+ results in ECC errors.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The databytes are expanded to the given symbol size
+ on the fly. There is no support for encoding continuous
+ bitstreams with a symbol size != 8 at the moment. If
+ it is necessary it should be not a big deal to implement
+ such functionality.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */
+uint16_t par[6];
+/* Initialize the parity buffer */
+memset(par, 0, sizeof(par));
+/* Encode 512 byte in data8. Store parity in buffer par */
+encode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, 512, par, 0);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Decoding</title>
+ <para>
+ The decoder calculates the syndrome over
+ the given data length and the received parity symbols
+ and corrects errors in the data.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If a syndrome is available from a hardware decoder
+ then the syndrome calculation is skipped.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The correction of the data buffer can be suppressed
+ by providing a correction pattern buffer and an error
+ location buffer to the decoder. The decoder stores the
+ calculated error location and the correction bitmask
+ in the given buffers. This is useful for hardware
+ decoders which use a weird bit ordering scheme.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The databytes are expanded to the given symbol size
+ on the fly. There is no support for decoding continuous
+ bitstreams with a symbolsize != 8 at the moment. If
+ it is necessary it should be not a big deal to implement
+ such functionality.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>
+ Decoding with syndrome calculation, direct data correction
+ </title>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */
+uint16_t par[6];
+uint8_t data[512];
+int numerr;
+/* Receive data */
+.....
+/* Receive parity */
+.....
+/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/
+numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, par, 512, NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>
+ Decoding with syndrome given by hardware decoder, direct data correction
+ </title>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */
+uint16_t par[6], syn[6];
+uint8_t data[512];
+int numerr;
+/* Receive data */
+.....
+/* Receive parity */
+.....
+/* Get syndrome from hardware decoder */
+.....
+/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/
+numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, data8, par, 512, syn, 0, NULL, 0, NULL);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2>
+ <title>
+ Decoding with syndrome given by hardware decoder, no direct data correction.
+ </title>
+ <para>
+ Note: It's not necessary to give data and received parity to the decoder.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Parity buffer. Size = number of roots */
+uint16_t par[6], syn[6], corr[8];
+uint8_t data[512];
+int numerr, errpos[8];
+/* Receive data */
+.....
+/* Receive parity */
+.....
+/* Get syndrome from hardware decoder */
+.....
+/* Decode 512 byte in data8.*/
+numerr = decode_rs8 (rs_decoder, NULL, NULL, 512, syn, 0, errpos, 0, corr);
+for (i = 0; i < numerr; i++) {
+ do_error_correction_in_your_buffer(errpos[i], corr[i]);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1>
+ <title>Cleanup</title>
+ <para>
+ The function free_rs frees the allocated resources,
+ if the caller is the last user of the decoder.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Release resources */
+free_rs(rs_decoder);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="structs">
+ <title>Structures</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are
+ used in the Reed-Solomon Library and are relevant for a developer.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/rslib.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+ <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the Reed-Solomon functions
+ which are exported.
+ </para>
+!Elib/reed_solomon/reed_solomon.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para>
+ The library code for encoding and decoding was written by Phil Karn.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+ Copyright 2002, Phil Karn, KA9Q
+ May be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL)
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ The wrapper functions and interfaces are written by Thomas Gleixner.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Many users have provided bugfixes, improvements and helping hands for testing.
+ Thanks a lot.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to this document:
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Thomas Gleixner<email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe7664c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/lsm.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<article class="whitepaper" id="LinuxSecurityModule" lang="en">
+ <articleinfo>
+ <title>Linux Security Modules: General Security Hooks for Linux</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Stephen</firstname>
+ <surname>Smalley</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>NAI Labs</orgname>
+ <address><email>ssmalley@nai.com</email></address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Timothy</firstname>
+ <surname>Fraser</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>NAI Labs</orgname>
+ <address><email>tfraser@nai.com</email></address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname>
+ <surname>Vance</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>NAI Labs</orgname>
+ <address><email>cvance@nai.com</email></address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ </articleinfo>
+
+<sect1 id="Introduction"><title>Introduction</title>
+
+<para>
+In March 2001, the National Security Agency (NSA) gave a presentation
+about Security-Enhanced Linux (SELinux) at the 2.5 Linux Kernel
+Summit. SELinux is an implementation of flexible and fine-grained
+nondiscretionary access controls in the Linux kernel, originally
+implemented as its own particular kernel patch. Several other
+security projects (e.g. RSBAC, Medusa) have also developed flexible
+access control architectures for the Linux kernel, and various
+projects have developed particular access control models for Linux
+(e.g. LIDS, DTE, SubDomain). Each project has developed and
+maintained its own kernel patch to support its security needs.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In response to the NSA presentation, Linus Torvalds made a set of
+remarks that described a security framework he would be willing to
+consider for inclusion in the mainstream Linux kernel. He described a
+general framework that would provide a set of security hooks to
+control operations on kernel objects and a set of opaque security
+fields in kernel data structures for maintaining security attributes.
+This framework could then be used by loadable kernel modules to
+implement any desired model of security. Linus also suggested the
+possibility of migrating the Linux capabilities code into such a
+module.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Linux Security Modules (LSM) project was started by WireX to
+develop such a framework. LSM is a joint development effort by
+several security projects, including Immunix, SELinux, SGI and Janus,
+and several individuals, including Greg Kroah-Hartman and James
+Morris, to develop a Linux kernel patch that implements this
+framework. The patch is currently tracking the 2.4 series and is
+targeted for integration into the 2.5 development series. This
+technical report provides an overview of the framework and the example
+capabilities security module provided by the LSM kernel patch.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="framework"><title>LSM Framework</title>
+
+<para>
+The LSM kernel patch provides a general kernel framework to support
+security modules. In particular, the LSM framework is primarily
+focused on supporting access control modules, although future
+development is likely to address other security needs such as
+auditing. By itself, the framework does not provide any additional
+security; it merely provides the infrastructure to support security
+modules. The LSM kernel patch also moves most of the capabilities
+logic into an optional security module, with the system defaulting
+to the traditional superuser logic. This capabilities module
+is discussed further in <xref linkend="cap"/>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The LSM kernel patch adds security fields to kernel data structures
+and inserts calls to hook functions at critical points in the kernel
+code to manage the security fields and to perform access control. It
+also adds functions for registering and unregistering security
+modules, and adds a general <function>security</function> system call
+to support new system calls for security-aware applications.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The LSM security fields are simply <type>void*</type> pointers. For
+process and program execution security information, security fields
+were added to <structname>struct task_struct</structname> and
+<structname>struct linux_binprm</structname>. For filesystem security
+information, a security field was added to
+<structname>struct super_block</structname>. For pipe, file, and socket
+security information, security fields were added to
+<structname>struct inode</structname> and
+<structname>struct file</structname>. For packet and network device security
+information, security fields were added to
+<structname>struct sk_buff</structname> and
+<structname>struct net_device</structname>. For System V IPC security
+information, security fields were added to
+<structname>struct kern_ipc_perm</structname> and
+<structname>struct msg_msg</structname>; additionally, the definitions
+for <structname>struct msg_msg</structname>, <structname>struct
+msg_queue</structname>, and <structname>struct
+shmid_kernel</structname> were moved to header files
+(<filename>include/linux/msg.h</filename> and
+<filename>include/linux/shm.h</filename> as appropriate) to allow
+the security modules to use these definitions.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Each LSM hook is a function pointer in a global table,
+security_ops. This table is a
+<structname>security_operations</structname> structure as defined by
+<filename>include/linux/security.h</filename>. Detailed documentation
+for each hook is included in this header file. At present, this
+structure consists of a collection of substructures that group related
+hooks based on the kernel object (e.g. task, inode, file, sk_buff,
+etc) as well as some top-level hook function pointers for system
+operations. This structure is likely to be flattened in the future
+for performance. The placement of the hook calls in the kernel code
+is described by the "called:" lines in the per-hook documentation in
+the header file. The hook calls can also be easily found in the
+kernel code by looking for the string "security_ops->".
+
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Linus mentioned per-process security hooks in his original remarks as a
+possible alternative to global security hooks. However, if LSM were
+to start from the perspective of per-process hooks, then the base
+framework would have to deal with how to handle operations that
+involve multiple processes (e.g. kill), since each process might have
+its own hook for controlling the operation. This would require a
+general mechanism for composing hooks in the base framework.
+Additionally, LSM would still need global hooks for operations that
+have no process context (e.g. network input operations).
+Consequently, LSM provides global security hooks, but a security
+module is free to implement per-process hooks (where that makes sense)
+by storing a security_ops table in each process' security field and
+then invoking these per-process hooks from the global hooks.
+The problem of composition is thus deferred to the module.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The global security_ops table is initialized to a set of hook
+functions provided by a dummy security module that provides
+traditional superuser logic. A <function>register_security</function>
+function (in <filename>security/security.c</filename>) is provided to
+allow a security module to set security_ops to refer to its own hook
+functions, and an <function>unregister_security</function> function is
+provided to revert security_ops to the dummy module hooks. This
+mechanism is used to set the primary security module, which is
+responsible for making the final decision for each hook.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+LSM also provides a simple mechanism for stacking additional security
+modules with the primary security module. It defines
+<function>register_security</function> and
+<function>unregister_security</function> hooks in the
+<structname>security_operations</structname> structure and provides
+<function>mod_reg_security</function> and
+<function>mod_unreg_security</function> functions that invoke these
+hooks after performing some sanity checking. A security module can
+call these functions in order to stack with other modules. However,
+the actual details of how this stacking is handled are deferred to the
+module, which can implement these hooks in any way it wishes
+(including always returning an error if it does not wish to support
+stacking). In this manner, LSM again defers the problem of
+composition to the module.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Although the LSM hooks are organized into substructures based on
+kernel object, all of the hooks can be viewed as falling into two
+major categories: hooks that are used to manage the security fields
+and hooks that are used to perform access control. Examples of the
+first category of hooks include the
+<function>alloc_security</function> and
+<function>free_security</function> hooks defined for each kernel data
+structure that has a security field. These hooks are used to allocate
+and free security structures for kernel objects. The first category
+of hooks also includes hooks that set information in the security
+field after allocation, such as the <function>post_lookup</function>
+hook in <structname>struct inode_security_ops</structname>. This hook
+is used to set security information for inodes after successful lookup
+operations. An example of the second category of hooks is the
+<function>permission</function> hook in
+<structname>struct inode_security_ops</structname>. This hook checks
+permission when accessing an inode.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="cap"><title>LSM Capabilities Module</title>
+
+<para>
+The LSM kernel patch moves most of the existing POSIX.1e capabilities
+logic into an optional security module stored in the file
+<filename>security/capability.c</filename>. This change allows
+users who do not want to use capabilities to omit this code entirely
+from their kernel, instead using the dummy module for traditional
+superuser logic or any other module that they desire. This change
+also allows the developers of the capabilities logic to maintain and
+enhance their code more freely, without needing to integrate patches
+back into the base kernel.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In addition to moving the capabilities logic, the LSM kernel patch
+could move the capability-related fields from the kernel data
+structures into the new security fields managed by the security
+modules. However, at present, the LSM kernel patch leaves the
+capability fields in the kernel data structures. In his original
+remarks, Linus suggested that this might be preferable so that other
+security modules can be easily stacked with the capabilities module
+without needing to chain multiple security structures on the security field.
+It also avoids imposing extra overhead on the capabilities module
+to manage the security fields. However, the LSM framework could
+certainly support such a move if it is determined to be desirable,
+with only a few additional changes described below.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+At present, the capabilities logic for computing process capabilities
+on <function>execve</function> and <function>set*uid</function>,
+checking capabilities for a particular process, saving and checking
+capabilities for netlink messages, and handling the
+<function>capget</function> and <function>capset</function> system
+calls have been moved into the capabilities module. There are still a
+few locations in the base kernel where capability-related fields are
+directly examined or modified, but the current version of the LSM
+patch does allow a security module to completely replace the
+assignment and testing of capabilities. These few locations would
+need to be changed if the capability-related fields were moved into
+the security field. The following is a list of known locations that
+still perform such direct examination or modification of
+capability-related fields:
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para><filename>fs/open.c</filename>:<function>sys_access</function></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><filename>fs/lockd/host.c</filename>:<function>nlm_bind_host</function></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><filename>fs/nfsd/auth.c</filename>:<function>nfsd_setuser</function></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><filename>fs/proc/array.c</filename>:<function>task_cap</function></para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+</article>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..467ccac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="MCAGuide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>MCA Driver Programming Interface</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Alan</firstname>
+ <surname>Cox</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>David</firstname>
+ <surname>Weinehall</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Chris</firstname>
+ <surname>Beauregard</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year>
+ <holder>Alan Cox</holder>
+ <holder>David Weinehall</holder>
+ <holder>Chris Beauregard</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The MCA bus functions provide a generalised interface to find MCA
+ bus cards, to claim them for a driver, and to read and manipulate POS
+ registers without being aware of the motherboard internals or
+ certain deep magic specific to onboard devices.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The basic interface to the MCA bus devices is the slot. Each slot
+ is numbered and virtual slot numbers are assigned to the internal
+ devices. Using a pci_dev as other busses do does not really make
+ sense in the MCA context as the MCA bus resources require card
+ specific interpretation.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Finally the MCA bus functions provide a parallel set of DMA
+ functions mimicing the ISA bus DMA functions as closely as possible,
+ although also supporting the additional DMA functionality on the
+ MCA bus controllers.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+ <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+!Edrivers/mca/mca-legacy.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="dmafunctions">
+ <title>DMA Functions Provided</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be34dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-entities.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+<!-- Generated file! Do not edit. -->
+
+<!-- Functions -->
+<!ENTITY func-close "<link linkend='func-close'><function>close()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-ioctl "<link linkend='func-ioctl'><function>ioctl()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-mmap "<link linkend='func-mmap'><function>mmap()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-munmap "<link linkend='func-munmap'><function>munmap()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-open "<link linkend='func-open'><function>open()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-poll "<link linkend='func-poll'><function>poll()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-read "<link linkend='func-read'><function>read()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-select "<link linkend='func-select'><function>select()</function></link>">
+<!ENTITY func-write "<link linkend='func-write'><function>write()</function></link>">
+
+<!-- Ioctls -->
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-CROPCAP "<link linkend='vidioc-cropcap'><constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT "<link linkend='vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident'><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER "<link linkend='vidioc-dbg-g-register'><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER "<link linkend='vidioc-dbg-g-register'><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DQBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-qbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-DQEVENT "<link linkend='vidioc-dqevent'><constant>VIDIOC_DQEVENT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENCODER-CMD "<link linkend='vidioc-encoder-cmd'><constant>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO "<link linkend='vidioc-enumaudio'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMAUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enumaudioout'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enuminput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-enumoutput'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUMSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-enumstd'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-dv-presets'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-frameintervals'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES "<link linkend='vidioc-enum-framesizes'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-AUDIO "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audio'><constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX "<link linkend='vidioc-g-enc-index'><constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-frequency'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-INPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-input'><constant>VIDIOC_G_INPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-JPEGCOMP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-jpegcomp'><constant>VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-MPEGCOMP "<link linkend=''><constant>VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR "<link linkend='vidioc-g-modulator'><constant>VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-output'><constant>VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-PARM "<link linkend='vidioc-g-parm'><constant>VIDIOC_G_PARM</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-PRIORITY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-priority'><constant>VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-SLICED-VBI-CAP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap'><constant>VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-STD "<link linkend='vidioc-g-std'><constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-G-TUNER "<link linkend='vidioc-g-tuner'><constant>VIDIOC_G_TUNER</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-LOG-STATUS "<link linkend='vidioc-log-status'><constant>VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-OVERLAY "<link linkend='vidioc-overlay'><constant>VIDIOC_OVERLAY</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-qbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-querybuf'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYCAP "<link linkend='vidioc-querycap'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCAP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYMENU "<link linkend='vidioc-queryctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERYSTD "<link linkend='vidioc-querystd'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-query-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-REQBUFS "<link linkend='vidioc-reqbufs'><constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMOFF "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-STREAMON "<link linkend='vidioc-streamon'><constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT "<link linkend='vidioc-subscribe-event'><constant>VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-AUDIO "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audio'><constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-audioout'><constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CROP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-crop'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-CTRL "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ctrl'><constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-preset'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-dv-timings'><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FBUF "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fbuf'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-frequency'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK "<link linkend='vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek'><constant>VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-INPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-input'><constant>VIDIOC_S_INPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-JPEGCOMP "<link linkend='vidioc-g-jpegcomp'><constant>VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-MPEGCOMP "<link linkend=''><constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-MODULATOR "<link linkend='vidioc-g-modulator'><constant>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-output'><constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-PARM "<link linkend='vidioc-g-parm'><constant>VIDIOC_S_PARM</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-PRIORITY "<link linkend='vidioc-g-priority'><constant>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-STD "<link linkend='vidioc-g-std'><constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-S-TUNER "<link linkend='vidioc-g-tuner'><constant>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD "<link linkend='vidioc-encoder-cmd'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS "<link linkend='vidioc-g-ext-ctrls'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-TRY-FMT "<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant></link>">
+<!ENTITY VIDIOC-UNSUBSCRIBE-EVENT "<link linkend='vidioc-subscribe-event'><constant>VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT</constant></link>">
+
+<!-- Types -->
+<!ENTITY v4l2-std-id "<link linkend='v4l2-std-id'>v4l2_std_id</link>">
+
+<!-- Enums -->
+<!ENTITY v4l2-buf-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-buf-type'>v4l2_buf_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-colorspace "enum <link linkend='v4l2-colorspace'>v4l2_colorspace</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-ctrl-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-ctrl-type'>v4l2_ctrl_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-exposure-auto-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-exposure-auto-type'>v4l2_exposure_auto_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-field "enum <link linkend='v4l2-field'>v4l2_field</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmivaltypes "enum <link linkend='v4l2-frmivaltypes'>v4l2_frmivaltypes</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsizetypes "enum <link linkend='v4l2-frmsizetypes'>v4l2_frmsizetypes</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-memory "enum <link linkend='v4l2-memory'>v4l2_memory</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-emphasis "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-emphasis'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-encoding "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-l1-bitrate "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l1-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-l2-bitrate "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l2-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-l3-bitrate "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode-extension "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode-extension'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-audio-sampling-freq "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-sampling-freq'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq</link>">
+<!ENTITY chroma-spatial-filter-type "enum <link linkend='chroma-spatial-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY luma-spatial-filter-type "enum <link linkend='luma-spatial-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-median-filter-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-median-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-spatial-filter-mode "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-spatial-filter-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-temporal-filter-mode "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-temporal-filter-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-stream-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-stream-type'>v4l2_mpeg_stream_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt'>v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-video-aspect "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-aspect'>v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-video-bitrate-mode "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-bitrate-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding "enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-power-line-frequency "enum <link linkend='v4l2-power-line-frequency'>v4l2_power_line_frequency</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-priority "enum <link linkend='v4l2-priority'>v4l2_priority</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-tuner-type "enum <link linkend='v4l2-tuner-type'>v4l2_tuner_type</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-preemphasis "enum <link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link>">
+
+<!-- Structures -->
+<!ENTITY v4l2-audio "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-audioout "struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-bt-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-buffer "struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-capability "struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-captureparm "struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-clip "struct <link linkend='v4l2-clip'>v4l2_clip</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-control "struct <link linkend='v4l2-control'>v4l2_control</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-crop "struct <link linkend='v4l2-crop'>v4l2_crop</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-cropcap "struct <link linkend='v4l2-cropcap'>v4l2_cropcap</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-chip-ident "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-match "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dbg-register "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-enum-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-preset "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-dv-timings "struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-enc-idx-entry "struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-encoder-cmd "struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-event "struct <link linkend='v4l2-event'>v4l2_event</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-event-subscription "struct <link linkend='v4l2-event-subscription'>v4l2_event_subscription</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-event-vsync "struct <link linkend='v4l2-event-vsync'>v4l2_event_vsync</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-ext-control "struct <link linkend='v4l2-ext-control'>v4l2_ext_control</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-ext-controls "struct <link linkend='v4l2-ext-controls'>v4l2_ext_controls</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-fmtdesc "struct <link linkend='v4l2-fmtdesc'>v4l2_fmtdesc</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-format "struct <link linkend='v4l2-format'>v4l2_format</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-fract "struct <link linkend='v4l2-fract'>v4l2_fract</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-framebuffer "struct <link linkend='v4l2-framebuffer'>v4l2_framebuffer</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frequency "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frequency'>v4l2_frequency</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmival-stepwise "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmival-stepwise'>v4l2_frmival_stepwise</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmivalenum "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmivalenum'>v4l2_frmivalenum</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsize-discrete "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsize-discrete'>v4l2_frmsize_discrete</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsize-stepwise "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsize-stepwise'>v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-frmsizeenum "struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsizeenum'>v4l2_frmsizeenum</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-hw-freq-seek "struct <link linkend='v4l2-hw-freq-seek'>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-input "struct <link linkend='v4l2-input'>v4l2_input</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-jpegcompression "struct <link linkend='v4l2-jpegcompression'>v4l2_jpegcompression</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-modulator "struct <link linkend='v4l2-modulator'>v4l2_modulator</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv "struct <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv'>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-output "struct <link linkend='v4l2-output'>v4l2_output</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-outputparm "struct <link linkend='v4l2-outputparm'>v4l2_outputparm</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-pix-format "struct <link linkend='v4l2-pix-format'>v4l2_pix_format</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-queryctrl "struct <link linkend='v4l2-queryctrl'>v4l2_queryctrl</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-querymenu "struct <link linkend='v4l2-querymenu'>v4l2_querymenu</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-rect "struct <link linkend='v4l2-rect'>v4l2_rect</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-requestbuffers "struct <link linkend='v4l2-requestbuffers'>v4l2_requestbuffers</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap "struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-data "struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-data'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-sliced-vbi-format "struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-format'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-standard "struct <link linkend='v4l2-standard'>v4l2_standard</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-streamparm "struct <link linkend='v4l2-streamparm'>v4l2_streamparm</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-timecode "struct <link linkend='v4l2-timecode'>v4l2_timecode</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-tuner "struct <link linkend='v4l2-tuner'>v4l2_tuner</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-vbi-format "struct <link linkend='v4l2-vbi-format'>v4l2_vbi_format</link>">
+<!ENTITY v4l2-window "struct <link linkend='v4l2-window'>v4l2_window</link>">
+
+<!-- Error Codes -->
+<!ENTITY EACCES "<errorcode>EACCES</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EAGAIN "<errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EBADF "<errorcode>EBADF</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EBUSY "<errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EFAULT "<errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EIO "<errorcode>EIO</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EINTR "<errorcode>EINTR</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EINVAL "<errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ENFILE "<errorcode>ENFILE</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ENOMEM "<errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ENOSPC "<errorcode>ENOSPC</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ENOTTY "<errorcode>ENOTTY</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ENXIO "<errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EMFILE "<errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY EPERM "<errorcode>EPERM</errorcode> error code">
+<!ENTITY ERANGE "<errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode> error code">
+
+<!-- Subsections -->
+<!ENTITY sub-biblio SYSTEM "v4l/biblio.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-common SYSTEM "v4l/common.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-compat SYSTEM "v4l/compat.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-controls SYSTEM "v4l/controls.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-capture SYSTEM "v4l/dev-capture.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-codec SYSTEM "v4l/dev-codec.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-event SYSTEM "v4l/dev-event.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-effect SYSTEM "v4l/dev-effect.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-osd SYSTEM "v4l/dev-osd.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-output SYSTEM "v4l/dev-output.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-overlay SYSTEM "v4l/dev-overlay.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-radio SYSTEM "v4l/dev-radio.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-raw-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-rds SYSTEM "v4l/dev-rds.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-sliced-vbi SYSTEM "v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dev-teletext SYSTEM "v4l/dev-teletext.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-driver SYSTEM "v4l/driver.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-libv4l SYSTEM "v4l/libv4l.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-lirc_device_interface SYSTEM "v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-remote_controllers SYSTEM "v4l/remote_controllers.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-fdl-appendix SYSTEM "v4l/fdl-appendix.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-ioctl SYSTEM "v4l/func-ioctl.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-mmap SYSTEM "v4l/func-mmap.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-munmap SYSTEM "v4l/func-munmap.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-open SYSTEM "v4l/func-open.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-poll SYSTEM "v4l/func-poll.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-read SYSTEM "v4l/func-read.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-select SYSTEM "v4l/func-select.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-write SYSTEM "v4l/func-write.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-io SYSTEM "v4l/io.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-sbggr16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-sbggr8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-sgbrg8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-sgrbg8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-uyvy SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-vyuy SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-y16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-y41p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-srggb10 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-srggb8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-y10 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-pixfmt SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-cropcap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dbg-g-register SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-encoder-cmd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enum-fmt SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enum-frameintervals SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enum-framesizes SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enumaudio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dbg-g-chip-ident SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-crop SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-ctrl SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-enc-index SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-ext-ctrls SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-fbuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-fmt SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-frequency SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-input SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-jpegcomp SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-modulator SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-output SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-parm SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-priority SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-sliced-vbi-cap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-std SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-g-tuner SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-log-status SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-overlay SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-qbuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-querybuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-querycap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-queryctrl SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-querystd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-reqbufs SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-s-hw-freq-seek SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-streamon SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-capture-c SYSTEM "v4l/capture.c.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-keytable-c SYSTEM "v4l/keytable.c.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-v4l2grab-c SYSTEM "v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-videodev2-h SYSTEM "v4l/videodev2.h.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-v4l2 SYSTEM "v4l/v4l2.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dqevent SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-subscribe-event SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-intro SYSTEM "dvb/intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-frontend SYSTEM "dvb/frontend.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dvbproperty SYSTEM "dvb/dvbproperty.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-demux SYSTEM "dvb/demux.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-video SYSTEM "dvb/video.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-audio SYSTEM "dvb/audio.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-ca SYSTEM "dvb/ca.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-net SYSTEM "dvb/net.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-kdapi SYSTEM "dvb/kdapi.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-examples SYSTEM "dvb/examples.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-frontend-h SYSTEM "dvb/frontend.h.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-dvbapi SYSTEM "dvb/dvbapi.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-media SYSTEM "media.xml">
+<!ENTITY sub-media-entities SYSTEM "media-entities.tmpl">
+<!ENTITY sub-media-indices SYSTEM "media-indices.tmpl">
+
+<!-- Function Reference -->
+<!ENTITY close SYSTEM "v4l/func-close.xml">
+<!ENTITY ioctl SYSTEM "v4l/func-ioctl.xml">
+<!ENTITY mmap SYSTEM "v4l/func-mmap.xml">
+<!ENTITY munmap SYSTEM "v4l/func-munmap.xml">
+<!ENTITY open SYSTEM "v4l/func-open.xml">
+<!ENTITY poll SYSTEM "v4l/func-poll.xml">
+<!ENTITY read SYSTEM "v4l/func-read.xml">
+<!ENTITY select SYSTEM "v4l/func-select.xml">
+<!ENTITY write SYSTEM "v4l/func-write.xml">
+<!ENTITY grey SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml">
+<!ENTITY nv12 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml">
+<!ENTITY nv16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml">
+<!ENTITY packed-rgb SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml">
+<!ENTITY packed-yuv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml">
+<!ENTITY sbggr16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml">
+<!ENTITY sbggr8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sgbrg8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml">
+<!ENTITY sgrbg8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml">
+<!ENTITY uyvy SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml">
+<!ENTITY vyuy SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml">
+<!ENTITY y16 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml">
+<!ENTITY y41p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml">
+<!ENTITY yuv410 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml">
+<!ENTITY yuv411p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml">
+<!ENTITY yuv420 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml">
+<!ENTITY yuv422p SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml">
+<!ENTITY yuyv SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml">
+<!ENTITY yvyu SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml">
+<!ENTITY srggb10 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml">
+<!ENTITY srggb8 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml">
+<!ENTITY y10 SYSTEM "v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml">
+<!ENTITY cropcap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml">
+<!ENTITY dbg-g-register SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml">
+<!ENTITY encoder-cmd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml">
+<!ENTITY enum-fmt SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml">
+<!ENTITY enum-frameintervals SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml">
+<!ENTITY enum-framesizes SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml">
+<!ENTITY enumaudio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml">
+<!ENTITY enumaudioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml">
+<!ENTITY enuminput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml">
+<!ENTITY enumoutput SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml">
+<!ENTITY enum-dv-presets SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY query-dv-preset SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-dv-timings SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml">
+<!ENTITY enumstd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-audio SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-audioout SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml">
+<!ENTITY dbg-g-chip-ident SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-crop SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-ctrl SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-enc-index SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-ext-ctrls SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-fbuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-fmt SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-frequency SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-input SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-jpegcomp SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-modulator SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-output SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-parm SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-priority SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-sliced-vbi-cap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-std SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml">
+<!ENTITY g-tuner SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml">
+<!ENTITY log-status SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml">
+<!ENTITY overlay SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml">
+<!ENTITY qbuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY querybuf SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml">
+<!ENTITY querycap SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml">
+<!ENTITY queryctrl SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml">
+<!ENTITY querystd SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml">
+<!ENTITY reqbufs SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml">
+<!ENTITY s-hw-freq-seek SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml">
+<!ENTITY streamon SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml">
+<!ENTITY dqevent SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml">
+<!ENTITY subscribe_event SYSTEM "v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78d6031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media-indices.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- Generated file! Do not edit. -->
+
+<index><title>List of Types</title>
+<indexentry><primaryie><link linkend='v4l2-std-id'>v4l2_std_id</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-buf-type'>v4l2_buf_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-colorspace'>v4l2_colorspace</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-ctrl-type'>v4l2_ctrl_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-exposure-auto-type'>v4l2_exposure_auto_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-field'>v4l2_field</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-frmivaltypes'>v4l2_frmivaltypes</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-frmsizetypes'>v4l2_frmsizetypes</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-memory'>v4l2_memory</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-emphasis'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l1-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l2-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-l3-bitrate'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode-extension'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-audio-sampling-freq'>v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='chroma-spatial-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='luma-spatial-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-median-filter-type'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-spatial-filter-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-temporal-filter-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-stream-type'>v4l2_mpeg_stream_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt'>v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-aspect'>v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-bitrate-mode'>v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding'>v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-power-line-frequency'>v4l2_power_line_frequency</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-priority'>v4l2_priority</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-tuner-type'>v4l2_tuner_type</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>enum <link linkend='v4l2-preemphasis'>v4l2_preemphasis</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audio'>v4l2_audio</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-audioout'>v4l2_audioout</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-bt-timings'>v4l2_bt_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-buffer'>v4l2_buffer</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-capability'>v4l2_capability</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-captureparm'>v4l2_captureparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-clip'>v4l2_clip</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-control'>v4l2_control</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-crop'>v4l2_crop</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-cropcap'>v4l2_cropcap</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-chip-ident'>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-match'>v4l2_dbg_match</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dbg-register'>v4l2_dbg_register</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-enum-preset'>v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-preset'>v4l2_dv_preset</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-dv-timings'>v4l2_dv_timings</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx'>v4l2_enc_idx</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-enc-idx-entry'>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-encoder-cmd'>v4l2_encoder_cmd</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-ext-control'>v4l2_ext_control</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-ext-controls'>v4l2_ext_controls</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-fmtdesc'>v4l2_fmtdesc</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-format'>v4l2_format</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-fract'>v4l2_fract</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-framebuffer'>v4l2_framebuffer</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frequency'>v4l2_frequency</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmival-stepwise'>v4l2_frmival_stepwise</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmivalenum'>v4l2_frmivalenum</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsize-discrete'>v4l2_frmsize_discrete</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsize-stepwise'>v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-frmsizeenum'>v4l2_frmsizeenum</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-hw-freq-seek'>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-input'>v4l2_input</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-jpegcompression'>v4l2_jpegcompression</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-modulator'>v4l2_modulator</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv'>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-output'>v4l2_output</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-outputparm'>v4l2_outputparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-pix-format'>v4l2_pix_format</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-queryctrl'>v4l2_queryctrl</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-querymenu'>v4l2_querymenu</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-rect'>v4l2_rect</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-requestbuffers'>v4l2_requestbuffers</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-data'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-sliced-vbi-format'>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-standard'>v4l2_standard</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-streamparm'>v4l2_streamparm</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-timecode'>v4l2_timecode</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-tuner'>v4l2_tuner</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-vbi-format'>v4l2_vbi_format</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+<indexentry><primaryie>struct <link linkend='v4l2-window'>v4l2_window</link></primaryie></indexentry>
+</index>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a99088a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+<!ENTITY % media-entities SYSTEM "./media-entities.tmpl"> %media-entities;
+<!ENTITY media-indices SYSTEM "./media-indices.tmpl">
+
+<!ENTITY eg "e. g.">
+<!ENTITY ie "i. e.">
+<!ENTITY fd "File descriptor returned by <link linkend='func-open'><function>open()</function></link>.">
+<!ENTITY i2c "I<superscript>2</superscript>C">
+<!ENTITY return-value "<title>Return Value</title><para>On success <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> is returned, on error <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately:</para>">
+<!ENTITY manvol "<manvolnum>2</manvolnum>">
+
+<!-- Table templates: structs, structs w/union, defines. -->
+<!ENTITY cs-str "<colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c3' colwidth='2*' /><spanspec spanname='hspan' namest='c1' nameend='c3' />">
+<!ENTITY cs-ustr "<colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c3' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c4' colwidth='2*' /><spanspec spanname='hspan' namest='c1' nameend='c4' />">
+<!ENTITY cs-def "<colspec colname='c1' colwidth='3*' /><colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1*' /><colspec colname='c3' colwidth='4*' /><spanspec spanname='hspan' namest='c1' nameend='c3' />">
+
+<!-- Video for Linux mailing list address. -->
+<!ENTITY v4l-ml "<ulink url='http://www.linuxtv.org/lists.php'>http://www.linuxtv.org/lists.php</ulink>">
+
+<!-- LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository. -->
+<!ENTITY v4l-dvb "<ulink url='http://linuxtv.org/repo/'>http://linuxtv.org/repo/</ulink>">
+]>
+
+<book id="media_api">
+<bookinfo>
+<title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
+
+<copyright>
+ <year>2009-2011</year>
+ <holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<legalnotice>
+
+<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
+this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. A copy of the license is included in the chapter entitled
+"GNU Free Documentation License"</para>
+</legalnotice>
+
+</bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc> <!-- autogenerated -->
+
+<preface>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>This document covers the Linux Kernel to Userspace API's used by
+ video and radio straming devices, including video cameras,
+ analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards,
+ streaming capture devices.</para>
+ <para>It is divided into three parts.</para>
+ <para>The first part covers radio, capture,
+ cameras and analog TV devices.</para>
+ <para>The second part covers the
+ API used for digital TV and Internet reception via one of the
+ several digital tv standards. While it is called as DVB API,
+ in fact it covers several different video standards including
+ DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
+ to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
+ <para>The third part covers Remote Controller API</para>
+ <para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
+ see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
+
+</preface>
+
+<part id="v4l2spec">
+&sub-v4l2;
+</part>
+<part id="dvbapi">
+&sub-dvbapi;
+</part>
+<part id="v4ldvb_common">
+<partinfo>
+<authorgroup>
+<author>
+<firstname>Mauro</firstname>
+<surname>Chehab</surname>
+<othername role="mi">Carvalho</othername>
+<affiliation><address><email>mchehab@redhat.com</email></address></affiliation>
+<contrib>Initial version.</contrib>
+</author>
+</authorgroup>
+<copyright>
+ <year>2009-2011</year>
+ <holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<revhistory>
+<!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
+<revision>
+<revnumber>1.0.0</revnumber>
+<date>2009-09-06</date>
+<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+<revremark>Initial revision</revremark>
+</revision>
+</revhistory>
+</partinfo>
+
+<title>Remote Controller API</title>
+<chapter id="remote_controllers">
+&sub-remote_controllers;
+</chapter>
+</part>
+
+&sub-fdl-appendix;
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..620eb3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,1318 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="MTD-NAND-Guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>MTD NAND Driver Programming Interface</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
+ <surname>Gleixner</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2004</year>
+ <holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic NAND driver supports almost all NAND and AG-AND based
+ chips and connects them to the Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
+ subsystem of the Linux Kernel.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is provided for developers who want to implement
+ board drivers or filesystem drivers suitable for NAND devices.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+ <para>
+ None.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="dochints">
+ <title>Documentation hints</title>
+ <para>
+ The function and structure docs are autogenerated. Each function and
+ struct member has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier.
+ The following chapters explain the meaning of those identifiers.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Function_identifiers_XXX">
+ <title>Function identifiers [XXX]</title>
+ <para>
+ The functions are marked with [XXX] identifiers in the short
+ comment. The identifiers explain the usage and scope of the
+ functions. Following identifiers are used:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [MTD Interface]</para><para>
+ These functions provide the interface to the MTD kernel API.
+ They are not replacable and provide functionality
+ which is complete hardware independent.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [NAND Interface]</para><para>
+ These functions are exported and provide the interface to the NAND kernel API.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [GENERIC]</para><para>
+ Generic functions are not replacable and provide functionality
+ which is complete hardware independent.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [DEFAULT]</para><para>
+ Default functions provide hardware related functionality which is suitable
+ for most of the implementations. These functions can be replaced by the
+ board driver if neccecary. Those functions are called via pointers in the
+ NAND chip description structure. The board driver can set the functions which
+ should be replaced by board dependent functions before calling nand_scan().
+ If the function pointer is NULL on entry to nand_scan() then the pointer
+ is set to the default function which is suitable for the detected chip type.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Struct_member_identifiers_XXX">
+ <title>Struct member identifiers [XXX]</title>
+ <para>
+ The struct members are marked with [XXX] identifiers in the
+ comment. The identifiers explain the usage and scope of the
+ members. Following identifiers are used:
+ </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [INTERN]</para><para>
+ These members are for NAND driver internal use only and must not be
+ modified. Most of these values are calculated from the chip geometry
+ information which is evaluated during nand_scan().
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [REPLACEABLE]</para><para>
+ Replaceable members hold hardware related functions which can be
+ provided by the board driver. The board driver can set the functions which
+ should be replaced by board dependent functions before calling nand_scan().
+ If the function pointer is NULL on entry to nand_scan() then the pointer
+ is set to the default function which is suitable for the detected chip type.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [BOARDSPECIFIC]</para><para>
+ Board specific members hold hardware related information which must
+ be provided by the board driver. The board driver must set the function
+ pointers and datafields before calling nand_scan().
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ [OPTIONAL]</para><para>
+ Optional members can hold information relevant for the board driver. The
+ generic NAND driver code does not use this information.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="basicboarddriver">
+ <title>Basic board driver</title>
+ <para>
+ For most boards it will be sufficient to provide just the
+ basic functions and fill out some really board dependent
+ members in the nand chip description structure.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Basic_defines">
+ <title>Basic defines</title>
+ <para>
+ At least you have to provide a mtd structure and
+ a storage for the ioremap'ed chip address.
+ You can allocate the mtd structure using kmalloc
+ or you can allocate it statically.
+ In case of static allocation you have to allocate
+ a nand_chip structure too.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Kmalloc based example
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static struct mtd_info *board_mtd;
+static void __iomem *baseaddr;
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ Static example
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static struct mtd_info board_mtd;
+static struct nand_chip board_chip;
+static void __iomem *baseaddr;
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Partition_defines">
+ <title>Partition defines</title>
+ <para>
+ If you want to divide your device into partitions, then
+ enable the configuration switch CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS and define
+ a partitioning scheme suitable to your board.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+#define NUM_PARTITIONS 2
+static struct mtd_partition partition_info[] = {
+ { .name = "Flash partition 1",
+ .offset = 0,
+ .size = 8 * 1024 * 1024 },
+ { .name = "Flash partition 2",
+ .offset = MTDPART_OFS_NEXT,
+ .size = MTDPART_SIZ_FULL },
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Hardware_control_functions">
+ <title>Hardware control function</title>
+ <para>
+ The hardware control function provides access to the
+ control pins of the NAND chip(s).
+ The access can be done by GPIO pins or by address lines.
+ If you use address lines, make sure that the timing
+ requirements are met.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>GPIO based example</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static void board_hwcontrol(struct mtd_info *mtd, int cmd)
+{
+ switch(cmd){
+ case NAND_CTL_SETCLE: /* Set CLE pin high */ break;
+ case NAND_CTL_CLRCLE: /* Set CLE pin low */ break;
+ case NAND_CTL_SETALE: /* Set ALE pin high */ break;
+ case NAND_CTL_CLRALE: /* Set ALE pin low */ break;
+ case NAND_CTL_SETNCE: /* Set nCE pin low */ break;
+ case NAND_CTL_CLRNCE: /* Set nCE pin high */ break;
+ }
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Address lines based example.</emphasis> It's assumed that the
+ nCE pin is driven by a chip select decoder.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static void board_hwcontrol(struct mtd_info *mtd, int cmd)
+{
+ struct nand_chip *this = (struct nand_chip *) mtd->priv;
+ switch(cmd){
+ case NAND_CTL_SETCLE: this->IO_ADDR_W |= CLE_ADRR_BIT; break;
+ case NAND_CTL_CLRCLE: this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~CLE_ADRR_BIT; break;
+ case NAND_CTL_SETALE: this->IO_ADDR_W |= ALE_ADRR_BIT; break;
+ case NAND_CTL_CLRALE: this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~ALE_ADRR_BIT; break;
+ }
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Device_ready_function">
+ <title>Device ready function</title>
+ <para>
+ If the hardware interface has the ready busy pin of the NAND chip connected to a
+ GPIO or other accessible I/O pin, this function is used to read back the state of the
+ pin. The function has no arguments and should return 0, if the device is busy (R/B pin
+ is low) and 1, if the device is ready (R/B pin is high).
+ If the hardware interface does not give access to the ready busy pin, then
+ the function must not be defined and the function pointer this->dev_ready is set to NULL.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Init_function">
+ <title>Init function</title>
+ <para>
+ The init function allocates memory and sets up all the board
+ specific parameters and function pointers. When everything
+ is set up nand_scan() is called. This function tries to
+ detect and identify then chip. If a chip is found all the
+ internal data fields are initialized accordingly.
+ The structure(s) have to be zeroed out first and then filled with the neccecary
+ information about the device.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static int __init board_init (void)
+{
+ struct nand_chip *this;
+ int err = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate memory for MTD device structure and private data */
+ board_mtd = kzalloc(sizeof(struct mtd_info) + sizeof(struct nand_chip), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!board_mtd) {
+ printk ("Unable to allocate NAND MTD device structure.\n");
+ err = -ENOMEM;
+ goto out;
+ }
+
+ /* map physical address */
+ baseaddr = ioremap(CHIP_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS, 1024);
+ if (!baseaddr) {
+ printk("Ioremap to access NAND chip failed\n");
+ err = -EIO;
+ goto out_mtd;
+ }
+
+ /* Get pointer to private data */
+ this = (struct nand_chip *) ();
+ /* Link the private data with the MTD structure */
+ board_mtd->priv = this;
+
+ /* Set address of NAND IO lines */
+ this->IO_ADDR_R = baseaddr;
+ this->IO_ADDR_W = baseaddr;
+ /* Reference hardware control function */
+ this->hwcontrol = board_hwcontrol;
+ /* Set command delay time, see datasheet for correct value */
+ this->chip_delay = CHIP_DEPENDEND_COMMAND_DELAY;
+ /* Assign the device ready function, if available */
+ this->dev_ready = board_dev_ready;
+ this->eccmode = NAND_ECC_SOFT;
+
+ /* Scan to find existence of the device */
+ if (nand_scan (board_mtd, 1)) {
+ err = -ENXIO;
+ goto out_ior;
+ }
+
+ add_mtd_partitions(board_mtd, partition_info, NUM_PARTITIONS);
+ goto out;
+
+out_ior:
+ iounmap(baseaddr);
+out_mtd:
+ kfree (board_mtd);
+out:
+ return err;
+}
+module_init(board_init);
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Exit_function">
+ <title>Exit function</title>
+ <para>
+ The exit function is only neccecary if the driver is
+ compiled as a module. It releases all resources which
+ are held by the chip driver and unregisters the partitions
+ in the MTD layer.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+#ifdef MODULE
+static void __exit board_cleanup (void)
+{
+ /* Release resources, unregister device */
+ nand_release (board_mtd);
+
+ /* unmap physical address */
+ iounmap(baseaddr);
+
+ /* Free the MTD device structure */
+ kfree (board_mtd);
+}
+module_exit(board_cleanup);
+#endif
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="boarddriversadvanced">
+ <title>Advanced board driver functions</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter describes the advanced functionality of the NAND
+ driver. For a list of functions which can be overridden by the board
+ driver see the documentation of the nand_chip structure.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Multiple_chip_control">
+ <title>Multiple chip control</title>
+ <para>
+ The nand driver can control chip arrays. Therefore the
+ board driver must provide an own select_chip function. This
+ function must (de)select the requested chip.
+ The function pointer in the nand_chip structure must
+ be set before calling nand_scan(). The maxchip parameter
+ of nand_scan() defines the maximum number of chips to
+ scan for. Make sure that the select_chip function can
+ handle the requested number of chips.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The nand driver concatenates the chips to one virtual
+ chip and provides this virtual chip to the MTD layer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Note: The driver can only handle linear chip arrays
+ of equally sized chips. There is no support for
+ parallel arrays which extend the buswidth.</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>GPIO based example</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
+{
+ /* Deselect all chips, set all nCE pins high */
+ GPIO(BOARD_NAND_NCE) |= 0xff;
+ if (chip >= 0)
+ GPIO(BOARD_NAND_NCE) &= ~ (1 << chip);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Address lines based example.</emphasis>
+ Its assumed that the nCE pins are connected to an
+ address decoder.
+ </para>
+ <programlisting>
+static void board_select_chip (struct mtd_info *mtd, int chip)
+{
+ struct nand_chip *this = (struct nand_chip *) mtd->priv;
+
+ /* Deselect all chips */
+ this->IO_ADDR_R &= ~BOARD_NAND_ADDR_MASK;
+ this->IO_ADDR_W &= ~BOARD_NAND_ADDR_MASK;
+ switch (chip) {
+ case 0:
+ this->IO_ADDR_R |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIP0;
+ this->IO_ADDR_W |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIP0;
+ break;
+ ....
+ case n:
+ this->IO_ADDR_R |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIPn;
+ this->IO_ADDR_W |= BOARD_NAND_ADDR_CHIPn;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Hardware_ECC_support">
+ <title>Hardware ECC support</title>
+ <sect2 id="Functions_and_constants">
+ <title>Functions and constants</title>
+ <para>
+ The nand driver supports three different types of
+ hardware ECC.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>NAND_ECC_HW3_256</para><para>
+ Hardware ECC generator providing 3 bytes ECC per
+ 256 byte.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>NAND_ECC_HW3_512</para><para>
+ Hardware ECC generator providing 3 bytes ECC per
+ 512 byte.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>NAND_ECC_HW6_512</para><para>
+ Hardware ECC generator providing 6 bytes ECC per
+ 512 byte.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>NAND_ECC_HW8_512</para><para>
+ Hardware ECC generator providing 6 bytes ECC per
+ 512 byte.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ If your hardware generator has a different functionality
+ add it at the appropriate place in nand_base.c
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The board driver must provide following functions:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>enable_hwecc</para><para>
+ This function is called before reading / writing to
+ the chip. Reset or initialize the hardware generator
+ in this function. The function is called with an
+ argument which let you distinguish between read
+ and write operations.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>calculate_ecc</para><para>
+ This function is called after read / write from / to
+ the chip. Transfer the ECC from the hardware to
+ the buffer. If the option NAND_HWECC_SYNDROME is set
+ then the function is only called on write. See below.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>correct_data</para><para>
+ In case of an ECC error this function is called for
+ error detection and correction. Return 1 respectively 2
+ in case the error can be corrected. If the error is
+ not correctable return -1. If your hardware generator
+ matches the default algorithm of the nand_ecc software
+ generator then use the correction function provided
+ by nand_ecc instead of implementing duplicated code.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Hardware_ECC_with_syndrome_calculation">
+ <title>Hardware ECC with syndrome calculation</title>
+ <para>
+ Many hardware ECC implementations provide Reed-Solomon
+ codes and calculate an error syndrome on read. The syndrome
+ must be converted to a standard Reed-Solomon syndrome
+ before calling the error correction code in the generic
+ Reed-Solomon library.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The ECC bytes must be placed immidiately after the data
+ bytes in order to make the syndrome generator work. This
+ is contrary to the usual layout used by software ECC. The
+ separation of data and out of band area is not longer
+ possible. The nand driver code handles this layout and
+ the remaining free bytes in the oob area are managed by
+ the autoplacement code. Provide a matching oob-layout
+ in this case. See rts_from4.c and diskonchip.c for
+ implementation reference. In those cases we must also
+ use bad block tables on FLASH, because the ECC layout is
+ interferring with the bad block marker positions.
+ See bad block table support for details.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Bad_Block_table_support">
+ <title>Bad block table support</title>
+ <para>
+ Most NAND chips mark the bad blocks at a defined
+ position in the spare area. Those blocks must
+ not be erased under any circumstances as the bad
+ block information would be lost.
+ It is possible to check the bad block mark each
+ time when the blocks are accessed by reading the
+ spare area of the first page in the block. This
+ is time consuming so a bad block table is used.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The nand driver supports various types of bad block
+ tables.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Per device</para><para>
+ The bad block table contains all bad block information
+ of the device which can consist of multiple chips.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Per chip</para><para>
+ A bad block table is used per chip and contains the
+ bad block information for this particular chip.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Fixed offset</para><para>
+ The bad block table is located at a fixed offset
+ in the chip (device). This applies to various
+ DiskOnChip devices.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Automatic placed</para><para>
+ The bad block table is automatically placed and
+ detected either at the end or at the beginning
+ of a chip (device)
+ </para> </listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mirrored tables</para><para>
+ The bad block table is mirrored on the chip (device) to
+ allow updates of the bad block table without data loss.
+ </para> </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ nand_scan() calls the function nand_default_bbt().
+ nand_default_bbt() selects appropriate default
+ bad block table desriptors depending on the chip information
+ which was retrieved by nand_scan().
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The standard policy is scanning the device for bad
+ blocks and build a ram based bad block table which
+ allows faster access than always checking the
+ bad block information on the flash chip itself.
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="Flash_based_tables">
+ <title>Flash based tables</title>
+ <para>
+ It may be desired or neccecary to keep a bad block table in FLASH.
+ For AG-AND chips this is mandatory, as they have no factory marked
+ bad blocks. They have factory marked good blocks. The marker pattern
+ is erased when the block is erased to be reused. So in case of
+ powerloss before writing the pattern back to the chip this block
+ would be lost and added to the bad blocks. Therefore we scan the
+ chip(s) when we detect them the first time for good blocks and
+ store this information in a bad block table before erasing any
+ of the blocks.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The blocks in which the tables are stored are procteted against
+ accidental access by marking them bad in the memory bad block
+ table. The bad block table management functions are allowed
+ to circumvernt this protection.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The simplest way to activate the FLASH based bad block table support
+ is to set the option NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT in the option field of
+ the nand chip structure before calling nand_scan(). For AG-AND
+ chips is this done by default.
+ This activates the default FLASH based bad block table functionality
+ of the NAND driver. The default bad block table options are
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Store bad block table per chip</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Use 2 bits per block</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Automatic placement at the end of the chip</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Use mirrored tables with version numbers</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Reserve 4 blocks at the end of the chip</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="User_defined_tables">
+ <title>User defined tables</title>
+ <para>
+ User defined tables are created by filling out a
+ nand_bbt_descr structure and storing the pointer in the
+ nand_chip structure member bbt_td before calling nand_scan().
+ If a mirror table is neccecary a second structure must be
+ created and a pointer to this structure must be stored
+ in bbt_md inside the nand_chip structure. If the bbt_md
+ member is set to NULL then only the main table is used
+ and no scan for the mirrored table is performed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The most important field in the nand_bbt_descr structure
+ is the options field. The options define most of the
+ table properties. Use the predefined constants from
+ nand.h to define the options.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Number of bits per block</para>
+ <para>The supported number of bits is 1, 2, 4, 8.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table per chip</para>
+ <para>Setting the constant NAND_BBT_PERCHIP selects that
+ a bad block table is managed for each chip in a chip array.
+ If this option is not set then a per device bad block table
+ is used.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table location is absolute</para>
+ <para>Use the option constant NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE and
+ define the absolute page number where the bad block
+ table starts in the field pages. If you have selected bad block
+ tables per chip and you have a multi chip array then the start page
+ must be given for each chip in the chip array. Note: there is no scan
+ for a table ident pattern performed, so the fields
+ pattern, veroffs, offs, len can be left uninitialized</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table location is automatically detected</para>
+ <para>The table can either be located in the first or the last good
+ blocks of the chip (device). Set NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK to place
+ the bad block table at the end of the chip (device). The
+ bad block tables are marked and identified by a pattern which
+ is stored in the spare area of the first page in the block which
+ holds the bad block table. Store a pointer to the pattern
+ in the pattern field. Further the length of the pattern has to be
+ stored in len and the offset in the spare area must be given
+ in the offs member of the nand_bbt_descr stucture. For mirrored
+ bad block tables different patterns are mandatory.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table creation</para>
+ <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_CREATE to enable the table creation
+ if no table can be found during the scan. Usually this is done only
+ once if a new chip is found. </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table write support</para>
+ <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_WRITE to enable the table write support.
+ This allows the update of the bad block table(s) in case a block has
+ to be marked bad due to wear. The MTD interface function block_markbad
+ is calling the update function of the bad block table. If the write
+ support is enabled then the table is updated on FLASH.</para>
+ <para>
+ Note: Write support should only be enabled for mirrored tables with
+ version control.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Table version control</para>
+ <para>Set the option NAND_BBT_VERSION to enable the table version control.
+ It's highly recommended to enable this for mirrored tables with write
+ support. It makes sure that the risk of loosing the bad block
+ table information is reduced to the loss of the information about the
+ one worn out block which should be marked bad. The version is stored in
+ 4 consecutive bytes in the spare area of the device. The position of
+ the version number is defined by the member veroffs in the bad block table
+ descriptor.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Save block contents on write</para>
+ <para>
+ In case that the block which holds the bad block table does contain
+ other useful information, set the option NAND_BBT_SAVECONTENT. When
+ the bad block table is written then the whole block is read the bad
+ block table is updated and the block is erased and everything is
+ written back. If this option is not set only the bad block table
+ is written and everything else in the block is ignored and erased.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Number of reserved blocks</para>
+ <para>
+ For automatic placement some blocks must be reserved for
+ bad block table storage. The number of reserved blocks is defined
+ in the maxblocks member of the babd block table description structure.
+ Reserving 4 blocks for mirrored tables should be a reasonable number.
+ This also limits the number of blocks which are scanned for the bad
+ block table ident pattern.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Spare_area_placement">
+ <title>Spare area (auto)placement</title>
+ <para>
+ The nand driver implements different possibilities for
+ placement of filesystem data in the spare area,
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Placement defined by fs driver</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Automatic placement</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ The default placement function is automatic placement. The
+ nand driver has built in default placement schemes for the
+ various chiptypes. If due to hardware ECC functionality the
+ default placement does not fit then the board driver can
+ provide a own placement scheme.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ File system drivers can provide a own placement scheme which
+ is used instead of the default placement scheme.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Placement schemes are defined by a nand_oobinfo structure
+ <programlisting>
+struct nand_oobinfo {
+ int useecc;
+ int eccbytes;
+ int eccpos[24];
+ int oobfree[8][2];
+};
+ </programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>useecc</para><para>
+ The useecc member controls the ecc and placement function. The header
+ file include/mtd/mtd-abi.h contains constants to select ecc and
+ placement. MTD_NANDECC_OFF switches off the ecc complete. This is
+ not recommended and available for testing and diagnosis only.
+ MTD_NANDECC_PLACE selects caller defined placement, MTD_NANDECC_AUTOPLACE
+ selects automatic placement.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>eccbytes</para><para>
+ The eccbytes member defines the number of ecc bytes per page.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>eccpos</para><para>
+ The eccpos array holds the byte offsets in the spare area where
+ the ecc codes are placed.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>oobfree</para><para>
+ The oobfree array defines the areas in the spare area which can be
+ used for automatic placement. The information is given in the format
+ {offset, size}. offset defines the start of the usable area, size the
+ length in bytes. More than one area can be defined. The list is terminated
+ by an {0, 0} entry.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="Placement_defined_by_fs_driver">
+ <title>Placement defined by fs driver</title>
+ <para>
+ The calling function provides a pointer to a nand_oobinfo
+ structure which defines the ecc placement. For writes the
+ caller must provide a spare area buffer along with the
+ data buffer. The spare area buffer size is (number of pages) *
+ (size of spare area). For reads the buffer size is
+ (number of pages) * ((size of spare area) + (number of ecc
+ steps per page) * sizeof (int)). The driver stores the
+ result of the ecc check for each tuple in the spare buffer.
+ The storage sequence is
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <spare data page 0><ecc result 0>...<ecc result n>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ ...
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <spare data page n><ecc result 0>...<ecc result n>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This is a legacy mode used by YAFFS1.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If the spare area buffer is NULL then only the ECC placement is
+ done according to the given scheme in the nand_oobinfo structure.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Automatic_placement">
+ <title>Automatic placement</title>
+ <para>
+ Automatic placement uses the built in defaults to place the
+ ecc bytes in the spare area. If filesystem data have to be stored /
+ read into the spare area then the calling function must provide a
+ buffer. The buffer size per page is determined by the oobfree array in
+ the nand_oobinfo structure.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If the spare area buffer is NULL then only the ECC placement is
+ done according to the default builtin scheme.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="User_space_placement_selection">
+ <title>User space placement selection</title>
+ <para>
+ All non ecc functions like mtd->read and mtd->write use an internal
+ structure, which can be set by an ioctl. This structure is preset
+ to the autoplacement default.
+ <programlisting>
+ ioctl (fd, MEMSETOOBSEL, oobsel);
+ </programlisting>
+ oobsel is a pointer to a user supplied structure of type
+ nand_oobconfig. The contents of this structure must match the
+ criteria of the filesystem, which will be used. See an example in utils/nandwrite.c.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Spare_area_autoplacement_default">
+ <title>Spare area autoplacement default schemes</title>
+ <sect2 id="pagesize_256">
+ <title>256 byte pagesize</title>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Offset</entry>
+<entry>Content</entry>
+<entry>Comment</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x00</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 0</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x01</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 1</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x02</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 2</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x03</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 0</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x04</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 1</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x05</entry>
+<entry>Bad block marker</entry>
+<entry>If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad.
+This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining
+pages this byte is reserved</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x06</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 2</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x07</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 3</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="pagesize_512">
+ <title>512 byte pagesize</title>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Offset</entry>
+<entry>Content</entry>
+<entry>Comment</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x00</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 0</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the lower 256 Byte data in
+this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x01</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 1</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the lower 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x02</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 2</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the lower 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x03</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 3</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the upper 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x04</entry>
+<entry>reserved</entry>
+<entry>reserved</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x05</entry>
+<entry>Bad block marker</entry>
+<entry>If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad.
+This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining
+pages this byte is reserved</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x06</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 4</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the upper 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x07</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 5</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the upper 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x08 - 0x0F</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 0 - 7</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="pagesize_2048">
+ <title>2048 byte pagesize</title>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Offset</entry>
+<entry>Content</entry>
+<entry>Comment</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x00</entry>
+<entry>Bad block marker</entry>
+<entry>If any bit in this byte is zero, then this block is bad.
+This applies only to the first page in a block. In the remaining
+pages this byte is reserved</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x01</entry>
+<entry>Reserved</entry>
+<entry>Reserved</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x02-0x27</entry>
+<entry>Autoplace 0 - 37</entry>
+<entry></entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x28</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 0</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the first 256 Byte data in
+this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x29</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 1</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the first 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2A</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 2</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the first 256 Bytes data in
+this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2B</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 3</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the second 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2C</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 4</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the second 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2D</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 5</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the second 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2E</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 6</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the third 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x2F</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 7</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the third 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x30</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 8</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the third 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x31</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 9</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x32</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 10</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x33</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 11</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the fourth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x34</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 12</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x35</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 13</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x36</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 14</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the fifth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x37</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 15</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x38</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 16</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x39</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 17</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the sixt 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3A</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 18</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the seventh 256 Bytes of
+data in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3B</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 19</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the seventh 256 Bytes of
+data in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3C</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 20</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the seventh 256 Bytes of
+data in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3D</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 21</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 0 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3E</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 22</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 1 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>0x3F</entry>
+<entry>ECC byte 23</entry>
+<entry>Error correction code byte 2 of the eigth 256 Bytes of data
+in this page</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="filesystems">
+ <title>Filesystem support</title>
+ <para>
+ The NAND driver provides all neccecary functions for a
+ filesystem via the MTD interface.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Filesystems must be aware of the NAND pecularities and
+ restrictions. One major restrictions of NAND Flash is, that you cannot
+ write as often as you want to a page. The consecutive writes to a page,
+ before erasing it again, are restricted to 1-3 writes, depending on the
+ manufacturers specifications. This applies similar to the spare area.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Therefore NAND aware filesystems must either write in page size chunks
+ or hold a writebuffer to collect smaller writes until they sum up to
+ pagesize. Available NAND aware filesystems: JFFS2, YAFFS.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The spare area usage to store filesystem data is controlled by
+ the spare area placement functionality which is described in one
+ of the earlier chapters.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="tools">
+ <title>Tools</title>
+ <para>
+ The MTD project provides a couple of helpful tools to handle NAND Flash.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>flasherase, flasheraseall: Erase and format FLASH partitions</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>nandwrite: write filesystem images to NAND FLASH</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>nanddump: dump the contents of a NAND FLASH partitions</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ These tools are aware of the NAND restrictions. Please use those tools
+ instead of complaining about errors which are caused by non NAND aware
+ access methods.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="defines">
+ <title>Constants</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter describes the constants which might be relevant for a driver developer.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Chip_option_constants">
+ <title>Chip option constants</title>
+ <sect2 id="Constants_for_chip_id_table">
+ <title>Constants for chip id table</title>
+ <para>
+ These constants are defined in nand.h. They are ored together to describe
+ the chip functionality.
+ <programlisting>
+/* Chip can not auto increment pages */
+#define NAND_NO_AUTOINCR 0x00000001
+/* Buswitdh is 16 bit */
+#define NAND_BUSWIDTH_16 0x00000002
+/* Device supports partial programming without padding */
+#define NAND_NO_PADDING 0x00000004
+/* Chip has cache program function */
+#define NAND_CACHEPRG 0x00000008
+/* Chip has copy back function */
+#define NAND_COPYBACK 0x00000010
+/* AND Chip which has 4 banks and a confusing page / block
+ * assignment. See Renesas datasheet for further information */
+#define NAND_IS_AND 0x00000020
+/* Chip has a array of 4 pages which can be read without
+ * additional ready /busy waits */
+#define NAND_4PAGE_ARRAY 0x00000040
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="Constants_for_runtime_options">
+ <title>Constants for runtime options</title>
+ <para>
+ These constants are defined in nand.h. They are ored together to describe
+ the functionality.
+ <programlisting>
+/* Use a flash based bad block table. This option is parsed by the
+ * default bad block table function (nand_default_bbt). */
+#define NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT 0x00010000
+/* The hw ecc generator provides a syndrome instead a ecc value on read
+ * This can only work if we have the ecc bytes directly behind the
+ * data bytes. Applies for DOC and AG-AND Renesas HW Reed Solomon generators */
+#define NAND_HWECC_SYNDROME 0x00020000
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="EEC_selection_constants">
+ <title>ECC selection constants</title>
+ <para>
+ Use these constants to select the ECC algorithm.
+ <programlisting>
+/* No ECC. Usage is not recommended ! */
+#define NAND_ECC_NONE 0
+/* Software ECC 3 byte ECC per 256 Byte data */
+#define NAND_ECC_SOFT 1
+/* Hardware ECC 3 byte ECC per 256 Byte data */
+#define NAND_ECC_HW3_256 2
+/* Hardware ECC 3 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */
+#define NAND_ECC_HW3_512 3
+/* Hardware ECC 6 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */
+#define NAND_ECC_HW6_512 4
+/* Hardware ECC 6 byte ECC per 512 Byte data */
+#define NAND_ECC_HW8_512 6
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="Hardware_control_related_constants">
+ <title>Hardware control related constants</title>
+ <para>
+ These constants describe the requested hardware access function when
+ the boardspecific hardware control function is called
+ <programlisting>
+/* Select the chip by setting nCE to low */
+#define NAND_CTL_SETNCE 1
+/* Deselect the chip by setting nCE to high */
+#define NAND_CTL_CLRNCE 2
+/* Select the command latch by setting CLE to high */
+#define NAND_CTL_SETCLE 3
+/* Deselect the command latch by setting CLE to low */
+#define NAND_CTL_CLRCLE 4
+/* Select the address latch by setting ALE to high */
+#define NAND_CTL_SETALE 5
+/* Deselect the address latch by setting ALE to low */
+#define NAND_CTL_CLRALE 6
+/* Set write protection by setting WP to high. Not used! */
+#define NAND_CTL_SETWP 7
+/* Clear write protection by setting WP to low. Not used! */
+#define NAND_CTL_CLRWP 8
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="Bad_block_table_constants">
+ <title>Bad block table related constants</title>
+ <para>
+ These constants describe the options used for bad block
+ table descriptors.
+ <programlisting>
+/* Options for the bad block table descriptors */
+
+/* The number of bits used per block in the bbt on the device */
+#define NAND_BBT_NRBITS_MSK 0x0000000F
+#define NAND_BBT_1BIT 0x00000001
+#define NAND_BBT_2BIT 0x00000002
+#define NAND_BBT_4BIT 0x00000004
+#define NAND_BBT_8BIT 0x00000008
+/* The bad block table is in the last good block of the device */
+#define NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK 0x00000010
+/* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
+#define NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE 0x00000020
+/* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
+#define NAND_BBT_SEARCH 0x00000040
+/* bbt is stored per chip on multichip devices */
+#define NAND_BBT_PERCHIP 0x00000080
+/* bbt has a version counter at offset veroffs */
+#define NAND_BBT_VERSION 0x00000100
+/* Create a bbt if none axists */
+#define NAND_BBT_CREATE 0x00000200
+/* Search good / bad pattern through all pages of a block */
+#define NAND_BBT_SCANALLPAGES 0x00000400
+/* Scan block empty during good / bad block scan */
+#define NAND_BBT_SCANEMPTY 0x00000800
+/* Write bbt if neccecary */
+#define NAND_BBT_WRITE 0x00001000
+/* Read and write back block contents when writing bbt */
+#define NAND_BBT_SAVECONTENT 0x00002000
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="structs">
+ <title>Structures</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are
+ used in the NAND driver and might be relevant for a driver developer. Each
+ struct member has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier.
+ See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/mtd/nand.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+ <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the NAND kernel API functions
+ which are exported. Each function has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier.
+ See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c
+!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_bbt.c
+!Edrivers/mtd/nand/nand_ecc.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="intfunctions">
+ <title>Internal Functions Provided</title>
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the NAND driver internal functions.
+ Each function has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier.
+ See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation.
+ The functions marked with [DEFAULT] might be relevant for a board driver developer.
+ </para>
+!Idrivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c
+!Idrivers/mtd/nand/nand_bbt.c
+<!-- No internal functions for kernel-doc:
+X!Idrivers/mtd/nand/nand_ecc.c
+-->
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to the NAND driver:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Steven J. Hill<email>sjhill@realitydiluted.com</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>David Woodhouse<email>dwmw2@infradead.org</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Thomas Gleixner<email>tglx@linutronix.de</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ A lot of users have provided bugfixes, improvements and helping hands for testing.
+ Thanks a lot.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to this document:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Thomas Gleixner<email>tglx@linutronix.de</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59ad69a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="LinuxNetworking">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Linux Networking and Network Devices APIs</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="netcore">
+ <title>Linux Networking</title>
+ <sect1><title>Networking Base Types</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/net.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Socket Buffer Functions</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/skbuff.h
+!Iinclude/net/sock.h
+!Enet/socket.c
+!Enet/core/skbuff.c
+!Enet/core/sock.c
+!Enet/core/datagram.c
+!Enet/core/stream.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Socket Filter</title>
+!Enet/core/filter.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>Generic Network Statistics</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/gen_stats.h
+!Enet/core/gen_stats.c
+!Enet/core/gen_estimator.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>SUN RPC subsystem</title>
+<!-- The !D functionality is not perfect, garbage has to be protected by comments
+!Dnet/sunrpc/sunrpc_syms.c
+-->
+!Enet/sunrpc/xdr.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/svc_xprt.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/xprt.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/sched.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/socklib.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/stats.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/rpcb_clnt.c
+!Enet/sunrpc/clnt.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>WiMAX</title>
+!Enet/wimax/op-msg.c
+!Enet/wimax/op-reset.c
+!Enet/wimax/op-rfkill.c
+!Enet/wimax/stack.c
+!Iinclude/net/wimax.h
+!Iinclude/linux/wimax.h
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="netdev">
+ <title>Network device support</title>
+ <sect1><title>Driver Support</title>
+!Enet/core/dev.c
+!Enet/ethernet/eth.c
+!Enet/sched/sch_generic.c
+!Iinclude/linux/etherdevice.h
+!Iinclude/linux/netdevice.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1><title>PHY Support</title>
+!Edrivers/net/phy/phy.c
+!Idrivers/net/phy/phy.c
+!Edrivers/net/phy/phy_device.c
+!Idrivers/net/phy/phy_device.c
+!Edrivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c
+!Idrivers/net/phy/mdio_bus.c
+ </sect1>
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+ <sect1><title>Wireless</title>
+X!Enet/core/wireless.c
+ </sect1>
+-->
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54eb26b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY rapidio SYSTEM "rapidio.xml">
+ ]>
+
+<book id="RapidIO-Guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>RapidIO Subsystem Guide</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Matt</firstname>
+ <surname>Porter</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email>
+ <email>mporter@mvista.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2005</year>
+ <holder>MontaVista Software, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ RapidIO is a high speed switched fabric interconnect with
+ features aimed at the embedded market. RapidIO provides
+ support for memory-mapped I/O as well as message-based
+ transactions over the switched fabric network. RapidIO has
+ a standardized discovery mechanism not unlike the PCI bus
+ standard that allows simple detection of devices in a
+ network.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is provided for developers intending
+ to support RapidIO on new architectures, write new drivers,
+ or to understand the subsystem internals.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="known_bugs">
+ <title>Bugs</title>
+ <para>None. ;)</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Limitations">
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Access/management of RapidIO memory regions is not supported</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Multiple host enumeration is not supported</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="drivers">
+ <title>RapidIO driver interface</title>
+ <para>
+ Drivers are provided a set of calls in order
+ to interface with the subsystem to gather info
+ on devices, request/map memory region resources,
+ and manage mailboxes/doorbells.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="Functions">
+ <title>Functions</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/rio_drv.h
+!Edrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c
+!Edrivers/rapidio/rio.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="internals">
+ <title>Internals</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the RapidIO
+ subsystem.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="Structures"><title>Structures</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/rio.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Enumeration_and_Discovery"><title>Enumeration and Discovery</title>
+!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-scan.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Driver_functionality"><title>Driver functionality</title>
+!Idrivers/rapidio/rio.c
+!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-access.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Device_model_support"><title>Device model support</title>
+!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="Sysfs_support"><title>Sysfs support</title>
+!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-sysfs.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="PPC32_support"><title>PPC32 support</title>
+!Earch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c
+!Iarch/powerpc/sysdev/fsl_rio.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="credits">
+ <title>Credits</title>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to the RapidIO
+ subsystem directly or indirectly:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Matt Porter<email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Randy Vinson<email>rvinson@mvista.com</email></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Dan Malek<email>dan@embeddedalley.com</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following people have contributed to this document:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Matt Porter<email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email></para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53f4f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/regulator.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="regulator-api">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Voltage and current regulator API</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Liam</firstname>
+ <surname>Girdwood</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>lrg@slimlogic.co.uk</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mark</firstname>
+ <surname>Brown</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>Wolfson Microelectronics</orgname>
+ <address>
+ <email>broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007-2008</year>
+ <holder>Wolfson Microelectronics</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>Liam Girdwood</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ This framework is designed to provide a standard kernel
+ interface to control voltage and current regulators.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The intention is to allow systems to dynamically control
+ regulator power output in order to save power and prolong
+ battery life. This applies to both voltage regulators (where
+ voltage output is controllable) and current sinks (where current
+ limit is controllable).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that additional (and currently more complete) documentation
+ is available in the Linux kernel source under
+ <filename>Documentation/power/regulator</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="glossary">
+ <title>Glossary</title>
+ <para>
+ The regulator API uses a number of terms which may not be
+ familiar:
+ </para>
+ <glossary>
+
+ <glossentry>
+ <glossterm>Regulator</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Electronic device that supplies power to other devices. Most
+ regulators can enable and disable their output and some can also
+ control their output voltage or current.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry>
+ <glossterm>Consumer</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ Electronic device which consumes power provided by a regulator.
+ These may either be static, requiring only a fixed supply, or
+ dynamic, requiring active management of the regulator at
+ runtime.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry>
+ <glossterm>Power Domain</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ The electronic circuit supplied by a given regulator, including
+ the regulator and all consumer devices. The configuration of
+ the regulator is shared between all the components in the
+ circuit.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry>
+ <glossterm>Power Management Integrated Circuit</glossterm>
+ <acronym>PMIC</acronym>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>
+ An IC which contains numerous regulators and often also other
+ subsystems. In an embedded system the primary PMIC is often
+ equivalent to a combination of the PSU and southbridge in a
+ desktop system.
+ </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+ </glossary>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="consumer">
+ <title>Consumer driver interface</title>
+ <para>
+ This offers a similar API to the kernel clock framework.
+ Consumer drivers use <link
+ linkend='API-regulator-get'>get</link> and <link
+ linkend='API-regulator-put'>put</link> operations to acquire and
+ release regulators. Functions are
+ provided to <link linkend='API-regulator-enable'>enable</link>
+ and <link linkend='API-regulator-disable'>disable</link> the
+ reguator and to get and set the runtime parameters of the
+ regulator.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ When requesting regulators consumers use symbolic names for their
+ supplies, such as "Vcc", which are mapped into actual regulator
+ devices by the machine interface.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ A stub version of this API is provided when the regulator
+ framework is not in use in order to minimise the need to use
+ ifdefs.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="consumer-enable">
+ <title>Enabling and disabling</title>
+ <para>
+ The regulator API provides reference counted enabling and
+ disabling of regulators. Consumer devices use the <function><link
+ linkend='API-regulator-enable'>regulator_enable</link></function>
+ and <function><link
+ linkend='API-regulator-disable'>regulator_disable</link>
+ </function> functions to enable and disable regulators. Calls
+ to the two functions must be balanced.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that since multiple consumers may be using a regulator and
+ machine constraints may not allow the regulator to be disabled
+ there is no guarantee that calling
+ <function>regulator_disable</function> will actually cause the
+ supply provided by the regulator to be disabled. Consumer
+ drivers should assume that the regulator may be enabled at all
+ times.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="consumer-config">
+ <title>Configuration</title>
+ <para>
+ Some consumer devices may need to be able to dynamically
+ configure their supplies. For example, MMC drivers may need to
+ select the correct operating voltage for their cards. This may
+ be done while the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The <function><link
+ linkend='API-regulator-set-voltage'>regulator_set_voltage</link>
+ </function> and <function><link
+ linkend='API-regulator-set-current-limit'
+ >regulator_set_current_limit</link>
+ </function> functions provide the primary interface for this.
+ Both take ranges of voltages and currents, supporting drivers
+ that do not require a specific value (eg, CPU frequency scaling
+ normally permits the CPU to use a wider range of supply
+ voltages at lower frequencies but does not require that the
+ supply voltage be lowered). Where an exact value is required
+ both minimum and maximum values should be identical.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="consumer-callback">
+ <title>Callbacks</title>
+ <para>
+ Callbacks may also be <link
+ linkend='API-regulator-register-notifier'>registered</link>
+ for events such as regulation failures.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="driver">
+ <title>Regulator driver interface</title>
+ <para>
+ Drivers for regulator chips <link
+ linkend='API-regulator-register'>register</link> the regulators
+ with the regulator core, providing operations structures to the
+ core. A <link
+ linkend='API-regulator-notifier-call-chain'>notifier</link> interface
+ allows error conditions to be reported to the core.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Registration should be triggered by explicit setup done by the
+ platform, supplying a <link
+ linkend='API-struct-regulator-init-data'>struct
+ regulator_init_data</link> for the regulator containing
+ <link linkend='machine-constraint'>constraint</link> and
+ <link linkend='machine-supply'>supply</link> information.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="machine">
+ <title>Machine interface</title>
+ <para>
+ This interface provides a way to define how regulators are
+ connected to consumers on a given system and what the valid
+ operating parameters are for the system.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="machine-supply">
+ <title>Supplies</title>
+ <para>
+ Regulator supplies are specified using <link
+ linkend='API-struct-regulator-consumer-supply'>struct
+ regulator_consumer_supply</link>. This is done at
+ <link linkend='driver'>driver registration
+ time</link> as part of the machine constraints.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="machine-constraint">
+ <title>Constraints</title>
+ <para>
+ As well as definining the connections the machine interface
+ also provides constraints definining the operations that
+ clients are allowed to perform and the parameters that may be
+ set. This is required since generally regulator devices will
+ offer more flexibility than it is safe to use on a given
+ system, for example supporting higher supply voltages than the
+ consumers are rated for.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ This is done at <link linkend='driver'>driver
+ registration time</link> by providing a <link
+ linkend='API-struct-regulation-constraints'>struct
+ regulation_constraints</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The constraints may also specify an initial configuration for the
+ regulator in the constraints, which is particularly useful for
+ use with static consumers.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="api">
+ <title>API reference</title>
+ <para>
+ Due to limitations of the kernel documentation framework and the
+ existing layout of the source code the entire regulator API is
+ documented here.
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+!Iinclude/linux/regulator/machine.h
+!Iinclude/linux/regulator/driver.h
+!Edrivers/regulator/core.c
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95bfc12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/s390-drivers.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="s390drivers">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Writing s390 channel device drivers</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Cornelia</firstname>
+ <surname>Huck</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <holder>IBM Corp.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ This document describes the interfaces available for device drivers that
+ drive s390 based channel attached I/O devices. This includes interfaces for
+ interaction with the hardware and interfaces for interacting with the
+ common driver core. Those interfaces are provided by the s390 common I/O
+ layer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The document assumes a familarity with the technical terms associated
+ with the s390 channel I/O architecture. For a description of this
+ architecture, please refer to the "z/Architecture: Principles of
+ Operation", IBM publication no. SA22-7832.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ While most I/O devices on a s390 system are typically driven through the
+ channel I/O mechanism described here, there are various other methods
+ (like the diag interface). These are out of the scope of this document.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Some additional information can also be found in the kernel source
+ under Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="ccw">
+ <title>The ccw bus</title>
+ <para>
+ The ccw bus typically contains the majority of devices available to
+ a s390 system. Named after the channel command word (ccw), the basic
+ command structure used to address its devices, the ccw bus contains
+ so-called channel attached devices. They are addressed via I/O
+ subchannels, visible on the css bus. A device driver for
+ channel-attached devices, however, will never interact with the
+ subchannel directly, but only via the I/O device on the ccw bus,
+ the ccw device.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="channelIO">
+ <title>I/O functions for channel-attached devices</title>
+ <para>
+ Some hardware structures have been translated into C structures for use
+ by the common I/O layer and device drivers. For more information on
+ the hardware structures represented here, please consult the Principles
+ of Operation.
+ </para>
+!Iarch/s390/include/asm/cio.h
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="ccwdev">
+ <title>ccw devices</title>
+ <para>
+ Devices that want to initiate channel I/O need to attach to the ccw bus.
+ Interaction with the driver core is done via the common I/O layer, which
+ provides the abstractions of ccw devices and ccw device drivers.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The functions that initiate or terminate channel I/O all act upon a
+ ccw device structure. Device drivers must not bypass those functions
+ or strange side effects may happen.
+ </para>
+!Iarch/s390/include/asm/ccwdev.h
+!Edrivers/s390/cio/device.c
+!Edrivers/s390/cio/device_ops.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="cmf">
+ <title>The channel-measurement facility</title>
+ <para>
+ The channel-measurement facility provides a means to collect
+ measurement data which is made available by the channel subsystem
+ for each channel attached device.
+ </para>
+!Iarch/s390/include/asm/cmb.h
+!Edrivers/s390/cio/cmf.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="ccwgroup">
+ <title>The ccwgroup bus</title>
+ <para>
+ The ccwgroup bus only contains artificial devices, created by the user.
+ Many networking devices (e.g. qeth) are in fact composed of several
+ ccw devices (like read, write and data channel for qeth). The
+ ccwgroup bus provides a mechanism to create a meta-device which
+ contains those ccw devices as slave devices and can be associated
+ with the netdevice.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="ccwgroupdevices">
+ <title>ccw group devices</title>
+!Iarch/s390/include/asm/ccwgroup.h
+!Edrivers/s390/cio/ccwgroup.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="genericinterfaces">
+ <title>Generic interfaces</title>
+ <para>
+ Some interfaces are available to other drivers that do not necessarily
+ have anything to do with the busses described above, but still are
+ indirectly using basic infrastructure in the common I/O layer.
+ One example is the support for adapter interrupts.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/s390/cio/airq.c
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..324b534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/scsi.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="scsimid">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>SCSI Interfaces Guide</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>James</firstname>
+ <surname>Bottomley</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>James.Bottomley@hansenpartnership.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Rob</firstname>
+ <surname>Landley</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>rob@landley.net</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <holder>Linux Foundation</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <sect1 id="protocol_vs_bus">
+ <title>Protocol vs bus</title>
+ <para>
+ Once upon a time, the Small Computer Systems Interface defined both
+ a parallel I/O bus and a data protocol to connect a wide variety of
+ peripherals (disk drives, tape drives, modems, printers, scanners,
+ optical drives, test equipment, and medical devices) to a host
+ computer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Although the old parallel (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI bus has largely
+ fallen out of use, the SCSI command set is more widely used than ever
+ to communicate with devices over a number of different busses.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The <ulink url='http://www.t10.org/scsi-3.htm'>SCSI protocol</ulink>
+ is a big-endian peer-to-peer packet based protocol. SCSI commands
+ are 6, 10, 12, or 16 bytes long, often followed by an associated data
+ payload.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ SCSI commands can be transported over just about any kind of bus, and
+ are the default protocol for storage devices attached to USB, SATA,
+ SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, and ATAPI devices. SCSI packets are
+ also commonly exchanged over Infiniband,
+ <ulink url='http://i2o.shadowconnect.com/faq.php'>I20</ulink>, TCP/IP
+ (<ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISCSI'>iSCSI</ulink>), even
+ <ulink url='http://cyberelk.net/tim/parport/parscsi.html'>Parallel
+ ports</ulink>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="subsystem_design">
+ <title>Design of the Linux SCSI subsystem</title>
+ <para>
+ The SCSI subsystem uses a three layer design, with upper, mid, and low
+ layers. Every operation involving the SCSI subsystem (such as reading
+ a sector from a disk) uses one driver at each of the 3 levels: one
+ upper layer driver, one lower layer driver, and the SCSI midlayer.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The SCSI upper layer provides the interface between userspace and the
+ kernel, in the form of block and char device nodes for I/O and
+ ioctl(). The SCSI lower layer contains drivers for specific hardware
+ devices.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ In between is the SCSI mid-layer, analogous to a network routing
+ layer such as the IPv4 stack. The SCSI mid-layer routes a packet
+ based data protocol between the upper layer's /dev nodes and the
+ corresponding devices in the lower layer. It manages command queues,
+ provides error handling and power management functions, and responds
+ to ioctl() requests.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="upper_layer">
+ <title>SCSI upper layer</title>
+ <para>
+ The upper layer supports the user-kernel interface by providing
+ device nodes.
+ </para>
+ <sect1 id="sd">
+ <title>sd (SCSI Disk)</title>
+ <para>sd (sd_mod.o)</para>
+<!-- !Idrivers/scsi/sd.c -->
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="sr">
+ <title>sr (SCSI CD-ROM)</title>
+ <para>sr (sr_mod.o)</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="st">
+ <title>st (SCSI Tape)</title>
+ <para>st (st.o)</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="sg">
+ <title>sg (SCSI Generic)</title>
+ <para>sg (sg.o)</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="ch">
+ <title>ch (SCSI Media Changer)</title>
+ <para>ch (ch.c)</para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="mid_layer">
+ <title>SCSI mid layer</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="midlayer_implementation">
+ <title>SCSI midlayer implementation</title>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_device.h">
+ <title>include/scsi/scsi_device.h</title>
+ <para>
+ </para>
+!Iinclude/scsi/scsi_device.h
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="scsi.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi.c</title>
+ <para>Main file for the SCSI midlayer.</para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsicam.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsicam.c</title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url='http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/cam/cam-r12b.pdf'>SCSI
+ Common Access Method</ulink> support functions, for use with
+ HDIO_GETGEO, etc.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsicam.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_error.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c</title>
+ <para>Common SCSI error/timeout handling routines.</para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_error.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_devinfo.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_devinfo.c</title>
+ <para>
+ Manage scsi_dev_info_list, which tracks blacklisted and whitelisted
+ devices.
+ </para>
+!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_devinfo.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_ioctl.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_ioctl.c</title>
+ <para>
+ Handle ioctl() calls for SCSI devices.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_ioctl.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_lib.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c</title>
+ <para>
+ SCSI queuing library.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_lib_dma.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_lib_dma.c</title>
+ <para>
+ SCSI library functions depending on DMA
+ (map and unmap scatter-gather lists).
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_lib_dma.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_module.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c contains legacy support for
+ old-style host templates. It should never be used by any new driver.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_proc.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_proc.c</title>
+ <para>
+ The functions in this file provide an interface between
+ the PROC file system and the SCSI device drivers
+ It is mainly used for debugging, statistics and to pass
+ information directly to the lowlevel driver.
+
+ I.E. plumbing to manage /proc/scsi/*
+ </para>
+!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_proc.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_netlink.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_netlink.c</title>
+ <para>
+ Infrastructure to provide async events from transports to userspace
+ via netlink, using a single NETLINK_SCSITRANSPORT protocol for all
+ transports.
+
+ See <ulink url='http://marc.info/?l=linux-scsi&m=115507374832500&w=2'>the
+ original patch submission</ulink> for more details.
+ </para>
+!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_netlink.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_scan.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c</title>
+ <para>
+ Scan a host to determine which (if any) devices are attached.
+
+ The general scanning/probing algorithm is as follows, exceptions are
+ made to it depending on device specific flags, compilation options,
+ and global variable (boot or module load time) settings.
+
+ A specific LUN is scanned via an INQUIRY command; if the LUN has a
+ device attached, a scsi_device is allocated and setup for it.
+
+ For every id of every channel on the given host, start by scanning
+ LUN 0. Skip hosts that don't respond at all to a scan of LUN 0.
+ Otherwise, if LUN 0 has a device attached, allocate and setup a
+ scsi_device for it. If target is SCSI-3 or up, issue a REPORT LUN,
+ and scan all of the LUNs returned by the REPORT LUN; else,
+ sequentially scan LUNs up until some maximum is reached, or a LUN is
+ seen that cannot have a device attached to it.
+ </para>
+!Idrivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_sysctl.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_sysctl.c</title>
+ <para>
+ Set up the sysctl entry: "/dev/scsi/logging_level"
+ (DEV_SCSI_LOGGING_LEVEL) which sets/returns scsi_logging_level.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_sysfs.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c</title>
+ <para>
+ SCSI sysfs interface routines.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="hosts.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/hosts.c</title>
+ <para>
+ mid to lowlevel SCSI driver interface
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/hosts.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="constants.c">
+ <title>drivers/scsi/constants.c</title>
+ <para>
+ mid to lowlevel SCSI driver interface
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/constants.c
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="Transport_classes">
+ <title>Transport classes</title>
+ <para>
+ Transport classes are service libraries for drivers in the SCSI
+ lower layer, which expose transport attributes in sysfs.
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="Fibre_Channel_transport">
+ <title>Fibre Channel transport</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.c defines transport attributes
+ for Fibre Channel.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="iSCSI_transport">
+ <title>iSCSI transport class</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_iscsi.c defines transport
+ attributes for the iSCSI class, which sends SCSI packets over TCP/IP
+ connections.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_iscsi.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="SAS_transport">
+ <title>Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) transport class</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c defines transport
+ attributes for Serial Attached SCSI, a variant of SATA aimed at
+ large high-end systems.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The SAS transport class contains common code to deal with SAS HBAs,
+ an aproximated representation of SAS topologies in the driver model,
+ and various sysfs attributes to expose these topologies and management
+ interfaces to userspace.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ In addition to the basic SCSI core objects this transport class
+ introduces two additional intermediate objects: The SAS PHY
+ as represented by struct sas_phy defines an "outgoing" PHY on
+ a SAS HBA or Expander, and the SAS remote PHY represented by
+ struct sas_rphy defines an "incoming" PHY on a SAS Expander or
+ end device. Note that this is purely a software concept, the
+ underlying hardware for a PHY and a remote PHY is the exactly
+ the same.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ There is no concept of a SAS port in this code, users can see
+ what PHYs form a wide port based on the port_identifier attribute,
+ which is the same for all PHYs in a port.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="SATA_transport">
+ <title>SATA transport class</title>
+ <para>
+ The SATA transport is handled by libata, which has its own book of
+ documentation in this directory.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="SPI_transport">
+ <title>Parallel SCSI (SPI) transport class</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_spi.c defines transport
+ attributes for traditional (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI busses.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_spi.c
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="SRP_transport">
+ <title>SCSI RDMA (SRP) transport class</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_srp.c defines transport
+ attributes for SCSI over Remote Direct Memory Access.
+ </para>
+!Edrivers/scsi/scsi_transport_srp.c
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="lower_layer">
+ <title>SCSI lower layer</title>
+ <sect1 id="hba_drivers">
+ <title>Host Bus Adapter transport types</title>
+ <para>
+ Many modern device controllers use the SCSI command set as a protocol to
+ communicate with their devices through many different types of physical
+ connections.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ In SCSI language a bus capable of carrying SCSI commands is
+ called a "transport", and a controller connecting to such a bus is
+ called a "host bus adapter" (HBA).
+ </para>
+ <sect2 id="scsi_debug.c">
+ <title>Debug transport</title>
+ <para>
+ The file drivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c simulates a host adapter with a
+ variable number of disks (or disk like devices) attached, sharing a
+ common amount of RAM. Does a lot of checking to make sure that we are
+ not getting blocks mixed up, and panics the kernel if anything out of
+ the ordinary is seen.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To be more realistic, the simulated devices have the transport
+ attributes of SAS disks.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ For documentation see
+ <ulink url='http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html'>http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sdebug26.html</ulink>
+ </para>
+<!-- !Edrivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c -->
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="todo">
+ <title>todo</title>
+ <para>Parallel (fast/wide/ultra) SCSI, USB, SATA,
+ SAS, Fibre Channel, FireWire, ATAPI devices, Infiniband,
+ I20, iSCSI, Parallel ports, netlink...
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a38f60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/sh.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="sh-drivers">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>SuperH Interfaces Guide</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Paul</firstname>
+ <surname>Mundt</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>lethal@linux-sh.org</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008-2010</year>
+ <holder>Paul Mundt</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008-2010</year>
+ <holder>Renesas Technology Corp.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2010</year>
+ <holder>Renesas Electronics Corp.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+ <chapter id="mm">
+ <title>Memory Management</title>
+ <sect1 id="sh4">
+ <title>SH-4</title>
+ <sect2 id="sq">
+ <title>Store Queue API</title>
+!Earch/sh/kernel/cpu/sh4/sq.c
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="sh5">
+ <title>SH-5</title>
+ <sect2 id="tlb">
+ <title>TLB Interfaces</title>
+!Iarch/sh/mm/tlb-sh5.c
+!Iarch/sh/include/asm/tlb_64.h
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="mach">
+ <title>Machine Specific Interfaces</title>
+ <sect1 id="dreamcast">
+ <title>mach-dreamcast</title>
+!Iarch/sh/boards/mach-dreamcast/rtc.c
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="x3proto">
+ <title>mach-x3proto</title>
+!Earch/sh/boards/mach-x3proto/ilsel.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+ <chapter id="busses">
+ <title>Busses</title>
+ <sect1 id="superhyway">
+ <title>SuperHyway</title>
+!Edrivers/sh/superhyway/superhyway.c
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="maple">
+ <title>Maple</title>
+!Edrivers/sh/maple/maple.c
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85b2527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<stylesheet xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+<param name="chunk.quietly">1</param>
+<param name="funcsynopsis.style">ansi</param>
+<param name="funcsynopsis.tabular.threshold">80</param>
+<param name="callout.graphics">0</param>
+<!-- <param name="paper.type">A4</param> -->
+<param name="generate.section.toc.level">2</param>
+<param name="use.id.as.filename">1</param>
+</stylesheet>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b57a9ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/tracepoint.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Tracepoints">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The Linux Kernel Tracepoint API</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Jason</firstname>
+ <surname>Baron</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>jbaron@redhat.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>William</firstname>
+ <surname>Cohen</surname>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>wcohen@redhat.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+ <chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ Tracepoints are static probe points that are located in strategic points
+ throughout the kernel. 'Probes' register/unregister with tracepoints
+ via a callback mechanism. The 'probes' are strictly typed functions that
+ are passed a unique set of parameters defined by each tracepoint.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ From this simple callback mechanism, 'probes' can be used to profile, debug,
+ and understand kernel behavior. There are a number of tools that provide a
+ framework for using 'probes'. These tools include Systemtap, ftrace, and
+ LTTng.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Tracepoints are defined in a number of header files via various macros. Thus,
+ the purpose of this document is to provide a clear accounting of the available
+ tracepoints. The intention is to understand not only what tracepoints are
+ available but also to understand where future tracepoints might be added.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The API presented has functions of the form:
+ <function>trace_tracepointname(function parameters)</function>. These are the
+ tracepoints callbacks that are found throughout the code. Registering and
+ unregistering probes with these callback sites is covered in the
+ <filename>Documentation/trace/*</filename> directory.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="irq">
+ <title>IRQ</title>
+!Iinclude/trace/events/irq.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="signal">
+ <title>SIGNAL</title>
+!Iinclude/trace/events/signal.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="block">
+ <title>Block IO</title>
+!Iinclude/trace/events/block.h
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="workqueue">
+ <title>Workqueue</title>
+!Iinclude/trace/events/workqueue.h
+ </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4665b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
+"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="index">
+<bookinfo>
+<title>The Userspace I/O HOWTO</title>
+
+<author>
+ <firstname>Hans-Jürgen</firstname>
+ <surname>Koch</surname>
+ <authorblurb><para>Linux developer, Linutronix</para></authorblurb>
+ <affiliation>
+ <orgname>
+ <ulink url="http://www.linutronix.de">Linutronix</ulink>
+ </orgname>
+
+ <address>
+ <email>hjk@hansjkoch.de</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+</author>
+
+<copyright>
+ <year>2006-2008</year>
+ <holder>Hans-Jürgen Koch.</holder>
+</copyright>
+<copyright>
+ <year>2009</year>
+ <holder>Red Hat Inc, Michael S. Tsirkin (mst@redhat.com)</holder>
+</copyright>
+
+<legalnotice>
+<para>
+This documentation is Free Software licensed under the terms of the
+GPL version 2.
+</para>
+</legalnotice>
+
+<pubdate>2006-12-11</pubdate>
+
+<abstract>
+ <para>This HOWTO describes concept and usage of Linux kernel's
+ Userspace I/O system.</para>
+</abstract>
+
+<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.9</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-07-16</date>
+ <authorinitials>mst</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added generic pci driver
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.8</revnumber>
+ <date>2008-12-24</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added name attributes in mem and portio sysfs directories.
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.7</revnumber>
+ <date>2008-12-23</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added generic platform drivers and offset attribute.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.6</revnumber>
+ <date>2008-12-05</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added description of portio sysfs attributes.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.5</revnumber>
+ <date>2008-05-22</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added description of write() function.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.4</revnumber>
+ <date>2007-11-26</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Removed section about uio_dummy.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.3</revnumber>
+ <date>2007-04-29</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added section about userspace drivers.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.2</revnumber>
+ <date>2007-02-13</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Update after multiple mappings were added.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.1</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-12-11</date>
+ <authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>First draft.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+</revhistory>
+</bookinfo>
+
+<chapter id="aboutthisdoc">
+<?dbhtml filename="aboutthis.html"?>
+<title>About this document</title>
+
+<sect1 id="translations">
+<?dbhtml filename="translations.html"?>
+<title>Translations</title>
+
+<para>If you know of any translations for this document, or you are
+interested in translating it, please email me
+<email>hjk@hansjkoch.de</email>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="preface">
+<title>Preface</title>
+ <para>
+ For many types of devices, creating a Linux kernel driver is
+ overkill. All that is really needed is some way to handle an
+ interrupt and provide access to the memory space of the
+ device. The logic of controlling the device does not
+ necessarily have to be within the kernel, as the device does
+ not need to take advantage of any of other resources that the
+ kernel provides. One such common class of devices that are
+ like this are for industrial I/O cards.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To address this situation, the userspace I/O system (UIO) was
+ designed. For typical industrial I/O cards, only a very small
+ kernel module is needed. The main part of the driver will run in
+ user space. This simplifies development and reduces the risk of
+ serious bugs within a kernel module.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Please note that UIO is not an universal driver interface. Devices
+ that are already handled well by other kernel subsystems (like
+ networking or serial or USB) are no candidates for an UIO driver.
+ Hardware that is ideally suited for an UIO driver fulfills all of
+ the following:
+ </para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>The device has memory that can be mapped. The device can be
+ controlled completely by writing to this memory.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>The device usually generates interrupts.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>The device does not fit into one of the standard kernel
+ subsystems.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="thanks">
+<title>Acknowledgments</title>
+ <para>I'd like to thank Thomas Gleixner and Benedikt Spranger of
+ Linutronix, who have not only written most of the UIO code, but also
+ helped greatly writing this HOWTO by giving me all kinds of background
+ information.</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="feedback">
+<title>Feedback</title>
+ <para>Find something wrong with this document? (Or perhaps something
+ right?) I would love to hear from you. Please email me at
+ <email>hjk@hansjkoch.de</email>.</para>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="about">
+<?dbhtml filename="about.html"?>
+<title>About UIO</title>
+
+<para>If you use UIO for your card's driver, here's what you get:</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>only one small kernel module to write and maintain.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>develop the main part of your driver in user space,
+ with all the tools and libraries you're used to.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>bugs in your driver won't crash the kernel.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>updates of your driver can take place without recompiling
+ the kernel.</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<sect1 id="how_uio_works">
+<title>How UIO works</title>
+ <para>
+ Each UIO device is accessed through a device file and several
+ sysfs attribute files. The device file will be called
+ <filename>/dev/uio0</filename> for the first device, and
+ <filename>/dev/uio1</filename>, <filename>/dev/uio2</filename>
+ and so on for subsequent devices.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><filename>/dev/uioX</filename> is used to access the
+ address space of the card. Just use
+ <function>mmap()</function> to access registers or RAM
+ locations of your card.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Interrupts are handled by reading from
+ <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>. A blocking
+ <function>read()</function> from
+ <filename>/dev/uioX</filename> will return as soon as an
+ interrupt occurs. You can also use
+ <function>select()</function> on
+ <filename>/dev/uioX</filename> to wait for an interrupt. The
+ integer value read from <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>
+ represents the total interrupt count. You can use this number
+ to figure out if you missed some interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ For some hardware that has more than one interrupt source internally,
+ but not separate IRQ mask and status registers, there might be
+ situations where userspace cannot determine what the interrupt source
+ was if the kernel handler disables them by writing to the chip's IRQ
+ register. In such a case, the kernel has to disable the IRQ completely
+ to leave the chip's register untouched. Now the userspace part can
+ determine the cause of the interrupt, but it cannot re-enable
+ interrupts. Another cornercase is chips where re-enabling interrupts
+ is a read-modify-write operation to a combined IRQ status/acknowledge
+ register. This would be racy if a new interrupt occurred
+ simultaneously.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To address these problems, UIO also implements a write() function. It
+ is normally not used and can be ignored for hardware that has only a
+ single interrupt source or has separate IRQ mask and status registers.
+ If you need it, however, a write to <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>
+ will call the <function>irqcontrol()</function> function implemented
+ by the driver. You have to write a 32-bit value that is usually either
+ 0 or 1 to disable or enable interrupts. If a driver does not implement
+ <function>irqcontrol()</function>, <function>write()</function> will
+ return with <varname>-ENOSYS</varname>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To handle interrupts properly, your custom kernel module can
+ provide its own interrupt handler. It will automatically be
+ called by the built-in handler.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For cards that don't generate interrupts but need to be
+ polled, there is the possibility to set up a timer that
+ triggers the interrupt handler at configurable time intervals.
+ This interrupt simulation is done by calling
+ <function>uio_event_notify()</function>
+ from the timer's event handler.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Each driver provides attributes that are used to read or write
+ variables. These attributes are accessible through sysfs
+ files. A custom kernel driver module can add its own
+ attributes to the device owned by the uio driver, but not added
+ to the UIO device itself at this time. This might change in the
+ future if it would be found to be useful.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The following standard attributes are provided by the UIO
+ framework:
+ </para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>name</filename>: The name of your device. It is
+ recommended to use the name of your kernel module for this.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>version</filename>: A version string defined by your
+ driver. This allows the user space part of your driver to deal
+ with different versions of the kernel module.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>event</filename>: The total number of interrupts
+ handled by the driver since the last time the device node was
+ read.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+ These attributes appear under the
+ <filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX</filename> directory. Please
+ note that this directory might be a symlink, and not a real
+ directory. Any userspace code that accesses it must be able
+ to handle this.
+</para>
+<para>
+ Each UIO device can make one or more memory regions available for
+ memory mapping. This is necessary because some industrial I/O cards
+ require access to more than one PCI memory region in a driver.
+</para>
+<para>
+ Each mapping has its own directory in sysfs, the first mapping
+ appears as <filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/map0/</filename>.
+ Subsequent mappings create directories <filename>map1/</filename>,
+ <filename>map2/</filename>, and so on. These directories will only
+ appear if the size of the mapping is not 0.
+</para>
+<para>
+ Each <filename>mapX/</filename> directory contains four read-only files
+ that show attributes of the memory:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>name</filename>: A string identifier for this mapping. This
+ is optional, the string can be empty. Drivers can set this to make it
+ easier for userspace to find the correct mapping.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>addr</filename>: The address of memory that can be mapped.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>size</filename>: The size, in bytes, of the memory
+ pointed to by addr.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>offset</filename>: The offset, in bytes, that has to be
+ added to the pointer returned by <function>mmap()</function> to get
+ to the actual device memory. This is important if the device's memory
+ is not page aligned. Remember that pointers returned by
+ <function>mmap()</function> are always page aligned, so it is good
+ style to always add this offset.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+ From userspace, the different mappings are distinguished by adjusting
+ the <varname>offset</varname> parameter of the
+ <function>mmap()</function> call. To map the memory of mapping N, you
+ have to use N times the page size as your offset:
+</para>
+<programlisting format="linespecific">
+offset = N * getpagesize();
+</programlisting>
+
+<para>
+ Sometimes there is hardware with memory-like regions that can not be
+ mapped with the technique described here, but there are still ways to
+ access them from userspace. The most common example are x86 ioports.
+ On x86 systems, userspace can access these ioports using
+ <function>ioperm()</function>, <function>iopl()</function>,
+ <function>inb()</function>, <function>outb()</function>, and similar
+ functions.
+</para>
+<para>
+ Since these ioport regions can not be mapped, they will not appear under
+ <filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/</filename> like the normal memory
+ described above. Without information about the port regions a hardware
+ has to offer, it becomes difficult for the userspace part of the
+ driver to find out which ports belong to which UIO device.
+</para>
+<para>
+ To address this situation, the new directory
+ <filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/</filename> was added. It only
+ exists if the driver wants to pass information about one or more port
+ regions to userspace. If that is the case, subdirectories named
+ <filename>port0</filename>, <filename>port1</filename>, and so on,
+ will appear underneath
+ <filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>
+ Each <filename>portX/</filename> directory contains four read-only
+ files that show name, start, size, and type of the port region:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>name</filename>: A string identifier for this port region.
+ The string is optional and can be empty. Drivers can set it to make it
+ easier for userspace to find a certain port region.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>start</filename>: The first port of this region.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>size</filename>: The number of ports in this region.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>
+ <filename>porttype</filename>: A string describing the type of port.
+ </para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+
+</sect1>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="custom_kernel_module" xreflabel="Writing your own kernel module">
+<?dbhtml filename="custom_kernel_module.html"?>
+<title>Writing your own kernel module</title>
+ <para>
+ Please have a look at <filename>uio_cif.c</filename> as an
+ example. The following paragraphs explain the different
+ sections of this file.
+ </para>
+
+<sect1 id="uio_info">
+<title>struct uio_info</title>
+ <para>
+ This structure tells the framework the details of your driver,
+ Some of the members are required, others are optional.
+ </para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>const char *name</varname>: Required. The name of your driver as
+it will appear in sysfs. I recommend using the name of your module for this.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>const char *version</varname>: Required. This string appears in
+<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/version</filename>.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>struct uio_mem mem[ MAX_UIO_MAPS ]</varname>: Required if you
+have memory that can be mapped with <function>mmap()</function>. For each
+mapping you need to fill one of the <varname>uio_mem</varname> structures.
+See the description below for details.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>struct uio_port port[ MAX_UIO_PORTS_REGIONS ]</varname>: Required
+if you want to pass information about ioports to userspace. For each port
+region you need to fill one of the <varname>uio_port</varname> structures.
+See the description below for details.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>long irq</varname>: Required. If your hardware generates an
+interrupt, it's your modules task to determine the irq number during
+initialization. If you don't have a hardware generated interrupt but
+want to trigger the interrupt handler in some other way, set
+<varname>irq</varname> to <varname>UIO_IRQ_CUSTOM</varname>.
+If you had no interrupt at all, you could set
+<varname>irq</varname> to <varname>UIO_IRQ_NONE</varname>, though this
+rarely makes sense.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>unsigned long irq_flags</varname>: Required if you've set
+<varname>irq</varname> to a hardware interrupt number. The flags given
+here will be used in the call to <function>request_irq()</function>.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int (*mmap)(struct uio_info *info, struct vm_area_struct
+*vma)</varname>: Optional. If you need a special
+<function>mmap()</function> function, you can set it here. If this
+pointer is not NULL, your <function>mmap()</function> will be called
+instead of the built-in one.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int (*open)(struct uio_info *info, struct inode *inode)
+</varname>: Optional. You might want to have your own
+<function>open()</function>, e.g. to enable interrupts only when your
+device is actually used.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int (*release)(struct uio_info *info, struct inode *inode)
+</varname>: Optional. If you define your own
+<function>open()</function>, you will probably also want a custom
+<function>release()</function> function.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int (*irqcontrol)(struct uio_info *info, s32 irq_on)
+</varname>: Optional. If you need to be able to enable or disable
+interrupts from userspace by writing to <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>,
+you can implement this function. The parameter <varname>irq_on</varname>
+will be 0 to disable interrupts and 1 to enable them.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Usually, your device will have one or more memory regions that can be mapped
+to user space. For each region, you have to set up a
+<varname>struct uio_mem</varname> in the <varname>mem[]</varname> array.
+Here's a description of the fields of <varname>struct uio_mem</varname>:
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>int memtype</varname>: Required if the mapping is used. Set this to
+<varname>UIO_MEM_PHYS</varname> if you you have physical memory on your
+card to be mapped. Use <varname>UIO_MEM_LOGICAL</varname> for logical
+memory (e.g. allocated with <function>kmalloc()</function>). There's also
+<varname>UIO_MEM_VIRTUAL</varname> for virtual memory.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>unsigned long addr</varname>: Required if the mapping is used.
+Fill in the address of your memory block. This address is the one that
+appears in sysfs.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>unsigned long size</varname>: Fill in the size of the
+memory block that <varname>addr</varname> points to. If <varname>size</varname>
+is zero, the mapping is considered unused. Note that you
+<emphasis>must</emphasis> initialize <varname>size</varname> with zero for
+all unused mappings.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>void *internal_addr</varname>: If you have to access this memory
+region from within your kernel module, you will want to map it internally by
+using something like <function>ioremap()</function>. Addresses
+returned by this function cannot be mapped to user space, so you must not
+store it in <varname>addr</varname>. Use <varname>internal_addr</varname>
+instead to remember such an address.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Please do not touch the <varname>kobj</varname> element of
+<varname>struct uio_mem</varname>! It is used by the UIO framework
+to set up sysfs files for this mapping. Simply leave it alone.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Sometimes, your device can have one or more port regions which can not be
+mapped to userspace. But if there are other possibilities for userspace to
+access these ports, it makes sense to make information about the ports
+available in sysfs. For each region, you have to set up a
+<varname>struct uio_port</varname> in the <varname>port[]</varname> array.
+Here's a description of the fields of <varname>struct uio_port</varname>:
+</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>char *porttype</varname>: Required. Set this to one of the predefined
+constants. Use <varname>UIO_PORT_X86</varname> for the ioports found in x86
+architectures.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>unsigned long start</varname>: Required if the port region is used.
+Fill in the number of the first port of this region.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>
+<varname>unsigned long size</varname>: Fill in the number of ports in this
+region. If <varname>size</varname> is zero, the region is considered unused.
+Note that you <emphasis>must</emphasis> initialize <varname>size</varname>
+with zero for all unused regions.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>
+Please do not touch the <varname>portio</varname> element of
+<varname>struct uio_port</varname>! It is used internally by the UIO
+framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="adding_irq_handler">
+<title>Adding an interrupt handler</title>
+ <para>
+ What you need to do in your interrupt handler depends on your
+ hardware and on how you want to handle it. You should try to
+ keep the amount of code in your kernel interrupt handler low.
+ If your hardware requires no action that you
+ <emphasis>have</emphasis> to perform after each interrupt,
+ then your handler can be empty.</para> <para>If, on the other
+ hand, your hardware <emphasis>needs</emphasis> some action to
+ be performed after each interrupt, then you
+ <emphasis>must</emphasis> do it in your kernel module. Note
+ that you cannot rely on the userspace part of your driver. Your
+ userspace program can terminate at any time, possibly leaving
+ your hardware in a state where proper interrupt handling is
+ still required.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ There might also be applications where you want to read data
+ from your hardware at each interrupt and buffer it in a piece
+ of kernel memory you've allocated for that purpose. With this
+ technique you could avoid loss of data if your userspace
+ program misses an interrupt.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ A note on shared interrupts: Your driver should support
+ interrupt sharing whenever this is possible. It is possible if
+ and only if your driver can detect whether your hardware has
+ triggered the interrupt or not. This is usually done by looking
+ at an interrupt status register. If your driver sees that the
+ IRQ bit is actually set, it will perform its actions, and the
+ handler returns IRQ_HANDLED. If the driver detects that it was
+ not your hardware that caused the interrupt, it will do nothing
+ and return IRQ_NONE, allowing the kernel to call the next
+ possible interrupt handler.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you decide not to support shared interrupts, your card
+ won't work in computers with no free interrupts. As this
+ frequently happens on the PC platform, you can save yourself a
+ lot of trouble by supporting interrupt sharing.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="using_uio_pdrv">
+<title>Using uio_pdrv for platform devices</title>
+ <para>
+ In many cases, UIO drivers for platform devices can be handled in a
+ generic way. In the same place where you define your
+ <varname>struct platform_device</varname>, you simply also implement
+ your interrupt handler and fill your
+ <varname>struct uio_info</varname>. A pointer to this
+ <varname>struct uio_info</varname> is then used as
+ <varname>platform_data</varname> for your platform device.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You also need to set up an array of <varname>struct resource</varname>
+ containing addresses and sizes of your memory mappings. This
+ information is passed to the driver using the
+ <varname>.resource</varname> and <varname>.num_resources</varname>
+ elements of <varname>struct platform_device</varname>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You now have to set the <varname>.name</varname> element of
+ <varname>struct platform_device</varname> to
+ <varname>"uio_pdrv"</varname> to use the generic UIO platform device
+ driver. This driver will fill the <varname>mem[]</varname> array
+ according to the resources given, and register the device.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The advantage of this approach is that you only have to edit a file
+ you need to edit anyway. You do not have to create an extra driver.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="using_uio_pdrv_genirq">
+<title>Using uio_pdrv_genirq for platform devices</title>
+ <para>
+ Especially in embedded devices, you frequently find chips where the
+ irq pin is tied to its own dedicated interrupt line. In such cases,
+ where you can be really sure the interrupt is not shared, we can take
+ the concept of <varname>uio_pdrv</varname> one step further and use a
+ generic interrupt handler. That's what
+ <varname>uio_pdrv_genirq</varname> does.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The setup for this driver is the same as described above for
+ <varname>uio_pdrv</varname>, except that you do not implement an
+ interrupt handler. The <varname>.handler</varname> element of
+ <varname>struct uio_info</varname> must remain
+ <varname>NULL</varname>. The <varname>.irq_flags</varname> element
+ must not contain <varname>IRQF_SHARED</varname>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You will set the <varname>.name</varname> element of
+ <varname>struct platform_device</varname> to
+ <varname>"uio_pdrv_genirq"</varname> to use this driver.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The generic interrupt handler of <varname>uio_pdrv_genirq</varname>
+ will simply disable the interrupt line using
+ <function>disable_irq_nosync()</function>. After doing its work,
+ userspace can reenable the interrupt by writing 0x00000001 to the UIO
+ device file. The driver already implements an
+ <function>irq_control()</function> to make this possible, you must not
+ implement your own.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Using <varname>uio_pdrv_genirq</varname> not only saves a few lines of
+ interrupt handler code. You also do not need to know anything about
+ the chip's internal registers to create the kernel part of the driver.
+ All you need to know is the irq number of the pin the chip is
+ connected to.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="userspace_driver" xreflabel="Writing a driver in user space">
+<?dbhtml filename="userspace_driver.html"?>
+<title>Writing a driver in userspace</title>
+ <para>
+ Once you have a working kernel module for your hardware, you can
+ write the userspace part of your driver. You don't need any special
+ libraries, your driver can be written in any reasonable language,
+ you can use floating point numbers and so on. In short, you can
+ use all the tools and libraries you'd normally use for writing a
+ userspace application.
+ </para>
+
+<sect1 id="getting_uio_information">
+<title>Getting information about your UIO device</title>
+ <para>
+ Information about all UIO devices is available in sysfs. The
+ first thing you should do in your driver is check
+ <varname>name</varname> and <varname>version</varname> to
+ make sure your talking to the right device and that its kernel
+ driver has the version you expect.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You should also make sure that the memory mapping you need
+ exists and has the size you expect.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ There is a tool called <varname>lsuio</varname> that lists
+ UIO devices and their attributes. It is available here:
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.osadl.org/projects/downloads/UIO/user/">
+ http://www.osadl.org/projects/downloads/UIO/user/</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ With <varname>lsuio</varname> you can quickly check if your
+ kernel module is loaded and which attributes it exports.
+ Have a look at the manpage for details.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The source code of <varname>lsuio</varname> can serve as an
+ example for getting information about an UIO device.
+ The file <filename>uio_helper.c</filename> contains a lot of
+ functions you could use in your userspace driver code.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="mmap_device_memory">
+<title>mmap() device memory</title>
+ <para>
+ After you made sure you've got the right device with the
+ memory mappings you need, all you have to do is to call
+ <function>mmap()</function> to map the device's memory
+ to userspace.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The parameter <varname>offset</varname> of the
+ <function>mmap()</function> call has a special meaning
+ for UIO devices: It is used to select which mapping of
+ your device you want to map. To map the memory of
+ mapping N, you have to use N times the page size as
+ your offset:
+ </para>
+<programlisting format="linespecific">
+ offset = N * getpagesize();
+</programlisting>
+ <para>
+ N starts from zero, so if you've got only one memory
+ range to map, set <varname>offset = 0</varname>.
+ A drawback of this technique is that memory is always
+ mapped beginning with its start address.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="wait_for_interrupts">
+<title>Waiting for interrupts</title>
+ <para>
+ After you successfully mapped your devices memory, you
+ can access it like an ordinary array. Usually, you will
+ perform some initialization. After that, your hardware
+ starts working and will generate an interrupt as soon
+ as it's finished, has some data available, or needs your
+ attention because an error occured.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <filename>/dev/uioX</filename> is a read-only file. A
+ <function>read()</function> will always block until an
+ interrupt occurs. There is only one legal value for the
+ <varname>count</varname> parameter of
+ <function>read()</function>, and that is the size of a
+ signed 32 bit integer (4). Any other value for
+ <varname>count</varname> causes <function>read()</function>
+ to fail. The signed 32 bit integer read is the interrupt
+ count of your device. If the value is one more than the value
+ you read the last time, everything is OK. If the difference
+ is greater than one, you missed interrupts.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You can also use <function>select()</function> on
+ <filename>/dev/uioX</filename>.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="uio_pci_generic" xreflabel="Using Generic driver for PCI cards">
+<?dbhtml filename="uio_pci_generic.html"?>
+<title>Generic PCI UIO driver</title>
+ <para>
+ The generic driver is a kernel module named uio_pci_generic.
+ It can work with any device compliant to PCI 2.3 (circa 2002) and
+ any compliant PCI Express device. Using this, you only need to
+ write the userspace driver, removing the need to write
+ a hardware-specific kernel module.
+ </para>
+
+<sect1 id="uio_pci_generic_binding">
+<title>Making the driver recognize the device</title>
+ <para>
+Since the driver does not declare any device ids, it will not get loaded
+automatically and will not automatically bind to any devices, you must load it
+and allocate id to the driver yourself. For example:
+ <programlisting>
+ modprobe uio_pci_generic
+ echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic/new_id
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+If there already is a hardware specific kernel driver for your device, the
+generic driver still won't bind to it, in this case if you want to use the
+generic driver (why would you?) you'll have to manually unbind the hardware
+specific driver and bind the generic driver, like this:
+ <programlisting>
+ echo -n 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/e1000e/unbind
+ echo -n 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic/bind
+ </programlisting>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+You can verify that the device has been bound to the driver
+by looking for it in sysfs, for example like the following:
+ <programlisting>
+ ls -l /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:19.0/driver
+ </programlisting>
+Which if successful should print
+ <programlisting>
+ .../0000:00:19.0/driver -> ../../../bus/pci/drivers/uio_pci_generic
+ </programlisting>
+Note that the generic driver will not bind to old PCI 2.2 devices.
+If binding the device failed, run the following command:
+ <programlisting>
+ dmesg
+ </programlisting>
+and look in the output for failure reasons
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="uio_pci_generic_internals">
+<title>Things to know about uio_pci_generic</title>
+ <para>
+Interrupts are handled using the Interrupt Disable bit in the PCI command
+register and Interrupt Status bit in the PCI status register. All devices
+compliant to PCI 2.3 (circa 2002) and all compliant PCI Express devices should
+support these bits. uio_pci_generic detects this support, and won't bind to
+devices which do not support the Interrupt Disable Bit in the command register.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+On each interrupt, uio_pci_generic sets the Interrupt Disable bit.
+This prevents the device from generating further interrupts
+until the bit is cleared. The userspace driver should clear this
+bit before blocking and waiting for more interrupts.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="uio_pci_generic_userspace">
+<title>Writing userspace driver using uio_pci_generic</title>
+ <para>
+Userspace driver can use pci sysfs interface, or the
+libpci libray that wraps it, to talk to the device and to
+re-enable interrupts by writing to the command register.
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="uio_pci_generic_example">
+<title>Example code using uio_pci_generic</title>
+ <para>
+Here is some sample userspace driver code using uio_pci_generic:
+<programlisting>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int main()
+{
+ int uiofd;
+ int configfd;
+ int err;
+ int i;
+ unsigned icount;
+ unsigned char command_high;
+
+ uiofd = open("/dev/uio0", O_RDONLY);
+ if (uiofd < 0) {
+ perror("uio open:");
+ return errno;
+ }
+ configfd = open("/sys/class/uio/uio0/device/config", O_RDWR);
+ if (uiofd < 0) {
+ perror("config open:");
+ return errno;
+ }
+
+ /* Read and cache command value */
+ err = pread(configfd, &command_high, 1, 5);
+ if (err != 1) {
+ perror("command config read:");
+ return errno;
+ }
+ command_high &= ~0x4;
+
+ for(i = 0;; ++i) {
+ /* Print out a message, for debugging. */
+ if (i == 0)
+ fprintf(stderr, "Started uio test driver.\n");
+ else
+ fprintf(stderr, "Interrupts: %d\n", icount);
+
+ /****************************************/
+ /* Here we got an interrupt from the
+ device. Do something to it. */
+ /****************************************/
+
+ /* Re-enable interrupts. */
+ err = pwrite(configfd, &command_high, 1, 5);
+ if (err != 1) {
+ perror("config write:");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for next interrupt. */
+ err = read(uiofd, &icount, 4);
+ if (err != 4) {
+ perror("uio read:");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+ return errno;
+}
+
+</programlisting>
+ </para>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<appendix id="app1">
+<title>Further information</title>
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.osadl.org">
+ OSADL homepage.</ulink>
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.linutronix.de">
+ Linutronix homepage.</ulink>
+ </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</appendix>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af29360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,980 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="Linux-USB-API">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>The Linux-USB Host Side API</title>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+ it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+ warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+ MA 02111-1307 USA
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+ distribution of Linux.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="intro">
+ <title>Introduction to USB on Linux</title>
+
+ <para>A Universal Serial Bus (USB) is used to connect a host,
+ such as a PC or workstation, to a number of peripheral
+ devices. USB uses a tree structure, with the host as the
+ root (the system's master), hubs as interior nodes, and
+ peripherals as leaves (and slaves).
+ Modern PCs support several such trees of USB devices, usually
+ one USB 2.0 tree (480 Mbit/sec each) with
+ a few USB 1.1 trees (12 Mbit/sec each) that are used when you
+ connect a USB 1.1 device directly to the machine's "root hub".
+ </para>
+
+ <para>That master/slave asymmetry was designed-in for a number of
+ reasons, one being ease of use. It is not physically possible to
+ assemble (legal) USB cables incorrectly: all upstream "to the host"
+ connectors are the rectangular type (matching the sockets on
+ root hubs), and all downstream connectors are the squarish type
+ (or they are built into the peripheral).
+ Also, the host software doesn't need to deal with distributed
+ auto-configuration since the pre-designated master node manages all that.
+ And finally, at the electrical level, bus protocol overhead is reduced by
+ eliminating arbitration and moving scheduling into the host software.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>USB 1.0 was announced in January 1996 and was revised
+ as USB 1.1 (with improvements in hub specification and
+ support for interrupt-out transfers) in September 1998.
+ USB 2.0 was released in April 2000, adding high-speed
+ transfers and transaction-translating hubs (used for USB 1.1
+ and 1.0 backward compatibility).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Kernel developers added USB support to Linux early in the 2.2 kernel
+ series, shortly before 2.3 development forked. Updates from 2.3 were
+ regularly folded back into 2.2 releases, which improved reliability and
+ brought <filename>/sbin/hotplug</filename> support as well more drivers.
+ Such improvements were continued in the 2.5 kernel series, where they added
+ USB 2.0 support, improved performance, and made the host controller drivers
+ (HCDs) more consistent. They also simplified the API (to make bugs less
+ likely) and added internal "kerneldoc" documentation.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Linux can run inside USB devices as well as on
+ the hosts that control the devices.
+ But USB device drivers running inside those peripherals
+ don't do the same things as the ones running inside hosts,
+ so they've been given a different name:
+ <emphasis>gadget drivers</emphasis>.
+ This document does not cover gadget drivers.
+ </para>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="host">
+ <title>USB Host-Side API Model</title>
+
+ <para>Host-side drivers for USB devices talk to the "usbcore" APIs.
+ There are two. One is intended for
+ <emphasis>general-purpose</emphasis> drivers (exposed through
+ driver frameworks), and the other is for drivers that are
+ <emphasis>part of the core</emphasis>.
+ Such core drivers include the <emphasis>hub</emphasis> driver
+ (which manages trees of USB devices) and several different kinds
+ of <emphasis>host controller drivers</emphasis>,
+ which control individual busses.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The device model seen by USB drivers is relatively complex.
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+
+ <listitem><para>USB supports four kinds of data transfers
+ (control, bulk, interrupt, and isochronous). Two of them (control
+ and bulk) use bandwidth as it's available,
+ while the other two (interrupt and isochronous)
+ are scheduled to provide guaranteed bandwidth.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>The device description model includes one or more
+ "configurations" per device, only one of which is active at a time.
+ Devices that are capable of high-speed operation must also support
+ full-speed configurations, along with a way to ask about the
+ "other speed" configurations which might be used.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Configurations have one or more "interfaces", each
+ of which may have "alternate settings". Interfaces may be
+ standardized by USB "Class" specifications, or may be specific to
+ a vendor or device.</para>
+
+ <para>USB device drivers actually bind to interfaces, not devices.
+ Think of them as "interface drivers", though you
+ may not see many devices where the distinction is important.
+ <emphasis>Most USB devices are simple, with only one configuration,
+ one interface, and one alternate setting.</emphasis>
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Interfaces have one or more "endpoints", each of
+ which supports one type and direction of data transfer such as
+ "bulk out" or "interrupt in". The entire configuration may have
+ up to sixteen endpoints in each direction, allocated as needed
+ among all the interfaces.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>Data transfer on USB is packetized; each endpoint
+ has a maximum packet size.
+ Drivers must often be aware of conventions such as flagging the end
+ of bulk transfers using "short" (including zero length) packets.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem><para>The Linux USB API supports synchronous calls for
+ control and bulk messages.
+ It also supports asynchnous calls for all kinds of data transfer,
+ using request structures called "URBs" (USB Request Blocks).
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Accordingly, the USB Core API exposed to device drivers
+ covers quite a lot of territory. You'll probably need to consult
+ the USB 2.0 specification, available online from www.usb.org at
+ no cost, as well as class or device specifications.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The only host-side drivers that actually touch hardware
+ (reading/writing registers, handling IRQs, and so on) are the HCDs.
+ In theory, all HCDs provide the same functionality through the same
+ API. In practice, that's becoming more true on the 2.5 kernels,
+ but there are still differences that crop up especially with
+ fault handling. Different controllers don't necessarily report
+ the same aspects of failures, and recovery from faults (including
+ software-induced ones like unlinking an URB) isn't yet fully
+ consistent.
+ Device driver authors should make a point of doing disconnect
+ testing (while the device is active) with each different host
+ controller driver, to make sure drivers don't have bugs of
+ their own as well as to make sure they aren't relying on some
+ HCD-specific behavior.
+ (You will need external USB 1.1 and/or
+ USB 2.0 hubs to perform all those tests.)
+ </para>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="types"><title>USB-Standard Types</title>
+
+ <para>In <filename><linux/usb/ch9.h></filename> you will find
+ the USB data types defined in chapter 9 of the USB specification.
+ These data types are used throughout USB, and in APIs including
+ this host side API, gadget APIs, and usbfs.
+ </para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb/ch9.h
+
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="hostside"><title>Host-Side Data Types and Macros</title>
+
+ <para>The host side API exposes several layers to drivers, some of
+ which are more necessary than others.
+ These support lifecycle models for host side drivers
+ and devices, and support passing buffers through usbcore to
+ some HCD that performs the I/O for the device driver.
+ </para>
+
+
+!Iinclude/linux/usb.h
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usbcore"><title>USB Core APIs</title>
+
+ <para>There are two basic I/O models in the USB API.
+ The most elemental one is asynchronous: drivers submit requests
+ in the form of an URB, and the URB's completion callback
+ handle the next step.
+ All USB transfer types support that model, although there
+ are special cases for control URBs (which always have setup
+ and status stages, but may not have a data stage) and
+ isochronous URBs (which allow large packets and include
+ per-packet fault reports).
+ Built on top of that is synchronous API support, where a
+ driver calls a routine that allocates one or more URBs,
+ submits them, and waits until they complete.
+ There are synchronous wrappers for single-buffer control
+ and bulk transfers (which are awkward to use in some
+ driver disconnect scenarios), and for scatterlist based
+ streaming i/o (bulk or interrupt).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>USB drivers need to provide buffers that can be
+ used for DMA, although they don't necessarily need to
+ provide the DMA mapping themselves.
+ There are APIs to use used when allocating DMA buffers,
+ which can prevent use of bounce buffers on some systems.
+ In some cases, drivers may be able to rely on 64bit DMA
+ to eliminate another kind of bounce buffer.
+ </para>
+
+!Edrivers/usb/core/urb.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/message.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/file.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/driver.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/usb.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/hub.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="hcd"><title>Host Controller APIs</title>
+
+ <para>These APIs are only for use by host controller drivers,
+ most of which implement standard register interfaces such as
+ EHCI, OHCI, or UHCI.
+ UHCI was one of the first interfaces, designed by Intel and
+ also used by VIA; it doesn't do much in hardware.
+ OHCI was designed later, to have the hardware do more work
+ (bigger transfers, tracking protocol state, and so on).
+ EHCI was designed with USB 2.0; its design has features that
+ resemble OHCI (hardware does much more work) as well as
+ UHCI (some parts of ISO support, TD list processing).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>There are host controllers other than the "big three",
+ although most PCI based controllers (and a few non-PCI based
+ ones) use one of those interfaces.
+ Not all host controllers use DMA; some use PIO, and there
+ is also a simulator.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The same basic APIs are available to drivers for all
+ those controllers.
+ For historical reasons they are in two layers:
+ <structname>struct usb_bus</structname> is a rather thin
+ layer that became available in the 2.2 kernels, while
+ <structname>struct usb_hcd</structname> is a more featureful
+ layer (available in later 2.4 kernels and in 2.5) that
+ lets HCDs share common code, to shrink driver size
+ and significantly reduce hcd-specific behaviors.
+ </para>
+
+!Edrivers/usb/core/hcd.c
+!Edrivers/usb/core/hcd-pci.c
+!Idrivers/usb/core/buffer.c
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usbfs">
+ <title>The USB Filesystem (usbfs)</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter presents the Linux <emphasis>usbfs</emphasis>.
+ You may prefer to avoid writing new kernel code for your
+ USB driver; that's the problem that usbfs set out to solve.
+ User mode device drivers are usually packaged as applications
+ or libraries, and may use usbfs through some programming library
+ that wraps it. Such libraries include
+ <ulink url="http://libusb.sourceforge.net">libusb</ulink>
+ for C/C++, and
+ <ulink url="http://jUSB.sourceforge.net">jUSB</ulink> for Java.
+ </para>
+
+ <note><title>Unfinished</title>
+ <para>This particular documentation is incomplete,
+ especially with respect to the asynchronous mode.
+ As of kernel 2.5.66 the code and this (new) documentation
+ need to be cross-reviewed.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Configure usbfs into Linux kernels by enabling the
+ <emphasis>USB filesystem</emphasis> option (CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS),
+ and you get basic support for user mode USB device drivers.
+ Until relatively recently it was often (confusingly) called
+ <emphasis>usbdevfs</emphasis> although it wasn't solving what
+ <emphasis>devfs</emphasis> was.
+ Every USB device will appear in usbfs, regardless of whether or
+ not it has a kernel driver.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-files">
+ <title>What files are in "usbfs"?</title>
+
+ <para>Conventionally mounted at
+ <filename>/proc/bus/usb</filename>, usbfs
+ features include:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><filename>/proc/bus/usb/devices</filename>
+ ... a text file
+ showing each of the USB devices on known to the kernel,
+ and their configuration descriptors.
+ You can also poll() this to learn about new devices.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><filename>/proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD</filename>
+ ... magic files
+ exposing the each device's configuration descriptors, and
+ supporting a series of ioctls for making device requests,
+ including I/O to devices. (Purely for access by programs.)
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para> Each bus is given a number (BBB) based on when it was
+ enumerated; within each bus, each device is given a similar
+ number (DDD).
+ Those BBB/DDD paths are not "stable" identifiers;
+ expect them to change even if you always leave the devices
+ plugged in to the same hub port.
+ <emphasis>Don't even think of saving these in application
+ configuration files.</emphasis>
+ Stable identifiers are available, for user mode applications
+ that want to use them. HID and networking devices expose
+ these stable IDs, so that for example you can be sure that
+ you told the right UPS to power down its second server.
+ "usbfs" doesn't (yet) expose those IDs.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-fstab">
+ <title>Mounting and Access Control</title>
+
+ <para>There are a number of mount options for usbfs, which will
+ be of most interest to you if you need to override the default
+ access control policy.
+ That policy is that only root may read or write device files
+ (<filename>/proc/bus/BBB/DDD</filename>) although anyone may read
+ the <filename>devices</filename>
+ or <filename>drivers</filename> files.
+ I/O requests to the device also need the CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability,
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The significance of that is that by default, all user mode
+ device drivers need super-user privileges.
+ You can change modes or ownership in a driver setup
+ when the device hotplugs, or maye just start the
+ driver right then, as a privileged server (or some activity
+ within one).
+ That's the most secure approach for multi-user systems,
+ but for single user systems ("trusted" by that user)
+ it's more convenient just to grant everyone all access
+ (using the <emphasis>devmode=0666</emphasis> option)
+ so the driver can start whenever it's needed.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The mount options for usbfs, usable in /etc/fstab or
+ in command line invocations of <emphasis>mount</emphasis>, are:
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>busgid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the GID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB
+ directories. (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>busmode</emphasis>=MMM</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the file mode used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB
+ directories. (Default: 0555)
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>busuid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the UID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB
+ directories. (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>devgid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the GID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD
+ files. (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>devmode</emphasis>=MMM</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the file mode used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD
+ files. (Default: 0644)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>devuid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the UID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD
+ files. (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>listgid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the GID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files.
+ (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>listmode</emphasis>=MMM</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the file mode used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files.
+ (Default: 0444)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term><emphasis>listuid</emphasis>=NNNNN</term>
+ <listitem><para>Controls the UID used for the
+ /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers files.
+ (Default: 0)</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Note that many Linux distributions hard-wire the mount options
+ for usbfs in their init scripts, such as
+ <filename>/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit</filename>,
+ rather than making it easy to set this per-system
+ policy in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-devices">
+ <title>/proc/bus/usb/devices</title>
+
+ <para>This file is handy for status viewing tools in user
+ mode, which can scan the text format and ignore most of it.
+ More detailed device status (including class and vendor
+ status) is available from device-specific files.
+ For information about the current format of this file,
+ see the
+ <filename>Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt</filename>
+ file in your Linux kernel sources.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>This file, in combination with the poll() system call, can
+ also be used to detect when devices are added or removed:
+<programlisting>int fd;
+struct pollfd pfd;
+
+fd = open("/proc/bus/usb/devices", O_RDONLY);
+pfd = { fd, POLLIN, 0 };
+for (;;) {
+ /* The first time through, this call will return immediately. */
+ poll(&pfd, 1, -1);
+
+ /* To see what's changed, compare the file's previous and current
+ contents or scan the filesystem. (Scanning is more precise.) */
+}</programlisting>
+ Note that this behavior is intended to be used for informational
+ and debug purposes. It would be more appropriate to use programs
+ such as udev or HAL to initialize a device or start a user-mode
+ helper program, for instance.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-bbbddd">
+ <title>/proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD</title>
+
+ <para>Use these files in one of these basic ways:
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>They can be read,</emphasis>
+ producing first the device descriptor
+ (18 bytes) and then the descriptors for the current configuration.
+ See the USB 2.0 spec for details about those binary data formats.
+ You'll need to convert most multibyte values from little endian
+ format to your native host byte order, although a few of the
+ fields in the device descriptor (both of the BCD-encoded fields,
+ and the vendor and product IDs) will be byteswapped for you.
+ Note that configuration descriptors include descriptors for
+ interfaces, altsettings, endpoints, and maybe additional
+ class descriptors.
+ </para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Perform USB operations</emphasis> using
+ <emphasis>ioctl()</emphasis> requests to make endpoint I/O
+ requests (synchronously or asynchronously) or manage
+ the device.
+ These requests need the CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability,
+ as well as filesystem access permissions.
+ Only one ioctl request can be made on one of these
+ device files at a time.
+ This means that if you are synchronously reading an endpoint
+ from one thread, you won't be able to write to a different
+ endpoint from another thread until the read completes.
+ This works for <emphasis>half duplex</emphasis> protocols,
+ but otherwise you'd use asynchronous i/o requests.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-lifecycle">
+ <title>Life Cycle of User Mode Drivers</title>
+
+ <para>Such a driver first needs to find a device file
+ for a device it knows how to handle.
+ Maybe it was told about it because a
+ <filename>/sbin/hotplug</filename> event handling agent
+ chose that driver to handle the new device.
+ Or maybe it's an application that scans all the
+ /proc/bus/usb device files, and ignores most devices.
+ In either case, it should <function>read()</function> all
+ the descriptors from the device file,
+ and check them against what it knows how to handle.
+ It might just reject everything except a particular
+ vendor and product ID, or need a more complex policy.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Never assume there will only be one such device
+ on the system at a time!
+ If your code can't handle more than one device at
+ a time, at least detect when there's more than one, and
+ have your users choose which device to use.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Once your user mode driver knows what device to use,
+ it interacts with it in either of two styles.
+ The simple style is to make only control requests; some
+ devices don't need more complex interactions than those.
+ (An example might be software using vendor-specific control
+ requests for some initialization or configuration tasks,
+ with a kernel driver for the rest.)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>More likely, you need a more complex style driver:
+ one using non-control endpoints, reading or writing data
+ and claiming exclusive use of an interface.
+ <emphasis>Bulk</emphasis> transfers are easiest to use,
+ but only their sibling <emphasis>interrupt</emphasis> transfers
+ work with low speed devices.
+ Both interrupt and <emphasis>isochronous</emphasis> transfers
+ offer service guarantees because their bandwidth is reserved.
+ Such "periodic" transfers are awkward to use through usbfs,
+ unless you're using the asynchronous calls. However, interrupt
+ transfers can also be used in a synchronous "one shot" style.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Your user-mode driver should never need to worry
+ about cleaning up request state when the device is
+ disconnected, although it should close its open file
+ descriptors as soon as it starts seeing the ENODEV
+ errors.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="usbfs-ioctl"><title>The ioctl() Requests</title>
+
+ <para>To use these ioctls, you need to include the following
+ headers in your userspace program:
+<programlisting>#include <linux/usb.h>
+#include <linux/usbdevice_fs.h>
+#include <asm/byteorder.h></programlisting>
+ The standard USB device model requests, from "Chapter 9" of
+ the USB 2.0 specification, are automatically included from
+ the <filename><linux/usb/ch9.h></filename> header.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Unless noted otherwise, the ioctl requests
+ described here will
+ update the modification time on the usbfs file to which
+ they are applied (unless they fail).
+ A return of zero indicates success; otherwise, a
+ standard USB error code is returned. (These are
+ documented in
+ <filename>Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt</filename>
+ in your kernel sources.)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Each of these files multiplexes access to several
+ I/O streams, one per endpoint.
+ Each device has one control endpoint (endpoint zero)
+ which supports a limited RPC style RPC access.
+ Devices are configured
+ by khubd (in the kernel) setting a device-wide
+ <emphasis>configuration</emphasis> that affects things
+ like power consumption and basic functionality.
+ The endpoints are part of USB <emphasis>interfaces</emphasis>,
+ which may have <emphasis>altsettings</emphasis>
+ affecting things like which endpoints are available.
+ Many devices only have a single configuration and interface,
+ so drivers for them will ignore configurations and altsettings.
+ </para>
+
+
+ <sect2 id="usbfs-mgmt">
+ <title>Management/Status Requests</title>
+
+ <para>A number of usbfs requests don't deal very directly
+ with device I/O.
+ They mostly relate to device management and status.
+ These are all synchronous requests.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE</term>
+ <listitem><para>This is used to force usbfs to
+ claim a specific interface,
+ which has not previously been claimed by usbfs or any other
+ kernel driver.
+ The ioctl parameter is an integer holding the number of
+ the interface (bInterfaceNumber from descriptor).
+ </para><para>
+ Note that if your driver doesn't claim an interface
+ before trying to use one of its endpoints, and no
+ other driver has bound to it, then the interface is
+ automatically claimed by usbfs.
+ </para><para>
+ This claim will be released by a RELEASEINTERFACE ioctl,
+ or by closing the file descriptor.
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_CONNECTINFO</term>
+ <listitem><para>Says whether the device is lowspeed.
+ The ioctl parameter points to a structure like this:
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_connectinfo {
+ unsigned int devnum;
+ unsigned char slow;
+}; </programlisting>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ <emphasis>You can't tell whether a "not slow"
+ device is connected at high speed (480 MBit/sec)
+ or just full speed (12 MBit/sec).</emphasis>
+ You should know the devnum value already,
+ it's the DDD value of the device file name.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_GETDRIVER</term>
+ <listitem><para>Returns the name of the kernel driver
+ bound to a given interface (a string). Parameter
+ is a pointer to this structure, which is modified:
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_getdriver {
+ unsigned int interface;
+ char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1];
+};</programlisting>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_IOCTL</term>
+ <listitem><para>Passes a request from userspace through
+ to a kernel driver that has an ioctl entry in the
+ <emphasis>struct usb_driver</emphasis> it registered.
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_ioctl {
+ int ifno;
+ int ioctl_code;
+ void *data;
+};
+
+/* user mode call looks like this.
+ * 'request' becomes the driver->ioctl() 'code' parameter.
+ * the size of 'param' is encoded in 'request', and that data
+ * is copied to or from the driver->ioctl() 'buf' parameter.
+ */
+static int
+usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param)
+{
+ struct usbdevfs_ioctl wrapper;
+
+ wrapper.ifno = ifno;
+ wrapper.ioctl_code = request;
+ wrapper.data = param;
+
+ return ioctl (fd, USBDEVFS_IOCTL, &wrapper);
+} </programlisting>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ This request lets kernel drivers talk to user mode code
+ through filesystem operations even when they don't create
+ a charactor or block special device.
+ It's also been used to do things like ask devices what
+ device special file should be used.
+ Two pre-defined ioctls are used
+ to disconnect and reconnect kernel drivers, so
+ that user mode code can completely manage binding
+ and configuration of devices.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_RELEASEINTERFACE</term>
+ <listitem><para>This is used to release the claim usbfs
+ made on interface, either implicitly or because of a
+ USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE call, before the file
+ descriptor is closed.
+ The ioctl parameter is an integer holding the number of
+ the interface (bInterfaceNumber from descriptor);
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><warning><para>
+ <emphasis>No security check is made to ensure
+ that the task which made the claim is the one
+ which is releasing it.
+ This means that user mode driver may interfere
+ other ones. </emphasis>
+ </para></warning></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_RESETEP</term>
+ <listitem><para>Resets the data toggle value for an endpoint
+ (bulk or interrupt) to DATA0.
+ The ioctl parameter is an integer endpoint number
+ (1 to 15, as identified in the endpoint descriptor),
+ with USB_DIR_IN added if the device's endpoint sends
+ data to the host.
+ </para><warning><para>
+ <emphasis>Avoid using this request.
+ It should probably be removed.</emphasis>
+ Using it typically means the device and driver will lose
+ toggle synchronization. If you really lost synchronization,
+ you likely need to completely handshake with the device,
+ using a request like CLEAR_HALT
+ or SET_INTERFACE.
+ </para></warning></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="usbfs-sync">
+ <title>Synchronous I/O Support</title>
+
+ <para>Synchronous requests involve the kernel blocking
+ until the user mode request completes, either by
+ finishing successfully or by reporting an error.
+ In most cases this is the simplest way to use usbfs,
+ although as noted above it does prevent performing I/O
+ to more than one endpoint at a time.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_BULK</term>
+ <listitem><para>Issues a bulk read or write request to the
+ device.
+ The ioctl parameter is a pointer to this structure:
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer {
+ unsigned int ep;
+ unsigned int len;
+ unsigned int timeout; /* in milliseconds */
+ void *data;
+};</programlisting>
+ </para><para>The "ep" value identifies a
+ bulk endpoint number (1 to 15, as identified in an endpoint
+ descriptor),
+ masked with USB_DIR_IN when referring to an endpoint which
+ sends data to the host from the device.
+ The length of the data buffer is identified by "len";
+ Recent kernels support requests up to about 128KBytes.
+ <emphasis>FIXME say how read length is returned,
+ and how short reads are handled.</emphasis>.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_CLEAR_HALT</term>
+ <listitem><para>Clears endpoint halt (stall) and
+ resets the endpoint toggle. This is only
+ meaningful for bulk or interrupt endpoints.
+ The ioctl parameter is an integer endpoint number
+ (1 to 15, as identified in an endpoint descriptor),
+ masked with USB_DIR_IN when referring to an endpoint which
+ sends data to the host from the device.
+ </para><para>
+ Use this on bulk or interrupt endpoints which have
+ stalled, returning <emphasis>-EPIPE</emphasis> status
+ to a data transfer request.
+ Do not issue the control request directly, since
+ that could invalidate the host's record of the
+ data toggle.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_CONTROL</term>
+ <listitem><para>Issues a control request to the device.
+ The ioctl parameter points to a structure like this:
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer {
+ __u8 bRequestType;
+ __u8 bRequest;
+ __u16 wValue;
+ __u16 wIndex;
+ __u16 wLength;
+ __u32 timeout; /* in milliseconds */
+ void *data;
+};</programlisting>
+ </para><para>
+ The first eight bytes of this structure are the contents
+ of the SETUP packet to be sent to the device; see the
+ USB 2.0 specification for details.
+ The bRequestType value is composed by combining a
+ USB_TYPE_* value, a USB_DIR_* value, and a
+ USB_RECIP_* value (from
+ <emphasis><linux/usb.h></emphasis>).
+ If wLength is nonzero, it describes the length of the data
+ buffer, which is either written to the device
+ (USB_DIR_OUT) or read from the device (USB_DIR_IN).
+ </para><para>
+ At this writing, you can't transfer more than 4 KBytes
+ of data to or from a device; usbfs has a limit, and
+ some host controller drivers have a limit.
+ (That's not usually a problem.)
+ <emphasis>Also</emphasis> there's no way to say it's
+ not OK to get a short read back from the device.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_RESET</term>
+ <listitem><para>Does a USB level device reset.
+ The ioctl parameter is ignored.
+ After the reset, this rebinds all device interfaces.
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><warning><para>
+ <emphasis>Avoid using this call</emphasis>
+ until some usbcore bugs get fixed,
+ since it does not fully synchronize device, interface,
+ and driver (not just usbfs) state.
+ </para></warning></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_SETINTERFACE</term>
+ <listitem><para>Sets the alternate setting for an
+ interface. The ioctl parameter is a pointer to a
+ structure like this:
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_setinterface {
+ unsigned int interface;
+ unsigned int altsetting;
+}; </programlisting>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ Those struct members are from some interface descriptor
+ applying to the current configuration.
+ The interface number is the bInterfaceNumber value, and
+ the altsetting number is the bAlternateSetting value.
+ (This resets each endpoint in the interface.)
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_SETCONFIGURATION</term>
+ <listitem><para>Issues the
+ <function>usb_set_configuration</function> call
+ for the device.
+ The parameter is an integer holding the number of
+ a configuration (bConfigurationValue from descriptor).
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><warning><para>
+ <emphasis>Avoid using this call</emphasis>
+ until some usbcore bugs get fixed,
+ since it does not fully synchronize device, interface,
+ and driver (not just usbfs) state.
+ </para></warning></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="usbfs-async">
+ <title>Asynchronous I/O Support</title>
+
+ <para>As mentioned above, there are situations where it may be
+ important to initiate concurrent operations from user mode code.
+ This is particularly important for periodic transfers
+ (interrupt and isochronous), but it can be used for other
+ kinds of USB requests too.
+ In such cases, the asynchronous requests described here
+ are essential. Rather than submitting one request and having
+ the kernel block until it completes, the blocking is separate.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>These requests are packaged into a structure that
+ resembles the URB used by kernel device drivers.
+ (No POSIX Async I/O support here, sorry.)
+ It identifies the endpoint type (USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_*),
+ endpoint (number, masked with USB_DIR_IN as appropriate),
+ buffer and length, and a user "context" value serving to
+ uniquely identify each request.
+ (It's usually a pointer to per-request data.)
+ Flags can modify requests (not as many as supported for
+ kernel drivers).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Each request can specify a realtime signal number
+ (between SIGRTMIN and SIGRTMAX, inclusive) to request a
+ signal be sent when the request completes.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>When usbfs returns these urbs, the status value
+ is updated, and the buffer may have been modified.
+ Except for isochronous transfers, the actual_length is
+ updated to say how many bytes were transferred; if the
+ USBDEVFS_URB_DISABLE_SPD flag is set
+ ("short packets are not OK"), if fewer bytes were read
+ than were requested then you get an error report.
+ </para>
+
+<programlisting>struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc {
+ unsigned int length;
+ unsigned int actual_length;
+ unsigned int status;
+};
+
+struct usbdevfs_urb {
+ unsigned char type;
+ unsigned char endpoint;
+ int status;
+ unsigned int flags;
+ void *buffer;
+ int buffer_length;
+ int actual_length;
+ int start_frame;
+ int number_of_packets;
+ int error_count;
+ unsigned int signr;
+ void *usercontext;
+ struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc iso_frame_desc[];
+};</programlisting>
+
+ <para> For these asynchronous requests, the file modification
+ time reflects when the request was initiated.
+ This contrasts with their use with the synchronous requests,
+ where it reflects when requests complete.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_DISCARDURB</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <emphasis>TBS</emphasis>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_DISCSIGNAL</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <emphasis>TBS</emphasis>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_REAPURB</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <emphasis>TBS</emphasis>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_REAPURBNDELAY</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <emphasis>TBS</emphasis>
+ File modification time is not updated by this request.
+ </para><para>
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_SUBMITURB</term>
+ <listitem><para>
+ <emphasis>TBS</emphasis>
+ </para><para>
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+</book>
+<!-- vim:syntax=sgml:sw=4
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/biblio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afc8a0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/biblio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+ <bibliography>
+ <title>References</title>
+
+ <biblioentry id="eia608">
+ <abbrev>EIA 608-B</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>Electronic Industries Alliance (<ulink
+url="http://www.eia.org">http://www.eia.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>EIA 608-B "Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data
+Service"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="en300294">
+ <abbrev>EN 300 294</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>European Telecommunication Standards Institute
+(<ulink url="http://www.etsi.org">http://www.etsi.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>EN 300 294 "625-line television Wide Screen Signalling
+(WSS)"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="ets300231">
+ <abbrev>ETS 300 231</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>European Telecommunication Standards Institute
+(<ulink
+url="http://www.etsi.org">http://www.etsi.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ETS 300 231 "Specification of the domestic video
+Programme Delivery Control system (PDC)"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="ets300706">
+ <abbrev>ETS 300 706</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>European Telecommunication Standards Institute
+(<ulink url="http://www.etsi.org">http://www.etsi.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ETS 300 706 "Enhanced Teletext specification"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="mpeg2part1">
+ <abbrev>ISO 13818-1</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>), International
+Organisation for Standardisation (<ulink
+url="http://www.iso.ch">http://www.iso.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-T Rec. H.222.0 | ISO/IEC 13818-1 "Information
+technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated
+audio information: Systems"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="mpeg2part2">
+ <abbrev>ISO 13818-2</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>), International
+Organisation for Standardisation (<ulink
+url="http://www.iso.ch">http://www.iso.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-T Rec. H.262 | ISO/IEC 13818-2 "Information
+technology — Generic coding of moving pictures and associated
+audio information: Video"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="itu470">
+ <abbrev>ITU BT.470</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-R Recommendation BT.470-6 "Conventional Television
+Systems"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="itu601">
+ <abbrev>ITU BT.601</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-R Recommendation BT.601-5 "Studio Encoding Parameters
+of Digital Television for Standard 4:3 and Wide-Screen 16:9 Aspect
+Ratios"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="itu653">
+ <abbrev>ITU BT.653</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-R Recommendation BT.653-3 "Teletext systems"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="itu709">
+ <abbrev>ITU BT.709</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-R Recommendation BT.709-5 "Parameter values for the
+HDTV standards for production and international programme
+exchange"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="itu1119">
+ <abbrev>ITU BT.1119</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union (<ulink
+url="http://www.itu.ch">http://www.itu.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>ITU-R Recommendation BT.1119 "625-line
+television Wide Screen Signalling (WSS)"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="jfif">
+ <abbrev>JFIF</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>Independent JPEG Group (<ulink
+url="http://www.ijg.org">http://www.ijg.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>JPEG File Interchange Format</title>
+ <subtitle>Version 1.02</subtitle>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="smpte12m">
+ <abbrev>SMPTE 12M</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
+(<ulink url="http://www.smpte.org">http://www.smpte.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>SMPTE 12M-1999 "Television, Audio and Film - Time and
+Control Code"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="smpte170m">
+ <abbrev>SMPTE 170M</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
+(<ulink url="http://www.smpte.org">http://www.smpte.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>SMPTE 170M-1999 "Television - Composite Analog Video
+Signal - NTSC for Studio Applications"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="smpte240m">
+ <abbrev>SMPTE 240M</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
+(<ulink url="http://www.smpte.org">http://www.smpte.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>SMPTE 240M-1999 "Television - Signal Parameters -
+1125-Line High-Definition Production"</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="en50067">
+ <abbrev>EN 50067</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
+(<ulink url="http://www.cenelec.eu">http://www.cenelec.eu</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>Specification of the radio data system (RDS) for VHF/FM sound broadcasting
+in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ <biblioentry id="nrsc4">
+ <abbrev>NRSC-4</abbrev>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <corpauthor>National Radio Systems Committee
+(<ulink url="http://www.nrscstandards.org">http://www.nrscstandards.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <title>NTSC-4: United States RBDS Standard</title>
+ </biblioentry>
+
+ </bibliography>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/capture.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/capture.c.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c5c49a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/capture.c.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+<programlisting>
+/*
+ * V4L2 video capture example
+ *
+ * This program can be used and distributed without restrictions.
+ *
+ * This program is provided with the V4L2 API
+ * see http://linuxtv.org/docs.php for more information
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <getopt.h> /* getopt_long() */
+
+#include <fcntl.h> /* low-level i/o */
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#define CLEAR(x) memset(&(x), 0, sizeof(x))
+
+enum io_method {
+ IO_METHOD_READ,
+ IO_METHOD_MMAP,
+ IO_METHOD_USERPTR,
+};
+
+struct buffer {
+ void *start;
+ size_t length;
+};
+
+static char *dev_name;
+static enum io_method io = IO_METHOD_MMAP;
+static int fd = -1;
+struct buffer *buffers;
+static unsigned int n_buffers;
+static int out_buf;
+static int force_format;
+static int frame_count = 70;
+
+static void errno_exit(const char *s)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s error %d, %s\n", s, errno, strerror(errno));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static int xioctl(int fh, int request, void *arg)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ do {
+ r = ioctl(fh, request, arg);
+ } while (-1 == r && EINTR == errno);
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void process_image(const void *p, int size)
+{
+ if (out_buf)
+ fwrite(p, size, 1, stdout);
+
+ fflush(stderr);
+ fprintf(stderr, ".");
+ fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+static int read_frame(void)
+{
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> buf;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ if (-1 == read(fd, buffers[0].start, buffers[0].length)) {
+ switch (errno) {
+ case EAGAIN:
+ return 0;
+
+ case EIO:
+ /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */
+
+ /* fall through */
+
+ default:
+ errno_exit("read");
+ }
+ }
+
+ process_image(buffers[0].start, buffers[0].length);
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ CLEAR(buf);
+
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf)) {
+ switch (errno) {
+ case EAGAIN:
+ return 0;
+
+ case EIO:
+ /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */
+
+ /* fall through */
+
+ default:
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_DQBUF");
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert(buf.index < n_buffers);
+
+ process_image(buffers[buf.index].start, buf.bytesused);
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ CLEAR(buf);
+
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf)) {
+ switch (errno) {
+ case EAGAIN:
+ return 0;
+
+ case EIO:
+ /* Could ignore EIO, see spec. */
+
+ /* fall through */
+
+ default:
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_DQBUF");
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i)
+ if (buf.m.userptr == (unsigned long)buffers[i].start
+ && buf.length == buffers[i].length)
+ break;
+
+ assert(i < n_buffers);
+
+ process_image((void *)buf.m.userptr, buf.bytesused);
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static void mainloop(void)
+{
+ unsigned int count;
+
+ count = frame_count;
+
+ while (count-- > 0) {
+ for (;;) {
+ fd_set fds;
+ struct timeval tv;
+ int r;
+
+ FD_ZERO(&fds);
+ FD_SET(fd, &fds);
+
+ /* Timeout. */
+ tv.tv_sec = 2;
+ tv.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ r = select(fd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &tv);
+
+ if (-1 == r) {
+ if (EINTR == errno)
+ continue;
+ errno_exit("select");
+ }
+
+ if (0 == r) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "select timeout\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (read_frame())
+ break;
+ /* EAGAIN - continue select loop. */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void stop_capturing(void)
+{
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ /* Nothing to do. */
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, &type))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMOFF");
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void start_capturing(void)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ /* Nothing to do. */
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> buf;
+
+ CLEAR(buf);
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ buf.index = i;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+ }
+ type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMON");
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> buf;
+
+ CLEAR(buf);
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
+ buf.index = i;
+ buf.m.userptr = (unsigned long)buffers[i].start;
+ buf.length = buffers[i].length;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QBUF");
+ }
+ type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_STREAMON");
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void uninit_device(void)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ free(buffers[0].start);
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i)
+ if (-1 == munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length))
+ errno_exit("munmap");
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i)
+ free(buffers[i].start);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free(buffers);
+}
+
+static void init_read(unsigned int buffer_size)
+{
+ buffers = calloc(1, sizeof(*buffers));
+
+ if (!buffers) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ buffers[0].length = buffer_size;
+ buffers[0].start = malloc(buffer_size);
+
+ if (!buffers[0].start) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void init_mmap(void)
+{
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link> req;
+
+ CLEAR(req);
+
+ req.count = 4;
+ req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req)) {
+ if (EINVAL == errno) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support "
+ "memory mapping\n", dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (req.count < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Insufficient buffer memory on %s\n",
+ dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ buffers = calloc(req.count, sizeof(*buffers));
+
+ if (!buffers) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < req.count; ++n_buffers) {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> buf;
+
+ CLEAR(buf);
+
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ buf.index = n_buffers;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &buf))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF");
+
+ buffers[n_buffers].length = buf.length;
+ buffers[n_buffers].start =
+ mmap(NULL /* start anywhere */,
+ buf.length,
+ PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE /* required */,
+ MAP_SHARED /* recommended */,
+ fd, buf.m.offset);
+
+ if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[n_buffers].start)
+ errno_exit("mmap");
+ }
+}
+
+static void init_userp(unsigned int buffer_size)
+{
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link> req;
+
+ CLEAR(req);
+
+ req.count = 4;
+ req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req)) {
+ if (EINVAL == errno) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support "
+ "user pointer i/o\n", dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
+ }
+ }
+
+ buffers = calloc(4, sizeof(*buffers));
+
+ if (!buffers) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < 4; ++n_buffers) {
+ buffers[n_buffers].length = buffer_size;
+ buffers[n_buffers].start = malloc(buffer_size);
+
+ if (!buffers[n_buffers].start) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void init_device(void)
+{
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-capability">v4l2_capability</link> cap;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-cropcap">v4l2_cropcap</link> cropcap;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-crop">v4l2_crop</link> crop;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> fmt;
+ unsigned int min;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYCAP, &cap)) {
+ if (EINVAL == errno) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s is no V4L2 device\n",
+ dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_QUERYCAP");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s is no video capture device\n",
+ dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_READWRITE)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support read i/o\n",
+ dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ if (!(cap.capabilities & V4L2_CAP_STREAMING)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s does not support streaming i/o\n",
+ dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Select video input, video standard and tune here. */
+
+
+ CLEAR(cropcap);
+
+ cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+ if (0 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP, &cropcap)) {
+ crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ crop.c = cropcap.defrect; /* reset to default */
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop)) {
+ switch (errno) {
+ case EINVAL:
+ /* Cropping not supported. */
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Errors ignored. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Errors ignored. */
+ }
+
+
+ CLEAR(fmt);
+
+ fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ if (force_format) {
+ fmt.fmt.pix.width = 640;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.height = 480;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.field = V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED;
+
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &fmt))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_S_FMT");
+
+ /* Note VIDIOC_S_FMT may change width and height. */
+ } else {
+ /* Preserve original settings as set by v4l2-ctl for example */
+ if (-1 == xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_G_FMT, &fmt))
+ errno_exit("VIDIOC_G_FMT");
+ }
+
+ /* Buggy driver paranoia. */
+ min = fmt.fmt.pix.width * 2;
+ if (fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline < min)
+ fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline = min;
+ min = fmt.fmt.pix.bytesperline * fmt.fmt.pix.height;
+ if (fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage < min)
+ fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage = min;
+
+ switch (io) {
+ case IO_METHOD_READ:
+ init_read(fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage);
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_MMAP:
+ init_mmap();
+ break;
+
+ case IO_METHOD_USERPTR:
+ init_userp(fmt.fmt.pix.sizeimage);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void close_device(void)
+{
+ if (-1 == close(fd))
+ errno_exit("close");
+
+ fd = -1;
+}
+
+static void open_device(void)
+{
+ struct stat st;
+
+ if (-1 == stat(dev_name, &st)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Cannot identify '%s': %d, %s\n",
+ dev_name, errno, strerror(errno));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (!S_ISCHR(st.st_mode)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s is no device\n", dev_name);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ fd = open(dev_name, O_RDWR /* required */ | O_NONBLOCK, 0);
+
+ if (-1 == fd) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open '%s': %d, %s\n",
+ dev_name, errno, strerror(errno));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void usage(FILE *fp, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ fprintf(fp,
+ "Usage: %s [options]\n\n"
+ "Version 1.3\n"
+ "Options:\n"
+ "-d | --device name Video device name [%s]\n"
+ "-h | --help Print this message\n"
+ "-m | --mmap Use memory mapped buffers [default]\n"
+ "-r | --read Use read() calls\n"
+ "-u | --userp Use application allocated buffers\n"
+ "-o | --output Outputs stream to stdout\n"
+ "-f | --format Force format to 640x480 YUYV\n"
+ "-c | --count Number of frames to grab [%i]\n"
+ "",
+ argv[0], dev_name, frame_count);
+}
+
+static const char short_options[] = "d:hmruofc:";
+
+static const struct option
+long_options[] = {
+ { "device", required_argument, NULL, 'd' },
+ { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' },
+ { "mmap", no_argument, NULL, 'm' },
+ { "read", no_argument, NULL, 'r' },
+ { "userp", no_argument, NULL, 'u' },
+ { "output", no_argument, NULL, 'o' },
+ { "format", no_argument, NULL, 'f' },
+ { "count", required_argument, NULL, 'c' },
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ dev_name = "/dev/video0";
+
+ for (;;) {
+ int idx;
+ int c;
+
+ c = getopt_long(argc, argv,
+ short_options, long_options, &idx);
+
+ if (-1 == c)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c) {
+ case 0: /* getopt_long() flag */
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ dev_name = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'h':
+ usage(stdout, argc, argv);
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+ case 'm':
+ io = IO_METHOD_MMAP;
+ break;
+
+ case 'r':
+ io = IO_METHOD_READ;
+ break;
+
+ case 'u':
+ io = IO_METHOD_USERPTR;
+ break;
+
+ case 'o':
+ out_buf++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ force_format++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ errno = 0;
+ frame_count = strtol(optarg, NULL, 0);
+ if (errno)
+ errno_exit(optarg);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ usage(stderr, argc, argv);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ open_device();
+ init_device();
+ start_capturing();
+ mainloop();
+ stop_capturing();
+ uninit_device();
+ close_device();
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ return 0;
+}
+</programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cea23e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1195 @@
+ <title>Common API Elements</title>
+
+ <para>Programming a V4L2 device consists of these
+steps:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Opening the device</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Changing device properties, selecting a video and audio
+input, video standard, picture brightness a. o.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Negotiating a data format</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Negotiating an input/output method</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The actual input/output loop</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Closing the device</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>In practice most steps are optional and can be executed out of
+order. It depends on the V4L2 device type, you can read about the
+details in <xref linkend="devices" />. In this chapter we will discuss
+the basic concepts applicable to all devices.</para>
+
+ <section id="open">
+ <title>Opening and Closing Devices</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Device Naming</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 drivers are implemented as kernel modules, loaded
+manually by the system administrator or automatically when a device is
+first opened. The driver modules plug into the "videodev" kernel
+module. It provides helper functions and a common application
+interface specified in this document.</para>
+
+ <para>Each driver thus loaded registers one or more device nodes
+with major number 81 and a minor number between 0 and 255. Assigning
+minor numbers to V4L2 devices is entirely up to the system administrator,
+this is primarily intended to solve conflicts between devices.<footnote>
+ <para>Access permissions are associated with character
+device special files, hence we must ensure device numbers cannot
+change with the module load order. To this end minor numbers are no
+longer automatically assigned by the "videodev" module as in V4L but
+requested by the driver. The defaults will suffice for most people
+unless two drivers compete for the same minor numbers.</para>
+ </footnote> The module options to select minor numbers are named
+after the device special file with a "_nr" suffix. For example "video_nr"
+for <filename>/dev/video</filename> video capture devices. The number is
+an offset to the base minor number associated with the device type.
+<footnote>
+ <para>In earlier versions of the V4L2 API the module options
+where named after the device special file with a "unit_" prefix, expressing
+the minor number itself, not an offset. Rationale for this change is unknown.
+Lastly the naming and semantics are just a convention among driver writers,
+the point to note is that minor numbers are not supposed to be hardcoded
+into drivers.</para>
+ </footnote> When the driver supports multiple devices of the same
+type more than one minor number can be assigned, separated by commas:
+<informalexample>
+ <screen>
+> insmod mydriver.o video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1</screen>
+ </informalexample></para>
+
+ <para>In <filename>/etc/modules.conf</filename> this may be
+written as: <informalexample>
+ <screen>
+alias char-major-81-0 mydriver
+alias char-major-81-1 mydriver
+alias char-major-81-64 mydriver <co id="alias" />
+options mydriver video_nr=0,1 radio_nr=0,1 <co id="options" />
+ </screen>
+ <calloutlist>
+ <callout arearefs="alias">
+ <para>When an application attempts to open a device
+special file with major number 81 and minor number 0, 1, or 64, load
+"mydriver" (and the "videodev" module it depends upon).</para>
+ </callout>
+ <callout arearefs="options">
+ <para>Register the first two video capture devices with
+minor number 0 and 1 (base number is 0), the first two radio device
+with minor number 64 and 65 (base 64).</para>
+ </callout>
+ </calloutlist>
+ </informalexample> When no minor number is given as module
+option the driver supplies a default. <xref linkend="devices" />
+recommends the base minor numbers to be used for the various device
+types. Obviously minor numbers must be unique. When the number is
+already in use the <emphasis>offending device</emphasis> will not be
+registered. <!-- Blessed by Linus Torvalds on
+linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org, 2002-11-20. --></para>
+
+ <para>By convention system administrators create various
+character device special files with these major and minor numbers in
+the <filename>/dev</filename> directory. The names recomended for the
+different V4L2 device types are listed in <xref linkend="devices" />.
+</para>
+
+ <para>The creation of character special files (with
+<application>mknod</application>) is a privileged operation and
+devices cannot be opened by major and minor number. That means
+applications cannot <emphasis>reliable</emphasis> scan for loaded or
+installed drivers. The user must enter a device name, or the
+application can try the conventional device names.</para>
+
+ <para>Under the device filesystem (devfs) the minor number
+options are ignored. V4L2 drivers (or by proxy the "videodev" module)
+automatically create the required device files in the
+<filename>/dev/v4l</filename> directory using the conventional device
+names above.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="related">
+ <title>Related Devices</title>
+
+ <para>Devices can support several related functions. For example
+video capturing, video overlay and VBI capturing are related because
+these functions share, amongst other, the same video input and tuner
+frequency. V4L and earlier versions of V4L2 used the same device name
+and minor number for video capturing and overlay, but different ones
+for VBI. Experience showed this approach has several problems<footnote>
+ <para>Given a device file name one cannot reliable find
+related devices. For once names are arbitrary and in a system with
+multiple devices, where only some support VBI capturing, a
+<filename>/dev/video2</filename> is not necessarily related to
+<filename>/dev/vbi2</filename>. The V4L
+<constant>VIDIOCGUNIT</constant> ioctl would require a search for a
+device file with a particular major and minor number.</para>
+ </footnote>, and to make things worse the V4L videodev module
+used to prohibit multiple opens of a device.</para>
+
+ <para>As a remedy the present version of the V4L2 API relaxed the
+concept of device types with specific names and minor numbers. For
+compatibility with old applications drivers must still register different
+minor numbers to assign a default function to the device. But if related
+functions are supported by the driver they must be available under all
+registered minor numbers. The desired function can be selected after
+opening the device as described in <xref linkend="devices" />.</para>
+
+ <para>Imagine a driver supporting video capturing, video
+overlay, raw VBI capturing, and FM radio reception. It registers three
+devices with minor number 0, 64 and 224 (this numbering scheme is
+inherited from the V4L API). Regardless if
+<filename>/dev/video</filename> (81, 0) or
+<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> (81, 224) is opened the application can
+select any one of the video capturing, overlay or VBI capturing
+functions. Without programming (e. g. reading from the device
+with <application>dd</application> or <application>cat</application>)
+<filename>/dev/video</filename> captures video images, while
+<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> captures raw VBI data.
+<filename>/dev/radio</filename> (81, 64) is invariable a radio device,
+unrelated to the video functions. Being unrelated does not imply the
+devices can be used at the same time, however. The &func-open;
+function may very well return an &EBUSY;.</para>
+
+ <para>Besides video input or output the hardware may also
+support audio sampling or playback. If so, these functions are
+implemented as OSS or ALSA PCM devices and eventually OSS or ALSA
+audio mixer. The V4L2 API makes no provisions yet to find these
+related devices. If you have an idea please write to the linux-media
+mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Multiple Opens</title>
+
+ <para>In general, V4L2 devices can be opened more than once.
+When this is supported by the driver, users can for example start a
+"panel" application to change controls like brightness or audio
+volume, while another application captures video and audio. In other words, panel
+applications are comparable to an OSS or ALSA audio mixer application.
+When a device supports multiple functions like capturing and overlay
+<emphasis>simultaneously</emphasis>, multiple opens allow concurrent
+use of the device by forked processes or specialized applications.</para>
+
+ <para>Multiple opens are optional, although drivers should
+permit at least concurrent accesses without data exchange, &ie; panel
+applications. This implies &func-open; can return an &EBUSY; when the
+device is already in use, as well as &func-ioctl; functions initiating
+data exchange (namely the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl), and the &func-read;
+and &func-write; functions.</para>
+
+ <para>Mere opening a V4L2 device does not grant exclusive
+access.<footnote>
+ <para>Drivers could recognize the
+<constant>O_EXCL</constant> open flag. Presently this is not required,
+so applications cannot know if it really works.</para>
+ </footnote> Initiating data exchange however assigns the right
+to read or write the requested type of data, and to change related
+properties, to this file descriptor. Applications can request
+additional access privileges using the priority mechanism described in
+<xref linkend="app-pri" />.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Shared Data Streams</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 drivers should not support multiple applications
+reading or writing the same data stream on a device by copying
+buffers, time multiplexing or similar means. This is better handled by
+a proxy application in user space. When the driver supports stream
+sharing anyway it must be implemented transparently. The V4L2 API does
+not specify how conflicts are solved. <!-- For example O_EXCL when the
+application does not want to be preempted, PROT_READ mmapped buffers
+which can be mapped twice, what happens when image formats do not
+match etc.--></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Functions</title>
+
+ <para>To open and close V4L2 devices applications use the
+&func-open; and &func-close; function, respectively. Devices are
+programmed using the &func-ioctl; function as explained in the
+following sections.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="querycap">
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Because V4L2 covers a wide variety of devices not all
+aspects of the API are equally applicable to all types of devices.
+Furthermore devices of the same type have different capabilities and
+this specification permits the omission of a few complicated and less
+important parts of the API.</para>
+
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is available to check if the kernel
+device is compatible with this specification, and to query the <link
+linkend="devices">functions</link> and <link linkend="io">I/O
+methods</link> supported by the device. Other features can be queried
+by calling the respective ioctl, for example &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;
+to learn about the number, types and names of video connectors on the
+device. Although abstraction is a major objective of this API, the
+ioctl also allows driver specific applications to reliable identify
+the driver.</para>
+
+ <para>All V4L2 drivers must support
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCAP</constant>. Applications should always call
+this ioctl after opening the device.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="app-pri">
+ <title>Application Priority</title>
+
+ <para>When multiple applications share a device it may be
+desirable to assign them different priorities. Contrary to the
+traditional "rm -rf /" school of thought a video recording application
+could for example block other applications from changing video
+controls or switching the current TV channel. Another objective is to
+permit low priority applications working in background, which can be
+preempted by user controlled applications and automatically regain
+control of the device at a later time.</para>
+
+ <para>Since these features cannot be implemented entirely in user
+space V4L2 defines the &VIDIOC-G-PRIORITY; and &VIDIOC-S-PRIORITY;
+ioctls to request and query the access priority associate with a file
+descriptor. Opening a device assigns a medium priority, compatible
+with earlier versions of V4L2 and drivers not supporting these ioctls.
+Applications requiring a different priority will usually call
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</constant> after verifying the device with
+the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Ioctls changing driver properties, such as &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;,
+return an &EBUSY; after another application obtained higher priority.
+An event mechanism to notify applications about asynchronous property
+changes has been proposed but not added yet.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="video">
+ <title>Video Inputs and Outputs</title>
+
+ <para>Video inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a
+device. These can be for example RF connectors (antenna/cable), CVBS
+a.k.a. Composite Video, S-Video or RGB connectors. Only video and VBI
+capture devices have inputs, output devices have outputs, at least one
+each. Radio devices have no video inputs or outputs.</para>
+
+ <para>To learn about the number and attributes of the
+available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl, respectively. The
+&v4l2-input; returned by the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant>
+ioctl also contains signal status information applicable when the
+current video input is queried.</para>
+
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; ioctl return the
+index of the current video input or output. To select a different
+input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-S-INPUT; and
+&VIDIOC-S-OUTPUT; ioctl. Drivers must implement all the input ioctls
+when the device has one or more inputs, all the output ioctls when the
+device has one or more outputs.</para>
+
+ <!--
+ <figure id=io-tree>
+ <title>Input and output enumeration is the root of most device properties.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="links.pdf" format="ps" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="links.gif" format="gif" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Links between various device property structures.</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ -->
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Information about the current video input</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-input; input;
+int index;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &index)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));
+input.index = index;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+printf ("Current input: %s\n", input.name);
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Switching to the first video input</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+int index;
+
+index = 0;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;, &index)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="audio">
+ <title>Audio Inputs and Outputs</title>
+
+ <para>Audio inputs and outputs are physical connectors of a
+device. Video capture devices have inputs, output devices have
+outputs, zero or more each. Radio devices have no audio inputs or
+outputs. They have exactly one tuner which in fact
+<emphasis>is</emphasis> an audio source, but this API associates
+tuners with video inputs or outputs only, and radio devices have
+none of these.<footnote>
+ <para>Actually &v4l2-audio; ought to have a
+<structfield>tuner</structfield> field like &v4l2-input;, not only
+making the API more consistent but also permitting radio devices with
+multiple tuners.</para>
+ </footnote> A connector on a TV card to loop back the received
+audio signal to a sound card is not considered an audio output.</para>
+
+ <para>Audio and video inputs and outputs are associated. Selecting
+a video source also selects an audio source. This is most evident when
+the video and audio source is a tuner. Further audio connectors can
+combine with more than one video input or output. Assumed two
+composite video inputs and two audio inputs exist, there may be up to
+four valid combinations. The relation of video and audio connectors
+is defined in the <structfield>audioset</structfield> field of the
+respective &v4l2-input; or &v4l2-output;, where each bit represents
+the index number, starting at zero, of one audio input or output.</para>
+
+ <para>To learn about the number and attributes of the
+available inputs and outputs applications can enumerate them with the
+&VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; and &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDOUT; ioctl, respectively. The
+&v4l2-audio; returned by the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</constant> ioctl
+also contains signal status information applicable when the current
+audio input is queried.</para>
+
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; ioctl report
+the current audio input and output, respectively. Note that, unlike
+&VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-G-OUTPUT; these ioctls return a structure
+as <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT</constant> do, not just an index.</para>
+
+ <para>To select an audio input and change its properties
+applications call the &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO; ioctl. To select an audio
+output (which presently has no changeable properties) applications
+call the &VIDIOC-S-AUDOUT; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers must implement all input ioctls when the device
+has one or more inputs, all output ioctls when the device has one
+or more outputs. When the device has any audio inputs or outputs the
+driver must set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_AUDIO</constant> flag in the
+&v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Information about the current audio input</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-audio; audio;
+
+memset (&audio, 0, sizeof (audio));
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO;, &audio)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_AUDIO");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+printf ("Current input: %s\n", audio.name);
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Switching to the first audio input</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-audio; audio;
+
+memset (&audio, 0, sizeof (audio)); /* clear audio.mode, audio.reserved */
+
+audio.index = 0;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO;, &audio)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_AUDIO");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="tuner">
+ <title>Tuners and Modulators</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Tuners</title>
+
+ <para>Video input devices can have one or more tuners
+demodulating a RF signal. Each tuner is associated with one or more
+video inputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on the tuner.
+The <structfield>type</structfield> field of the respective
+&v4l2-input; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl is set to
+<constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER</constant> and its
+<structfield>tuner</structfield> field contains the index number of
+the tuner.</para>
+
+ <para>Radio devices have exactly one tuner with index zero, no
+video inputs.</para>
+
+ <para>To query and change tuner properties applications use the
+&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; ioctl, respectively. The
+&v4l2-tuner; returned by <constant>VIDIOC_G_TUNER</constant> also
+contains signal status information applicable when the tuner of the
+current video input, or a radio tuner is queried. Note that
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</constant> does not switch the current tuner,
+when there is more than one at all. The tuner is solely determined by
+the current video input. Drivers must support both ioctls and set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TUNER</constant> flag in the &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl when the device has one or
+more tuners.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Modulators</title>
+
+ <para>Video output devices can have one or more modulators, uh,
+modulating a video signal for radiation or connection to the antenna
+input of a TV set or video recorder. Each modulator is associated with
+one or more video outputs, depending on the number of RF connectors on
+the modulator. The <structfield>type</structfield> field of the
+respective &v4l2-output; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl is
+set to <constant>V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR</constant> and its
+<structfield>modulator</structfield> field contains the index number
+of the modulator. This specification does not define radio output
+devices.</para>
+
+ <para>To query and change modulator properties applications use
+the &VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR; and &VIDIOC-S-MODULATOR; ioctl. Note that
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</constant> does not switch the current
+modulator, when there is more than one at all. The modulator is solely
+determined by the current video output. Drivers must support both
+ioctls and set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR</constant> flag in
+the &v4l2-capability; returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl when the
+device has one or more modulators.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Radio Frequency</title>
+
+ <para>To get and set the tuner or modulator radio frequency
+applications use the &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY;
+ioctl which both take a pointer to a &v4l2-frequency;. These ioctls
+are used for TV and radio devices alike. Drivers must support both
+ioctls when the tuner or modulator ioctls are supported, or
+when the device is a radio device.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="standard">
+ <title>Video Standards</title>
+
+ <para>Video devices typically support one or more different video
+standards or variations of standards. Each video input and output may
+support another set of standards. This set is reported by the
+<structfield>std</structfield> field of &v4l2-input; and
+&v4l2-output; returned by the &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; and
+&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl, respectively.</para>
+
+ <para>V4L2 defines one bit for each analog video standard
+currently in use worldwide, and sets aside bits for driver defined
+standards, ⪚ hybrid standards to watch NTSC video tapes on PAL TVs
+and vice versa. Applications can use the predefined bits to select a
+particular standard, although presenting the user a menu of supported
+standards is preferred. To enumerate and query the attributes of the
+supported standards applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Many of the defined standards are actually just variations
+of a few major standards. The hardware may in fact not distinguish
+between them, or do so internal and switch automatically. Therefore
+enumerated standards also contain sets of one or more standard
+bits.</para>
+
+ <para>Assume a hypothetic tuner capable of demodulating B/PAL,
+G/PAL and I/PAL signals. The first enumerated standard is a set of B
+and G/PAL, switched automatically depending on the selected radio
+frequency in UHF or VHF band. Enumeration gives a "PAL-B/G" or "PAL-I"
+choice. Similar a Composite input may collapse standards, enumerating
+"PAL-B/G/H/I", "NTSC-M" and "SECAM-D/K".<footnote>
+ <para>Some users are already confused by technical terms PAL,
+NTSC and SECAM. There is no point asking them to distinguish between
+B, G, D, or K when the software or hardware can do that
+automatically.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>To query and select the standard used by the current video
+input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-G-STD; and
+&VIDIOC-S-STD; ioctl, respectively. The <emphasis>received</emphasis>
+standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
+ <para>An alternative to the current scheme is to use pointers
+to indices as arguments of <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>, the &v4l2-input; and
+&v4l2-output; <structfield>std</structfield> field would be a set of
+indices like <structfield>audioset</structfield>.</para>
+ <para>Indices are consistent with the rest of the API
+and identify the standard unambiguously. In the present scheme of
+things an enumerated standard is looked up by &v4l2-std-id;. Now the
+standards supported by the inputs of a device can overlap. Just
+assume the tuner and composite input in the example above both
+exist on a device. An enumeration of "PAL-B/G", "PAL-H/I" suggests
+a choice which does not exist. We cannot merge or omit sets, because
+applications would be unable to find the standards reported by
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>. That leaves separate enumerations
+for each input. Also selecting a standard by &v4l2-std-id; can be
+ambiguous. Advantage of this method is that applications need not
+identify the standard indirectly, after enumerating.</para><para>So in
+summary, the lookup itself is unavoidable. The difference is only
+whether the lookup is necessary to find an enumerated standard or to
+switch to a standard by &v4l2-std-id;.</para>
+ </footnote> Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls
+when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs.</para>
+
+ <para>Special rules apply to USB cameras where the notion of video
+standards makes little sense. More generally any capture device,
+output devices accordingly, which is <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>incapable of capturing fields or frames at the nominal
+rate of the video standard, or</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>where <link linkend="buffer">timestamps</link> refer
+to the instant the field or frame was received by the driver, not the
+capture time, or</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>where <link linkend="buffer">sequence numbers</link>
+refer to the frames received by the driver, not the captured
+frames.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist> Here the driver shall set the
+<structfield>std</structfield> field of &v4l2-input; and &v4l2-output;
+to zero, the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant> ioctls shall return the
+&EINVAL;.<footnote>
+ <para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale. Probably
+even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
+been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
+up to normal expectations, instead of this exception.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Information about the current video standard</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-std-id; std_id;
+&v4l2-standard; standard;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &std_id)) {
+ /* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns EINVAL this
+ is no video device or it falls under the USB exception,
+ and VIDIOC_G_STD returning EINVAL is no error. */
+
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_STD");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+memset (&standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
+standard.index = 0;
+
+while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &standard)) {
+ if (standard.id & std_id) {
+ printf ("Current video standard: %s\n", standard.name);
+ exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ standard.index++;
+}
+
+/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be
+ empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */
+
+if (errno == EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Listing the video standards supported by the current
+input</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-input; input;
+&v4l2-standard; standard;
+
+memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &input.index)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+printf ("Current input %s supports:\n", input.name);
+
+memset (&standard, 0, sizeof (standard));
+standard.index = 0;
+
+while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &standard)) {
+ if (standard.id & input.std)
+ printf ("%s\n", standard.name);
+
+ standard.index++;
+}
+
+/* EINVAL indicates the end of the enumeration, which cannot be
+ empty unless this device falls under the USB exception. */
+
+if (errno != EINVAL || standard.index == 0) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_ENUMSTD");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Selecting a new video standard</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-input; input;
+&v4l2-std-id; std_id;
+
+memset (&input, 0, sizeof (input));
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT;, &input.index)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &input)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+if (0 == (input.std & V4L2_STD_PAL_BG)) {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Oops. B/G PAL is not supported.\n");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* Note this is also supposed to work when only B
+ <emphasis>or</emphasis> G/PAL is supported. */
+
+std_id = V4L2_STD_PAL_BG;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &std_id)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_STD");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ <section id="dv-timings">
+ <title>Digital Video (DV) Timings</title>
+ <para>
+ The video standards discussed so far has been dealing with Analog TV and the
+corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces
+such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry
+video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings
+for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to
+the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs is added to set/get video timings at
+the input and output: </para><itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets. These are IDs representing a
+video timing at the input/output. Presets are pre-defined timings implemented
+by the hardware according to video standards. A __u32 data type is used to represent
+a preset unlike the bit mask that is used in &v4l2-std-id; allowing future extensions
+to support as many different presets as needed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Custom DV Timings: This will allow applications to define more detailed
+custom video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height,
+polarities, frontporch, backporch etc.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>To enumerate and query the attributes of DV presets supported by a device,
+applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; ioctl. To get the current DV preset,
+applications use the &VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET; ioctl and to set a preset they use the
+&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para>
+ <para>To set custom DV timings for the device, applications use the
+&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current custom DV timings they use the
+&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para>
+ <para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
+<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the
+video timings for the device.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ &sub-controls;
+
+ <section id="format">
+ <title>Data Formats</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Data Format Negotiation</title>
+
+ <para>Different devices exchange different kinds of data with
+applications, for example video images, raw or sliced VBI data, RDS
+datagrams. Even within one kind many different formats are possible,
+in particular an abundance of image formats. Although drivers must
+provide a default and the selection persists across closing and
+reopening a device, applications should always negotiate a data format
+before engaging in data exchange. Negotiation means the application
+asks for a particular format and the driver selects and reports the
+best the hardware can do to satisfy the request. Of course
+applications can also just query the current selection.</para>
+
+ <para>A single mechanism exists to negotiate all data formats
+using the aggregate &v4l2-format; and the &VIDIOC-G-FMT; and
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls. Additionally the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be
+used to examine what the hardware <emphasis>could</emphasis> do,
+without actually selecting a new data format. The data formats
+supported by the V4L2 API are covered in the respective device section
+in <xref linkend="devices" />. For a closer look at image formats see
+<xref linkend="pixfmt" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl is a major
+turning-point in the initialization sequence. Prior to this point
+multiple panel applications can access the same device concurrently to
+select the current input, change controls or modify other properties.
+The first <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> assigns a logical stream
+(video data, VBI data etc.) exclusively to one file descriptor.</para>
+
+ <para>Exclusive means no other application, more precisely no
+other file descriptor, can grab this stream or change device
+properties inconsistent with the negotiated parameters. A video
+standard change for example, when the new standard uses a different
+number of scan lines, can invalidate the selected image format.
+Therefore only the file descriptor owning the stream can make
+invalidating changes. Accordingly multiple file descriptors which
+grabbed different logical streams prevent each other from interfering
+with their settings. When for example video overlay is about to start
+or already in progress, simultaneous video capturing may be restricted
+to the same cropping and image size.</para>
+
+ <para>When applications omit the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl its locking side effects are
+implied by the next step, the selection of an I/O method with the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl or implicit with the first &func-read; or
+&func-write; call.</para>
+
+ <para>Generally only one logical stream can be assigned to a
+file descriptor, the exception being drivers permitting simultaneous
+video capturing and overlay using the same file descriptor for
+compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Switching the
+logical stream or returning into "panel mode" is possible by closing
+and reopening the device. Drivers <emphasis>may</emphasis> support a
+switch using <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>.</para>
+
+ <para>All drivers exchanging data with
+applications must support the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl. Implementation of the
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> is highly recommended but
+optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Image Format Enumeration</title>
+
+ <para>Apart of the generic format negotiation functions
+a special ioctl to enumerate all image formats supported by video
+capture, overlay or output devices is available.<footnote>
+ <para>Enumerating formats an application has no a-priori
+knowledge of (otherwise it could explicitly ask for them and need not
+enumerate) seems useless, but there are applications serving as proxy
+between drivers and the actual video applications for which this is
+useful.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl must be supported
+by all drivers exchanging image data with applications.</para>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>Drivers are not supposed to convert image formats in
+kernel space. They must enumerate only formats directly supported by
+the hardware. If necessary driver writers should publish an example
+conversion routine or library for integration into applications.</para>
+ </important>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="crop">
+ <title>Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling</title>
+
+ <para>Some video capture devices can sample a subsection of the
+picture and shrink or enlarge it to an image of arbitrary size. We
+call these abilities cropping and scaling. Some video output devices
+can scale an image up or down and insert it at an arbitrary scan line
+and horizontal offset into a video signal.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications can use the following API to select an area in
+the video signal, query the default area and the hardware limits.
+<emphasis>Despite their name, the &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &VIDIOC-G-CROP;
+and &VIDIOC-S-CROP; ioctls apply to input as well as output
+devices.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>Scaling requires a source and a target. On a video capture
+or overlay device the source is the video signal, and the cropping
+ioctls determine the area actually sampled. The target are images
+read by the application or overlaid onto the graphics screen. Their
+size (and position for an overlay) is negotiated with the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls.</para>
+
+ <para>On a video output device the source are the images passed in
+by the application, and their size is again negotiated with the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G/S_FMT</constant> ioctls, or may be encoded in a
+compressed video stream. The target is the video signal, and the
+cropping ioctls determine the area where the images are
+inserted.</para>
+
+ <para>Source and target rectangles are defined even if the device
+does not support scaling or the <constant>VIDIOC_G/S_CROP</constant>
+ioctls. Their size (and position where applicable) will be fixed in
+this case. <emphasis>All capture and output device must support the
+<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant> ioctl such that applications can
+determine if scaling takes place.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Cropping Structures</title>
+
+ <figure id="crop-scale">
+ <title>Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="crop.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="crop.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>The cropping, insertion and scaling process</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>For capture devices the coordinates of the top left
+corner, width and height of the area which can be sampled is given by
+the <structfield>bounds</structfield> substructure of the
+&v4l2-cropcap; returned by the <constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant>
+ioctl. To support a wide range of hardware this specification does not
+define an origin or units. However by convention drivers should
+horizontally count unscaled samples relative to 0H (the leading edge
+of the horizontal sync pulse, see <xref linkend="vbi-hsync" />).
+Vertically ITU-R line
+numbers of the first field (<xref linkend="vbi-525" />, <xref
+linkend="vbi-625" />), multiplied by two if the driver can capture both
+fields.</para>
+
+ <para>The top left corner, width and height of the source
+rectangle, that is the area actually sampled, is given by &v4l2-crop;
+using the same coordinate system as &v4l2-cropcap;. Applications can
+use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> ioctls to get and set this
+rectangle. It must lie completely within the capture boundaries and
+the driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position
+according to hardware limitations.</para>
+
+ <para>Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given
+by the <structfield>defrect</structfield> substructure of
+&v4l2-cropcap;. The center of this rectangle shall align with the
+center of the active picture area of the video signal, and cover what
+the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall reset
+the source rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded,
+but not later.</para>
+
+ <para>For output devices these structures and ioctls are used
+accordingly, defining the <emphasis>target</emphasis> rectangle where
+the images will be inserted into the video signal.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Scaling Adjustments</title>
+
+ <para>Video hardware can have various cropping, insertion and
+scaling limitations. It may only scale up or down, support only
+discrete scaling factors, or have different scaling abilities in
+horizontal and vertical direction. Also it may not support scaling at
+all. At the same time the &v4l2-crop; rectangle may have to be
+aligned, and both the source and target rectangles may have arbitrary
+upper and lower size limits. In particular the maximum
+<structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield>
+in &v4l2-crop; may be smaller than the
+&v4l2-cropcap;.<structfield>bounds</structfield> area. Therefore, as
+usual, drivers are expected to adjust the requested parameters and
+return the actual values selected.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications can change the source or the target rectangle
+first, as they may prefer a particular image size or a certain area in
+the video signal. If the driver has to adjust both to satisfy hardware
+limitations, the last requested rectangle shall take priority, and the
+driver should preferably adjust the opposite one. The &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT;
+ioctl however shall not change the driver state and therefore only
+adjust the requested rectangle.</para>
+
+ <para>Suppose scaling on a video capture device is restricted to
+a factor 1:1 or 2:1 in either direction and the target image size must
+be a multiple of 16 × 16 pixels. The source cropping
+rectangle is set to defaults, which are also the upper limit in this
+example, of 640 × 400 pixels at offset 0, 0. An
+application requests an image size of 300 × 225
+pixels, assuming video will be scaled down from the "full picture"
+accordingly. The driver sets the image size to the closest possible
+values 304 × 224, then chooses the cropping rectangle
+closest to the requested size, that is 608 × 224
+(224 × 2:1 would exceed the limit 400). The offset
+0, 0 is still valid, thus unmodified. Given the default cropping
+rectangle reported by <constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant> the
+application can easily propose another offset to center the cropping
+rectangle.</para>
+
+ <para>Now the application may insist on covering an area using a
+picture aspect ratio closer to the original request, so it asks for a
+cropping rectangle of 608 × 456 pixels. The present
+scaling factors limit cropping to 640 × 384, so the
+driver returns the cropping size 608 × 384 and adjusts
+the image size to closest possible 304 × 192.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Examples</title>
+
+ <para>Source and target rectangles shall remain unchanged across
+closing and reopening a device, such that piping data into or out of a
+device will work without special preparations. More advanced
+applications should ensure the parameters are suitable before starting
+I/O.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Resetting the cropping parameters</title>
+
+ <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> for other
+devices.)</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap;
+&v4l2-crop; crop;
+
+memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
+cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));
+crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+crop.c = cropcap.defrect;
+
+/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CROP;, &crop)
+ && errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Simple downscaling</title>
+
+ <para>(A video capture device is assumed.)</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap;
+&v4l2-format; format;
+
+reset_cropping_parameters ();
+
+/* Scale down to 1/4 size of full picture. */
+
+memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format)); /* defaults */
+
+format.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+format.fmt.pix.width = cropcap.defrect.width >> 1;
+format.fmt.pix.height = cropcap.defrect.height >> 1;
+format.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, &format)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_FORMAT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* We could check the actual image size now, the actual scaling factor
+ or if the driver can scale at all. */
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Selecting an output area</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap;
+&v4l2-crop; crop;
+
+memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
+cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));
+
+crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT;
+crop.c = cropcap.defrect;
+
+/* Scale the width and height to 50 % of their original size
+ and center the output. */
+
+crop.c.width /= 2;
+crop.c.height /= 2;
+crop.c.left += crop.c.width / 2;
+crop.c.top += crop.c.height / 2;
+
+/* Ignore if cropping is not supported (EINVAL). */
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CROP, &crop)
+ && errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_CROP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Current scaling factor and pixel aspect</title>
+
+ <para>(A video capture device is assumed.)</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-cropcap; cropcap;
+&v4l2-crop; crop;
+&v4l2-format; format;
+double hscale, vscale;
+double aspect;
+int dwidth, dheight;
+
+memset (&cropcap, 0, sizeof (cropcap));
+cropcap.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-CROPCAP;, &cropcap)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_CROPCAP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+memset (&crop, 0, sizeof (crop));
+crop.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-CROP;, &crop)) {
+ if (errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_CROP");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* Cropping not supported. */
+ crop.c = cropcap.defrect;
+}
+
+memset (&format, 0, sizeof (format));
+format.fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-FMT;, &format)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_FMT");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* The scaling applied by the driver. */
+
+hscale = format.fmt.pix.width / (double) crop.c.width;
+vscale = format.fmt.pix.height / (double) crop.c.height;
+
+aspect = cropcap.pixelaspect.numerator /
+ (double) cropcap.pixelaspect.denominator;
+aspect = aspect * hscale / vscale;
+
+/* Devices following ITU-R BT.601 do not capture
+ square pixels. For playback on a computer monitor
+ we should scale the images to this size. */
+
+dwidth = format.fmt.pix.width / aspect;
+dheight = format.fmt.pix.height;
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="streaming-par">
+ <title>Streaming Parameters</title>
+
+ <para>Streaming parameters are intended to optimize the video
+capture process as well as I/O. Presently applications can request a
+high quality capture mode with the &VIDIOC-S-PARM; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>The current video standard determines a nominal number of
+frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be
+captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or
+duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using
+the &func-read; or &func-write;, which are not augmented by timestamps
+or sequence counters, and to avoid unnecessary data copying.</para>
+
+ <para>Finally these ioctls can be used to determine the number of
+buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For
+implications see the section discussing the &func-read;
+function.</para>
+
+ <para>To get and set the streaming parameters applications call
+the &VIDIOC-G-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-PARM; ioctl, respectively. They take
+a pointer to a &v4l2-streamparm;, which contains a union holding
+separate parameters for input and output devices.</para>
+
+ <para>These ioctls are optional, drivers need not implement
+them. If so, they return the &EINVAL;.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9ce61d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2486 @@
+ <title>Changes</title>
+
+ <para>The following chapters document the evolution of the V4L2 API,
+errata or extensions. They are also intended to help application and
+driver writers to port or update their code.</para>
+
+ <section id="diff-v4l">
+ <title>Differences between V4L and V4L2</title>
+
+ <para>The Video For Linux API was first introduced in Linux 2.1 to
+unify and replace various TV and radio device related interfaces,
+developed independently by driver writers in prior years. Starting
+with Linux 2.5 the much improved V4L2 API replaces the V4L API,
+although existing drivers will continue to support V4L applications in
+the future, either directly or through the V4L2 compatibility layer in
+the <filename>videodev</filename> kernel module translating ioctls on
+the fly. For a transition period not all drivers will support the V4L2
+API.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Opening and Closing Devices</title>
+
+ <para>For compatibility reasons the character device file names
+recommended for V4L2 video capture, overlay, radio and raw
+vbi capture devices did not change from those used by V4L. They are
+listed in <xref linkend="devices" /> and below in <xref
+ linkend="v4l-dev" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The teletext devices (minor range 192-223) have been removed in
+V4L2 and no longer exist. There is no hardware available anymore for handling
+pure teletext. Instead raw or sliced VBI is used.</para>
+
+ <para>The V4L <filename>videodev</filename> module automatically
+assigns minor numbers to drivers in load order, depending on the
+registered device type. We recommend that V4L2 drivers by default
+register devices with the same numbers, but the system administrator
+can assign arbitrary minor numbers using driver module options. The
+major device number remains 81.</para>
+
+ <table id="v4l-dev">
+ <title>V4L Device Types, Names and Numbers</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Device Type</entry>
+ <entry>File Name</entry>
+ <entry>Minor Numbers</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Video capture and overlay</entry>
+ <entry><para><filename>/dev/video</filename> and
+<filename>/dev/bttv0</filename><footnote> <para>According to
+Documentation/devices.txt these should be symbolic links to
+<filename>/dev/video0</filename>. Note the original bttv interface is
+not compatible with V4L or V4L2.</para> </footnote>,
+<filename>/dev/video0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/video63</filename></para></entry>
+ <entry>0-63</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Radio receiver</entry>
+ <entry><para><filename>/dev/radio</filename><footnote>
+ <para>According to
+<filename>Documentation/devices.txt</filename> a symbolic link to
+<filename>/dev/radio0</filename>.</para>
+ </footnote>, <filename>/dev/radio0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/radio63</filename></para></entry>
+ <entry>64-127</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Raw VBI capture</entry>
+ <entry><para><filename>/dev/vbi</filename>,
+<filename>/dev/vbi0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/vbi31</filename></para></entry>
+ <entry>224-255</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>V4L prohibits (or used to prohibit) multiple opens of a
+device file. V4L2 drivers <emphasis>may</emphasis> support multiple
+opens, see <xref linkend="open" /> for details and consequences.</para>
+
+ <para>V4L drivers respond to V4L2 ioctls with an &EINVAL;. The
+compatibility layer in the V4L2 <filename>videodev</filename> module
+can translate V4L ioctl requests to their V4L2 counterpart, however a
+V4L2 driver usually needs more preparation to become fully V4L
+compatible. This is covered in more detail in <xref
+ linkend="driver" />.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L <constant>VIDIOCGCAP</constant> ioctl is
+equivalent to V4L2's &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP;.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>name</structfield> field in struct
+<structname>video_capability</structname> became
+<structfield>card</structfield> in &v4l2-capability;,
+<structfield>type</structfield> was replaced by
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield>. Note V4L2 does not
+distinguish between device types like this, better think of basic
+video input, video output and radio devices supporting a set of
+related functions like video capturing, video overlay and VBI
+capturing. See <xref linkend="open" /> for an
+introduction.<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct
+<structname>video_capability</structname>
+<structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-capability;
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> flags</entry>
+ <entry>Purpose</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>The <link linkend="capture">video
+capture</link> interface is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_TUNER</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_TUNER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>The device has a <link linkend="tuner">tuner or
+modulator</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_TELETEXT</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>The <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI
+capture</link> interface is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>The <link linkend="overlay">video
+overlay</link> interface is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY</constant> in
+field <structfield>capability</structfield> of
+&v4l2-framebuffer;</entry>
+ <entry>Whether chromakey overlay is supported. For
+more information on overlay see
+<xref linkend="overlay" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_CLIPPING</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING</constant>
+and <constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING</constant> in field
+<structfield>capability</structfield> of &v4l2-framebuffer;</entry>
+ <entry>Whether clipping the overlaid image is
+supported, see <xref linkend="overlay" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY</constant>
+<emphasis>not set</emphasis> in field
+<structfield>capability</structfield> of &v4l2-framebuffer;</entry>
+ <entry>Whether overlay overwrites frame buffer memory,
+see <xref linkend="overlay" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_SCALES</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>This flag indicates if the hardware can scale
+images. The V4L2 API implies the scale factor by setting the cropping
+dimensions and image size with the &VIDIOC-S-CROP; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT;
+ioctl, respectively. The driver returns the closest sizes possible.
+For more information on cropping and scaling see <xref
+ linkend="crop" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Applications can enumerate the supported image
+formats with the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl to determine if the device
+supports grey scale capturing only. For more information on image
+formats see <xref linkend="pixfmt" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Applications can call the &VIDIOC-G-CROP; ioctl
+to determine if the device supports capturing a subsection of the full
+picture ("cropping" in V4L2). If not, the ioctl returns the &EINVAL;.
+For more information on cropping and scaling see <xref
+ linkend="crop" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Applications can enumerate the supported image
+formats with the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; ioctl to determine if the device
+supports MPEG streams.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>See above.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>See above.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry>See above.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>audios</structfield> field was replaced
+by <structfield>capabilities</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_AUDIO</constant>, indicating
+<emphasis>if</emphasis> the device has any audio inputs or outputs. To
+determine their number applications can enumerate audio inputs with
+the &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; ioctl. The audio ioctls are described in <xref
+ linkend="audio" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>maxwidth</structfield>,
+<structfield>maxheight</structfield>,
+<structfield>minwidth</structfield> and
+<structfield>minheight</structfield> fields were removed. Calling the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; or &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl with the desired dimensions
+returns the closest size possible, taking into account the current
+video standard, cropping and scaling limitations.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Video Sources</title>
+
+ <para>V4L provides the <constant>VIDIOCGCHAN</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSCHAN</constant> ioctl using struct
+<structname>video_channel</structname> to enumerate
+the video inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls
+are &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; and &VIDIOC-S-INPUT;
+using &v4l2-input; as discussed in <xref linkend="video" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>channel</structfield> field counting
+inputs was renamed to <structfield>index</structfield>, the video
+input types were renamed as follows: <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <structname>video_channel</structname>
+<structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-input;
+<structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_TYPE_TV</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_TYPE_CAMERA</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>Unlike the <structfield>tuners</structfield> field
+expressing the number of tuners of this input, V4L2 assumes each video
+input is connected to at most one tuner. However a tuner can have more
+than one input, &ie; RF connectors, and a device can have multiple
+tuners. The index number of the tuner associated with the input, if
+any, is stored in field <structfield>tuner</structfield> of
+&v4l2-input;. Enumeration of tuners is discussed in <xref
+ linkend="tuner" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The redundant <constant>VIDEO_VC_TUNER</constant> flag was
+dropped. Video inputs associated with a tuner are of type
+<constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER</constant>. The
+<constant>VIDEO_VC_AUDIO</constant> flag was replaced by the
+<structfield>audioset</structfield> field. V4L2 considers devices with
+up to 32 audio inputs. Each set bit in the
+<structfield>audioset</structfield> field represents one audio input
+this video input combines with. For information about audio inputs and
+how to switch between them see <xref linkend="audio" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>norm</structfield> field describing the
+supported video standards was replaced by
+<structfield>std</structfield>. The V4L specification mentions a flag
+<constant>VIDEO_VC_NORM</constant> indicating whether the standard can
+be changed. This flag was a later addition together with the
+<structfield>norm</structfield> field and has been removed in the
+meantime. V4L2 has a similar, albeit more comprehensive approach
+to video standards, see <xref linkend="standard" /> for more
+information.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Tuning</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L <constant>VIDIOCGTUNER</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSTUNER</constant> ioctl and struct
+<structname>video_tuner</structname> can be used to enumerate the
+tuners of a V4L TV or radio device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
+&VIDIOC-G-TUNER; and &VIDIOC-S-TUNER; using &v4l2-tuner;. Tuners are
+covered in <xref linkend="tuner" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>tuner</structfield> field counting tuners
+was renamed to <structfield>index</structfield>. The fields
+<structfield>name</structfield>, <structfield>rangelow</structfield>
+and <structfield>rangehigh</structfield> remained unchanged.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDEO_TUNER_PAL</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_TUNER_NTSC</constant> and
+<constant>VIDEO_TUNER_SECAM</constant> flags indicating the supported
+video standards were dropped. This information is now contained in the
+associated &v4l2-input;. No replacement exists for the
+<constant>VIDEO_TUNER_NORM</constant> flag indicating whether the
+video standard can be switched. The <structfield>mode</structfield>
+field to select a different video standard was replaced by a whole new
+set of ioctls and structures described in <xref linkend="standard" />.
+Due to its ubiquity it should be mentioned the BTTV driver supports
+several standards in addition to the regular
+<constant>VIDEO_MODE_PAL</constant> (0),
+<constant>VIDEO_MODE_NTSC</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_MODE_SECAM</constant> and
+<constant>VIDEO_MODE_AUTO</constant> (3). Namely N/PAL Argentina,
+M/PAL, N/PAL, and NTSC Japan with numbers 3-6 (sic).</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDEO_TUNER_STEREO_ON</constant> flag
+indicating stereo reception became
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant> in field
+<structfield>rxsubchans</structfield>. This field also permits the
+detection of monaural and bilingual audio, see the definition of
+&v4l2-tuner; for details. Presently no replacement exists for the
+<constant>VIDEO_TUNER_RDS_ON</constant> and
+<constant>VIDEO_TUNER_MBS_ON</constant> flags.</para>
+
+ <para> The <constant>VIDEO_TUNER_LOW</constant> flag was renamed
+to <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> in the &v4l2-tuner;
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOCGFREQ</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSFREQ</constant> ioctl to change the tuner frequency
+where renamed to &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY;. They
+take a pointer to a &v4l2-frequency; instead of an unsigned long
+integer.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="v4l-image-properties">
+ <title>Image Properties</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 has no equivalent of the
+<constant>VIDIOCGPICT</constant> and <constant>VIDIOCSPICT</constant>
+ioctl and struct <structname>video_picture</structname>. The following
+fields where replaced by V4L2 controls accessible with the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls:<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <structname>video_picture</structname></entry>
+ <entry>V4L2 Control ID</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>brightness</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>hue</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HUE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>colour</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_SATURATION</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>contrast</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_CONTRAST</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>whiteness</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_WHITENESS</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>The V4L picture controls are assumed to range from 0 to
+65535 with no particular reset value. The V4L2 API permits arbitrary
+limits and defaults which can be queried with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;
+ioctl. For general information about controls see <xref
+linkend="control" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>depth</structfield> (average number of
+bits per pixel) of a video image is implied by the selected image
+format. V4L2 does not explicitely provide such information assuming
+applications recognizing the format are aware of the image depth and
+others need not know. The <structfield>palette</structfield> field
+moved into the &v4l2-pix-format;:<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <structname>video_picture</structname>
+<structfield>palette</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-pix-format;
+<structfield>pixfmt</structfield></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_GREY</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-GREY"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_HI240</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="pixfmt-reserved"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240</constant></link><footnote>
+ <para>This is a custom format used by the BTTV
+driver, not one of the V4L2 standard formats.</para>
+ </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB565</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></link><footnote>
+ <para>Presumably all V4L RGB formats are
+little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianess. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue
+swapped variants. For details see <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para>
+ </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUYV"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><para><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV</constant><footnote>
+ <para><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422</constant>
+and <constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUYV</constant> are the same formats. Some
+V4L drivers respond to one, some to the other.</para>
+ </footnote></para></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUYV"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_UYVY</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-UYVY"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420</constant></entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y41P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant></link><footnote>
+ <para>Not to be confused with
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant>, which is a planar
+format.</para> </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para>None<footnote> <para>V4L explains this
+as: "RAW capture (BT848)"</para> </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422P</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV422P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV411P</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV411P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant></link><footnote>
+ <para>Not to be confused with
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant>, which is a packed
+format.</para> </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV420P</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV410P</constant></entry>
+ <entry><para><link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU410"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</constant></link></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>V4L2 image formats are defined in <xref
+linkend="pixfmt" />. The image format can be selected with the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Audio</title>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOCGAUDIO</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSAUDIO</constant> ioctl and struct
+<structname>video_audio</structname> are used to enumerate the
+audio inputs of a V4L device. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
+&VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; and &VIDIOC-S-AUDIO; using &v4l2-audio; as
+discussed in <xref linkend="audio" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>audio</structfield> "channel number"
+field counting audio inputs was renamed to
+<structfield>index</structfield>.</para>
+
+ <para>On <constant>VIDIOCSAUDIO</constant> the
+<structfield>mode</structfield> field selects <emphasis>one</emphasis>
+of the <constant>VIDEO_SOUND_MONO</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_SOUND_STEREO</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1</constant> or
+<constant>VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2</constant> audio demodulation modes. When
+the current audio standard is BTSC
+<constant>VIDEO_SOUND_LANG2</constant> refers to SAP and
+<constant>VIDEO_SOUND_LANG1</constant> is meaningless. Also
+undocumented in the V4L specification, there is no way to query the
+selected mode. On <constant>VIDIOCGAUDIO</constant> the driver returns
+the <emphasis>actually received</emphasis> audio programmes in this
+field. In the V4L2 API this information is stored in the &v4l2-tuner;
+<structfield>rxsubchans</structfield> and
+<structfield>audmode</structfield> fields, respectively. See <xref
+linkend="tuner" /> for more information on tuners. Related to audio
+modes &v4l2-audio; also reports if this is a mono or stereo
+input, regardless if the source is a tuner.</para>
+
+ <para>The following fields where replaced by V4L2 controls
+accessible with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and
+&VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls:<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct
+<structname>video_audio</structname></entry>
+ <entry>V4L2 Control ID</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>volume</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>bass</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>treble</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><structfield>balance</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>To determine which of these controls are supported by a
+driver V4L provides the <structfield>flags</structfield>
+<constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_VOLUME</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_BASS</constant>,
+<constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_TREBLE</constant> and
+<constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_BALANCE</constant>. In the V4L2 API the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; ioctl reports if the respective control is
+supported. Accordingly the <constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTABLE</constant>
+and <constant>VIDEO_AUDIO_MUTE</constant> flags where replaced by the
+boolean <constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE</constant> control.</para>
+
+ <para>All V4L2 controls have a <structfield>step</structfield>
+attribute replacing the struct <structname>video_audio</structname>
+<structfield>step</structfield> field. The V4L audio controls are
+assumed to range from 0 to 65535 with no particular reset value. The
+V4L2 API permits arbitrary limits and defaults which can be queried
+with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; ioctl. For general information about
+controls see <xref linkend="control" />.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Frame Buffer Overlay</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 ioctls equivalent to
+<constant>VIDIOCGFBUF</constant> and <constant>VIDIOCSFBUF</constant>
+are &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and &VIDIOC-S-FBUF;. The
+<structfield>base</structfield> field of struct
+<structname>video_buffer</structname> remained unchanged, except V4L2
+defines a flag to indicate non-destructive overlays instead of a
+<constant>NULL</constant> pointer. All other fields moved into the
+&v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>fmt</structfield> substructure of
+&v4l2-framebuffer;. The <structfield>depth</structfield> field was
+replaced by <structfield>pixelformat</structfield>. See <xref
+ linkend="pixfmt-rgb" /> for a list of RGB formats and their
+respective color depths.</para>
+
+ <para>Instead of the special ioctls
+<constant>VIDIOCGWIN</constant> and <constant>VIDIOCSWIN</constant>
+V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. They take a pointer to a
+&v4l2-format; as argument. Here the <structfield>win</structfield>
+member of the <structfield>fmt</structfield> union is used, a
+&v4l2-window;.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>x</structfield>,
+<structfield>y</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> fields of struct
+<structname>video_window</structname> moved into &v4l2-rect;
+substructure <structfield>w</structfield> of struct
+<structname>v4l2_window</structname>. The
+<structfield>chromakey</structfield>,
+<structfield>clips</structfield>, and
+<structfield>clipcount</structfield> fields remained unchanged. Struct
+<structname>video_clip</structname> was renamed to &v4l2-clip;, also
+containing a struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname>, but the
+semantics are still the same.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDEO_WINDOW_INTERLACE</constant> flag was
+dropped. Instead applications must set the
+<structfield>field</structfield> field to
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_ANY</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant>. The
+<constant>VIDEO_WINDOW_CHROMAKEY</constant> flag moved into
+&v4l2-framebuffer;, under the new name
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY</constant>.</para>
+
+ <para>In V4L, storing a bitmap pointer in
+<structfield>clips</structfield> and setting
+<structfield>clipcount</structfield> to
+<constant>VIDEO_CLIP_BITMAP</constant> (-1) requests bitmap
+clipping, using a fixed size bitmap of 1024 × 625 bits. Struct
+<structname>v4l2_window</structname> has a separate
+<structfield>bitmap</structfield> pointer field for this purpose and
+the bitmap size is determined by <structfield>w.width</structfield> and
+<structfield>w.height</structfield>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOCCAPTURE</constant> ioctl to enable or
+disable overlay was renamed to &VIDIOC-OVERLAY;.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Cropping</title>
+
+ <para>To capture only a subsection of the full picture V4L
+defines the <constant>VIDIOCGCAPTURE</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSCAPTURE</constant> ioctls using struct
+<structname>video_capture</structname>. The equivalent V4L2 ioctls are
+&VIDIOC-G-CROP; and &VIDIOC-S-CROP; using &v4l2-crop;, and the related
+&VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl. This is a rather complex matter, see
+<xref linkend="crop" /> for details.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>x</structfield>,
+<structfield>y</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> fields moved into &v4l2-rect;
+substructure <structfield>c</structfield> of struct
+<structname>v4l2_crop</structname>. The
+<structfield>decimation</structfield> field was dropped. In the V4L2
+API the scaling factor is implied by the size of the cropping
+rectangle and the size of the captured or overlaid image.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDEO_CAPTURE_ODD</constant>
+and <constant>VIDEO_CAPTURE_EVEN</constant> flags to capture only the
+odd or even field, respectively, were replaced by
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant> in the field named
+<structfield>field</structfield> of &v4l2-pix-format; and
+&v4l2-window;. These structures are used to select a capture or
+overlay format with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Reading Images, Memory Mapping</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Capturing using the read method</title>
+
+ <para>There is no essential difference between reading images
+from a V4L or V4L2 device using the &func-read; function, however V4L2
+drivers are not required to support this I/O method. Applications can
+determine if the function is available with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP;
+ioctl. All V4L2 devices exchanging data with applications must support
+the &func-select; and &func-poll; functions.</para>
+
+ <para>To select an image format and size, V4L provides the
+<constant>VIDIOCSPICT</constant> and <constant>VIDIOCSWIN</constant>
+ioctls. V4L2 uses the general-purpose data format negotiation ioctls
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT;. They take a pointer to a
+&v4l2-format; as argument, here the &v4l2-pix-format; named
+<structfield>pix</structfield> of its <structfield>fmt</structfield>
+union is used.</para>
+
+ <para>For more information about the V4L2 read interface see
+<xref linkend="rw" />.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Capturing using memory mapping</title>
+
+ <para>Applications can read from V4L devices by mapping
+buffers in device memory, or more often just buffers allocated in
+DMA-able system memory, into their address space. This avoids the data
+copying overhead of the read method. V4L2 supports memory mapping as
+well, with a few differences.</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L</entry>
+ <entry>V4L2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>The image format must be selected before
+buffers are allocated, with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. When no format
+is selected the driver may use the last, possibly by another
+application requested format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Applications cannot change the number of
+buffers. The it is built into the driver, unless it has a module
+option to change the number when the driver module is
+loaded.</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>The &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl allocates the
+desired number of buffers, this is a required step in the initialization
+sequence.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Drivers map all buffers as one contiguous
+range of memory. The <constant>VIDIOCGMBUF</constant> ioctl is
+available to query the number of buffers, the offset of each buffer
+from the start of the virtual file, and the overall amount of memory
+used, which can be used as arguments for the &func-mmap;
+function.</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>Buffers are individually mapped. The
+offset and size of each buffer can be determined with the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>The <constant>VIDIOCMCAPTURE</constant>
+ioctl prepares a buffer for capturing. It also determines the image
+format for this buffer. The ioctl returns immediately, eventually with
+an &EAGAIN; if no video signal had been detected. When the driver
+supports more than one buffer applications can call the ioctl multiple
+times and thus have multiple outstanding capture
+requests.</para><para>The <constant>VIDIOCSYNC</constant> ioctl
+suspends execution until a particular buffer has been
+filled.</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>Drivers maintain an incoming and outgoing
+queue. &VIDIOC-QBUF; enqueues any empty buffer into the incoming
+queue. Filled buffers are dequeued from the outgoing queue with the
+&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. To wait until filled buffers become available this
+function, &func-select; or &func-poll; can be used. The
+&VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl must be called once after enqueuing one or
+more buffers to start capturing. Its counterpart
+&VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; stops capturing and dequeues all buffers from both
+queues. Applications can query the signal status, if known, with the
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+
+ <para>For a more in-depth discussion of memory mapping and
+examples, see <xref linkend="mmap" />.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Reading Raw VBI Data</title>
+
+ <para>Originally the V4L API did not specify a raw VBI capture
+interface, only the device file <filename>/dev/vbi</filename> was
+reserved for this purpose. The only driver supporting this interface
+was the BTTV driver, de-facto defining the V4L VBI interface. Reading
+from the device yields a raw VBI image with the following
+parameters:<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-vbi-format;</entry>
+ <entry>V4L, BTTV driver</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>sampling_rate</entry>
+ <entry>28636363 Hz NTSC (or any other 525-line
+standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>offset</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>samples_per_line</entry>
+ <entry>2048</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>sample_format</entry>
+ <entry>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a
+machine endianess integer) contain a frame counter.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start[]</entry>
+ <entry>10, 273 NTSC; 22, 335 PAL and SECAM</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>count[]</entry>
+ <entry><para>16, 16<footnote><para>Old driver
+versions used different values, eventually the custom
+<constant>BTTV_VBISIZE</constant> ioctl was added to query the
+correct values.</para></footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>flags</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>Undocumented in the V4L specification, in Linux 2.3 the
+<constant>VIDIOCGVBIFMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOCSVBIFMT</constant> ioctls using struct
+<structname>vbi_format</structname> were added to determine the VBI
+image parameters. These ioctls are only partially compatible with the
+V4L2 VBI interface specified in <xref linkend="raw-vbi" />.</para>
+
+ <para>An <structfield>offset</structfield> field does not
+exist, <structfield>sample_format</structfield> is supposed to be
+<constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RAW</constant>, equivalent to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant>. The remaining fields are
+probably equivalent to &v4l2-vbi-format;.</para>
+
+ <para>Apparently only the Zoran (ZR 36120) driver implements
+these ioctls. The semantics differ from those specified for V4L2 in two
+ways. The parameters are reset on &func-open; and
+<constant>VIDIOCSVBIFMT</constant> always returns an &EINVAL; if the
+parameters are invalid.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Miscellaneous</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 has no equivalent of the
+<constant>VIDIOCGUNIT</constant> ioctl. Applications can find the VBI
+device associated with a video capture device (or vice versa) by
+reopening the device and requesting VBI data. For details see
+<xref linkend="open" />.</para>
+
+ <para>No replacement exists for <constant>VIDIOCKEY</constant>,
+and the V4L functions for microcode programming. A new interface for
+MPEG compression and playback devices is documented in <xref
+ linkend="extended-controls" />.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="hist-v4l2">
+ <title>Changes of the V4L2 API</title>
+
+ <para>Soon after the V4L API was added to the kernel it was
+criticised as too inflexible. In August 1998 Bill Dirks proposed a
+number of improvements and began to work on documentation, example
+drivers and applications. With the help of other volunteers this
+eventually became the V4L2 API, not just an extension but a
+replacement for the V4L API. However it took another four years and
+two stable kernel releases until the new API was finally accepted for
+inclusion into the kernel in its present form.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Early Versions</title>
+ <para>1998-08-20: First version.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-08-27: The &func-select; function was introduced.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-09-10: New video standard interface.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-09-18: The <constant>VIDIOC_NONCAP</constant> ioctl
+was replaced by the otherwise meaningless <constant>O_TRUNC</constant>
+&func-open; flag, and the aliases <constant>O_NONCAP</constant> and
+<constant>O_NOIO</constant> were defined. Applications can set this
+flag if they intend to access controls only, as opposed to capture
+applications which need exclusive access. The
+<constant>VIDEO_STD_XXX</constant> identifiers are now ordinals
+instead of flags, and the <function>video_std_construct()</function>
+helper function takes id and transmission arguments.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-09-28: Revamped video standard. Made video controls
+individually enumerable.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-10-02: The <structfield>id</structfield> field was
+removed from struct <structname>video_standard</structname> and the
+color subcarrier fields were renamed. The &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl was
+renamed to &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;, &VIDIOC-G-INPUT; to &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT;. A
+first draft of the Codec API was released.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-11-08: Many minor changes. Most symbols have been
+renamed. Some material changes to &v4l2-capability;.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-11-12: The read/write directon of some ioctls was misdefined.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-11-14: <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant>
+changed to <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant>, and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant> changed to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant>. Audio controls are now
+accessible with the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls under
+names starting with <constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO</constant>. The
+<constant>V4L2_MAJOR</constant> define was removed from
+<filename>videodev.h</filename> since it was only used once in the
+<filename>videodev</filename> kernel module. The
+<constant>YUV422</constant> and <constant>YUV411</constant> planar
+image formats were added.</para>
+
+ <para>1998-11-28: A few ioctl symbols changed. Interfaces for codecs and
+video output devices were added.</para>
+
+ <para>1999-01-14: A raw VBI capture interface was added.</para>
+
+ <para>1999-01-19: The <constant>VIDIOC_NEXTBUF</constant> ioctl
+ was removed.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.16 1999-01-31</title>
+ <para>1999-01-27: There is now one QBUF ioctl, VIDIOC_QWBUF and VIDIOC_QRBUF
+are gone. VIDIOC_QBUF takes a v4l2_buffer as a parameter. Added
+digital zoom (cropping) controls.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!-- Where's 0.17? mhs couldn't find that videodev.h, perhaps Bill
+ forgot to bump the version number or never released it. -->
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.18 1999-03-16</title>
+ <para>Added a v4l to V4L2 ioctl compatibility layer to
+videodev.c. Driver writers, this changes how you implement your ioctl
+handler. See the Driver Writer's Guide. Added some more control id
+codes.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.19 1999-06-05</title>
+ <para>1999-03-18: Fill in the category and catname fields of
+v4l2_queryctrl objects before passing them to the driver. Required a
+minor change to the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL handlers in the sample
+drivers.</para>
+ <para>1999-03-31: Better compatibility for v4l memory capture
+ioctls. Requires changes to drivers to fully support new compatibility
+features, see Driver Writer's Guide and v4l2cap.c. Added new control
+IDs: V4L2_CID_HFLIP, _VFLIP. Changed V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P to _YUV422P,
+and _YUV411P to _YUV411P.</para>
+ <para>1999-04-04: Added a few more control IDs.</para>
+ <para>1999-04-07: Added the button control type.</para>
+ <para>1999-05-02: Fixed a typo in videodev.h, and added the
+V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRAYED (later V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED) flag.</para>
+ <para>1999-05-20: Definition of VIDIOC_G_CTRL was wrong causing
+a malfunction of this ioctl.</para>
+ <para>1999-06-05: Changed the value of
+V4L2_CID_WHITENESS.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.20 (1999-09-10)</title>
+
+ <para>Version 0.20 introduced a number of changes which were
+<emphasis>not backward compatible</emphasis> with 0.19 and earlier
+versions. Purpose of these changes was to simplify the API, while
+making it more extensible and following common Linux driver API
+conventions.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some typos in <constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG</constant>
+symbols were fixed. &v4l2-clip; was changed for compatibility with
+v4l. (1999-08-30)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1</constant> was added.
+(1999-09-05)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>All ioctl() commands that used an integer argument now
+take a pointer to an integer. Where it makes sense, ioctls will return
+the actual new value in the integer pointed to by the argument, a
+common convention in the V4L2 API. The affected ioctls are:
+VIDIOC_PREVIEW, VIDIOC_STREAMON, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, VIDIOC_S_FREQ,
+VIDIOC_S_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_EFFECT. For example
+<programlisting>
+err = ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_XXX, V4L2_XXX);
+</programlisting> becomes <programlisting>
+int a = V4L2_XXX; err = ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_XXX, &a);
+</programlisting>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>All the different get- and set-format commands were
+swept into one &VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl taking a union
+and a type field selecting the union member as parameter. Purpose is to
+simplify the API by eliminating several ioctls and to allow new and
+driver private data streams without adding new ioctls.</para>
+
+ <para>This change obsoletes the following ioctls:
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_INFMT</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_INFMT</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTFMT</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_OUTFMT</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_VBIFMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_VBIFMT</constant>. The image format structure
+<structname>v4l2_format</structname> was renamed to &v4l2-pix-format;,
+while &v4l2-format; is now the envelopping structure for all format
+negotiations.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Similar to the changes above, the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_PARM</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_PARM</constant> ioctls were merged with
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM</constant>. A
+<structfield>type</structfield> field in the new &v4l2-streamparm;
+selects the respective union member.</para>
+
+ <para>This change obsoletes the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_OUTPARM</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTPARM</constant> ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Control enumeration was simplified, and two new
+control flags were introduced and one dropped. The
+<structfield>catname</structfield> field was replaced by a
+<structfield>group</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers can now flag unsupported and temporarily
+unavailable controls with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED</constant>
+and <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED</constant> respectively. The
+<structfield>group</structfield> name indicates a possibly narrower
+classification than the <structfield>category</structfield>. In other
+words, there may be multiple groups within a category. Controls within
+a group would typically be drawn within a group box. Controls in
+different categories might have a greater separation, or may even
+appear in separate windows.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>timestamp</structfield>
+was changed to a 64 bit integer, containing the sampling or output
+time of the frame in nanoseconds. Additionally timestamps will be in
+absolute system time, not starting from zero at the beginning of a
+stream. The data type name for timestamps is stamp_t, defined as a
+signed 64-bit integer. Output devices should not send a buffer out
+until the time in the timestamp field has arrived. I would like to
+follow SGI's lead, and adopt a multimedia timestamping system like
+their UST (Unadjusted System Time). See
+http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://reality.sgi.com
+/cpirazzi_engr/lg/time/intro.html.
+UST uses timestamps that are 64-bit signed integers
+(not struct timeval's) and given in nanosecond units. The UST clock
+starts at zero when the system is booted and runs continuously and
+uniformly. It takes a little over 292 years for UST to overflow. There
+is no way to set the UST clock. The regular Linux time-of-day clock
+can be changed periodically, which would cause errors if it were being
+used for timestamping a multimedia stream. A real UST style clock will
+require some support in the kernel that is not there yet. But in
+anticipation, I will change the timestamp field to a 64-bit integer,
+and I will change the v4l2_masterclock_gettime() function (used only
+by drivers) to return a 64-bit integer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A <structfield>sequence</structfield> field was added
+to &v4l2-buffer;. The <structfield>sequence</structfield> field counts
+captured frames, it is ignored by output devices. When a capture
+driver drops a frame, the sequence number of that frame is
+skipped.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.20 incremental changes</title>
+ <!-- Version number didn't change anymore, reason unknown. -->
+
+ <para>1999-12-23: In &v4l2-vbi-format; the
+<structfield>reserved1</structfield> field became
+<structfield>offset</structfield>. Previously drivers were required to
+clear the <structfield>reserved1</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>2000-01-13: The
+ <constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED</constant> flag was added.</para>
+
+ <para>2000-07-31: The <filename>linux/poll.h</filename> header
+is now included by <filename>videodev.h</filename> for compatibility
+with the original <filename>videodev.h</filename> file.</para>
+
+ <para>2000-11-20: <constant>V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant> were added.</para>
+
+ <para>2000-11-25: <constant>V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT</constant> was
+added.</para>
+
+ <para>2000-12-04: A couple typos in symbol names were fixed.</para>
+
+ <para>2001-01-18: To avoid namespace conflicts the
+<constant>fourcc</constant> macro defined in the
+<filename>videodev.h</filename> header file was renamed to
+<constant>v4l2_fourcc</constant>.</para>
+
+ <para>2001-01-25: A possible driver-level compatibility problem
+between the <filename>videodev.h</filename> file in Linux 2.4.0 and
+the <filename>videodev.h</filename> file included in the
+<filename>videodevX</filename> patch was fixed. Users of an earlier
+version of <filename>videodevX</filename> on Linux 2.4.0 should
+recompile their V4L and V4L2 drivers.</para>
+
+ <para>2001-01-26: A possible kernel-level incompatibility
+between the <filename>videodev.h</filename> file in the
+<filename>videodevX</filename> patch and the
+<filename>videodev.h</filename> file in Linux 2.2.x with devfs patches
+applied was fixed.</para>
+
+ <para>2001-03-02: Certain V4L ioctls which pass data in both
+direction although they are defined with read-only parameter, did not
+work correctly through the backward compatibility layer.
+[Solution?]</para>
+
+ <para>2001-04-13: Big endian 16-bit RGB formats were added.</para>
+
+ <para>2001-09-17: New YUV formats and the &VIDIOC-G-FREQUENCY; and
+&VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctls were added. (The old
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FREQ</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FREQ</constant> ioctls did not take multiple tuners
+into account.)</para>
+
+ <para>2000-09-18: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI</constant> was
+added. This may <emphasis>break compatibility</emphasis> as the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; and &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctls may fail now if the struct
+<structname>v4l2_fmt</structname> <structfield>type</structfield>
+field does not contain <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI</constant>. In the
+documentation of the &v4l2-vbi-format;
+<structfield>offset</structfield> field the ambiguous phrase "rising
+edge" was changed to "leading edge".</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.20 2000-11-23</title>
+
+ <para>A number of changes were made to the raw VBI
+interface.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Figures clarifying the line numbering scheme were
+added to the V4L2 API specification. The
+<structfield>start</structfield>[0] and
+<structfield>start</structfield>[1] fields no longer count line
+numbers beginning at zero. Rationale: a) The previous definition was
+unclear. b) The <structfield>start</structfield>[] values are ordinal
+numbers. c) There is no point in inventing a new line numbering
+scheme. We now use line number as defined by ITU-R, period.
+Compatibility: Add one to the start values. Applications depending on
+the previous semantics may not function correctly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The restriction "count[0] > 0 and count[1] > 0"
+has been relaxed to "(count[0] + count[1]) > 0". Rationale:
+Drivers may allocate resources at scan line granularity and some data
+services are transmitted only on the first field. The comment that
+both <structfield>count</structfield> values will usually be equal is
+misleading and pointless and has been removed. This change
+<emphasis>breaks compatibility</emphasis> with earlier versions:
+Drivers may return EINVAL, applications may not function
+correctly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Drivers are again permitted to return negative
+(unknown) start values as proposed earlier. Why this feature was
+dropped is unclear. This change may <emphasis>break
+compatibility</emphasis> with applications depending on the start
+values being positive. The use of <constant>EBUSY</constant> and
+<constant>EINVAL</constant> error codes with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl
+was clarified. The &EBUSY; was finally documented, and the
+<structfield>reserved2</structfield> field which was previously
+mentioned only in the <filename>videodev.h</filename> header
+file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New buffer types
+<constant>V4L2_TYPE_VBI_INPUT</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> were added. The former is an
+alias for the old <constant>V4L2_TYPE_VBI</constant>, the latter was
+missing in the <filename>videodev.h</filename> file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 Version 0.20 2002-07-25</title>
+ <para>Added sliced VBI interface proposal.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.5.46, 2002-10</title>
+
+ <para>Around October-November 2002, prior to an announced
+feature freeze of Linux 2.5, the API was revised, drawing from
+experience with V4L2 0.20. This unnamed version was finally merged
+into Linux 2.5.46.</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>As specified in <xref linkend="related" />, drivers
+must make related device functions available under all minor device
+numbers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &func-open; function requires access mode
+<constant>O_RDWR</constant> regardless of the device type. All V4L2
+drivers exchanging data with applications must support the
+<constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag. The <constant>O_NOIO</constant>
+flag, a V4L2 symbol which aliased the meaningless
+<constant>O_TRUNC</constant> to indicate accesses without data
+exchange (panel applications) was dropped. Drivers must stay in "panel
+mode" until the application attempts to initiate a data exchange, see
+<xref linkend="open" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-capability; changed dramatically. Note that
+also the size of the structure changed, which is encoded in the ioctl
+request code, thus older V4L2 devices will respond with an &EINVAL; to
+the new &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>There are new fields to identify the driver, a new RDS
+device function <constant>V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE</constant>, the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_AUDIO</constant> flag indicates if the device has
+any audio connectors, another I/O capability
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO</constant> can be flagged. In response to
+these changes the <structfield>type</structfield> field became a bit
+set and was merged into the <structfield>flags</structfield> field.
+<constant>V4L2_FLAG_TUNER</constant> was renamed to
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TUNER</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant> replaced
+<constant>V4L2_FLAG_PREVIEW</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> replaced
+<constant>V4L2_FLAG_DATA_SERVICE</constant>.
+<constant>V4L2_FLAG_READ</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FLAG_WRITE</constant> were merged into
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant>.</para>
+
+ <para>The redundant fields
+<structfield>inputs</structfield>, <structfield>outputs</structfield>
+and <structfield>audios</structfield> were removed. These properties
+can be determined as described in <xref linkend="video" /> and <xref
+linkend="audio" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The somewhat volatile and therefore barely useful
+fields <structfield>maxwidth</structfield>,
+<structfield>maxheight</structfield>,
+<structfield>minwidth</structfield>,
+<structfield>minheight</structfield>,
+<structfield>maxframerate</structfield> were removed. This information
+is available as described in <xref linkend="format" /> and
+<xref linkend="standard" />.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>V4L2_FLAG_SELECT</constant> was removed. We
+believe the select() function is important enough to require support
+of it in all V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications. The
+redundant <constant>V4L2_FLAG_MONOCHROME</constant> flag was removed,
+this information is available as described in <xref
+ linkend="format" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-input; the
+<structfield>assoc_audio</structfield> field and the
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field and its only flag
+<constant>V4L2_INPUT_CAP_AUDIO</constant> was replaced by the new
+<structfield>audioset</structfield> field. Instead of linking one
+video input to one audio input this field reports all audio inputs
+this video input combines with.</para>
+
+ <para>New fields are <structfield>tuner</structfield>
+(reversing the former link from tuners to video inputs),
+<structfield>std</structfield> and
+<structfield>status</structfield>.</para>
+
+ <para>Accordingly &v4l2-output; lost its
+<structfield>capability</structfield> and
+<structfield>assoc_audio</structfield> fields.
+<structfield>audioset</structfield>,
+<structfield>modulator</structfield> and
+<structfield>std</structfield> where added instead.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-audio; field
+<structfield>audio</structfield> was renamed to
+<structfield>index</structfield>, for consistency with other
+structures. A new capability flag
+<constant>V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO</constant> was added to indicated if the
+audio input in question supports stereo sound.
+<constant>V4L2_AUDCAP_EFFECTS</constant> and the corresponding
+<constant>V4L2_AUDMODE</constant> flags where removed. This can be
+easily implemented using controls. (However the same applies to AVL
+which is still there.)</para>
+
+ <para>Again for consistency the &v4l2-audioout; field
+<structfield>audio</structfield> was renamed to
+<structfield>index</structfield>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-tuner;
+<structfield>input</structfield> field was replaced by an
+<structfield>index</structfield> field, permitting devices with
+multiple tuners. The link between video inputs and tuners is now
+reversed, inputs point to their tuner. The
+<structfield>std</structfield> substructure became a
+simple set (more about this below) and moved into &v4l2-input;. A
+<structfield>type</structfield> field was added.</para>
+
+ <para>Accordingly in &v4l2-modulator; the
+<structfield>output</structfield> was replaced by an
+<structfield>index</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>In &v4l2-frequency; the
+<structfield>port</structfield> field was replaced by a
+<structfield>tuner</structfield> field containing the respective tuner
+or modulator index number. A tuner <structfield>type</structfield>
+field was added and the <structfield>reserved</structfield> field
+became larger for future extensions (satellite tuners in
+particular).</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The idea of completely transparent video standards was
+dropped. Experience showed that applications must be able to work with
+video standards beyond presenting the user a menu. Instead of
+enumerating supported standards with an ioctl applications can now
+refer to standards by &v4l2-std-id; and symbols defined in the
+<filename>videodev2.h</filename> header file. For details see <xref
+ linkend="standard" />. The &VIDIOC-G-STD; and
+&VIDIOC-S-STD; now take a pointer to this type as argument.
+&VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; was added to autodetect the received standard, if
+the hardware has this capability. In &v4l2-standard; an
+<structfield>index</structfield> field was added for &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD;.
+A &v4l2-std-id; field named <structfield>id</structfield> was added as
+machine readable identifier, also replacing the
+<structfield>transmission</structfield> field. The misleading
+<structfield>framerate</structfield> field was renamed
+to <structfield>frameperiod</structfield>. The now obsolete
+<structfield>colorstandard</structfield> information, originally
+needed to distguish between variations of standards, were
+removed.</para>
+
+ <para>Struct <structname>v4l2_enumstd</structname> ceased to
+be. &VIDIOC-ENUMSTD; now takes a pointer to a &v4l2-standard;
+directly. The information which standards are supported by a
+particular video input or output moved into &v4l2-input; and
+&v4l2-output; fields named <structfield>std</structfield>,
+respectively.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-queryctrl; fields
+<structfield>category</structfield> and
+<structfield>group</structfield> did not catch on and/or were not
+implemented as expected and therefore removed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl was added to negotiate data
+formats as with &VIDIOC-S-FMT;, but without the overhead of
+programming the hardware and regardless of I/O in progress.</para>
+
+ <para>In &v4l2-format; the <structfield>fmt</structfield>
+union was extended to contain &v4l2-window;. All image format
+negotiations are now possible with <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant>; ioctl. The
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_WIN</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_WIN</constant> ioctls to prepare for a video
+overlay were removed. The <structfield>type</structfield> field
+changed to type &v4l2-buf-type; and the buffer type names changed as
+follows.<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Old defines</entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECIN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Omitted for now</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_CODECOUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Omitted for now</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Omitted for now</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSIN2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Omitted for now</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_EFFECTSOUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Omitted for now</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEOOUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE_BASE</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-fmtdesc; a &v4l2-buf-type; field named
+<structfield>type</structfield> was added as in &v4l2-format;. The
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FBUFFMT</constant> ioctl is no longer needed and
+was removed. These calls can be replaced by &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; with
+type <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-pix-format; the
+<structfield>depth</structfield> field was removed, assuming
+applications which recognize the format by its four-character-code
+already know the color depth, and others do not care about it. The
+same rationale lead to the removal of the
+<constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED</constant> flag. The
+<constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_SWCONVECOMPRESSED</constant> flag was removed
+because drivers are not supposed to convert images in kernel space. A
+user library of conversion functions should be provided instead. The
+<constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BYTESPERLINE</constant> flag was redundant.
+Applications can set the <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> field
+to zero to get a reasonable default. Since the remaining flags were
+replaced as well, the <structfield>flags</structfield> field itself
+was removed.</para>
+ <para>The interlace flags were replaced by a &v4l2-field;
+value in a newly added <structfield>field</structfield>
+field.<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Old flag</entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_NOT_INTERLACED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_INTERLACED</constant>
+= <constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMBINED</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_TOPFIELD</constant>
+= <constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_ODDFIELD</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_BOTFIELD</constant>
+= <constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EVENFIELD</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>-</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+
+ <para>The color space flags were replaced by a
+&v4l2-colorspace; value in a newly added
+<structfield>colorspace</structfield> field, where one of
+<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant> replaces
+<constant>V4L2_FMT_CS_601YUV</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-requestbuffers; the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field was properly defined as
+&v4l2-buf-type;. Buffer types changed as mentioned above. A new
+<structfield>memory</structfield> field of type &v4l2-memory; was
+added to distinguish between I/O methods using buffers allocated
+by the driver or the application. See <xref linkend="io" /> for
+details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-buffer; the <structfield>type</structfield>
+field was properly defined as &v4l2-buf-type;. Buffer types changed as
+mentioned above. A <structfield>field</structfield> field of type
+&v4l2-field; was added to indicate if a buffer contains a top or
+bottom field. The old field flags were removed. Since no unadjusted
+system time clock was added to the kernel as planned, the
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> field changed back from type
+stamp_t, an unsigned 64 bit integer expressing the sample time in
+nanoseconds, to struct <structname>timeval</structname>. With the
+addition of a second memory mapping method the
+<structfield>offset</structfield> field moved into union
+<structfield>m</structfield>, and a new
+<structfield>memory</structfield> field of type &v4l2-memory; was
+added to distinguish between I/O methods. See <xref linkend="io" />
+for details.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>V4L2_BUF_REQ_CONTIG</constant>
+flag was used by the V4L compatibility layer, after changes to this
+code it was no longer needed. The
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_ATTR_DEVICEMEM</constant> flag would indicate if
+the buffer was indeed allocated in device memory rather than DMA-able
+system memory. It was barely useful and so was removed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-framebuffer; the
+<structfield>base[3]</structfield> array anticipating double- and
+triple-buffering in off-screen video memory, however without defining
+a synchronization mechanism, was replaced by a single pointer. The
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEUP</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SCALEDOWN</constant> flags were removed.
+Applications can determine this capability more accurately using the
+new cropping and scaling interface. The
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CLIPPING</constant> flag was replaced by
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-clip; the <structfield>x</structfield>,
+<structfield>y</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> field moved into a
+<structfield>c</structfield> substructure of type &v4l2-rect;. The
+<structfield>x</structfield> and <structfield>y</structfield> fields
+were renamed to <structfield>left</structfield> and
+<structfield>top</structfield>, &ie; offsets to a context dependent
+origin.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-window; the <structfield>x</structfield>,
+<structfield>y</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> field moved into a
+<structfield>w</structfield> substructure as above. A
+<structfield>field</structfield> field of type %v4l2-field; was added
+to distinguish between field and frame (interlaced) overlay.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The digital zoom interface, including struct
+<structname>v4l2_zoomcap</structname>, struct
+<structname>v4l2_zoom</structname>,
+<constant>V4L2_ZOOM_NONCAP</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_ZOOM_WHILESTREAMING</constant> was replaced by a new
+cropping and scaling interface. The previously unused struct
+<structname>v4l2_cropcap</structname> and
+<structname>v4l2_crop</structname> where redefined for this purpose.
+See <xref linkend="crop" /> for details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-vbi-format; the
+<structfield>SAMPLE_FORMAT</structfield> field now contains a
+four-character-code as used to identify video image formats and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant> replaces the
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_SF_UBYTE</constant> define. The
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> field was extended.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-captureparm; the type of the
+<structfield>timeperframe</structfield> field changed from unsigned
+long to &v4l2-fract;. This allows the accurate expression of multiples
+of the NTSC-M frame rate 30000 / 1001. A new field
+<structfield>readbuffers</structfield> was added to control the driver
+behaviour in read I/O mode.</para>
+
+ <para>Similar changes were made to &v4l2-outputparm;.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The struct <structname>v4l2_performance</structname>
+and <constant>VIDIOC_G_PERF</constant> ioctl were dropped. Except when
+using the <link linkend="rw">read/write I/O method</link>, which is
+limited anyway, this information is already available to
+applications.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The example transformation from RGB to YCbCr color
+space in the old V4L2 documentation was inaccurate, this has been
+corrected in <xref linkend="pixfmt" />.<!-- 0.5670G should be
+0.587, and 127/112 != 255/224 --></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 2003-06-19</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A new capability flag
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_RADIO</constant> was added for radio devices. Prior
+to this change radio devices would identify solely by having exactly one
+tuner whose type field reads <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RADIO</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>An optional driver access priority mechanism was
+added, see <xref linkend="app-pri" /> for details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The audio input and output interface was found to be
+incomplete.</para>
+ <para>Previously the &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO;
+ioctl would enumerate the available audio inputs. An ioctl to
+determine the current audio input, if more than one combines with the
+current video input, did not exist. So
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant> was renamed to
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD</constant>, this ioctl will be removed in
+the future. The &VIDIOC-ENUMAUDIO; ioctl was added to enumerate
+audio inputs, while &VIDIOC-G-AUDIO; now reports the current audio
+input.</para>
+ <para>The same changes were made to &VIDIOC-G-AUDOUT; and
+&VIDIOC-ENUMAUDOUT;.</para>
+ <para>Until further the "videodev" module will automatically
+translate between the old and new ioctls, but drivers and applications
+must be updated to successfully compile again.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl was incorrectly defined with
+write-read parameter. It was changed to write-only, while the write-read
+version was renamed to <constant>VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD</constant>. The old
+ioctl will be removed in the future. Until further the "videodev"
+kernel module will automatically translate to the new version, so drivers
+must be recompiled, but not applications.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="overlay" /> incorrectly stated that
+clipping rectangles define regions where the video can be seen.
+Correct is that clipping rectangles define regions where
+<emphasis>no</emphasis> video shall be displayed and so the graphics
+surface can be seen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-S-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls were
+defined with write-only parameter, inconsistent with other ioctls
+modifying their argument. They were changed to write-read, while a
+<constant>_OLD</constant> suffix was added to the write-only versions.
+The old ioctls will be removed in the future. Drivers and
+applications assuming a constant parameter need an update.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 2003-11-05</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" /> the following pixel
+formats were incorrectly transferred from Bill Dirks' V4L2
+specification. Descriptions below refer to bytes in memory, in
+ascending address order.<informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>In this document prior to revision
+0.5</entry>
+ <entry>Corrected</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>B, G, R</entry>
+ <entry>R, G, B</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>R, G, B</entry>
+ <entry>B, G, R</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>B, G, R, X</entry>
+ <entry>R, G, B, X</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>R, G, B, X</entry>
+ <entry>B, G, R, X</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable> The
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> example was always
+correct.</para>
+ <para>In <xref linkend="v4l-image-properties" /> the mapping
+of the V4L <constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24</constant> and
+<constant>VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB32</constant> formats to V4L2 pixel formats
+was accordingly corrected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Unrelated to the fixes above, drivers may still
+interpret some V4L2 RGB pixel formats differently. These issues have
+yet to be addressed, for details see <xref
+ linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.6, 2004-05-09</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-CROPCAP; ioctl was incorrectly defined
+with read-only parameter. It is now defined as write-read ioctl, while
+the read-only version was renamed to
+<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD</constant>. The old ioctl will be removed
+in the future.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.8</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A new field <structfield>input</structfield> (former
+<structfield>reserved[0]</structfield>) was added to the &v4l2-buffer;
+structure. Purpose of this field is to alternate between video inputs
+(⪚ cameras) in step with the video capturing process. This function
+must be enabled with the new <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant>
+flag. The <structfield>flags</structfield> field is no longer
+read-only.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2004-08-01</title>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The return value of the
+<xref linkend="func-open" /> function was incorrectly documented.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Audio output ioctls end in -AUDOUT, not -AUDIOOUT.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Current Audio Input example the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant> ioctl took the wrong
+argument.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The documentation of the &VIDIOC-QBUF; and
+&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctls did not mention the &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>memory</structfield> field. It was also missing from
+examples. Also on the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> page the &EIO;
+was not documented.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.14</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A new sliced VBI interface was added. It is documented
+in <xref linkend="sliced" /> and replaces the interface first
+proposed in V4L2 specification 0.8.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.15</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-LOG-STATUS; ioctl was added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New video standards
+<constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_443</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK</constant> (a set of SECAM D, K and K1),
+and <constant>V4L2_STD_ATSC</constant> (a set of
+<constant>V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB</constant>) were defined. Note the
+<constant>V4L2_STD_525_60</constant> set now includes
+<constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_443</constant>. See also <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-std-id" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_COMP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_COMP</constant> ioctl were renamed to
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant> respectively. Their argument
+was replaced by a struct
+<structname>v4l2_mpeg_compression</structname> pointer. (The
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant> ioctls where removed in Linux
+2.6.25.)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2005-11-27</title>
+ <para>The capture example in <xref linkend="capture-example" />
+called the &VIDIOC-S-CROP; ioctl without checking if cropping is
+supported. In the video standard selection example in
+<xref linkend="standard" /> the &VIDIOC-S-STD; call used the wrong
+argument type.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2006-01-10</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <constant>V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL</constant> flag in
+&v4l2-input; not only indicates if the color killer is enabled, but
+also if it is active. (The color killer disables color decoding when
+it detects no color in the video signal to improve the image
+quality.)</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-S-PARM; is a write-read ioctl, not write-only as
+stated on its reference page. The ioctl changed in 2003 as noted above.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-03</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-captureparm; and &v4l2-outputparm; the
+<structfield>timeperframe</structfield> field gives the time in
+seconds, not microseconds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2006-02-04</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <structfield>clips</structfield> field in
+&v4l2-window; must point to an array of &v4l2-clip;, not a linked
+list, because drivers ignore the struct
+<structname>v4l2_clip</structname>.<structfield>next</structfield>
+pointer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.17</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New video standard macros were added:
+<constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR</constant> (NTSC M South Korea), and the
+sets <constant>V4L2_STD_MN</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_STD_B</constant>, <constant>V4L2_STD_GH</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_STD_DK</constant>. The
+<constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_STD_SECAM</constant> sets now include
+<constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC</constant> respectively.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A new <constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2</constant>
+was defined to record both languages of a bilingual program. The
+use of <constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO</constant> for this purpose
+is deprecated now. See the &VIDIOC-G-TUNER; section for
+details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2006-09-23 (Draft 0.15)</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In various places
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> of the sliced VBI
+interface were not mentioned along with other buffer types.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In <xref linkend="vidioc-g-audio" /> it was clarified
+that the &v4l2-audio; <structfield>mode</structfield> field is a flags
+field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><xref linkend="vidioc-querycap" /> did not mention the
+sliced VBI and radio capability flags.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In <xref linkend="vidioc-g-frequency" /> it was
+clarified that applications must initialize the tuner
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of &v4l2-frequency; before
+calling &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY;.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <structfield>reserved</structfield> array
+in &v4l2-requestbuffers; has 2 elements, not 32.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In <xref linkend="output" /> and <xref
+ linkend="raw-vbi" /> the device file names
+<filename>/dev/vout</filename> which never caught on were replaced
+by <filename>/dev/video</filename>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>With Linux 2.6.15 the possible range for VBI device minor
+numbers was extended from 224-239 to 224-255. Accordingly device file names
+<filename>/dev/vbi0</filename> to <filename>/dev/vbi31</filename> are
+possible now.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.18</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New ioctls &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;
+and &VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS; were added, a flag to skip unsupported
+controls with &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, new control types
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS</constant> (<xref
+ linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type" />), and new control flags
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER</constant> (<xref
+ linkend="control-flags" />). See <xref
+ linkend="extended-controls" /> for details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.19</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In &v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap; a buffer type field was added
+replacing a reserved field. Note on architectures where the size of
+enum types differs from int types the size of the structure changed.
+The &VIDIOC-G-SLICED-VBI-CAP; ioctl was redefined from being read-only
+to write-read. Applications must initialize the type field and clear
+the reserved fields now. These changes may <emphasis>break the
+compatibility</emphasis> with older drivers and applications.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The ioctls &VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; and
+&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS; were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A new pixel format <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant> (<xref
+linkend="rgb-formats" />) was added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 spec erratum 2006-10-12 (Draft 0.17)</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12</constant> (<xref
+linkend="reserved-formats" />) is a YUV 4:2:0, not 4:2:2 format.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.21</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <filename>videodev2.h</filename> header file is
+now dual licensed under GNU General Public License version two or
+later, and under a 3-clause BSD-style license.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.22</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Two new field orders
+ <constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB</constant> and
+ <constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT</constant> were
+ added. See <xref linkend="v4l2-field" /> for details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Three new clipping/blending methods with a global or
+straight or inverted local alpha value were added to the video overlay
+interface. See the description of the &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and
+&VIDIOC-S-FBUF; ioctls for details.</para>
+ <para>A new <structfield>global_alpha</structfield> field
+was added to <link
+linkend="v4l2-window"><structname>v4l2_window</structname></link>,
+extending the structure. This may <emphasis>break
+compatibility</emphasis> with applications using a struct
+<structname>v4l2_window</structname> directly. However the <link
+linkend="vidioc-g-fmt">VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT</link> ioctls, which take a
+pointer to a <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> parent
+structure with padding bytes at the end, are not affected.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The format of the <structfield>chromakey</structfield>
+field in &v4l2-window; changed from "host order RGB32" to a pixel
+value in the same format as the framebuffer. This may <emphasis>break
+compatibility</emphasis> with existing applications. Drivers
+supporting the "host order RGB32" format are not known.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.24</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32</constant> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.25</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y16">
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</constant></link> and <link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR16">
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</constant></link> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New <link linkend="control">controls</link>
+<constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION</constant> were added. The
+controls <constant>V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_WHITENESS</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_HCENTER</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_VCENTER</constant> were deprecated.
+</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A <link linkend="camera-controls">Camera controls
+class</link> was added, with the new controls
+<constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant> ioctls, which were superseded
+by the <link linkend="extended-controls">extended controls</link>
+interface in Linux 2.6.18, where finally removed from the
+<filename>videodev2.h</filename> header file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.26</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</constant> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added user controls
+<constant>V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.27</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; ioctl and the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant> capability were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA501</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA505</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA508</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PCA561</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG</constant> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.28</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added <constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3</constant> MPEG audio encodings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added <constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC</constant> MPEG
+video encoding.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8</constant> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.29</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant> ioctl was renamed
+to <constant>VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT_OLD</constant> and &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT;
+was introduced in its place. The old struct <structname>v4l2_chip_ident</structname>
+was renamed to <structname id="v4l2-chip-ident-old">v4l2_chip_ident_old</structname>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The pixel formats
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</constant> were added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added camera controls
+<constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVACY</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.30</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New control flag <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY</constant> was added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New control <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant> was added.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.32</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In order to be easier to compare a V4L2 API and a kernel
+version, now V4L2 API is numbered using the Linux Kernel version numeration.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Finalized the RDS capture API. See <xref linkend="rds" /> for
+more information.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added new capabilities for modulators and RDS encoders.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add description for libv4l API.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added support for string controls via new type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added <constant>V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER</constant> documentation.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added FM Modulator (FM TX) Extended Control Class: <constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX</constant> and their Control IDs.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added Remote Controller chapter, describing the default Remote Controller mapping for media devices.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.33</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added support for Digital Video timings in order to support HDTV receivers and transmitters.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.34</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Added
+<constant>V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE</constant> controls to the
+ <link linkend="camera-controls">Camera controls class</link>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>V4L2 in Linux 2.6.37</title>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Remove the vtx (videotext/teletext) API. This API was no longer
+used and no hardware exists to verify the API. Nor were any userspace applications found
+that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="other">
+ <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title>
+
+ <section id="xvideo">
+ <title>X Video Extension</title>
+
+ <para>The X Video Extension (abbreviated XVideo or just Xv) is
+an extension of the X Window system, implemented for example by the
+XFree86 project. Its scope is similar to V4L2, an API to video capture
+and output devices for X clients. Xv allows applications to display
+live video in a window, send window contents to a TV output, and
+capture or output still images in XPixmaps<footnote>
+ <para>This is not implemented in XFree86.</para>
+ </footnote>. With their implementation XFree86 makes the
+extension available across many operating systems and
+architectures.</para>
+
+ <para>Because the driver is embedded into the X server Xv has a
+number of advantages over the V4L2 <link linkend="overlay">video
+overlay interface</link>. The driver can easily determine the overlay
+target, &ie; visible graphics memory or off-screen buffers for a
+destructive overlay. It can program the RAMDAC for a non-destructive
+overlay, scaling or color-keying, or the clipping functions of the
+video capture hardware, always in sync with drawing operations or
+windows moving or changing their stacking order.</para>
+
+ <para>To combine the advantages of Xv and V4L a special Xv
+driver exists in XFree86 and XOrg, just programming any overlay capable
+Video4Linux device it finds. To enable it
+<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> must contain these lines:</para>
+ <para><screen>
+Section "Module"
+ Load "v4l"
+EndSection</screen></para>
+
+ <para>As of XFree86 4.2 this driver still supports only V4L
+ioctls, however it should work just fine with all V4L2 devices through
+the V4L2 backward-compatibility layer. Since V4L2 permits multiple
+opens it is possible (if supported by the V4L2 driver) to capture
+video while an X client requested video overlay. Restrictions of
+simultaneous capturing and overlay are discussed in <xref
+ linkend="overlay" /> apply.</para>
+
+ <para>Only marginally related to V4L2, XFree86 extended Xv to
+support hardware YUV to RGB conversion and scaling for faster video
+playback, and added an interface to MPEG-2 decoding hardware. This API
+is useful to display images captured with V4L2 devices.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Digital Video</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 does not support digital terrestrial, cable or
+satellite broadcast. A separate project aiming at digital receivers
+exists. You can find its homepage at <ulink
+url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>. The Linux DVB API
+has no connection to the V4L2 API except that drivers for hybrid
+hardware may support both.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Audio Interfaces</title>
+
+ <para>[to do - OSS/ALSA]</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="experimental">
+ <title>Experimental API Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The following V4L2 API elements are currently experimental
+and may change in the future.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Video Output Overlay (OSD) Interface, <xref
+ linkend="osd" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
+ &v4l2-buf-type;, <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
+&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl, <xref linkend="device-capabilities" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; and
+&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS; ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX; ioctl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-ENCODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD;
+ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER; and &VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER;
+ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT; ioctl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="obsolete">
+ <title>Obsolete API Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The following V4L2 API elements were superseded by new
+interfaces and should not be implemented in new drivers.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_G_MPEGCOMP</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant> ioctls. Use Extended Controls,
+<xref linkend="extended-controls" />.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fae3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2103 @@
+ <section id="control">
+ <title>User Controls</title>
+
+ <para>Devices typically have a number of user-settable controls
+such as brightness, saturation and so on, which would be presented to
+the user on a graphical user interface. But, different devices
+will have different controls available, and furthermore, the range of
+possible values, and the default value will vary from device to
+device. The control ioctls provide the information and a mechanism to
+create a nice user interface for these controls that will work
+correctly with any device.</para>
+
+ <para>All controls are accessed using an ID value. V4L2 defines
+several IDs for specific purposes. Drivers can also implement their
+own custom controls using <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+and higher values. The pre-defined control IDs have the prefix
+<constant>V4L2_CID_</constant>, and are listed in <xref
+linkend="control-id" />. The ID is used when querying the attributes of
+a control, and when getting or setting the current value.</para>
+
+ <para>Generally applications should present controls to the user
+without assumptions about their purpose. Each control comes with a
+name string the user is supposed to understand. When the purpose is
+non-intuitive the driver writer should provide a user manual, a user
+interface plug-in or a driver specific panel application. Predefined
+IDs were introduced to change a few controls programmatically, for
+example to mute a device during a channel switch.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers may enumerate different controls after switching
+the current video input or output, tuner or modulator, or audio input
+or output. Different in the sense of other bounds, another default and
+current value, step size or other menu items. A control with a certain
+<emphasis>custom</emphasis> ID can also change name and
+type.<footnote>
+ <para>It will be more convenient for applications if drivers
+make use of the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED</constant> flag, but
+that was never required.</para>
+ </footnote> Control values are stored globally, they do not
+change when switching except to stay within the reported bounds. They
+also do not change ⪚ when the device is opened or closed, when the
+tuner radio frequency is changed or generally never without
+application request. Since V4L2 specifies no event mechanism, panel
+applications intended to cooperate with other panel applications (be
+they built into a larger application, as a TV viewer) may need to
+regularly poll control values to update their user
+interface.<footnote>
+ <para>Applications could call an ioctl to request events.
+After another process called &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or another ioctl changing
+shared properties the &func-select; function would indicate
+readability until any ioctl (querying the properties) is
+called.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="control-id">
+ <title>Control IDs</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ID</entry>
+ <entry>Type</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BASE</constant></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>First predefined ID, equal to
+<constant>V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_USER_BASE</constant></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Synonym of <constant>V4L2_CID_BASE</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Picture brightness, or more precisely, the black
+level.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_CONTRAST</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Picture contrast or luma gain.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_SATURATION</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Picture color saturation or chroma gain.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HUE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Hue or color balance.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Overall audio volume. Note some drivers also
+provide an OSS or ALSA mixer interface.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Audio stereo balance. Minimum corresponds to all
+the way left, maximum to right.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Audio bass adjustment.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Audio treble adjustment.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Mute audio, &ie; set the volume to zero, however
+without affecting <constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME</constant>. Like
+ALSA drivers, V4L2 drivers must mute at load time to avoid excessive
+noise. Actually the entire device should be reset to a low power
+consumption state.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Loudness mode (bass boost).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Another name for brightness (not a synonym of
+<constant>V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS</constant>). This control is deprecated
+and should not be used in new drivers and applications.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Automatic white balance (cameras).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>button</entry>
+ <entry>This is an action control. When set (the value is
+ignored), the device will do a white balance and then hold the current
+setting. Contrast this with the boolean
+<constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE</constant>, which, when
+activated, keeps adjusting the white balance.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Red chroma balance.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Blue chroma balance.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_GAMMA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Gamma adjust.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_WHITENESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Whiteness for grey-scale devices. This is a synonym
+for <constant>V4L2_CID_GAMMA</constant>. This control is deprecated
+and should not be used in new drivers and applications.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Exposure (cameras). [Unit?]</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Automatic gain/exposure control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_GAIN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Gain control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HFLIP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Mirror the picture horizontally.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_VFLIP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Mirror the picture vertically.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HCENTER_DEPRECATED</constant> (formerly <constant>V4L2_CID_HCENTER</constant>)</entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal image centering. This control is
+deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the <link
+linkend="camera-controls">Camera class controls</link>
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET</constant> instead.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_VCENTER_DEPRECATED</constant>
+ (formerly <constant>V4L2_CID_VCENTER</constant>)</entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Vertical image centering. Centering is intended to
+<emphasis>physically</emphasis> adjust cameras. For image cropping see
+<xref linkend="crop" />, for clipping <xref linkend="overlay" />. This
+control is deprecated. New drivers and applications should use the
+<link linkend="camera-controls">Camera class controls</link>
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET</constant> instead.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="v4l2-power-line-frequency">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>enum</entry>
+ <entry>Enables a power line frequency filter to avoid
+flicker. Possible values for <constant>enum v4l2_power_line_frequency</constant> are:
+<constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED</constant> (0),
+<constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_50HZ</constant> (1) and
+<constant>V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ</constant> (2).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Enables automatic hue control by the device. The
+effect of setting <constant>V4L2_CID_HUE</constant> while automatic
+hue control is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such
+request.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>This control specifies the white balance settings
+as a color temperature in Kelvin. A driver should have a minimum of
+2800 (incandescent) to 6500 (daylight). For more information about
+color temperature see <ulink
+url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_temperature">Wikipedia</ulink>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Adjusts the sharpness filters in a camera. The
+minimum value disables the filters, higher values give a sharper
+picture.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Adjusts the backlight compensation in a camera. The
+minimum value disables backlight compensation.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Chroma automatic gain control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Adjusts the Chroma gain control (for use when chroma AGC
+ is disabled).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Enable the color killer (&ie; force a black & white image in case of a weak video signal).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="v4l2-colorfx">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant></entry>
+ <entry>enum</entry>
+ <entry>Selects a color effect. Possible values for
+<constant>enum v4l2_colorfx</constant> are:
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NONE</constant> (0),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_BW</constant> (1),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA</constant> (2),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE</constant> (3),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS</constant> (4),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH</constant> (5),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE</constant> (6),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN</constant> (7),
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN</constant> (8) and
+<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID</constant> (9).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ROTATE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Rotates the image by specified angle. Common angles are 90,
+ 270 and 180. Rotating the image to 90 and 270 will reverse the height
+ and width of the display window. It is necessary to set the new height and
+ width of the picture using the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl according to
+ the rotation angle selected.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ <entry>Sets the background color on the current output device.
+ Background color needs to be specified in the RGB24 format. The
+ supplied 32 bit value is interpreted as bits 0-7 Red color information,
+ bits 8-15 Green color information, bits 16-23 Blue color
+ information and bits 24-31 must be zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1</constant>
+ <constant>V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ <entry>Switch on or off the illuminator 1 or 2 of the device
+ (usually a microscope).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_LASTP1</constant></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>End of the predefined control IDs (currently
+<constant>V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2</constant> + 1).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>ID of the first custom (driver specific) control.
+Applications depending on particular custom controls should check the
+driver name and version, see <xref linkend="querycap" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Applications can enumerate the available controls with the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; and &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls, get and set a
+control value with the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls.
+Drivers must implement <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant> when the device has one or more
+controls, <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> when it has one or
+more menu type controls.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Enumerating all controls</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl;
+&v4l2-querymenu; querymenu;
+
+static void
+enumerate_menu (void)
+{
+ printf (" Menu items:\n");
+
+ memset (&querymenu, 0, sizeof (querymenu));
+ querymenu.id = queryctrl.id;
+
+ for (querymenu.index = queryctrl.minimum;
+ querymenu.index <= queryctrl.maximum;
+ querymenu.index++) {
+ if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &querymenu)) {
+ printf (" %s\n", querymenu.name);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));
+
+for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BASE;
+ queryctrl.id < V4L2_CID_LASTP1;
+ queryctrl.id++) {
+ if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) {
+ if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
+ continue;
+
+ printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
+
+ if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
+ enumerate_menu ();
+ } else {
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ continue;
+
+ perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;;
+ queryctrl.id++) {
+ if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) {
+ if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
+ continue;
+
+ printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
+
+ if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
+ enumerate_menu ();
+ } else {
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ break;
+
+ perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Changing controls</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl;
+&v4l2-control; control;
+
+memset (&queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));
+queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &queryctrl)) {
+ if (errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ } else {
+ printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
+ }
+} else if (queryctrl.flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) {
+ printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
+} else {
+ memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control));
+ control.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;
+ control.value = queryctrl.default_value;
+
+ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+memset (&control, 0, sizeof (control));
+control.id = V4L2_CID_CONTRAST;
+
+if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &control)) {
+ control.value += 1;
+
+ /* The driver may clamp the value or return ERANGE, ignored here */
+
+ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &control)
+ && errno != ERANGE) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+/* Ignore if V4L2_CID_CONTRAST is unsupported */
+} else if (errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_CTRL");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+control.id = V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE;
+control.value = TRUE; /* silence */
+
+/* Errors ignored */
+ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &control);
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="extended-controls">
+ <title>Extended Controls</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>The control mechanism as originally designed was meant
+to be used for user settings (brightness, saturation, etc). However,
+it turned out to be a very useful model for implementing more
+complicated driver APIs where each driver implements only a subset of
+a larger API.</para>
+
+ <para>The MPEG encoding API was the driving force behind
+designing and implementing this extended control mechanism: the MPEG
+standard is quite large and the currently supported hardware MPEG
+encoders each only implement a subset of this standard. Further more,
+many parameters relating to how the video is encoded into an MPEG
+stream are specific to the MPEG encoding chip since the MPEG standard
+only defines the format of the resulting MPEG stream, not how the
+video is actually encoded into that format.</para>
+
+ <para>Unfortunately, the original control API lacked some
+features needed for these new uses and so it was extended into the
+(not terribly originally named) extended control API.</para>
+
+ <para>Even though the MPEG encoding API was the first effort
+to use the Extended Control API, nowadays there are also other classes
+of Extended Controls, such as Camera Controls and FM Transmitter Controls.
+The Extended Controls API as well as all Extended Controls classes are
+described in the following text.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>The Extended Control API</title>
+
+ <para>Three new ioctls are available: &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;,
+&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; and &VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS;. These ioctls act on
+arrays of controls (as opposed to the &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; and
+&VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctls that act on a single control). This is needed
+since it is often required to atomically change several controls at
+once.</para>
+
+ <para>Each of the new ioctls expects a pointer to a
+&v4l2-ext-controls;. This structure contains a pointer to the control
+array, a count of the number of controls in that array and a control
+class. Control classes are used to group similar controls into a
+single class. For example, control class
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER</constant> contains all user controls
+(&ie; all controls that can also be set using the old
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant> ioctl). Control class
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG</constant> contains all controls
+relating to MPEG encoding, etc.</para>
+
+ <para>All controls in the control array must belong to the
+specified control class. An error is returned if this is not the
+case.</para>
+
+ <para>It is also possible to use an empty control array (count
+== 0) to check whether the specified control class is
+supported.</para>
+
+ <para>The control array is a &v4l2-ext-control; array. The
+<structname>v4l2_ext_control</structname> structure is very similar to
+&v4l2-control;, except for the fact that it also allows for 64-bit
+values and pointers to be passed.</para>
+
+ <para>It is important to realize that due to the flexibility of
+controls it is necessary to check whether the control you want to set
+actually is supported in the driver and what the valid range of values
+is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; and &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to
+check this. Also note that it is possible that some of the menu
+indices in a control of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant>
+may not be supported (<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> will
+return an error). A good example is the list of supported MPEG audio
+bitrates. Some drivers only support one or two bitrates, others
+support a wider range.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Enumerating Extended Controls</title>
+
+ <para>The recommended way to enumerate over the extended
+controls is by using &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; in combination with the
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> flag:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-queryctrl; qctrl;
+
+qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) {
+ /* ... */
+ qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+}
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para>The initial control ID is set to 0 ORed with the
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> flag. The
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> ioctl will return the first
+control with a higher ID than the specified one. When no such controls
+are found an error is returned.</para>
+
+ <para>If you want to get all controls within a specific control
+class, then you can set the initial
+<structfield>qctrl.id</structfield> value to the control class and add
+an extra check to break out of the loop when a control of another
+control class is found:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &qctrl)) {
+ if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS (qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG)
+ break;
+ /* ... */
+ qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+ }
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para>The 32-bit <structfield>qctrl.id</structfield> value is
+subdivided into three bit ranges: the top 4 bits are reserved for
+flags (⪚ <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant>) and are not
+actually part of the ID. The remaining 28 bits form the control ID, of
+which the most significant 12 bits define the control class and the
+least significant 16 bits identify the control within the control
+class. It is guaranteed that these last 16 bits are always non-zero
+for controls. The range of 0x1000 and up are reserved for
+driver-specific controls. The macro
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id)</constant> returns the control class
+ID based on a control ID.</para>
+
+ <para>If the driver does not support extended controls, then
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> will fail when used in
+combination with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant>. In
+that case the old method of enumerating control should be used (see
+1.8). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over
+all controls, including driver-private controls.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating Control Panels</title>
+
+ <para>It is possible to create control panels for a graphical
+user interface where the user can select the various controls.
+Basically you will have to iterate over all controls using the method
+described above. Each control class starts with a control of type
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS</constant>.
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> will return the name of this
+control class which can be used as the title of a tab page within a
+control panel.</para>
+
+ <para>The flags field of &v4l2-queryctrl; also contains hints on
+the behavior of the control. See the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; documentation
+for more details.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mpeg-controls">
+ <title>MPEG Control Reference</title>
+
+ <para>Below all controls within the MPEG control class are
+described. First the generic controls, then controls specific for
+certain hardware.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Generic MPEG Controls</title>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="mpeg-control-id">
+ <title>MPEG Control IDs</title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+ </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>class</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The MPEG class
+descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a
+description of this control class. This description can be used as the
+caption of a Tab page in a GUI, for example.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-stream-type">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The MPEG-1, -2 or -4
+output stream type. One cannot assume anything here. Each hardware
+MPEG encoder tends to support different subsets of the available MPEG
+stream types. The currently defined stream types are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_PS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2 program stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_TS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2 transport stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_SS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1 system stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_DVD</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2 DVD-compatible stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_VCD</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1 VCD-compatible stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_SVCD</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Program Map Table
+Packet ID for the MPEG transport stream (default 16)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Audio Packet ID for
+the MPEG transport stream (default 256)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Video Packet ID for
+the MPEG transport stream (default 260)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Packet ID for the
+MPEG transport stream carrying PCR fields (default 259)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Audio ID for MPEG
+PES</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Video ID for MPEG
+PES</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Some cards can embed
+VBI data (⪚ Closed Caption, Teletext) into the MPEG stream. This
+control selects whether VBI data should be embedded, and if so, what
+embedding method should be used. The list of possible VBI formats
+depends on the driver. The currently defined VBI format types
+are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>No VBI in the MPEG stream</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>VBI in private packets, IVTV format (documented
+in the kernel sources in the file <filename>Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi</filename>)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-sampling-freq">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG Audio sampling
+frequency. Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_44100</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>44.1 kHz</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_48000</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>48 kHz</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_32000</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>32 kHz</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-encoding">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG Audio encoding.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_1</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1/2 Layer I encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_2</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1/2 Layer II encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_3</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1/2 Layer III encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2/4 AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>AC-3 aka ATSC A/52 encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l1-bitrate">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG-1/2 Layer I bitrate.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_32K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>32 kbit/s</entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_64K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>64 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_96K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>96 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_128K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>128 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_160K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>160 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_192K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>192 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_224K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>224 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_256K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>256 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_288K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>288 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_320K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>320 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_352K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>352 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_384K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>384 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_416K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>416 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_448K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>448 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l2-bitrate">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG-1/2 Layer II bitrate.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_32K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>32 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_48K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>48 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_56K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>56 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_64K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>64 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_80K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>80 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_96K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>96 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_112K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>112 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_128K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>128 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_160K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>160 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_192K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>192 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_224K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>224 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_256K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>256 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_320K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>320 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_384K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>384 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l3-bitrate">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG-1/2 Layer III bitrate.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_32K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>32 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_40K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>40 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_48K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>48 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_56K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>56 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_64K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>64 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_80K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>80 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_96K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>96 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_112K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>112 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_128K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>128 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_160K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>160 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_192K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>192 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_224K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>224 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_256K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>256 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_320K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>320 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">AAC bitrate in bits per second.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">AC-3 bitrate.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_32K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>32 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_40K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>40 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_48K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>48 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_56K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>56 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_64K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>64 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_80K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>80 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_96K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>96 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_112K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>112 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_128K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>128 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_160K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>160 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_192K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>192 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_224K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>224 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_256K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>256 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_320K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>320 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_384K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>384 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_448K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>448 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_512K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>512 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_576K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>576 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_640K</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>640 kbit/s</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG Audio mode.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_STEREO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_JOINT_STEREO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Joint Stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_DUAL</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Bilingual</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_MONO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode-extension">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Joint Stereo
+audio mode extension. In Layer I and II they indicate which subbands
+are in intensity stereo. All other subbands are coded in stereo. Layer
+III is not (yet) supported. Possible values
+are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_4</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Subbands 4-31 in intensity stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_8</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Subbands 8-31 in intensity stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_12</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Subbands 12-31 in intensity stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_16</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Subbands 16-31 in intensity stereo</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-emphasis">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Audio Emphasis.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_NONE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_50_DIV_15_uS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>50/15 microsecond emphasis</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_CCITT_J17</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>CCITT J.17</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">CRC method. Possible
+values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_NONE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>None</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_CRC16</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>16 bit parity check</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Mutes the audio when
+capturing. This is not done by muting audio hardware, which can still
+produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed
+and reproducable audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">MPEG Video encoding
+method. Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_1</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-1 Video encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_2</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-2 Video encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) Video encoding</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-aspect">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Video aspect.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_1x1</constant> </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4x3</constant> </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16x9</constant> </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_221x100</constant> </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Number of B-Frames
+(default 2)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">GOP size (default
+12)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">GOP closure (default
+1)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enable 3:2 pulldown
+(default 0)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-bitrate-mode">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Video bitrate mode.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_VBR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Variable bitrate</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_CBR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Constant bitrate</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Video bitrate in bits
+per second.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Peak video bitrate in
+bits per second. Must be larger or equal to the average video bitrate.
+It is ignored if the video bitrate mode is set to constant
+bitrate.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">For every captured
+frame, skip this many subsequent frames (default 0).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">"Mutes" the video to a
+fixed color when capturing. This is useful for testing, to produce a
+fixed video bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the "mute" color
+of the video. The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit
+0 = least significant bit):</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 0:7</entry>
+ <entry>V chrominance information</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 8:15</entry>
+ <entry>U chrominance information</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 16:23</entry>
+ <entry>Y luminance information</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 24:31</entry>
+ <entry>Must be zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>CX2341x MPEG Controls</title>
+
+ <para>The following MPEG class controls deal with MPEG
+encoding settings that are specific to the Conexant CX23415 and
+CX23416 MPEG encoding chips.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="cx2341x-control-id">
+ <title>CX2341x Control IDs</title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-spatial-filter-mode">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Spatial
+Filter mode (default <constant>MANUAL</constant>). Possible values
+are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Choose the filter manually</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Choose the filter automatically</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-15)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The setting for the
+Spatial Filter. 0 = off, 15 = maximum. (Default is 0.)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="luma-spatial-filter-type">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Select the algorithm
+to use for the Luma Spatial Filter (default
+<constant>1D_HOR</constant>). Possible values:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>No filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>One-dimensional horizontal</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_VERT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>One-dimensional vertical</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_HV_SEPARABLE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Two-dimensional separable</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_SYM_NON_SEPARABLE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Two-dimensional symmetrical
+non-separable</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="chroma-spatial-filter-type">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Select the algorithm
+for the Chroma Spatial Filter (default <constant>1D_HOR</constant>).
+Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>No filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>One-dimensional horizontal</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-temporal-filter-mode">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Temporal
+Filter mode (default <constant>MANUAL</constant>). Possible values
+are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Choose the filter manually</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Choose the filter automatically</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-31)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The setting for the
+Temporal Filter. 0 = off, 31 = maximum. (Default is 8 for full-scale
+capturing and 0 for scaled capturing.)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row id="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-median-filter-type">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Median Filter Type
+(default <constant>OFF</constant>). Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_OFF</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>No filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_VERT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Vertical filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR_VERT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal and vertical filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_DIAG</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Diagonal filter</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-255)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Threshold above which
+the luminance median filter is enabled (default 0)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-255)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Threshold below which
+the luminance median filter is enabled (default 255)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-255)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Threshold above which
+the chroma median filter is enabled (default 0)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer (0-255)</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Threshold below which
+the chroma median filter is enabled (default 255)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_STREAM_INSERT_NAV_PACKETS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">The CX2341X MPEG encoder
+can insert one empty MPEG-2 PES packet into the stream between every
+four video frames. The packet size is 2048 bytes, including the
+packet_start_code_prefix and stream_id fields. The stream_id is 0xBF
+(private stream 2). The payload consists of 0x00 bytes, to be filled
+in by the application. 0 = do not insert, 1 = insert packets.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="camera-controls">
+ <title>Camera Control Reference</title>
+
+ <para>The Camera class includes controls for mechanical (or
+equivalent digital) features of a device such as controllable lenses
+or sensors.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="camera-control-id">
+ <title>Camera Control IDs</title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+ </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>class</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The Camera class
+descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a
+description of this control class.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row id="v4l2-exposure-auto-type">
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>enum v4l2_exposure_auto_type</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables automatic
+adjustments of the exposure time and/or iris aperture. The effect of
+manual changes of the exposure time or iris aperture while these
+features are enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such
+requests. Possible values are:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_AUTO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Automatic exposure time, automatic iris
+aperture.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_MANUAL</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Manual exposure time, manual iris.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_SHUTTER_PRIORITY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Manual exposure time, auto iris.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_APERTURE_PRIORITY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>Auto exposure time, manual iris.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Determines the exposure
+time of the camera sensor. The exposure time is limited by the frame
+interval. Drivers should interpret the values as 100 µs units,
+where the value 1 stands for 1/10000th of a second, 10000 for 1 second
+and 100000 for 10 seconds.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">When
+<constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO</constant> is set to
+<constant>AUTO</constant> or <constant>APERTURE_PRIORITY</constant>,
+this control determines if the device may dynamically vary the frame
+rate. By default this feature is disabled (0) and the frame rate must
+remain constant.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control turns the
+camera horizontally by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A
+positive value moves the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed
+from above), a negative value to the left. A value of zero does not
+cause motion. This is a write-only control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control turns the
+camera vertically by the specified amount. The unit is undefined. A
+positive value moves the camera up, a negative value down. A value of
+zero does not cause motion. This is a write-only control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>button</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">When this control is set,
+the camera moves horizontally to the default position.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>button</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">When this control is set,
+the camera moves vertically to the default position.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control
+turns the camera horizontally to the specified position. Positive
+values move the camera to the right (clockwise when viewed from above),
+negative values to the left. Drivers should interpret the values as arc
+seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180 * 3600
+inclusive.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control
+turns the camera vertically to the specified position. Positive values
+move the camera up, negative values down. Drivers should interpret the
+values as arc seconds, with valid values between -180 * 3600 and +180
+* 3600 inclusive.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control sets the
+focal point of the camera to the specified position. The unit is
+undefined. Positive values set the focus closer to the camera,
+negative values towards infinity.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control moves the
+focal point of the camera by the specified amount. The unit is
+undefined. Positive values move the focus closer to the camera,
+negative values towards infinity. This is a write-only control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables automatic focus
+adjustments. The effect of manual focus adjustments while this feature
+is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specify the objective lens
+focal length as an absolute value. The zoom unit is driver-specific and its
+value should be a positive integer.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specify the objective lens
+focal length relatively to the current value. Positive values move the zoom
+lens group towards the telephoto direction, negative values towards the
+wide-angle direction. The zoom unit is driver-specific. This is a write-only control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Move the objective lens group
+at the specified speed until it reaches physical device limits or until an
+explicit request to stop the movement. A positive value moves the zoom lens
+group towards the telephoto direction. A value of zero stops the zoom lens
+group movement. A negative value moves the zoom lens group towards the
+wide-angle direction. The zoom speed unit is driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control sets the
+camera's aperture to the specified value. The unit is undefined.
+Larger values open the iris wider, smaller values close it.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control modifies the
+camera's aperture by the specified amount. The unit is undefined.
+Positive values open the iris one step further, negative values close
+it one step further. This is a write-only control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVACY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Prevent video from being acquired
+by the camera. When this control is set to <constant>TRUE</constant> (1), no
+image can be captured by the camera. Common means to enforce privacy are
+mechanical obturation of the sensor and firmware image processing, but the
+device is not restricted to these methods. Devices that implement the privacy
+control must support read access and may support write access.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Switch the band-stop filter of a
+camera sensor on or off, or specify its strength. Such band-stop filters can
+be used, for example, to filter out the fluorescent light component.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fm-tx-controls">
+ <title>FM Transmitter Control Reference</title>
+
+ <para>The FM Transmitter (FM_TX) class includes controls for common features of
+FM transmissions capable devices. Currently this class includes parameters for audio
+compression, pilot tone generation, audio deviation limiter, RDS transmission and
+tuning power features.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fm-tx-control-id">
+ <title>FM_TX Control IDs</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+ </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>class</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The FM_TX class
+descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a
+description of this control class.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures RDS signal frequency deviation level in Hz.
+The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the RDS Programme Identification field
+for transmission.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the RDS Programme Type field for transmission.
+This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME) for transmission.
+It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service
+identification and selection. In Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />, the RDS specification,
+there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings.
+Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible
+to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
+with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Radio Text info for transmission. It is a textual description of
+what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names,
+programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText should be used in addition to
+<constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME</constant>. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described
+in Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
+used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible
+to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
+with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables the audio deviation limiter feature.
+The limiter is useful when trying to maximize the audio volume, minimize receiver-generated
+distortion and prevent overmodulation.
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the audio deviation limiter feature release time.
+Unit is in useconds. Step and range are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures audio frequency deviation level in Hz.
+The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables the audio compression feature.
+This feature amplifies signals below the threshold by a fixed gain and compresses audio
+signals above the threshold by the ratio of Threshold/(Gain + Threshold).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the gain for audio compression feature. It is
+a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the threshold level for audio compression freature.
+It is a dB value. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the attack time for audio compression feature.
+It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the release time for audio compression feature.
+It is a useconds value. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables the pilot tone generation feature.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures pilot tone frequency deviation level. Unit is
+in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures pilot tone frequency value. Unit is
+in Hz. The range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="v4l2-preemphasis"><entry spanname="descr">Configures the pre-emphasis value for broadcasting.
+A pre-emphasis filter is applied to the broadcast to accentuate the high audio frequencies.
+Depending on the region, a time constant of either 50 or 75 useconds is used. The enum v4l2_preemphasis
+defines possible values for pre-emphasis. Here they are:</entry>
+ </row><row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>No pre-emphasis is applied.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>A pre-emphasis of 50 uS is used.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>A pre-emphasis of 75 uS is used.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the output power level for signal transmission.
+Unit is in dBuV. Range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR</constant> </entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">This selects the value of antenna tuning capacitor
+manually or automatically if set to zero. Unit, range and step are driver-specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+<para>For more details about RDS specification, refer to
+<xref linkend="en50067" /> document, from CENELEC.</para>
+ </section>
+</section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "common.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/crop.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/crop.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b9e7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/crop.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32807e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-capture.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+ <title>Video Capture Interface</title>
+
+ <para>Video capture devices sample an analog video signal and store
+the digitized images in memory. Today nearly all devices can capture
+at full 25 or 30 frames/second. With this interface applications can
+control the capture process and move images from the driver into user
+space.</para>
+
+ <para>Conventionally V4L2 video capture devices are accessed through
+character device special files named <filename>/dev/video</filename>
+and <filename>/dev/video0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/video63</filename> with major number 81 and minor
+numbers 0 to 63. <filename>/dev/video</filename> is typically a
+symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device
+files are used for video output devices.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the video capture interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions
+they may also support the <link linkend="overlay">video overlay</link>
+(<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>) and the <link
+linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI capture</link>
+(<constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE</constant>) interface. At least one of
+the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be supported. Tuners and
+audio inputs are optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>Video capture devices shall support <link
+linkend="audio">audio input</link>, <link
+linkend="tuner">tuner</link>, <link linkend="control">controls</link>,
+<link linkend="crop">cropping and scaling</link> and <link
+linkend="streaming-par">streaming parameter</link> ioctls as needed.
+The <link linkend="video">video input</link> and <link
+linkend="standard">video standard</link> ioctls must be supported by
+all video capture devices.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Image Format Negotiation</title>
+
+ <para>The result of a capture operation is determined by
+cropping and image format parameters. The former select an area of the
+video picture to capture, the latter how images are stored in memory,
+&ie; in RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and
+height. Together they also define how images are scaled in the
+process.</para>
+
+ <para>As usual these parameters are <emphasis>not</emphasis> reset
+at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device
+and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2
+applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping
+and scaling.</para>
+
+ <para>Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the
+parameters to defaults. An example is given in <xref
+linkend="crop" />.</para>
+
+ <para>To query the current image format applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> and call the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
+the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para>
+
+ <para>To request different parameters applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; as above and
+initialize all fields of the &v4l2-pix-format;
+<structfield>vbi</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union, or better just modify the
+results of <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, and call the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may
+adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.</para>
+
+ <para>Like <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> the
+&VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations
+without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
+preparations.</para>
+
+ <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; are discussed in <xref
+linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>
+and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video
+capture devices must implement both the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl, even if
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ignores all requests and always
+returns default parameters as <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> is optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Reading Images</title>
+
+ <para>A video capture device may support the <link
+linkend="rw">read() function</link> and/or streaming (<link
+linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> or <link
+linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O. See <xref
+linkend="io" /> for details.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-codec.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-codec.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e156dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-codec.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+ <title>Codec Interface</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Suspended</title>
+
+ <para>This interface has been be suspended from the V4L2 API
+implemented in Linux 2.6 until we have more experience with codec
+device interfaces.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>A V4L2 codec can compress, decompress, transform, or otherwise
+convert video data from one format into another format, in memory.
+Applications send data to be converted to the driver through a
+&func-write; call, and receive the converted data through a
+&func-read; call. For efficiency a driver may also support streaming
+I/O.</para>
+
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-effect.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-effect.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c243be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-effect.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+ <title>Effect Devices Interface</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Suspended</title>
+
+ <para>This interface has been be suspended from the V4L2 API
+implemented in Linux 2.6 until we have more experience with effect
+device interfaces.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>A V4L2 video effect device can do image effects, filtering, or
+combine two or more images or image streams. For example video
+transitions or wipes. Applications send data to be processed and
+receive the result data either with &func-read; and &func-write;
+functions, or through the streaming I/O mechanism.</para>
+
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-event.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be5a98f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-event.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+ <title>Event Interface</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 event interface provides means for user to get
+ immediately notified on certain conditions taking place on a device.
+ This might include start of frame or loss of signal events, for
+ example.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>To receive events, the events the user is interested in first must
+ be subscribed using the &VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT; ioctl. Once an event is
+ subscribed, the events of subscribed types are dequeueable using the
+ &VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl. Events may be unsubscribed using
+ VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT ioctl. The special event type V4L2_EVENT_ALL may
+ be used to unsubscribe all the events the driver supports.</para>
+
+ <para>The event subscriptions and event queues are specific to file
+ handles. Subscribing an event on one file handle does not affect
+ other file handles.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The information on dequeueable events is obtained by using select or
+ poll system calls on video devices. The V4L2 events use POLLPRI events on
+ poll system call and exceptions on select system call. </para>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-osd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9a68a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-osd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+ <title>Video Output Overlay Interface</title>
+ <subtitle>Also known as On-Screen Display (OSD)</subtitle>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Some video output devices can overlay a framebuffer image onto
+the outgoing video signal. Applications can set up such an overlay
+using this interface, which borrows structures and ioctls of the <link
+linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> interface.</para>
+
+ <para>The OSD function is accessible through the same character
+special file as the <link linkend="capture">Video Output</link> function.
+Note the default function of such a <filename>/dev/video</filename> device
+is video capturing or output. The OSD function is only available after
+calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the <wordasword>Video Output
+Overlay</wordasword> interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Framebuffer</title>
+
+ <para>Contrary to the <wordasword>Video Overlay</wordasword>
+interface the framebuffer is normally implemented on the TV card and
+not the graphics card. On Linux it is accessible as a framebuffer
+device (<filename>/dev/fbN</filename>). Given a V4L2 device,
+applications can find the corresponding framebuffer device by calling
+the &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; ioctl. It returns, amongst other information, the
+physical address of the framebuffer in the
+<structfield>base</structfield> field of &v4l2-framebuffer;. The
+framebuffer device ioctl <constant>FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO</constant>
+returns the same address in the <structfield>smem_start</structfield>
+field of struct <structname>fb_fix_screeninfo</structname>. The
+<constant>FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO</constant> ioctl and struct
+<structname>fb_fix_screeninfo</structname> are defined in the
+<filename>linux/fb.h</filename> header file.</para>
+
+ <para>The width and height of the framebuffer depends on the
+current video standard. A V4L2 driver may reject attempts to change
+the video standard (or any other ioctl which would imply a framebuffer
+size change) with an &EBUSY; until all applications closed the
+framebuffer device.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Finding a framebuffer device for OSD</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+#include <linux/fb.h>
+
+&v4l2-framebuffer; fbuf;
+unsigned int i;
+int fb_fd;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_G_FBUF, &fbuf)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_G_FBUF");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+for (i = 0; i > 30; ++i) {
+ char dev_name[16];
+ struct fb_fix_screeninfo si;
+
+ snprintf (dev_name, sizeof (dev_name), "/dev/fb%u", i);
+
+ fb_fd = open (dev_name, O_RDWR);
+ if (-1 == fb_fd) {
+ switch (errno) {
+ case ENOENT: /* no such file */
+ case ENXIO: /* no driver */
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ perror ("open");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (0 == ioctl (fb_fd, FBIOGET_FSCREENINFO, &si)) {
+ if (si.smem_start == (unsigned long) fbuf.base)
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* Apparently not a framebuffer device. */
+ }
+
+ close (fb_fd);
+ fb_fd = -1;
+}
+
+/* fb_fd is the file descriptor of the framebuffer device
+ for the video output overlay, or -1 if no device was found. */
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Overlay Window and Scaling</title>
+
+ <para>The overlay is controlled by source and target rectangles.
+The source rectangle selects a subsection of the framebuffer image to
+be overlaid, the target rectangle an area in the outgoing video signal
+where the image will appear. Drivers may or may not support scaling,
+and arbitrary sizes and positions of these rectangles. Further drivers
+may support any (or none) of the clipping/blending methods defined for
+the <link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> interface.</para>
+
+ <para>A &v4l2-window; defines the size of the source rectangle,
+its position in the framebuffer and the clipping/blending method to be
+used for the overlay. To get the current parameters applications set
+the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant> and call the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl. The driver fills the
+<structname>v4l2_window</structname> substructure named
+<structfield>win</structfield>. It is not possible to retrieve a
+previously programmed clipping list or bitmap.</para>
+
+ <para>To program the source rectangle applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>, initialize
+the <structfield>win</structfield> substructure and call the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against
+hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does. Like
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>, the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be
+used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing
+driver state. Unlike <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> this also works
+after the overlay has been enabled.</para>
+
+ <para>A &v4l2-crop; defines the size and position of the target
+rectangle. The scaling factor of the overlay is implied by the width
+and height given in &v4l2-window; and &v4l2-crop;. The cropping API
+applies to <wordasword>Video Output</wordasword> and <wordasword>Video
+Output Overlay</wordasword> devices in the same way as to
+<wordasword>Video Capture</wordasword> and <wordasword>Video
+Overlay</wordasword> devices, merely reversing the direction of the
+data flow. For more information see <xref linkend="crop" />.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Enabling Overlay</title>
+
+ <para>There is no V4L2 ioctl to enable or disable the overlay,
+however the framebuffer interface of the driver may support the
+<constant>FBIOBLANK</constant> ioctl.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c3c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-output.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+ <title>Video Output Interface</title>
+
+ <para>Video output devices encode stills or image sequences as
+analog video signal. With this interface applications can
+control the encoding process and move images from user space to
+the driver.</para>
+
+ <para>Conventionally V4L2 video output devices are accessed through
+character device special files named <filename>/dev/video</filename>
+and <filename>/dev/video0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/video63</filename> with major number 81 and minor
+numbers 0 to 63. <filename>/dev/video</filename> is typically a
+symbolic link to the preferred video device. Note the same device
+files are used for video capture devices.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the video output interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. As secondary device functions
+they may also support the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI
+output</link> (<constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>) interface. At
+least one of the read/write or streaming I/O methods must be
+supported. Modulators and audio outputs are optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>Video output devices shall support <link
+linkend="audio">audio output</link>, <link
+linkend="tuner">modulator</link>, <link linkend="control">controls</link>,
+<link linkend="crop">cropping and scaling</link> and <link
+linkend="streaming-par">streaming parameter</link> ioctls as needed.
+The <link linkend="video">video output</link> and <link
+linkend="standard">video standard</link> ioctls must be supported by
+all video output devices.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Image Format Negotiation</title>
+
+ <para>The output is determined by cropping and image format
+parameters. The former select an area of the video picture where the
+image will appear, the latter how images are stored in memory, &ie; in
+RGB or YUV format, the number of bits per pixel or width and height.
+Together they also define how images are scaled in the process.</para>
+
+ <para>As usual these parameters are <emphasis>not</emphasis> reset
+at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a device
+and then writing to it as if it was a plain file. Well written V4L2
+applications ensure they really get what they want, including cropping
+and scaling.</para>
+
+ <para>Cropping initialization at minimum requires to reset the
+parameters to defaults. An example is given in <xref
+linkend="crop" />.</para>
+
+ <para>To query the current image format applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and call the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
+the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para>
+
+ <para>To request different parameters applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; as above and
+initialize all fields of the &v4l2-pix-format;
+<structfield>vbi</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union, or better just modify the
+results of <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, and call the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers may
+adjust the parameters and finally return the actual parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.</para>
+
+ <para>Like <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> the
+&VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be used to learn about hardware limitations
+without disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware
+preparations.</para>
+
+ <para>The contents of &v4l2-pix-format; are discussed in <xref
+linkend="pixfmt" />. See also the specification of the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>
+and <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctls for details. Video
+output devices must implement both the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl, even if
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ignores all requests and always
+returns default parameters as <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> is optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Writing Images</title>
+
+ <para>A video output device may support the <link
+linkend="rw">write() function</link> and/or streaming (<link
+linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> or <link
+linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O. See <xref
+linkend="io" /> for details.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-overlay.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92513cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-overlay.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+ <title>Video Overlay Interface</title>
+ <subtitle>Also known as Framebuffer Overlay or Previewing</subtitle>
+
+ <para>Video overlay devices have the ability to genlock (TV-)video
+into the (VGA-)video signal of a graphics card, or to store captured
+images directly in video memory of a graphics card, typically with
+clipping. This can be considerable more efficient than capturing
+images and displaying them by other means. In the old days when only
+nuclear power plants needed cooling towers this used to be the only
+way to put live video into a window.</para>
+
+ <para>Video overlay devices are accessed through the same character
+special files as <link linkend="capture">video capture</link> devices.
+Note the default function of a <filename>/dev/video</filename> device
+is video capturing. The overlay function is only available after
+calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>The driver may support simultaneous overlay and capturing
+using the read/write and streaming I/O methods. If so, operation at
+the nominal frame rate of the video standard is not guaranteed. Frames
+may be directed away from overlay to capture, or one field may be used
+for overlay and the other for capture if the capture parameters permit
+this.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications should use different file descriptors for
+capturing and overlay. This must be supported by all drivers capable
+of simultaneous capturing and overlay. Optionally these drivers may
+also permit capturing and overlay with a single file descriptor for
+compatibility with V4L and earlier versions of V4L2.<footnote>
+ <para>A common application of two file descriptors is the
+XFree86 <link linkend="xvideo">Xv/V4L</link> interface driver and
+a V4L2 application. While the X server controls video overlay, the
+application can take advantage of memory mapping and DMA.</para>
+ <para>In the opinion of the designers of this API, no driver
+writer taking the efforts to support simultaneous capturing and
+overlay will restrict this ability by requiring a single file
+descriptor, as in V4L and earlier versions of V4L2. Making this
+optional means applications depending on two file descriptors need
+backup routines to be compatible with all drivers, which is
+considerable more work than using two fds in applications which do
+not. Also two fd's fit the general concept of one file descriptor for
+each logical stream. Hence as a complexity trade-off drivers
+<emphasis>must</emphasis> support two file descriptors and
+<emphasis>may</emphasis> support single fd operation.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the video overlay interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. The overlay I/O method specified
+below must be supported. Tuners and audio inputs are optional.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>Video overlay devices shall support <link
+linkend="audio">audio input</link>, <link
+linkend="tuner">tuner</link>, <link linkend="control">controls</link>,
+<link linkend="crop">cropping and scaling</link> and <link
+linkend="streaming-par">streaming parameter</link> ioctls as needed.
+The <link linkend="video">video input</link> and <link
+linkend="standard">video standard</link> ioctls must be supported by
+all video overlay devices.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Setup</title>
+
+ <para>Before overlay can commence applications must program the
+driver with frame buffer parameters, namely the address and size of
+the frame buffer and the image format, for example RGB 5:6:5. The
+&VIDIOC-G-FBUF; and &VIDIOC-S-FBUF; ioctls are available to get
+and set these parameters, respectively. The
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant> ioctl is privileged because it
+allows to set up DMA into physical memory, bypassing the memory
+protection mechanisms of the kernel. Only the superuser can change the
+frame buffer address and size. Users are not supposed to run TV
+applications as root or with SUID bit set. A small helper application
+with suitable privileges should query the graphics system and program
+the V4L2 driver at the appropriate time.</para>
+
+ <para>Some devices add the video overlay to the output signal
+of the graphics card. In this case the frame buffer is not modified by
+the video device, and the frame buffer address and pixel format are
+not needed by the driver. The <constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant> ioctl
+is not privileged. An application can check for this type of device by
+calling the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant> ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>A driver may support any (or none) of five clipping/blending
+methods:<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Chroma-keying displays the overlaid image only where
+pixels in the primary graphics surface assume a certain color.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A bitmap can be specified where each bit corresponds
+to a pixel in the overlaid image. When the bit is set, the
+corresponding video pixel is displayed, otherwise a pixel of the
+graphics surface.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A list of clipping rectangles can be specified. In
+these regions <emphasis>no</emphasis> video is displayed, so the
+graphics surface can be seen here.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The framebuffer has an alpha channel that can be used
+to clip or blend the framebuffer with the video.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A global alpha value can be specified to blend the
+framebuffer contents with video images.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+
+ <para>When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and
+the hardware prohibits different image and frame buffer formats, the
+format requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture
+(&VIDIOC-S-FMT;) or overlay (&VIDIOC-S-FBUF;) may fail with an
+&EBUSY; or return accordingly modified parameters..</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Overlay Window</title>
+
+ <para>The overlaid image is determined by cropping and overlay
+window parameters. The former select an area of the video picture to
+capture, the latter how images are overlaid and clipped. Cropping
+initialization at minimum requires to reset the parameters to
+defaults. An example is given in <xref linkend="crop" />.</para>
+
+ <para>The overlay window is described by a &v4l2-window;. It
+defines the size of the image, its position over the graphics surface
+and the clipping to be applied. To get the current parameters
+applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a
+&v4l2-format; to <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant> and
+call the &VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl. The driver fills the
+<structname>v4l2_window</structname> substructure named
+<structfield>win</structfield>. It is not possible to retrieve a
+previously programmed clipping list or bitmap.</para>
+
+ <para>To program the overlay window applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, initialize the
+<structfield>win</structfield> substructure and call the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. The driver adjusts the parameters against
+hardware limits and returns the actual parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does. Like
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>, the &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT; ioctl can be
+used to learn about driver capabilities without actually changing
+driver state. Unlike <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> this also works
+after the overlay has been enabled.</para>
+
+ <para>The scaling factor of the overlaid image is implied by the
+width and height given in &v4l2-window; and the size of the cropping
+rectangle. For more information see <xref linkend="crop" />.</para>
+
+ <para>When simultaneous capturing and overlay is supported and
+the hardware prohibits different image and window sizes, the size
+requested first takes precedence. The attempt to capture or overlay as
+well (&VIDIOC-S-FMT;) may fail with an &EBUSY; or return accordingly
+modified parameters.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-window">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_window</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>w</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Size and position of the window relative to the
+top, left corner of the frame buffer defined with &VIDIOC-S-FBUF;. The
+window can extend the frame buffer width and height, the
+<structfield>x</structfield> and <structfield>y</structfield>
+coordinates can be negative, and it can lie completely outside the
+frame buffer. The driver clips the window accordingly, or if that is
+not possible, modifies its size and/or position.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Applications set this field to determine which
+video field shall be overlaid, typically one of
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_ANY</constant> (0),
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant>. Drivers may have to choose
+a different field order and return the actual setting here.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>chromakey</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When chroma-keying has been negotiated with
+&VIDIOC-S-FBUF; applications set this field to the desired pixel value
+for the chroma key. The format is the same as the pixel format of the
+framebuffer (&v4l2-framebuffer;
+<structfield>fmt.pixelformat</structfield> field), with bytes in host
+order. E. g. for <link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link>
+the value should be 0xRRGGBB on a little endian, 0xBBGGRR on a big
+endian host.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-clip; *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>clips</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When chroma-keying has <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+been negotiated and &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; indicated this capability,
+applications can set this field to point to an array of
+clipping rectangles.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Like the window coordinates
+<structfield>w</structfield>, clipping rectangles are defined relative
+to the top, left corner of the frame buffer. However clipping
+rectangles must not extend the frame buffer width and height, and they
+must not overlap. If possible applications should merge adjacent
+rectangles. Whether this must create x-y or y-x bands, or the order of
+rectangles, is not defined. When clip lists are not supported the
+driver ignores this field. Its contents after calling &VIDIOC-S-FMT;
+are undefined.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>clipcount</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When the application set the
+<structfield>clips</structfield> field, this field must contain the
+number of clipping rectangles in the list. When clip lists are not
+supported the driver ignores this field, its contents after calling
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> are undefined. When clip lists are
+supported but no clipping is desired this field must be set to
+zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>void *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bitmap</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When chroma-keying has
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> been negotiated and &VIDIOC-G-FBUF; indicated
+this capability, applications can set this field to point to a
+clipping bit mask.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>It must be of the same size
+as the window, <structfield>w.width</structfield> and
+<structfield>w.height</structfield>. Each bit corresponds to a pixel
+in the overlaid image, which is displayed only when the bit is
+<emphasis>set</emphasis>. Pixel coordinates translate to bits like:
+<programlisting>
+((__u8 *) <structfield>bitmap</structfield>)[<structfield>w.width</structfield> * y + x / 8] & (1 << (x & 7))</programlisting></para><para>where <structfield>0</structfield> ≤ x <
+<structfield>w.width</structfield> and <structfield>0</structfield> ≤
+y <<structfield>w.height</structfield>.<footnote>
+ <para>Should we require
+ <structfield>w.width</structfield> to be a multiple of
+ eight?</para>
+ </footnote></para><para>When a clipping
+bit mask is not supported the driver ignores this field, its contents
+after calling &VIDIOC-S-FMT; are undefined. When a bit mask is supported
+but no clipping is desired this field must be set to
+<constant>NULL</constant>.</para><para>Applications need not create a
+clip list or bit mask. When they pass both, or despite negotiating
+chroma-keying, the results are undefined. Regardless of the chosen
+method, the clipping abilities of the hardware may be limited in
+quantity or quality. The results when these limits are exceeded are
+undefined.<footnote>
+ <para>When the image is written into frame buffer
+memory it will be undesirable if the driver clips out less pixels
+than expected, because the application and graphics system are not
+aware these regions need to be refreshed. The driver should clip out
+more pixels or not write the image at all.</para>
+ </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>global_alpha</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The global alpha value used to blend the
+framebuffer with video images, if global alpha blending has been
+negotiated (<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA</constant>, see
+&VIDIOC-S-FBUF;, <xref linkend="framebuffer-flags" />).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Note this field was added in Linux 2.6.23, extending the structure. However
+the <link linkend="vidioc-g-fmt">VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_FMT</link> ioctls,
+which take a pointer to a <link
+linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> parent structure with padding
+bytes at the end, are not affected.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-clip">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_clip</structname><footnote>
+ <para>The X Window system defines "regions" which are
+vectors of struct BoxRec { short x1, y1, x2, y2; } with width = x2 -
+x1 and height = y2 - y1, so one cannot pass X11 clip lists
+directly.</para>
+ </footnote></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>c</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Coordinates of the clipping rectangle, relative to
+the top, left corner of the frame buffer. Only window pixels
+<emphasis>outside</emphasis> all clipping rectangles are
+displayed.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-clip; *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>next</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Pointer to the next clipping rectangle, NULL when
+this is the last rectangle. Drivers ignore this field, it cannot be
+used to pass a linked list of clipping rectangles.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- NB for easier reading this table is duplicated
+ in the vidioc-cropcap chapter.-->
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-rect">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>left</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the
+rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>top</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the
+rectangle, in pixels. Offsets increase to the right and down.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width and
+height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for hysterical
+reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com on 22 Oct 2002 subject
+"Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" --></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Enabling Overlay</title>
+
+ <para>To start or stop the frame buffer overlay applications call
+the &VIDIOC-OVERLAY; ioctl.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-radio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-radio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73aa90b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-radio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+ <title>Radio Interface</title>
+
+ <para>This interface is intended for AM and FM (analog) radio
+receivers and transmitters.</para>
+
+ <para>Conventionally V4L2 radio devices are accessed through
+character device special files named <filename>/dev/radio</filename>
+and <filename>/dev/radio0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/radio63</filename> with major number 81 and minor
+numbers 64 to 127.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the radio interface set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_RADIO</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TUNER</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. Other combinations of
+capability flags are reserved for future extensions.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>Radio devices can support <link
+linkend="control">controls</link>, and must support the <link
+linkend="tuner">tuner or modulator</link> ioctls.</para>
+
+ <para>They do not support the video input or output, audio input
+or output, video standard, cropping and scaling, compression and
+streaming parameter, or overlay ioctls. All other ioctls and I/O
+methods are reserved for future extensions.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Programming</title>
+
+ <para>Radio devices may have a couple audio controls (as discussed
+in <xref linkend="control" />) such as a volume control, possibly custom
+controls. Further all radio devices have one tuner or modulator (these are
+discussed in <xref linkend="tuner" />) with index number zero to select
+the radio frequency and to determine if a monaural or FM stereo
+program is received/emitted. Drivers switch automatically between AM and FM
+depending on the selected frequency. The &VIDIOC-G-TUNER; or
+&VIDIOC-G-MODULATOR; ioctl
+reports the supported frequency range.</para>
+ </section>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5a70bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+ <title>Raw VBI Data Interface</title>
+
+ <para>VBI is an abbreviation of Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap
+in the sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI
+no picture information is transmitted, allowing some time while the
+electron beam of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the
+screen. Using an oscilloscope you will find here the vertical
+synchronization pulses and short data packages ASK
+modulated<footnote><para>ASK: Amplitude-Shift Keying. A high signal
+level represents a '1' bit, a low level a '0' bit.</para></footnote>
+onto the video signal. These are transmissions of services such as
+Teletext or Closed Caption.</para>
+
+ <para>Subject of this interface type is raw VBI data, as sampled off
+a video signal, or to be added to a signal for output.
+The data format is similar to uncompressed video images, a number of
+lines times a number of samples per line, we call this a VBI image.</para>
+
+ <para>Conventionally V4L2 VBI devices are accessed through character
+device special files named <filename>/dev/vbi</filename> and
+<filename>/dev/vbi0</filename> to <filename>/dev/vbi31</filename> with
+major number 81 and minor numbers 224 to 255.
+<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> is typically a symbolic link to the
+preferred VBI device. This convention applies to both input and output
+devices.</para>
+
+ <para>To address the problems of finding related video and VBI
+devices VBI capturing and output is also available as device function
+under <filename>/dev/video</filename>. To capture or output raw VBI
+data with these devices applications must call the &VIDIOC-S-FMT;
+ioctl. Accessed as <filename>/dev/vbi</filename>, raw VBI capturing
+or output is the default device function.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the raw VBI capturing or output API set
+the <constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> flags, respectively, in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. At least one of the
+read/write, streaming or asynchronous I/O methods must be
+supported. VBI devices may or may not have a tuner or modulator.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>VBI devices shall support <link linkend="video">video
+input or output</link>, <link linkend="tuner">tuner or
+modulator</link>, and <link linkend="control">controls</link> ioctls
+as needed. The <link linkend="standard">video standard</link> ioctls provide
+information vital to program a VBI device, therefore must be
+supported.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Raw VBI Format Negotiation</title>
+
+ <para>Raw VBI sampling abilities can vary, in particular the
+sampling frequency. To properly interpret the data V4L2 specifies an
+ioctl to query the sampling parameters. Moreover, to allow for some
+flexibility applications can also suggest different parameters.</para>
+
+ <para>As usual these parameters are <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+reset at &func-open; time to permit Unix tool chains, programming a
+device and then reading from it as if it was a plain file. Well
+written V4L2 applications should always ensure they really get what
+they want, requesting reasonable parameters and then checking if the
+actual parameters are suitable.</para>
+
+ <para>To query the current raw VBI capture parameters
+applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a
+&v4l2-format; to <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>, and call the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers fill
+the &v4l2-vbi-format; <structfield>vbi</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union.</para>
+
+ <para>To request different parameters applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-format; as above and
+initialize all fields of the &v4l2-vbi-format;
+<structfield>vbi</structfield> member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union, or better just modify the
+results of <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant>, and call the
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to this structure. Drivers return
+an &EINVAL; only when the given parameters are ambiguous, otherwise
+they modify the parameters according to the hardware capabilites and
+return the actual parameters. When the driver allocates resources at
+this point, it may return an &EBUSY; to indicate the returned
+parameters are valid but the required resources are currently not
+available. That may happen for instance when the video and VBI areas
+to capture would overlap, or when the driver supports multiple opens
+and another process already requested VBI capturing or output. Anyway,
+applications must expect other resource allocation points which may
+return <errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode>, at the &VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl
+and the first read(), write() and select() call.</para>
+
+ <para>VBI devices must implement both the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl, even if
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ignores all requests and always
+returns default parameters as <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> is optional.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-vbi-format">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_vbi_format</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sampling_rate</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Samples per second, i. e. unit 1 Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>offset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>Horizontal offset of the VBI image,
+relative to the leading edge of the line synchronization pulse and
+counted in samples: The first sample in the VBI image will be located
+<structfield>offset</structfield> /
+<structfield>sampling_rate</structfield> seconds following the leading
+edge. See also <xref linkend="vbi-hsync" />.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>samples_per_line</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sample_format</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>Defines the sample format as in <xref
+linkend="pixfmt" />, a four-character-code.<footnote>
+ <para>A few devices may be unable to
+sample VBI data at all but can extend the video capture window to the
+VBI region.</para>
+ </footnote> Usually this is
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant>, i. e. each sample
+consists of 8 bits with lower values oriented towards the black level.
+Do not assume any other correlation of values with the signal level.
+For example, the MSB does not necessarily indicate if the signal is
+'high' or 'low' because 128 may not be the mean value of the
+signal. Drivers shall not convert the sample format by software.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>start</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>This is the scanning system line number
+associated with the first line of the VBI image, of the first and the
+second field respectively. See <xref linkend="vbi-525" /> and
+<xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid values. VBI input drivers can
+return start values 0 if the hardware cannot reliable identify
+scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this
+information.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>count</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>The number of lines in the first and second
+field image, respectively.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Drivers should be as
+flexibility as possible. For example, it may be possible to extend or
+move the VBI capture window down to the picture area, implementing a
+'full field mode' to capture data service transmissions embedded in
+the picture.</para><para>An application can set the first or second
+<structfield>count</structfield> value to zero if no data is required
+from the respective field; <structfield>count</structfield>[1] if the
+scanning system is progressive, &ie; not interlaced. The
+corresponding start value shall be ignored by the application and
+driver. Anyway, drivers may not support single field capturing and
+return both count values non-zero.</para><para>Both
+<structfield>count</structfield> values set to zero, or line numbers
+outside the bounds depicted in <xref linkend="vbi-525" /> and <xref
+ linkend="vbi-625" />, or a field image covering
+lines of two fields, are invalid and shall not be returned by the
+driver.</para><para>To initialize the <structfield>start</structfield>
+and <structfield>count</structfield> fields, applications must first
+determine the current video standard selection. The &v4l2-std-id; or
+the <structfield>framelines</structfield> field of &v4l2-standard; can
+be evaluated for this purpose.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="vbifmt-flags" /> below. Currently
+only drivers set flags, applications must set this field to
+zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>This array is reserved for future extensions.
+Drivers and applications must set it to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="vbifmt-flags">
+ <title>Raw VBI Format Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry><para>This flag indicates hardware which does not
+properly distinguish between fields. Normally the VBI image stores the
+first field (lower scanning line numbers) first in memory. This may be
+a top or bottom field depending on the video standard. When this flag
+is set the first or second field may be stored first, however the
+fields are still in correct temporal order with the older field first
+in memory.<footnote>
+ <para>Most VBI services transmit on both fields, but
+some have different semantics depending on the field number. These
+cannot be reliable decoded or encoded when
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC</constant> is set.</para>
+ </footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_VBI_INTERLACED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>By default the two field images will be passed
+sequentially; all lines of the first field followed by all lines of
+the second field (compare <xref linkend="field-order" />
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT</constant>, whether the top or bottom
+field is first in memory depends on the video standard). When this
+flag is set, the two fields are interlaced (cf.
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant>). The first line of the
+first field followed by the first line of the second field, then the
+two second lines, and so on. Such a layout may be necessary when the
+hardware has been programmed to capture or output interlaced video
+images and is unable to separate the fields for VBI capturing at
+the same time. For simplicity setting this flag implies that both
+<structfield>count</structfield> values are equal and non-zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <figure id="vbi-hsync">
+ <title>Line synchronization</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_hsync.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_hsync.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>Line synchronization diagram</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure id="vbi-525">
+ <title>ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_525.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_525.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>NTSC field synchronization diagram</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ <caption>
+ <para>(1) For the purpose of this specification field 2
+starts in line 264 and not 263.5 because half line capturing is not
+supported.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure id="vbi-625">
+ <title>ITU-R 625 line numbering</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_625.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="vbi_625.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <textobject>
+ <phrase>PAL/SECAM field synchronization diagram</phrase>
+ </textobject>
+ <caption>
+ <para>(1) For the purpose of this specification field 2
+starts in line 314 and not 313.5 because half line capturing is not
+supported.</para>
+ </caption>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Remember the VBI image format depends on the selected
+video standard, therefore the application must choose a new standard or
+query the current standard first. Attempts to read or write data ahead
+of format negotiation, or after switching the video standard which may
+invalidate the negotiated VBI parameters, should be refused by the
+driver. A format change during active I/O is not permitted.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Reading and writing VBI images</title>
+
+ <para>To assure synchronization with the field number and easier
+implementation, the smallest unit of data passed at a time is one
+frame, consisting of two fields of VBI images immediately following in
+memory.</para>
+
+ <para>The total size of a frame computes as follows:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+(<structfield>count</structfield>[0] + <structfield>count</structfield>[1]) *
+<structfield>samples_per_line</structfield> * sample size in bytes</programlisting>
+
+ <para>The sample size is most likely always one byte,
+applications must check the <structfield>sample_format</structfield>
+field though, to function properly with other drivers.</para>
+
+ <para>A VBI device may support <link
+ linkend="rw">read/write</link> and/or streaming (<link
+ linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> or <link
+ linkend="userp">user pointer</link>) I/O. The latter bears the
+possibility of synchronizing video and
+VBI data by using buffer timestamps.</para>
+
+ <para>Remember the &VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl and the first read(),
+write() and select() call can be resource allocation points returning
+an &EBUSY; if the required hardware resources are temporarily
+unavailable, for example the device is already in use by another
+process.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-rds.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-rds.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2427f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-rds.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+ <title>RDS Interface</title>
+
+ <para>The Radio Data System transmits supplementary
+information in binary format, for example the station name or travel
+information, on an inaudible audio subcarrier of a radio program. This
+interface is aimed at devices capable of receiving and/or transmitting RDS
+information.</para>
+
+ <para>For more information see the core RDS standard <xref linkend="en50067" />
+and the RBDS standard <xref linkend="nrsc4" />.</para>
+
+ <para>Note that the RBDS standard as is used in the USA is almost identical
+to the RDS standard. Any RDS decoder/encoder can also handle RBDS. Only some of the
+fields have slightly different meanings. See the RBDS standard for more
+information.</para>
+
+ <para>The RBDS standard also specifies support for MMBS (Modified Mobile Search).
+This is a proprietary format which seems to be discontinued. The RDS interface does not
+support this format. Should support for MMBS (or the so-called 'E blocks' in general)
+be needed, then please contact the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the RDS capturing API set
+the <constant>V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE</constant> flag in
+the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. Any tuner that supports RDS
+will set the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS</constant> flag in
+the <structfield>capability</structfield> field of &v4l2-tuner;. If
+the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data
+the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be
+set, see <link linkend="reading-rds-data">Reading RDS data</link>.
+For future use the
+flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> has also been
+defined. However, a driver for a radio tuner with this capability does
+not yet exist, so if you are planning to write such a driver you
+should discuss this on the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para>
+
+ <para> Whether an RDS signal is present can be detected by looking
+at the <structfield>rxsubchans</structfield> field of &v4l2-tuner;:
+the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS</constant> will be set if RDS data
+was detected.</para>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the RDS output API
+set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT</constant> flag in
+the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.
+Any modulator that supports RDS will set the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS</constant> flag in the <structfield>capability</structfield>
+field of &v4l2-modulator;.
+In order to enable the RDS transmission one must set the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS</constant>
+bit in the <structfield>txsubchans</structfield> field of &v4l2-modulator;.
+If the driver only passes RDS blocks without interpreting the data
+the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_BLOCK_IO</constant> flag has to be set. If the
+tuner is capable of handling RDS entities like program identification codes and radio
+text, the flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS_CONTROLS</constant> should be set,
+see <link linkend="writing-rds-data">Writing RDS data</link> and
+<link linkend="fm-tx-controls">FM Transmitter Control Reference</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="reading-rds-data">
+ <title>Reading RDS data</title>
+
+ <para>RDS data can be read from the radio device
+with the &func-read; function. The data is packed in groups of three bytes.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="writing-rds-data">
+ <title>Writing RDS data</title>
+
+ <para>RDS data can be written to the radio device
+with the &func-write; function. The data is packed in groups of three bytes,
+as follows:</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>RDS datastructures</title>
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-rds-data">
+ <title>struct
+<structname>v4l2_rds_data</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="5*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>lsb</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Least Significant Byte of RDS Block</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>msb</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Most Significant Byte of RDS Block</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>block</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Block description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-rds-block">
+ <title>Block description</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="5*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bits 0-2</entry>
+ <entry>Block (aka offset) of the received data.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bits 3-5</entry>
+ <entry>Deprecated. Currently identical to bits 0-2. Do not use these bits.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 6</entry>
+ <entry>Corrected bit. Indicates that an error was corrected for this data block.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bit 7</entry>
+ <entry>Error bit. Indicates that an uncorrectable error occurred during reception of this block.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-rds-block-codes">
+ <title>Block defines</title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="5*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_MSK</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>Mask for bits 0-2 to get the block ID.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_A</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Block A.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_B</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Block B.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Block C.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_D</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Block D.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C_ALT</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Block C'.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_INVALID</entry>
+ <entry>read-only</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>An invalid block.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_CORRECTED</entry>
+ <entry>read-only</entry>
+ <entry>0x40</entry>
+ <entry>A bit error was detected but corrected.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_ERROR</entry>
+ <entry>read-only</entry>
+ <entry>0x80</entry>
+ <entry>An uncorrectable error occurred.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69e789f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@
+ <title>Sliced VBI Data Interface</title>
+
+ <para>VBI stands for Vertical Blanking Interval, a gap in the
+sequence of lines of an analog video signal. During VBI no picture
+information is transmitted, allowing some time while the electron beam
+of a cathode ray tube TV returns to the top of the screen.</para>
+
+ <para>Sliced VBI devices use hardware to demodulate data transmitted
+in the VBI. V4L2 drivers shall <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this by
+software, see also the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw VBI
+interface</link>. The data is passed as short packets of fixed size,
+covering one scan line each. The number of packets per video frame is
+variable.</para>
+
+ <para>Sliced VBI capture and output devices are accessed through the
+same character special files as raw VBI devices. When a driver
+supports both interfaces, the default function of a
+<filename>/dev/vbi</filename> device is <emphasis>raw</emphasis> VBI
+capturing or output, and the sliced VBI function is only available
+after calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl as defined below. Likewise a
+<filename>/dev/video</filename> device may support the sliced VBI API,
+however the default function here is video capturing or output.
+Different file descriptors must be used to pass raw and sliced VBI
+data simultaneously, if this is supported by the driver.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Querying Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>Devices supporting the sliced VBI capturing or output API
+set the <constant>V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant> flag respectively, in
+the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl. At least one of the
+read/write, streaming or asynchronous <link linkend="io">I/O
+methods</link> must be supported. Sliced VBI devices may have a tuner
+or modulator.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Supplemental Functions</title>
+
+ <para>Sliced VBI devices shall support <link linkend="video">video
+input or output</link> and <link linkend="tuner">tuner or
+modulator</link> ioctls if they have these capabilities, and they may
+support <link linkend="control">control</link> ioctls. The <link
+linkend="standard">video standard</link> ioctls provide information
+vital to program a sliced VBI device, therefore must be
+supported.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="sliced-vbi-format-negotitation">
+ <title>Sliced VBI Format Negotiation</title>
+
+ <para>To find out which data services are supported by the
+hardware applications can call the &VIDIOC-G-SLICED-VBI-CAP; ioctl.
+All drivers implementing the sliced VBI interface must support this
+ioctl. The results may differ from those of the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl
+when the number of VBI lines the hardware can capture or output per
+frame, or the number of services it can identify on a given line are
+limited. For example on PAL line 16 the hardware may be able to look
+for a VPS or Teletext signal, but not both at the same time.</para>
+
+ <para>To determine the currently selected services applications
+set the <structfield>type </structfield> field of &v4l2-format; to
+<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> or <constant>
+V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>, and the &VIDIOC-G-FMT;
+ioctl fills the <structfield>fmt.sliced</structfield> member, a
+&v4l2-sliced-vbi-format;.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications can request different parameters by
+initializing or modifying the <structfield>fmt.sliced</structfield>
+member and calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl with a pointer to the
+<structname>v4l2_format</structname> structure.</para>
+
+ <para>The sliced VBI API is more complicated than the raw VBI API
+because the hardware must be told which VBI service to expect on each
+scan line. Not all services may be supported by the hardware on all
+lines (this is especially true for VBI output where Teletext is often
+unsupported and other services can only be inserted in one specific
+line). In many cases, however, it is sufficient to just set the
+<structfield>service_set</structfield> field to the required services
+and let the driver fill the <structfield>service_lines</structfield>
+array according to hardware capabilities. Only if more precise control
+is needed should the programmer set the
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield> array explicitly.</para>
+
+ <para>The &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl modifies the parameters
+according to hardware capabilities. When the driver allocates
+resources at this point, it may return an &EBUSY; if the required
+resources are temporarily unavailable. Other resource allocation
+points which may return <errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode> can be the
+&VIDIOC-STREAMON; ioctl and the first &func-read;, &func-write; and
+&func-select; call.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-sliced-vbi-format">
+ <title>struct
+<structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="3*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="3*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c5" colwidth="2*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c3" nameend="c5" spanname="hspan" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_set</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>If
+<structfield>service_set</structfield> is non-zero when passed with
+&VIDIOC-S-FMT; or &VIDIOC-TRY-FMT;, the
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield> array will be filled by the
+driver according to the services specified in this field. For example,
+if <structfield>service_set</structfield> is initialized with
+<constant>V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B | V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625</constant>, a
+driver for the cx25840 video decoder sets lines 7-22 of both
+fields<footnote><para>According to <link
+linkend="ets300706">ETS 300 706</link> lines 6-22 of the
+first field and lines 5-22 of the second field may carry Teletext
+data.</para></footnote> to <constant>V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B</constant>
+and line 23 of the first field to
+<constant>V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625</constant>. If
+<structfield>service_set</structfield> is set to zero, then the values
+of <structfield>service_lines</structfield> will be used instead.
+</para><para>On return the driver sets this field to the union of all
+elements of the returned <structfield>service_lines</structfield>
+array. It may contain less services than requested, perhaps just one,
+if the hardware cannot handle more services simultaneously. It may be
+empty (zero) if none of the requested services are supported by the
+hardware.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u16</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[2][24]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Applications initialize this
+array with sets of data services the driver shall look for or insert
+on the respective scan line. Subject to hardware capabilities drivers
+return the requested set, a subset, which may be just a single
+service, or an empty set. When the hardware cannot handle multiple
+services on the same line the driver shall choose one. No assumptions
+can be made on which service the driver chooses.</para><para>Data
+services are defined in <xref linkend="vbi-services2" />. Array indices
+map to ITU-R line numbers (see also <xref linkend="vbi-525" /> and <xref
+ linkend="vbi-625" />) as follows: <!-- No nested
+tables, sigh. --></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Element</entry>
+ <entry>525 line systems</entry>
+ <entry>625 line systems</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][1]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">1</entry>
+ <entry align="center">1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][23]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">23</entry>
+ <entry align="center">23</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][1]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">264</entry>
+ <entry align="center">314</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][23]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">286</entry>
+ <entry align="center">336</entry>
+ </row>
+ <!-- End of line numbers table. -->
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Drivers must set
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][0] and
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>io_size</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Maximum number of bytes passed by
+one &func-read; or &func-write; call, and the buffer size in bytes for
+the &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. Drivers set this field to
+the size of &v4l2-sliced-vbi-data; times the number of non-zero
+elements in the returned <structfield>service_lines</structfield>
+array (that is the number of lines potentially carrying data).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">This array is reserved for future
+extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- See also vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.sgml -->
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="vbi-services2">
+ <title>Sliced VBI services</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c5" colwidth="2*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c3" nameend="c5" spanname="rlp" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Value</entry>
+ <entry>Reference</entry>
+ <entry>Lines, usually</entry>
+ <entry>Payload</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B</constant>
+(Teletext System B)</entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="ets300706" />, <xref linkend="itu653" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22)</entry>
+ <entry>Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is
+without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0400</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="ets300231" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL line 16</entry>
+ <entry>Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of
+ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x1000</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+ <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
+ <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
+bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x4000</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="itu1119" />, <xref linkend="en300294" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL/SECAM line 23</entry>
+ <entry><screen>
+Byte 0 1
+ msb lsb msb lsb
+ Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 13 12 11 10 9
+</screen></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x1000</entry>
+ <entry spanname="rlp">Set of services applicable to 525
+line systems.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x4401</entry>
+ <entry spanname="rlp">Set of services applicable to 625
+line systems.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Drivers may return an &EINVAL; when applications attempt to
+read or write data without prior format negotiation, after switching
+the video standard (which may invalidate the negotiated VBI
+parameters) and after switching the video input (which may change the
+video standard as a side effect). The &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl may return
+an &EBUSY; when applications attempt to change the format while i/o is
+in progress (between a &VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call,
+and after the first &func-read; or &func-write; call).</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Reading and writing sliced VBI data</title>
+
+ <para>A single &func-read; or &func-write; call must pass all data
+belonging to one video frame. That is an array of
+<structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</structname> structures with one or
+more elements and a total size not exceeding
+<structfield>io_size</structfield> bytes. Likewise in streaming I/O
+mode one buffer of <structfield>io_size</structfield> bytes must
+contain data of one video frame. The <structfield>id</structfield> of
+unused <structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</structname> elements must be
+zero.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-sliced-vbi-data">
+ <title>struct
+<structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A flag from <xref linkend="vbi-services" />
+identifying the type of data in this packet. Only a single bit must be
+set. When the <structfield>id</structfield> of a captured packet is
+zero, the packet is empty and the contents of other fields are
+undefined. Applications shall ignore empty packets. When the
+<structfield>id</structfield> of a packet for output is zero the
+contents of the <structfield>data</structfield> field are undefined
+and the driver must no longer insert data on the requested
+<structfield>field</structfield> and
+<structfield>line</structfield>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The video field number this data has been captured
+from, or shall be inserted at. <constant>0</constant> for the first
+field, <constant>1</constant> for the second field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>line</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The field (as opposed to frame) line number this
+data has been captured from, or shall be inserted at. See <xref
+ linkend="vbi-525" /> and <xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid
+values. Sliced VBI capture devices can set the line number of all
+packets to <constant>0</constant> if the hardware cannot reliably
+identify scan lines. The field number must always be valid.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This field is reserved for future extensions.
+Applications and drivers must set it to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[48]</entry>
+ <entry>The packet payload. See <xref
+ linkend="vbi-services" /> for the contents and number of
+bytes passed for each data type. The contents of padding bytes at the
+end of this array are undefined, drivers and applications shall ignore
+them.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Packets are always passed in ascending line number order,
+without duplicate line numbers. The &func-write; function and the
+&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl must return an &EINVAL; when applications violate
+this rule. They must also return an &EINVAL; when applications pass an
+incorrect field or line number, or a combination of
+<structfield>field</structfield>, <structfield>line</structfield> and
+<structfield>id</structfield> which has not been negotiated with the
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT; or &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. When the line numbers are
+unknown the driver must pass the packets in transmitted order. The
+driver can insert empty packets with <structfield>id</structfield> set
+to zero anywhere in the packet array.</para>
+
+ <para>To assure synchronization and to distinguish from frame
+dropping, when a captured frame does not carry any of the requested
+data services drivers must pass one or more empty packets. When an
+application fails to pass VBI data in time for output, the driver
+must output the last VPS and WSS packet again, and disable the output
+of Closed Caption and Teletext data, or output data which is ignored
+by Closed Caption and Teletext decoders.</para>
+
+ <para>A sliced VBI device may support <link
+linkend="rw">read/write</link> and/or streaming (<link
+linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> and/or <link linkend="userp">user
+pointer</link>) I/O. The latter bears the possibility of synchronizing
+video and VBI data by using buffer timestamps.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Sliced VBI Data in MPEG Streams</title>
+
+ <para>If a device can produce an MPEG output stream, it may be
+capable of providing <link
+linkend="sliced-vbi-format-negotitation">negotiated sliced VBI
+services</link> as data embedded in the MPEG stream. Users or
+applications control this sliced VBI data insertion with the <link
+linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT</link>
+control.</para>
+
+ <para>If the driver does not provide the <link
+linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT</link>
+control, or only allows that control to be set to <link
+linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt"><constant>
+V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE</constant></link>, then the device
+cannot embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream.</para>
+
+ <para>The <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">
+V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT</link> control does not implicitly set
+the device driver to capture nor cease capturing sliced VBI data. The
+control only indicates to embed sliced VBI data in the MPEG stream, if
+an application has negotiated sliced VBI service be captured.</para>
+
+ <para>It may also be the case that a device can embed sliced VBI
+data in only certain types of MPEG streams: for example in an MPEG-2
+PS but not an MPEG-2 TS. In this situation, if sliced VBI data
+insertion is requested, the sliced VBI data will be embedded in MPEG
+stream types when supported, and silently omitted from MPEG stream
+types where sliced VBI data insertion is not supported by the device.
+</para>
+
+ <para>The following subsections specify the format of the
+embedded sliced VBI data.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: NONE</title>
+ <para>The <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt"><constant>
+V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE</constant></link> embedded sliced VBI
+format shall be interpreted by drivers as a control to cease
+embedding sliced VBI data in MPEG streams. Neither the device nor
+driver shall insert "empty" embedded sliced VBI data packets in the
+MPEG stream when this format is set. No MPEG stream data structures
+are specified for this format.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>MPEG Stream Embedded, Sliced VBI Data Format: IVTV</title>
+ <para>The <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt"><constant>
+V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV</constant></link> embedded sliced VBI
+format, when supported, indicates to the driver to embed up to 36
+lines of sliced VBI data per frame in an MPEG-2 <emphasis>Private
+Stream 1 PES</emphasis> packet encapsulated in an MPEG-2 <emphasis>
+Program Pack</emphasis> in the MPEG stream.</para>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Historical context</emphasis>: This format
+specification originates from a custom, embedded, sliced VBI data
+format used by the <filename>ivtv</filename> driver. This format
+has already been informally specified in the kernel sources in the
+file <filename>Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.vbi</filename>
+. The maximum size of the payload and other aspects of this format
+are driven by the CX23415 MPEG decoder's capabilities and limitations
+with respect to extracting, decoding, and displaying sliced VBI data
+embedded within an MPEG stream.</para>
+
+ <para>This format's use is <emphasis>not</emphasis> exclusive to
+the <filename>ivtv</filename> driver <emphasis>nor</emphasis>
+exclusive to CX2341x devices, as the sliced VBI data packet insertion
+into the MPEG stream is implemented in driver software. At least the
+<filename>cx18</filename> driver provides sliced VBI data insertion
+into an MPEG-2 PS in this format as well.</para>
+
+ <para>The following definitions specify the payload of the
+MPEG-2 <emphasis>Private Stream 1 PES</emphasis> packets that contain
+sliced VBI data when <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">
+<constant>V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV</constant></link> is set.
+(The MPEG-2 <emphasis>Private Stream 1 PES</emphasis> packet header
+and encapsulating MPEG-2 <emphasis>Program Pack</emphasis> header are
+not detailed here. Please refer to the MPEG-2 specifications for
+details on those packet headers.)</para>
+
+ <para>The payload of the MPEG-2 <emphasis>Private Stream 1 PES
+</emphasis> packets that contain sliced VBI data is specified by
+&v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv;. The payload is variable
+length, depending on the actual number of lines of sliced VBI data
+present in a video frame. The payload may be padded at the end with
+unspecified fill bytes to align the end of the payload to a 4-byte
+boundary. The payload shall never exceed 1552 bytes (2 fields with
+18 lines/field with 43 bytes of data/line and a 4 byte magic number).
+</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</structname>
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>magic</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>A "magic" constant from <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv-magic" /> that indicates
+this is a valid sliced VBI data payload and also indicates which
+member of the anonymous union, <structfield>itv0</structfield> or
+<structfield>ITV0</structfield>, to use for the payload data.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry>(anonymous)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0">
+ <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0</structname></link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry><structfield>itv0</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The primary form of the sliced VBI data payload
+that contains anywhere from 1 to 35 lines of sliced VBI data.
+Line masks are provided in this form of the payload indicating
+which VBI lines are provided.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1">
+ <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0</structname></link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ITV0</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>An alternate form of the sliced VBI data payload
+used when 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present. No line masks are
+provided in this form of the payload; all valid line mask bits are
+implcitly set.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv-magic">
+ <title>Magic Constants for &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv;
+ <structfield>magic</structfield> field</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="left">Defined Symbol</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Value</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC0</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>"itv0"</entry>
+ <entry>Indicates the <structfield>itv0</structfield>
+member of the union in &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv; is valid.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC1</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>"ITV0"</entry>
+ <entry>Indicates the <structfield>ITV0</structfield>
+member of the union in &v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv; is valid and
+that 36 lines of sliced VBI data are present.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0</structname>
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__le32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>linemask</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry><para>Bitmasks indicating the VBI service lines
+present. These <structfield>linemask</structfield> values are stored
+in little endian byte order in the MPEG stream. Some reference
+<structfield>linemask</structfield> bit positions with their
+corresponding VBI line number and video field are given below.
+b<subscript>0</subscript> indicates the least significant bit of a
+<structfield>linemask</structfield> value:<screen>
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[0] b<subscript>0</subscript>: line 6 first field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[0] b<subscript>17</subscript>: line 23 first field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[0] b<subscript>18</subscript>: line 6 second field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[0] b<subscript>31</subscript>: line 19 second field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[1] b<subscript>0</subscript>: line 20 second field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[1] b<subscript>3</subscript>: line 23 second field
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[1] b<subscript>4</subscript>-b<subscript>31</subscript>: unused and set to 0</screen></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">
+ <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname></link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry><structfield>line</structfield>[35]</entry>
+ <entry>This is a variable length array that holds from 1
+to 35 lines of sliced VBI data. The sliced VBI data lines present
+correspond to the bits set in the <structfield>linemask</structfield>
+array, starting from b<subscript>0</subscript> of <structfield>
+linemask</structfield>[0] up through b<subscript>31</subscript> of
+<structfield>linemask</structfield>[0], and from b<subscript>0
+</subscript> of <structfield>linemask</structfield>[1] up through b
+<subscript>3</subscript> of <structfield>linemask</structfield>[1].
+<structfield>line</structfield>[0] corresponds to the first bit
+found set in the <structfield>linemask</structfield> array,
+<structfield>line</structfield>[1] corresponds to the second bit
+found set in the <structfield>linemask</structfield> array, etc.
+If no <structfield>linemask</structfield> array bits are set, then
+<structfield>line</structfield>[0] may contain one line of
+unspecified data that should be ignored by applications.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0</structname>
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">
+ <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname></link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry><structfield>line</structfield>[36]</entry>
+ <entry>A fixed length array of 36 lines of sliced VBI
+data. <structfield>line</structfield>[0] through <structfield>line
+</structfield>[17] correspond to lines 6 through 23 of the
+first field. <structfield>line</structfield>[18] through
+<structfield>line</structfield>[35] corresponds to lines 6
+through 23 of the second field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname>
+ </title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A line identifier value from
+<xref linkend="ITV0-Line-Identifier-Constants" /> that indicates
+the type of sliced VBI data stored on this line.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[42]</entry>
+ <entry>The sliced VBI data for the line.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="ITV0-Line-Identifier-Constants">
+ <title>Line Identifiers for struct <link
+ linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line"><structname>
+v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</structname></link> <structfield>id
+</structfield> field</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="left">Defined Symbol</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Value</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Refer to <link linkend="vbi-services2">
+Sliced VBI services</link> for a description of the line payload.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Refer to <link linkend="vbi-services2">
+Sliced VBI services</link> for a description of the line payload.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>Refer to <link linkend="vbi-services2">
+Sliced VBI services</link> for a description of the line payload.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS</constant>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>Refer to <link linkend="vbi-services2">
+Sliced VBI services</link> for a description of the line payload.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-teletext.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-teletext.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..414b1cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/dev-teletext.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+ <title>Teletext Interface</title>
+
+ <para>This interface was aimed at devices receiving and demodulating
+Teletext data [<xref linkend="ets300706" />, <xref linkend="itu653" />], evaluating the
+Teletext packages and storing formatted pages in cache memory. Such
+devices are usually implemented as microcontrollers with serial
+interface (I<superscript>2</superscript>C) and could be found on old
+TV cards, dedicated Teletext decoding cards and home-brew devices
+connected to the PC parallel port.</para>
+
+ <para>The Teletext API was designed by Martin Buck. It was defined in
+the kernel header file <filename>linux/videotext.h</filename>, the
+specification is available from <ulink url="ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/videotext/">
+ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/videotext/</ulink>. (Videotext is the name of
+the German public television Teletext service.)</para>
+
+ <para>Eventually the Teletext API was integrated into the V4L API
+with character device file names <filename>/dev/vtx0</filename> to
+<filename>/dev/vtx31</filename>, device major number 81, minor numbers
+192 to 223.</para>
+
+ <para>However, teletext decoders were quickly replaced by more
+generic VBI demodulators and those dedicated teletext decoders no longer exist.
+For many years the vtx devices were still around, even though nobody used
+them. So the decision was made to finally remove support for the Teletext API in
+kernel 2.6.37.</para>
+
+ <para>Modern devices all use the <link linkend="raw-vbi">raw</link> or
+<link linkend="sliced">sliced</link> VBI API.</para>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/driver.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/driver.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f7eea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/driver.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+ <title>V4L2 Driver Programming</title>
+
+ <!-- This part defines the interface between the "videodev"
+ module and individual drivers. -->
+
+ <para>to do</para>
+<!--
+ <para>V4L2 is a two-layer driver system. The top layer is the "videodev"
+kernel module. When videodev initializes it registers as character device
+with major number 81, and it registers a set of file operations. All V4L2
+drivers are really clients of videodev, which calls V4L2 drivers through
+driver method functions. V4L2 drivers are also written as kernel modules.
+After probing the hardware they register one or more devices with
+videodev.</para>
+
+ <section id="driver-modules">
+ <title>Driver Modules</title>
+
+ <para>V4L2 driver modules must have an initialization function which is
+called after the module was loaded into kernel, an exit function whis is
+called before the module is removed. When the driver is compiled into the
+kernel these functions called at system boot and shutdown time.</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+
+/* Export information about this module. For details and other useful
+ macros see <filename>linux/module.h</filename>. */
+MODULE_DESCRIPTION("my - driver for my hardware");
+MODULE_AUTHOR("Your name here");
+MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+
+static void
+my_module_exit (void)
+{
+ /* Free all resources allocated by my_module_init(). */
+}
+
+static int
+my_module_init (void)
+{
+ /* Bind the driver to the supported hardware, see
+ <link linkend="driver-pci"> and
+ <link linkend="driver-usb"> for examples. */
+
+ return 0; /* a negative value on error, 0 on success. */
+}
+
+/* Export module functions. */
+module_init (my_module_init);
+module_exit (my_module_exit);
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para>Users can add parameters when kernel modules are inserted:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+include <linux/moduleparam.h>
+
+static int my_option = 123;
+static int my_option_array[47];
+
+/* Export the symbol, an int, with access permissions 0664.
+ See <filename>linux/moduleparam.h</filename> for other types. */
+module_param (my_option, int, 0644);
+module_param_array (my_option_array, int, NULL, 0644);
+
+MODULE_PARM_DESC (my_option, "Does magic things, default 123");
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para>One parameter should be supported by all V4L2 drivers, the minor
+number of the device it will register. Purpose is to predictably link V4L2
+drivers to device nodes if more than one video device is installed. Use the
+name of the device node followed by a "_nr" suffix, for example "video_nr"
+for <filename>/dev/video</filename>.</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+/* Minor number of the device, -1 to allocate the first unused. */
+static int video_nr = -1;
+
+module_param (video_nr, int, 0444);
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="driver-pci">
+ <title>PCI Devices</title>
+
+ <para>PCI devices are initialized like this:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+typedef struct {
+ /* State of one physical device. */
+} my_device;
+
+static int
+my_resume (struct pci_dev * pci_dev)
+{
+ /* Restore the suspended device to working state. */
+}
+
+static int
+my_suspend (struct pci_dev * pci_dev,
+ pm_message_t state)
+{
+ /* This function is called before the system goes to sleep.
+ Stop all DMAs and disable interrupts, then put the device
+ into a low power state. For details see the kernel
+ sources under <filename>Documentation/power</filename>. */
+
+ return 0; /* a negative value on error, 0 on success. */
+}
+
+static void __devexit
+my_remove (struct pci_dev * pci_dev)
+{
+ my_device *my = pci_get_drvdata (pci_dev);
+
+ /* Describe me. */
+}
+
+static int __devinit
+my_probe (struct pci_dev * pci_dev,
+ const struct pci_device_id * pci_id)
+{
+ my_device *my;
+
+ /* Describe me. */
+
+ /* You can allocate per-device data here and store a pointer
+ to it in the pci_dev structure. */
+ my = ...;
+ pci_set_drvdata (pci_dev, my);
+
+ return 0; /* a negative value on error, 0 on success. */
+}
+
+/* A list of supported PCI devices. */
+static struct pci_device_id
+my_pci_device_ids [] = {
+ { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
+ PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0 },
+ { 0 } /* end of list */
+};
+
+/* Load our module if supported PCI devices are installed. */
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE (pci, my_pci_device_ids);
+
+static struct pci_driver
+my_pci_driver = {
+ .name = "my",
+ .id_table = my_pci_device_ids,
+
+ .probe = my_probe,
+ .remove = __devexit_p (my_remove),
+
+ /* Power management functions. */
+ .suspend = my_suspend,
+ .resume = my_resume,
+};
+
+static void
+my_module_exit (void)
+{
+ pci_unregister_driver (&my_pci_driver);
+}
+
+static int
+my_module_init (void)
+{
+ return pci_register_driver (&my_pci_driver);
+}
+</programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="driver-usb">
+ <title>USB Devices</title>
+ <para>to do</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="driver-registering">
+ <title>Registering V4L2 Drivers</title>
+
+ <para>After a V4L2 driver probed the hardware it registers one or more
+devices with the videodev module.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="driver-file-ops">
+ <title>File Operations</title>
+ <para>to do</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="driver-internal-api">
+ <title>Internal API</title>
+ <para>to do</para>
+ </section>
+-->
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae22394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fdl-appendix.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
+<!--
+ The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
+ Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
+ Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
+ http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject
+ Version: 1.0.1
+ Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
+-->
+
+<appendix id="fdl">
+ <appendixinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+ </releaseinfo>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
+ <para>
+ <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </appendixinfo>
+ <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
+ <title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
+ <para>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
+ <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
+ <para id="fdl-document">
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as <quote>you</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-modified">
+ A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-secondary">
+ A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-invariant">
+ The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link
+ linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-cover-texts">
+ The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">
+ A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
+ <quote>Opaque</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-title-page">
+ The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
+ <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <link
+ linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
+ <title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
+ <para>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you publish or distribute <link
+ linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <link
+ linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
+ <title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute a <link
+ linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of
+ sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link
+ linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>A</title>
+ <para>
+ Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>B</title>
+ <para>
+ List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>C</title>
+ <para>
+ State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>D</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>E</title>
+ <para>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>F</title>
+ <para>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>G</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link
+ linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
+ required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</link> given in the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>H</title>
+ <para>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>I</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on
+ the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
+ there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>J</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
+ to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>K</title>
+ <para>
+ In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
+ <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>L</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>M</title>
+ <para>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>N</title>
+ <para>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
+ any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <link
+ linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link
+ linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
+ the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
+ in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <link
+ linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
+ <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
+ and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
+ delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
+ <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
+ <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
+ <para>
+ A compilation of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link
+ linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
+ <title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
+ <para>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link
+ linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link
+ linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
+ <title>9. TERMINATION</title>
+ <para>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link
+ linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
+ <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
+ <para>
+ The <ulink type="http"
+ url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software
+ Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink
+ type="http"
+ url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-using">
+ <title>Addendum</title>
+ <para>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>
+ Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <link
+ linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
+ and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
+ License</quote>.
+ </para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>
+ If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write
+ <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of
+ <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link
+ linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http"
+ url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public
+ License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+</appendix>
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_bt.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_bt.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60e8569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_bt.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_tb.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_tb.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..718492f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/fieldseq_tb.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-close.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-close.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfb41cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-close.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<refentry id="func-close">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 close()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-close</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Close a V4L2 device</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>close</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Closes the device. Any I/O in progress is terminated and
+resources associated with the file descriptor are freed. However data
+format parameters, current input or output, control values or other
+properties remain unchanged.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>The function returns <returnvalue>0</returnvalue> on
+success, <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> on failure and the
+<varname>errno</varname> is set appropriately. Possible error
+codes:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file
+descriptor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-ioctl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-ioctl.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b60fd37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-ioctl.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<refentry id="func-ioctl">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 ioctl()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-ioctl</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Program a V4L2 device</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <sys/ioctl.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>void *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>V4L2 ioctl request code as defined in the <filename>videodev2.h</filename> header file, for example
+VIDIOC_QUERYCAP.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pointer to a function parameter, usually a structure.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>The <function>ioctl()</function> function is used to program
+V4L2 devices. The argument <parameter>fd</parameter> must be an open
+file descriptor. An ioctl <parameter>request</parameter> has encoded
+in it whether the argument is an input, output or read/write
+parameter, and the size of the argument <parameter>argp</parameter> in
+bytes. Macros and defines specifying V4L2 ioctl requests are located
+in the <filename>videodev2.h</filename> header file.
+Applications should use their own copy, not include the version in the
+kernel sources on the system they compile on. All V4L2 ioctl requests,
+their respective function and parameters are specified in <xref
+ linkend="user-func" />.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success the <function>ioctl()</function> function returns
+<returnvalue>0</returnvalue> and does not reset the
+<varname>errno</varname> variable. On failure
+<returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> is returned, when the ioctl takes an
+output or read/write parameter it remains unmodified, and the
+<varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. See below for
+possible error codes. Generic errors like <errorcode>EBADF</errorcode>
+or <errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode> are not listed in the sections
+discussing individual ioctl requests.</para>
+ <para>Note ioctls may return undefined error codes. Since errors
+may have side effects such as a driver reset applications should
+abort on unexpected errors.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid open file
+descriptor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The property cannot be changed right now. Typically
+this error code is returned when I/O is in progress or the driver
+supports multiple opens and another process locked the property.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>argp</parameter> references an inaccessible
+memory area.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOTTY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not associated with a
+character special device.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>request</parameter> or the data pointed
+to by <parameter>argp</parameter> is not valid. This is a very common
+error code, see the individual ioctl requests listed in <xref
+ linkend="user-func" /> for actual causes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to
+complete the request.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The application attempted to set a control with the
+&VIDIOC-S-CTRL; ioctl to a value which is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e2fc39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-mmap.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+<refentry id="func-mmap">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 mmap()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-mmap</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Map device memory into application address space</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>void *<function>mmap</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>void *<parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>size_t <parameter>length</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>prot</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>off_t <parameter>offset</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>start</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Map the buffer to this address in the
+application's address space. When the <constant>MAP_FIXED</constant>
+flag is specified, <parameter>start</parameter> must be a multiple of the
+pagesize and mmap will fail when the specified address
+cannot be used. Use of this option is discouraged; applications should
+just specify a <constant>NULL</constant> pointer here.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>length</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Length of the memory area to map. This must be the
+same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>length</structfield> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>prot</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>prot</parameter> argument describes the
+desired memory protection. Regardless of the device type and the
+direction of data exchange it should be set to
+<constant>PROT_READ</constant> | <constant>PROT_WRITE</constant>,
+permitting read and write access to image buffers. Drivers should
+support at least this combination of flags. Note the Linux
+<filename>video-buf</filename> kernel module, which is used by the
+bttv, saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only
+<constant>PROT_READ</constant> | <constant>PROT_WRITE</constant>. When
+the driver does not support the desired protection the
+<function>mmap()</function> function fails.</para>
+ <para>Note device memory accesses (⪚ the memory on a
+graphics card with video capturing hardware) may incur a performance
+penalty compared to main memory accesses, or reads may be
+significantly slower than writes or vice versa. Other I/O methods may
+be more efficient in this case.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>flags</parameter> parameter
+specifies the type of the mapped object, mapping options and whether
+modifications made to the mapped copy of the page are private to the
+process or are to be shared with other references.</para>
+ <para><constant>MAP_FIXED</constant> requests that the
+driver selects no other address than the one specified. If the
+specified address cannot be used, <function>mmap()</function> will fail. If
+<constant>MAP_FIXED</constant> is specified,
+<parameter>start</parameter> must be a multiple of the pagesize. Use
+of this option is discouraged.</para>
+ <para>One of the <constant>MAP_SHARED</constant> or
+<constant>MAP_PRIVATE</constant> flags must be set.
+<constant>MAP_SHARED</constant> allows applications to share the
+mapped memory with other (⪚ child-) processes. Note the Linux
+<filename>video-buf</filename> module which is used by the bttv,
+saa7134, saa7146, cx88 and vivi driver supports only
+<constant>MAP_SHARED</constant>. <constant>MAP_PRIVATE</constant>
+requests copy-on-write semantics. V4L2 applications should not set the
+<constant>MAP_PRIVATE</constant>, <constant>MAP_DENYWRITE</constant>,
+<constant>MAP_EXECUTABLE</constant> or <constant>MAP_ANON</constant>
+flag.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>offset</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Offset of the buffer in device memory. This must be the
+same value as returned by the driver in the &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>m</structfield> union <structfield>offset</structfield> field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>The <function>mmap()</function> function asks to map
+<parameter>length</parameter> bytes starting at
+<parameter>offset</parameter> in the memory of the device specified by
+<parameter>fd</parameter> into the application address space,
+preferably at address <parameter>start</parameter>. This latter
+address is a hint only, and is usually specified as 0.</para>
+
+ <para>Suitable length and offset parameters are queried with the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. Buffers must be allocated with the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl before they can be queried.</para>
+
+ <para>To unmap buffers the &func-munmap; function is used.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success <function>mmap()</function> returns a pointer to
+the mapped buffer. On error <constant>MAP_FAILED</constant> (-1) is
+returned, and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set
+appropriately. Possible error codes are:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid file
+descriptor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EACCES</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is
+not open for reading and writing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>start</parameter> or
+<parameter>length</parameter> or <parameter>offset</parameter> are not
+suitable. (E. g. they are too large, or not aligned on a
+<constant>PAGESIZE</constant> boundary.)</para>
+ <para>The <parameter>flags</parameter> or
+<parameter>prot</parameter> value is not supported.</para>
+ <para>No buffers have been allocated with the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to
+complete the request.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..502ed49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-munmap.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<refentry id="func-munmap">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 munmap()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-munmap</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Unmap device memory</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>munmap</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>void *<parameter>start</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>size_t <parameter>length</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>start</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Address of the mapped buffer as returned by the
+&func-mmap; function.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>length</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Length of the mapped buffer. This must be the same
+value as given to <function>mmap()</function> and returned by the
+driver in the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>length</structfield>
+field.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Unmaps a previously with the &func-mmap; function mapped
+buffer and frees it, if possible. <!-- ? This function (not freeing)
+has no impact on I/O in progress, specifically it does not imply
+&VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; to terminate I/O. Unmapped buffers can still be
+enqueued, dequeued or queried, they are just not accessible by the
+application.--></para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success <function>munmap()</function> returns 0, on
+failure -1 and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set
+appropriately:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>start</parameter> or
+<parameter>length</parameter> is incorrect, or no buffers have been
+mapped yet.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-open.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-open.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7595d07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-open.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<refentry id="func-open">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 open()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-open</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Open a V4L2 device</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <fcntl.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>open</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>const char *<parameter>device_name</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>flags</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>device_name</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Device to be opened.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>flags</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open flags. Access mode must be
+<constant>O_RDWR</constant>. This is just a technicality, input devices
+still support only reading and output devices only writing.</para>
+ <para>When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag is
+given, the read() function and the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl will return
+the &EAGAIN; when no data is available or no buffer is in the driver
+outgoing queue, otherwise these functions block until data becomes
+available. All V4L2 drivers exchanging data with applications must
+support the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag.</para>
+ <para>Other flags have no effect.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To open a V4L2 device applications call
+<function>open()</function> with the desired device name. This
+function has no side effects; all data format parameters, current
+input or output, control values or other properties remain unchanged.
+At the first <function>open()</function> call after loading the driver
+they will be reset to default values, drivers are never in an
+undefined state.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success <function>open</function> returns the new file
+descriptor. On error -1 is returned, and the <varname>errno</varname>
+variable is set appropriately. Possible error codes are:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EACCES</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The caller has no permission to access the
+device.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support multiple opens and the
+device is already in use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENXIO</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No device corresponding to this device special file
+exists.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Not enough kernel memory was available to complete the
+request.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EMFILE</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The process already has the maximum number of
+files open.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENFILE</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The limit on the total number of files open on the
+system has been reached.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-poll.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-poll.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec3c718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-poll.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<refentry id="func-poll">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 poll()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-poll</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Wait for some event on a file descriptor</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <sys/poll.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>poll</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>struct pollfd *<parameter>ufds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>unsigned int <parameter>nfds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>timeout</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>With the <function>poll()</function> function applications
+can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready
+to accept data for output.</para>
+
+ <para>When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits
+until a buffer has been filled or displayed and can be dequeued with
+the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. When buffers are already in the outgoing
+queue of the driver the function returns immediately.</para>
+
+ <para>On success <function>poll()</function> returns the number of
+file descriptors that have been selected (that is, file descriptors
+for which the <structfield>revents</structfield> field of the
+respective <structname>pollfd</structname> structure is non-zero).
+Capture devices set the <constant>POLLIN</constant> and
+<constant>POLLRDNORM</constant> flags in the
+<structfield>revents</structfield> field, output devices the
+<constant>POLLOUT</constant> and <constant>POLLWRNORM</constant>
+flags. When the function timed out it returns a value of zero, on
+failure it returns <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the
+<varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately. When the
+application did not call &VIDIOC-QBUF; or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; yet the
+<function>poll()</function> function succeeds, but sets the
+<constant>POLLERR</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>revents</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>When use of the <function>read()</function> function has
+been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the
+<function>poll</function> function starts capturing. When that fails
+it returns a <constant>POLLERR</constant> as above. Otherwise it waits
+until data has been captured and can be read. When the driver captures
+continuously (as opposed to, for example, still images) the function
+may return immediately.</para>
+
+ <para>When use of the <function>write()</function> function has
+been negotiated the <function>poll</function> function just waits
+until the driver is ready for a non-blocking
+<function>write()</function> call.</para>
+
+ <para>All drivers implementing the <function>read()</function> or
+<function>write()</function> function or streaming I/O must also
+support the <function>poll()</function> function.</para>
+
+ <para>For more details see the
+<function>poll()</function> manual page.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success, <function>poll()</function> returns the number
+structures which have non-zero <structfield>revents</structfield>
+fields, or zero if the call timed out. On error
+<returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> is returned, and the
+<varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>One or more of the <parameter>ufds</parameter> members
+specify an invalid file descriptor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support multiple read or write
+streams and the device is already in use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>ufds</parameter> references an inaccessible
+memory area.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINTR</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The call was interrupted by a signal.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>nfds</parameter> argument is greater
+than <constant>OPEN_MAX</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-read.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-read.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5089bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-read.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+<refentry id="func-read">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 read()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-read</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Read from a V4L2 device</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>ssize_t <function>read</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>void *<parameter>buf</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>size_t <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>buf</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>count</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para><function>read()</function> attempts to read up to
+<parameter>count</parameter> bytes from file descriptor
+<parameter>fd</parameter> into the buffer starting at
+<parameter>buf</parameter>. The layout of the data in the buffer is
+discussed in the respective device interface section, see ##. If <parameter>count</parameter> is zero,
+<function>read()</function> returns zero and has no other results. If
+<parameter>count</parameter> is greater than
+<constant>SSIZE_MAX</constant>, the result is unspecified. Regardless
+of the <parameter>count</parameter> value each
+<function>read()</function> call will provide at most one frame (two
+fields) worth of data.</para>
+
+ <para>By default <function>read()</function> blocks until data
+becomes available. When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was
+given to the &func-open; function it
+returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no data is available. The
+&func-select; or &func-poll; functions
+can always be used to suspend execution until data becomes available. All
+drivers supporting the <function>read()</function> function must also
+support <function>select()</function> and
+<function>poll()</function>.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers can implement read functionality in different
+ways, using a single or multiple buffers and discarding the oldest or
+newest frames once the internal buffers are filled.</para>
+
+ <para><function>read()</function> never returns a "snapshot" of a
+buffer being filled. Using a single buffer the driver will stop
+capturing when the application starts reading the buffer until the
+read is finished. Thus only the period of the vertical blanking
+interval is available for reading, or the capture rate must fall below
+the nominal frame rate of the video standard.</para>
+
+<para>The behavior of
+<function>read()</function> when called during the active picture
+period or the vertical blanking separating the top and bottom field
+depends on the discarding policy. A driver discarding the oldest
+frames keeps capturing into an internal buffer, continuously
+overwriting the previously, not read frame, and returns the frame
+being received at the time of the <function>read()</function> call as
+soon as it is complete.</para>
+
+ <para>A driver discarding the newest frames stops capturing until
+the next <function>read()</function> call. The frame being received at
+<function>read()</function> time is discarded, returning the following
+frame instead. Again this implies a reduction of the capture rate to
+one half or less of the nominal frame rate. An example of this model
+is the video read mode of the bttv driver, initiating a DMA to user
+memory when <function>read()</function> is called and returning when
+the DMA finished.</para>
+
+ <para>In the multiple buffer model drivers maintain a ring of
+internal buffers, automatically advancing to the next free buffer.
+This allows continuous capturing when the application can empty the
+buffers fast enough. Again, the behavior when the driver runs out of
+free buffers depends on the discarding policy.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications can get and set the number of buffers used
+internally by the driver with the &VIDIOC-G-PARM; and &VIDIOC-S-PARM;
+ioctls. They are optional, however. The discarding policy is not
+reported and cannot be changed. For minimum requirements see <xref
+ linkend="devices" />.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success, the number of bytes read is returned. It is not
+an error if this number is smaller than the number of bytes requested,
+or the amount of data required for one frame. This may happen for
+example because <function>read()</function> was interrupted by a
+signal. On error, -1 is returned, and the <varname>errno</varname>
+variable is set appropriately. In this case the next read will start
+at the beginning of a new frame. Possible error codes are:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Non-blocking I/O has been selected using
+O_NONBLOCK and no data was immediately available for reading.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid file
+descriptor or is not open for reading, or the process already has the
+maximum number of files open.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support multiple read streams and the
+device is already in use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>buf</parameter> references an inaccessible
+memory area.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINTR</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The call was interrupted by a signal before any
+data was read.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EIO</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem or a
+failure to communicate with a remote device (USB camera etc.).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <function>read()</function> function is not
+supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this
+type of device.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-select.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-select.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b671362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-select.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<refentry id="func-select">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 select()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-select</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Synchronous I/O multiplexing</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>select</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>nfds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>fd_set *<parameter>readfds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>fd_set *<parameter>writefds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>fd_set *<parameter>exceptfds</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct timeval *<parameter>timeout</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>With the <function>select()</function> function applications
+can suspend execution until the driver has captured data or is ready
+to accept data for output.</para>
+
+ <para>When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits
+until a buffer has been filled or displayed and can be dequeued with
+the &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. When buffers are already in the outgoing
+queue of the driver the function returns immediately.</para>
+
+ <para>On success <function>select()</function> returns the total
+number of bits set in the <structname>fd_set</structname>s. When the
+function timed out it returns a value of zero. On failure it returns
+<returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> and the <varname>errno</varname>
+variable is set appropriately. When the application did not call
+&VIDIOC-QBUF; or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; yet the
+<function>select()</function> function succeeds, setting the bit of
+the file descriptor in <parameter>readfds</parameter> or
+<parameter>writefds</parameter>, but subsequent &VIDIOC-DQBUF; calls
+will fail.<footnote><para>The Linux kernel implements
+<function>select()</function> like the &func-poll; function, but
+<function>select()</function> cannot return a
+<constant>POLLERR</constant>.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>When use of the <function>read()</function> function has
+been negotiated and the driver does not capture yet, the
+<function>select()</function> function starts capturing. When that
+fails, <function>select()</function> returns successful and a
+subsequent <function>read()</function> call, which also attempts to
+start capturing, will return an appropriate error code. When the
+driver captures continuously (as opposed to, for example, still
+images) and data is already available the
+<function>select()</function> function returns immediately.</para>
+
+ <para>When use of the <function>write()</function> function has
+been negotiated the <function>select()</function> function just waits
+until the driver is ready for a non-blocking
+<function>write()</function> call.</para>
+
+ <para>All drivers implementing the <function>read()</function> or
+<function>write()</function> function or streaming I/O must also
+support the <function>select()</function> function.</para>
+
+ <para>For more details see the <function>select()</function>
+manual page.</para>
+
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success, <function>select()</function> returns the number
+of descriptors contained in the three returned descriptor sets, which
+will be zero if the timeout expired. On error
+<returnvalue>-1</returnvalue> is returned, and the
+<varname>errno</varname> variable is set appropriately; the sets and
+<parameter>timeout</parameter> are undefined. Possible error codes
+are:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>One or more of the file descriptor sets specified a
+file descriptor that is not open.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support multiple read or write
+streams and the device is already in use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>readfds</parameter>,
+<parameter>writefds</parameter>, <parameter>exceptfds</parameter> or
+<parameter>timeout</parameter> pointer references an inaccessible memory
+area.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINTR</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The call was interrupted by a signal.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <parameter>nfds</parameter> argument is less than
+zero or greater than <constant>FD_SETSIZE</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-write.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-write.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c09c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/func-write.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<refentry id="func-write">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2 write()</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>v4l2-write</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Write to a V4L2 device</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsisinfo>#include <unistd.h></funcsynopsisinfo>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>ssize_t <function>write</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>void *<parameter>buf</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>size_t <parameter>count</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>buf</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>count</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para><function>write()</function> writes up to
+<parameter>count</parameter> bytes to the device referenced by the
+file descriptor <parameter>fd</parameter> from the buffer starting at
+<parameter>buf</parameter>. When the hardware outputs are not active
+yet, this function enables them. When <parameter>count</parameter> is
+zero, <function>write()</function> returns
+<returnvalue>0</returnvalue> without any other effect.</para>
+
+ <para>When the application does not provide more data in time, the
+previous video frame, raw VBI image, sliced VPS or WSS data is
+displayed again. Sliced Teletext or Closed Caption data is not
+repeated, the driver inserts a blank line instead.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Return Value</title>
+
+ <para>On success, the number of bytes written are returned. Zero
+indicates nothing was written. On error, <returnvalue>-1</returnvalue>
+is returned, and the <varname>errno</varname> variable is set
+appropriately. In this case the next write will start at the beginning
+of a new frame. Possible error codes are:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Non-blocking I/O has been selected using the <link
+linkend="func-open"><constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant></link> flag and no
+buffer space was available to write the data immediately.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBADF</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>fd</parameter> is not a valid file
+descriptor or is not open for writing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support multiple write streams and the
+device is already in use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EFAULT</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><parameter>buf</parameter> references an inaccessible
+memory area.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINTR</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The call was interrupted by a signal before any
+data was written.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EIO</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O error. This indicates some hardware problem.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <function>write()</function> function is not
+supported by this driver, not on this device, or generally not on this
+type of device.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d424886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/io.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1084 @@
+ <title>Input/Output</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 API defines several different methods to read from or
+write to a device. All drivers exchanging data with applications must
+support at least one of them.</para>
+
+ <para>The classic I/O method using the <function>read()</function>
+and <function>write()</function> function is automatically selected
+after opening a V4L2 device. When the driver does not support this
+method attempts to read or write will fail at any time.</para>
+
+ <para>Other methods must be negotiated. To select the streaming I/O
+method with memory mapped or user buffers applications call the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl. The asynchronous I/O method is not defined
+yet.</para>
+
+ <para>Video overlay can be considered another I/O method, although
+the application does not directly receive the image data. It is
+selected by initiating video overlay with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl.
+For more information see <xref linkend="overlay" />.</para>
+
+ <para>Generally exactly one I/O method, including overlay, is
+associated with each file descriptor. The only exceptions are
+applications not exchanging data with a driver ("panel applications",
+see <xref linkend="open" />) and drivers permitting simultaneous video capturing
+and overlay using the same file descriptor, for compatibility with V4L
+and earlier versions of V4L2.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant> would permit this to some degree,
+but for simplicity drivers need not support switching the I/O method
+(after first switching away from read/write) other than by closing
+and reopening the device.</para>
+
+ <para>The following sections describe the various I/O methods in
+more detail.</para>
+
+ <section id="rw">
+ <title>Read/Write</title>
+
+ <para>Input and output devices support the
+<function>read()</function> and <function>write()</function> function,
+respectively, when the <constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant> flag in
+the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers may need the CPU to copy the data, but they may also
+support DMA to or from user memory, so this I/O method is not
+necessarily less efficient than other methods merely exchanging buffer
+pointers. It is considered inferior though because no meta-information
+like frame counters or timestamps are passed. This information is
+necessary to recognize frame dropping and to synchronize with other
+data streams. However this is also the simplest I/O method, requiring
+little or no setup to exchange data. It permits command line stunts
+like this (the <application>vidctrl</application> tool is
+fictitious):</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <screen>
+> vidctrl /dev/video --input=0 --format=YUYV --size=352x288
+> dd if=/dev/video of=myimage.422 bs=202752 count=1
+</screen>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para>To read from the device applications use the
+&func-read; function, to write the &func-write; function.
+Drivers must implement one I/O method if they
+exchange data with applications, but it need not be this.<footnote>
+ <para>It would be desirable if applications could depend on
+drivers supporting all I/O interfaces, but as much as the complex
+memory mapping I/O can be inadequate for some devices we have no
+reason to require this interface, which is most useful for simple
+applications capturing still images.</para>
+ </footnote> When reading or writing is supported, the driver
+must also support the &func-select; and &func-poll;
+function.<footnote>
+ <para>At the driver level <function>select()</function> and
+<function>poll()</function> are the same, and
+<function>select()</function> is too important to be optional.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mmap">
+ <title>Streaming I/O (Memory Mapping)</title>
+
+ <para>Input and output devices support this I/O method when the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_STREAMING</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. There are two
+streaming methods, to determine if the memory mapping flavor is
+supported applications must call the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Streaming is an I/O method where only pointers to buffers
+are exchanged between application and driver, the data itself is not
+copied. Memory mapping is primarily intended to map buffers in device
+memory into the application's address space. Device memory can be for
+example the video memory on a graphics card with a video capture
+add-on. However, being the most efficient I/O method available for a
+long time, many other drivers support streaming as well, allocating
+buffers in DMA-able main memory.</para>
+
+ <para>A driver can support many sets of buffers. Each set is
+identified by a unique buffer type value. The sets are independent and
+each set can hold a different type of data. To access different sets
+at the same time different file descriptors must be used.<footnote>
+ <para>One could use one file descriptor and set the buffer
+type field accordingly when calling &VIDIOC-QBUF; etc., but it makes
+the <function>select()</function> function ambiguous. We also like the
+clean approach of one file descriptor per logical stream. Video
+overlay for example is also a logical stream, although the CPU is not
+needed for continuous operation.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>To allocate device buffers applications call the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl with the desired number of buffers and buffer
+type, for example <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>.
+This ioctl can also be used to change the number of buffers or to free
+the allocated memory, provided none of the buffers are still
+mapped.</para>
+
+ <para>Before applications can access the buffers they must map
+them into their address space with the &func-mmap; function. The
+location of the buffers in device memory can be determined with the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. The <structfield>m.offset</structfield> and
+<structfield>length</structfield> returned in a &v4l2-buffer; are
+passed as sixth and second parameter to the
+<function>mmap()</function> function. The offset and length values
+must not be modified. Remember the buffers are allocated in physical
+memory, as opposed to virtual memory which can be swapped out to disk.
+Applications should free the buffers as soon as possible with the
+&func-munmap; function.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Mapping buffers</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf;
+struct {
+ void *start;
+ size_t length;
+} *buffers;
+unsigned int i;
+
+memset (&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf));
+reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+reqbuf.count = 20;
+
+if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf)) {
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ printf ("Video capturing or mmap-streaming is not supported\n");
+ else
+ perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
+
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* We want at least five buffers. */
+
+if (reqbuf.count < 5) {
+ /* You may need to free the buffers here. */
+ printf ("Not enough buffer memory\n");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+buffers = calloc (reqbuf.count, sizeof (*buffers));
+assert (buffers != NULL);
+
+for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++) {
+ &v4l2-buffer; buffer;
+
+ memset (&buffer, 0, sizeof (buffer));
+ buffer.type = reqbuf.type;
+ buffer.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ buffer.index = i;
+
+ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &buffer)) {
+ perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYBUF");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ buffers[i].length = buffer.length; /* remember for munmap() */
+
+ buffers[i].start = mmap (NULL, buffer.length,
+ PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, /* recommended */
+ MAP_SHARED, /* recommended */
+ fd, buffer.m.offset);
+
+ if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[i].start) {
+ /* If you do not exit here you should unmap() and free()
+ the buffers mapped so far. */
+ perror ("mmap");
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Cleanup. */
+
+for (i = 0; i < reqbuf.count; i++)
+ munmap (buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length);
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Conceptually streaming drivers maintain two buffer queues, an incoming
+and an outgoing queue. They separate the synchronous capture or output
+operation locked to a video clock from the application which is
+subject to random disk or network delays and preemption by
+other processes, thereby reducing the probability of data loss.
+The queues are organized as FIFOs, buffers will be
+output in the order enqueued in the incoming FIFO, and were
+captured in the order dequeued from the outgoing FIFO.</para>
+
+ <para>The driver may require a minimum number of buffers enqueued
+at all times to function, apart of this no limit exists on the number
+of buffers applications can enqueue in advance, or dequeue and
+process. They can also enqueue in a different order than buffers have
+been dequeued, and the driver can <emphasis>fill</emphasis> enqueued
+<emphasis>empty</emphasis> buffers in any order. <footnote>
+ <para>Random enqueue order permits applications processing
+images out of order (such as video codecs) to return buffers earlier,
+reducing the probability of data loss. Random fill order allows
+drivers to reuse buffers on a LIFO-basis, taking advantage of caches
+holding scatter-gather lists and the like.</para>
+ </footnote> The index number of a buffer (&v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>index</structfield>) plays no role here, it only
+identifies the buffer.</para>
+
+ <para>Initially all mapped buffers are in dequeued state,
+inaccessible by the driver. For capturing applications it is customary
+to first enqueue all mapped buffers, then to start capturing and enter
+the read loop. Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be
+dequeued, and re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer
+needed. Output applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough
+buffers are stacked up the output is started with
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant>. In the write loop, when
+the application runs out of free buffers, it must wait until an empty
+buffer can be dequeued and reused.</para>
+
+ <para>To enqueue and dequeue a buffer applications use the
+&VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The status of a buffer being
+mapped, enqueued, full or empty can be determined at any time using the
+&VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the
+application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no buffer is in the
+outgoing queue. When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was
+given to the &func-open; function, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The
+&func-select; or &func-poll; function are always available.</para>
+
+ <para>To start and stop capturing or output applications call the
+&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctl. Note
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> removes all buffers from both
+queues as a side effect. Since there is no notion of doing anything
+"now" on a multitasking system, if an application needs to synchronize
+with another event it should examine the &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured buffers, or set the
+field before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers implementing memory mapping I/O must
+support the <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl, the
+<function>mmap()</function>, <function>munmap()</function>,
+<function>select()</function> and <function>poll()</function>
+function.<footnote>
+ <para>At the driver level <function>select()</function> and
+<function>poll()</function> are the same, and
+<function>select()</function> is too important to be optional. The
+rest should be evident.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>[capture example]</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="userp">
+ <title>Streaming I/O (User Pointers)</title>
+
+ <para>Input and output devices support this I/O method when the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_STREAMING</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capabilities</structfield> field of &v4l2-capability;
+returned by the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl is set. If the particular user
+pointer method (not only memory mapping) is supported must be
+determined by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>This I/O method combines advantages of the read/write and
+memory mapping methods. Buffers are allocated by the application
+itself, and can reside for example in virtual or shared memory. Only
+pointers to data are exchanged, these pointers and meta-information
+are passed in &v4l2-buffer;. The driver must be switched
+into user pointer I/O mode by calling the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; with the
+desired buffer type. No buffers are allocated beforehands,
+consequently they are not indexed and cannot be queried like mapped
+buffers with the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Initiating streaming I/O with user pointers</title>
+
+ <programlisting>
+&v4l2-requestbuffers; reqbuf;
+
+memset (&reqbuf, 0, sizeof (reqbuf));
+reqbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+reqbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR;
+
+if (ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, &reqbuf) == -1) {
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ printf ("Video capturing or user pointer streaming is not supported\n");
+ else
+ perror ("VIDIOC_REQBUFS");
+
+ exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Buffer addresses and sizes are passed on the fly with the
+&VIDIOC-QBUF; ioctl. Although buffers are commonly cycled,
+applications can pass different addresses and sizes at each
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> call. If required by the hardware the
+driver swaps memory pages within physical memory to create a
+continuous area of memory. This happens transparently to the
+application in the virtual memory subsystem of the kernel. When buffer
+pages have been swapped out to disk they are brought back and finally
+locked in physical memory for DMA.<footnote>
+ <para>We expect that frequently used buffers are typically not
+swapped out. Anyway, the process of swapping, locking or generating
+scatter-gather lists may be time consuming. The delay can be masked by
+the depth of the incoming buffer queue, and perhaps by maintaining
+caches assuming a buffer will be soon enqueued again. On the other
+hand, to optimize memory usage drivers can limit the number of buffers
+locked in advance and recycle the most recently used buffers first. Of
+course, the pages of empty buffers in the incoming queue need not be
+saved to disk. Output buffers must be saved on the incoming and
+outgoing queue because an application may share them with other
+processes.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <para>Filled or displayed buffers are dequeued with the
+&VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl. The driver can unlock the memory pages at any
+time between the completion of the DMA and this ioctl. The memory is
+also unlocked when &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; is called, &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;, or
+when the device is closed. Applications must take care not to free
+buffers without dequeuing. For once, the buffers remain locked until
+further, wasting physical memory. Second the driver will not be
+notified when the memory is returned to the application's free list
+and subsequently reused for other purposes, possibly completing the
+requested DMA and overwriting valuable data.</para>
+
+ <para>For capturing applications it is customary to enqueue a
+number of empty buffers, to start capturing and enter the read loop.
+Here the application waits until a filled buffer can be dequeued, and
+re-enqueues the buffer when the data is no longer needed. Output
+applications fill and enqueue buffers, when enough buffers are stacked
+up output is started. In the write loop, when the application
+runs out of free buffers it must wait until an empty buffer can be
+dequeued and reused. Two methods exist to suspend execution of the
+application until one or more buffers can be dequeued. By default
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no buffer is in the
+outgoing queue. When the <constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was
+given to the &func-open; function, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+returns immediately with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available. The
+&func-select; or &func-poll; function are always available.</para>
+
+ <para>To start and stop capturing or output applications call the
+&VIDIOC-STREAMON; and &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; ioctl. Note
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> removes all buffers from both
+queues and unlocks all buffers as a side effect. Since there is no
+notion of doing anything "now" on a multitasking system, if an
+application needs to synchronize with another event it should examine
+the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>timestamp</structfield> of captured
+buffers, or set the field before enqueuing buffers for output.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers implementing user pointer I/O must
+support the <constant>VIDIOC_REQBUFS</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>,
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl, the
+<function>select()</function> and <function>poll()</function> function.<footnote>
+ <para>At the driver level <function>select()</function> and
+<function>poll()</function> are the same, and
+<function>select()</function> is too important to be optional. The
+rest should be evident.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="async">
+ <title>Asynchronous I/O</title>
+
+ <para>This method is not defined yet.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="buffer">
+ <title>Buffers</title>
+
+ <para>A buffer contains data exchanged by application and
+driver using one of the Streaming I/O methods. Only pointers to
+buffers are exchanged, the data itself is not copied. These pointers,
+together with meta-information like timestamps or field parity, are
+stored in a struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname>, argument to
+the &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF;, &VIDIOC-QBUF; and &VIDIOC-DQBUF; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Nominally timestamps refer to the first data byte transmitted.
+In practice however the wide range of hardware covered by the V4L2 API
+limits timestamp accuracy. Often an interrupt routine will
+sample the system clock shortly after the field or frame was stored
+completely in memory. So applications must expect a constant
+difference up to one field or frame period plus a small (few scan
+lines) random error. The delay and error can be much
+larger due to compression or transmission over an external bus when
+the frames are not properly stamped by the sender. This is frequently
+the case with USB cameras. Here timestamps refer to the instant the
+field or frame was received by the driver, not the capture time. These
+devices identify by not enumerating any video standards, see <xref
+linkend="standard" />.</para>
+
+ <para>Similar limitations apply to output timestamps. Typically
+the video hardware locks to a clock controlling the video timing, the
+horizontal and vertical synchronization pulses. At some point in the
+line sequence, possibly the vertical blanking, an interrupt routine
+samples the system clock, compares against the timestamp and programs
+the hardware to repeat the previous field or frame, or to display the
+buffer contents.</para>
+
+ <para>Apart of limitations of the video device and natural
+inaccuracies of all clocks, it should be noted system time itself is
+not perfectly stable. It can be affected by power saving cycles,
+warped to insert leap seconds, or even turned back or forth by the
+system administrator affecting long term measurements. <footnote>
+ <para>Since no other Linux multimedia
+API supports unadjusted time it would be foolish to introduce here. We
+must use a universally supported clock to synchronize different media,
+hence time of day.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-buffer">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Number of the buffer, set by the application. This
+field is only used for <link linkend="mmap">memory mapping</link> I/O
+and can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated
+with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the buffer, same as &v4l2-format;
+<structfield>type</structfield> or &v4l2-requestbuffers;
+<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bytesused</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>The number of bytes occupied by the data in the
+buffer. It depends on the negotiated data format and may change with
+each buffer for compressed variable size data like JPEG images.
+Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
+refers to an input stream, applications when an output stream.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
+linkend="buffer-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Indicates the field order of the image in the
+buffer, see <xref linkend="v4l2-field" />. This field is not used when
+the buffer contains VBI data. Drivers must set it when
+<structfield>type</structfield> refers to an input stream,
+applications when an output stream.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct timeval</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>timestamp</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><para>For input streams this is the
+system time (as returned by the <function>gettimeofday()</function>
+function) when the first data byte was captured. For output streams
+the data will not be displayed before this time, secondary to the
+nominal frame rate determined by the current video standard in
+enqueued order. Applications can for example zero this field to
+display frames as soon as possible. The driver stores the time at
+which the first data byte was actually sent out in the
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> field. This permits
+applications to monitor the drift between the video and system
+clock.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-timecode;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>timecode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>When <structfield>type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> and the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE</constant> flag is set in
+<structfield>flags</structfield>, this structure contains a frame
+timecode. In <link linkend="v4l2-field">V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE</link>
+mode the top and bottom field contain the same timecode.
+Timecodes are intended to help video editing and are typically recorded on
+video tapes, but also embedded in compressed formats like MPEG. This
+field is independent of the <structfield>timestamp</structfield> and
+<structfield>sequence</structfield> fields.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sequence</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Set by the driver, counting the frames in the
+sequence.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>In <link
+linkend="v4l2-field">V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE</link> mode the top and
+bottom field have the same sequence number. The count starts at zero
+and includes dropped or repeated frames. A dropped frame was received
+by an input device but could not be stored due to lack of free buffer
+space. A repeated frame was displayed again by an output device
+because the application did not pass new data in
+time.</para><para>Note this may count the frames received
+e.g. over USB, without taking into account the frames dropped by the
+remote hardware due to limited compression throughput or bus
+bandwidth. These devices identify by not enumerating any video
+standards, see <xref linkend="standard" />.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-memory;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>This field must be set by applications and/or drivers
+in accordance with the selected I/O method.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>m</structfield></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>offset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When <structfield>memory</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> this is the offset of the buffer
+from the start of the device memory. The value is returned by the
+driver and apart of serving as parameter to the &func-mmap; function
+not useful for applications. See <xref linkend="mmap" /> for details.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>unsigned long</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>userptr</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>When <structfield>memory</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant> this is a pointer to the
+buffer (casted to unsigned long type) in virtual memory, set by the
+application. See <xref linkend="userp" /> for details.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>input</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Some video capture drivers support rapid and
+synchronous video input changes, a function useful for example in
+video surveillance applications. For this purpose applications set the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant> flag, and this field to the
+number of a video input as in &v4l2-input; field
+<structfield>index</structfield>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
+(driver defined) buffer types
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
+should set this to 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-buf-type">
+ <title>enum v4l2_buf_type</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a video capture stream, see <xref
+ linkend="capture" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a video output stream, see <xref
+ linkend="output" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer for video overlay, see <xref linkend="overlay" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a raw VBI capture stream, see <xref
+ linkend="raw-vbi" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a raw VBI output stream, see <xref
+ linkend="raw-vbi" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a sliced VBI capture stream, see <xref
+ linkend="sliced" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer of a sliced VBI output stream, see <xref
+ linkend="sliced" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see <xref
+ linkend="osd" />. Status: <link
+linkend="experimental">Experimental</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x80</entry>
+ <entry>This and higher values are reserved for custom
+(driver defined) buffer types.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="buffer-flags">
+ <title>Buffer Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>The buffer resides in device memory and has been mapped
+into the application's address space, see <xref linkend="mmap" /> for details.
+Drivers set or clear this flag when the
+<link linkend="vidioc-querybuf">VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</link>, <link
+ linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_QBUF</link> or <link
+ linkend="vidioc-qbuf">VIDIOC_DQBUF</link> ioctl is called. Set by the driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>Internally drivers maintain two buffer queues, an
+incoming and outgoing queue. When this flag is set, the buffer is
+currently on the incoming queue. It automatically moves to the
+outgoing queue after the buffer has been filled (capture devices) or
+displayed (output devices). Drivers set or clear this flag when the
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl is called. After
+(successful) calling the <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>ioctl it is
+always set and after <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> always
+cleared.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>When this flag is set, the buffer is currently on
+the outgoing queue, ready to be dequeued from the driver. Drivers set
+or clear this flag when the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> ioctl
+is called. After calling the <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> or
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> it is always cleared. Of course a
+buffer cannot be on both queues at the same time, the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flag are mutually exclusive.
+They can be both cleared however, then the buffer is in "dequeued"
+state, in the application domain to say so.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0040</entry>
+ <entry>When this flag is set, the buffer has been dequeued
+ successfully, although the data might have been corrupted.
+ This is recoverable, streaming may continue as normal and
+ the buffer may be reused normally.
+ Drivers set this flag when the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+ ioctl is called.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the
+<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> ioctl. It may be set by video
+capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a
+key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>Similar to <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME</constant>
+this flags predicted frames or fields which contain only differences to a
+previous key frame.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0020</entry>
+ <entry>Similar to <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME</constant>
+ this is a bidirectional predicted frame or field. [ooc tbd]</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0100</entry>
+ <entry>The <structfield>timecode</structfield> field is valid.
+Drivers set or clear this flag when the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+ioctl is called.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0200</entry>
+ <entry>The <structfield>input</structfield> field is valid.
+Applications set or clear this flag before calling the
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> ioctl.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-memory">
+ <title>enum v4l2_memory</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>The buffer is used for <link linkend="mmap">memory
+mapping</link> I/O.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>The buffer is used for <link linkend="userp">user
+pointer</link> I/O.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>[to do]</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Timecodes</title>
+
+ <para>The <structname>v4l2_timecode</structname> structure is
+designed to hold a <xref linkend="smpte12m" /> or similar timecode.
+(struct <structname>timeval</structname> timestamps are stored in
+&v4l2-buffer; field <structfield>timestamp</structfield>.)</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-timecode">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_timecode</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame rate the timecodes are based on, see <xref
+ linkend="timecode-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Timecode flags, see <xref linkend="timecode-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>frames</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame count, 0 ... 23/24/29/49/59, depending on the
+ type of timecode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>seconds</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Seconds count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>minutes</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Minutes count, 0 ... 59. This is a binary, not BCD number.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>hours</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Hours count, 0 ... 29. This is a binary, not BCD number.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>userbits</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>The "user group" bits from the timecode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="timecode-type">
+ <title>Timecode Types</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_TYPE_24FPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>24 frames per second, i. e. film.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_TYPE_25FPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>25 frames per second, &ie; PAL or SECAM video.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_TYPE_30FPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>30 frames per second, &ie; NTSC video.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_TYPE_50FPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_TYPE_60FPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="timecode-flags">
+ <title>Timecode Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_FLAG_DROPFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>Indicates "drop frame" semantics for counting frames
+in 29.97 fps material. When set, frame numbers 0 and 1 at the start of
+each minute, except minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 are omitted from the
+count.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_FLAG_COLORFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>The "color frame" flag.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_USERBITS_field</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x000C</entry>
+ <entry>Field mask for the "binary group flags".</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_USERBITS_USERDEFINED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0000</entry>
+ <entry>Unspecified format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TC_USERBITS_8BITCHARS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>8-bit ISO characters.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="field-order">
+ <title>Field Order</title>
+
+ <para>We have to distinguish between progressive and interlaced
+video. Progressive video transmits all lines of a video image
+sequentially. Interlaced video divides an image into two fields,
+containing only the odd and even lines of the image, respectively.
+Alternating the so called odd and even field are transmitted, and due
+to a small delay between fields a cathode ray TV displays the lines
+interleaved, yielding the original frame. This curious technique was
+invented because at refresh rates similar to film the image would
+fade out too quickly. Transmitting fields reduces the flicker without
+the necessity of doubling the frame rate and with it the bandwidth
+required for each channel.</para>
+
+ <para>It is important to understand a video camera does not expose
+one frame at a time, merely transmitting the frames separated into
+fields. The fields are in fact captured at two different instances in
+time. An object on screen may well move between one field and the
+next. For applications analysing motion it is of paramount importance
+to recognize which field of a frame is older, the <emphasis>temporal
+order</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>When the driver provides or accepts images field by field
+rather than interleaved, it is also important applications understand
+how the fields combine to frames. We distinguish between top (aka odd) and
+bottom (aka even) fields, the <emphasis>spatial order</emphasis>: The first line
+of the top field is the first line of an interlaced frame, the first
+line of the bottom field is the second line of that frame.</para>
+
+ <para>However because fields were captured one after the other,
+arguing whether a frame commences with the top or bottom field is
+pointless. Any two successive top and bottom, or bottom and top fields
+yield a valid frame. Only when the source was progressive to begin
+with, ⪚ when transferring film to video, two fields may come from
+the same frame, creating a natural order.</para>
+
+ <para>Counter to intuition the top field is not necessarily the
+older field. Whether the older field contains the top or bottom lines
+is a convention determined by the video standard. Hence the
+distinction between temporal and spatial order of fields. The diagrams
+below should make this clearer.</para>
+
+ <para>All video capture and output devices must report the current
+field order. Some drivers may permit the selection of a different
+order, to this end applications initialize the
+<structfield>field</structfield> field of &v4l2-pix-format; before
+calling the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. If this is not desired it should
+have the value <constant>V4L2_FIELD_ANY</constant> (0).</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-field">
+ <title>enum v4l2_field</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_ANY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Applications request this field order when any
+one of the <constant>V4L2_FIELD_NONE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant>, or
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant> formats is acceptable.
+Drivers choose depending on hardware capabilities or e. g. the
+requested image size, and return the actual field order. &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>field</structfield> can never be
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_ANY</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_NONE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Images are in progressive format, not interlaced.
+The driver may also indicate this order when it cannot distinguish
+between <constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Images consist of the top (aka odd) field only.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Images consist of the bottom (aka even) field only.
+Applications may wish to prevent a device from capturing interlaced
+images because they will have "comb" or "feathering" artefacts around
+moving objects.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
+line. The temporal order of the fields (whether the top or bottom
+field is first transmitted) depends on the current video standard.
+M/NTSC transmits the bottom field first, all other standards the top
+field first.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB</constant></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>Images contain both fields, the top field lines
+are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the bottom field
+lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one first
+in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>Images contain both fields, the bottom field
+lines are stored first in memory, immediately followed by the top
+field lines. Fields are always stored in temporal order, the older one
+first in memory. Image sizes refer to the frame, not fields.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>The two fields of a frame are passed in separate
+buffers, in temporal order, &ie; the older one first. To indicate the field
+parity (whether the current field is a top or bottom field) the driver
+or application, depending on data direction, must set &v4l2-buffer;
+<structfield>field</structfield> to
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_TOP</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM</constant>. Any two successive fields pair
+to build a frame. If fields are successive, without any dropped fields
+between them (fields can drop individually), can be determined from
+the &v4l2-buffer; <structfield>sequence</structfield> field. Image
+sizes refer to the frame, not fields. This format cannot be selected
+when using the read/write I/O method.<!-- Where it's indistinguishable
+from V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_*. --></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB</constant></entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
+line, top field first. The top field is transmitted first.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>9</entry>
+ <entry>Images contain both fields, interleaved line by
+line, top field first. The bottom field is transmitted first.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <figure id="fieldseq-tb">
+ <title>Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="fieldseq_tb.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="fieldseq_tb.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure id="fieldseq-bt">
+ <title>Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="fieldseq_bt.pdf" format="PS" />
+ </imageobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="fieldseq_bt.gif" format="GIF" />
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/keytable.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/keytable.c.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d53254a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/keytable.c.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+<programlisting>
+/* keytable.c - This program allows checking/replacing keys at IR
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, version 2 of the License.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <linux/input.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#include "parse.h"
+
+void prtcode (int *codes)
+{
+ struct parse_key *p;
+
+ for (p=keynames;p->name!=NULL;p++) {
+ if (p->value == (unsigned)codes[1]) {
+ printf("scancode 0x%04x = %s (0x%02x)\n", codes[0], p->name, codes[1]);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isprint (codes[1]))
+ printf("scancode %d = '%c' (0x%02x)\n", codes[0], codes[1], codes[1]);
+ else
+ printf("scancode %d = 0x%02x\n", codes[0], codes[1]);
+}
+
+int parse_code(char *string)
+{
+ struct parse_key *p;
+
+ for (p=keynames;p->name!=NULL;p++) {
+ if (!strcasecmp(p->name, string)) {
+ return p->value;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int fd;
+ unsigned int i, j;
+ int codes[2];
+
+ if (argc<2 || argc>4) {
+ printf ("usage: %s <device> to get table; or\n"
+ " %s <device> <scancode> <keycode>\n"
+ " %s <device> <keycode_file>\n",*argv,*argv,*argv);
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if ((fd = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+ perror("Couldn't open input device");
+ return(-1);
+ }
+
+ if (argc==4) {
+ int value;
+
+ value=parse_code(argv[3]);
+
+ if (value==-1) {
+ value = strtol(argv[3], NULL, 0);
+ if (errno)
+ perror("value");
+ }
+
+ codes [0] = (unsigned) strtol(argv[2], NULL, 0);
+ codes [1] = (unsigned) value;
+
+ if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes))
+ perror ("EVIOCSKEYCODE");
+
+ if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes)==0)
+ prtcode(codes);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (argc==3) {
+ FILE *fin;
+ int value;
+ char *scancode, *keycode, s[2048];
+
+ fin=fopen(argv[2],"r");
+ if (fin==NULL) {
+ perror ("opening keycode file");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Clears old table */
+ for (j = 0; j < 256; j++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+ codes[0] = (j << 8) | i;
+ codes[1] = KEY_RESERVED;
+ ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes);
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(s,sizeof(s),fin)) {
+ scancode=strtok(s,"\n\t =:");
+ if (!scancode) {
+ perror ("parsing input file scancode");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (!strcasecmp(scancode, "scancode")) {
+ scancode = strtok(NULL,"\n\t =:");
+ if (!scancode) {
+ perror ("parsing input file scancode");
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ keycode=strtok(NULL,"\n\t =:(");
+ if (!keycode) {
+ perror ("parsing input file keycode");
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ // printf ("parsing %s=%s:", scancode, keycode);
+ value=parse_code(keycode);
+ // printf ("\tvalue=%d\n",value);
+
+ if (value==-1) {
+ value = strtol(keycode, NULL, 0);
+ if (errno)
+ perror("value");
+ }
+
+ codes [0] = (unsigned) strtol(scancode, NULL, 0);
+ codes [1] = (unsigned) value;
+
+ // printf("\t%04x=%04x\n",codes[0], codes[1]);
+ if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCSKEYCODE, codes)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Setting scancode 0x%04x with 0x%04x via ",codes[0], codes[1]);
+ perror ("EVIOCSKEYCODE");
+ }
+
+ if(ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes)==0)
+ prtcode(codes);
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Get scancode table */
+ for (j = 0; j < 256; j++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+ codes[0] = (j << 8) | i;
+ if (!ioctl(fd, EVIOCGKEYCODE, codes) && codes[1] != KEY_RESERVED)
+ prtcode(codes);
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+</programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c14fc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/libv4l.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+<title>Libv4l Userspace Library</title>
+<section id="libv4l-introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>libv4l is a collection of libraries which adds a thin abstraction
+layer on top of video4linux2 devices. The purpose of this (thin) layer
+is to make it easy for application writers to support a wide variety of
+devices without having to write separate code for different devices in the
+same class.</para>
+<para>An example of using libv4l is provided by
+<link linkend='v4l2grab-example'>v4l2grab</link>.
+</para>
+
+ <para>libv4l consists of 3 different libraries:</para>
+ <section>
+ <title>libv4lconvert</title>
+
+ <para>libv4lconvert is a library that converts several
+different pixelformats found in V4L2 drivers into a few common RGB and
+YUY formats.</para>
+ <para>It currently accepts the following V4L2 driver formats:
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-HM12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-JPEG"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MJPEG"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MR97310A"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV511"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV518"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAC207"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PJPG"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C10X"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C20X-I420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA501"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA505"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA508"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA561"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SQ905C"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C</constant></link>,
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8</constant>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-UYVY"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUYV"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></link>,
+and <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVYU"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</constant></link>.
+</para>
+ <para>Later on libv4lconvert was expanded to also be able to do
+various video processing functions to improve webcam video quality.
+The video processing is split in to 2 parts: libv4lconvert/control and
+libv4lconvert/processing.</para>
+
+ <para>The control part is used to offer video controls which can
+be used to control the video processing functions made available by
+ libv4lconvert/processing. These controls are stored application wide
+(until reboot) by using a persistent shared memory object.</para>
+
+ <para>libv4lconvert/processing offers the actual video
+processing functionality.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>libv4l1</title>
+ <para>This library offers functions that can be used to quickly
+make v4l1 applications work with v4l2 devices. These functions work exactly
+like the normal open/close/etc, except that libv4l1 does full emulation of
+the v4l1 api on top of v4l2 drivers, in case of v4l1 drivers it
+will just pass calls through.</para>
+ <para>Since those functions are emulations of the old V4L1 API,
+it shouldn't be used for new applications.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>libv4l2</title>
+ <para>This library should be used for all modern V4L2
+applications.</para>
+ <para>It provides handles to call V4L2 open/ioctl/close/poll
+methods. Instead of just providing the raw output of the device, it enhances
+the calls in the sense that it will use libv4lconvert to provide more video
+formats and to enhance the image quality.</para>
+ <para>In most cases, libv4l2 just passes the calls directly
+through to the v4l2 driver, intercepting the calls to
+<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant></link>,
+<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant></link>
+<link linkend='vidioc-g-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant></link>
+<link linkend='vidioc-enum-framesizes'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</constant></link>
+and <link linkend='vidioc-enum-frameintervals'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</constant></link>
+in order to emulate the formats
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant></link>,
+and <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></link>,
+if they aren't available in the driver.
+<link linkend='vidioc-enum-fmt'><constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant></link>
+keeps enumerating the hardware supported formats, plus the emulated formats
+offered by libv4l at the end.
+</para>
+ <section id="libv4l-ops">
+ <title>Libv4l device control functions</title>
+ <para>The common file operation methods are provided by
+libv4l.</para>
+ <para>Those functions operate just like glibc
+open/close/dup/ioctl/read/mmap/munmap:</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_open(const char *file, int oflag,
+...) -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-open'>open()</link> function.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_close(int fd) -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-close'>close()</link> function.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_dup(int fd) -
+operates like the standard dup() function, duplicating a file handler.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_ioctl (int fd, unsigned long int request, ...) -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-ioctl'>ioctl()</link> function.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_read (int fd, void* buffer, size_t n) -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-read'>read()</link> function.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>void v4l2_mmap(void *start, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, int64_t offset); -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-mmap'>mmap()</link> function.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_munmap(void *_start, size_t length); -
+operates like the standard <link linkend='func-munmap'>munmap()</link> function.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+ <para>Those functions provide additional control:</para>
+<itemizedlist><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_fd_open(int fd, int v4l2_flags) -
+opens an already opened fd for further use through v4l2lib and possibly
+modify libv4l2's default behavior through the v4l2_flags argument.
+Currently, v4l2_flags can be <constant>V4L2_DISABLE_CONVERSION</constant>,
+to disable format conversion.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_set_control(int fd, int cid, int value) -
+This function takes a value of 0 - 65535, and then scales that range to
+the actual range of the given v4l control id, and then if the cid exists
+and is not locked sets the cid to the scaled value.
+</para></listitem><listitem>
+ <para>int v4l2_get_control(int fd, int cid) -
+This function returns a value of 0 - 65535, scaled to from the actual range
+of the given v4l control id. when the cid does not exist, could not be
+accessed for some reason, or some error occured 0 is returned.
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title>v4l1compat.so wrapper library</title>
+
+ <para>This library intercepts calls to
+open/close/ioctl/mmap/mmunmap operations and redirects them to the libv4l
+counterparts, by using LD_PRELOAD=/usr/lib/v4l1compat.so. It also
+emulates V4L1 calls via V4L2 API.</para>
+ <para>It allows usage of binary legacy applications that
+still don't use libv4l.</para>
+ </section>
+
+</section>
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68134c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/lirc_device_interface.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+<section id="lirc_dev">
+<title>LIRC Device Interface</title>
+
+
+<section id="lirc_dev_intro">
+<title>Introduction</title>
+
+<para>The LIRC device interface is a bi-directional interface for
+transporting raw IR data between userspace and kernelspace. Fundamentally,
+it is just a chardev (/dev/lircX, for X = 0, 1, 2, ...), with a number
+of standard struct file_operations defined on it. With respect to
+transporting raw IR data to and fro, the essential fops are read, write
+and ioctl.</para>
+
+<para>Example dmesg output upon a driver registering w/LIRC:</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>$ dmesg |grep lirc_dev</para>
+ <para>lirc_dev: IR Remote Control driver registered, major 248</para>
+ <para>rc rc0: lirc_dev: driver ir-lirc-codec (mceusb) registered at minor = 0</para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+<para>What you should see for a chardev:</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>$ ls -l /dev/lirc*</para>
+ <para>crw-rw---- 1 root root 248, 0 Jul 2 22:20 /dev/lirc0</para>
+ </blockquote>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_read">
+<title>LIRC read fop</title>
+
+<para>The lircd userspace daemon reads raw IR data from the LIRC chardev. The
+exact format of the data depends on what modes a driver supports, and what
+mode has been selected. lircd obtains supported modes and sets the active mode
+via the ioctl interface, detailed at <xref linkend="lirc_ioctl"/>. The generally
+preferred mode is LIRC_MODE_MODE2, in which packets containing an int value
+describing an IR signal are read from the chardev.</para>
+
+<para>See also <ulink url="http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html">http://www.lirc.org/html/technical.html</ulink> for more info.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_write">
+<title>LIRC write fop</title>
+
+<para>The data written to the chardev is a pulse/space sequence of integer
+values. Pulses and spaces are only marked implicitly by their position. The
+data must start and end with a pulse, therefore, the data must always include
+an unevent number of samples. The write function must block until the data has
+been transmitted by the hardware.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="lirc_ioctl">
+<title>LIRC ioctl fop</title>
+
+<para>The LIRC device's ioctl definition is bound by the ioctl function
+definition of struct file_operations, leaving us with an unsigned int
+for the ioctl command and an unsigned long for the arg. For the purposes
+of ioctl portability across 32-bit and 64-bit, these values are capped
+to their 32-bit sizes.</para>
+
+<para>The following ioctls can be used to change specific hardware settings.
+In general each driver should have a default set of settings. The driver
+implementation is expected to re-apply the default settings when the device
+is closed by user-space, so that every application opening the device can rely
+on working with the default settings initially.</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_FEATURES</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Obviously, get the underlying hardware device's features. If a driver
+ does not announce support of certain features, calling of the corresponding
+ ioctls is undefined.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get supported transmit mode. Only LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported by lircd.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get supported receive modes. Only LIRC_MODE_MODE2 and LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE
+ are supported by lircd.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_SEND_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for transmit.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get carrier frequency (in Hz) currently used for IR reception.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_{G,S}ET_{SEND,REC}_DUTY_CYCLE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Get/set the duty cycle (from 0 to 100) of the carrier signal. Currently,
+ no special meaning is defined for 0 or 100, but this could be used to switch
+ off carrier generation in the future, so these values should be reserved.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_REC_RESOLUTION</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some receiver have maximum resolution which is defined by internal
+ sample rate or data format limitations. E.g. it's common that signals can
+ only be reported in 50 microsecond steps. This integer value is used by
+ lircd to automatically adjust the aeps tolerance value in the lircd
+ config file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_TIMEOUT</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some devices have internal timers that can be used to detect when
+ there's no IR activity for a long time. This can help lircd in detecting
+ that a IR signal is finished and can speed up the decoding process.
+ Returns an integer value with the minimum/maximum timeout that can be
+ set. Some devices have a fixed timeout, in that case both ioctls will
+ return the same value even though the timeout cannot be changed.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_M{IN,AX}_FILTER_{PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some devices are able to filter out spikes in the incoming signal
+ using given filter rules. These ioctls return the hardware capabilities
+ that describe the bounds of the possible filters. Filter settings depend
+ on the IR protocols that are expected. lircd derives the settings from
+ all protocols definitions found in its config file.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_GET_LENGTH</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Retrieves the code length in bits (only for LIRC_MODE_LIRCCODE).
+ Reads on the device must be done in blocks matching the bit count.
+ The bit could should be rounded up so that it matches full bytes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set send/receive mode. Largely obsolete for send, as only
+ LIRC_MODE_PULSE is supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_{SEND,REC}_CARRIER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set send/receive carrier (in Hz).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_TRANSMITTER_MASK</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This enables the given set of transmitters. The first transmitter
+ is encoded by the least significant bit, etc. When an invalid bit mask
+ is given, i.e. a bit is set, even though the device does not have so many
+ transitters, then this ioctl returns the number of available transitters
+ and does nothing otherwise.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sets the integer value for IR inactivity timeout (cf.
+ LIRC_GET_MIN_TIMEOUT and LIRC_GET_MAX_TIMEOUT). A value of 0 (if
+ supported by the hardware) disables all hardware timeouts and data should
+ be reported as soon as possible. If the exact value cannot be set, then
+ the next possible value _greater_ than the given value should be set.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_TIMEOUT_REPORTS</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Enable (1) or disable (0) timeout reports in LIRC_MODE_MODE2. By
+ default, timeout reports should be turned off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER_{,PULSE,SPACE}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pulses/spaces shorter than this are filtered out by hardware. If
+ filters cannot be set independently for pulse/space, the corresponding
+ ioctls must return an error and LIRC_SET_REC_FILTER shall be used instead.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_MEASURE_CARRIER_MODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Enable (1)/disable (0) measure mode. If enabled, from the next key
+ press on, the driver will send LIRC_MODE2_FREQUENCY packets. By default
+ this should be turned off.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_REC_{DUTY_CYCLE,CARRIER}_RANGE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To set a range use LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE_RANGE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER_RANGE
+ with the lower bound first and later LIRC_SET_REC_DUTY_CYCLE/LIRC_SET_REC_CARRIER
+ with the upper bound.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_NOTIFY_DECODE</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is called by lircd whenever a successful decoding of an
+ incoming IR signal could be done. This can be used by supporting hardware
+ to give visual feedback to the user e.g. by flashing a LED.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SETUP_{START,END}</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Setting of several driver parameters can be optimized by encapsulating
+ the according ioctl calls with LIRC_SETUP_START/LIRC_SETUP_END. When a
+ driver receives a LIRC_SETUP_START ioctl it can choose to not commit
+ further setting changes to the hardware until a LIRC_SETUP_END is received.
+ But this is open to the driver implementation and every driver must also
+ handle parameter changes which are not encapsulated by LIRC_SETUP_START
+ and LIRC_SETUP_END. Drivers can also choose to ignore these ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>LIRC_SET_WIDEBAND_RECEIVER</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some receivers are equipped with special wide band receiver which is intended
+ to be used to learn output of existing remote.
+ Calling that ioctl with (1) will enable it, and with (0) disable it.
+ This might be useful of receivers that have otherwise narrow band receiver
+ that prevents them to be used with some remotes.
+ Wide band receiver might also be more precise
+ On the other hand its disadvantage it usually reduced range of reception.
+ Note: wide band receiver might be implictly enabled if you enable
+ carrier reports. In that case it will be disabled as soon as you disable
+ carrier reports. Trying to disable wide band receiver while carrier
+ reports are active will do nothing.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+</section>
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b72bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-grey.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-GREY">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY ('GREY')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Grey-scale image</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a grey-scale image. It is really a degenerate
+Y'CbCr format which simply contains no Cb or Cr data.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..873f670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv12.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12 ('NV12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21 ('NV21')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV21"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Formats with ½ horizontal and vertical
+chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0. One luminance and one
+chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:0 format.
+The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The
+Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant>, a combined CbCr plane
+immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same
+width, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image), but is half as
+tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
+Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
+Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</constant> is the same except the Cb and
+Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the
+CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 20:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2609403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-nv16.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16 ('NV16'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61 ('NV61')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV16"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV61"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Formats with ½ horizontal
+chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2. One luminance and one
+chrominance plane with alternating chroma samples as opposed to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These are two-plane versions of the YUV 4:2:2 format.
+The three components are separated into two sub-images or planes. The
+Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</constant>, a combined CbCr plane
+immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The CbCr plane is the same
+width and height, in bytes, as the Y plane (and of the image).
+Each CbCr pair belongs to two pixels. For example,
+Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
+Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</constant> is the same except the Cb and
+Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the
+CbCr plane has as many pad bytes after its rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 20:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 28:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4db272b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+<refentry id="packed-rgb">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>Packed RGB formats</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>Packed RGB formats</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Packed RGB formats</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These formats are designed to match the pixel formats of
+typical PC graphics frame buffers. They occupy 8, 16, 24 or 32 bits
+per pixel. These are all packed-pixel formats, meaning all the data
+for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.</para>
+
+ <para>When one of these formats is used, drivers shall report the
+colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats">
+ <title>Packed RGB Image Formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="fourcc" />
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" />
+
+ <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
+ <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
+ <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Byte 0 in memory</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b1">Byte 1</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b2">Byte 2</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b3">Byte 3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB332">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB1'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'R444'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBO'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBP'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555X">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBQ'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBR'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGR3'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB3'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGR4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha
+bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
+to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
+<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link
+linkend="osd">Video Output Overlay</link>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> 4 × 4 pixel
+image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="13" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 36:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>Drivers may interpret these formats differently.</para>
+ </important>
+
+ <para>Some RGB formats above are uncommon and were probably
+defined in error. Drivers may interpret them as in <xref
+ linkend="rgb-formats-corrected" />.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats-corrected">
+ <title>Packed RGB Image Formats (corrected)</title>
+ <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="fourcc" />
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" />
+
+ <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
+ <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
+ <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Byte 0 in memory</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b1">Byte 1</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b2">Byte 2</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b3">Byte 3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB332" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB1'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'R444'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBO'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBP'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555X" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBQ'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBR'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGR3'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB3'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGR4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><!-- id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32" -->
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver
+actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository.
+See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions.</para>
+
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cab5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-packed-yuv.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+<refentry id="packed-yuv">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>Packed YUV formats</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>Packed YUV formats</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Packed YUV formats</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Similar to the packed RGB formats these formats store
+the Y, Cb and Cr component of each pixel in one 16 or 32 bit
+word.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none">
+ <title>Packed YUV Image Formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="fourcc" />
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" />
+
+ <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
+ <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
+ <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Byte 0 in memory</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b1">Byte 1</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b2">Byte 2</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b3">Byte 3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV444">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'Y444'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV555">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'YUVO'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV565">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'YUVP'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'YUV4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of a = alpha
+bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
+to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
+<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link
+linkend="osd">Video Output Overlay</link>.</para>
+
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..519a9ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr16.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR16">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16 ('BYR2')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Bayer RGB format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This format is similar to <link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8">
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</constant></link>, except each pixel has
+a depth of 16 bits. The least significant byte is stored at lower
+memory addresses (little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision
+may be lower than 16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values
+in range 0 to 1023.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe84ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sbggr8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8 ('BA81')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Bayer RGB format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
+reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
+green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
+be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
+row consists of a blue and green value, the second row of a green and
+red value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
+columns and rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d67a472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgbrg8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG8">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8 ('GBRG')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Bayer RGB format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
+reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
+green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
+be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
+row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and
+green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
+columns and rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cdf13b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG8">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8 ('GRBG')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Bayer RGB format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
+reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
+green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
+be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
+row consists of a green and blue value, the second row of a red and
+green value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
+columns and rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8</constant> 4 ×
+4 pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b27409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 ('RG10'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 ('BA10'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10 ('GB10'),
+ V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10 ('BG10'),
+ </refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB10"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG10"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR10"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>10-bit Bayer formats expanded to 16 bits</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with
+10 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6
+unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples
+and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are
+stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described
+as GRGR... BGBG..., RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these
+formats</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte, high 6 bits in high bytes are 0.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2570e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-srggb8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB8">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8 ('RGGB')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Bayer RGB format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is commonly the native format of digital cameras,
+reflecting the arrangement of sensors on the CCD device. Only one red,
+green or blue value is given for each pixel. Missing components must
+be interpolated from neighbouring pixels. From left to right the first
+row consists of a red and green value, the second row of a green and
+blue value. This scheme repeats to the right and down for every two
+columns and rows.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>R<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>G<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..816c8d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-uyvy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-UYVY">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY ('UYVY')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Variation of
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> with different order of samples
+in memory</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
+bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
+the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
+components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
+component.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61f12a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-vyuy.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-VYUY">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY ('VYUY')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Variation of
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> with different order of samples
+in memory</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
+bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
+the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
+components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
+component.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d065043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y10.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y10">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10 ('Y10 ')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Grey-scale image</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 10 bits per pixel. Pixels
+are stored in 16-bit words with unused high bits padded with 0. The least
+significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses (little-endian).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d584040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y16.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y16">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16 ('Y16 ')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Grey-scale image</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 16 bits per
+pixel. The least significant byte is stored at lower memory addresses
+(little-endian). Note the actual sampling precision may be lower than
+16 bits, for example 10 bits per pixel with values in range 0 to
+1023.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32high</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33low</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33high</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73c8536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-y41p.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y41P">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P ('Y41P')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Format with ¼ horizontal chroma
+resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:1</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each 12 bytes is eight pixels. In the
+twelve bytes are two CbCr pairs and eight Y's. The first CbCr pair
+goes with the first four Y's, and the second CbCr pair goes with the
+other four Y's. The Cb and Cr components have one fourth the
+horizontal resolution of the Y component.</para>
+
+ <para>Do not confuse this format with <link
+linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV411P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant></link>.
+Y41P is derived from "YUV 4:1:1 <emphasis>packed</emphasis>", while
+YUV411P stands for "YUV 4:1:1 <emphasis>planar</emphasis>".</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant> 8 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="13" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>04</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>05</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>06</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>07</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>14</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>15</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>16</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>17</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>24</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>25</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>26</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>27</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 36:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>34</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>35</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>36</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>37</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable></para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="15" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry><entry></entry><entry>5</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>6</entry><entry></entry><entry>7</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eb4a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv410.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410 ('YVU9'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410 ('YUV9')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU410"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV410"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Planar formats with ¼ horizontal and
+vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:1:0</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.
+The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</constant>, the Cr plane immediately
+follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is ¼ the width and
+¼ the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs
+to 16 pixels, a four-by-four square of the image. Following the Cr
+plane is the Cb plane, just like the Cr plane.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410</constant> is the same, except the Cb
+plane comes first, then the Cr plane.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In
+other words, four Cx rows (including padding) are exactly as long as
+one Y row (including padding).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 17:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry></entry><entry></entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00e0960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv411p.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV411P">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P ('411P')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Format with ¼ horizontal chroma resolution,
+also known as YUV 4:1:1. Planar layout as opposed to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</constant></refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This format is not commonly used. This is a planar
+format similar to the 4:2:2 planar format except with half as many
+chroma. The three components are separated into three sub-images or
+planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The
+Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in memory. The Cb plane is
+¼ the width of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs
+to 4 pixels all on the same row. For example,
+Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>02</subscript> and
+Y'<subscript>03</subscript>. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane,
+just like the Cb plane.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have ¼ as many pad bytes after their rows. In
+other words, four C x rows (including padding) is exactly as long as
+one Y row (including padding).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 17:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 18:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 19:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 20:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 21:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 22:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 23:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42d7de5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+ <refentry>
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420 ('YV12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420 ('YU12')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant></refname>
+ <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Planar formats with ½ horizontal and
+vertical chroma resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:0</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These are planar formats, as opposed to a packed format.
+The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes.
+The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. For
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant>, the Cr plane immediately
+follows the Y plane in memory. The Cr plane is half the width and half
+the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four
+pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
+Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
+Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. Following the Cr plane is the Cb plane,
+just like the Cr plane. <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant> is
+the same except the Cb plane comes first, then the Cr plane.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
+words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
+(including padding).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 18:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 20:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 22:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4348bd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422p.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV422P">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P ('422P')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Format with ½ horizontal chroma resolution,
+also known as YUV 4:2:2. Planar layout as opposed to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant></refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This format is not commonly used. This is a planar
+version of the YUYV format. The three components are separated into
+three sub-images or planes. The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one
+byte per pixel. The Cb plane immediately follows the Y plane in
+memory. The Cb plane is half the width of the Y plane (and of the
+image). Each Cb belongs to two pixels. For example,
+Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>. Following the Cb plane is the Cr plane,
+just like the Cb plane.</para>
+
+ <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
+words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
+(including padding).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 4:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 12:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 18:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 20:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 22:</entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 26:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 28:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 30:</entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdb2ffa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yuyv.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUYV">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV ('YUYV')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Packed format with ½ horizontal chroma
+resolution, also known as YUV 4:2:2</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
+bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
+the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
+components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y component.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV </constant> is known in the Windows
+environment as YUY2.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40d17ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt-yvyu.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVYU">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU ('YVYU')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</constant></refname>
+ <refpurpose>Variation of
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> with different order of samples
+in memory</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each four bytes is two pixels. Each four
+bytes is two Y's, a Cb and a Cr. Each Y goes to one of the pixels, and
+the Cb and Cr belong to both pixels. As you can see, the Cr and Cb
+components have half the horizontal resolution of the Y
+component.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</constant> 4 × 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="9" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 0:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 8:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 16:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start + 24:</entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+ <para>
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+ <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+ </refentry>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "pixfmt.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfffc88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,840 @@
+ <title>Image Formats</title>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 API was primarily designed for devices exchanging
+image data with applications. The
+<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure defines the format
+and layout of an image in memory. Image formats are negotiated with
+the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl. (The explanations here focus on video
+capturing and output, for overlay frame buffer formats see also
+&VIDIOC-G-FBUF;.)</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-pix-format">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Image width in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Image height in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Applications set these fields to
+request an image size, drivers return the closest possible values. In
+case of planar formats the <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> applies to the largest plane. To
+avoid ambiguities drivers must return values rounded up to a multiple
+of the scale factor of any smaller planes. For example when the image
+format is YUV 4:2:0, <structfield>width</structfield> and
+<structfield>height</structfield> must be multiples of two.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixelformat</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The pixel format or type of compression, set by the
+application. This is a little endian <link
+linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character code</link>. V4L2 defines
+standard RGB formats in <xref linkend="rgb-formats" />, YUV formats in <xref
+linkend="yuv-formats" />, and reserved codes in <xref
+linkend="reserved-formats" /></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Video images are typically interlaced. Applications
+can request to capture or output only the top or bottom field, or both
+fields interlaced or sequentially stored in one buffer or alternating
+in separate buffers. Drivers return the actual field order selected.
+For details see <xref linkend="field-order" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two
+adjacent lines.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Both applications and drivers
+can set this field to request padding bytes at the end of each line.
+Drivers however may ignore the value requested by the application,
+returning <structfield>width</structfield> times bytes per pixel or a
+larger value required by the hardware. That implies applications can
+just set this field to zero to get a reasonable
+default.</para><para>Video hardware may access padding bytes,
+therefore they must reside in accessible memory. Consider cases where
+padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system page
+boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is
+undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
+bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+plane and is divided by the same factor as the
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
+padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
+drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
+rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sizeimage</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Size in bytes of the buffer to hold a complete image,
+set by the driver. Usually this is
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> times
+<structfield>height</structfield>. When the image consists of variable
+length compressed data this is the maximum number of bytes required to
+hold an image.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-colorspace;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>colorspace</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and must be set by the driver,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for custom (driver defined) additional
+information about formats. When not used drivers and applications must
+set this field to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Standard Image Formats</title>
+
+ <para>In order to exchange images between drivers and
+applications, it is necessary to have standard image data formats
+which both sides will interpret the same way. V4L2 includes several
+such formats, and this section is intended to be an unambiguous
+specification of the standard image data formats in V4L2.</para>
+
+ <para>V4L2 drivers are not limited to these formats, however.
+Driver-specific formats are possible. In that case the application may
+depend on a codec to convert images to one of the standard formats
+when needed. But the data can still be stored and retrieved in the
+proprietary format. For example, a device may support a proprietary
+compressed format. Applications can still capture and save the data in
+the compressed format, saving much disk space, and later use a codec
+to convert the images to the X Windows screen format when the video is
+to be displayed.</para>
+
+ <para>Even so, ultimately, some standard formats are needed, so
+the V4L2 specification would not be complete without well-defined
+standard formats.</para>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 standard formats are mainly uncompressed formats. The
+pixels are always arranged in memory from left to right, and from top
+to bottom. The first byte of data in the image buffer is always for
+the leftmost pixel of the topmost row. Following that is the pixel
+immediately to its right, and so on until the end of the top row of
+pixels. Following the rightmost pixel of the row there may be zero or
+more bytes of padding to guarantee that each row of pixel data has a
+certain alignment. Following the pad bytes, if any, is data for the
+leftmost pixel of the second row from the top, and so on. The last row
+has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.</para>
+
+ <para>In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like
+<constant>PIX_FMT_XXX</constant>, defined in the <filename>videodev2.h</filename>
+header file. These identifiers
+represent <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character codes</link>
+which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those
+used in the Windows world.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="colorspaces">
+ <title>Colorspaces</title>
+
+ <para>[intro]</para>
+
+ <!-- See proposal by Billy Biggs, video4linux-list@redhat.com
+on 11 Oct 2002, subject: "Re: [V4L] Re: v4l2 api", and
+http://vektor.theorem.ca/graphics/ycbcr/ and
+http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html -->
+
+ <para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Gamma Correction</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+ <para>E'<subscript>R</subscript> = f(R)</para>
+ <para>E'<subscript>G</subscript> = f(G)</para>
+ <para>E'<subscript>B</subscript> = f(B)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Construction of luminance and color-difference
+signals</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+ <para>E'<subscript>Y</subscript> =
+Coeff<subscript>R</subscript> E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ Coeff<subscript>G</subscript> E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ Coeff<subscript>B</subscript> E'<subscript>B</subscript></para>
+ <para>(E'<subscript>R</subscript> - E'<subscript>Y</subscript>) = E'<subscript>R</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>R</subscript> E'<subscript>R</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>G</subscript> E'<subscript>G</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>B</subscript> E'<subscript>B</subscript></para>
+ <para>(E'<subscript>B</subscript> - E'<subscript>Y</subscript>) = E'<subscript>B</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>R</subscript> E'<subscript>R</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>G</subscript> E'<subscript>G</subscript>
+- Coeff<subscript>B</subscript> E'<subscript>B</subscript></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Re-normalized color-difference signals</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The color-difference signals are scaled back to unity
+range [-0.5;+0.5]:</para>
+ <para>K<subscript>B</subscript> = 0.5 / (1 - Coeff<subscript>B</subscript>)</para>
+ <para>K<subscript>R</subscript> = 0.5 / (1 - Coeff<subscript>R</subscript>)</para>
+ <para>P<subscript>B</subscript> =
+K<subscript>B</subscript> (E'<subscript>B</subscript> - E'<subscript>Y</subscript>) =
+ 0.5 (Coeff<subscript>R</subscript> / Coeff<subscript>B</subscript>) E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.5 (Coeff<subscript>G</subscript> / Coeff<subscript>B</subscript>) E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.5 E'<subscript>B</subscript></para>
+ <para>P<subscript>R</subscript> =
+K<subscript>R</subscript> (E'<subscript>R</subscript> - E'<subscript>Y</subscript>) =
+ 0.5 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.5 (Coeff<subscript>G</subscript> / Coeff<subscript>R</subscript>) E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.5 (Coeff<subscript>B</subscript> / Coeff<subscript>R</subscript>) E'<subscript>B</subscript></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Quantization</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+ <para>Y' = (Lum. Levels - 1) · E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + Lum. Offset</para>
+ <para>C<subscript>B</subscript> = (Chrom. Levels - 1)
+· P<subscript>B</subscript> + Chrom. Offset</para>
+ <para>C<subscript>R</subscript> = (Chrom. Levels - 1)
+· P<subscript>R</subscript> + Chrom. Offset</para>
+ <para>Rounding to the nearest integer and clamping to the range
+[0;255] finally yields the digital color components Y'CbCr
+stored in YUV images.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>ITU-R Rec. BT.601 color conversion</title>
+
+ <para>Forward Transformation</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+int ER, EG, EB; /* gamma corrected RGB input [0;255] */
+int Y1, Cb, Cr; /* output [0;255] */
+
+double r, g, b; /* temporaries */
+double y1, pb, pr;
+
+int
+clamp (double x)
+{
+ int r = x; /* round to nearest */
+
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ else if (r > 255) return 255;
+ else return r;
+}
+
+r = ER / 255.0;
+g = EG / 255.0;
+b = EB / 255.0;
+
+y1 = 0.299 * r + 0.587 * g + 0.114 * b;
+pb = -0.169 * r - 0.331 * g + 0.5 * b;
+pr = 0.5 * r - 0.419 * g - 0.081 * b;
+
+Y1 = clamp (219 * y1 + 16);
+Cb = clamp (224 * pb + 128);
+Cr = clamp (224 * pr + 128);
+
+/* or shorter */
+
+y1 = 0.299 * ER + 0.587 * EG + 0.114 * EB;
+
+Y1 = clamp ( (219 / 255.0) * y1 + 16);
+Cb = clamp (((224 / 255.0) / (2 - 2 * 0.114)) * (EB - y1) + 128);
+Cr = clamp (((224 / 255.0) / (2 - 2 * 0.299)) * (ER - y1) + 128);
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>Inverse Transformation</para>
+
+ <programlisting>
+int Y1, Cb, Cr; /* gamma pre-corrected input [0;255] */
+int ER, EG, EB; /* output [0;255] */
+
+double r, g, b; /* temporaries */
+double y1, pb, pr;
+
+int
+clamp (double x)
+{
+ int r = x; /* round to nearest */
+
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ else if (r > 255) return 255;
+ else return r;
+}
+
+y1 = (255 / 219.0) * (Y1 - 16);
+pb = (255 / 224.0) * (Cb - 128);
+pr = (255 / 224.0) * (Cr - 128);
+
+r = 1.0 * y1 + 0 * pb + 1.402 * pr;
+g = 1.0 * y1 - 0.344 * pb - 0.714 * pr;
+b = 1.0 * y1 + 1.772 * pb + 0 * pr;
+
+ER = clamp (r * 255); /* [ok? one should prob. limit y1,pb,pr] */
+EG = clamp (g * 255);
+EB = clamp (b * 255);
+ </programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" id="v4l2-colorspace" orient="land">
+ <title>enum v4l2_colorspace</title>
+ <tgroup cols="11" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" />
+ <colspec align="center" />
+ <colspec align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="cr" />
+ <colspec colname="cg" />
+ <colspec colname="cb" />
+ <colspec colname="wp" />
+ <colspec colname="gc" />
+ <colspec colname="lum" />
+ <colspec colname="qy" />
+ <colspec colname="qc" />
+ <spanspec namest="cr" nameend="cb" spanname="chrom" />
+ <spanspec namest="qy" nameend="qc" spanname="quant" />
+ <spanspec namest="lum" nameend="qc" spanname="spam" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry morerows="1">Identifier</entry>
+ <entry morerows="1">Value</entry>
+ <entry morerows="1">Description</entry>
+ <entry spanname="chrom">Chromaticities<footnote>
+ <para>The coordinates of the color primaries are
+given in the CIE system (1931)</para>
+ </footnote></entry>
+ <entry morerows="1">White Point</entry>
+ <entry morerows="1">Gamma Correction</entry>
+ <entry morerows="1">Luminance E'<subscript>Y</subscript></entry>
+ <entry spanname="quant">Quantization</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Red</entry>
+ <entry>Green</entry>
+ <entry>Blue</entry>
+ <entry>Y'</entry>
+ <entry>Cb, Cr</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>NTSC/PAL according to <xref linkend="smpte170m" />,
+<xref linkend="itu601" /></entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.630, y = 0.340</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.310, y = 0.595</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.155, y = 0.070</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
+ Illuminant D<subscript>65</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
+1.099 I<superscript>0.45</superscript> - 0.099 for 0.018 < I</entry>
+ <entry>0.299 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.587 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.114 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>219 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1125-Line (US) HDTV, see <xref
+linkend="smpte240m" /></entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.630, y = 0.340</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.310, y = 0.595</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.155, y = 0.070</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
+ Illuminant D<subscript>65</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>E' = 4 I for I ≤0.0228,
+1.1115 I<superscript>0.45</superscript> - 0.1115 for 0.0228 < I</entry>
+ <entry>0.212 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.701 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.087 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>219 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>HDTV and modern devices, see <xref
+linkend="itu709" /></entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.640, y = 0.330</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.300, y = 0.600</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.150, y = 0.060</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
+ Illuminant D<subscript>65</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
+1.099 I<superscript>0.45</superscript> - 0.099 for 0.018 < I</entry>
+ <entry>0.2125 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.7154 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.0721 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>219 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878</constant></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Broken Bt878 extents<footnote>
+ <para>The ubiquitous Bt878 video capture chip
+quantizes E'<subscript>Y</subscript> to 238 levels, yielding a range
+of Y' = 16 … 253, unlike Rec. 601 Y' = 16 …
+235. This is not a typo in the Bt878 documentation, it has been
+implemented in silicon. The chroma extents are unclear.</para>
+ </footnote>, <xref linkend="itu601" /></entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>0.299 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.587 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.114 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>237</emphasis> E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128 (probably)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>M/NTSC<footnote>
+ <para>No identifier exists for M/PAL which uses
+the chromaticities of M/NTSC, the remaining parameters are equal to B and
+G/PAL.</para>
+ </footnote> according to <xref linkend="itu470" />, <xref
+ linkend="itu601" /></entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.67, y = 0.33</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.21, y = 0.71</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.14, y = 0.08</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.310, y = 0.316, Illuminant C</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>0.299 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.587 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.114 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>219 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>625-line PAL and SECAM systems according to <xref
+linkend="itu470" />, <xref linkend="itu601" /></entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.64, y = 0.33</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.29, y = 0.60</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.15, y = 0.06</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.313, y = 0.329,
+Illuminant D<subscript>65</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>0.299 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.587 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.114 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>219 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16</entry>
+ <entry>224 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>JPEG Y'CbCr, see <xref linkend="jfif" />, <xref linkend="itu601" /></entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>?</entry>
+ <entry>0.299 E'<subscript>R</subscript>
++ 0.587 E'<subscript>G</subscript>
++ 0.114 E'<subscript>B</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>256 E'<subscript>Y</subscript> + 16<footnote>
+ <para>Note JFIF quantizes
+Y'P<subscript>B</subscript>P<subscript>R</subscript> in range [0;+1] and
+[-0.5;+0.5] to <emphasis>257</emphasis> levels, however Y'CbCr signals
+are still clamped to [0;255].</para>
+ </footnote></entry>
+ <entry>256 P<subscript>B,R</subscript> + 128</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant></entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>[?]</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.640, y = 0.330</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.300, y = 0.600</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.150, y = 0.060</entry>
+ <entry>x = 0.3127, y = 0.3290,
+ Illuminant D<subscript>65</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>E' = 4.5 I for I ≤0.018,
+1.099 I<superscript>0.45</superscript> - 0.099 for 0.018 < I</entry>
+ <entry spanname="spam">n/a</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="pixfmt-indexed">
+ <title>Indexed Format</title>
+
+ <para>In this format each pixel is represented by an 8 bit index
+into a 256 entry ARGB palette. It is intended for <link
+linkend="osd">Video Output Overlays</link> only. There are no ioctls to
+access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="0" frame="none">
+ <title>Indexed Image Format</title>
+ <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="fourcc" />
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
+
+ <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
+ <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
+ <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Byte 0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry> </entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAL8">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'PAL8'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>i<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="pixfmt-rgb">
+ <title>RGB Formats</title>
+
+ &sub-packed-rgb;
+ &sub-sbggr8;
+ &sub-sgbrg8;
+ &sub-sgrbg8;
+ &sub-srggb8;
+ &sub-sbggr16;
+ &sub-srggb10;
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="yuv-formats">
+ <title>YUV Formats</title>
+
+ <para>YUV is the format native to TV broadcast and composite video
+signals. It separates the brightness information (Y) from the color
+information (U and V or Cb and Cr). The color information consists of
+red and blue <emphasis>color difference</emphasis> signals, this way
+the green component can be reconstructed by subtracting from the
+brightness component. See <xref linkend="colorspaces" /> for conversion
+examples. YUV was chosen because early television would only transmit
+brightness information. To add color in a way compatible with existing
+receivers a new signal carrier was added to transmit the color
+difference signals. Secondary in the YUV format the U and V components
+usually have lower resolution than the Y component. This is an analog
+video compression technique taking advantage of a property of the
+human visual system, being more sensitive to brightness
+information.</para>
+
+ &sub-packed-yuv;
+ &sub-grey;
+ &sub-y10;
+ &sub-y16;
+ &sub-yuyv;
+ &sub-uyvy;
+ &sub-yvyu;
+ &sub-vyuy;
+ &sub-y41p;
+ &sub-yuv420;
+ &sub-yuv410;
+ &sub-yuv422p;
+ &sub-yuv411p;
+ &sub-nv12;
+ &sub-nv16;
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Compressed Formats</title>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="compressed-formats">
+ <title>Compressed Image Formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3" align="left">
+ &cs-def;
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry>Details</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-JPEG">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'JPEG'</entry>
+ <entry>TBD. See also &VIDIOC-G-JPEGCOMP;,
+ &VIDIOC-S-JPEGCOMP;.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MPEG">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'MPEG'</entry>
+ <entry>MPEG stream. The actual format is determined by
+extended control <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE</constant>, see
+<xref linkend="mpeg-control-id" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="pixfmt-reserved">
+ <title>Reserved Format Identifiers</title>
+
+ <para>These formats are not defined by this specification, they
+are just listed for reference and to avoid naming conflicts. If you
+want to register your own format, send an e-mail to the linux-media mailing
+list &v4l-ml; for inclusion in the <filename>videodev2.h</filename>
+file. If you want to share your format with other developers add a
+link to your documentation and send a copy to the linux-media mailing list
+for inclusion in this section. If you think your format should be listed
+in a standard format section please make a proposal on the linux-media mailing
+list.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="reserved-formats">
+ <title>Reserved Image Formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3" align="left">
+ &cs-def;
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry>Details</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-DV">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_DV</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'dvsd'</entry>
+ <entry>unknown</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ET61X251">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ET61X251</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'E625'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed format of the ET61X251 driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-HI240">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'HI24'</entry>
+ <entry><para>8 bit RGB format used by the BTTV driver.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-HM12">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'HM12'</entry>
+ <entry><para>YUV 4:2:0 format used by the
+IVTV driver, <ulink url="http://www.ivtvdriver.org/">
+http://www.ivtvdriver.org/</ulink></para><para>The format is documented in the
+kernel sources in the file <filename>Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm12</filename>
+</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-CPIA1">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_CPIA1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'CPIA'</entry>
+ <entry>YUV format used by the gspca cpia1 driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA501">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S501'</entry>
+ <entry>YUYV per line used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA505">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S505'</entry>
+ <entry>YYUV per line used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA508">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S508'</entry>
+ <entry>YUVY per line used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA561">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S561'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed GBRG Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10DPCM8">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'DB10'</entry>
+ <entry>10 bit raw Bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAC207">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'P207'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MR97310A">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'M310'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed BGGR Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV511">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'O511'</entry>
+ <entry>OV511 JPEG format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV518">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'O518'</entry>
+ <entry>OV518 JPEG format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PJPG">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'PJPG'</entry>
+ <entry>Pixart 73xx JPEG format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SQ905C">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'905C'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed RGGB bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MJPEG">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'MJPG'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed format used by the Zoran driver</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PWC1">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'PWC1'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed format of the PWC driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PWC2">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'PWC2'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed format of the PWC driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C10X">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S910'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed format of the SN9C102 driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C20X-I420">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S920'</entry>
+ <entry>YUV 4:2:0 format of the gspca sn9c20x driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C2028">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C2028</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'SONX'</entry>
+ <entry>Compressed GBRG bayer format of the gspca sn9c2028 driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-STV0680">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_STV0680</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'S680'</entry>
+ <entry>Bayer format of the gspca stv0680 driver.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-WNVA">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_WNVA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'WNVA'</entry>
+ <entry><para>Used by the Winnov Videum driver, <ulink
+url="http://www.thedirks.org/winnov/">
+http://www.thedirks.org/winnov/</ulink></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-TM6000">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_TM6000</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'TM60'</entry>
+ <entry><para>Used by Trident tm6000</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-CIT-YYVYUY">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_CIT_YYVYUY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'CITV'</entry>
+ <entry><para>Used by xirlink CIT, found at IBM webcams.</para>
+ <para>Uses one line of Y then 1 line of VYUY</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-KONICA420">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_KONICA420</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'KONI'</entry>
+ <entry><para>Used by Konica webcams.</para>
+ <para>YUV420 planar in blocks of 256 pixels.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YYUV">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YYUV</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'YYUV'</entry>
+ <entry>unknown</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y4">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y4</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'Y04 '</entry>
+ <entry>Old 4-bit greyscale format. Only the least significant 4 bits of each byte are used,
+the other bits are set to 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y6">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y6</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'Y06 '</entry>
+ <entry>Old 6-bit greyscale format. Only the least significant 6 bits of each byte are used,
+the other bits are set to 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+ -->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c3b667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/remote_controllers.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<title>Remote Controllers</title>
+<section id="Remote_controllers_Intro">
+<title>Introduction</title>
+
+<para>Currently, most analog and digital devices have a Infrared input for remote controllers. Each
+manufacturer has their own type of control. It is not rare for the same manufacturer to ship different
+types of controls, depending on the device.</para>
+<para>Unfortunately, for several years, there was no effort to create uniform IR keycodes for
+different devices. This caused the same IR keyname to be mapped completely differently on
+different IR devices. This resulted that the same IR keyname to be mapped completely different on
+different IR's. Due to that, V4L2 API now specifies a standard for mapping Media keys on IR.</para>
+<para>This standard should be used by both V4L/DVB drivers and userspace applications</para>
+<para>The modules register the remote as keyboard within the linux input layer. This means that the IR key strokes will look like normal keyboard key strokes (if CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is enabled). Using the event devices (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) it is possible for applications to access the remote via /dev/input/event devices.</para>
+
+<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rc_standard_keymap">
+<title>IR default keymapping</title>
+<tgroup cols="3">
+&cs-str;
+<tbody valign="top">
+<row>
+<entry>Key code</entry>
+<entry>Meaning</entry>
+<entry>Key examples on IR</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Numeric keys</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_0</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 0</entry><entry>0</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_1</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 1</entry><entry>1</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_2</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 2</entry><entry>2</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_3</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 3</entry><entry>3</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_4</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 4</entry><entry>4</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_5</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 5</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_6</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 6</entry><entry>6</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_7</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 7</entry><entry>7</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_8</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 8</entry><entry>8</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_9</constant></entry><entry>Keyboard digit 9</entry><entry>9</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Movie play control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_FORWARD</constant></entry><entry>Instantly advance in time</entry><entry>>> / FORWARD</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_BACK</constant></entry><entry>Instantly go back in time</entry><entry><<< / BACK</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_FASTFORWARD</constant></entry><entry>Play movie faster</entry><entry>>>> / FORWARD</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_REWIND</constant></entry><entry>Play movie back</entry><entry>REWIND / BACKWARD</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_NEXT</constant></entry><entry>Select next chapter / sub-chapter / interval</entry><entry>NEXT / SKIP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_PREVIOUS</constant></entry><entry>Select previous chapter / sub-chapter / interval</entry><entry><< / PREV / PREVIOUS</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_AGAIN</constant></entry><entry>Repeat the video or a video interval</entry><entry>REPEAT / LOOP / RECALL</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_PAUSE</constant></entry><entry>Pause sroweam</entry><entry>PAUSE / FREEZE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_PLAY</constant></entry><entry>Play movie at the normal timeshift</entry><entry>NORMAL TIMESHIFT / LIVE / ></entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_PLAYPAUSE</constant></entry><entry>Alternate between play and pause</entry><entry>PLAY / PAUSE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_STOP</constant></entry><entry>Stop sroweam</entry><entry>STOP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_RECORD</constant></entry><entry>Start/stop recording sroweam</entry><entry>CAPTURE / REC / RECORD/PAUSE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CAMERA</constant></entry><entry>Take a picture of the image</entry><entry>CAMERA ICON / CAPTURE / SNAPSHOT</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SHUFFLE</constant></entry><entry>Enable shuffle mode</entry><entry>SHUFFLE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_TIME</constant></entry><entry>Activate time shift mode</entry><entry>TIME SHIFT</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_TITLE</constant></entry><entry>Allow changing the chapter</entry><entry>CHAPTER</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SUBTITLE</constant></entry><entry>Allow changing the subtitle</entry><entry>SUBTITLE</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Image control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN</constant></entry><entry>Decrease Brightness</entry><entry>BRIGHTNESS DECREASE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP</constant></entry><entry>Increase Brightness</entry><entry>BRIGHTNESS INCREASE</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_ANGLE</constant></entry><entry>Switch video camera angle (on videos with more than one angle stored)</entry><entry>ANGLE / SWAP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_EPG</constant></entry><entry>Open the Elecrowonic Play Guide (EPG)</entry><entry>EPG / GUIDE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_TEXT</constant></entry><entry>Activate/change closed caption mode</entry><entry>CLOSED CAPTION/TELETEXT / DVD TEXT / TELETEXT / TTX</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Audio control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_AUDIO</constant></entry><entry>Change audio source</entry><entry>AUDIO SOURCE / AUDIO / MUSIC</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_MUTE</constant></entry><entry>Mute/unmute audio</entry><entry>MUTE / DEMUTE / UNMUTE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_VOLUMEDOWN</constant></entry><entry>Decrease volume</entry><entry>VOLUME- / VOLUME DOWN</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_VOLUMEUP</constant></entry><entry>Increase volume</entry><entry>VOLUME+ / VOLUME UP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_MODE</constant></entry><entry>Change sound mode</entry><entry>MONO/STEREO</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_LANGUAGE</constant></entry><entry>Select Language</entry><entry>1ST / 2ND LANGUAGE / DVD LANG / MTS/SAP / MTS SEL</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Channel control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CHANNEL</constant></entry><entry>Go to the next favorite channel</entry><entry>ALT / CHANNEL / CH SURFING / SURF / FAV</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CHANNELDOWN</constant></entry><entry>Decrease channel sequencially</entry><entry>CHANNEL - / CHANNEL DOWN / DOWN</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CHANNELUP</constant></entry><entry>Increase channel sequencially</entry><entry>CHANNEL + / CHANNEL UP / UP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_DIGITS</constant></entry><entry>Use more than one digit for channel</entry><entry>PLUS / 100/ 1xx / xxx / -/-- / Single Double Triple Digit</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SEARCH</constant></entry><entry>Start channel autoscan</entry><entry>SCAN / AUTOSCAN</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Colored keys</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_BLUE</constant></entry><entry>IR Blue key</entry><entry>BLUE</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_GREEN</constant></entry><entry>IR Green Key</entry><entry>GREEN</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_RED</constant></entry><entry>IR Red key</entry><entry>RED</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_YELLOW</constant></entry><entry>IR Yellow key</entry><entry> YELLOW</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Media selection</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CD</constant></entry><entry>Change input source to Compact Disc</entry><entry>CD</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_DVD</constant></entry><entry>Change input to DVD</entry><entry>DVD / DVD MENU</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_EJECTCLOSECD</constant></entry><entry>Open/close the CD/DVD player</entry><entry>-> ) / CLOSE / OPEN</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_MEDIA</constant></entry><entry>Turn on/off Media application</entry><entry>PC/TV / TURN ON/OFF APP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_PC</constant></entry><entry>Selects from TV to PC</entry><entry>PC</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_RADIO</constant></entry><entry>Put into AM/FM radio mode</entry><entry>RADIO / TV/FM / TV/RADIO / FM / FM/RADIO</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_TV</constant></entry><entry>Select tv mode</entry><entry>TV / LIVE TV</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_TV2</constant></entry><entry>Select Cable mode</entry><entry>AIR/CBL</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_VCR</constant></entry><entry>Select VCR mode</entry><entry>VCR MODE / DTR</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_VIDEO</constant></entry><entry>Alternate between input modes</entry><entry>SOURCE / SELECT / DISPLAY / SWITCH INPUTS / VIDEO</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Power control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_POWER</constant></entry><entry>Turn on/off computer</entry><entry>SYSTEM POWER / COMPUTER POWER</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_POWER2</constant></entry><entry>Turn on/off application</entry><entry>TV ON/OFF / POWER</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SLEEP</constant></entry><entry>Activate sleep timer</entry><entry>SLEEP / SLEEP TIMER</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SUSPEND</constant></entry><entry>Put computer into suspend mode</entry><entry>STANDBY / SUSPEND</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Window control</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CLEAR</constant></entry><entry>Stop sroweam and return to default input video/audio</entry><entry>CLEAR / RESET / BOSS KEY</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_CYCLEWINDOWS</constant></entry><entry>Minimize windows and move to the next one</entry><entry>ALT-TAB / MINIMIZE / DESKTOP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_FAVORITES</constant></entry><entry>Open the favorites sroweam window</entry><entry>TV WALL / Favorites</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_MENU</constant></entry><entry>Call application menu</entry><entry>2ND CONTROLS (USA: MENU) / DVD/MENU / SHOW/HIDE CTRL</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_NEW</constant></entry><entry>Open/Close Picture in Picture</entry><entry>PIP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_OK</constant></entry><entry>Send a confirmation code to application</entry><entry>OK / ENTER / RETURN</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_SCREEN</constant></entry><entry>Select screen aspect ratio</entry><entry>4:3 16:9 SELECT</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_ZOOM</constant></entry><entry>Put device into zoom/full screen mode</entry><entry>ZOOM / FULL SCREEN / ZOOM+ / HIDE PANNEL / SWITCH</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Navigation keys</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_ESC</constant></entry><entry>Cancel current operation</entry><entry>CANCEL / BACK</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_HELP</constant></entry><entry>Open a Help window</entry><entry>HELP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_HOMEPAGE</constant></entry><entry>Navigate to Homepage</entry><entry>HOME</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_INFO</constant></entry><entry>Open On Screen Display</entry><entry>DISPLAY INFORMATION / OSD</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_WWW</constant></entry><entry>Open the default browser</entry><entry>WEB</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_UP</constant></entry><entry>Up key</entry><entry>UP</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_DOWN</constant></entry><entry>Down key</entry><entry>DOWN</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_LEFT</constant></entry><entry>Left key</entry><entry>LEFT</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_RIGHT</constant></entry><entry>Right key</entry><entry>RIGHT</entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><emphasis role="bold">Miscelaneous keys</emphasis></entry></row>
+
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_DOT</constant></entry><entry>Return a dot</entry><entry>.</entry></row>
+<row><entry><constant>KEY_FN</constant></entry><entry>Select a function</entry><entry>FUNCTION</entry></row>
+
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+<para>It should be noticed that, sometimes, there some fundamental missing keys at some cheaper IR's. Due to that, it is recommended to:</para>
+
+<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rc_keymap_notes">
+<title>Notes</title>
+<tgroup cols="1">
+&cs-str;
+<tbody valign="top">
+<row>
+<entry>On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map UP as <constant>KEY_CHANNELUP</constant></entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry>On simpler IR's, without separate channel keys, you need to map DOWN as <constant>KEY_CHANNELDOWN</constant></entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry>On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map LEFT as <constant>KEY_VOLUMEDOWN</constant></entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry>On simpler IR's, without separate volume keys, you need to map RIGHT as <constant>KEY_VOLUMEUP</constant></entry>
+</row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+</section>
+
+<section id="Remote_controllers_table_change">
+<title>Changing default Remote Controller mappings</title>
+<para>The event interface provides two ioctls to be used against
+the /dev/input/event device, to allow changing the default
+keymapping.</para>
+
+<para>This program demonstrates how to replace the keymap tables.</para>
+&sub-keytable-c;
+</section>
+
+&sub-lirc_device_interface;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9288af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+ <partinfo>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Michael</firstname>
+ <surname>Schimek</surname>
+ <othername role="mi">H</othername>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>mschimek@gmx.at</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bill</firstname>
+ <surname>Dirks</surname>
+ <!-- Commented until Bill opts in to be spammed.
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>bill@thedirks.org</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation> -->
+ <contrib>Original author of the V4L2 API and
+documentation.</contrib>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Hans</firstname>
+ <surname>Verkuil</surname>
+ <contrib>Designed and documented the VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl,
+the extended control ioctls and major parts of the sliced VBI
+API.</contrib>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>hverkuil@xs4all.nl</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Martin</firstname>
+ <surname>Rubli</surname>
+ <!--
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>martin_rubli@logitech.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation> -->
+ <contrib>Designed and documented the VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES
+and VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS ioctls.</contrib>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Andy</firstname>
+ <surname>Walls</surname>
+ <contrib>Documented the fielded V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV
+MPEG stream embedded, sliced VBI data format in this specification.
+</contrib>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>awalls@md.metrocast.net</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Mauro</firstname>
+ <surname>Carvalho Chehab</surname>
+ <contrib>Documented libv4l, designed and added v4l2grab example,
+Remote Controller chapter.</contrib>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>mchehab@redhat.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Muralidharan</firstname>
+ <surname>Karicheri</surname>
+ <contrib>Documented the Digital Video timings API.</contrib>
+ <affiliation>
+ <address>
+ <email>m-karicheri2@ti.com</email>
+ </address>
+ </affiliation>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <copyright>
+ <year>1999</year>
+ <year>2000</year>
+ <year>2001</year>
+ <year>2002</year>
+ <year>2003</year>
+ <year>2004</year>
+ <year>2005</year>
+ <year>2006</year>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <year>2009</year>
+ <year>2010</year>
+ <year>2011</year>
+ <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
+Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>Except when explicitly stated as GPL, programming examples within
+ this part can be used and distributed without restrictions.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <revhistory>
+ <!-- Put document revisions here, newest first. -->
+ <!-- API revisions (changes and additions of defines, enums,
+structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
+(compat.xml), along with the possible impact on existing drivers and
+applications. -->
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>2.6.37</revnumber>
+ <date>2010-08-06</date>
+ <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Removed obsolete vtx (videotext) API.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>2.6.33</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-12-03</date>
+ <authorinitials>mk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added documentation for the Digital Video timings API.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>2.6.32</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-08-31</date>
+ <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Now, revisions will match the kernel version where
+the V4L2 API changes will be used by the Linux Kernel.
+Also added Remote Controller chapter.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.29</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-08-26</date>
+ <authorinitials>ev</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added documentation for string controls and for FM Transmitter controls.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.28</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-08-26</date>
+ <authorinitials>gl</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER documentation.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.27</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-08-15</date>
+ <authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added libv4l and Remote Controller documentation;
+added v4l2grab and keytable application examples.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.26</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-07-23</date>
+ <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Finalized the RDS capture API. Added modulator and RDS encoder
+capabilities. Added support for string controls.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.25</revnumber>
+ <date>2009-01-18</date>
+ <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added pixel formats VYUY, NV16 and NV61, and changed
+the debug ioctls VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT.
+Added camera controls V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE, V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE,
+V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS and V4L2_CID_PRIVACY.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.24</revnumber>
+ <date>2008-03-04</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added pixel formats Y16 and SBGGR16, new controls
+and a camera controls class. Removed VIDIOC_G/S_MPEGCOMP.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.23</revnumber>
+ <date>2007-08-30</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Fixed a typo in VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER.
+Clarified the byte order of packed pixel formats.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.22</revnumber>
+ <date>2007-08-29</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added the Video Output Overlay interface, new MPEG
+controls, V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB and V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT,
+VIDIOC_DBG_G/S_REGISTER, VIDIOC_(TRY_)ENCODER_CMD,
+VIDIOC_G_CHIP_IDENT, VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX, new pixel formats.
+Clarifications in the cropping chapter, about RGB pixel formats, the
+mmap(), poll(), select(), read() and write() functions. Typographical
+fixes.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.21</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-12-19</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Fixed a link in the VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS section.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.20</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-11-24</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Clarified the purpose of the audioset field in
+struct v4l2_input and v4l2_output.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.19</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-10-19</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Documented V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.18</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-10-18</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added the description of extended controls by Hans
+Verkuil. Linked V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG to V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.17</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-10-12</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Corrected V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12 description.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.16</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-10-08</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and
+VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS are now part of the API.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.15</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-09-23</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Cleaned up the bibliography, added BT.653 and
+BT.1119. capture.c/start_capturing() for user pointer I/O did not
+initialize the buffer index. Documented the V4L MPEG and MJPEG
+VID_TYPEs and V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8. Updated the list of reserved pixel
+formats. See the history chapter for API changes.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.14</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-09-14</date>
+ <authorinitials>mr</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES and
+VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS proposal for frame format enumeration of
+digital devices.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.13</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-04-07</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Corrected the description of struct v4l2_window
+clips. New V4L2_STD_ and V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2
+defines.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.12</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-02-03</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Corrected the description of struct
+v4l2_captureparm and v4l2_outputparm.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.11</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-01-27</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Improved the description of struct
+v4l2_tuner.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.10</revnumber>
+ <date>2006-01-10</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>VIDIOC_G_INPUT and VIDIOC_S_PARM
+clarifications.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.9</revnumber>
+ <date>2005-11-27</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Improved the 525 line numbering diagram. Hans
+Verkuil and I rewrote the sliced VBI section. He also contributed a
+VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS page. Fixed VIDIOC_S_STD call in the video standard
+selection example. Various updates.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.8</revnumber>
+ <date>2004-10-04</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Somehow a piece of junk slipped into the capture
+example, removed.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.7</revnumber>
+ <date>2004-09-19</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Fixed video standard selection, control
+enumeration, downscaling and aspect example. Added read and user
+pointer i/o to video capture example.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.6</revnumber>
+ <date>2004-08-01</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>v4l2_buffer changes, added video capture example,
+various corrections.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.5</revnumber>
+ <date>2003-11-05</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Pixel format erratum.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.4</revnumber>
+ <date>2003-09-17</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Corrected source and Makefile to generate a PDF.
+SGML fixes. Added latest API changes. Closed gaps in the history
+chapter.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.3</revnumber>
+ <date>2003-02-05</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Another draft, more corrections.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.2</revnumber>
+ <date>2003-01-15</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Second draft, with corrections pointed out by Gerd
+Knorr.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>0.1</revnumber>
+ <date>2002-12-01</date>
+ <authorinitials>mhs</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>First draft, based on documentation by Bill Dirks
+and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ </revhistory>
+</partinfo>
+
+<title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
+ <subtitle>Revision 2.6.38</subtitle>
+
+ <chapter id="common">
+ &sub-common;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="pixfmt">
+ &sub-pixfmt;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="io">
+ &sub-io;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="devices">
+ <title>Interfaces</title>
+
+ <section id="capture"> &sub-dev-capture; </section>
+ <section id="overlay"> &sub-dev-overlay; </section>
+ <section id="output"> &sub-dev-output; </section>
+ <section id="osd"> &sub-dev-osd; </section>
+ <section id="codec"> &sub-dev-codec; </section>
+ <section id="effect"> &sub-dev-effect; </section>
+ <section id="raw-vbi"> &sub-dev-raw-vbi; </section>
+ <section id="sliced"> &sub-dev-sliced-vbi; </section>
+ <section id="ttx"> &sub-dev-teletext; </section>
+ <section id="radio"> &sub-dev-radio; </section>
+ <section id="rds"> &sub-dev-rds; </section>
+ <section id="event"> &sub-dev-event; </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="driver">
+ &sub-driver;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="libv4l">
+ &sub-libv4l;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="compat">
+ &sub-compat;
+ </chapter>
+
+ <appendix id="user-func">
+ <title>Function Reference</title>
+
+ <!-- Keep this alphabetically sorted. -->
+
+ &sub-close;
+ &sub-ioctl;
+ <!-- All ioctls go here. -->
+ &sub-cropcap;
+ &sub-dbg-g-chip-ident;
+ &sub-dbg-g-register;
+ &sub-dqevent;
+ &sub-encoder-cmd;
+ &sub-enumaudio;
+ &sub-enumaudioout;
+ &sub-enum-dv-presets;
+ &sub-enum-fmt;
+ &sub-enum-framesizes;
+ &sub-enum-frameintervals;
+ &sub-enuminput;
+ &sub-enumoutput;
+ &sub-enumstd;
+ &sub-g-audio;
+ &sub-g-audioout;
+ &sub-g-crop;
+ &sub-g-ctrl;
+ &sub-g-dv-preset;
+ &sub-g-dv-timings;
+ &sub-g-enc-index;
+ &sub-g-ext-ctrls;
+ &sub-g-fbuf;
+ &sub-g-fmt;
+ &sub-g-frequency;
+ &sub-g-input;
+ &sub-g-jpegcomp;
+ &sub-g-modulator;
+ &sub-g-output;
+ &sub-g-parm;
+ &sub-g-priority;
+ &sub-g-sliced-vbi-cap;
+ &sub-g-std;
+ &sub-g-tuner;
+ &sub-log-status;
+ &sub-overlay;
+ &sub-qbuf;
+ &sub-querybuf;
+ &sub-querycap;
+ &sub-queryctrl;
+ &sub-query-dv-preset;
+ &sub-querystd;
+ &sub-reqbufs;
+ &sub-s-hw-freq-seek;
+ &sub-streamon;
+ &sub-subscribe-event;
+ <!-- End of ioctls. -->
+ &sub-mmap;
+ &sub-munmap;
+ &sub-open;
+ &sub-poll;
+ &sub-read;
+ &sub-select;
+ &sub-write;
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="videodev">
+ <title>Video For Linux Two Header File</title>
+ &sub-videodev2-h;
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="capture-example">
+ <title>Video Capture Example</title>
+ &sub-capture-c;
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="v4l2grab-example">
+ <title>Video Grabber example using libv4l</title>
+ <para>This program demonstrates how to grab V4L2 images in ppm format by
+using libv4l handlers. The advantage is that this grabber can potentially work
+with any V4L2 driver.</para>
+ &sub-v4l2grab-c;
+ </appendix>
+
+ &sub-media-indices;
+
+ &sub-biblio;
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bed12e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/v4l2grab.c.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<programlisting>
+/* V4L2 video picture grabber
+ Copyright (C) 2009 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include "../libv4l/include/libv4l2.h"
+
+#define CLEAR(x) memset(&(x), 0, sizeof(x))
+
+struct buffer {
+ void *start;
+ size_t length;
+};
+
+static void xioctl(int fh, int request, void *arg)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ do {
+ r = v4l2_ioctl(fh, request, arg);
+ } while (r == -1 && ((errno == EINTR) || (errno == EAGAIN)));
+
+ if (r == -1) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "error %d, %s\n", errno, strerror(errno));
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> fmt;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> buf;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link> req;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ fd_set fds;
+ struct timeval tv;
+ int r, fd = -1;
+ unsigned int i, n_buffers;
+ char *dev_name = "/dev/video0";
+ char out_name[256];
+ FILE *fout;
+ struct buffer *buffers;
+
+ fd = v4l2_open(dev_name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0);
+ if (fd < 0) {
+ perror("Cannot open device");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ CLEAR(fmt);
+ fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.width = 640;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.height = 480;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24;
+ fmt.fmt.pix.field = V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED;
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &fmt);
+ if (fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat != V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24) {
+ printf("Libv4l didn't accept RGB24 format. Can't proceed.\n");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ if ((fmt.fmt.pix.width != 640) || (fmt.fmt.pix.height != 480))
+ printf("Warning: driver is sending image at %dx%d\n",
+ fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height);
+
+ CLEAR(req);
+ req.count = 2;
+ req.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ req.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &req);
+
+ buffers = calloc(req.count, sizeof(*buffers));
+ for (n_buffers = 0; n_buffers < req.count; ++n_buffers) {
+ CLEAR(buf);
+
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ buf.index = n_buffers;
+
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &buf);
+
+ buffers[n_buffers].length = buf.length;
+ buffers[n_buffers].start = v4l2_mmap(NULL, buf.length,
+ PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED,
+ fd, buf.m.offset);
+
+ if (MAP_FAILED == buffers[n_buffers].start) {
+ perror("mmap");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i) {
+ CLEAR(buf);
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ buf.index = i;
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf);
+ }
+ type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type);
+ for (i = 0; i < 20; i++) {
+ do {
+ FD_ZERO(&fds);
+ FD_SET(fd, &fds);
+
+ /* Timeout. */
+ tv.tv_sec = 2;
+ tv.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ r = select(fd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &tv);
+ } while ((r == -1 && (errno = EINTR)));
+ if (r == -1) {
+ perror("select");
+ return errno;
+ }
+
+ CLEAR(buf);
+ buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf);
+
+ sprintf(out_name, "out%03d.ppm", i);
+ fout = fopen(out_name, "w");
+ if (!fout) {
+ perror("Cannot open image");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ fprintf(fout, "P6\n%d %d 255\n",
+ fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height);
+ fwrite(buffers[buf.index].start, buf.bytesused, 1, fout);
+ fclose(fout);
+
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf);
+ }
+
+ type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+ xioctl(fd, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, &type);
+ for (i = 0; i < n_buffers; ++i)
+ v4l2_munmap(buffers[i].start, buffers[i].length);
+ v4l2_close(fd);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+</programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_525.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_525.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5580b69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_525.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_625.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_625.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34e3251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_625.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_hsync.gif b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_hsync.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b02434d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vbi_hsync.gif
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..325b23b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/videodev2.h.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1825 @@
+<programlisting>
+/*
+ * Video for Linux Two header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2007 the contributors
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * Alternatively you can redistribute this file under the terms of the
+ * BSD license as stated below:
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ * distribution.
+ * 3. The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ * permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Header file for v4l or V4L2 drivers and applications
+ * with public API.
+ * All kernel-specific stuff were moved to media/v4l2-dev.h, so
+ * no #if __KERNEL tests are allowed here
+ *
+ * See http://linuxtv.org for more info
+ *
+ * Author: Bill Dirks <bill@thedirks.org>
+ * Justin Schoeman
+ * Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+ * et al.
+ */
+#ifndef __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H
+#define __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H
+
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+#include <linux/time.h> /* need struct timeval */
+#else
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+#include <linux/compiler.h>
+#include <linux/ioctl.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/*
+ * Common stuff for both V4L1 and V4L2
+ * Moved from videodev.h
+ */
+#define VIDEO_MAX_FRAME 32
+
+#ifndef __KERNEL__
+
+/* These defines are V4L1 specific and should not be used with the V4L2 API!
+ They will be removed from this header in the future. */
+
+#define VID_TYPE_CAPTURE 1 /* Can capture */
+#define VID_TYPE_TUNER 2 /* Can tune */
+#define VID_TYPE_TELETEXT 4 /* Does teletext */
+#define VID_TYPE_OVERLAY 8 /* Overlay onto frame buffer */
+#define VID_TYPE_CHROMAKEY 16 /* Overlay by chromakey */
+#define VID_TYPE_CLIPPING 32 /* Can clip */
+#define VID_TYPE_FRAMERAM 64 /* Uses the frame buffer memory */
+#define VID_TYPE_SCALES 128 /* Scalable */
+#define VID_TYPE_MONOCHROME 256 /* Monochrome only */
+#define VID_TYPE_SUBCAPTURE 512 /* Can capture subareas of the image */
+#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_DECODER 1024 /* Can decode MPEG streams */
+#define VID_TYPE_MPEG_ENCODER 2048 /* Can encode MPEG streams */
+#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_DECODER 4096 /* Can decode MJPEG streams */
+#define VID_TYPE_MJPEG_ENCODER 8192 /* Can encode MJPEG streams */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * M I S C E L L A N E O U S
+ */
+
+/* Four-character-code (FOURCC) */
+#define v4l2_fourcc(a, b, c, d)\
+ ((__u32)(a) | ((__u32)(b) << 8) | ((__u32)(c) << 16) | ((__u32)(d) << 24))
+
+/*
+ * E N U M S
+ */
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-field">v4l2_field</link> {
+ V4L2_FIELD_ANY = 0, /* driver can choose from none,
+ top, bottom, interlaced
+ depending on whatever it thinks
+ is approximate ... */
+ V4L2_FIELD_NONE = 1, /* this device has no fields ... */
+ V4L2_FIELD_TOP = 2, /* top field only */
+ V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM = 3, /* bottom field only */
+ V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED = 4, /* both fields interlaced */
+ V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB = 5, /* both fields sequential into one
+ buffer, top-bottom order */
+ V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT = 6, /* same as above + bottom-top order */
+ V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE = 7, /* both fields alternating into
+ separate buffers */
+ V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB = 8, /* both fields interlaced, top field
+ first and the top field is
+ transmitted first */
+ V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT = 9, /* both fields interlaced, top field
+ first and the bottom field is
+ transmitted first */
+};
+#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_TOP(field) \
+ ((field) == V4L2_FIELD_TOP ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
+#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_BOTTOM(field) \
+ ((field) == V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
+#define V4L2_FIELD_HAS_BOTH(field) \
+ ((field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED_BT ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB ||\
+ (field) == V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_BT)
+
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> {
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE = 1,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 2,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY = 3,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE = 4,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT = 5,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE = 6,
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT = 7,
+#if 1
+ /* Experimental */
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY = 8,
+#endif
+ V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE = 0x80,
+};
+
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> {
+ V4L2_TUNER_RADIO = 1,
+ V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV = 2,
+ V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV = 3,
+};
+
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-memory">v4l2_memory</link> {
+ V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP = 1,
+ V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR = 2,
+ V4L2_MEMORY_OVERLAY = 3,
+};
+
+/* see also http://vektor.theorem.ca/graphics/ycbcr/ */
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-colorspace">v4l2_colorspace</link> {
+ /* ITU-R 601 -- broadcast NTSC/PAL */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M = 1,
+
+ /* 1125-Line (US) HDTV */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M = 2,
+
+ /* HD and modern captures. */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709 = 3,
+
+ /* broken BT878 extents (601, luma range 16-253 instead of 16-235) */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT878 = 4,
+
+ /* These should be useful. Assume 601 extents. */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M = 5,
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG = 6,
+
+ /* I know there will be cameras that send this. So, this is
+ * unspecified chromaticities and full 0-255 on each of the
+ * Y'CbCr components
+ */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG = 7,
+
+ /* For RGB colourspaces, this is probably a good start. */
+ V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB = 8,
+};
+
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-priority">v4l2_priority</link> {
+ V4L2_PRIORITY_UNSET = 0, /* not initialized */
+ V4L2_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND = 1,
+ V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE = 2,
+ V4L2_PRIORITY_RECORD = 3,
+ V4L2_PRIORITY_DEFAULT = V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE,
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> {
+ __s32 left;
+ __s32 top;
+ __s32 width;
+ __s32 height;
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> {
+ __u32 numerator;
+ __u32 denominator;
+};
+
+/*
+ * D R I V E R C A P A B I L I T I E S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-capability">v4l2_capability</link> {
+ __u8 driver[16]; /* i.e.ie; "bttv" */
+ __u8 card[32]; /* i.e.ie; "Hauppauge WinTV" */
+ __u8 bus_info[32]; /* "PCI:" + pci_name(pci_dev) */
+ __u32 version; /* should use KERNEL_VERSION() */
+ __u32 capabilities; /* Device capabilities */
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/* Values for 'capabilities' field */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_CAPTURE 0x00000001 /* Is a video capture device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT 0x00000002 /* Is a video output device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OVERLAY 0x00000004 /* Can do video overlay */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VBI_CAPTURE 0x00000010 /* Is a raw VBI capture device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VBI_OUTPUT 0x00000020 /* Is a raw VBI output device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE 0x00000040 /* Is a sliced VBI capture device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT 0x00000080 /* Is a sliced VBI output device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_CAPTURE 0x00000100 /* RDS data capture */
+#define V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY 0x00000200 /* Can do video output overlay */
+#define V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK 0x00000400 /* Can do hardware frequency seek */
+#define V4L2_CAP_RDS_OUTPUT 0x00000800 /* Is an RDS encoder */
+
+#define V4L2_CAP_TUNER 0x00010000 /* has a tuner */
+#define V4L2_CAP_AUDIO 0x00020000 /* has audio support */
+#define V4L2_CAP_RADIO 0x00040000 /* is a radio device */
+#define V4L2_CAP_MODULATOR 0x00080000 /* has a modulator */
+
+#define V4L2_CAP_READWRITE 0x01000000 /* read/write systemcalls */
+#define V4L2_CAP_ASYNCIO 0x02000000 /* async I/O */
+#define V4L2_CAP_STREAMING 0x04000000 /* streaming I/O ioctls */
+
+/*
+ * V I D E O I M A G E F O R M A T
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> {
+ __u32 width;
+ __u32 height;
+ __u32 pixelformat;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-field">v4l2_field</link> field;
+ __u32 bytesperline; /* for padding, zero if unused */
+ __u32 sizeimage;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-colorspace">v4l2_colorspace</link> colorspace;
+ __u32 priv; /* private data, depends on pixelformat */
+};
+
+/* Pixel format FOURCC depth Description */
+
+/* RGB formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB332">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB332</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '1') /* 8 RGB-3-3-2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', '4', '4', '4') /* 16 xxxxrrrr ggggbbbb */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'O') /* 16 RGB-5-5-5 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'P') /* 16 RGB-5-6-5 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555X">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555X</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'Q') /* 16 RGB-5-5-5 BE */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565X">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565X</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', 'R') /* 16 RGB-5-6-5 BE */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', 'H') /* 18 BGR-6-6-6 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24">V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', '3') /* 24 BGR-8-8-8 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB24">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB24</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '3') /* 24 RGB-8-8-8 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32">V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', 'R', '4') /* 32 BGR-8-8-8-8 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32">V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'B', '4') /* 32 RGB-8-8-8-8 */
+
+/* Grey formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-GREY">V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'R', 'E', 'Y') /* 8 Greyscale */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y4">V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y4</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '0', '4', ' ') /* 4 Greyscale */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y6">V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y6</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '0', '6', ' ') /* 6 Greyscale */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y10">V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '0', ' ') /* 10 Greyscale */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y16">V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '1', '6', ' ') /* 16 Greyscale */
+
+/* Palette formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAL8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8</link> v4l2_fourcc('P', 'A', 'L', '8') /* 8 8-bit palette */
+
+/* Luminance+Chrominance formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU410">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU410</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'U', '9') /* 9 YVU 4:1:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', '1', '2') /* 12 YVU 4:2:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUYV">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'Y', 'V') /* 16 YUV 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YYUV">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YYUV</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'Y', 'U', 'V') /* 16 YUV 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVYU">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U') /* 16 YVU 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-UYVY">V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</link> v4l2_fourcc('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y') /* 16 YUV 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-VYUY">V4L2_PIX_FMT_VYUY</link> v4l2_fourcc('V', 'Y', 'U', 'Y') /* 16 YUV 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV422P">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422P</link> v4l2_fourcc('4', '2', '2', 'P') /* 16 YVU422 planar */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV411P">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV411P</link> v4l2_fourcc('4', '1', '1', 'P') /* 16 YVU411 planar */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y41P">V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y41P</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '4', '1', 'P') /* 12 YUV 4:1:1 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV444">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', '4', '4', '4') /* 16 xxxxyyyy uuuuvvvv */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV555">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV555</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', 'O') /* 16 YUV-5-5-5 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV565">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV565</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', 'P') /* 16 YUV-5-6-5 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV32">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV32</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', '4') /* 32 YUV-8-8-8-8 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV410">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV410</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', 'V', '9') /* 9 YUV 4:1:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420">V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</link> v4l2_fourcc('Y', 'U', '1', '2') /* 12 YUV 4:2:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-HI240">V4L2_PIX_FMT_HI240</link> v4l2_fourcc('H', 'I', '2', '4') /* 8 8-bit color */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-HM12">V4L2_PIX_FMT_HM12</link> v4l2_fourcc('H', 'M', '1', '2') /* 8 YUV 4:2:0 16x16 macroblocks */
+
+/* two planes -- one Y, one Cr + Cb interleaved */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '2') /* 12 Y/CbCr 4:2:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV21">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '2', '1') /* 12 Y/CrCb 4:2:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV16">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV16</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '1', '6') /* 16 Y/CbCr 4:2:2 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV61">V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV61</link> v4l2_fourcc('N', 'V', '6', '1') /* 16 Y/CrCb 4:2:2 */
+
+/* Bayer formats - see http://www.siliconimaging.com/RGB%20Bayer.htm */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '8', '1') /* 8 BGBG.. GRGR.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', 'R', 'G') /* 8 GBGB.. RGRG.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'R', 'B', 'G') /* 8 GRGR.. BGBG.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', 'G', 'B') /* 8 RGRG.. GBGB.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR10">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'G', '1', '0') /* 10 BGBG.. GRGR.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG10">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10</link> v4l2_fourcc('G', 'B', '1', '0') /* 10 GBGB.. RGRG.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'A', '1', '0') /* 10 GRGR.. BGBG.. */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB10">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10</link> v4l2_fourcc('R', 'G', '1', '0') /* 10 RGRG.. GBGB.. */
+ /* 10bit raw bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10DPCM8">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'D', '1', '0')
+ /*
+ * 10bit raw bayer, expanded to 16 bits
+ * xxxxrrrrrrrrrrxxxxgggggggggg xxxxggggggggggxxxxbbbbbbbbbb...
+ */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR16">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16</link> v4l2_fourcc('B', 'Y', 'R', '2') /* 16 BGBG.. GRGR.. */
+
+/* compressed formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MJPEG">V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG</link> v4l2_fourcc('M', 'J', 'P', 'G') /* Motion-JPEG */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-JPEG">V4L2_PIX_FMT_JPEG</link> v4l2_fourcc('J', 'P', 'E', 'G') /* JFIF JPEG */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-DV">V4L2_PIX_FMT_DV</link> v4l2_fourcc('d', 'v', 's', 'd') /* 1394 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MPEG">V4L2_PIX_FMT_MPEG</link> v4l2_fourcc('M', 'P', 'E', 'G') /* MPEG-1/2/4 */
+
+/* Vendor-specific formats */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-CPIA1">V4L2_PIX_FMT_CPIA1</link> v4l2_fourcc('C', 'P', 'I', 'A') /* cpia1 YUV */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-WNVA">V4L2_PIX_FMT_WNVA</link> v4l2_fourcc('W', 'N', 'V', 'A') /* Winnov hw compress */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C10X">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C10X</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '9', '1', '0') /* SN9C10x compression */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C20X-I420">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C20X_I420</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '9', '2', '0') /* SN9C20x YUV 4:2:0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PWC1">V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC1</link> v4l2_fourcc('P', 'W', 'C', '1') /* pwc older webcam */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PWC2">V4L2_PIX_FMT_PWC2</link> v4l2_fourcc('P', 'W', 'C', '2') /* pwc newer webcam */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ET61X251">V4L2_PIX_FMT_ET61X251</link> v4l2_fourcc('E', '6', '2', '5') /* ET61X251 compression */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA501">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA501</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '1') /* YUYV per line */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA505">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA505</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '5') /* YYUV per line */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA508">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA508</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '0', '8') /* YUVY per line */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SPCA561">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SPCA561</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '5', '6', '1') /* compressed GBRG bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAC207">V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207</link> v4l2_fourcc('P', '2', '0', '7') /* compressed BGGR bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-MR97310A">V4L2_PIX_FMT_MR97310A</link> v4l2_fourcc('M', '3', '1', '0') /* compressed BGGR bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SN9C2028">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SN9C2028</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', 'O', 'N', 'X') /* compressed GBRG bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SQ905C">V4L2_PIX_FMT_SQ905C</link> v4l2_fourcc('9', '0', '5', 'C') /* compressed RGGB bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PJPG">V4L2_PIX_FMT_PJPG</link> v4l2_fourcc('P', 'J', 'P', 'G') /* Pixart 73xx JPEG */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV511">V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV511</link> v4l2_fourcc('O', '5', '1', '1') /* ov511 JPEG */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-OV518">V4L2_PIX_FMT_OV518</link> v4l2_fourcc('O', '5', '1', '8') /* ov518 JPEG */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-STV0680">V4L2_PIX_FMT_STV0680</link> v4l2_fourcc('S', '6', '8', '0') /* stv0680 bayer */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-TM6000">V4L2_PIX_FMT_TM6000</link> v4l2_fourcc('T', 'M', '6', '0') /* tm5600/tm60x0 */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-CIT-YYVYUY">V4L2_PIX_FMT_CIT_YYVYUY</link> v4l2_fourcc('C', 'I', 'T', 'V') /* one line of Y then 1 line of VYUY */
+#define <link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-KONICA420">V4L2_PIX_FMT_KONICA420</link> v4l2_fourcc('K', 'O', 'N', 'I') /* YUV420 planar in blocks of 256 pixels */
+
+/*
+ * F O R M A T E N U M E R A T I O N
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-fmtdesc">v4l2_fmtdesc</link> {
+ __u32 index; /* Format number */
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type; /* buffer type */
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u8 description[32]; /* Description string */
+ __u32 pixelformat; /* Format fourcc */
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+#define V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED 0x0001
+#define V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED 0x0002
+
+#if 1
+ /* Experimental Frame Size and frame rate enumeration */
+/*
+ * F R A M E S I Z E E N U M E R A T I O N
+ */
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-frmsizetypes">v4l2_frmsizetypes</link> {
+ V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE = 1,
+ V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
+ V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE = 3,
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsize-discrete">v4l2_frmsize_discrete</link> {
+ __u32 width; /* Frame width [pixel] */
+ __u32 height; /* Frame height [pixel] */
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsize-stepwise">v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</link> {
+ __u32 min_width; /* Minimum frame width [pixel] */
+ __u32 max_width; /* Maximum frame width [pixel] */
+ __u32 step_width; /* Frame width step size [pixel] */
+ __u32 min_height; /* Minimum frame height [pixel] */
+ __u32 max_height; /* Maximum frame height [pixel] */
+ __u32 step_height; /* Frame height step size [pixel] */
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsizeenum">v4l2_frmsizeenum</link> {
+ __u32 index; /* Frame size number */
+ __u32 pixel_format; /* Pixel format */
+ __u32 type; /* Frame size type the device supports. */
+
+ union { /* Frame size */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsize-discrete">v4l2_frmsize_discrete</link> discrete;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsize-stepwise">v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</link> stepwise;
+ };
+
+ __u32 reserved[2]; /* Reserved space for future use */
+};
+
+/*
+ * F R A M E R A T E E N U M E R A T I O N
+ */
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-frmivaltypes">v4l2_frmivaltypes</link> {
+ V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE = 1,
+ V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS = 2,
+ V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE = 3,
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmival-stepwise">v4l2_frmival_stepwise</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> min; /* Minimum frame interval [s] */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> max; /* Maximum frame interval [s] */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> step; /* Frame interval step size [s] */
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmivalenum">v4l2_frmivalenum</link> {
+ __u32 index; /* Frame format index */
+ __u32 pixel_format; /* Pixel format */
+ __u32 width; /* Frame width */
+ __u32 height; /* Frame height */
+ __u32 type; /* Frame interval type the device supports. */
+
+ union { /* Frame interval */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> discrete;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmival-stepwise">v4l2_frmival_stepwise</link> stepwise;
+ };
+
+ __u32 reserved[2]; /* Reserved space for future use */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * T I M E C O D E
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-timecode">v4l2_timecode</link> {
+ __u32 type;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u8 frames;
+ __u8 seconds;
+ __u8 minutes;
+ __u8 hours;
+ __u8 userbits[4];
+};
+
+/* Type */
+#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_24FPS 1
+#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_25FPS 2
+#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_30FPS 3
+#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_50FPS 4
+#define V4L2_TC_TYPE_60FPS 5
+
+/* Flags */
+#define V4L2_TC_FLAG_DROPFRAME 0x0001 /* "drop-frame" mode */
+#define V4L2_TC_FLAG_COLORFRAME 0x0002
+#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_field 0x000C
+#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_USERDEFINED 0x0000
+#define V4L2_TC_USERBITS_8BITCHARS 0x0008
+/* The above is based on SMPTE timecodes */
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-jpegcompression">v4l2_jpegcompression</link> {
+ int quality;
+
+ int APPn; /* Number of APP segment to be written,
+ * must be 0..15 */
+ int APP_len; /* Length of data in JPEG APPn segment */
+ char APP_data[60]; /* Data in the JPEG APPn segment. */
+
+ int COM_len; /* Length of data in JPEG COM segment */
+ char COM_data[60]; /* Data in JPEG COM segment */
+
+ __u32 jpeg_markers; /* Which markers should go into the JPEG
+ * output. Unless you exactly know what
+ * you do, leave them untouched.
+ * Inluding less markers will make the
+ * resulting code smaller, but there will
+ * be fewer applications which can read it.
+ * The presence of the APP and COM marker
+ * is influenced by APP_len and COM_len
+ * ONLY, not by this property! */
+
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DHT (1<<3) /* Define Huffman Tables */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DQT (1<<4) /* Define Quantization Tables */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DRI (1<<5) /* Define Restart Interval */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_COM (1<<6) /* Comment segment */
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_APP (1<<7) /* App segment, driver will
+ * allways use APP0 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * M E M O R Y - M A P P I N G B U F F E R S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link> {
+ __u32 count;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-memory">v4l2_memory</link> memory;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ __u32 bytesused;
+ __u32 flags;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-field">v4l2_field</link> field;
+ struct timeval timestamp;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-timecode">v4l2_timecode</link> timecode;
+ __u32 sequence;
+
+ /* memory location */
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-memory">v4l2_memory</link> memory;
+ union {
+ __u32 offset;
+ unsigned long userptr;
+ } m;
+ __u32 length;
+ __u32 input;
+ __u32 reserved;
+};
+
+/* Flags for 'flags' field */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED 0x0001 /* Buffer is mapped (flag) */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED 0x0002 /* Buffer is queued for processing */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE 0x0004 /* Buffer is ready */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_KEYFRAME 0x0008 /* Image is a keyframe (I-frame) */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PFRAME 0x0010 /* Image is a P-frame */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_BFRAME 0x0020 /* Image is a B-frame */
+/* Buffer is ready, but the data contained within is corrupted. */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR 0x0040
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMECODE 0x0100 /* timecode field is valid */
+#define V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT 0x0200 /* input field is valid */
+
+/*
+ * O V E R L A Y P R E V I E W
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-framebuffer">v4l2_framebuffer</link> {
+ __u32 capability;
+ __u32 flags;
+/* FIXME: in theory we should pass something like PCI device + memory
+ * region + offset instead of some physical address */
+ void *base;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> fmt;
+};
+/* Flags for the 'capability' field. Read only */
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY 0x0001
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY 0x0002
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING 0x0004
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING 0x0008
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_ALPHA 0x0010
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x0020
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA 0x0040
+#define V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SRC_CHROMAKEY 0x0080
+/* Flags for the 'flags' field. */
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY 0x0001
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY 0x0002
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY 0x0004
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA 0x0008
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x0010
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA 0x0020
+#define V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_SRC_CHROMAKEY 0x0040
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-clip">v4l2_clip</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> c;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-clip">v4l2_clip</link> __user *next;
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-window">v4l2_window</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> w;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-field">v4l2_field</link> field;
+ __u32 chromakey;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-clip">v4l2_clip</link> __user *clips;
+ __u32 clipcount;
+ void __user *bitmap;
+ __u8 global_alpha;
+};
+
+/*
+ * C A P T U R E P A R A M E T E R S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-captureparm">v4l2_captureparm</link> {
+ __u32 capability; /* Supported modes */
+ __u32 capturemode; /* Current mode */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> timeperframe; /* Time per frame in .1us units */
+ __u32 extendedmode; /* Driver-specific extensions */
+ __u32 readbuffers; /* # of buffers for read */
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/* Flags for 'capability' and 'capturemode' fields */
+#define V4L2_MODE_HIGHQUALITY 0x0001 /* High quality imaging mode */
+#define V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME 0x1000 /* timeperframe field is supported */
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-outputparm">v4l2_outputparm</link> {
+ __u32 capability; /* Supported modes */
+ __u32 outputmode; /* Current mode */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> timeperframe; /* Time per frame in seconds */
+ __u32 extendedmode; /* Driver-specific extensions */
+ __u32 writebuffers; /* # of buffers for write */
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ * I N P U T I M A G E C R O P P I N G
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-cropcap">v4l2_cropcap</link> {
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> bounds;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> defrect;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> pixelaspect;
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-crop">v4l2_crop</link> {
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect">v4l2_rect</link> c;
+};
+
+/*
+ * A N A L O G V I D E O S T A N D A R D
+ */
+
+typedef __u64 v4l2_std_id;
+
+/* one bit for each */
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000001)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000002)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000004)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000008)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_I ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000010)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000020)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000040)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000080)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000100)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_N ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000200)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000400)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_60 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000800)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00001000)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP ((v4l2_std_id)0x00002000)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00004000)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR ((v4l2_std_id)0x00008000)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00010000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00020000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00040000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00080000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00100000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00200000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_L ((v4l2_std_id)0x00400000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC ((v4l2_std_id)0x00800000)
+
+/* ATSC/HDTV */
+#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x01000000)
+#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x02000000)
+
+/* FIXME:
+ Although std_id is 64 bits, there is an issue on PPC32 architecture that
+ makes switch(__u64) to break. So, there's a hack on v4l2-common.c rounding
+ this value to 32 bits.
+ As, currently, the max value is for V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB (30 bits wide),
+ it should work fine. However, if needed to add more than two standards,
+ v4l2-common.c should be fixed.
+ */
+
+/* some merged standards */
+#define V4L2_STD_MN (V4L2_STD_PAL_M|V4L2_STD_PAL_N|V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc|V4L2_STD_NTSC)
+#define V4L2_STD_B (V4L2_STD_PAL_B|V4L2_STD_PAL_B1|V4L2_STD_SECAM_B)
+#define V4L2_STD_GH (V4L2_STD_PAL_G|V4L2_STD_PAL_H|V4L2_STD_SECAM_G|V4L2_STD_SECAM_H)
+#define V4L2_STD_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_DK|V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK)
+
+/* some common needed stuff */
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_BG (V4L2_STD_PAL_B |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_G)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_D |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_K)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL (V4L2_STD_PAL_BG |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_DK |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_H |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_I)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK (V4L2_STD_SECAM_D |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_K |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM (V4L2_STD_SECAM_B |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_G |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_H |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_L |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_525_60 (V4L2_STD_PAL_M |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_60 |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_443)
+#define V4L2_STD_625_50 (V4L2_STD_PAL |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_N |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM)
+#define V4L2_STD_ATSC (V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB |\
+ V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN 0
+#define V4L2_STD_ALL (V4L2_STD_525_60 |\
+ V4L2_STD_625_50)
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-standard">v4l2_standard</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ v4l2_std_id id;
+ __u8 name[24];
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-fract">v4l2_fract</link> frameperiod; /* Frames, not fields */
+ __u32 framelines;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ * V I D E O T I M I N G S D V P R E S E T
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link> {
+ __u32 preset;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ * D V P R E S E T S E N U M E R A T I O N
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u32 preset;
+ __u8 name[32]; /* Name of the preset timing */
+ __u32 width;
+ __u32 height;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/*
+ * D V P R E S E T V A L U E S
+ */
+#define V4L2_DV_INVALID 0
+#define V4L2_DV_480P59_94 1 /* BT.1362 */
+#define V4L2_DV_576P50 2 /* BT.1362 */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P24 3 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P25 4 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P30 5 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P50 6 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P59_94 7 /* SMPTE 274M */
+#define V4L2_DV_720P60 8 /* SMPTE 274M/296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080I29_97 9 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080I30 10 /* BT.1120/ SMPTE 274M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080I25 11 /* BT.1120 */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080I50 12 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080I60 13 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080P24 14 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080P25 15 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080P30 16 /* SMPTE 296M */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080P50 17 /* BT.1120 */
+#define V4L2_DV_1080P60 18 /* BT.1120 */
+
+/*
+ * D V B T T I M I N G S
+ */
+
+/* BT.656/BT.1120 timing data */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> {
+ __u32 width; /* width in pixels */
+ __u32 height; /* height in lines */
+ __u32 interlaced; /* Interlaced or progressive */
+ __u32 polarities; /* Positive or negative polarity */
+ __u64 pixelclock; /* Pixel clock in HZ. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000 */
+ __u32 hfrontporch; /* Horizpontal front porch in pixels */
+ __u32 hsync; /* Horizontal Sync length in pixels */
+ __u32 hbackporch; /* Horizontal back porch in pixels */
+ __u32 vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch in pixels */
+ __u32 vsync; /* Vertical Sync length in lines */
+ __u32 vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch in lines */
+ __u32 il_vfrontporch; /* Vertical front porch for bottom field of
+ * interlaced field formats
+ */
+ __u32 il_vsync; /* Vertical sync length for bottom field of
+ * interlaced field formats
+ */
+ __u32 il_vbackporch; /* Vertical back porch for bottom field of
+ * interlaced field formats
+ */
+ __u32 reserved[16];
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* Interlaced or progressive format */
+#define V4L2_DV_PROGRESSIVE 0
+#define V4L2_DV_INTERLACED 1
+
+/* Polarities. If bit is not set, it is assumed to be negative polarity */
+#define V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000001
+#define V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL 0x00000002
+
+
+/* DV timings */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link> {
+ __u32 type;
+ union {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-bt-timings">v4l2_bt_timings</link> bt;
+ __u32 reserved[32];
+ };
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* Values for the type field */
+#define V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120 0 /* BT.656/1120 timing type */
+
+/*
+ * V I D E O I N P U T S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link> {
+ __u32 index; /* Which input */
+ __u8 name[32]; /* Label */
+ __u32 type; /* Type of input */
+ __u32 audioset; /* Associated audios (bitfield) */
+ __u32 tuner; /* Associated tuner */
+ v4l2_std_id std;
+ __u32 status;
+ __u32 capabilities;
+ __u32 reserved[3];
+};
+
+/* Values for the 'type' field */
+#define V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER 1
+#define V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA 2
+
+/* field 'status' - general */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_POWER 0x00000001 /* Attached device is off */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SIGNAL 0x00000002
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_COLOR 0x00000004
+
+/* field 'status' - sensor orientation */
+/* If sensor is mounted upside down set both bits */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP 0x00000010 /* Frames are flipped horizontally */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP 0x00000020 /* Frames are flipped vertically */
+
+/* field 'status' - analog */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_H_LOCK 0x00000100 /* No horizontal sync lock */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL 0x00000200 /* Color killer is active */
+
+/* field 'status' - digital */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SYNC 0x00010000 /* No synchronization lock */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_EQU 0x00020000 /* No equalizer lock */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_CARRIER 0x00040000 /* Carrier recovery failed */
+
+/* field 'status' - VCR and set-top box */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_MACROVISION 0x01000000 /* Macrovision detected */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS 0x02000000 /* Conditional access denied */
+#define V4L2_IN_ST_VTR 0x04000000 /* VTR time constant */
+
+/* capabilities flags */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
+#define V4L2_IN_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
+
+/*
+ * V I D E O O U T P U T S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-output">v4l2_output</link> {
+ __u32 index; /* Which output */
+ __u8 name[32]; /* Label */
+ __u32 type; /* Type of output */
+ __u32 audioset; /* Associated audios (bitfield) */
+ __u32 modulator; /* Associated modulator */
+ v4l2_std_id std;
+ __u32 capabilities;
+ __u32 reserved[3];
+};
+/* Values for the 'type' field */
+#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR 1
+#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG 2
+#define V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY 3
+
+/* capabilities flags */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS 0x00000001 /* Supports S_DV_PRESET */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS 0x00000002 /* Supports S_DV_TIMINGS */
+#define V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD 0x00000004 /* Supports S_STD */
+
+/*
+ * C O N T R O L S
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-control">v4l2_control</link> {
+ __u32 id;
+ __s32 value;
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-control">v4l2_ext_control</link> {
+ __u32 id;
+ __u32 size;
+ __u32 reserved2[1];
+ union {
+ __s32 value;
+ __s64 value64;
+ char *string;
+ };
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-controls">v4l2_ext_controls</link> {
+ __u32 ctrl_class;
+ __u32 count;
+ __u32 error_idx;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-control">v4l2_ext_control</link> *controls;
+};
+
+/* Values for ctrl_class field */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER 0x00980000 /* Old-style 'user' controls */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG 0x00990000 /* MPEG-compression controls */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA 0x009a0000 /* Camera class controls */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX 0x009b0000 /* FM Modulator control class */
+
+#define V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK (0x0fffffff)
+#define V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id) ((id) & 0x0fff0000UL)
+#define V4L2_CTRL_DRIVER_PRIV(id) (((id) & 0xffff) >= 0x1000)
+
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type">v4l2_ctrl_type</link> {
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER = 1,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN = 2,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU = 3,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON = 4,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 = 5,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS = 6,
+ V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING = 7,
+};
+
+/* Used in the VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL ioctl for querying controls */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-queryctrl">v4l2_queryctrl</link> {
+ __u32 id;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type">v4l2_ctrl_type</link> type;
+ __u8 name[32]; /* Whatever */
+ __s32 minimum; /* Note signedness */
+ __s32 maximum;
+ __s32 step;
+ __s32 default_value;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+};
+
+/* Used in the VIDIOC_QUERYMENU ioctl for querying menu items */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-querymenu">v4l2_querymenu</link> {
+ __u32 id;
+ __u32 index;
+ __u8 name[32]; /* Whatever */
+ __u32 reserved;
+};
+
+/* Control flags */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED 0x0001
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED 0x0002
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY 0x0004
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE 0x0008
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE 0x0010
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER 0x0020
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY 0x0040
+
+/* Query flag, to be ORed with the control ID */
+#define V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL 0x80000000
+
+/* User-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */
+#define V4L2_CID_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | 0x900)
+#define V4L2_CID_USER_BASE V4L2_CID_BASE
+/* IDs reserved for driver specific controls */
+#define V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE 0x08000000
+
+#define V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | 1)
+#define V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS (V4L2_CID_BASE+0)
+#define V4L2_CID_CONTRAST (V4L2_CID_BASE+1)
+#define V4L2_CID_SATURATION (V4L2_CID_BASE+2)
+#define V4L2_CID_HUE (V4L2_CID_BASE+3)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME (V4L2_CID_BASE+5)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE (V4L2_CID_BASE+6)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS (V4L2_CID_BASE+7)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE (V4L2_CID_BASE+8)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE (V4L2_CID_BASE+9)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS (V4L2_CID_BASE+10)
+#define V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL (V4L2_CID_BASE+11) /* Deprecated */
+#define V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE (V4L2_CID_BASE+12)
+#define V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE (V4L2_CID_BASE+13)
+#define V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE (V4L2_CID_BASE+14)
+#define V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE (V4L2_CID_BASE+15)
+#define V4L2_CID_GAMMA (V4L2_CID_BASE+16)
+#define V4L2_CID_WHITENESS (V4L2_CID_GAMMA) /* Deprecated */
+#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE (V4L2_CID_BASE+17)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN (V4L2_CID_BASE+18)
+#define V4L2_CID_GAIN (V4L2_CID_BASE+19)
+#define V4L2_CID_HFLIP (V4L2_CID_BASE+20)
+#define V4L2_CID_VFLIP (V4L2_CID_BASE+21)
+
+/* Deprecated; use V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET and V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET */
+#define V4L2_CID_HCENTER (V4L2_CID_BASE+22)
+#define V4L2_CID_VCENTER (V4L2_CID_BASE+23)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY (V4L2_CID_BASE+24)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-power-line-frequency">v4l2_power_line_frequency</link> {
+ V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED = 0,
+ V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_50HZ = 1,
+ V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ = 2,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO (V4L2_CID_BASE+25)
+#define V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE (V4L2_CID_BASE+26)
+#define V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS (V4L2_CID_BASE+27)
+#define V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION (V4L2_CID_BASE+28)
+#define V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC (V4L2_CID_BASE+29)
+#define V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER (V4L2_CID_BASE+30)
+#define V4L2_CID_COLORFX (V4L2_CID_BASE+31)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-colorfx">v4l2_colorfx</link> {
+ V4L2_COLORFX_NONE = 0,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_BW = 1,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA = 2,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE = 3,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS = 4,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH = 5,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE = 6,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN = 7,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN = 8,
+ V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID = 9,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS (V4L2_CID_BASE+32)
+#define V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER (V4L2_CID_BASE+33)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ROTATE (V4L2_CID_BASE+34)
+#define V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR (V4L2_CID_BASE+35)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN (V4L2_CID_BASE+36)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1 (V4L2_CID_BASE+37)
+#define V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2 (V4L2_CID_BASE+38)
+
+/* last CID + 1 */
+#define V4L2_CID_LASTP1 (V4L2_CID_BASE+39)
+
+/* MPEG-class control IDs defined by V4L2 */
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x900)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 1)
+
+/* MPEG streams */
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+0)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-type">v4l2_mpeg_stream_type</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_PS = 0, /* MPEG-2 program stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_TS = 1, /* MPEG-2 transport stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_SS = 2, /* MPEG-1 system stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_DVD = 3, /* MPEG-2 DVD-compatible stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG1_VCD = 4, /* MPEG-1 VCD-compatible stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE_MPEG2_SVCD = 5, /* MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible stream */
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+1)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+2)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+3)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+4)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+5)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+6)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+7)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-stream-vbi-fmt">v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_NONE = 0, /* No VBI in the MPEG stream */
+ V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV = 1, /* VBI in private packets, IVTV format */
+};
+
+/* MPEG audio */
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+100)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-sampling-freq">v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_44100 = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_48000 = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ_32000 = 2,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+101)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-encoding">v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_1 = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_2 = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_LAYER_3 = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AAC = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING_AC3 = 4,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+102)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l1-bitrate">v4l2_mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_32K = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_64K = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_96K = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_128K = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_160K = 4,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_192K = 5,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_224K = 6,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_256K = 7,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_288K = 8,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_320K = 9,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_352K = 10,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_384K = 11,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_416K = 12,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE_448K = 13,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+103)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l2-bitrate">v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_32K = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_48K = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_56K = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_64K = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_80K = 4,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_96K = 5,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_112K = 6,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_128K = 7,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_160K = 8,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_192K = 9,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_224K = 10,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_256K = 11,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_320K = 12,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE_384K = 13,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+104)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-l3-bitrate">v4l2_mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_32K = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_40K = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_48K = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_56K = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_64K = 4,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_80K = 5,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_96K = 6,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_112K = 7,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_128K = 8,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_160K = 9,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_192K = 10,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_224K = 11,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_256K = 12,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE_320K = 13,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+105)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode">v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_STEREO = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_JOINT_STEREO = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_DUAL = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_MONO = 3,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+106)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-mode-extension">v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_4 = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_8 = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_12 = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION_BOUND_16 = 3,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+107)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-emphasis">v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_NONE = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_50_DIV_15_uS = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS_CCITT_J17 = 2,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+108)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-crc">v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_NONE = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC_CRC16 = 1,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+109)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+110)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+111)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-audio-ac3-bitrate">v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_32K = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_40K = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_48K = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_56K = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_64K = 4,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_80K = 5,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_96K = 6,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_112K = 7,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_128K = 8,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_160K = 9,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_192K = 10,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_224K = 11,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_256K = 12,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_320K = 13,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_384K = 14,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_448K = 15,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_512K = 16,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_576K = 17,
+ V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE_640K = 18,
+};
+
+/* MPEG video */
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+200)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding">v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_1 = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_2 = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING_MPEG_4_AVC = 2,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+201)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-video-aspect">v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_1x1 = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4x3 = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16x9 = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT_221x100 = 3,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+202)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+203)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+204)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+205)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+206)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-video-bitrate-mode">v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_VBR = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE_CBR = 1,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+207)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+208)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+209)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+210)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV (V4L2_CID_MPEG_BASE+211)
+
+/* MPEG-class control IDs specific to the CX2341x driver as defined by V4L2 */
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | 0x1000)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+0)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-spatial-filter-mode">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO = 1,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_SPATIAL_FILTER (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+1)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+2)
+enum <link linkend="luma-spatial-filter-type">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_VERT = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_HV_SEPARABLE = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_2D_SYM_NON_SEPARABLE = 4,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+3)
+enum <link linkend="chroma-spatial-filter-type">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_OFF = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE_1D_HOR = 1,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+4)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-temporal-filter-mode">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_MANUAL = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER_MODE_AUTO = 1,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_FILTER (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+5)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+6)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-cx2341x-video-median-filter-type">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type</link> {
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_OFF = 0,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR = 1,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_VERT = 2,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_HOR_VERT = 3,
+ V4L2_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_MEDIAN_FILTER_TYPE_DIAG = 4,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+7)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_LUMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+8)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_BOTTOM (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+9)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_VIDEO_CHROMA_MEDIAN_FILTER_TOP (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+10)
+#define V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_STREAM_INSERT_NAV_PACKETS (V4L2_CID_MPEG_CX2341X_BASE+11)
+
+/* Camera class control IDs */
+#define V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA | 0x900)
+#define V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA | 1)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+1)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-exposure-auto-type">v4l2_exposure_auto_type</link> {
+ V4L2_EXPOSURE_AUTO = 0,
+ V4L2_EXPOSURE_MANUAL = 1,
+ V4L2_EXPOSURE_SHUTTER_PRIORITY = 2,
+ V4L2_EXPOSURE_APERTURE_PRIORITY = 3
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+2)
+#define V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+3)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+4)
+#define V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+5)
+#define V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+6)
+#define V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+7)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+8)
+#define V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+9)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+10)
+#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+11)
+#define V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+12)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+13)
+#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+14)
+#define V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+15)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_PRIVACY (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+16)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+17)
+#define V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE (V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS_BASE+18)
+
+/* FM Modulator class control IDs */
+#define V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX | 0x900)
+#define V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS (V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX | 1)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 1)
+#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 2)
+#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 3)
+#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 5)
+#define V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 6)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 64)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 65)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 66)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 80)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 81)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 82)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 83)
+#define V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 84)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 96)
+#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 97)
+#define V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 98)
+
+#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 112)
+enum <link linkend="v4l2-preemphasis">v4l2_preemphasis</link> {
+ V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_DISABLED = 0,
+ V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_50_uS = 1,
+ V4L2_PREEMPHASIS_75_uS = 2,
+};
+#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 113)
+#define V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR (V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS_BASE + 114)
+
+/*
+ * T U N I N G
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-tuner">v4l2_tuner</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u8 name[32];
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> type;
+ __u32 capability;
+ __u32 rangelow;
+ __u32 rangehigh;
+ __u32 rxsubchans;
+ __u32 audmode;
+ __s32 signal;
+ __s32 afc;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-modulator">v4l2_modulator</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u8 name[32];
+ __u32 capability;
+ __u32 rangelow;
+ __u32 rangehigh;
+ __u32 txsubchans;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+};
+
+/* Flags for the 'capability' field */
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW 0x0001
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM 0x0002
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO 0x0010
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2 0x0020
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP 0x0020
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1 0x0040
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS 0x0080
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_BLOCK_IO 0x0100
+#define V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS_CONTROLS 0x0200
+
+/* Flags for the 'rxsubchans' field */
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO 0x0001
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO 0x0002
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2 0x0004
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP 0x0004
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1 0x0008
+#define V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS 0x0010
+
+/* Values for the 'audmode' field */
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_MONO 0x0000
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO 0x0001
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2 0x0002
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP 0x0002
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1 0x0003
+#define V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2 0x0004
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-frequency">v4l2_frequency</link> {
+ __u32 tuner;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> type;
+ __u32 frequency;
+ __u32 reserved[8];
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link> {
+ __u32 tuner;
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-tuner-type">v4l2_tuner_type</link> type;
+ __u32 seek_upward;
+ __u32 wrap_around;
+ __u32 spacing;
+ __u32 reserved[7];
+};
+
+/*
+ * R D S
+ */
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-rds-data">v4l2_rds_data</link> {
+ __u8 lsb;
+ __u8 msb;
+ __u8 block;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_MSK 0x7
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_A 0
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_B 1
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C 2
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_D 3
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_C_ALT 4
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_INVALID 7
+
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_CORRECTED 0x40
+#define V4L2_RDS_BLOCK_ERROR 0x80
+
+/*
+ * A U D I O
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u8 name[32];
+ __u32 capability;
+ __u32 mode;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+};
+
+/* Flags for the 'capability' field */
+#define V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO 0x00001
+#define V4L2_AUDCAP_AVL 0x00002
+
+/* Flags for the 'mode' field */
+#define V4L2_AUDMODE_AVL 0x00001
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link> {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u8 name[32];
+ __u32 capability;
+ __u32 mode;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+};
+
+/*
+ * M P E G S E R V I C E S
+ *
+ * NOTE: EXPERIMENTAL API
+ */
+#if 1
+#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_I (0)
+#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_P (1)
+#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_B (2)
+#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_MASK (0xf)
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-enc-idx-entry">v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link> {
+ __u64 offset;
+ __u64 pts;
+ __u32 length;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u32 reserved[2];
+};
+
+#define V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES (64)
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-enc-idx">v4l2_enc_idx</link> {
+ __u32 entries;
+ __u32 entries_cap;
+ __u32 reserved[4];
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-enc-idx-entry">v4l2_enc_idx_entry</link> entry[V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES];
+};
+
+
+#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_START (0)
+#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP (1)
+#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE (2)
+#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_RESUME (3)
+
+/* Flags for V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP */
+#define V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END (1 << 0)
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-encoder-cmd">v4l2_encoder_cmd</link> {
+ __u32 cmd;
+ __u32 flags;
+ union {
+ struct {
+ __u32 data[8];
+ } raw;
+ };
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * D A T A S E R V I C E S ( V B I )
+ *
+ * Data services API by Michael Schimek
+ */
+
+/* Raw VBI */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-vbi-format">v4l2_vbi_format</link> {
+ __u32 sampling_rate; /* in 1 Hz */
+ __u32 offset;
+ __u32 samples_per_line;
+ __u32 sample_format; /* V4L2_PIX_FMT_* */
+ __s32 start[2];
+ __u32 count[2];
+ __u32 flags; /* V4L2_VBI_* */
+ __u32 reserved[2]; /* must be zero */
+};
+
+/* VBI flags */
+#define V4L2_VBI_UNSYNC (1 << 0)
+#define V4L2_VBI_INTERLACED (1 << 1)
+
+/* Sliced VBI
+ *
+ * This implements is a proposal V4L2 API to allow SLICED VBI
+ * required for some hardware encoders. It should change without
+ * notice in the definitive implementation.
+ */
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-format">v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link> {
+ __u16 service_set;
+ /* service_lines[0][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the first field
+ service_lines[1][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the second field
+ (equals frame lines 313-336 for 625 line video
+ standards, 263-286 for 525 line standards) */
+ __u16 service_lines[2][24];
+ __u32 io_size;
+ __u32 reserved[2]; /* must be zero */
+};
+
+/* Teletext World System Teletext
+ (WST), defined on ITU-R BT.653-2 */
+#define V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B (0x0001)
+/* Video Program System, defined on ETS 300 231*/
+#define V4L2_SLICED_VPS (0x0400)
+/* Closed Caption, defined on EIA-608 */
+#define V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525 (0x1000)
+/* Wide Screen System, defined on ITU-R BT1119.1 */
+#define V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625 (0x4000)
+
+#define V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525 (V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525)
+#define V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625 (V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B | V4L2_SLICED_VPS | V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625)
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap">v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link> {
+ __u16 service_set;
+ /* service_lines[0][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the first field
+ service_lines[1][...] specifies lines 0-23 (1-23 used) of the second field
+ (equals frame lines 313-336 for 625 line video
+ standards, 263-286 for 525 line standards) */
+ __u16 service_lines[2][24];
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ __u32 reserved[3]; /* must be 0 */
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-data">v4l2_sliced_vbi_data</link> {
+ __u32 id;
+ __u32 field; /* 0: first field, 1: second field */
+ __u32 line; /* 1-23 */
+ __u32 reserved; /* must be 0 */
+ __u8 data[48];
+};
+
+/*
+ * Sliced VBI data inserted into MPEG Streams
+ */
+
+/*
+ * V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV:
+ *
+ * Structure of payload contained in an MPEG 2 Private Stream 1 PES Packet in an
+ * MPEG-2 Program Pack that contains V4L2_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT_IVTV Sliced VBI
+ * data
+ *
+ * Note, the MPEG-2 Program Pack and Private Stream 1 PES packet header
+ * definitions are not included here. See the MPEG-2 specifications for details
+ * on these headers.
+ */
+
+/* Line type IDs */
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_TELETEXT_B (1)
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_CAPTION_525 (4)
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_WSS_625 (5)
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_VPS (7)
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</link> {
+ __u8 id; /* One of V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_* above */
+ __u8 data[42]; /* Sliced VBI data for the line */
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0</link> {
+ __le32 linemask[2]; /* Bitmasks of VBI service lines present */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</link> line[35];
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-line">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0_line</link> line[36];
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC0 "itv0"
+#define V4L2_MPEG_VBI_IVTV_MAGIC1 "ITV0"
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-fmt-ivtv">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_fmt_ivtv</link> {
+ __u8 magic[4];
+ union {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_itv0</link> itv0;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1">v4l2_mpeg_vbi_ITV0</link> ITV0;
+ };
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/*
+ * A G G R E G A T E S T R U C T U R E S
+ */
+
+/* Stream data format
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link> {
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ union {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-pix-format">v4l2_pix_format</link> pix; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-window">v4l2_window</link> win; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-vbi-format">v4l2_vbi_format</link> vbi; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_CAPTURE */
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-format">v4l2_sliced_vbi_format</link> sliced; /* V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE */
+ __u8 raw_data[200]; /* user-defined */
+ } fmt;
+};
+
+
+/* Stream type-dependent parameters
+ */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link> {
+ enum <link linkend="v4l2-buf-type">v4l2_buf_type</link> type;
+ union {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-captureparm">v4l2_captureparm</link> capture;
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-outputparm">v4l2_outputparm</link> output;
+ __u8 raw_data[200]; /* user-defined */
+ } parm;
+};
+
+/*
+ * E V E N T S
+ */
+
+#define V4L2_EVENT_ALL 0
+#define V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC 1
+#define V4L2_EVENT_EOS 2
+#define V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START 0x08000000
+
+/* Payload for V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-event-vsync">v4l2_event_vsync</link> {
+ /* Can be V4L2_FIELD_ANY, _NONE, _TOP or _BOTTOM */
+ __u8 field;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-event">v4l2_event</link> {
+ __u32 type;
+ union {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-event-vsync">v4l2_event_vsync</link> vsync;
+ __u8 data[64];
+ } u;
+ __u32 pending;
+ __u32 sequence;
+ struct timespec timestamp;
+ __u32 reserved[9];
+};
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-event-subscription">v4l2_event_subscription</link> {
+ __u32 type;
+ __u32 reserved[7];
+};
+
+/*
+ * A D V A N C E D D E B U G G I N G
+ *
+ * NOTE: EXPERIMENTAL API, NEVER RELY ON THIS IN APPLICATIONS!
+ * FOR DEBUGGING, TESTING AND INTERNAL USE ONLY!
+ */
+
+/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER and VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER */
+
+#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST 0 /* Match against chip ID on host (0 for the host) */
+#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER 1 /* Match against I2C driver name */
+#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR 2 /* Match against I2C 7-bit address */
+#define V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97 3 /* Match against anciliary AC97 chip */
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-match">v4l2_dbg_match</link> {
+ __u32 type; /* Match type */
+ union { /* Match this chip, meaning determined by type */
+ __u32 addr;
+ char name[32];
+ };
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-register">v4l2_dbg_register</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-match">v4l2_dbg_match</link> match;
+ __u32 size; /* register size in bytes */
+ __u64 reg;
+ __u64 val;
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/* VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT */
+struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link> {
+ struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-match">v4l2_dbg_match</link> match;
+ __u32 ident; /* chip identifier as specified in <media/v4l2-chip-ident.h> */
+ __u32 revision; /* chip revision, chip specific */
+} __attribute__ ((packed));
+
+/*
+ * I O C T L C O D E S F O R V I D E O D E V I C E S
+ *
+ */
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYCAP _IOR('V', 0, struct <link linkend="v4l2-capability">v4l2_capability</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_RESERVED _IO('V', 1)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT _IOWR('V', 2, struct <link linkend="v4l2-fmtdesc">v4l2_fmtdesc</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_FMT _IOWR('V', 4, struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_FMT _IOWR('V', 5, struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_REQBUFS _IOWR('V', 8, struct <link linkend="v4l2-requestbuffers">v4l2_requestbuffers</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYBUF _IOWR('V', 9, struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_FBUF _IOR('V', 10, struct <link linkend="v4l2-framebuffer">v4l2_framebuffer</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_FBUF _IOW('V', 11, struct <link linkend="v4l2-framebuffer">v4l2_framebuffer</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_OVERLAY _IOW('V', 14, int)
+#define VIDIOC_QBUF _IOWR('V', 15, struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_DQBUF _IOWR('V', 17, struct <link linkend="v4l2-buffer">v4l2_buffer</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_STREAMON _IOW('V', 18, int)
+#define VIDIOC_STREAMOFF _IOW('V', 19, int)
+#define VIDIOC_G_PARM _IOWR('V', 21, struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_PARM _IOWR('V', 22, struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_STD _IOR('V', 23, v4l2_std_id)
+#define VIDIOC_S_STD _IOW('V', 24, v4l2_std_id)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUMSTD _IOWR('V', 25, struct <link linkend="v4l2-standard">v4l2_standard</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT _IOWR('V', 26, struct <link linkend="v4l2-input">v4l2_input</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_CTRL _IOWR('V', 27, struct <link linkend="v4l2-control">v4l2_control</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_CTRL _IOWR('V', 28, struct <link linkend="v4l2-control">v4l2_control</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_TUNER _IOWR('V', 29, struct <link linkend="v4l2-tuner">v4l2_tuner</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_TUNER _IOW('V', 30, struct <link linkend="v4l2-tuner">v4l2_tuner</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_AUDIO _IOR('V', 33, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_AUDIO _IOW('V', 34, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL _IOWR('V', 36, struct <link linkend="v4l2-queryctrl">v4l2_queryctrl</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYMENU _IOWR('V', 37, struct <link linkend="v4l2-querymenu">v4l2_querymenu</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_INPUT _IOR('V', 38, int)
+#define VIDIOC_S_INPUT _IOWR('V', 39, int)
+#define VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT _IOR('V', 46, int)
+#define VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT _IOWR('V', 47, int)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT _IOWR('V', 48, struct <link linkend="v4l2-output">v4l2_output</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT _IOR('V', 49, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT _IOW('V', 50, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR _IOWR('V', 54, struct <link linkend="v4l2-modulator">v4l2_modulator</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR _IOW('V', 55, struct <link linkend="v4l2-modulator">v4l2_modulator</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY _IOWR('V', 56, struct <link linkend="v4l2-frequency">v4l2_frequency</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY _IOW('V', 57, struct <link linkend="v4l2-frequency">v4l2_frequency</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_CROPCAP _IOWR('V', 58, struct <link linkend="v4l2-cropcap">v4l2_cropcap</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_CROP _IOWR('V', 59, struct <link linkend="v4l2-crop">v4l2_crop</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_CROP _IOW('V', 60, struct <link linkend="v4l2-crop">v4l2_crop</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP _IOR('V', 61, struct <link linkend="v4l2-jpegcompression">v4l2_jpegcompression</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP _IOW('V', 62, struct <link linkend="v4l2-jpegcompression">v4l2_jpegcompression</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYSTD _IOR('V', 63, v4l2_std_id)
+#define VIDIOC_TRY_FMT _IOWR('V', 64, struct <link linkend="v4l2-format">v4l2_format</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO _IOWR('V', 65, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT _IOWR('V', 66, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY _IOR('V', 67, enum <link linkend="v4l2-priority">v4l2_priority</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY _IOW('V', 68, enum <link linkend="v4l2-priority">v4l2_priority</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP _IOWR('V', 69, struct <link linkend="v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap">v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS _IO('V', 70)
+#define VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 71, struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-controls">v4l2_ext_controls</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 72, struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-controls">v4l2_ext_controls</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS _IOWR('V', 73, struct <link linkend="v4l2-ext-controls">v4l2_ext_controls</link>)
+#if 1
+#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES _IOWR('V', 74, struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmsizeenum">v4l2_frmsizeenum</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS _IOWR('V', 75, struct <link linkend="v4l2-frmivalenum">v4l2_frmivalenum</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX _IOR('V', 76, struct <link linkend="v4l2-enc-idx">v4l2_enc_idx</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD _IOWR('V', 77, struct <link linkend="v4l2-encoder-cmd">v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD _IOWR('V', 78, struct <link linkend="v4l2-encoder-cmd">v4l2_encoder_cmd</link>)
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use.
+ Only implemented if CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG is defined.
+ You must be root to use these ioctls. Never use these in applications! */
+#define VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER _IOW('V', 79, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-register">v4l2_dbg_register</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER _IOWR('V', 80, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-register">v4l2_dbg_register</link>)
+
+/* Experimental, meant for debugging, testing and internal use.
+ Never use this ioctl in applications! */
+#define VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT _IOWR('V', 81, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</link>)
+#endif
+
+#define VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK _IOW('V', 82, struct <link linkend="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">v4l2_hw_freq_seek</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS _IOWR('V', 83, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">v4l2_dv_enum_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 84, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET _IOWR('V', 85, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET _IOR('V', 86, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-preset">v4l2_dv_preset</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 87, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS _IOWR('V', 88, struct <link linkend="v4l2-dv-timings">v4l2_dv_timings</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_DQEVENT _IOR('V', 89, struct <link linkend="v4l2-event">v4l2_event</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT _IOW('V', 90, struct <link linkend="v4l2-event-subscription">v4l2_event_subscription</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT _IOW('V', 91, struct <link linkend="v4l2-event-subscription">v4l2_event_subscription</link>)
+
+/* Reminder: when adding new ioctls please add support for them to
+ drivers/media/video/v4l2-compat-ioctl32.c as well! */
+
+#ifdef __OLD_VIDIOC_
+/* for compatibility, will go away some day */
+#define VIDIOC_OVERLAY_OLD _IOWR('V', 14, int)
+#define VIDIOC_S_PARM_OLD _IOW('V', 22, struct <link linkend="v4l2-streamparm">v4l2_streamparm</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_S_CTRL_OLD _IOW('V', 28, struct <link linkend="v4l2-control">v4l2_control</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_AUDIO_OLD _IOWR('V', 33, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audio">v4l2_audio</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT_OLD _IOWR('V', 49, struct <link linkend="v4l2-audioout">v4l2_audioout</link>)
+#define VIDIOC_CROPCAP_OLD _IOR('V', 58, struct <link linkend="v4l2-cropcap">v4l2_cropcap</link>)
+#endif
+
+#define BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE 192 /* 192-255 are private */
+
+#endif /* __LINUX_VIDEODEV2_H */
+</programlisting>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..816e90e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-cropcap">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_CROPCAP</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Information about the video cropping and scaling abilities</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_cropcap
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Applications use this function to query the cropping
+limits, the pixel aspect of images and to calculate scale factors.
+They set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a v4l2_cropcap
+structure to the respective buffer (stream) type and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure. The results are
+constant except when switching the video standard. Remember this
+switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or
+output.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-cropcap">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_cropcap</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
+Only these types are valid here:
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
+defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
+and higher.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect-crop">v4l2_rect</link></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bounds</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Defines the window within capturing or output is
+possible, this may exclude for example the horizontal and vertical
+blanking areas. The cropping rectangle cannot exceed these limits.
+Width and height are defined in pixels, the driver writer is free to
+choose origin and units of the coordinate system in the analog
+domain.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect-crop">v4l2_rect</link></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>defrect</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Default cropping rectangle, it shall cover the
+"whole picture". Assuming pixel aspect 1/1 this could be for example a
+640 × 480 rectangle for NTSC, a
+768 × 576 rectangle for PAL and SECAM centered over
+the active picture area. The same co-ordinate system as for
+ <structfield>bounds</structfield> is used.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixelaspect</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>This is the pixel aspect (y / x) when no
+scaling is applied, the ratio of the actual sampling
+frequency and the frequency required to get square
+pixels.</para><para>When cropping coordinates refer to square pixels,
+the driver sets <structfield>pixelaspect</structfield> to 1/1. Other
+common values are 54/59 for PAL and SECAM, 11/10 for NTSC sampled
+according to [<xref linkend="itu601" />].</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- NB this table is duplicated in the overlay chapter. -->
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-rect-crop">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>left</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal offset of the top, left corner of the
+rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>top</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical offset of the top, left corner of the
+rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width
+and height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for
+hysterical reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com
+on 22 Oct 2002 subject "Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" -->
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-cropcap; <structfield>type</structfield> is
+invalid or the ioctl is not supported. This is not permitted for
+video capture, output and overlay devices, which must support
+<constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a09e20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Identify the chips on a TV card</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dbg_chip_ident
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link
+linkend="experimental">experimental</link> interface and may change in
+the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>For driver debugging purposes this ioctl allows test
+applications to query the driver about the chips present on the TV
+card. Regular applications must not use it. When you found a chip
+specific bug, please contact the linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;)
+so it can be fixed.</para>
+
+ <para>To query the driver applications must initialize the
+<structfield>match.type</structfield> and
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> or <structfield>match.name</structfield>
+fields of a &v4l2-dbg-chip-ident;
+and call <constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant> with a pointer to
+this structure. On success the driver stores information about the
+selected chip in the <structfield>ident</structfield> and
+<structfield>revision</structfield> fields. On failure the structure
+remains unchanged.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects the nth non-&i2c; chip
+on the TV card. You can enumerate all chips by starting at zero and
+incrementing <structfield>match.addr</structfield> by one until
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant> fails with an &EINVAL;.
+The number zero always selects the host chip, ⪚ the chip connected
+to the PCI or USB bus.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER</constant>,
+<structfield>match.name</structfield> contains the I2C driver name.
+For instance
+<constant>"saa7127"</constant> will match any chip
+supported by the saa7127 driver, regardless of its &i2c; bus address.
+When multiple chips supported by the same driver are present, the
+ioctl will return <constant>V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS</constant> in the
+<structfield>ident</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects a chip by its 7 bit
+&i2c; bus address.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects the nth AC97 chip
+on the TV card. You can enumerate all chips by starting at zero and
+incrementing <structfield>match.addr</structfield> by one until
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant> fails with an &EINVAL;.</para>
+
+ <para>On success, the <structfield>ident</structfield> field will
+contain a chip ID from the Linux
+<filename>media/v4l2-chip-ident.h</filename> header file, and the
+<structfield>revision</structfield> field will contain a driver
+specific value, or zero if no particular revision is associated with
+this chip.</para>
+
+ <para>When the driver could not identify the selected chip,
+<structfield>ident</structfield> will contain
+<constant>V4L2_IDENT_UNKNOWN</constant>. When no chip matched
+the ioctl will succeed but the
+<structfield>ident</structfield> field will contain
+<constant>V4L2_IDENT_NONE</constant>. If multiple chips matched,
+<structfield>ident</structfield> will contain
+<constant>V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS</constant>. In all these cases the
+<structfield>revision</structfield> field remains unchanged.</para>
+
+ <para>This ioctl is optional, not all drivers may support it. It
+was introduced in Linux 2.6.21, but the API was changed to the
+one described here in 2.6.29.</para>
+
+ <para>We recommended the <application>v4l2-dbg</application>
+utility over calling this ioctl directly. It is available from the
+LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see <ulink
+url="http://linuxtv.org/repo/">http://linuxtv.org/repo/</ulink> for
+access instructions.</para>
+
+ <!-- Note for convenience vidioc-dbg-g-register.sgml
+ contains a duplicate of this table. -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ident-v4l2-dbg-match">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_match</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="ident-chip-match-types" /> for a list of
+possible types.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry>(anonymous)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>addr</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by this number, interpreted according
+to the <structfield>type</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>char</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name[32]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by this name, interpreted according
+to the <structfield>type</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dbg-chip-ident">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_chip_ident</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct v4l2_dbg_match</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>match</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>How to match the chip, see <xref linkend="ident-v4l2-dbg-match" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ident</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A chip identifier as defined in the Linux
+<filename>media/v4l2-chip-ident.h</filename> header file, or one of
+the values from <xref linkend="chip-ids" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>revision</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A chip revision, chip and driver specific.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- Note for convenience vidioc-dbg-g-register.sgml
+ contains a duplicate of this table. -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ident-chip-match-types">
+ <title>Chip Match Types</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the
+ host chip. Does not match &i2c; chips.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Match an &i2c; chip by its driver name.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by its 7 bit &i2c; bus address.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Match the nth anciliary AC97 chip.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- This is an anonymous enum in media/v4l2-chip-ident.h. -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="chip-ids">
+ <title>Chip Identifiers</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IDENT_NONE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>No chip matched.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IDENT_AMBIGUOUS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Multiple chips matched.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IDENT_UNKNOWN</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>A chip is present at this address, but the driver
+could not identify it.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support this ioctl, or the
+<structfield>match_type</structfield> is invalid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..980c7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dbg-g-register.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-dbg-g-register">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Read or write hardware registers</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dbg_register *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_dbg_register
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER, VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>For driver debugging purposes these ioctls allow test
+applications to access hardware registers directly. Regular
+applications must not use them.</para>
+
+ <para>Since writing or even reading registers can jeopardize the
+system security, its stability and damage the hardware, both ioctls
+require superuser privileges. Additionally the Linux kernel must be
+compiled with the <constant>CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG</constant> option
+to enable these ioctls.</para>
+
+ <para>To write a register applications must initialize all fields
+of a &v4l2-dbg-register; and call
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</constant> with a pointer to this
+structure. The <structfield>match.type</structfield> and
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> or <structfield>match.name</structfield>
+fields select a chip on the TV
+card, the <structfield>reg</structfield> field specifies a register
+number and the <structfield>val</structfield> field the value to be
+written into the register.</para>
+
+ <para>To read a register applications must initialize the
+<structfield>match.type</structfield>,
+<structfield>match.chip</structfield> or <structfield>match.name</structfield> and
+<structfield>reg</structfield> fields, and call
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER</constant> with a pointer to this
+structure. On success the driver stores the register value in the
+<structfield>val</structfield> field. On failure the structure remains
+unchanged.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects the nth non-&i2c; chip
+on the TV card. The number zero always selects the host chip, ⪚ the
+chip connected to the PCI or USB bus. You can find out which chips are
+present with the &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER</constant>,
+<structfield>match.name</structfield> contains the I2C driver name.
+For instance
+<constant>"saa7127"</constant> will match any chip
+supported by the saa7127 driver, regardless of its &i2c; bus address.
+When multiple chips supported by the same driver are present, the
+effect of these ioctls is undefined. Again with the
+&VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT; ioctl you can find out which &i2c; chips are
+present.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects a chip by its 7 bit &i2c;
+bus address.</para>
+
+ <para>When <structfield>match.type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97</constant>,
+<structfield>match.addr</structfield> selects the nth AC97 chip
+on the TV card.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Success not guaranteed</title>
+
+ <para>Due to a flaw in the Linux &i2c; bus driver these ioctls may
+return successfully without actually reading or writing a register. To
+catch the most likely failure we recommend a &VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT;
+call confirming the presence of the selected &i2c; chip.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support them.
+However when a driver supports these ioctls it must also support
+&VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT;. Conversely it may support
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_IDENT</constant> but not these ioctls.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER</constant> were introduced in Linux
+2.6.21, but their API was changed to the one described here in kernel 2.6.29.</para>
+
+ <para>We recommended the <application>v4l2-dbg</application>
+utility over calling these ioctls directly. It is available from the
+LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository; see <ulink
+url="http://linuxtv.org/repo/">http://linuxtv.org/repo/</ulink> for
+access instructions.</para>
+
+ <!-- Note for convenience vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.sgml
+ contains a duplicate of this table. -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dbg-match">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_match</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="ident-chip-match-types" /> for a list of
+possible types.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry>(anonymous)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>addr</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by this number, interpreted according
+to the <structfield>type</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>char</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name[32]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by this name, interpreted according
+to the <structfield>type</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dbg-register">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dbg_register</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct v4l2_dbg_match</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>match</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>How to match the chip, see <xref linkend="v4l2-dbg-match" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reg</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A register number.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>val</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The value read from, or to be written into the
+register.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- Note for convenience vidioc-dbg-g-chip-ident.sgml
+ contains a duplicate of this table. -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="chip-match-types">
+ <title>Chip Match Types</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_HOST</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Match the nth chip on the card, zero for the
+ host chip. Does not match &i2c; chips.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_DRIVER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Match an &i2c; chip by its driver name.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_I2C_ADDR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Match a chip by its 7 bit &i2c; bus address.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CHIP_MATCH_AC97</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Match the nth anciliary AC97 chip.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support this ioctl, or the kernel
+was not compiled with the <constant>CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG</constant>
+option, or the <structfield>match_type</structfield> is invalid, or the
+selected chip or register does not exist.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EPERM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Insufficient permissions. Root privileges are required
+to execute these ioctls.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e0a7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-dqevent">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DQEVENT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_DQEVENT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Dequeue event</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_event
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_DQEVENT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Dequeue an event from a video device. No input is required
+ for this ioctl. All the fields of the &v4l2-event; structure are
+ filled by the driver. The file handle will also receive exceptions
+ which the application may get by e.g. using the select system
+ call.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the event.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>u</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-event-vsync;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[64]</entry>
+ <entry>Event data. Defined by the event type. The union
+ should be used to define easily accessible type for
+ events.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pending</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Number of pending events excluding this one.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sequence</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Event sequence number. The sequence number is
+ incremented for every subscribed event that takes place.
+ If sequence numbers are not contiguous it means that
+ events have been lost.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>struct timespec</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>timestamp</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Event timestamp.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
+ the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0dde94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-encoder-cmd">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Execute an encoder command</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) encoder.
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the
+encoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant> can be used to
+try a command without actually executing it.</para>
+
+ <para>To send a command applications must initialize all fields of a
+ &v4l2-encoder-cmd; and call
+ <constant>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</constant> or
+ <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant> with a pointer to this
+ structure.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structfield>cmd</structfield> field must contain the
+command code. The <structfield>flags</structfield> field is currently
+only used by the STOP command and contains one bit: If the
+<constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END</constant> flag is set,
+encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group
+Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise it will stop immediately.</para>
+
+ <para>A <function>read</function>() call sends a START command to
+the encoder if it has not been started yet. After a STOP command,
+<function>read</function>() calls will read the remaining data
+buffered by the driver. When the buffer is empty,
+<function>read</function>() will return zero and the next
+<function>read</function>() call will restart the encoder.</para>
+
+ <para>A <function>close</function>() call sends an immediate STOP
+to the encoder, and all buffered data is discarded.</para>
+
+ <para>These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support
+them. They were introduced in Linux 2.6.21.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-encoder-cmd">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_encoder_cmd</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>cmd</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The encoder command, see <xref linkend="encoder-cmds" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Flags to go with the command, see <xref
+ linkend="encoder-flags" />. If no flags are defined for
+this command, drivers and applications must set this field to
+zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[8]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="encoder-cmds">
+ <title>Encoder Commands</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_START</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Start the encoder. When the encoder is already
+running or paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for
+this command.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Stop the encoder. When the
+<constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END</constant> flag is set,
+encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group
+Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise encoding will stop immediately.
+When the encoder is already stopped, this command does
+nothing.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_PAUSE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Pause the encoder. When the encoder has not been
+started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. When the encoder is
+already paused, this command does nothing. No flags are defined for
+this command.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_RESUME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Resume encoding after a PAUSE command. When the
+encoder has not been started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;.
+When the encoder is already running, this command does nothing. No
+flags are defined for this command.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="encoder-flags">
+ <title>Encoder Command Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_CMD_STOP_AT_GOP_END</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>Stop encoding at the end of the current <wordasword>Group Of
+Pictures</wordasword>, rather than immediately.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support this ioctl, or the
+<structfield>cmd</structfield> field is invalid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EPERM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The application sent a PAUSE or RESUME command when
+the encoder was not running.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d31427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-presets">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video presets</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_enum_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a DV preset, applications initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-enum-preset;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all DV Presets supported,
+applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
+driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Drivers may enumerate a
+different set of DV presets after switching the video input or
+output.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-enum-preset">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_enum_presets</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Number of the DV preset, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This field identifies one of the DV preset values listed in <xref linkend="v4l2-dv-presets-vals"/>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[24]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the preset, a NUL-terminated ASCII string, for example: "720P-60", "1080I-60". This information is
+intended for the user.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the active video in pixels for the DV preset.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the active video in lines for the DV preset.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-presets-vals">
+ <title>struct <structname>DV Presets</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Preset</entry>
+ <entry>Preset value</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_INVALID</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Invalid preset value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_480P59_94</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>720x480 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_576P50</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>720x576 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1362.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P24</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P25</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P30</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P50</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P59_94</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 59.94 fps as per SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_720P60</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>1280x720 progressive video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 274M/296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I29_97</entry>
+ <entry>9</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 29.97 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I30</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 30 fps as per BT.1120/SMPTE 274M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I25</entry>
+ <entry>11</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 25 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I50</entry>
+ <entry>12</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 50 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080I60</entry>
+ <entry>13</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 interlaced video at 60 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P24</entry>
+ <entry>14</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 24 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P25</entry>
+ <entry>15</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 25 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P30</entry>
+ <entry>16</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 30 fps as per SMPTE 296M.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P50</entry>
+ <entry>17</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 50 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_1080P60</entry>
+ <entry>18</entry>
+ <entry>1920x1080 progressive video at 60 fps as per BT.1120.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-dv-enum-preset; <structfield>index</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..960d446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enum-fmt">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate image formats</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_fmtdesc
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To enumerate image formats applications initialize the
+<structfield>type</structfield> and <structfield>index</structfield>
+field of &v4l2-fmtdesc; and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL;. All formats are enumerable by beginning at index zero and
+incrementing by one until <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> is
+returned.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-fmtdesc">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_fmtdesc</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Number of the format in the enumeration, set by
+the application. This is in no way related to the <structfield>
+pixelformat</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
+Only these types are valid here:
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
+defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
+and higher.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="fmtdesc-flags" /></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>description</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Description of the format, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string. This information is intended for the user, for example: "YUV
+4:2:2".</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixelformat</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The image format identifier. This is a
+four character code as computed by the v4l2_fourcc()
+macro:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para><programlisting id="v4l2-fourcc">
+#define v4l2_fourcc(a,b,c,d) (((__u32)(a)<<0)|((__u32)(b)<<8)|((__u32)(c)<<16)|((__u32)(d)<<24))
+</programlisting></para><para>Several image formats are already
+defined by this specification in <xref linkend="pixfmt" />. Note these
+codes are not the same as those used in the Windows world.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
+the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="fmtdesc-flags">
+ <title>Image Format Description Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_COMPRESSED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>This is a compressed format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>This format is not native to the device but emulated
+through software (usually libv4l2), where possible try to use a native format
+instead for better performance.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-fmtdesc; <structfield>type</structfield>
+is not supported or the <structfield>index</structfield> is out of
+bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c216e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-frameintervals.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enum-frameintervals">
+
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate frame intervals</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_frmivalenum *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pointer to a &v4l2-frmivalenum; structure that
+contains a pixel format and size and receives a frame interval.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame
+intervals that the device supports for the given pixel format and
+frame size.</para>
+ <para>The supported pixel formats and frame sizes can be obtained
+by using the &VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; and &VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES;
+functions.</para>
+ <para>The return value and the content of the
+<structfield>v4l2_frmivalenum.type</structfield> field depend on the
+type of frame intervals the device supports. Here are the semantics of
+the function for the different cases:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Discrete:</emphasis> The function
+returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The
+application should increase the index by one for each call until
+<constant>EINVAL</constant> is returned. The `v4l2_frmivalenum.type`
+field is set to `V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE` by the driver. Of the
+union only the `discrete` member is valid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Step-wise:</emphasis> The function
+returns success if the given index value is zero and
+<constant>EINVAL</constant> for any other index value. The
+<structfield>v4l2_frmivalenum.type</structfield> field is set to
+<constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE</constant> by the driver. Of the
+union only the <structfield>stepwise</structfield> member is
+valid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Continuous:</emphasis> This is a
+special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success
+if the given index value is zero and <constant>EINVAL</constant> for
+any other index value. The
+<structfield>v4l2_frmivalenum.type</structfield> field is set to
+<constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant> by the driver. Of
+the union only the <structfield>stepwise</structfield> member is valid
+and the <structfield>step</structfield> value is set to 1.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>When the application calls the function with index zero, it
+must check the <structfield>type</structfield> field to determine the
+type of frame interval enumeration the device supports. Only for the
+<constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE</constant> type does it make
+sense to increase the index value to receive more frame
+intervals.</para>
+ <para>Note that the order in which the frame intervals are
+returned has no special meaning. In particular does it not say
+anything about potential default frame intervals.</para>
+ <para>Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not
+change without any interaction from the application itself. This means
+that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not
+perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame interval
+enumeration.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Notes</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Frame intervals and frame
+rates:</emphasis> The V4L2 API uses frame intervals instead of frame
+rates. Given the frame interval the frame rate can be computed as
+follows:<screen>frame_rate = 1 / frame_interval</screen></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Structs</title>
+
+ <para>In the structs below, <emphasis>IN</emphasis> denotes a
+value that has to be filled in by the application,
+<emphasis>OUT</emphasis> denotes values that the driver fills in. The
+application should zero out all members except for the
+<emphasis>IN</emphasis> fields.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmival-stepwise">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frmival_stepwise</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>min</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Minimum frame interval [s].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>max</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Maximum frame interval [s].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>step</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame interval step size [s].</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmivalenum">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frmivalenum</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Index of the given frame interval in the
+enumeration.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixel_format</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Pixel format for which the frame intervals are
+enumerated.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Frame width for which the frame intervals are
+enumerated.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Frame height for which the frame intervals are
+enumerated.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>OUT: Frame interval type the device supports.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>OUT: Frame interval with the given index.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>discrete</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame interval [s].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-frmival-stepwise;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>stepwise</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Enums</title>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmivaltypes">
+ <title>enum <structname>v4l2_frmivaltypes</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_DISCRETE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Discrete frame interval.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Continuous frame interval.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMIVAL_TYPE_STEPWISE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Step-wise defined frame interval.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <para>See the description section above for a list of return
+values that <varname>errno</varname> can have.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6afa454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enum-framesizes">
+
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate frame sizes</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pointer to a &v4l2-frmsizeenum; that contains an index
+and pixel format and receives a frame width and height.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes
+(&ie; width and height in pixels) that the device supports for the
+given pixel format.</para>
+ <para>The supported pixel formats can be obtained by using the
+&VIDIOC-ENUM-FMT; function.</para>
+ <para>The return value and the content of the
+<structfield>v4l2_frmsizeenum.type</structfield> field depend on the
+type of frame sizes the device supports. Here are the semantics of the
+function for the different cases:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Discrete:</emphasis> The function
+returns success if the given index value (zero-based) is valid. The
+application should increase the index by one for each call until
+<constant>EINVAL</constant> is returned. The
+<structfield>v4l2_frmsizeenum.type</structfield> field is set to
+<constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE</constant> by the driver. Of the
+union only the <structfield>discrete</structfield> member is
+valid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Step-wise:</emphasis> The function
+returns success if the given index value is zero and
+<constant>EINVAL</constant> for any other index value. The
+<structfield>v4l2_frmsizeenum.type</structfield> field is set to
+<constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE</constant> by the driver. Of the
+union only the <structfield>stepwise</structfield> member is
+valid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="bold">Continuous:</emphasis> This is a
+special case of the step-wise type above. The function returns success
+if the given index value is zero and <constant>EINVAL</constant> for
+any other index value. The
+<structfield>v4l2_frmsizeenum.type</structfield> field is set to
+<constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant> by the driver. Of
+the union only the <structfield>stepwise</structfield> member is valid
+and the <structfield>step_width</structfield> and
+<structfield>step_height</structfield> values are set to 1.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>When the application calls the function with index zero, it
+must check the <structfield>type</structfield> field to determine the
+type of frame size enumeration the device supports. Only for the
+<constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE</constant> type does it make
+sense to increase the index value to receive more frame sizes.</para>
+ <para>Note that the order in which the frame sizes are returned
+has no special meaning. In particular does it not say anything about
+potential default format sizes.</para>
+ <para>Applications can assume that the enumeration data does not
+change without any interaction from the application itself. This means
+that the enumeration data is consistent if the application does not
+perform any other ioctl calls while it runs the frame size
+enumeration.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Structs</title>
+
+ <para>In the structs below, <emphasis>IN</emphasis> denotes a
+value that has to be filled in by the application,
+<emphasis>OUT</emphasis> denotes values that the driver fills in. The
+application should zero out all members except for the
+<emphasis>IN</emphasis> fields.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmsize-discrete">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frmsize_discrete</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the frame [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the frame [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmsize-stepwise">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frmsize_stepwise</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>min_width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Minimum frame width [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>max_width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Maximum frame width [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>step_width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame width step size [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>min_height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Minimum frame height [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>max_height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Maximum frame height [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>step_height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Frame height step size [pixel].</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmsizeenum">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frmsizeenum</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Index of the given frame size in the enumeration.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixel_format</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>IN: Pixel format for which the frame sizes are enumerated.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>OUT: Frame size type the device supports.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>OUT: Frame size with the given index.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-frmsize-discrete;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>discrete</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-frmsize-stepwise;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>stepwise</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[2]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved space for future use.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Enums</title>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frmsizetypes">
+ <title>enum <structname>v4l2_frmsizetypes</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_DISCRETE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Discrete frame size.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_CONTINUOUS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Continuous frame size.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FRMSIZE_TYPE_STEPWISE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Step-wise defined frame size.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <para>See the description section above for a list of return
+values that <varname>errno</varname> can have.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ae8f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enumaudio">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate audio inputs</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_audio *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of an audio input applications
+initialize the <structfield>index</structfield> field and zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-audio;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio
+inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
+until the driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="vidioc-g-audio" /> for a description of
+&v4l2-audio;.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The number of the audio input is out of bounds, or
+there are no audio inputs at all and this ioctl is not
+supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3d7c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumaudioout.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enumaudioout">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate audio outputs</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_audioout *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of an audio output applications
+initialize the <structfield>index</structfield> field and zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-audioout; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all audio
+outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
+until the driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio
+signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense.</para>
+
+ <para>See <xref linkend="vidioc-g-audioout" /> for a description of
+&v4l2-audioout;.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The number of the audio output is out of bounds, or
+there are no audio outputs at all and this ioctl is not
+supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..476fe1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enuminput">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate video inputs</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_input
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a video input applications
+initialize the <structfield>index</structfield> field of &v4l2-input;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMINPUT</constant> ioctl with a
+pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or
+return an &EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all
+inputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
+until the driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-input">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_input</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the input, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the video input, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string, for example: "Vin (Composite 2)". This information is intended
+for the user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the input, see <xref
+ linkend="input-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>audioset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and
+audio inputs. This field shows which audio inputs were selectable as
+audio source if this was the currently selected video input. It is a
+bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio input 0, the MSB to input 31.
+Any number of bits can be set, or none.</para><para>When the driver
+does not enumerate audio inputs no bits must be set. Applications
+shall not interpret this as lack of audio support. Some drivers
+automatically select audio sources and do not enumerate them since
+there is no choice anyway.</para><para>For details on audio inputs and
+how to select the current input see <xref
+ linkend="audio" />.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>tuner</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Capture devices can have zero or more tuners (RF
+demodulators). When the <structfield>type</structfield> is set to
+<constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER</constant> this is an RF connector and
+this field identifies the tuner. It corresponds to
+&v4l2-tuner; field <structfield>index</structfield>. For details on
+tuners see <xref linkend="tuner" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-std-id;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>std</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Every video input supports one or more different
+video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For
+details on video standards and how to switch see <xref
+linkend="standard" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>status</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This field provides status information about the
+input. See <xref linkend="input-status" /> for flags.
+With the exception of the sensor orientation bits <structfield>status</structfield> is only valid when this is the
+current input.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This field provides capabilities for the
+input. See <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
+the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-type">
+ <title>Input Types</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_TUNER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>This input uses a tuner (RF demodulator).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_INPUT_TYPE_CAMERA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Analog baseband input, for example CVBS /
+Composite Video, S-Video, RGB.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- Status flags based on proposal by Mark McClelland,
+video4linux-list@redhat.com on 18 Oct 2002, subject "Re: [V4L] Re:
+v4l2 api". "Why are some of them inverted? So that the driver doesn't
+have to lie about the status in cases where it can't tell one way or
+the other. Plus, a status of zero would generally mean that everything
+is OK." -->
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-status">
+ <title>Input Status Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colname="c1" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" align="center" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c3" spanname="hspan"
+ align="left" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">General</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_POWER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+ <entry>Attached device is off.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SIGNAL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000002</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_COLOR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000004</entry>
+ <entry>The hardware supports color decoding, but does not
+detect color modulation in the signal.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Sensor Orientation</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_HFLIP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000010</entry>
+ <entry>The input is connected to a device that produces a signal
+that is flipped horizontally and does not correct this before passing the
+signal to userspace.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_VFLIP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000020</entry>
+ <entry>The input is connected to a device that produces a signal
+that is flipped vertically and does not correct this before passing the
+signal to userspace. Note that a 180 degree rotation is the same as HFLIP | VFLIP</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Analog Video</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_H_LOCK</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000100</entry>
+ <entry>No horizontal sync lock.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_COLOR_KILL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000200</entry>
+ <entry>A color killer circuit automatically disables color
+decoding when it detects no color modulation. When this flag is set
+the color killer is enabled <emphasis>and</emphasis> has shut off
+color decoding.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Digital Video</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_SYNC</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00010000</entry>
+ <entry>No synchronization lock.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_EQU</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00020000</entry>
+ <entry>No equalizer lock.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_CARRIER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00040000</entry>
+ <entry>Carrier recovery failed.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">VCR and Set-Top Box</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_MACROVISION</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x01000000</entry>
+ <entry>Macrovision is an analog copy prevention system
+mangling the video signal to confuse video recorders. When this
+flag is set Macrovision has been detected.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_NO_ACCESS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x02000000</entry>
+ <entry>Conditional access denied.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_ST_VTR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x04000000</entry>
+ <entry>VTR time constant. [?]</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- Capability flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
+Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
+input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
+ -->
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="input-capabilities">
+ <title>Input capabilities</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+ <entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000002</entry>
+ <entry>This input supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000004</entry>
+ <entry>This input supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-input; <structfield>index</structfield> is
+out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a281d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enumoutput">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate video outputs</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_output *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a video outputs applications
+initialize the <structfield>index</structfield> field of &v4l2-output;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMOUTPUT</constant> ioctl with a
+pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or
+return an &EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all
+outputs applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one
+until the driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-output">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_output</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the output, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the video output, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string, for example: "Vout". This information is intended for the
+user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the output, see <xref
+ linkend="output-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>audioset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>Drivers can enumerate up to 32 video and
+audio outputs. This field shows which audio outputs were
+selectable as the current output if this was the currently selected
+video output. It is a bit mask. The LSB corresponds to audio output 0,
+the MSB to output 31. Any number of bits can be set, or
+none.</para><para>When the driver does not enumerate audio outputs no
+bits must be set. Applications shall not interpret this as lack of
+audio support. Drivers may automatically select audio outputs without
+enumerating them.</para><para>For details on audio outputs and how to
+select the current output see <xref linkend="audio" />.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>modulator</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Output devices can have zero or more RF modulators.
+When the <structfield>type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR</constant> this is an RF
+connector and this field identifies the modulator. It corresponds to
+&v4l2-modulator; field <structfield>index</structfield>. For details
+on modulators see <xref linkend="tuner" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-std-id;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>std</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Every video output supports one or more different
+video standards. This field is a set of all supported standards. For
+details on video standards and how to switch see <xref
+ linkend="standard" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This field provides capabilities for the
+output. See <xref linkend="output-capabilities" /> for flags.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
+the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="output-type">
+ <title>Output Type</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_MODULATOR</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>This output is an analog TV modulator.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Analog baseband output, for example Composite /
+CVBS, S-Video, RGB.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUTPUT_TYPE_ANALOGVGAOVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>[?]</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- Capabilities flags based on video timings RFC by Muralidharan
+Karicheri, titled RFC (v1.2): V4L - Support for video timings at the
+input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009.
+ -->
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="output-capabilities">
+ <title>Output capabilities</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_PRESETS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+ <entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000002</entry>
+ <entry>This output supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000004</entry>
+ <entry>This output supports setting the TV standard by using VIDIOC_S_STD.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-output; <structfield>index</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95803fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-enumstd">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Enumerate supported video standards</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_standard *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a video standard,
+especially a custom (driver defined) one, applications initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field of &v4l2-standard; and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all standards
+applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
+driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Drivers may enumerate a
+different set of standards after switching the video input or
+output.<footnote>
+ <para>The supported standards may overlap and we need an
+unambiguous set to find the current standard returned by
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>.</para>
+ </footnote></para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-standard">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_standard</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Number of the video standard, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-std-id;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The bits in this field identify the standard as
+one of the common standards listed in <xref linkend="v4l2-std-id" />,
+or if bits 32 to 63 are set as custom standards. Multiple bits can be
+set if the hardware does not distinguish between these standards,
+however separate indices do not indicate the opposite. The
+<structfield>id</structfield> must be unique. No other enumerated
+<structname>v4l2_standard</structname> structure, for this input or
+output anyway, can contain the same set of bits.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[24]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the standard, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string, for example: "PAL-B/G", "NTSC Japan". This information is
+intended for the user.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>frameperiod</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The frame period (not field period) is numerator
+/ denominator. For example M/NTSC has a frame period of 1001 /
+30000 seconds.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>framelines</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Total lines per frame including blanking,
+e. g. 625 for B/PAL.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set
+the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-fract">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_fract</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>numerator</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>denominator</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-std-id">
+ <title>typedef <structname>v4l2_std_id</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>v4l2_std_id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This type is a set, each bit representing another
+video standard as listed below and in <xref
+linkend="video-standards" />. The 32 most significant bits are reserved
+for custom (driver defined) video standards.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para><programlisting>
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000001)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000002)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000004)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000008)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_I ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000010)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000020)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000040)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000080)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000100)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_N ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000200)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000400)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_60 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00000800)
+</programlisting></para><para><constant>V4L2_STD_PAL_60</constant> is
+a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and PAL color
+modulation with a 4.43 MHz color subcarrier. Some PAL video recorders
+can play back NTSC tapes in this mode for display on a 50/60 Hz agnostic
+PAL TV.</para><para><programlisting>
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M ((v4l2_std_id)0x00001000)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP ((v4l2_std_id)0x00002000)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_443 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00004000)
+</programlisting></para><para><constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_443</constant>
+is a hybrid standard with 525 lines, 60 Hz refresh rate, and NTSC
+color modulation with a 4.43 MHz color
+subcarrier.</para><para><programlisting>
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR ((v4l2_std_id)0x00008000)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_B ((v4l2_std_id)0x00010000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_D ((v4l2_std_id)0x00020000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_G ((v4l2_std_id)0x00040000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_H ((v4l2_std_id)0x00080000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K ((v4l2_std_id)0x00100000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1 ((v4l2_std_id)0x00200000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_L ((v4l2_std_id)0x00400000)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC ((v4l2_std_id)0x00800000)
+
+/* ATSC/HDTV */
+#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x01000000)
+#define V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB ((v4l2_std_id)0x02000000)
+</programlisting></para><para><!-- ATSC proposal by Mark McClelland,
+video4linux-list@redhat.com on 17 Oct 2002
+--><constant>V4L2_STD_ATSC_8_VSB</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_STD_ATSC_16_VSB</constant> are U.S. terrestrial digital
+TV standards. Presently the V4L2 API does not support digital TV. See
+also the Linux DVB API at <ulink
+url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
+<para><programlisting>
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_BG (V4L2_STD_PAL_B |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_G)
+#define V4L2_STD_B (V4L2_STD_PAL_B |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_B1 |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_B)
+#define V4L2_STD_GH (V4L2_STD_PAL_G |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_H |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_G |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_H)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_D |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_D1 |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_K)
+#define V4L2_STD_PAL (V4L2_STD_PAL_BG |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_DK |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_H |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_I)
+#define V4L2_STD_NTSC (V4L2_STD_NTSC_M |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_KR)
+#define V4L2_STD_MN (V4L2_STD_PAL_M |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_N |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC)
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK (V4L2_STD_SECAM_D |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_K |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_K1)
+#define V4L2_STD_DK (V4L2_STD_PAL_DK |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_SECAM (V4L2_STD_SECAM_B |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_G |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_H |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_DK |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_L |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM_LC)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_525_60 (V4L2_STD_PAL_M |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_60 |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC |\
+ V4L2_STD_NTSC_443)
+#define V4L2_STD_625_50 (V4L2_STD_PAL |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_N |\
+ V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc |\
+ V4L2_STD_SECAM)
+
+#define V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN 0
+#define V4L2_STD_ALL (V4L2_STD_525_60 |\
+ V4L2_STD_625_50)
+</programlisting></para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" id="video-standards" orient="land">
+ <title>Video Standards (based on [<xref linkend="itu470" />])</title>
+ <tgroup cols="12" colsep="1" rowsep="1" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="c1" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" />
+ <colspec colname="c5" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="c7" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="c9" />
+ <colspec colnum="12" colname="c12" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c3" spanname="m" align="center" />
+ <spanspec namest="c4" nameend="c12" spanname="x" align="center" />
+ <spanspec namest="c5" nameend="c7" spanname="b" align="center" />
+ <spanspec namest="c9" nameend="c12" spanname="s" align="center" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Characteristics</entry>
+ <entry><para>M/NTSC<footnote><para>Japan uses a standard
+similar to M/NTSC
+(V4L2_STD_NTSC_M_JP).</para></footnote></para></entry>
+ <entry>M/PAL</entry>
+ <entry><para>N/PAL<footnote><para> The values in
+brackets apply to the combination N/PAL a.k.a.
+N<subscript>C</subscript> used in Argentina
+(V4L2_STD_PAL_Nc).</para></footnote></para></entry>
+ <entry align="center">B, B1, G/PAL</entry>
+ <entry align="center">D, D1, K/PAL</entry>
+ <entry align="center">H/PAL</entry>
+ <entry align="center">I/PAL</entry>
+ <entry align="center">B, G/SECAM</entry>
+ <entry align="center">D, K/SECAM</entry>
+ <entry align="center">K1/SECAM</entry>
+ <entry align="center">L/SECAM</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Frame lines</entry>
+ <entry spanname="m">525</entry>
+ <entry spanname="x">625</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Frame period (s)</entry>
+ <entry spanname="m">1001/30000</entry>
+ <entry spanname="x">1/25</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Chrominance sub-carrier frequency (Hz)</entry>
+ <entry>3579545 ± 10</entry>
+ <entry>3579611.49 ± 10</entry>
+ <entry>4433618.75 ± 5 (3582056.25
+± 5)</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b">4433618.75 ± 5</entry>
+ <entry>4433618.75 ± 1</entry>
+ <entry spanname="s">f<subscript>OR</subscript> =
+4406250 ± 2000, f<subscript>OB</subscript> = 4250000
+± 2000</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nominal radio-frequency channel bandwidth
+(MHz)</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>B: 7; B1, G: 8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Sound carrier relative to vision carrier
+(MHz)</entry>
+ <entry>+ 4.5</entry>
+ <entry>+ 4.5</entry>
+ <entry>+ 4.5</entry>
+ <entry><para>+ 5.5 ± 0.001
+<footnote><para>In the Federal Republic of Germany, Austria, Italy,
+the Netherlands, Slovakia and Switzerland a system of two sound
+carriers is used, the frequency of the second carrier being
+242.1875 kHz above the frequency of the first sound carrier. For
+stereophonic sound transmissions a similar system is used in
+Australia.</para></footnote> <footnote><para>New Zealand uses a sound
+carrier displaced 5.4996 ± 0.0005 MHz from the vision
+carrier.</para></footnote> <footnote><para>In Denmark, Finland, New
+Zealand, Sweden and Spain a system of two sound carriers is used. In
+Iceland, Norway and Poland the same system is being introduced. The
+second carrier is 5.85 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK
+modulated with 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex. (NICAM
+system)</para></footnote> <footnote><para>In the United Kingdom, a
+system of two sound carriers is used. The second sound carrier is
+6.552 MHz above the vision carrier and is DQPSK modulated with a
+728 kbit/s sound and data multiplex able to carry two sound
+channels. (NICAM system)</para></footnote></para></entry>
+ <entry>+ 6.5 ± 0.001</entry>
+ <entry>+ 5.5</entry>
+ <entry>+ 5.9996 ± 0.0005</entry>
+ <entry>+ 5.5 ± 0.001</entry>
+ <entry>+ 6.5 ± 0.001</entry>
+ <entry>+ 6.5</entry>
+ <entry><para>+ 6.5 <footnote><para>In France, a
+digital carrier 5.85 MHz away from the vision carrier may be used in
+addition to the main sound carrier. It is modulated in differentially
+encoded QPSK with a 728 kbit/s sound and data multiplexer capable of
+carrying two sound channels. (NICAM
+system)</para></footnote></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-standard; <structfield>index</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65361a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-audio">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the current audio input and its
+attributes</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_audio *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_audio *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO, VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the current audio input applications zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-audio;
+and call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDIO</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine
+with the current video input.</para>
+
+ <para>Audio inputs have one writable property, the audio mode. To
+select the current audio input <emphasis>and</emphasis> change the
+audio mode, applications initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> and <structfield>mode</structfield>
+fields, and the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a
+<structname>v4l2_audio</structname> structure and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</constant> ioctl. Drivers may switch to a
+different audio mode if the request cannot be satisfied. However, this
+is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual new audio
+mode.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-audio">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_audio</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the audio input, set by the
+driver or application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the audio input, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string, for example: "Line In". This information is intended for the
+user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Audio capability flags, see <xref
+ linkend="audio-capability" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>mode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Audio mode flags set by drivers and applications (on
+ <constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDIO</constant> ioctl), see <xref linkend="audio-mode" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="audio-capability">
+ <title>Audio Capability Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_AUDCAP_STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00001</entry>
+ <entry>This is a stereo input. The flag is intended to
+automatically disable stereo recording etc. when the signal is always
+monaural. The API provides no means to detect if stereo is
+<emphasis>received</emphasis>, unless the audio input belongs to a
+tuner.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_AUDCAP_AVL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00002</entry>
+ <entry>Automatic Volume Level mode is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="audio-mode">
+ <title>Audio Mode Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_AUDMODE_AVL</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00001</entry>
+ <entry>AVL mode is on.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No audio inputs combine with the current video input,
+or the number of the selected audio input is out of bounds or it does
+not combine, or there are no audio inputs at all and the ioctl is not
+supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O is in progress, the input cannot be
+switched.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3632730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-audioout.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-audioout">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the current audio output</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_audioout *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_audioout *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT, VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the current audio output applications zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-audioout; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the device has no audio inputs, or none which combine
+with the current video output.</para>
+
+ <para>Audio outputs have no writable properties. Nevertheless, to
+select the current audio output applications can initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field and
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array (which in the future may
+contain writable properties) of a
+<structname>v4l2_audioout</structname> structure and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant> ioctl. Drivers switch to the
+requested output or return the &EINVAL; when the index is out of
+bounds. This is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the current
+audio output attributes as <constant>VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT</constant>
+does.</para>
+
+ <para>Note connectors on a TV card to loop back the received audio
+signal to a sound card are not audio outputs in this sense.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-audioout">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_audioout</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the audio output, set by the
+driver or application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the audio output, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string, for example: "Line Out". This information is intended for the
+user, preferably the connector label on the device itself.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Audio capability flags, none defined yet. Drivers
+must set this field to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>mode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Audio mode, none defined yet. Drivers and
+applications (on <constant>VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT</constant>) must set this
+field to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>No audio outputs combine with the current video
+output, or the number of the selected audio output is out of bounds or
+it does not combine, or there are no audio outputs at all and the
+ioctl is not supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O is in progress, the output cannot be
+switched.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d235b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-crop">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_CROP</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_CROP</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set the current cropping rectangle</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_crop *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_crop *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_CROP, VIDIOC_S_CROP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the cropping rectangle size and position
+applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field of a
+<structname>v4l2_crop</structname> structure to the respective buffer
+(stream) type and call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant> ioctl
+with a pointer to this structure. The driver fills the rest of the
+structure or returns the &EINVAL; if cropping is not supported.</para>
+
+ <para>To change the cropping rectangle applications initialize the
+<structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-rect; substructure named
+<structfield>c</structfield> of a v4l2_crop structure and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure.</para>
+
+ <para>The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against
+hardware limits, &ie; the bounds given by the capture/output window,
+and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and
+vertical offset, width and height. In particular the driver must round
+the vertical offset of the cropping rectangle to frame lines modulo
+two, such that the field order cannot be confused.</para>
+
+ <para>Second the driver adjusts the image size (the opposite
+rectangle of the scaling process, source or target depending on the
+data direction) to the closest size possible while maintaining the
+current horizontal and vertical scaling factor.</para>
+
+ <para>Finally the driver programs the hardware with the actual
+cropping and image parameters. <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> is a
+write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual parameters. To query
+them applications must call <constant>VIDIOC_G_CROP</constant> and
+&VIDIOC-G-FMT;. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may
+modify the cropping or image parameters and repeat the cycle until
+satisfactory parameters have been negotiated.</para>
+
+ <para>When cropping is not supported then no parameters are
+changed and <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> returns the
+&EINVAL;.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-crop">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_crop</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
+Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
+defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
+and higher.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>c</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Cropping rectangle. The same co-ordinate system as
+for &v4l2-cropcap; <structfield>bounds</structfield> is used.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cropping is not supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b5e6ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ctrl.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-ctrl">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set the value of a control</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_control
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_CTRL, VIDIOC_S_CTRL</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To get the current value of a control applications
+initialize the <structfield>id</structfield> field of a struct
+<structname>v4l2_control</structname> and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_CTRL</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. To change the value of a control applications initialize
+the <structfield>id</structfield> and <structfield>value</structfield>
+fields of a struct <structname>v4l2_control</structname> and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant> ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>When the <structfield>id</structfield> is invalid drivers
+return an &EINVAL;. When the <structfield>value</structfield> is out
+of bounds drivers can choose to take the closest valid value or return
+an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more appropriate. However,
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_CTRL</constant> is a write-only ioctl, it does not
+return the actual new value.</para>
+
+ <para>These ioctls work only with user controls. For other
+control classes the &VIDIOC-G-EXT-CTRLS;, &VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS; or
+&VIDIOC-TRY-EXT-CTRLS; must be used.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-control">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_control</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the control, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>value</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>New value or current value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-control; <structfield>id</structfield> is
+invalid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-control; <structfield>value</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly
+because another applications took over control of the device function
+this control belongs to.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d733721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-preset">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the DV preset of the current input or output</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET, VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>To query and select the current DV preset, applications
+use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>
+ioctls which take a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset; type as argument.
+Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> returns a dv preset in the field
+<structfield>preset</structfield> of &v4l2-dv-preset;.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> accepts a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset;
+that has the preset value to be set. Applications must zero the reserved array in &v4l2-dv-preset;.
+If the preset is not supported, it returns an &EINVAL; </para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant>,<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-preset">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_preset</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>preset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Preset value to represent the digital video timings</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[4]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ec6ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-dv-timings">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set custom DV timings for input or output</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_timings *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>To set custom DV timings for the input or output, applications use the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current custom timings,
+applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl. The detailed timing
+information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take
+a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported
+or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the active video in pixels</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the active video in lines</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>interlaced</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Progressive (0) or interlaced (1)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>polarities</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This is a bit mask that defines polarities of sync signals.
+bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_HSYNC_POS_POL) is for horizontal sync polarity. If the bit is set
+(1) it is positive polarity and if is cleared (0), it is negative polarity.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixelclock</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Pixel clock in Hz. Ex. 74.25MHz->74250000</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>hfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal front porch in pixels</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>hsync</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal sync length in pixels</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>hbackporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Horizontal back porch in pixels</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical front porch in lines</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical sync length in lines</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>vbackporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical back porch in lines</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>il_vfrontporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical front porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>il_vsync</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical sync length in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>il_vbackporch</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Vertical back porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-timings">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Type of DV timings as listed in <xref linkend="dv-timing-types"/>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry><structfield></structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-bt-timings;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bt</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Timings defined by BT.656/1120 specifications</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-timing-types">
+ <title>DV Timing types</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>Timing type</entry>
+ <entry>value</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_656_1120</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>BT.656/1120 timings</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f242e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-enc-index">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get meta data about a compressed video stream</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_enc_idx *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Experimental</title>
+
+ <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant> ioctl provides
+meta data about a compressed video stream the same or another
+application currently reads from the driver, which is useful for
+random access into the stream without decoding it.</para>
+
+ <para>To read the data applications must call
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant> with a pointer to a
+&v4l2-enc-idx;. On success the driver fills the
+<structfield>entry</structfield> array, stores the number of elements
+written in the <structfield>entries</structfield> field, and
+initializes the <structfield>entries_cap</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>Each element of the <structfield>entry</structfield> array
+contains meta data about one picture. A
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant> call reads up to
+<constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES</constant> entries from a driver
+buffer, which can hold up to <structfield>entries_cap</structfield>
+entries. This number can be lower or higher than
+<constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES</constant>, but not zero. When the
+application fails to read the meta data in time the oldest entries
+will be lost. When the buffer is empty or no capturing/encoding is in
+progress, <structfield>entries</structfield> will be zero.</para>
+
+ <para>Currently this ioctl is only defined for MPEG-2 program
+streams and video elementary streams.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-enc-idx">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_enc_idx</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>entries</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The number of entries the driver stored in the
+<structfield>entry</structfield> array.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>entries_cap</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The number of entries the driver can
+buffer. Must be greater than zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Reserved for future extensions.
+Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-enc-idx-entry;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>entry</structfield>[<constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_ENTRIES</constant>]</entry>
+ <entry>Meta data about a compressed video stream. Each
+element of the array corresponds to one picture, sorted in ascending
+order by their <structfield>offset</structfield>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-enc-idx-entry">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_enc_idx_entry</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>offset</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The offset in bytes from the beginning of the
+compressed video stream to the beginning of this picture, that is a
+<wordasword>PES packet header</wordasword> as defined in <xref
+ linkend="mpeg2part1" /> or a <wordasword>picture
+header</wordasword> as defined in <xref linkend="mpeg2part2" />. When
+the encoder is stopped, the driver resets the offset to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pts</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The 33 bit <wordasword>Presentation Time
+Stamp</wordasword> of this picture as defined in <xref
+ linkend="mpeg2part1" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The length of this picture in bytes.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Flags containing the coding type of this picture, see <xref
+ linkend="enc-idx-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions.
+Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="enc-idx-flags">
+ <title>Index Entry Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_I</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00</entry>
+ <entry>This is an Intra-coded picture.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_P</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x01</entry>
+ <entry>This is a Predictive-coded picture.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_B</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x02</entry>
+ <entry>This is a Bidirectionally predictive-coded
+picture.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_ENC_IDX_FRAME_MASK</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0F</entry>
+ <entry><wordasword>AND</wordasword> the flags field with
+this mask to obtain the picture coding type.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support this ioctl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aa7f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-ext-ctrls">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS,
+VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set the value of several controls, try control
+values</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_ext_controls
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS, VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS,
+VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These ioctls allow the caller to get or set multiple
+controls atomically. Control IDs are grouped into control classes (see
+<xref linkend="ctrl-class" />) and all controls in the control array
+must belong to the same control class.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications must always fill in the
+<structfield>count</structfield>,
+<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield>,
+<structfield>controls</structfield> and
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> fields of &v4l2-ext-controls;, and
+initialize the &v4l2-ext-control; array pointed to by the
+<structfield>controls</structfield> fields.</para>
+
+ <para>To get the current value of a set of controls applications
+initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>,
+<structfield>size</structfield> and <structfield>reserved2</structfield> fields
+of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. String controls controls
+must also set the <structfield>string</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>If the <structfield>size</structfield> is too small to
+receive the control result (only relevant for pointer-type controls
+like strings), then the driver will set <structfield>size</structfield>
+to a valid value and return an &ENOSPC;. You should re-allocate the
+string memory to this new size and try again. It is possible that the
+same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is
+recommended to call &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; first and use
+<structfield>maximum</structfield>+1 as the new <structfield>size</structfield>
+value. It is guaranteed that that is sufficient memory.
+</para>
+
+ <para>To change the value of a set of controls applications
+initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>,
+<structfield>reserved2</structfield> and
+<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. The controls
+will only be set if <emphasis>all</emphasis> control values are
+valid.</para>
+
+ <para>To check if a set of controls have correct values applications
+initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>,
+<structfield>reserved2</structfield> and
+<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. It is up to
+the driver whether wrong values are automatically adjusted to a valid
+value or if an error is returned.</para>
+
+ <para>When the <structfield>id</structfield> or
+<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield> is invalid drivers return an
+&EINVAL;. When the value is out of bounds drivers can choose to take
+the closest valid value or return an &ERANGE;, whatever seems more
+appropriate. In the first case the new value is set in
+&v4l2-ext-control;.</para>
+
+ <para>The driver will only set/get these controls if all control
+values are correct. This prevents the situation where only some of the
+controls were set/get. Only low-level errors (⪚ a failed i2c
+command) can still cause this situation.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-ext-control">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_ext_control</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the control, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>size</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>The total size in bytes of the payload of this
+control. This is normally 0, but for pointer controls this should be
+set to the size of the memory containing the payload, or that will
+receive the payload. If <constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant> finds
+that this value is less than is required to store
+the payload result, then it is set to a value large enough to store the
+payload result and ENOSPC is returned. Note that for string controls
+this <structfield>size</structfield> field should not be confused with the length of the string.
+This field refers to the size of the memory that contains the string.
+The actual <emphasis>length</emphasis> of the string may well be much smaller.
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved2</structfield>[1]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry>(anonymous)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>value</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>New value or current value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__s64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>value64</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>New value or current value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>char *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>string</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A pointer to a string.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-ext-controls">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_ext_controls</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ctrl_class</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The control class to which all controls belong, see
+<xref linkend="ctrl-class" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>count</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The number of controls in the controls array. May
+also be zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>error_idx</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Set by the driver in case of an error. It is the
+index of the control causing the error or equal to 'count' when the
+error is not associated with a particular control. Undefined when the
+ioctl returns 0 (success).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-ext-control; *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>controls</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Pointer to an array of
+<structfield>count</structfield> v4l2_ext_control structures. Ignored
+if <structfield>count</structfield> equals zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ctrl-class">
+ <title>Control classes</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x980000</entry>
+ <entry>The class containing user controls. These controls
+are described in <xref linkend="control" />. All controls that can be set
+using the &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; and &VIDIOC-G-CTRL; ioctl belong to this
+class.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x990000</entry>
+ <entry>The class containing MPEG compression controls.
+These controls are described in <xref
+ linkend="mpeg-controls" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_CAMERA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x9a0000</entry>
+ <entry>The class containing camera controls.
+These controls are described in <xref
+ linkend="camera-controls" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x9b0000</entry>
+ <entry>The class containing FM Transmitter (FM TX) controls.
+These controls are described in <xref
+ linkend="fm-tx-controls" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-ext-control; <structfield>id</structfield>
+is invalid or the &v4l2-ext-controls;
+<structfield>ctrl_class</structfield> is invalid. This error code is
+also returned by the <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctls if two or more
+control values are in conflict.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-ext-control; <structfield>value</structfield>
+is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The control is temporarily not changeable, possibly
+because another applications took over control of the device function
+this control belongs to.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOSPC</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The space reserved for the control's payload is insufficient.
+The field <structfield>size</structfield> is set to a value that is enough
+to store the payload and this error code is returned.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7dda48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-fbuf">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set frame buffer overlay parameters</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_framebuffer *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_framebuffer *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_FBUF, VIDIOC_S_FBUF</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Applications can use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant> ioctl to get and set the
+framebuffer parameters for a <link linkend="overlay">Video
+Overlay</link> or <link linkend="osd">Video Output Overlay</link>
+(OSD). The type of overlay is implied by the device type (capture or
+output device) and can be determined with the &VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl.
+One <filename>/dev/videoN</filename> device must not support both
+kinds of overlay.</para>
+
+ <para>The V4L2 API distinguishes destructive and non-destructive
+overlays. A destructive overlay copies captured video images into the
+video memory of a graphics card. A non-destructive overlay blends
+video images into a VGA signal or graphics into a video signal.
+<wordasword>Video Output Overlays</wordasword> are always
+non-destructive.</para>
+
+ <para>To get the current parameters applications call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant> ioctl with a pointer to a
+<structname>v4l2_framebuffer</structname> structure. The driver fills
+all fields of the structure or returns an &EINVAL; when overlays are
+not supported.</para>
+
+ <para>To set the parameters for a <wordasword>Video Output
+Overlay</wordasword>, applications must initialize the
+<structfield>flags</structfield> field of a struct
+<structname>v4l2_framebuffer</structname>. Since the framebuffer is
+implemented on the TV card all other parameters are determined by the
+driver. When an application calls <constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant>
+with a pointer to this structure, the driver prepares for the overlay
+and returns the framebuffer parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant> does, or it returns an error
+code.</para>
+
+ <para>To set the parameters for a <wordasword>non-destructive
+Video Overlay</wordasword>, applications must initialize the
+<structfield>flags</structfield> field, the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> substructure, and call
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant>. Again the driver prepares for the
+overlay and returns the framebuffer parameters as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FBUF</constant> does, or it returns an error
+code.</para>
+
+ <para>For a <wordasword>destructive Video Overlay</wordasword>
+applications must additionally provide a
+<structfield>base</structfield> address. Setting up a DMA to a
+random memory location can jeopardize the system security, its
+stability or even damage the hardware, therefore only the superuser
+can set the parameters for a destructive video overlay.</para>
+
+ <!-- NB v4l2_pix_format is also specified in pixfmt.sgml.-->
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-framebuffer">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_framebuffer</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Overlay capability flags set by the driver, see
+<xref linkend="framebuffer-cap" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Overlay control flags set by application and
+driver, see <xref linkend="framebuffer-flags" /></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>void *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>base</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Physical base address of the framebuffer,
+that is the address of the pixel in the top left corner of the
+framebuffer.<footnote><para>A physical base address may not suit all
+platforms. GK notes in theory we should pass something like PCI device
++ memory region + offset instead. If you encounter problems please
+discuss on the linux-media mailing list: &v4l-ml;.</para></footnote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>This field is irrelevant to
+<wordasword>non-destructive Video Overlays</wordasword>. For
+<wordasword>destructive Video Overlays</wordasword> applications must
+provide a base address. The driver may accept only base addresses
+which are a multiple of two, four or eight bytes. For
+<wordasword>Video Output Overlays</wordasword> the driver must return
+a valid base address, so applications can find the corresponding Linux
+framebuffer device (see <xref linkend="osd" />).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-pix-format;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>fmt</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Layout of the frame buffer. The
+<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure is defined in <xref
+linkend="pixfmt" />, for clarification the fields and acceptable values
+ are listed below:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Width of the frame buffer in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Height of the frame buffer in pixels.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pixelformat</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The pixel format of the
+framebuffer.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>For <wordasword>non-destructive Video
+Overlays</wordasword> this field only defines a format for the
+&v4l2-window; <structfield>chromakey</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>For <wordasword>destructive Video
+Overlays</wordasword> applications must initialize this field. For
+<wordasword>Video Output Overlays</wordasword> the driver must return
+a valid format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Usually this is an RGB format (for example
+<link linkend="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></link>)
+but YUV formats (only packed YUV formats when chroma keying is used,
+not including <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY</constant>) and the
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAL8</constant> format are also permitted. The
+behavior of the driver when an application requests a compressed
+format is undefined. See <xref linkend="pixfmt" /> for information on
+pixel formats.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Drivers and applications shall ignore this field.
+If applicable, the field order is selected with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT;
+ioctl, using the <structfield>field</structfield> field of
+&v4l2-window;.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in
+two adjacent lines.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>This field is irrelevant to
+<wordasword>non-destructive Video
+Overlays</wordasword>.</para><para>For <wordasword>destructive Video
+Overlays</wordasword> both applications and drivers can set this field
+to request padding bytes at the end of each line. Drivers however may
+ignore the requested value, returning <structfield>width</structfield>
+times bytes-per-pixel or a larger value required by the hardware. That
+implies applications can just set this field to zero to get a
+reasonable default.</para><para>For <wordasword>Video Output
+Overlays</wordasword> the driver must return a valid
+value.</para><para>Video hardware may access padding bytes, therefore
+they must reside in accessible memory. Consider for example the case
+where padding bytes after the last line of an image cross a system
+page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is
+undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
+bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+plane and is divided by the same factor as the
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
+padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
+drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
+rounded up to a multiple of the scale factor.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sizeimage</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>This field is irrelevant to
+<wordasword>non-destructive Video Overlays</wordasword>. For
+<wordasword>destructive Video Overlays</wordasword> applications must
+initialize this field. For <wordasword>Video Output
+Overlays</wordasword> the driver must return a valid
+format.</para><para>Together with <structfield>base</structfield> it
+defines the framebuffer memory accessible by the
+driver.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-colorspace;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>colorspace</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This information supplements the
+<structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and must be set by the driver,
+see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for additional information about custom
+(driver defined) formats. When not used drivers and applications must
+set this field to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="framebuffer-cap">
+ <title>Frame Buffer Capability Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_EXTERNOVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>The device is capable of non-destructive overlays.
+When the driver clears this flag, only destructive overlays are
+supported. There are no drivers yet which support both destructive and
+non-destructive overlays.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports clipping by chroma-keying the
+images. That is, image pixels replace pixels in the VGA or video
+signal only where the latter assume a certain color. Chroma-keying
+makes no sense for destructive overlays.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LIST_CLIPPING</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports clipping using a list of clip
+rectangles.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_BITMAP_CLIPPING</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports clipping using a bit mask.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports clipping/blending using the
+alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha blending makes
+no sense for destructive overlays.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0020</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports alpha blending using a global
+alpha value. Alpha blending makes no sense for destructive overlays.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0040</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports clipping/blending using the
+inverted alpha channel of the framebuffer or VGA signal. Alpha
+blending makes no sense for destructive overlays.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_SRC_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0080</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports Source Chroma-keying. Framebuffer pixels
+with the chroma-key colors are replaced by video pixels, which is exactly opposite of
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_CAP_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="framebuffer-flags">
+ <title>Frame Buffer Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>The framebuffer is the primary graphics surface.
+In other words, the overlay is destructive. [?]</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>The frame buffer is an overlay surface the same
+size as the capture. [?]</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">The purpose of
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_PRIMARY</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant> was never quite clear.
+Most drivers seem to ignore these flags. For compatibility with the
+<wordasword>bttv</wordasword> driver applications should set the
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_OVERLAY</constant> flag.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>Use chroma-keying. The chroma-key color is
+determined by the <structfield>chromakey</structfield> field of
+&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see <xref
+ linkend="overlay" />
+and
+ <xref linkend="osd" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">There are no flags to enable
+clipping using a list of clip rectangles or a bitmap. These methods
+are negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see <xref
+ linkend="overlay" /> and <xref linkend="osd" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>Use the alpha channel of the framebuffer to clip or
+blend framebuffer pixels with video images. The blend
+function is: output = framebuffer pixel * alpha + video pixel * (1 -
+alpha). The actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel
+format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_GLOBAL_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>Use a global alpha value to blend the framebuffer
+with video images. The blend function is: output = (framebuffer pixel
+* alpha + video pixel * (255 - alpha)) / 255. The alpha value is
+determined by the <structfield>global_alpha</structfield> field of
+&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see <xref
+ linkend="overlay" />
+and <xref linkend="osd" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_INV_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0020</entry>
+ <entry>Like
+<constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_LOCAL_ALPHA</constant>, use the alpha channel
+of the framebuffer to clip or blend framebuffer pixels with video
+images, but with an inverted alpha value. The blend function is:
+output = framebuffer pixel * (1 - alpha) + video pixel * alpha. The
+actual alpha depth depends on the framebuffer pixel format.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_FBUF_FLAG_SRC_CHROMAKEY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0040</entry>
+ <entry>Use source chroma-keying. The source chroma-key color is
+determined by the <structfield>chromakey</structfield> field of
+&v4l2-window; and negotiated with the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl, see <xref
+linkend="overlay" /> and <xref linkend="osd" />.
+Both chroma-keying are mutual exclusive to each other, so same
+<structfield>chromakey</structfield> field of &v4l2-window; is being used.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EPERM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant> can only be called
+by a privileged user to negotiate the parameters for a destructive
+overlay.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The framebuffer parameters cannot be changed at this
+time because overlay is already enabled, or capturing is enabled
+and the hardware cannot capture and overlay simultaneously.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The ioctl is not supported or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FBUF</constant> parameters are unsuitable.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c7d1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-fmt">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT,
+VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_FMT</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_FMT</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set the data format, try a format</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_format
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_FMT, VIDIOC_S_FMT, VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>These ioctls are used to negotiate the format of data
+(typically image format) exchanged between driver and
+application.</para>
+
+ <para>To query the current parameters applications set the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a struct
+<structname>v4l2_format</structname> to the respective buffer (stream)
+type. For example video capture devices use
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>. When the application
+calls the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
+this structure the driver fills the respective member of the
+<structfield>fmt</structfield> union. In case of video capture devices
+that is the &v4l2-pix-format; <structfield>pix</structfield> member.
+When the requested buffer type is not supported drivers return an
+&EINVAL;.</para>
+
+ <para>To change the current format parameters applications
+initialize the <structfield>type</structfield> field and all
+fields of the respective <structfield>fmt</structfield>
+union member. For details see the documentation of the various devices
+types in <xref linkend="devices" />. Good practice is to query the
+current parameters first, and to
+modify only those parameters not suitable for the application. When
+the application calls the <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl
+with a pointer to a <structname>v4l2_format</structname> structure
+the driver checks
+and adjusts the parameters against hardware abilities. Drivers
+should not return an error code unless the input is ambiguous, this is
+a mechanism to fathom device capabilities and to approach parameters
+acceptable for both the application and driver. On success the driver
+may program the hardware, allocate resources and generally prepare for
+data exchange.
+Finally the <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl returns the
+current format parameters as <constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> does.
+Very simple, inflexible devices may even ignore all input and always
+return the default parameters. However all V4L2 devices exchanging
+data with the application must implement the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_FMT</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl. When the requested buffer
+type is not supported drivers return an &EINVAL; on a
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> attempt. When I/O is already in
+progress or the resource is not available for other reasons drivers
+return the &EBUSY;.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> ioctl is equivalent
+to <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> with one exception: it does not
+change driver state. It can also be called at any time, never
+returning <errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode>. This function is provided to
+negotiate parameters, to learn about hardware limitations, without
+disabling I/O or possibly time consuming hardware preparations.
+Although strongly recommended drivers are not required to implement
+this ioctl.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-format">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_format</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the data stream, see <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>fmt</structfield></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-pix-format;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>pix</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Definition of an image format, see <xref
+ linkend="pixfmt" />, used by video capture and output
+devices.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-window;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>win</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Definition of an overlaid image, see <xref
+ linkend="overlay" />, used by video overlay devices.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-vbi-format;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>vbi</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Raw VBI capture or output parameters. This is
+discussed in more detail in <xref linkend="raw-vbi" />. Used by raw VBI
+capture and output devices.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-sliced-vbi-format;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>sliced</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Sliced VBI capture or output parameters. See
+<xref linkend="sliced" /> for details. Used by sliced VBI
+capture and output devices.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
+ <entry>Place holder for future extensions and custom
+(driver defined) formats with <structfield>type</structfield>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The data format cannot be changed at this
+time, for example because I/O is already in progress.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield>
+field is invalid, the requested buffer type not supported, or
+<constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant> was called and is not
+supported with this buffer type.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..062d720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-frequency">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set tuner or modulator radio
+frequency</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_frequency
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_frequency
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY, VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To get the current tuner or modulator radio frequency
+applications set the <structfield>tuner</structfield> field of a
+&v4l2-frequency; to the respective tuner or modulator number (only
+input devices have tuners, only output devices have modulators), zero
+out the <structfield>reserved</structfield> array and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. The driver stores the current frequency in the
+<structfield>frequency</structfield> field.</para>
+
+ <para>To change the current tuner or modulator radio frequency
+applications initialize the <structfield>tuner</structfield>,
+<structfield>type</structfield> and
+<structfield>frequency</structfield> fields, and the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-frequency; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. When the requested frequency is not possible the
+driver assumes the closest possible value. However
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY</constant> is a write-only ioctl, it does
+not return the actual new frequency.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-frequency">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_frequency</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>tuner</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The tuner or modulator index number. This is the
+same value as in the &v4l2-input; <structfield>tuner</structfield>
+field and the &v4l2-tuner; <structfield>index</structfield> field, or
+the &v4l2-output; <structfield>modulator</structfield> field and the
+&v4l2-modulator; <structfield>index</structfield> field.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The tuner type. This is the same value as in the
+&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. The field is not
+applicable to modulators, &ie; ignored by drivers.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>frequency</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Tuning frequency in units of 62.5 kHz, or if the
+&v4l2-tuner; or &v4l2-modulator; <structfield>capabilities</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
+Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+ applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <structfield>tuner</structfield> index is out of
+bounds or the value in the <structfield>type</structfield> field is
+wrong.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed076e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-input.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-input">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_INPUT</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_INPUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the current video input</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_INPUT, VIDIOC_S_INPUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the current video input applications call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_INPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to an integer
+where the driver stores the number of the input, as in the
+&v4l2-input; <structfield>index</structfield> field. This ioctl will
+fail only when there are no video inputs, returning
+<errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>To select a video input applications store the number of the
+desired input in an integer and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_INPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+integer. Side effects are possible. For example inputs may support
+different video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the
+current standard. It is good practice to select an input before
+querying or negotiating any other parameters.</para>
+
+ <para>Information about video inputs is available using the
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; ioctl.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The number of the video input is out of bounds, or
+there are no video inputs at all and this ioctl is not
+supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O is in progress, the input cannot be
+switched.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77394b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-jpegcomp">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP</refname>
+ <refpurpose></refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>v4l2_jpegcompression *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const v4l2_jpegcompression *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP, VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>[to do]</para>
+
+ <para>Ronald Bultje elaborates:</para>
+
+ <!-- See video4linux-list@redhat.com on 16 Oct 2002, subject
+"Re: [V4L] Re: v4l2 api / Zoran v4l2_jpegcompression" -->
+
+ <para>APP is some application-specific information. The
+application can set it itself, and it'll be stored in the JPEG-encoded
+fields (eg; interlacing information for in an AVI or so). COM is the
+same, but it's comments, like 'encoded by me' or so.</para>
+
+ <para>jpeg_markers describes whether the huffman tables,
+quantization tables and the restart interval information (all
+JPEG-specific stuff) should be stored in the JPEG-encoded fields.
+These define how the JPEG field is encoded. If you omit them,
+applications assume you've used standard encoding. You usually do want
+to add them.</para>
+
+ <!-- NB VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP is w/o. -->
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-jpegcompression">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_jpegcompression</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>quality</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>APPn</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>APP_len</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>char</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>APP_data</structfield>[60]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>int</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>COM_len</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>char</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>COM_data</structfield>[60]</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>jpeg_markers</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="jpeg-markers" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="jpeg-markers">
+ <title>JPEG Markers Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DHT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<3)</entry>
+ <entry>Define Huffman Tables</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DQT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<4)</entry>
+ <entry>Define Quantization Tables</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_DRI</constant></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<5)</entry>
+ <entry>Define Restart Interval</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_COM</constant></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<6)</entry>
+ <entry>Comment segment</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_MARKER_APP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>(1<<7)</entry>
+ <entry>App segment, driver will always use APP0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15ce660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-modulator.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-modulator">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set modulator attributes</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_modulator
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_modulator
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR, VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a modulator applications initialize
+the <structfield>index</structfield> field and zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-modulator; and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR</constant> ioctl with a pointer
+to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all modulators
+applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
+driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>Modulators have two writable properties, an audio
+modulation set and the radio frequency. To change the modulated audio
+subprograms, applications initialize the <structfield>index
+</structfield> and <structfield>txsubchans</structfield> fields and the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</constant> ioctl. Drivers may choose a
+different audio modulation if the request cannot be satisfied. However
+this is a write-only ioctl, it does not return the actual audio
+modulation selected.</para>
+
+ <para>To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl
+is available.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-modulator">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_modulator</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the modulator, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the modulator, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string. This information is intended for the user.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Modulator capability flags. No flags are defined
+for this field, the tuner flags in &v4l2-tuner;
+are used accordingly. The audio flags indicate the ability
+to encode audio subprograms. They will <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+change for example with the current video standard.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>rangelow</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The lowest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
+KHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
+Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>rangehigh</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The highest tunable frequency in units of 62.5
+KHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield> flag
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
+Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>txsubchans</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>With this field applications can determine how
+audio sub-carriers shall be modulated. It contains a set of flags as
+defined in <xref linkend="modulator-txsubchans" />. Note the tuner
+<structfield>rxsubchans</structfield> flags are reused, but the
+semantics are different. Video output devices are assumed to have an
+analog or PCM audio input with 1-3 channels. The
+<structfield>txsubchans</structfield> flags select one or more
+channels for modulation, together with some audio subprogram
+indicator, for example a stereo pilot tone.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="modulator-txsubchans">
+ <title>Modulator Audio Transmission Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>Modulate channel 1 as mono audio, when the input
+has more channels, a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. This flag does not
+combine with <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>Modulate channel 1 and 2 as left and right
+channel of a stereo audio signal. When the input has only one channel
+or two channels and <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant> is also
+set, channel 1 is encoded as left and right channel. This flag does
+not combine with <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1</constant>. When the driver does not
+support stereo audio it shall fall back to mono.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>Modulate channel 1 and 2 as primary and secondary
+language of a bilingual audio signal. When the input has only one
+channel it is used for both languages. It is not possible to encode
+the primary or secondary language only. This flag does not combine
+with <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant>. If the hardware does not
+support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard
+does not permit bilingual audio the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</constant> ioctl shall return an &EINVAL;
+and the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>Same effect as
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>When combined with <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO
+</constant> the first channel is encoded as mono audio, the last
+channel as Second Audio Program. When the input has only one channel
+it is used for both audio tracks. When the input has three channels
+the mono track is a down-mix of channel 1 and 2. When combined with
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant> channel 1 and 2 are
+encoded as left and right stereo audio, channel 3 as Second Audio
+Program. When the input has only two channels, the first is encoded as
+left and right channel and the second as SAP. When the input has only
+one channel it is used for all audio tracks. It is not possible to
+encode a Second Audio Program only. This flag must combine with
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant>. If the hardware does not
+support the respective audio matrix, or the current video standard
+does not permit SAP the <constant>VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR</constant> ioctl
+shall return an &EINVAL; and driver shall fall back to mono or stereo
+mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>Enable the RDS encoder for a radio FM transmitter.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-modulator;
+<structfield>index</structfield> is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ea8c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-output.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-output">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the current video output</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT, VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the current video output applications call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to an integer
+where the driver stores the number of the output, as in the
+&v4l2-output; <structfield>index</structfield> field. This ioctl
+will fail only when there are no video outputs, returning the
+&EINVAL;.</para>
+
+ <para>To select a video output applications store the number of the
+desired output in an integer and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this integer.
+Side effects are possible. For example outputs may support different
+video standards, so the driver may implicitly switch the current
+standard. It is good practice to select an output before querying or
+negotiating any other parameters.</para>
+
+ <para>Information about video outputs is available using the
+&VIDIOC-ENUMOUTPUT; ioctl.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The number of the video output is out of bounds, or
+there are no video outputs at all and this ioctl is not
+supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>I/O is in progress, the output cannot be
+switched.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..392aa9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-parm">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_PARM</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_PARM</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set streaming parameters</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>v4l2_streamparm *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_PARM, VIDIOC_S_PARM</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>The current video standard determines a nominal number of
+frames per second. If less than this number of frames is to be
+captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or
+duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using
+the <function>read()</function> or <function>write()</function>, which
+are not augmented by timestamps or sequence counters, and to avoid
+unnecessary data copying.</para>
+
+ <para>Further these ioctls can be used to determine the number of
+buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For
+implications see the section discussing the &func-read;
+function.</para>
+
+ <para>To get and set the streaming parameters applications call
+the <constant>VIDIOC_G_PARM</constant> and
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_PARM</constant> ioctl, respectively. They take a
+pointer to a struct <structname>v4l2_streamparm</structname> which
+contains a union holding separate parameters for input and output
+devices.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-streamparm">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_streamparm</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ &cs-ustr;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>The buffer (stream) type, same as &v4l2-format;
+<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>union</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>parm</structfield></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-captureparm;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capture</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Parameters for capture devices, used when
+<structfield>type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-outputparm;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>output</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Parameters for output devices, used when
+<structfield>type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
+ <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
+(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
+higher.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-captureparm">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_captureparm</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="parm-caps" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capturemode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Set by drivers and applications, see <xref linkend="parm-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>timeperframe</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>This is is the desired period between
+successive frames captured by the driver, in seconds. The
+field is intended to skip frames on the driver side, saving I/O
+bandwidth.</para><para>Applications store here the desired frame
+period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater
+or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video
+standard (&v4l2-standard; <structfield>frameperiod</structfield>
+field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the
+video input) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To
+reset manually applications can just set this field to
+zero.</para><para>Drivers support this function only when they set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>extendedmode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When
+unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero.
+Applications using this field should check the driver name and
+version, see <xref linkend="querycap" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>readbuffers</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Applications set this field to the desired number
+of buffers used internally by the driver in &func-read; mode. Drivers
+return the actual number of buffers. When an application requests zero
+buffers, drivers should just return the current setting rather than
+the minimum or an error code. For details see <xref
+ linkend="rw" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-outputparm">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_outputparm</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>See <xref linkend="parm-caps" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>outputmode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Set by drivers and applications, see <xref
+ linkend="parm-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-fract;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>timeperframe</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>This is is the desired period between
+successive frames output by the driver, in seconds.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>The field is intended to
+repeat frames on the driver side in &func-write; mode (in streaming
+mode timestamps can be used to throttle the output), saving I/O
+bandwidth.</para><para>Applications store here the desired frame
+period, drivers return the actual frame period, which must be greater
+or equal to the nominal frame period determined by the current video
+standard (&v4l2-standard; <structfield>frameperiod</structfield>
+field). Changing the video standard (also implicitly by switching the
+video output) may reset this parameter to the nominal frame period. To
+reset manually applications can just set this field to
+zero.</para><para>Drivers support this function only when they set the
+<constant>V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>extendedmode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Custom (driver specific) streaming parameters. When
+unused, applications and drivers must set this field to zero.
+Applications using this field should check the driver name and
+version, see <xref linkend="querycap" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>writebuffers</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Applications set this field to the desired number
+of buffers used internally by the driver in
+<function>write()</function> mode. Drivers return the actual number of
+buffers. When an application requests zero buffers, drivers should
+just return the current setting rather than the minimum or an error
+code. For details see <xref linkend="rw" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="parm-caps">
+ <title>Streaming Parameters Capabilites</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_TIMEPERFRAME</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x1000</entry>
+ <entry>The frame skipping/repeating controlled by the
+<structfield>timeperframe</structfield> field is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="parm-flags">
+ <title>Capture Parameters Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_MODE_HIGHQUALITY</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry><para>High quality imaging mode. High quality mode
+is intended for still imaging applications. The idea is to get the
+best possible image quality that the hardware can deliver. It is not
+defined how the driver writer may achieve that; it will depend on the
+hardware and the ingenuity of the driver writer. High quality mode is
+a different mode from the the regular motion video capture modes. In
+high quality mode:<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver may be able to capture higher
+resolutions than for motion capture.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver may support fewer pixel formats
+than motion capture (eg; true color).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver may capture and arithmetically
+combine multiple successive fields or frames to remove color edge
+artifacts and reduce the noise in the video data.
+</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver may capture images in slices like
+a scanner in order to handle larger format images than would otherwise
+be possible. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>An image capture operation may be
+significantly slower than motion capture. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Moving objects in the image might have
+excessive motion blur. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Capture might only work through the
+<function>read()</function> call.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fb0019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-priority.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-priority">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or request the access priority associated with a
+file descriptor</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>enum v4l2_priority *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const enum v4l2_priority *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY, VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pointer to an enum v4l2_priority type.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the current access priority
+applications call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_PRIORITY</constant> ioctl
+with a pointer to an enum v4l2_priority variable where the driver stores
+the current priority.</para>
+
+ <para>To request an access priority applications store the
+desired priority in an enum v4l2_priority variable and call
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_PRIORITY</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+variable.</para>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-priority">
+ <title>enum v4l2_priority</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PRIORITY_UNSET</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PRIORITY_BACKGROUND</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>Lowest priority, usually applications running in
+background, for example monitoring VBI transmissions. A proxy
+application running in user space will be necessary if multiple
+applications want to read from a device at this priority.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PRIORITY_INTERACTIVE</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PRIORITY_DEFAULT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Medium priority, usually applications started and
+interactively controlled by the user. For example TV viewers, Teletext
+browsers, or just "panel" applications to change the channel or video
+controls. This is the default priority unless an application requests
+another.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PRIORITY_RECORD</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Highest priority. Only one file descriptor can have
+this priority, it blocks any other fd from changing device properties.
+Usually applications which must not be interrupted, like video
+recording.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The requested priority value is invalid, or the
+driver does not support access priorities.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Another application already requested higher
+priority.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10e721b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query sliced VBI capabilities</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To find out which data services are supported by a sliced
+VBI capture or output device, applications initialize the
+<structfield>type</structfield> field of a &v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap;,
+clear the <structfield>reserved</structfield> array and
+call the <constant>VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP</constant> ioctl. The
+driver fills in the remaining fields or returns an &EINVAL; if the
+sliced VBI API is unsupported or <structfield>type</structfield>
+is invalid.</para>
+
+ <para>Note the <structfield>type</structfield> field was added,
+and the ioctl changed from read-only to write-read, in Linux 2.6.19.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-sliced-vbi-cap">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="3*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="3*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c5" colwidth="2*" />
+ <spanspec spanname="hspan" namest="c3" nameend="c5" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u16</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_set</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">A set of all data services
+supported by the driver. Equal to the union of all elements of the
+<structfield>service_lines </structfield> array.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u16</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[2][24]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Each element of this array
+contains a set of data services the hardware can look for or insert
+into a particular scan line. Data services are defined in <xref
+ linkend="vbi-services" />. Array indices map to ITU-R
+line numbers (see also <xref
+ linkend="vbi-525" /> and <xref
+linkend="vbi-625" />) as follows:</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>Element</entry>
+ <entry>525 line systems</entry>
+ <entry>625 line systems</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][1]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">1</entry>
+ <entry align="center">1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][23]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">23</entry>
+ <entry align="center">23</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][1]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">264</entry>
+ <entry align="center">314</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][23]</entry>
+ <entry align="center">286</entry>
+ <entry align="center">336</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">The number of VBI lines the
+hardware can capture or output per frame, or the number of services it
+can identify on a given line may be limited. For example on PAL line
+16 the hardware may be able to look for a VPS or Teletext signal, but
+not both at the same time. Applications can learn about these limits
+using the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl as described in <xref
+ linkend="sliced" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Drivers must set
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][0] and
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of the data stream, see <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />. Should be
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_CAPTURE</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SLICED_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">This array is reserved for future
+extensions. Applications and drivers must set it to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <!-- See also dev-sliced-vbi.sgml -->
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="vbi-services">
+ <title>Sliced VBI services</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c5" colwidth="2*" />
+ <spanspec spanname='rlp' namest='c3' nameend='c5' />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Symbol</entry>
+ <entry>Value</entry>
+ <entry>Reference</entry>
+ <entry>Lines, usually</entry>
+ <entry>Payload</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_TELETEXT_B</constant> (Teletext
+System B)</entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="ets300706" />, <xref linkend="itu653" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL/SECAM line 7-22, 320-335 (second field 7-22)</entry>
+ <entry>Last 42 of the 45 byte Teletext packet, that is
+without clock run-in and framing code, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VPS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0400</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="ets300231" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL line 16</entry>
+ <entry>Byte number 3 to 15 according to Figure 9 of
+ETS 300 231, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x1000</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+ <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
+ <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
+bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_WSS_625</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x4000</entry>
+ <entry><xref linkend="en300294" />, <xref linkend="itu1119" /></entry>
+ <entry>PAL/SECAM line 23</entry>
+ <entry><screen>
+Byte 0 1
+ msb lsb msb lsb
+Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x 13 12 11 10 9
+</screen></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VBI_525</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x1000</entry>
+ <entry spanname="rlp">Set of services applicable to 525
+line systems.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_VBI_625</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x4401</entry>
+ <entry spanname="rlp">Set of services applicable to 625
+line systems.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The device does not support sliced VBI capturing or
+output, or the value in the <structfield>type</structfield> field is
+wrong.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..912f851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-std">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_STD</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_STD</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query or select the video standard of the current input</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>v4l2_std_id
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const v4l2_std_id
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_STD, VIDIOC_S_STD</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query and select the current video standard applications
+use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> ioctls which take a pointer to a
+&v4l2-std-id; type as argument. <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> can
+return a single flag or a set of flags as in &v4l2-standard; field
+<structfield>id</structfield>. The flags must be unambiguous such
+that they appear in only one enumerated <structname>v4l2_standard</structname> structure.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> accepts one or more
+flags, being a write-only ioctl it does not return the actual new standard as
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> does. When no flags are given or
+the current input does not support the requested standard the driver
+returns an &EINVAL;. When the standard set is ambiguous drivers may
+return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> or choose any of the requested
+standards.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported, or the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the standard</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd98c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-g-tuner">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_G_TUNER</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Get or set tuner attributes</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_tuner
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const struct v4l2_tuner
+*<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_G_TUNER, VIDIOC_S_TUNER</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>To query the attributes of a tuner applications initialize the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero out the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array of a &v4l2-tuner; and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_G_TUNER</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
+structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an
+&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all tuners
+applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the
+driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>Tuners have two writable properties, the audio mode and
+the radio frequency. To change the audio mode, applications initialize
+the <structfield>index</structfield>,
+<structfield>audmode</structfield> and
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> fields and call the
+<constant>VIDIOC_S_TUNER</constant> ioctl. This will
+<emphasis>not</emphasis> change the current tuner, which is determined
+by the current video input. Drivers may choose a different audio mode
+if the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. Since this is a
+<!-- FIXME -->write-only ioctl, it does not return the actually
+selected audio mode.</para>
+
+ <para>To change the radio frequency the &VIDIOC-S-FREQUENCY; ioctl
+is available.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-tuner">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_tuner</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="1*" />
+ <spanspec spanname="hspan" namest="c3" nameend="c4" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Identifies the tuner, set by the
+application.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Name of the tuner, a
+NUL-terminated ASCII string. This information is intended for the
+user.<!-- FIXME Video inputs already have a name, the purpose of this
+field is not quite clear.--></para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Type of the tuner, see <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-tuner-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>capability</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Tuner capability flags, see
+<xref linkend="tuner-capability" />. Audio flags indicate the ability
+to decode audio subprograms. They will <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+change, for example with the current video standard.</para><para>When
+the structure refers to a radio tuner only the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS</constant> flags can be set.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>rangelow</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">The lowest tunable frequency in
+units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
+flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
+Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>rangehigh</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">The highest tunable frequency in
+units of 62.5 kHz, or if the <structfield>capability</structfield>
+flag <constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant> is set, in units of 62.5
+Hz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>rxsubchans</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>Some tuners or audio
+decoders can determine the received audio subprograms by analyzing
+audio carriers, pilot tones or other indicators. To pass this
+information drivers set flags defined in <xref
+ linkend="tuner-rxsubchans" /> in this field. For
+example:</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>receiving mono audio</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><constant>STEREO | SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>receiving stereo audio and a secondary audio
+program</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><constant>MONO | STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>receiving mono or stereo audio, the hardware cannot
+distinguish</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><constant>LANG1 | LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>receiving bilingual audio</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry><constant>MONO | STEREO | LANG1 | LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>receiving mono, stereo or bilingual
+audio</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>When the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO</constant>,
+<constant>_LANG1</constant>, <constant>_LANG2</constant> or
+<constant>_SAP</constant> flag is cleared in the
+<structfield>capability</structfield> field, the corresponding
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_</constant> flag must not be set
+here.</para><para>This field is valid only if this is the tuner of the
+current video input, or when the structure refers to a radio
+tuner.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>audmode</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan"><para>The selected audio mode, see
+<xref linkend="tuner-audmode" /> for valid values. The audio mode does
+not affect audio subprogram detection, and like a <link
+linkend="control">control</link> it does not automatically change
+unless the requested mode is invalid or unsupported. See <xref
+ linkend="tuner-matrix" /> for possible results when
+the selected and received audio programs do not
+match.</para><para>Currently this is the only field of struct
+<structname>v4l2_tuner</structname> applications can
+change.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>signal</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">The signal strength if known, ranging
+from 0 to 65535. Higher values indicate a better signal.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>afc</structfield></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Automatic frequency control: When the
+<structfield>afc</structfield> value is negative, the frequency is too
+low, when positive too high.<!-- FIXME need example what to do when it never
+settles at zero, &ie; range is what? --></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and
+applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-tuner-type">
+ <title>enum v4l2_tuner_type</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_RADIO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="tuner-capability">
+ <title>Tuner and Modulator Capability Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>When set, tuning frequencies are expressed in units of
+62.5 Hz, otherwise in units of 62.5 kHz.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_NORM</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>This is a multi-standard tuner; the video standard
+can or must be switched. (B/G PAL tuners for example are typically not
+ considered multi-standard because the video standard is automatically
+ determined from the frequency band.) The set of supported video
+ standards is available from the &v4l2-input; pointing to this tuner,
+ see the description of ioctl &VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; for details. Only
+ <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners can have this capability.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>Stereo audio reception is supported.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0040</entry>
+ <entry>Reception of the primary language of a bilingual
+audio program is supported. Bilingual audio is a feature of
+two-channel systems, transmitting the primary language monaural on the
+main audio carrier and a secondary language monaural on a second
+carrier. Only
+ <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners can have this capability.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0020</entry>
+ <entry>Reception of the secondary language of a bilingual
+audio program is supported. Only
+ <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners can have this capability.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0020</entry>
+ <entry><para>Reception of a secondary audio program is
+supported. This is a feature of the BTSC system which accompanies the
+NTSC video standard. Two audio carriers are available for mono or
+stereo transmissions of a primary language, and an independent third
+carrier for a monaural secondary language. Only
+ <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners can have this capability.</para><para>Note the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LANG2</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP</constant> flags are synonyms.
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_SAP</constant> applies when the tuner
+supports the <constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_M</constant> video
+standard.</para><!-- FIXME what if PAL+NTSC and Bi but not SAP? --></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_RDS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0080</entry>
+ <entry>RDS capture is supported. This capability is only valid for
+radio tuners.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="tuner-rxsubchans">
+ <title>Tuner Audio Reception Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0001</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives a mono audio signal.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0002</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives a stereo audio signal.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0008</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives the primary language of a
+bilingual audio signal. Drivers must clear this flag when the current
+video standard is <constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_M</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives the secondary language of a
+bilingual audio signal (or a second audio program).</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0004</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives a Second Audio Program. Note the
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_LANG2</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant> flags are synonyms. The
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_SAP</constant> flag applies when the
+current video standard is <constant>V4L2_STD_NTSC_M</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_RDS</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0010</entry>
+ <entry>The tuner receives an RDS channel.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="tuner-audmode">
+ <title>Tuner Audio Modes</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>Play mono audio. When the tuner receives a stereo
+signal this a down-mix of the left and right channel. When the tuner
+receives a bilingual or SAP signal this mode selects the primary
+language.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry><para>Play stereo audio. When the tuner receives
+bilingual audio it may play different languages on the left and right
+channel or the primary language is played on both channels.</para><para>Playing
+different languages in this mode is
+deprecated. New drivers should do this only in
+<constant>MODE_LANG1_LANG2</constant>.</para><para>When the tuner
+receives no stereo signal or does not support stereo reception the
+driver shall fall back to <constant>MODE_MONO</constant>.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1</constant></entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Play the primary language, mono or stereo. Only
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners support this
+mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Play the secondary language, mono. When the tuner
+receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not
+supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners support this
+mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>Play the Second Audio Program. When the tuner
+receives no bilingual audio or SAP, or their reception is not
+supported the driver shall fall back to mono or stereo mode. Only
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners support this mode.
+Note the <constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG2</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_SAP</constant> are synonyms.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_LANG1_LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Play the primary language on the left channel, the
+secondary language on the right channel. When the tuner receives no
+bilingual audio or SAP, it shall fall back to
+<constant>MODE_LANG1</constant> or <constant>MODE_MONO</constant>.
+Only <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> tuners support this
+mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="all" id="tuner-matrix">
+ <title>Tuner Audio Matrix</title>
+ <tgroup cols="6" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="c6" colwidth="1*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c6" spanname="hspan" align="center" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry spanname="hspan">Selected
+<constant>V4L2_TUNER_MODE_</constant></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Received <constant>V4L2_TUNER_SUB_</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>LANG1</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>LANG2 = SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry><constant>LANG1_LANG2</constant><footnote><para>This
+mode has been added in Linux 2.6.17 and may not be supported by older
+drivers.</para></footnote></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MONO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono/Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono/Mono</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>MONO | SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono/Mono</entry>
+ <entry>Mono</entry>
+ <entry>SAP</entry>
+ <entry>Mono/SAP (preferred) or Mono/Mono</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>STEREO</constant></entry>
+ <entry>L+R</entry>
+ <entry>L/R</entry>
+ <entry>Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R</entry>
+ <entry>Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R</entry>
+ <entry>L/R (preferred) or L+R/L+R</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>STEREO | SAP</constant></entry>
+ <entry>L+R</entry>
+ <entry>L/R</entry>
+ <entry>Stereo L/R (preferred) or Mono L+R</entry>
+ <entry>SAP</entry>
+ <entry>L+R/SAP (preferred) or L/R or L+R/L+R</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>LANG1 | LANG2</constant></entry>
+ <entry>Language 1</entry>
+ <entry>Lang1/Lang2 (deprecated<footnote><para>Playback of
+both languages in <constant>MODE_STEREO</constant> is deprecated. In
+the future drivers should produce only the primary language in this
+mode. Applications should request
+<constant>MODE_LANG1_LANG2</constant> to record both languages or a
+stereo signal.</para></footnote>) or
+Lang1/Lang1</entry>
+ <entry>Language 1</entry>
+ <entry>Language 2</entry>
+ <entry>Lang1/Lang2 (preferred) or Lang1/Lang1</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The &v4l2-tuner; <structfield>index</structfield> is
+out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2634b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-log-status.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-log-status">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Log driver status information</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>As the video/audio devices become more complicated it
+becomes harder to debug problems. When this ioctl is called the driver
+will output the current device status to the kernel log. This is
+particular useful when dealing with problems like no sound, no video
+and incorrectly tuned channels. Also many modern devices autodetect
+video and audio standards and this ioctl will report what the device
+thinks what the standard is. Mismatches may give an indication where
+the problem is.</para>
+
+ <para>This ioctl is optional and not all drivers support it. It
+was introduced in Linux 2.6.15.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The driver does not support this ioctl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1036c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-overlay.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-overlay">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_OVERLAY</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_OVERLAY</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Start or stop video overlay</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>const int *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_OVERLAY</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="overlay">video
+ overlay</link> I/O method. Applications call
+ <constant>VIDIOC_OVERLAY</constant> to start or stop the
+ overlay. It takes a pointer to an integer which must be set to
+ zero by the application to stop overlay, to one to start.</para>
+
+ <para>Drivers do not support &VIDIOC-STREAMON; or
+&VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; with <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Video overlay is not supported, or the
+parameters have not been set up. See <xref
+linkend="overlay" /> for the necessary steps.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab691eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-qbuf">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_QBUF</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_DQBUF</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Exchange a buffer with the driver</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_buffer *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_QBUF, VIDIOC_DQBUF</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>Applications call the <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> ioctl
+to enqueue an empty (capturing) or filled (output) buffer in the
+driver's incoming queue. The semantics depend on the selected I/O
+method.</para>
+
+ <para>To enqueue a buffer applications set the <structfield>type</structfield>
+field of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used
+with &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
+<structfield>type</structfield>. Applications must also set the
+<structfield>index</structfield> field. Valid index numbers range from
+zero to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
+(&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one. The
+contents of the struct <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> returned
+by a &VIDIOC-QUERYBUF; ioctl will do as well. When the buffer is
+intended for output (<structfield>type</structfield> is
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> or
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VBI_OUTPUT</constant>) applications must also
+initialize the <structfield>bytesused</structfield>,
+<structfield>field</structfield> and
+<structfield>timestamp</structfield> fields, see <xref
+linkend="buffer" /> for details.
+Applications must also set <structfield>flags</structfield> to 0. If a driver
+supports capturing from specific video inputs and you want to specify a video
+input, then <structfield>flags</structfield> should be set to
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant> and the field
+<structfield>input</structfield> must be initialized to the desired input.
+The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field must be set to 0.
+</para>
+
+ <para>To enqueue a <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link>
+buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield>
+field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant>. When
+<constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this
+structure the driver sets the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> flags and clears the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flag in the
+<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an
+&EINVAL;.</para>
+
+ <para>To enqueue a <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link>
+buffer applications set the <structfield>memory</structfield>
+field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>, the
+<structfield>m.userptr</structfield> field to the address of the
+buffer and <structfield>length</structfield> to its size.
+When <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant> is called with a pointer to this
+structure the driver sets the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant>
+flag and clears the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags in the
+<structfield>flags</structfield> field, or it returns an error code.
+This ioctl locks the memory pages of the buffer in physical memory,
+they cannot be swapped out to disk. Buffers remain locked until
+dequeued, until the &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; or &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl is
+called, or until the device is closed.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications call the <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+ioctl to dequeue a filled (capturing) or displayed (output) buffer
+from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the
+<structfield>type</structfield>, <structfield>memory</structfield>
+and <structfield>reserved</structfield>
+fields of a &v4l2-buffer; as above, when <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant>
+is called with a pointer to this structure the driver fills the
+remaining fields or returns an error code. The driver may also set
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant> in the <structfield>flags</structfield>
+field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case
+the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the
+dequeued buffer might be corrupted.</para>
+
+ <para>By default <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no
+buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the
+<constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> flag was given to the &func-open;
+function, <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> returns immediately
+with an &EAGAIN; when no buffer is available.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is
+specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Non-blocking I/O has been selected using
+<constant>O_NONBLOCK</constant> and no buffer was in the outgoing
+queue.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The buffer <structfield>type</structfield> is not
+supported, or the <structfield>index</structfield> is out of bounds,
+or no buffers have been allocated yet, or the
+<structfield>userptr</structfield> or
+<structfield>length</structfield> are invalid.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>ENOMEM</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Not enough physical or virtual memory was available to
+enqueue a user pointer buffer.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EIO</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> failed due to an
+internal error. Can also indicate temporary problems like signal
+loss. Note the driver might dequeue an (empty) buffer despite
+returning an error, or even stop capturing. Reusing such buffer may be unsafe
+though and its details (e.g. <structfield>index</structfield>) may not be
+returned either. It is recommended that drivers indicate recoverable errors
+by setting the <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_ERROR</constant> and returning 0 instead.
+In that case the application should be able to safely reuse the buffer and
+continue streaming.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d272f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-query-dv-preset">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current
+input</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_preset *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV preset
+automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications
+call <constant> VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant> with a pointer to a
+&v4l2-dv-preset; type. Once the hardware detects a preset, that preset is
+returned in the preset field of &v4l2-dv-preset;. If the preset could not be
+detected because there was no signal, or the signal was unreliable, or the
+signal did not map to a supported preset, then the value V4L2_DV_INVALID is
+returned.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This ioctl is not supported.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The device is busy and therefore can not sense the preset</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!--
+Local Variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml"
+indent-tabs-mode: nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e649805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-querybuf">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</refname>
+ <refpurpose>Query the status of a buffer</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+
+ <refsynopsisdiv>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_buffer *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Arguments</title>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&fd;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+
+ <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="mmap">memory
+mapping</link> I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
+buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
+&VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
+
+ <para>Applications set the <structfield>type</structfield> field
+ of a &v4l2-buffer; to the same buffer type as was previously used with
+&v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> and &v4l2-requestbuffers;
+<structfield>type</structfield>, and the <structfield>index</structfield>
+ field. Valid index numbers range from zero
+to the number of buffers allocated with &VIDIOC-REQBUFS;
+ (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.
+The <structfield>reserved</structfield> field should to set to 0.
+After calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYBUF</constant> with a pointer to
+ this structure drivers return an error code or fill the rest of
+the structure.</para>
+
+ <para>In the <structfield>flags</structfield> field the
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The
+<structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current
+I/O method, the <structfield>m.offset</structfield>
+contains the offset of the buffer from the start of the device memory,
+the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. The driver may
+or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are meaningless in
+this context.</para>
+
+ <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is
+ specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para>
+ </refsect1>
+
+ <refsect1>
+ &return-value;
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The buffer <structfield>type</structfield> is not
+supported, or the <structfield>index</structfield> is out of bounds.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlisten
